EAGLEMARK INC
S-3/A, 1997-03-31
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: SILVERLEAF RESORTS INC, S-1, 1997-03-31
Next: OCWEN ASSET INVESTMENT CORP, S-11/A, 1997-03-31



<PAGE>
   
   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MARCH 28, 1997
    
   
                                             REGISTRATION NO. 333-21793
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 

                           AMENDMENT No.1 TO FORM S-3
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                    UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
 
                  HARLEY-DAVIDSON EAGLEMARK MOTORCYCLE TRUSTS
                    (ISSUER WITH RESPECT TO THE SECURITIES)
 
                                 EAGLEMARK, INC. 
                     (SPONSOR OF THE TRUSTS DESCRIBED HEREIN) 
              (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                             <C>
                            NEVADA                                                        88-0292891
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)               (I.R.S. EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NO.)
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
                              4150 TECHNOLOGY WAY
                           CARSON CITY, NEVADA 89706
                                 (702) 885-1200
  (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
                   Registrant's principal executive offices)
                            ------------------------
 
                                 STEVEN F. DELI
                            CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                                EAGLEMARK, INC.
                              4150 TECHNOLOGY WAY
                           CARSON CITY, NEVADA 89706
                                 (702) 885-1200
 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                             of agent for service)
                            ------------------------
 
                                   Copies to:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
         M. DAVID GALAINENA, ESQ.                     JACK M. COSTELLO, ESQ.
             Winston & Strawn                            Brown & Wood LLP
           35 West Wacker Drive                       One World Trade Center
         Chicago, Illinois 60601                     New York, New York 10048
              (312) 558-5600                              (212) 839-5300
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
    APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: From time
to time after the effective date of this Registration Statement as determined by
market conditions.

    If the only securities being registered on this Form are being offered 
pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the 
following box. / /
 
    If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest
reinvestment plans, check the following box. /X/
 
    If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. / /
 
    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /
 
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. / /

                            ------------------------
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        PROPOSED MAXIMUM    PROPOSED MAXIMUM
               TITLE OF SECURITIES                    AMOUNT TO BE          OFFERING       AGGREGATE OFFERING      AMOUNT OF
                TO BE REGISTERED                       REGISTERED (1)   PRICE PER UNIT (2)       PRICE          REGISTRATION FEE
<S>                                                   <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Contract Backed            $600,000,000            100%            $600,000,000      $181,818.18(3)
Notes and Certificates
</TABLE>
    

(1) The amount of Securities being registered represents the maximum 
    aggregate principal amount of Securities currently expected to be offered
    for sale. 
    
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.

(3) $304 paid upon the initial filing of the Registration Statement on 
    February 14, 1997.
                            ------------------------
 
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT THAT SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID
SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.



<PAGE>
                               INTRODUCTORY NOTE
   
    This Registration Statement contains a form of Prospectus relating to the
offering of series of Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Contract Backed Notes and/or
Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Contract Backed Certificates by various
Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Motorcycle Trusts created from time to time by
Eaglemark, Inc., as well as two forms of Prospectus Supplement relating to
the offering by a Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Motorcycle Trust of the particular
series of Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Contract Backed Certificates or of
Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Contract Backed Notes and/or Harley-Davidson
Motorcycle Contract Backed Certificates described therein. Each form of
Prospectus Supplement relates only to the securities described therein and is a
form that may be used, among others, by Eaglemark, Inc. to offer Harley-Davidson
Motorcycle Contract Backed Notes and/or Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Contract
Backed Certificates under this Registration Statement.
    



<PAGE>

    Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A
registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes
effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities
in any State in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.

                    Subject to Completion, dated       , 1997
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
 
                 Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Motorcycle Trusts
               Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Contract Backed Notes 
            Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Contract Backed Certificates
 
                                EAGLEMARK, INC.
   

    The Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Contract Backed Notes (the "Notes") and 
the Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Contract Backed Certificates (the 
"Certificates" and, together with the Notes, the "Securities") described 
herein may be sold from time to time in one or more series, in amounts, at 
prices and on terms to be determined at the time of sale and to be set forth 
in a supplement to this Prospectus (a "Prospectus Supplement"). Each series 
of Securities, which will include one or more classes of Certificates and may 
also include one or more classes of Notes, will be issued by a trust or other 
legal entity to be formed with respect to such series (each, a "Trust"). Each 
Trust will be formed pursuant to either (i) a Trust Agreement to be entered 
into between a special-purpose finance subsidiary organized and established 
by Eaglemark, Inc. (the "Company") (each such special-purpose finance 
subsidiary, a "Trust Depositor"), as depositor, and the Trustee specified in 
the related Prospectus Supplement (the "Trustee") or (ii) a Pooling and 
Servicing Agreement to be entered into among the Trustee, the Trust 
Depositor, as seller, and the Company, as servicer (in such capacity, the 
"Servicer"). If a series of Securities includes Notes, such Notes will be 
issued and secured pursuant to an Indenture between the Trust and the 
Indenture Trustee specified in the related Prospectus Supplement (the 
"Indenture Trustee") and will represent indebtedness of the related Trust. 
The Certificates of a series will represent fractional undivided interests in 
the related Trust. Each Prospectus Supplement will specify which class or 
classes of Notes, if any, and/or which class or classes of Certificates of 
the related series are being offered thereby. The property of each Trust will 
include a pool of fixed rate, simple interest motorcycle conditional sales 
contracts (collectively such contracts, the "Contracts") relating to 
motorcycles manufactured by Harley-Davidson, Inc. ("Harley-Davidson") or, in 
certain limited instances and subject to certain limitations described herein 
(i) motorcycles manufactured by an affiliate of Harley-Davidson, Buell 
Motorcycle Company ("Buell") and (ii) motorcycles manufactured by certain 
other manufacturers ("Other Manufacturers") as well as certain monies due or 
received thereunder on and after the applicable Cutoff Date set forth in the 
related Prospectus Supplement, security interests in the motorcycles financed 
through the Contracts and certain other property as described herein (the 
"Trust Property"). In addition, if so specified in the related Prospectus 
Supplement, the property of the Trust will include monies on deposit in a 
trust account (the "Pre-Funding Account") and/or monies on deposit in a trust 
account (the "Collateral Reinvestment Account") to be established with the 
Indenture Trustee, which will be used to purchase additional Contracts (the 
"Subsequent Contracts") from the Trust Depositor from time to time during the 
Funding Period or Revolving Period specified in such Prospectus Supplement. 
    

   

    Except as otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, 
each class of Securities of any series will represent the right to receive a 
specified amount of payments and/or distributions, expected to be derived 
primarily from collections in respect of principal and interest on the 
related Contracts, with such payments and/or distributions to be made at the 
rates, on the dates and in the manner described herein and in such Prospectus 
Supplement. If a series includes multiple classes of Securities, the rights 
of one or more classes of Securities to receive payments or distributions may 
be senior or subordinate to the rights of one or more of the other classes of 
such series. Also, distributions on Certificates of a series may be 
subordinated in priority to payments due on the Notes, if any, of such series 
to the extent described herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement. A 
series may include one or more classes of Notes and/or Certificates which 
differ from the other classes of such series as to the timing and priority of 
payment, interest rate or amount of distributions in respect of principal or 
interest or both. A series may include one or more classes of Notes or 
Certificates entitled to distributions in respect of principal with 
disproportionate, nominal or no interest distributions, or to interest 
distributions, with disproportionate, nominal or no distributions in respect 
of principal. The rate of payment in respect of principal of any class of 
Notes and the rate of distributions in respect of the Certificate Balance (as 
defined herein) of the Certificates of any class will depend on the priority 
of payment of such class and the rate and timing of payments (including 
prepayments, defaults, liquidations and repurchases of Contracts) on the 
related Contracts. A rate of payment lower or higher than that anticipated 
may affect the weighted average life of each class of Securities in the 
manner described herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.
    

   
    PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE FACTORS SET FORTH UNDER
"RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 12 OF THIS PROSPECTUS AND IN THE RELATED PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT.
    

    EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN THE RELATED PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT, THE
NOTES OF A SERIES WILL REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF, AND THE CERTIFICATES OF A
SERIES WILL REPRESENT BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN, THE RELATED TRUST ONLY AND WILL
NOT REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF OR INTERESTS IN, AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED OR INSURED
BY, EAGLEMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC., EAGLEMARK, INC., THE TRUST DEPOSITOR OR
ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES OR ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.
 
    THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
    RETAIN THIS PROSPECTUS FOR FUTURE REFERENCE.  This Prospectus may not be 
used to consummate sales of Securities offered hereby unless accompanied by a 
Prospectus Supplement.
 
    The date of this Prospectus is [ ], 1997.

                                      2

                                        

<PAGE>

                           REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS
   
    With respect to each series of Securities, the Servicer will prepare and
forward to the Applicable Trustee (as defined herein), for distribution to the
related Securityholders, certain monthly and annual reports concerning such
Securities and the related Trust. In addition, within the prescribed period of
time for tax reporting purposes after the end of each calendar year during the
term of each Trust, the Applicable Trustee will mail to each person who at any
time during such calendar year has been a registered Securityholder with respect
to such Trust and received any payment thereon a statement containing certain
information for the purposes of such Securityholder's preparation of federal
income tax returns. See "Federal Income Tax Consequences" and "Certain
Information Regarding the Securities -- Reports to Securityholders" herein.
    

                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
    The Company, as originator of the Contracts in each Trust, has filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a Registration
Statement on Form S-3 (together with all amendments and exhibits thereto, the
"Registration Statement") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities Act"), with respect to the Securities being offered hereby. This
Prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration
Statement, certain parts of which have been omitted in accordance with the rules
and regulations of the Commission. For further information, reference is made to
the Registration Statement, which is available for inspection without charge at
the public reference facilities of the Commission at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and the regional offices of the Commission
at Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois
60661-2511, and Seven World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048.
Copies of such information can be obtained from the Public Reference Section of
the Commission at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.
20549, at prescribed rates. The Commission maintains a Web site at
http://www.sec.gov containing reports, proxy and information statements and
other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the
Commission.
 
    Upon receipt of a request by an investor who has received an electronic 
Prospectus Supplement and Prospectus from an underwriter or a request by such 
investor's representative within the period during which there is an 
obligation to deliver a Prospectus Supplement and Prospectus, the Company or 
the underwriters with respect to the related Trust will promptly deliver, or 
cause to be delivered, without charge, to such investor a paper copy of the 
Prospectus Supplement and Prospectus.
 
                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
 
    All documents filed on behalf of each Trust by the Company as the originator
of the Contracts in each Trust, pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, after the date of this
Prospectus and prior to the termination of the offering of the Securities
offered by such Trusts shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference in this
Prospectus and to be a part hereof from the dates of filing of such documents.
Any statement contained herein or in a document incorporated or deemed to be
incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to be modified or superseded
for purposes of this Prospectus to the extent that a statement contained herein
(or in the accompanying Prospectus Supplement) or in any subsequently filed
document that also is or is deemed to be incorporated by reference herein
modifies or supersedes such statement. Any such statement so modified or
superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to
constitute a part of this Prospectus.
 
    The Company, on behalf of each Trust, will provide without charge to each
person, including any beneficial owner, to whom a copy of this Prospectus is
delivered, on the written or oral request of such person, a copy of any or all
of the documents incorporated herein by reference, except the exhibits to such
documents (unless such exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference into
the documents incorporated herein by reference). Requests for such copies should
be directed to Secretary, Eaglemark, Inc., 4150 Technology Way, Carson City,
Nevada 89706; telephone (702) 885-1200.
 
                                         3


<PAGE>

                                SUMMARY OF TERMS

   
    The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the 
detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus and by reference 
to the information with respect to the Securities of any series contained in 
the related Prospectus Supplement to be prepared and delivered in connection 
with the offering of such Securities. Certain capitalized terms used in this 
summary are defined elsewhere in this Prospectus on the pages indicated in 
the "Index of Terms" on page 64.
    

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                 <C>
   
Issuer............................................  With respect to each series of Securities, a Trust
                                                    will be formed pursuant to either a Trust
                                                    Agreement (as amended and supplemented from time
                                                    to time, a "Trust Agreement") between the Trust
                                                    Depositor and the Trustee for such Trust or a
                                                    Pooling and Servicing Agreement (a "Pooling and
                                                    Servicing Agreement") among the Trustee, the Trust
                                                    Depositor and Eaglemark, Inc., as Servicer
                                                    for such Trust. Each Trust that is structured as
                                                    an owner trust intended to be taxable as a
                                                    partnership for federal income tax purposes will
                                                    be referred to herein as an "Owner Trust". Each
                                                    Trust that is taxable as a grantor trust under
                                                    subpart E, Part I of subchapter J of the Code (as
                                                    hereinafter defined) will be referred to herein as
                                                    a "Grantor Trust". There are also references
                                                    to the possibility of a Trust being structured as
                                                    a financial asset securitization investment trust,
                                                    referred to herein as a "FASIT," as authorized by
                                                    recent tax legislation.
    
 
   
Seller............................................  Eaglemark, Inc. (referred to herein as
                                                    "Eaglemark", the "Seller" or the "Company"), a
                                                    Nevada corporation, a 100% owned subsidiary of
                                                    Eaglemark Financial Services, Inc. ("Eaglemark
                                                    Financial"). The Company's principal executive
                                                    offices are located at 4150 Technology Way, Carson
                                                    City, Nevada 89706, and its telephone number is
                                                    (702) 885-1200. See "Eaglemark Financial Services,
                                                    Inc.; Eaglemark, Inc.; and the Trust Depositors".
    
 
Trust Depositor...................................  With respect to each series of Securities, a
                                                    special-purpose finance subsidiary of the Company

   
Servicer..........................................  Eaglemark, Inc. (in such capacity, the "Servicer")
    
 
Trustee...........................................  With respect to a Grantor Trust, the Trustee
                                                    specified in the related Prospectus Supplement and
                                                    with respect to an Owner Trust, the Owner Trustee
                                                    specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
Indenture Trustee.................................  With respect to any series of Securities that is
                                                    issued by an Owner Trust and includes one or more
                                                    classes of Notes, the Indenture Trustee specified
                                                    in the related Prospectus Supplement (each such
                                                    Indenture Trustee, or other Trustee as described
                                                    immediately above, being sometimes referred to
                                                    herein, as appropriate, as the "Applicable
                                                    Trustee").
 
Securities Offered................................  Each series of Securities issued by an Owner Trust
                                                    will include one or more classes of Certificates
                                                    and may also include one or more classes of Notes.
                                                    Each series of Securities issued by a Grantor
                                                    Trust will include one or more classes of
                                                    Certificates, but will not include any Notes. Each
                                                    class of Notes will be issued pursuant to an
                                                    indenture (each, an "Indenture") between the
                                                    related Owner Trust and the Indenture Trustee
                                                    specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
                                                    Each class of Certificates will be issued pursuant
                                                    to the related Trust Agreement or the related
                                                    Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

</TABLE>


                                                4

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                 <C>
                                                    The related Prospectus Supplement will specify which class or
                                                    classes of Notes and/or Certificates of the related series are 
                                                    being offered thereby.
 
The Notes.........................................  Unless otherwise specified in the related
                                                    Prospectus Supplement, Notes will be available for
                                                    purchase in denominations of $1,000 and integral
                                                    multiples thereof and will be available in
                                                    book-entry form only. Unless otherwise specified
                                                    in the related Prospectus Supplement, Noteholders
                                                    will be able to receive Definitive Notes (as
                                                    defined herein) only in the limited circumstances
                                                    described herein or in such Prospectus Supplement.
                                                    See "Certain Information Regarding the Securities
                                                    -- Definitive Securities".
 
                                                    Unless otherwise specified in the related
                                                    Prospectus Supplement, each class of Notes will
                                                    have a stated principal amount and will accrue
                                                    interest thereon at a specified rate (with respect
                                                    to each class of Notes, the "Interest Rate"). Each
                                                    class of Notes may have a different Interest Rate,
                                                    which may be a fixed, variable or adjustable
                                                    Interest Rate, or any combination of the
                                                    foregoing. The related Prospectus Supplement will
                                                    specify the Interest Rate for each class of Notes,
                                                    or the method for determining such Interest Rate.
 
                                                    With respect to a series that includes two or more
                                                    classes of Notes, each such class may differ from
                                                    the other class or classes of such series as to
                                                    the timing and priority of payments, seniority,
                                                    allocations of losses, Interest Rate or amount of
                                                    payments of principal or interest. Payments of
                                                    principal or interest in respect of any such class
                                                    or classes may or may not be made upon the
                                                    occurrence of specified events or on the basis of
                                                    collections from designated portions of the
                                                    Contracts held by a Trust.

                                                    In addition, a series may include one or more
                                                    classes of Notes ("Strip Notes") entitled to (i)
                                                    principal payments with disproportionate, nominal
                                                    or no interest payments or (ii) interest payments
                                                    with disproportionate, nominal or no principal
                                                    payments.

   
Redemption of the Notes...........................  If the Seller exercises its option to repurchase
                                                    the Contracts of a Trust in the event the Pool Balance
                                                    has declined to less than 10% of the Initial Pool
                                                    Balance in the manner and on the respective terms and
                                                    conditions described under "Description of the Sale and
                                                    Servicing Agreements and Pooling and Servicing
                                                    Agreements -- Termination", one or more classes of
                                                    the outstanding Notes will be redeemed as set
                                                    forth in the related Prospectus Supplement. In addition,
                                                    if the related Prospectus Supplement provides that
                                                    the property of a Trust will include monies in a
                                                    Pre-Funding Account or Collateral Reinvestment
                                                    Account that will be used to purchase additional
                                                    Contracts (see "Risk Factors--Sales of Subsequent
                                                    Contracts and Effect on Pool Characteristics"
                                                    herein) in such related Prospectus Supplement (the
                                                    "Closing Date"), one or more classes of the
                                                    outstanding Notes will be subject to partial
                                                    redemption at or immediately following the end of
                                                    the Funding Period or Revolving Period (each as
                                                    defined herein and in such Prospectus Supplement),
                                                    as applicable, in an amount and in the manner
                                                    specified in such Prospectus Supplement. In the
                                                    event of such partial redemption, the Noteholders
                                                    may be entitled to receive a prepayment premium
                                                    from the Trust, in the amount and to the extent
                                                    provided in the related Prospectus Supplement.
    

The Certificates.............................       Unless otherwise specified in the related
                                                    Prospectus Supplement, Certificates 

</TABLE>

                                              5

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                 <C>
                                                    will be available for purchase in a minimum denomination
                                                    of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof and will
                                                    be available in book-entry form only. Unless
                                                    otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
                                                    Supplement, Certificateholders will be able to
                                                    receive Definitive Certificates (as defined
                                                    herein) only in the limited circumstances
                                                    described herein or in such Prospectus Supplement.
                                                    See "Certain Information Regarding the Securities
                                                    -- Definitive Securities".
 
                                                    Unless otherwise specified in the related
                                                    Prospectus Supplement, each class of Certificates
                                                    will have a stated Certificate Balance specified
                                                    in such Prospectus Supplement (the "Certificate
                                                    Balance") and will accrue interest on such
                                                    Certificate Balance at a specified rate (with
                                                    respect to each class of Certificates, the "Pass-
                                                    Through Rate"). Each class of Certificates may
                                                    have a different Pass-Through Rate, which may be a
                                                    fixed, variable or adjustable Pass-Through Rate,
                                                    or any combination of the foregoing. The related
                                                    Prospectus Supplement will specify the
                                                    Pass-Through Rate for each class of Certificates
                                                    or the method for determining such Pass-Through
                                                    Rate.

   
                                                    With respect to a series that includes two or more
                                                    classes of Certificates, each such class may
                                                    differ from the other class or classes of such
                                                    series as to the timing and priority of
                                                    distributions, seniority, allocations of losses,
                                                    Pass-Through Rate or amount of distributions in
                                                    respect of principal or interest, or distributions
                                                    in respect of principal or interest in respect of
                                                    any such class or classes may or may not be made
                                                    upon the occurrence of specified events or on the
                                                    basis of collections from designated portions of
                                                    the pool of Contracts.
    

                                                    In addition, a series may include one or more
                                                    classes of Certificates ("Strip Certificates")
                                                    entitled to (i) distributions in respect of
                                                    principal with disproportionate, nominal or no
                                                    interest distributions or (ii) interest
                                                    distributions with disproportionate, nominal or no
                                                    distributions in respect of principal.
 
                                                    If a series of Securities includes classes of
                                                    Notes, distributions on the Certificates of such
                                                    series may be subordinated in priority of payment
                                                    to payments on such Notes to the extent specified
                                                    in the related Prospectus Supplement.

   
Prepayment of the Certificates....................  If the Seller exercises its option
                                                    to repurchase the Contracts of a Trust 
                                                    in the event the Pool Balance has declined to less
                                                    than 10% of the Initial Pool Balance in the manner
                                                    and on the respective terms and conditions
                                                    described under "Description of the Sale and
                                                    Servicing Agreements and Pooling and Servicing
                                                    Agreements -- Termination", Certificateholders
                                                    will receive as a prepayment in respect of the
                                                    Certificates an amount specified in the related
                                                    Prospectus Supplement. In addition, if the related
                                                    Prospectus Supplement provides that the property
                                                    of a Trust will include monies in a Pre-Funding
                                                    Account or Collateral Reinvestment Account that
                                                    will be used to purchase additional Contracts
                                                    after the Closing Date (see Risk Factors--Sales of
                                                    Subsequent Contracts and Effect on Pool Characteristics"
                                                    herein), one or more classes of the outstanding
                                                    Certificates may receive a partial prepayment
                                                    of principal at or immediately following the end 
                                                    of the Funding Period or Revolving Period, as applicable,
                                                    in an amount and in the manner specified in such
                                                    Prospectus Supplement. In the event of such partial
                                                    prepayment, the Certificateholders may be entitled
                                                    to receive a prepayment premium from the Trust, in
                                                    the amount and to the extent provided in the
                                                    related Prospectus Supplement.
    

   
Cross-Collateralization...........................  As described in the related Trust Agreement 
                                                    or Pooling and Servicing 
    

</TABLE>

                                              6

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                 <C>

                                                    Agreement, as applicable, and the related 
                                                    Prospectus Supplement, the source of payment for 
                                                    Securities of each series will be the related 
                                                    Trust Property only.

                                                    However, as may be described in the related
                                                    Prospectus Supplement, a series or class of
                                                    Securities may include the right to receive monies
                                                    from a common pool of credit enhancement which may
                                                    be available for more than one series of
                                                    Securities, such as a master reserve fund, master
                                                    insurance policy or a master collateral pool
                                                    consisting of similar Contracts. Notwithstanding
                                                    the foregoing, and as described in the related
                                                    Prospectus Supplement, no payment received on any
                                                    Contract held by any Trust may be applied to the
                                                    payment of Securities issued by any other Trust
                                                    (except to the limited extent that certain
                                                    collections in excess of the amounts needed to pay
                                                    the related Securities may be deposited in a
                                                    common master reserve fund or an
                                                    overcollateralization account that provides credit
                                                    enhancement for more than one series of Securities
                                                    issued pursuant to the related Trust Agreement or
                                                    Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as applicable).

   
The Trust Property................................  The property of each Trust will include a pool of
                                                    fixed-rate, simple interest motorcycle conditional
                                                    sales contracts (the "Contracts") relating to new
                                                    or used Harley-Davidson motorcycles or, in certain
                                                    limited instances and subject to certain other
                                                    limitations described herein, (i) motorcycles
                                                    manufactured by an affiliate of Harley-Davidson,
                                                    Buell Motorcycle Company ("Buell") and (ii)
                                                    motorcycles manufactured by certain other
                                                    manufacturers ("Other Manufacturers") (see "Other
                                                    Manufacturers") as well as certain monies due
                                                    or received thereunder on and after the applicable
                                                    Cutoff Date set forth in the related Prospectus
                                                    Supplement, security interests in the 
                                                    Motorcycles financed thereby (collectively,
                                                    the "Motorcycles"), all of the Trust
                                                    Depositor's right, title and interest in and to
                                                    the Transfer and Sale Agreement (as defined
                                                    herein) pursuant to which the Trust Depositor will
                                                    purchase Contracts from the Seller, any proceeds
                                                    from claims under certain insurance policies
                                                    related to the Motorcycles, and all other proceeds
                                                    of any of the foregoing. The property of each
                                                    Trust will also include amounts on deposit in
                                                    certain trust accounts, including the related
                                                    Collection Account, any Pre-Funding Account, any
                                                    Collateral Reinvestment Account, any Reserve Fund
                                                    (as defined herein) and any other account
                                                    identified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement
                                                    and such other property as is specified in such
                                                    Prospectus Supplement, including notes or other
                                                    securities evidencing or backed by Contracts. On
                                                    the Closing Date specified in the related
                                                    Prospectus Supplement with respect to a Trust, the
                                                    Trust Depositor will, if so specified in such
                                                    Prospectus Supplement, sell or transfer Contracts
                                                    (the "Initial Contracts") having an aggregate
                                                    principal balance specified in such Prospectus
                                                    Supplement as of the date specified therein (the
                                                    "Initial Cutoff Date") to such Trust pursuant to
                                                    either, in the case of Owner Trusts, a Sale
                                                    and Servicing Agreement among the Trust Depositor,
                                                    the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee and the Owner
                                                    Trust (a "Sale and Servicing Agreement") or, in
                                                    the case of Grantor Trusts, the related
                                                    Pooling and Servicing Agreement among the Trust
                                                    Depositor, the Servicer and the Trustee.
    

                                                    To the extent provided in the related Prospectus
                                                    Supplement, from time to time (as frequently as
                                                    daily) during the period (the "Funding Period")
                                                    specified in such Prospectus Supplement, the Trust
                                                    Depositor will be obligated (subject only to the

</TABLE>

                                               7

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                 <C>
   
                                                    availability thereof) to sell, and the related
                                                    Trust will be obligated to purchase (subject to
                                                    the satisfaction of certain conditions described
                                                    in the applicable Sale and Servicing Agreement or
                                                    Pooling and Servicing Agreement), additional
                                                    Contracts (the "Subsequent Contracts") having an
                                                    aggregate principal balance approximately equal to
                                                    the amount on deposit (the "Pre-Funded Amount") in
                                                    an account (the "Pre-Funding Account") on the
                                                    related Closing Date. In no event will the Pre-
                                                    Funded Amount exceed 40% of the initial aggregate
                                                    principal amount of the Notes and/or Certificates
                                                    of the related series of Securities.
    

   
                                                    In addition, if so provided in the related
                                                    Prospectus Supplement, in lieu of a Funding
                                                    Period, during the period (the "Revolving Period")
                                                    from the Closing Date until the first to occur of
                                                    (i) such event or events as are described in such
                                                    Prospectus Supplement (each, an "Early
                                                    Amortization Event") or (ii) the last day of the
                                                    Due Period (as defined herein) preceding a
                                                    Distribution Date specified in such Prospectus
                                                    Supplement, an account will be maintained in the
                                                    name of the related Trustee or Indenture Trustee
                                                    (the "Collateral Reinvestment Account"). The
                                                    amount on deposit in the Collateral Reinvestment
                                                    Account on the Closing Date may, if so specified
                                                    in the related Prospectus Supplement, include an
                                                    amount to be deposited out of the net proceeds of
                                                    the sale of the related Securities. During the
                                                    Revolving Period, principal will not be
                                                    distributed on the Securities of the related
                                                    series. Instead, principal collections, together
                                                    with (if and to the extent described in the
                                                    related Prospectus Supplement) interest
                                                    collections on the Contracts that are in excess of
                                                    amounts required to be distributed therefrom, will
                                                    be deposited from time to time in the Collateral
                                                    Reinvestment Account and will be used to purchase
                                                    Subsequent Contracts.
    

                                                    As used in this Prospectus, the term "Contracts"
                                                    will include the Initial Contracts transferred to
                                                    a Trust on the Closing Date as well as any
                                                    Subsequent Contracts transferred to such Trust
                                                    during the related Funding Period or Revolving
                                                    Period, if any.

   
                                                    Amounts on deposit in any Pre-Funding Account
                                                    during the related Funding Period or in any
                                                    Collateral Reinvestment Account during the related
                                                    Revolving Period will be invested by the
                                                    Applicable Trustee (as directed by the Servicer)
                                                    in Eligible Investments (as defined herein), and
                                                    any resultant investment income, less any related
                                                    investment expenses ("Investment Income"), will be
                                                    added, on the Distribution Date (as defined
                                                    herein) immediately following the date on which
                                                    such Investment Income is paid to the Trust, to
                                                    interest collections on the Contracts for the
                                                    related Due Period (as defined herein),
                                                    or will otherwise be deposited or applied as
                                                    specified in the related Prospectus Supplement and
                                                    will be thereafter distributed in the manner
                                                    specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
                                                    Any funds remaining in a Pre-Funding Account at
                                                    the end of the related Funding Period or in a
                                                    Collateral Reinvestment Account at the end of the
                                                    related Revolving Period will be distributed as a
                                                    prepayment or early distribution of principal to
                                                    holders of one or more classes of the Notes and/or
                                                    Certificates of the related series of Securities,
                                                    in the amounts and in accordance with the payment
                                                    priorities specified in the related Prospectus
                                                    Supplement. No Funding Period will end more than
                                                    ninety (90) days after the related Closing Date.
                                                    See "Risk Factors -- Pre-Funding Accounts", "--
                                                    Sales of Subsequent Contracts" and "Description of
                                                    the Sale and Servicing Agreements and Pooling and
                                                    Servicing Agreements -- Accounts".
    
</TABLE>


                                               8

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                 <C>

                                                    The Seller will acquire the Contracts from a
                                                    network of Harley-Davidson dealers located
                                                    throughout the United States (the "Dealers"). The
                                                    Contracts for any given pool of Contracts
                                                    comprising a Trust will be sold by the Seller to a
                                                    Trust Depositor pursuant to a related Transfer and
                                                    Sale Agreement (the "Transfer and Sale
                                                    Agreement"), which Trust Depositor will in turn
                                                    convey the Contracts to the Trust pursuant to the
                                                    related Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling
                                                    and Servicing Agreement, as applicable. Such
                                                    Contracts will be selected from the contracts 
                                                    owned by the Seller based on the criteria
                                                    specified in the related Transfer and Sale
                                                    Agreement, Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling
                                                    and Servicing Agreement, as applicable, and
                                                    described herein and in the related Prospectus
                                                    Supplement.

   
Credit and Cash Flow Enhancement..................  To the extent specified in the related Prospectus
                                                    Supplement, credit enhancement with respect to a
                                                    Trust or any class or classes of Securities may
                                                    include any one or more of the following:
                                                    subordination of one or more other classes of
                                                    Securities, Reserve Funds (as defined
                                                    herein), spread accounts, overcollateralization,
                                                    insurance policies, letters of credit, credit or
                                                    liquidity facilities, cash collateral accounts,
                                                    surety bonds, guaranteed investment contracts,
                                                    swaps or other interest rate protection
                                                    agreements, repurchase obligations, yield
                                                    supplement agreements, other agreements with
                                                    respect to third party payments or other support,
                                                    cash deposits or other arrangements. See
                                                    "Description of the Sale and Servicing
                                                    Agreements-- Credit and Cash Flow Enhancement"
                                                    below. To the extent specified in the related
                                                    Prospectus Supplement, any particular form of
                                                    credit enhancement may be subject to certain
                                                    limitations and exclusions from coverage
                                                    thereunder.
    
 
   
Reserve Fund......................................  If and to the extent specified in the related
                                                    Prospectus Supplement, a Reserve Fund will be
                                                    created for a Trust with an initial deposit by the
                                                    Trust Depositor of cash or certain investments or
                                                    other property (including Contracts) having a
                                                    value equal to the amount specified in such
                                                    Prospectus Supplement. To the extent specified in
                                                    the related Prospectus Supplement, funds in the
                                                    Reserve Fund will thereafter be supplemented by
                                                    the deposit of amounts remaining on any
                                                    Distribution Date after making all other
                                                    distributions required on such date and any
                                                    amounts deposited from time to time in connection
                                                    with a purchase of Subsequent Contracts. Amounts
                                                    in the Reserve Fund, if any, will be available to
                                                    cover shortfalls in amounts due to the holders of
                                                    those classes of Securities specified in the
                                                    related Prospectus Supplement in the manner and
                                                    under the circumstances specified therein. The
                                                    related Prospectus Supplement will also specify to
                                                    whom and the manner and circumstances under which
                                                    amounts on deposit in the Reserve Fund (after
                                                    giving effect to all other required distributions
                                                    to be made by the applicable Trust) in excess of
                                                    the amounts required to be held therein as of
                                                    the date of determination (as set forth in such
                                                    Prospectus Supplement) will be distributed.
    

Sale and Servicing Agreements and Pooling and       
  Servicing Agreements............................  With respect to each Trust, the Trust Depositor
                                                    will sell the related Contracts and such other
                                                    Trust Property as is specified in the related
                                                    Prospectus Supplement to such Trust pursuant to a
                                                    Sale and Servicing Agreement or a Pooling and
                                                    Servicing Agreement, as applicable. The rights and
                                                    benefits of an Owner Trust under any Sale and
                                                    Servicing Agreement will, if such Owner Trust
                                                    issues Notes, be assigned to the related Indenture
                                                    Trustee as collateral for such Notes 

</TABLE>

                                               9

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                 <C>
                                                    pursuant to the related Indenture. The Servicer will agree
                                                    with each Trust to be responsible for servicing,
                                                    managing, maintaining custody of and making
                                                    collections on the Contracts. The Company will
                                                    undertake certain administrative duties under an
                                                    Administration Agreement (as defined herein) with
                                                    respect to each Owner Trust that is formed
                                                    pursuant to a Trust Agreement.

   
                                                    To the extent specified in the related
                                                    Prospectus Supplement, the Servicer will be
                                                    obligated to advance each month an amount equal to
                                                    accrued and unpaid interest on the Contracts which
                                                    was delinquent with respect to the related Due
                                                    Period (as defined herein) but only to
                                                    the extent that the Servicer believes that the
                                                    amount of such advance will be recoverable from
                                                    collections on the Contracts (an "Advance"). The
                                                    Servicer will be entitled to reimbursement of
                                                    Advances from subsequent payments on or with
                                                    respect to the Contracts or from other sources to
                                                    the extent described in the related Prospectus
                                                    Supplement. The Servicer will disclose the
                                                    aggregate amount of Advances and the amount of related
                                                    deliquencies on Contracts as part of the monthly
                                                    statement provided to Securityholders and
                                                    described in "Certain Information Regarding the
                                                    Securities--Reports to Securityholders" below. The
                                                    making of Advances indicates that while interest
                                                    payable on a portion of the Contracts in the
                                                    overall pool of Contracts held by the Trust may be
                                                    delinquent, the Servicer believes that it will
                                                    ultimately be reimbursed for such Advances from
                                                    collections on the pool of Contracts as a whole.
    

   
                                                    Unless otherwise provided in the related
                                                    Prospectus Supplement, under the respective Sale
                                                    and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing
                                                    Agreement, the Trust Depositor has agreed, in the
                                                    event of a breach of certain representations and
                                                    warranties related to the Contracts made by the
                                                    Trust Depositor and contained therein, to
                                                    repurchase such Contract within a certain
                                                    number of days as specified in the related
                                                    Prospectus Supplement, unless such breach is
                                                    cured. Eaglemark, as Seller under the related
                                                    Transfer and Sale Agreement (as defined herein)
                                                    (rights in respect of which will be assigned to a
                                                    Trust) is obligated to repurchase the Contracts
                                                    from a Trust Depositor contemporaneously with the
                                                    Trust Depositor's purchase of such Contracts
                                                    from the Trust. See "Certain Information Regarding
                                                    the Securities--Conveyance of Contracts" and
                                                    "Description of the Transfer and Sale Agreements."
    
 
   
Security Interests in the Motorcycles; Consumer     
  Protection Laws; Repurchase Obligations....       In connection with the sale of the Contracts,
                                                    security interests in the Motorcycles securing the
                                                    Contracts will be assigned by the Seller to a
                                                    Trust Depositor pursuant to a Transfer and Sale
                                                    Agreement, which Trust Depositor will, in turn,
                                                    assign such security interests to the Trust
                                                    pursuant to either a Sale and Servicing Agreement
                                                    or a Pooling and Servicing Agreement. In the case
                                                    of an Owner Trust, such security interests in turn
                                                    will be pledged and assigned to the related
                                                    Indenture Trustee as security for any Notes issued
                                                    by such Trust.
    

</TABLE>

                                          10

<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                 <C>
                                                    The certificates of title to the Motorcycles, however, 
                                                    will not be amended or reissued to reflect the sale of 
                                                    the Contracts and assignment of security interests to 
                                                    either a Trust Depositor or the Trust or the pledge 
                                                    pursuant to any Indenture, due to the administrative 
                                                    burden and expense inherent in physically reregistering
                                                    in each applicable state where Contracts are originated 
                                                    (and paying associated fees in such states), notations 
                                                    of security interests on certificates of title for the 
                                                    numerous individual Contract obligors. In the absence of 
                                                    such amendments, either the related Trust, the Applicable 
                                                    Trustee (as defined herein) or both may not have a 
                                                    perfected security interest in the Motorcycles securing 
                                                    the Contracts in some states. The Seller will be obligated 
                                                    to repurchase any Contracts sold to the related Trust 
                                                    Depositor (and subsequently sold by such Trust Depositor to
                                                    such Trust) as to which there did not exist on the Closing 
                                                    Date a first priority perfected security interest in the 
                                                    name of the Company in the related Motorcycle, if such 
                                                    failure materially and adversely affects the interest of 
                                                    the Trust Depositor or such Trust in such Contract and if
                                                    such failure is not cured in a timely manner.

                                                    To the extent their respective security interests
                                                    in a Motorcycle are perfected, the related Trust
                                                    and the Applicable Trustee will have a prior claim
                                                    over subsequent purchasers of such Motorcycle and
                                                    holders of subsequently perfected security
                                                    interests therein. However, as against liens for
                                                    repairs or storage of a Motorcycle or for taxes
                                                    unpaid by the related obligor with respect to the
                                                    Contract (the "Obligor"), or through fraud or
                                                    negligence, the related Trust or the Applicable
                                                    Trustee could lose its security interest or the
                                                    priority of its security interest in a Motorcycle.
                                                    The Seller will not have any obligation to
                                                    repurchase a Contract with respect to which the
                                                    related Trust or the Applicable Trustee loses its
                                                    security interest or the priority of its security
                                                    interest in the related Motorcycle after the
                                                    Closing Date due to any such lien for repairs,
                                                    storage or taxes or the negligence or fraud of a
                                                    third party.
 
                                                    Federal and state consumer protection laws impose
                                                    requirements upon creditors in connection with
                                                    extensions of credit and collections of retail
                                                    installment loans, and certain of these laws make
                                                    an assignee of such a loan liable to the obligor
                                                    thereon for any violation by the lender. Unless
                                                    otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
                                                    Supplement, the Trust Depositor will be obligated
                                                    to repurchase from the applicable Trust any
                                                    Contract that fails to comply with such
                                                    requirements and contemporaneously therewith the
                                                    Seller, pursuant to the related Transfer and
                                                    Sale Agreement, will be obligated to repurchase
                                                    such Contract from the Trust Depositor.
 
Tax Status........................................  The federal income tax consequences applicable to
                                                    a Trust and to the Notes and Certificates issued
                                                    by the Trust will depend upon whether the Trust is
                                                    an Owner Trust, Grantor Trust or, under 1996
                                                    legislation effective on September 1, 1997, a
                                                    FASIT (as each of those terms is described herein)
                                                    as specified in the Prospectus Supplement
                                                    applicable to such Trust. See 'Federal Income
                                                    Tax Consequences" for a fuller discussion of the
                                                    following summary of federal income tax treatment.
 
                                                    For a Trust which is an Owner Trust, Federal Tax
                                                    Counsel (as defined herein) will deliver its
                                                    opinion that, for federal income tax purposes, any
                                                    Notes issued by such Trust will be characterized
                                                    as debt, and the Trust will not be characterized
                                                    as an association (or a publicly traded
                                                    partnership) taxable as a corporation. Each holder
                                                    of a Note (a "Noteholder"), by the acceptance of a

</TABLE>
    

                                          11

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                 <C>

                                                    Note, will agree to treat the Notes as
                                                    indebtedness, and each holder of a Certificate (a
                                                    "Certificateholder") issued by such Trust, by the
                                                    acceptance of a Certificate, will agree to treat
                                                    the Trust as a partnership in which the
                                                    Certificateholders are partners for federal income
                                                    tax purposes.

                                                    For a Trust which is a Grantor Trust, Federal Tax
                                                    Counsel will deliver its opinion that the Trust
                                                    will be classified as a grantor trust for federal
                                                    income tax purposes and not as an association
                                                    taxable as a corporation. Each Certificateholder
                                                    will be treated as the owner of an undivided
                                                    interest in the assets of the Trust, including the
                                                    Contracts. Accordingly, each Certificateholder
                                                    must report on its federal income tax return its
                                                    share of income from the Contracts and, subject to
                                                    limitations on deductions by individuals, estates
                                                    and trusts, may deduct its share of the reasonable
                                                    fees paid by the Trust, as if such
                                                    Certificateholder held its share of the assets of
                                                    the Trust directly. Furthermore, the Certificates
                                                    may represent interests in "stripped bonds" and
                                                    "stripped coupons" within the meaning of Section
                                                    1286 of the Code (as defined herein).
 
                                                    For a Trust which properly elects to be a FASIT,
                                                    Federal Tax Counsel will deliver its opinion that
                                                    the Trust will be treated as a FASIT and the
                                                    Securities issued by the FASIT will be
                                                    characterized as debt for federal income tax
                                                    purposes.
 
ERISA Considerations..............................  Fiduciaries of employee benefit plans and certain
                                                    retirement arrangements that are subject to the
                                                    Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
                                                    as amended ("ERISA"), or Section 4975 of the Code,
                                                    should carefully review with their legal advisors
                                                    whether the purchase or holding of the Securities
                                                    may give rise to a transaction that is prohibited
                                                    or is not otherwise permissible either under ERISA
                                                    or Section 4975 of the Code. See "ERISA
                                                    Considerations" herein and in the related
                                                    Prospectus Supplement.

   
Ratings...........................................  It is a condition to the issuance of the
                                                    Securities to be offered hereunder that they be
                                                    rated in one of the four highest rating categories
                                                    by at least one nationally recognized statistical
                                                    rating organization (a "Rating Agency"). A rating
                                                    is not a recommendation to purchase, hold or sell
                                                    Securities inasmuch as such rating does not
                                                    comment as to market price or suitability for a
                                                    particular investor. Ratings of Securities will
                                                    address the likelihood of the payment of principal
                                                    and interest thereon pursuant to their terms. The
                                                    ratings of Securities will not address the
                                                    likelihood of an early return of invested
                                                    principal. There can be no assurance that a rating
                                                    will remain for a given period of time or that a
                                                    rating will not be lowered or withdrawn entirely
                                                    by a Rating Agency if in its judgment
                                                    circumstances in the future so warrant. For more
                                                    detailed information regarding the ratings
                                                    assigned to any class of a particular series of
                                                    Securities, see "Summary of Terms -- Ratings" and
                                                    "Risk Factors-- Ratings of the Securities" in the
                                                    related Prospectus Supplement.
    
</TABLE>

                                           12

<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    In addition to the other information contained in this Prospectus and in the
related Prospectus Supplement to be prepared and delivered in connection with
the offering of any series of Securities, prospective investors should carefully
consider the following risk factors before investing in any class or classes of
Securities of any such series.

   
    Reinvestment Risk Associated With Pre-Funding Accounts and Collateral
Reinvestment Accounts. If so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, on
the Closing Date the Pre-Funded Amount specified in such Prospectus Supplement
will be deposited into the Pre-Funding Account. In addition, if so
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, on the Closing Date specified
amounts will be deposited into the Collateral Reinvestment Account. During the
Revolving Period, principal will not be distributed on the Securities of the
related series, and principal collections, together with (if and to the extent
described in the related Prospectus Supplement) interest collections on the
Contracts that are in excess of amounts required to be distributed therefrom,
will be deposited from time to time in the Collateral Reinvestment Account. The
Pre-Funded Amount and the amounts on deposit in the Collateral Reinvestment
Account will be used to purchase Subsequent Contracts from the Trust Depositor
(which, concurrently will acquire such Subsequent Contracts from the
Company) from time to time during the related Funding Period or Revolving
Period, as applicable. If the principal amount of the eligible Subsequent
Contracts acquired by the Company from Dealers during a Funding Period or
Revolving Period is less than the Pre-Funded Amount or the amount on deposit in
the Collateral Reinvestment Account, as the case may be, the Company may have
insufficient Subsequent Contracts to transfer to the Trust Depositor. To
the extent that the entire Pre-Funded Amount or the entire amount on deposit in
the Collateral Reinvestment Account has not been applied to the purchase of
Subsequent Contracts by the end of the related Funding Period or Revolving
Period, any amounts remaining in the Pre-Funding Account or the
Collateral Reinvestment Account will be distributed as a prepayment of
principal to Noteholders and Certificateholders (collectively, the
"Securityholders") on the Distribution Date at or immediately following the end
of such Funding Period or Revolving Period, in the amounts and pursuant to the
priorities set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement. To the extent a
Securityholder receives such a prepayment of principal, there may not then exist
a comparably favorable reinvestment opportunity for such Securityholder. The
Securityholders will bear all reinvestment risk resulting from such prepayments.
See also "-- Prepayments on Contracts Affect Yield on Securities" below.
 
    Sales of Subsequent Contracts and Effect on Pool Characteristics. Any
conveyance of Subsequent Contracts to a Trust is subject to the satisfaction, on
or before the related transfer date (each, a "Subsequent Transfer Date"), of the
following conditions precedent, among others: (i) each such Subsequent Contract
must satisfy the eligibility criteria specified in the related Transfer and Sale
Agreement, Pooling and Servicing Agreement or Sale and Servicing Agreement, as
applicable; (ii) the Company and Trust Depositor shall not have selected such
Subsequent Contracts in a manner that is adverse to the interests of holders of
the related Securities; (iii) as of the respective Cutoff Dates (as such term is
defined in the related Prospectus Supplement) for such Subsequent Contracts, all
of the Contracts in the Trust, including the Subsequent Contracts to be conveyed
to the Trust as of such date, must satisfy the parameters described under "The
Contracts" herein and "The Contracts" in such Prospectus Supplement; and (iv)
the Trust Depositor must execute and deliver to such Trust a written assignment
conveying such Subsequent Contracts to such Trust. Except as described
herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement, there will be no other
required characteristics of Subsequent Contracts. It is not anticipated, 
however, that the characteristics of the pool of Contracts as a whole will 
vary significantly following the addition of Subsequent Contracts.

    Risk of Unperfected Security Interests in Financed Motorcycles. Each 
Contract is secured by a security interest in a Motorcycle. As part of 
the sale and assignment of Contracts to a Trust, security interests in the 
related Contracts will be assigned by the Seller to the Trust Depositor 
and by the Trust Depositor to such Trust. In most states, such an assignment 
is an effective conveyance of a security interest without amendment of any 
such security interest noted on a Motorcycle's certificate of title, and the 
assignee succeeds thereby to the assignor's rights as secured party. 
    

                                       13
<PAGE>
   

However, in order to perfect such security interest, certain states require 
the notation of a secured party's security interest on the vehicle's 
certificate of title as filed with the applicable state motor vehicle 
registrar or similar state authority. Due to administrative burden and 
expense, the certificates of title to the Motorcycles will not be amended to 
reflect the conveyance and assignment of Eaglemark's interest therein to the 
Trust Depositor, the conveyance and assignment of the Trust Depositor's 
interest therein to the Trust and the pledge of the Trust's interest therein 
to the Indenture Trustee, as applicable. In the absence of such an amendment, 
the Applicable Trustee may not have a perfected security interest in the 
Motorcycles. By not specifying the related Trust as a secured party on the 
certificate of title, the security interest of the Trust, the Indenture 
Trustee or both could be defeated through fraud or negligence of the Seller 
or as a result of the imposition of a lien for repairs or storage of a 
Motorcycle or for taxes unpaid by the Obligor under the related Contract.     

    Pursuant to the Transfer and Sale Agreement, Eaglemark will make
certain representations and warranties relating to the validity, subsistence,
perfection and priority of the security interest in each Motorcycle securing a
Contract. A breach of any such representation and warranty that materially and
adversely affects the Trust's interest in any Contract would create an
obligation of the Trust Depositor to repurchase such Contract from the Trust and
a simultaneous obligation of Eaglemark to repurchase such Contract from the
Trust Depositor (which right of the Trust Depositor against Eaglemark is
assigned to the Trust) unless such breach is cured. In the event that the Trust
must rely on repossession and resale of Motorcycles securing Contracts that are
in default to recover principal and interest due thereon, certain other factors
may limit the ability of the Trust to realize upon the Motorcycle or may limit
the amount realized to less than the amount due. See "Certain Legal Aspects of
the Contracts" below.
 
    To the extent that the Trust's and the Applicable Trustee's security
interest in a Motorcycle is perfected, the Trust and the Applicable Trustee will
have a prior claim under applicable state laws over subsequent purchasers of
such Motorcycle and holders of subsequently perfected security interests
therein. However, as against liens for repairs or storage of a Motorcycle or
taxes unpaid by the Obligor on the Contract secured thereby, the Trust and the
Applicable Trustee could lose their respective security interests or the
priority of such security interests in a Motorcycle. In addition, even if the
Seller, the Trust or the Applicable Trustee were to be identified as the secured
party on the certificate of title of a Motorcycle, such secured party's security
interest could be defeated by the fraud or forgery of the vehicle owner or by
administrative errors by applicable state or local agencies responsible for
titling vehicles. The Company will not have any obligation to repurchase a
Contract with respect to which the Trust or the Applicable Trustee loses its
security interest in the related Motorcycle after the Closing Date due to any
such lien for repairs, storage or taxes or due to the negligence or fraud of a
third party.

   
    Additional Legal Limits on the Applicable Trustee's Ability to Realize on 
its Security Interest in the Motorcycles; Consumer Protection Laws. Under the 
United States Bankruptcy Code, a court in a bankruptcy case with respect to 
an Obligor on a Contract may prevent the Applicable Trustee from repossessing 
a Motorcycle and may reduce the amount of secured indebtedness or change the 
amount or timing of monthly payments or the interest rate applicable to a 
Contract. In addition, numerous federal and state consumer protection laws 
impose requirements on lenders and/ or servicers with respect to conditional 
financing arrangements such as the Contracts, including requirements 
regarding the adequate disclosure of loan terms (including finance charges 
and deemed finance charges) and limitations on loan terms (including the 
permitted finance charge or deemed finance charge), collection practices and 
creditor remedies. Failure by Dealers or Eaglemark to comply with such 
requirements could have the effect of subjecting an assignee of the Contracts 
to the related claims and defenses of the Obligors on such Contracts. This 
risk would apply to a Trust as assignee, and with respect to an Owner Trust, 
the Indenture Trustee 
    

                                      14

<PAGE>

   
as pledgee, of the Contracts. See also "Certain Legal Aspects of the 
Contracts--Consumer Protection Laws" below.
 
    The Seller will warrant under the related Transfer and Sale Agreement that
each Contract complies with all requirements of law in all material respects.
Accordingly, if an Obligor has a claim against the related Trust for violation
of any law and such claim materially and adversely affects such Trust's interest
in a Contract, such violation would constitute a breach of the warranties of the
Seller under the related Transfer and Sale Agreement and would create an
obligation of the Seller to repurchase the Contract from the Trust, through the
Trust Depositor (with the Trust as assignee of the Trust Depositor's rights
against the Seller in this regard), unless the breach were cured. See
"Description of the Sale and Servicing Agreements and Pooling and Servicing
Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of Contracts".
 
    COMPANY BANKRUPTCY CONSIDERATIONS.  Winston & Strawn, counsel to the Company
and the Trust Depositor, will render an opinion to the Applicable Trustee that
in the event the Company became a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy
Code, the transfer of the Contracts from the Company to the Trust Depositor in
accordance with the Transfer and Sale Agreement (and any related purchase
agreement in connection with transfers of Subsequent Contracts; hereinafter, a
"Subsequent Purchase Agreement") would be treated as a sale and not as a
pledge to secure borrowings and that the Trust Depositor would not be
consolidated with the Company as a single entity. If, however, the transfer of
the Contracts from the Company to the Trust Depositor were treated as a pledge
to secure borrowings by the Company or if the Trust Depositor were ordered
consolidated with the Company as a single entity or were to become bankrupt for
any reason the distribution of proceeds of the Contracts to the Trust might be
subject to the automatic stay provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code,
which would delay the distribution of such proceeds for an uncertain period of
time. In addition, a bankruptcy trustee would have the power to sell the
Contracts if the proceeds of such sale could satisfy the amount of the debt
deemed owed by the Company, or the bankruptcy trustee could substitute other
collateral in lieu of the Contracts to secure such debt, or such debt could be
subject to adjustment by the bankruptcy court if the Company were to file for
reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. A case
decided by the United States Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit contains
language to the effect that accounts sold by a debtor under Article 9 of the
Uniform Commercial Code ("UCC") would remain property of the debtor's
bankruptcy estate. Although the Contracts constitute chattel paper under the
UCC rather than accounts, sales of chattel paper are similarly governed by
Article 9 of the UCC. If, following a bankruptcy of the Company, a court were to
follow the reasoning of the Tenth Circuit and apply such reasoning to chattel
paper, then similar reductions or delays in payments of collections on or in
respect of the Contracts could occur. Additionally, because the Company has
purchased Contracts from Dealers located in the Tenth Circuit which could become
debtors in a bankruptcy proceeding, the rationale of such case could be
applicable to such Dealers' sales of Contracts to the Company and the
corresponding negative implications for timing of receipt of payments with
respect to such Contracts may occur.
    

    Trust's Relationship to Eaglemark, the Trust Depositors, and their
Affiliates. None of the Company, any Trust Depositor or any of their affiliates
is generally obligated to make any payments in respect of any Notes, the
Certificates or the Contracts of a given Trust.
 
    However, in connection with the sale of Contracts by the Trust Depositor to
a given Trust, the Trust Depositor will make representations and warranties with
respect to the characteristics of such Contracts and, in certain circumstances,
the Trust Depositor may be required to repurchase Contracts with respect to
which such representations and warranties have been breached. See "Description
of the Sale and Servicing Agreements and Pooling and Servicing Agreement -- Sale
and Assignment of Contracts". The Company, as Seller, will correspondingly be
obligated to the Trust Depositor under the Transfer and Sale Agreement (which
rights of the Trust Depositor against the Company will be assigned to the Trust)
to repurchase the Contracts from the Trust Depositor contemporaneously with the
Trust Depositor's purchase of the Contract from a Trust. See "Description of the
Transfer and Sale Agreement". Moreover, if the Company were to cease acting as
Servicer, delays in processing payments on the Contracts and information in
respect thereof could occur and 

                                      15

<PAGE>

result in delays in payments to the Securityholders. The related Prospectus 
Supplement may set forth certain additional information regarding the Company 
and any Trust Depositor.

   
    Risks Associated with Non-Recourse Nature of Securities. None of the 
Trusts will have, nor will any Trust be permitted or expected to have, any 
significant assets or sources of funds other than the Contracts and, to the 
extent provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, a Pre-Funding Account, 
a Collateral Reinvestment Account, a Reserve Fund and any other credit 
enhancement or Trust Property. The Notes of any series will represent 
obligations solely of, and the Certificates of any series will represent 
interests solely in, the related Trust, and neither the Notes nor the 
Certificates of any series will be insured or guaranteed by the Trust 
Depositor, the Servicer, the Applicable Trustee, or any other person or 
entity (except as may be described in a Prospectus Supplement). Consequently, 
holders of the Securities of any series must rely for repayment upon payments 
on the related Contracts and, if and to the extent available, amounts on 
deposit in the Pre-Funding Account (if any), the Collateral Reinvestment 
Account (if any), the Reserve Fund (if any) and any other credit enhancement, 
all as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. Any such credit 
enhancement will not cover all contingencies, and losses in excess of amounts 
available pursuant to such credit enhancement will be borne directly by the 
Securityholders.
 
    SUBORDINATION OF CERTAIN CLASSES OF SECURITIES.  To the extent specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement, distributions of interest and
principal on one or more classes of Notes or Certificates of a series may be
subordinated in priority of payment to interest and principal due on certain of
the Notes, if any, of such series or one or more classes of Certificates of such
series. As a result of such subordination, in the event that losses with respect
to the Contracts and associated reductions in collections require application of
available collections and credit enhancement to a class of Securities with
priority of payment over another class, there may not be sufficient assets
remaining to pay amounts due on the subordinated Securities. 

    Prepayments on Contracts Affect Yield of Securities. By their terms, 
the Contracts may be prepaid, in whole or in part, at any time and each 
Contract contains a provision which permits the Trust Depositor to require 
full prepayment in the event of a sale of the Motorcycle securing a Contract. 
In addition, repurchases of the Contracts by the Seller through the Trust 
Depositor could occur in the event of a breach of a representation and 
warranty with respect to the Contracts and upon exercise of the Trust 
Depositor's option to repurchase Contracts when the aggregate outstanding 
principal balances of the Contracts owned by the Trust (the "Pool Balance") 
has decreased to a certain level. Any prepayments and repurchases of 
Contracts will reduce the average life of the Contracts and the interest 
received by the Noteholders or Certificateholders over the life of the Notes 
or Certificates (for this purpose the term "prepayment" includes liquidations 
due to default, as well as receipt of proceeds from credit life, credit 
disability and casualty insurance policies). In addition, with respect to an 
Owner Trust the occurrence of a Mandatory Special Redemption (as defined in 
the related Prospectus Supplement) at or before the end of the Funding Period 
would have the effect of reducing the interest received by Noteholders over 
the life of the Notes.
 
    In light of the above considerations, there can be no assurance as to the 
amount of principal payments to be made on the Notes, if any, or the 
Certificates of a given series on each Distribution Date since such amount 
will depend, in part, on the amount of principal collected on the related 
pool of Contracts during the applicable Due Period. Any reinvestment risks 
resulting from a faster or slower incidence of prepayment of Contracts, or 
repurchases of Contracts, as described above, will be borne entirely by the 
Noteholders, if any, and the Certificateholders of a given series. The 
related Prospectus Supplement may set forth certain additional information 
with respect to the maturity and prepayment considerations applicable to the 
particular pool of Contracts and the related series of Securities. See 
"Weighted Average Life of the Securities."
 
    Social, Economic and Other Factors Affecting the Performance of the
Contracts or Generation of Subsequent Contracts. Economic conditions in states
where Obligors reside may affect the delinquency, loan loss and repossession
experience of a Trust with respect to the related Contracts. The performance by
such Obligors may be affected by a variety of social and economic factors, or
the 
    

                                       16

<PAGE>

   
ability of Eaglemark to acquire from Dealers sufficient Subsequent Contracts 
for purchase with the Pre-Funded Amount. Economic factors include, but are 
not limited to, interest rates, unemployment levels, the rate of inflation, 
and consumer perception of economic conditions generally. However, neither 
Eaglemark nor the Trust Depositor is able to determine and has no basis to 
predict whether or to what extent economic or social factors will affect the 
performance by any Obligors, or the availability of Subsequent Contracts in 
cases where Subsequent Contracts are to be transferred to a Trust as 
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
    

    JOINT ACCOUNTS.  In certain circumstances, the monthly billing statements 
relating to the Contracts and provided to the Obligors also reflect the 
Obligors' outstanding "Harley Card" monthly balance. See "Eaglemark Financial 
Services, Inc.; Eaglemark, Inc.; and the Trust Depositors." With respect to 
such a joint billing statement, the Obligor sends one payment which if not 
appropriately designated by such Obligor in the statement returned with their 
payment will be allocated first to the minimum payment due on the Harley 
Card. To the extent a payment is insufficient to cover payment amounts due 
under both the Contract and the minimum amount due on the Harley Card, the 
Contract will suffer the associated shortfall.

   
    RISK OF COMMINGLING.  With respect to each Trust, the Servicer will be
obligated to deposit all payments on the Contracts (from whatever source) and
all proceeds of such Contracts collected during each Due Period into the
Collection Account of such Trust within two business days of receipt thereof.
However, if so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, in the event that
the Company satisfies certain requirements for monthly or less frequent
remittances and the Rating Agencies affirm their ratings of the related
Securities at the initial level, then for so long as the Company is the Servicer
and provided that (i) there exists no Servicer Default (as defined herein) and
(ii) each other condition to making such monthly or less frequent deposits as
may be specified by the Rating Agencies and described in such Prospectus
Supplement is satisfied, the Servicer will not be required to deposit such
amounts into the Collection Account of such Trust until on or before the
business day preceding each Distribution Date. The Servicer will also be
obligated to deposit the aggregate Purchase Amount (as defined herein) of
Contracts purchased by the Servicer into the applicable Collection Account on or
before the business day preceding each Distribution Date. Pending deposit into
such Collection Account, collections may be invested by the Servicer at its own
risk and for its own benefit and will not be segregated from funds of the
Servicer. If the Servicer were unable to remit such funds, the applicable
Securityholders might incur a loss. To the extent set forth in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the Servicer may, in order to satisfy the requirements
described above, obtain a letter of credit or other security for the benefit of
the related Trust to secure timely remittances of collections on the related
Contracts and payment of the aggregate Purchase Amount with respect to Contracts
purchased by the Servicer.
 
    SERVICER DEFAULT.  Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement with respect to a series of Securities issued by an Owner Trust that
includes Notes, in the event a Servicer Default (as defined herein) occurs, the
Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders with respect to such series, as
described under "Description of the Sale and Servicing Agreements and Pooling
and Servicing Agreements -- Rights upon Servicer Default", may remove the
Servicer without the consent of the Owner Trustee or any of the
Certificateholders with respect to such series. The Owner Trustee or the
Certificateholders with respect to such series will not have the ability,
without the concurrence of the Noteholders of such series, to remove the
Servicer if a Servicer Default occurs.
 
    RATINGS OF THE SECURITIES.  It is a condition to the issuance of the
Securities to be offered hereunder that they be rated in one of the four highest
rating categories by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating
organization (a "Rating Agency"). A rating is not a recommendation to purchase,
hold or sell Securities inasmuch as such rating does not comment as to market
price or suitability for a particular investor. Ratings of Securities will
address the likelihood of the payment of principal and interest thereon pursuant
to their terms. The ratings of Securities will not address the likelihood of an
early return of invested principal. There can be no assurance that a rating will
remain for a given period of time or that a rating will not be lowered or
withdrawn entirely by a Rating Agency if in its judgment circumstances in
the future so warrant. For more detailed information regarding the ratings
assigned to any class of a particular series of Securities, see "Summary of
Terms -- Ratings" and "Risk Factors -- Ratings of the Securities" in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
    

                                      17

<PAGE>

    Book-Entry Registration. Unless otherwise specified in the related 
Prospectus Supplement, each class of Securities of a given series will be 
initially represented by one or more certificates registered in the name of 
Cede & Co. ("Cede"), or any other nominee for The Depository Trust Company 
("DTC") set forth in such Prospectus Supplement (Cede, or such other nominee, 
"DTC's Nominee"), and will not be registered in the names of the holders of 
the Securities of such series or their nominees. Because of this, unless and 
until Definitive Securities (as defined herein) for such series are issued, 
Securityholders will not be recognized by the Applicable Trustee. Hence, 
until Definitive Securities are issued, Securityholders will be able to 
exercise their rights only indirectly through DTC and its participating 
organizations. See "Certain Information Regarding the Securities -- 
Book-Entry Registration" and "-- Definitive Securities".
 
   
    LIMITED LIQUIDITY.  There is currently no secondary market for the
Securities. There can be no assurance that any such market will develop or, if
it does develop, that it will provide Securityholders with liquidity of
investment or will continue for the life of the Securities. The Securities will
not be listed on any securities exchange.

                                   THE TRUSTS

    With respect to each series of Securities, the Trust Depositor will
establish a separate Trust pursuant to the respective Trust Agreement or Pooling
and Servicing Agreement, as applicable, for the transactions described herein
and in the related Prospectus Supplement. The property of each Trust will
include a pool of retail installment sales contracts of new and used
Harley-Davidson motorcycles, or in certain limited instances Motorcycles
manufactured by Buell (limited, unless otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, to 2.5% of the principal balance of the Contracts owned
by a Trust) and Motorcycles manufactured by certain Other Manufacturers (see
"Other Manufacturers" herein) (limited, unless otherwise specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement, to 10% of the principal balance of the Contracts
owned by a Trust) as well as all payments due thereunder on and after the
applicable Cutoff Date. Such Contracts will be sold by the Company to the Trust
Depositor but will continue to be serviced by the Company as Servicer. On the
applicable Closing Date, after the issuance of the Certificates and any Notes of
a given series, the Trust Depositor will sell the Initial Contracts to the Trust
to the extent, if any, specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. If and to
the extent so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, Subsequent
Contracts will be conveyed to the Trust as frequently as weekly during the
Funding Period. In addition, if so provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement, the property of a Trust may also include monies deposited into the
Collateral Reinvestment Account on the Closing Date. With respect to an
Owner Trust, during the Revolving Period (if applicable), principal will not be
distributed on the Securities of the related series, and principal collections
on the Contracts of such Trust, together with (if and to the extent described in
the related Prospectus Supplement) interest collections on such Contracts that
are in excess of amounts required to be distributed therefrom, will be deposited
from time to time in the Collateral Reinvestment Account and will be used by the
Trust to purchase Subsequent Contracts during such Revolving Period. Any
Subsequent Contracts so conveyed will also be assets of the applicable Trust,
subject, in the case of any Owner Trust that issues Notes, to the prior rights
of the related Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders, if any, in such Subsequent
Contracts. The property of each Trust will also include (i) such amounts as from
time to time may be held in separate trust accounts established and maintained
pursuant to the related Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing
Agreement and the proceeds of such accounts, as described herein and 

                                      18

<PAGE>

in the related Prospectus Supplement; (ii) security interests in the 
Motorcycles and any other interest of the Trust Depositor in such 
Motorcycles; (iii) the rights to proceeds from claims on certain physical 
damage, credit life and disability insurance policies covering the 
Motorcycles or the Obligors, as the case may be; (iv) the interest of the 
Trust Depositor in any proceeds from recourse to Dealers (as defined herein) 
or other originators in respect of Contracts as to which the Servicer has 
determined that eventual repayment in full is unlikely; (v) any property that 
shall have secured a Contract and that shall have been acquired by the 
applicable Trust; and (vi) any and all proceeds of the foregoing. To the 
extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, a Pre-Funding Account, 
a Collateral Reinvestment Account, a Reserve Fund or other form of credit 
enhancement or such other property, may be a part of the property of any 
given Trust or may be held by the Trustee or an Indenture Trustee for the 
benefit of holders of the related Securities.
 
    The Servicer will continue to service the Contracts held by each Trust 
and will receive fees for such services. See "Description of the Sale and 
Servicing Agreements and Pooling and Servicing Agreements -- Servicing 
Compensation and Payment of Expenses" herein and in the related Prospectus 
Supplement. To facilitate the servicing of the Contracts, the Trust Depositor 
and each Applicable Trustee will authorize the Servicer to retain 
physical possession of the Contracts held by each Trust and other documents 
relating thereto as custodian for each such Trust. Due to the administrative 
burden and expense, the certificates of title to the Motorcycles will not be 
amended to reflect the sale and assignment of the security interest in the 
Motorcycles to each Trust. In the absence of such an amendment, the Trust may 
not have a perfected security interest in the Motorcycles in all states. See 
"Risk Factors-- Risk of Unperfected Security Interests in Financed 
Motorcycles"; "Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts"; and "Description of 
the Sale and Servicing Agreements and Pooling and Servicing Agreements -- 
Sale and Assignment of Contracts" herein.
    

    If the protection provided to any Noteholders of a given series by the
subordination of the related Certificates and by the Reserve Fund, if any, or
other credit enhancement for such series or the protection provided to
Certificateholders by any such Reserve Fund or other credit enhancement is
insufficient, such Noteholders or Certificateholders, as the case may be, would
have to look principally to the Obligors on the related Contracts, the proceeds
from the repossession and sale of Motorcycles which secure defaulted Contracts
and the proceeds from any recourse against Dealers or other originators with
respect to such Contracts. In such event, certain factors, such as the
applicable Trust's not having perfected security interests in the Motorcycles in
all states, may affect the Servicer's ability to repossess and sell the
collateral securing the Contracts, and thus may reduce the proceeds to be
distributed to the holders of the Securities of such series. See "Description of
the Sale and Servicing Agreements and Pooling and Servicing Agreements --
Distributions", "-- Credit and Cash Flow Enhancement" and "Certain Legal Aspects
of the Contracts".
 
    The principal offices of each Trust and the related Trustee will be
specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.
 
THE TRUSTEE AND THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

   
    The Trustee and the Indenture Trustee, as applicable, for each Trust will be
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. The Applicable Trustee's
liability in connection with the issuance and sale of the related Securities
will be limited solely to the express obligations of such Trustee set forth in
the related Trust Agreement and the Sale and Servicing Agreement or the related
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as applicable. The Applicable Trustee may
resign at any time, in which event the Servicer, or its successor (or, in the
case of an Owner Trust that issues Notes, the Administrator (as defined herein)
thereof), will be obligated to appoint a successor trustee. The Administrator of
any Owner Trust that issues Notes and the Servicer in respect of any Grantor
Trust may also remove the Applicable Trustee if such Trustee ceases to be
eligible to continue as Trustee under the related Trust Agreement or Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, as applicable, or if the Applicable Trustee becomes
insolvent. In such circumstances, the Administrator or Servicer, as applicable,
will be obligated to appoint a successor Trustee. Any resignation or removal of
a Trustee or Indenture Trustee, as applicable, and appointment of a successor
Trustee will not become effective until acceptance of the appointment by the
successor Trustee. 
    

                                      19

<PAGE>
                          HARLEY-DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLES
 
   
    All of the Motorcycles securing Contracts were manufactured by
Harley-Davidson, except that, unless otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, not more than 2.5% of the Contracts (including all
Subsequent Contracts) may relate to, and be secured by, Motorcycles manufactured
by Buell, and not more than 10.0% of the Contracts (including all Subsequent
Contracts) may relate to, and be secured by, Motorcycles manufactured by Other
Manufacturers. See "Other Manufacturers." Buell produces "performance"
motorcycles using engines and certain other parts manufactured by
Harley-Davidson.

    Harley-Davidson produces and sells premium superheavyweight motorcycles.
Within the superheavyweight class, Harley-Davidson sells touring motorcycles
(equipped for long-distance touring), as well as motorcycles which emphasize the
distinctive styling associated with certain classic Harley-Davidson motorcycles.
Harley-Davidson motorcycles are based on variations of five basic chassis
designs and are powered by one of three air cooled, twin cylinder engines of "V"
configuration which have displacements of 883cc, 1200cc, and 1340cc.
Harley-Davidson manufactures its own engines and frames and is the only major
manufacturer of motorcycles in the United States.
    

    Buell produces "performance" motorcycles using Harley-Davidson 1200cc
engines that are further modified in the manufacturing process, as well as
certain other Harley parts. The "performance" aspect of the motorcycles refers
to overall handling characteristics of the motorcycle, including cornering,
acceleration and braking. Buell motorcycles and related products are currently
distributed exclusively through Harley-Davidson dealers. Buell's overall share
of the "performance" market is negligible.

                              OTHER MANUFACTURERS
 
    Except as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
Contracts aggregating not more than 10.0% of the aggregate principal balances of
all Contracts (including Subsequent Contracts) may relate to, and be secured by,
Motorcycles manufactured by Honda, Yamaha, Suzuki, Kawasaki as well as certain
other manufacturers. Such Motorcycles fall within two (2) categories: "touring
cycles" (with displacements typically over 750cc) which are generally intended
for use in long distance travel, and "street legal cycles", which include all
other motorcycles which may be licensed for street use under applicable state or
local law and which are not generally viewed as falling with the "touring cycle"
category.
 
                                 THE CONTRACTS
 
GENERAL
 
    The Contracts (including Subsequent Contracts) in each Trust have been or 
will be purchased by the Company from a network of Harley-Davidson Dealers 
located throughout the United States. The Company's personnel contact Dealers 
and explain the Company's available financing plans, terms, prevailing rates 
and credit and financing policies. If the Dealer wishes to use the Company's 
available customer financing, the Dealer must make an application to the 
Company for approval.

    Contracts (including Subsequent Contracts) that the Company purchases are 
written on forms provided or approved by the Company and are purchased on an 
individually approved basis in accordance with the Company's guidelines. The 
Dealer submits the customer's credit application and purchase order to the 
Company's office where an analysis of the creditworthiness of the proposed 
buyer is made. The analysis includes a review of the proposed buyer's paying 
habits, length and likelihood of continued employment and certain other 
procedures. The Company's current underwriting guidelines for Contracts 
generally require that the monthly payment on the Contract, together with the 
Obligor's other fixed monthly obligations, not exceed 40% of the Obligor's 
monthly gross 

                                      20

<PAGE>

   
income; provided, however, the Company may originate a Contract in excess of 
40% of an Obligor's monthly gross income if the Obligor makes a larger down 
payment or has an exceptionally good credit rating or other offsetting 
factors exist. With respect to Contracts for new Motorcycles, and for used 
Motorcycles of model year 1990 or later, the Company generally finances up to 
90% (unless otherwise specified in the Prospectus Supplement) of the 
Motorcycle's sales price. The Company generally finances up to 85% (unless 
otherwise specified in the Prospectus Supplement) of such amount for used 
Motorcycles of a model year earlier than 1990. The Company will also finance 
certain Dealer installed accessories, sales tax and title fees as well as 
premiums for the term of the contract on optional credit life and accident 
and health insurance, premiums for extended warranty insurance and premiums 
for required physical damage insurance on the Motorcycle which financed 
amounts are part of the principal balance of the respective Contract. If the 
application meets the Company's guidelines and the credit is approved, the 
Company purchases the Contract when the customer accepts delivery of the 
Motorcycle.
    

DELINQUENCIES, REPOSSESSIONS AND NET LOSSES
 
    Certain information concerning the experience of the Company pertaining to
delinquencies, repossessions and net losses with respect to new and used
Motorcycle Contracts will be set forth in each Prospectus Supplement. There can
be no assurance that the delinquency, repossession and net loss experience on
any particular pool of Contracts will be comparable to prior experience or to
such information.
 
                    WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE SECURITIES
 
   
    The weighted average life of the Notes, if any, and the Certificates of 
any series will generally be influenced by the rate at which the principal 
balances of the related Contracts are paid, which payment may be in the form 
of scheduled amortization or prepayments. (For this purpose, the term 
"prepayments" includes prepayments in full, partial prepayments (including 
those related to rebates of extended warranty contract costs and insurance 
premiums), liquidations due to default, losses caused by the issuance of an 
order by a court in any insolvency proceeding reducing the amount owed under 
a Contract, as well as receipts of proceeds from physical damage, credit life 
and disability insurance policies and from certain purchases or repurchases 
of Contracts from the Trust.) All of the Contracts are prepayable at any 
time without penalty to the Obligor. The rate of prepayment of Contracts is 
influenced by a variety of economic, social and other factors. In addition, 
under certain circumstances, the Company, through the Trust Depositor, will 
be obligated to repurchase Contracts from a given Trust pursuant to the 
related Transfer and Sale Agreement, Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling 
and Servicing Agreement as a result of breaches of certain representations 
and warranties. See "Description of the Sale and Servicing Agreements and 
Pooling and Servicing Agreements -- Sale and Assignment of Contracts" and "-- 
Servicing Procedures". See also "Description of the Sale and Servicing 
Agreements and Pooling and Servicing Agreements -- Termination" regarding the 
Trust Depositor's option to repurchase the Contracts from a given 
Trust (and the Seller's option to concurrently repurchase such Contracts 
from the Trust Depositor) and "-- Insolvency Event" regarding the sale of the 
Contracts owned by a Trust if an Insolvency Event with respect to the Trust 
Depositor applicable to such Trust occurs.
 
    In light of the above considerations, there can be no assurance as to the
amount of principal payments to be made on the Notes, if any, or the
Certificates of a given series on each Distribution Date since such amount will
depend, in part, on the amount of principal collected on the related pool of
Contracts during the applicable Due Period. Any reinvestment risks
resulting from a faster or slower incidence of prepayment of Contracts will be
borne entirely by the Noteholders, if any, and the Certificateholders of a given
series. The related Prospectus Supplement may set forth certain additional
information with respect to the maturity and prepayment considerations
applicable to the particular pool of Contracts and the related series of
Securities.
    

                                      21
<PAGE>

                      POOL FACTORS AND TRADING INFORMATION

    The "Note Pool Factor" for each class of Notes will be a seven-digit decimal
which the Servicer will compute prior to each distribution with respect to such
class of Notes indicating the remaining outstanding principal balance of such
class of Notes, as of the applicable Distribution Date (after giving effect to
payments to be made on such Distribution Date), as a fraction of the initial
outstanding principal balance of such class of Notes. The "Certificate Pool
Factor" for each class of Certificates will be a seven-digit decimal which the
Servicer will compute prior to each distribution with respect to such class of
Certificates indicating the remaining Certificate Balance of such class of
Certificates, as of the applicable Distribution Date (after giving effect to
distributions to be made on such Distribution Date), as a fraction of the
initial Certificate Balance of such class of Certificates. Each Note Pool Factor
and each Certificate Pool Factor will initially be 1.0000000 and thereafter will
decline to reflect reductions in the outstanding principal balance of the
applicable class of Notes, or the reduction of the Certificate Balance of the
applicable class of Certificates, as the case may be. A Noteholder's portion of
the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the related class of Notes is the
product of (i) the original denomination of such Noteholder's Note and (ii) the
applicable Note Pool Factor. A Certificateholder's portion of the aggregate
outstanding Certificate Balance for the related class of Certificates is the
product of (a) the original denomination of such Certificateholder's Certificate
and (b) the applicable Certificate Pool Factor.

    Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
Noteholders, if any, and the Certificateholders will receive reports on or about
each Distribution Date concerning, with respect to the Due Period
immediately preceding such Distribution Date, payments received on the
Contracts, the Pool Balance, each Certificate Pool Factor or Note Pool Factor,
as applicable, and various other items of information. In addition,
Securityholders of record during any calendar year will be furnished information
for tax reporting purposes not later than the latest date permitted by law. See
"Certain Information Regarding the Securities -- Reports to Securityholders".
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS

   
    Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Trust 
will use the net proceeds received from the sale of the Securities (i) to 
purchase the Initial Contracts and related assets from the Trust Depositor, 
and (ii) to make the deposit, if any, of the Pre-Funded Amount into the 
Pre-Funding Account, if any, and (ii) to make the initial deposit, if any, to 
the Collateral Reinvestment Account, if any. The Seller will use the net 
proceeds from the Trust Depositor's purchase of the Initial Contracts, as 
well as Subsequent Contracts, for the repayment of warehouse lines through 
which it finances its Motorcycle conditional sales contracts and for other 
corporate purposes. 
    

            EAGLEMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.; EAGLEMARK, INC.; 
                           AND THE TRUST DEPOSITORS
 
    Eaglemark Financial Services, Inc.
 
    Eaglemark Financial was formed in June 1992 with a capital infusion of
$10,000,000 from Harley-Davidson and an additional $15,000,000 capital
contribution from a major institutional investor in January 1993. In November
1995, Harley-Davidson purchased the equity owned by the major institutional
investor and as a result Eaglemark Financial is a 97% owned subsidiary of
Harley-Davidson. The business of Eaglemark Financial, through its 100% ownership
of Eaglemark, has been to provide wholesale and retail financing, credit card
and insurance services to Dealers and customers of Harley-Davidson.
 
                                     22

<PAGE>

    Eaglemark, Inc.

   
    Eaglemark was incorporated as a Nevada corporation in 1992 and is a 
wholly-owned subsidiary of Eaglemark Financial. Eaglemark began operations in 
January 1993 when it purchased the $85 million wholesale financing portfolio 
of certain Harley-Davidson Dealers from ITT Commercial Finance; subsequently, 
Eaglemark entered the retail consumer finance business. Eaglemark provides 
financing to Harley-Davidson customers for new and used motorcycles and 
Harley-Davidson branded products including accessories through its 
private-label "Harley Card," as well as a range of motorcycle insurance 
products through a wholly-owned subsidiary. Eaglemark also finances extended 
service contracts on Motorcycles. Eaglemark's financing, credit card and 
insurance programs are designed to work together as a package that appeals to 
the needs of Harley-Davidson's customers. The intent of such a package is to 
increase Dealer and customer loyalty to Eaglemark while improving revenue and 
profits over time. Eaglemark's principal executive offices are located at 
4150 Technology Way, Carson City, Nevada 89706 (telephone 702/885-1200).
    

    During the third quarter of 1994, Eaglemark began providing retail consumer
financing for other product lines. Initially, Eaglemark provided financing for
marine boat dealers under the trade names "MasterCraft Credit," "WetJet Credit,"
"Skeeter Credit," "Boston Whaler Financial Services," and "Mariah Financial
Services." Eaglemark has since added new lines of consumer financing including
(i) recreational vehicle financing through RV dealers under the trade name of
"Holiday Rambler Credit"; (ii) Motorcycle financing through the Canadian
Harley-Davidson dealers transacted under the trade name "Deeley Credit"; and
(iii) single-engine aircraft financing provided directly through Mooney Aircraft
under the trade name "Mooney Financial Services" or through a broker (Sterling
Air) under the Eaglemark name. Eaglemark also provides other forms of consumer
financing through various Dealers on a case-by-case basis.
 
THE TRUST DEPOSITORS
 
    With respect to each series of Securities, the Trust Depositor will be a
special-purpose finance subsidiary of the Company. All of the common stock of
the Trust Depositor will be owned by Eaglemark. All of the officers and
directors of each Trust Depositor will be employed by Eaglemark or Eaglemark
Financial, except that one director of each Trust Depositor shall at all times
be independent of Eaglemark, Eaglemark Financial and Harley-Davidson.
 
                            DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
 
GENERAL
 
    Each Owner Trust may issue one or more classes of Notes pursuant to an
Indenture, a form of which has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.
 
    Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, each class
of Notes will initially be represented by one or more Notes, in each case
registered in the name of the nominee of DTC (together with any successor
depository selected by the Trust, the "Depository"), except as set forth below.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Notes will
be available for purchase in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples
thereof in book-entry form only. The Company has been informed by DTC that DTC's
nominee will be Cede, unless another nominee is specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement. Accordingly, such nominee is expected to be the holder of
record of the Notes of each class. Unless and until Definitive Notes (as defined
herein) are issued under the limited circumstances described herein or in the
related Prospectus Supplement, no Noteholder will be entitled to receive a
physical certificate representing a Note. All references herein and in the
related Prospectus Supplement to actions by Noteholders refer to actions taken
by DTC upon instructions from its participating organizations (the
"Participants"), and all references herein and in the related Prospectus
Supplement to distributions, notices, reports and statements to Noteholders
refer to distributions, notices, reports and statements to DTC or its nominee,
as the registered holder of the Notes, for distribution to Noteholders in
accordance with DTC's procedures with respect thereto. See "Certain Information
Regarding the Securities -- Book-Entry Registration" and "-- Definitive
Securities".

                                      23
<PAGE>

PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST ON THE NOTES
 
    The timing and priority of payment, seniority, allocations of losses, 
Interest Rate and amount of or method of determining payments of principal 
and interest on each class of Notes of a given series will be described in 
the related Prospectus Supplement. The right of holders of any class of Notes 
to receive payments of principal and interest may be senior or subordinate to 
the rights of holders of any other class or classes of Notes of such series, 
as described in the related Prospectus Supplement. Unless otherwise provided 
in the related Prospectus Supplement, payments of interest on the Notes of 
such series will be made prior to payments of principal thereon. If so 
provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, a series may include one or 
more classes of Strip Notes entitled to (i) principal payments with 
disproportionate, nominal or no interest payments or (ii) interest payments 
with disproportionate, nominal or no principal payments. Each class of Notes 
may have a different Interest Rate, which may be a fixed, variable or 
adjustable Interest Rate (and which may be zero for certain classes of Strip 
Notes), or any combination of the foregoing. The related Prospectus 
Supplement will specify the Interest Rate for each class of Notes of a given 
series or the method for determining such Interest Rate. See also "Certain 
Information Regarding the Securities -- Fixed Rate Securities" and "-- 
Floating Rate Securities". One or more classes of Notes of a series may be 
redeemable in whole or in part under the circumstances specified in the 
related Prospectus Supplement, including, if a Pre-Funding Account or 
Collateral Reinvestment Account has been established with respect to a 
related series, from amounts remaining in the applicable account at the end 
of the Funding Period or Revolving Period, as the case may be, or as a result 
of the Servicer's exercising its option to purchase the related pool of 
Contracts.
 
    To the extent specified in any Prospectus Supplement, one or more classes of
Notes of a given series may have fixed principal payment schedules, as set forth
in such Prospectus Supplement; Noteholders of such Notes would be entitled to
receive as payments of principal on any given Distribution Date the applicable
amounts set forth on such schedule with respect to such Notes, in the manner and
to the extent set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
    Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, payments to
holders of Notes of all classes within a series in respect of interest will have
the same priority. Under certain circumstances, the amount available for such
payments could be less than the amount of interest payable on the Notes on any
of the dates specified for payments in the related Prospectus Supplement (each,
a "Distribution Date"), in which case each class of Noteholders will receive its
ratable share (based upon the aggregate amount of interest due to the holders of
such class of Notes) of the aggregate amount available to be distributed in
respect of interest on the Notes of such series. See "Description of the Sale
and Servicing Agreements and Pooling and Servicing Agreements -- Distributions"
and "-- Credit and Cash Flow Enhancement".
 
    In the case of a series of Securities which includes two or more classes of
Notes, the sequential order and priority of payment in respect of principal and
interest, and any schedule or formula or other provisions applicable to the
determination thereof, of each such class will be set forth in the related
Prospectus Supplement. Payments in respect of principal of and interest on any
class of Notes will be made on a pro rata basis among all the Noteholders of
such class. One or more classes of Notes of a series may be redeemable in whole
or in part under the circumstances specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, including, if a Pre-Funding Account or Collateral Reinvestment
Account has been established with respect to the related series, from amounts
remaining in the applicable account at the end of the Funding Period or
Revolving Period, as the case may be, or as a result of the exercise by the
Servicer, a subservicer or such other party as may be specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement of its option to purchase the related pool of Contracts.
See "Description of the Sale and Servicing Agreements and Pooling and Servicing
Agreements -- Termination".
 
CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE
 
    Events of Default; Rights upon Event of Default. With respect to the Notes
of a given series, unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, "Events of Default" under the related Indenture will include the
following: (i) a default for five days or more in the payment of any interest on
any such Note; (ii) a default in the payment of the principal, or any
installment of the principal, of any such Note when the same 

                                      24

<PAGE>

becomes due and payable; (iii) a default in the observance or performance of 
any covenant or agreement of the applicable Trust made in such Indenture and 
the continuation of any such default for a period of 30 days after notice 
thereof is given to such Trust by the applicable Indenture Trustee or to such 
Trust and such Indenture Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in principal 
amount of such Notes then outstanding; (iv) any representation or warranty 
made by such Trust in such Indenture or in any certificate delivered pursuant 
thereto or in connection therewith having been incorrect in a material 
respect as of the time made, if such breach is not cured within 30 days after 
notice thereof is given to such Trust by the applicable Indenture Trustee or 
to such Trust and such Indenture Trustee by the holders of at least 25% in 
principal amount of such Notes then outstanding; or (v) certain events of 
bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or liquidation of the applicable Trust. 
However, the amount of principal required to be paid to Noteholders of such 
series under the related Indenture will generally be limited to amounts 
available to be deposited in the applicable Note Distribution Account. 
Therefore, unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, 
the failure to pay principal on a class of Notes generally will not result in 
the occurrence of an Event of Default until the final scheduled Distribution 
Date for such class of Notes.
 
   
    Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, if an Event
of Default should occur and be continuing with respect to the Notes of any
series, the related Indenture Trustee or holders of 66 2/3% of the
principal amount (or a lesser percentage as specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, but in no case less than 51%) of such Notes then outstanding may
declare the principal of such Notes to be immediately due and payable. Unless
otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, such declaration may,
under certain circumstances, be rescinded by the holders of 66 2/3% (or a
lesser percentage as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, but in no
case less than 51%) of the principal amount of such Notes then outstanding.
 
    If the Notes of any series are declared due and payable following an 
Event of Default with respect thereto, the related Indenture Trustee may 
institute proceedings to collect amounts due or foreclose on Trust Property, 
exercise remedies as a secured party, sell the related Contracts or elect to 
have the applicable Trust maintain possession of such Contracts and continue 
to apply collections on such Contracts as if there had been no declaration of 
acceleration. Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus 
Supplement, however, such Indenture Trustee is prohibited from selling such 
Contracts following an Event of Default, other than a default in the payment 
of any principal of, or a default for five days or more in the payment of any 
interest on, any Note of such series, unless (i) the holders of all such 
outstanding Notes consent to such sale, (ii) the proceeds of such sale are 
sufficient to pay in full the principal of and the accrued interest on such 
outstanding Notes at the date of such sale or (iii) such Indenture Trustee 
determines that the proceeds of the Contracts would not be sufficient on an 
ongoing basis to make all payments on such Notes as such payments would have 
become due if such obligations had not been declared due and payable, and 
such Indenture Trustee obtains the consent of the holders of 66 2/3% 
(or a lesser percentage as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, 
but in no case less than 51%) of the aggregate outstanding principal amount 
of such Notes.
    

     Subject to the provisions of the applicable Indenture relating to the 
duties of the related Indenture Trustee, if an Event of Default occurs and is 
continuing with respect to a series of Notes, such Indenture Trustee will be 
under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under such 
Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders of such Notes if 
such Indenture Trustee reasonably believes it will not be adequately 
indemnified against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be 
incurred by it in complying with such request. Subject to the provisions for 
indemnification and certain limitations contained in the related Indenture, 
the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes of a 
given series will have the right to direct the time, method and place of 
conducting any proceeding or any remedy available to the applicable Indenture 
Trustee, and the holders of a majority in principal amount of such Notes then 
outstanding may, in certain cases, waive any default with respect thereto, 
except a default in the payment of principal or interest or a default in 
respect of a covenant or provision of such Indenture that cannot be modified 
without the waiver or consent of all the holders of each such outstanding 
Note.

     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, no 
holder of a Note of any series will have the right to institute any 
proceeding with respect to the related Indenture, unless (i) such holder 

                                      25

<PAGE>

previously has given to the applicable Indenture Trustee written notice of a 
continuing Event of Default, (ii) the holders of not less than 25% in 
principal amount of the outstanding Notes of such series have made written 
request to such Indenture Trustee to institute such proceeding in its own 
name as Indenture Trustee, (iii) such holder or holders have offered such 
Indenture Trustee reasonable indemnity, (iv) such Indenture Trustee has for 
60 days failed to institute such proceeding and (v) no direction inconsistent 
with such written request has been given to such Indenture Trustee during 
such 60-day period by the holders of a majority in principal amount of such 
outstanding Notes.

     In addition, unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus 
Supplement, each Indenture Trustee and the related Noteholders, by accepting 
the related Notes, will covenant that they will not at any time institute 
against the Trust Depositor or the applicable Trust any bankruptcy, 
reorganization or other proceeding under any federal or state bankruptcy or 
similar law.

     With respect to any Trust, neither the related Indenture Trustee nor the 
related Trustee in its individual capacity, nor any holder of a Certificate 
representing an ownership interest in such Trust nor any of their respective 
owners, beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, employees, affiliates, 
successors or assigns will, in the absence of an express agreement to the 
contrary, be personally liable for the payment of the principal of or 
interest on the related Notes or for the agreements of such Trust contained 
in the applicable Indenture.

   
     Certain Covenants. Each Indenture will provide that the related Trust 
may not consolidate with or merge into any other entity, unless, among such 
other requirements as may be specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, 
(i) the entity formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger is 
organized under the laws of the United States, any state or the District of 
Columbia, (ii) such entity expressly assumes such Trust's obligation to make 
due and punctual payments upon the Notes of the related series and to perform 
or observe every agreement and covenant of such Trust under the Indenture, 
(iii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing immediately 
after such merger or consolidation, (iv) such Trust has been advised that the 
rating of the Notes (and, if so provided in such Indenture, the Certificates) 
of such series then in effect would not be reduced or withdrawn by the Rating 
Agencies as a result of such merger or consolidation, (v) such Trust 
has received an opinion of counsel to the effect that such consolidation or 
merger would have no material adverse tax consequence to the Trust or to any 
related Noteholder or Certificateholder and (vi) any action as is necessary 
to maintain the lien and security interest of the Indenture shall have been 
taken.

     No Owner Trust will, among other things, (i) except as expressly 
permitted by the applicable Indenture, the applicable Sale and Servicing 
Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement or certain related documents 
with respect to such Trust (collectively, the ""Related Documents''), sell, 
transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of the assets of such Trust, 
(ii) claim any credit on or make any deduction from the principal and 
interest payable in respect of the Notes of the related series (other than 
amounts properly withheld under the Code or applicable state law) or assert 
any claim against any present or former holder of such Notes because of the 
payment of taxes levied or assessed upon such Trust, (iii) permit the 
validity or effectiveness of such Indenture to be impaired or permit any 
person to be released from any covenants or obligations with respect to such 
Notes under such Indenture except as may be expressly permitted thereby or 
(iv) permit any lien, charge, excise, claim, security interest, mortgage or 
other encumbrance to be created on or extend to or otherwise arise upon or 
burden the assets of such Trust or any part thereof, or any interest therein 
or the proceeds thereof (other than tax liens, mechanics' liens and other 
liens that arise by operation of law, in each case on a Motorcycle and 
arising solely as a result of an action or omission of the related Obligor).
    

     No Trust may engage in any activity other than as described herein or in 
the Prospectus Supplement. No Trust will incur, assume or guarantee any 
indebtedness other than indebtedness incurred pursuant to the related Notes 
and the related Indenture, pursuant to any Advances made to it by the 
Servicer or otherwise in accordance with the Related Documents.

   
     Modification of Indenture. Each Owner Trust and the related Indenture 
Trustee may, with the consent of the holders of 51% (or such higher 
percentage as specified in the related Prospectus 
    

                                      26

<PAGE>

   
Supplement) of the outstanding Notes of the related series, execute a 
supplemental indenture to add provisions to, change in any manner or 
eliminate any provisions of, the related Indenture, or modify (except as 
provided below) in any manner the rights of the related Noteholders.

     However, unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement 
with respect to a series of Notes, without the consent of the holder of each 
such outstanding Note affected thereby, no supplemental indenture will, among 
other things: (i) change the due date of any installment of principal of or 
interest on any such Note or reduce the principal amount thereof, the 
interest rate specified thereon or the redemption price with respect thereto 
or change any place of payment where or the coin or currency in which any 
such Note or any interest thereon is payable; (ii) impair the right to 
institute suit for the enforcement of certain provisions of the related 
Indenture regarding payment; (iii) reduce the percentage of the aggregate 
amount of the outstanding Notes of such series, the consent of the holders of 
which is required for any such supplemental indenture or the consent of the 
holders of which is required for any waiver of compliance with certain 
provisions of such Indenture or of certain defaults thereunder and their 
consequences as provided for in such Indenture; (iv) modify or alter the 
provisions of such Indenture regarding the voting of Notes held by the 
applicable Trust, any other obligor on such Notes, the Trust Depositor or an 
affiliate of any of them; (v) reduce the percentage of the aggregate 
outstanding amount of such Notes, the consent of the holders of which is 
required to direct the related Indenture Trustee to sell or liquidate the 
Contracts if the proceeds of such sale would be insufficient to pay the 
principal amount and accrued but unpaid interest on the outstanding Notes of 
such series; (vi) amend the provisions of the Indenture which specify 
the percentage of the aggregate principal amount of such Notes required to 
amend certain sections of such Indenture or certain other related 
agreements; or (vii) permit the creation of any lien ranking prior to or on a 
parity with the lien of such Indenture with respect to any of the collateral 
for such Notes or, except as otherwise permitted or contemplated in such 
Indenture, terminate the lien of such Indenture on any such collateral or 
deprive the holder of any such Note of the security afforded by the lien of 
such Indenture.
    

     Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, an 
Owner Trust and the applicable Indenture Trustee may also enter into 
supplemental indentures, without obtaining the consent of the Noteholders of 
the related series, for the purpose of, among other things, adding any 
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions 
of the related Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of such 
Noteholders; provided that such action will not materially and adversely 
affect the interest of any such Noteholder.

     Annual Compliance Statement. Each Owner Trust that issues Notes will be 
required to file annually with the related Indenture Trustee a written 
statement as to the fulfillment of its obligations under the Indenture.

     Indenture Trustee's Annual Report. The Indenture Trustee for each Owner 
Trust that issues Notes will be required to mail each year to all related 
Noteholders a brief report relating to its eligibility and qualification to 
continue as Indenture Trustee under the related Indenture, any amounts 
advanced by it under the Indenture, the amount, interest rate and maturity 
date of certain indebtedness owing by the related Owner Trust to the 
applicable Indenture Trustee in its individual capacity, the property and 
funds physically held by such Indenture Trustee as such and any action taken 
by it that materially affects the related Notes and that has not been 
previously reported.

   
     Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. An Indenture will be discharged 
with respect to the collateral securing the related Notes upon (i) the 
delivery to the related Indenture Trustee for cancellation of all such Notes 
or, with certain limitations, upon deposit with such Indenture Trustee of 
funds sufficient for the payment in full of all such Notes and (ii) the 
payment of all amounts and obligations, if any, which the Trust owes to the 
Noteholders or Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders.
    

                                      27


<PAGE>

THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE
 
    The Indenture Trustee for a series of Notes will be specified in the 
related Prospectus Supplement. The Indenture Trustee for any series may 
resign at any time, in which event the related Owner Trust will be obligated 
to appoint a successor trustee for such series. An Owner Trust may also 
remove any such Indenture Trustee if such Indenture Trustee ceases to be 
eligible to continue as such under the related Indenture or if such Indenture 
Trustee becomes insolvent. In such circumstances, such Owner Trust will be 
obligated to appoint a successor trustee for the applicable series of Notes. 
Any resignation or removal of the Indenture Trustee and appointment of a 
successor trustee for any series of Notes does not become effective until 
acceptance of the appointment by the successor trustee for such series.
 
                        DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES
 
GENERAL
 
    With respect to each Trust, one or more classes of Certificates of the 
related series will be issued pursuant to the terms of a Trust Agreement or a 
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, a form of each of which has been filed as an 
exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part. 
 
    Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement and 
except for the Certificates, if any, of a given series purchased by the Trust 
Depositor, each class of Certificates will initially be represented by one or 
more Certificates registered in the name of the Depository, except as set 
forth below. Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement 
and except for the Certificates, if any, of a given series purchased by the 
Trust Depositor, the Certificates will be available for purchase in minimum 
denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof in book-entry form 
only. The Company has been informed by DTC that DTC's nominee will be Cede, 
unless another nominee is specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. 
Accordingly, such nominee is expected to be the holder of record of the 
Certificates of any series that are not purchased by the Trust Depositor. 
Unless and until Definitive Certificates (as defined herein) are issued under 
the limited circumstances described herein or in the related Prospectus 
Supplement, no Certificateholder (other than the Trust Depositor) will be 
entitled to receive a physical certificate representing a Certificate. All 
references herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement to actions by 
Certificateholders refer to actions taken by DTC upon instructions from the 
Participants, and all references herein and in the related Prospectus 
Supplement to distributions, notices, reports and statements to 
Certificateholders refer to distributions, notices, reports and statements to 
DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered holder of the 
Certificates, for distribution to Certificateholders in accordance with DTC's 
procedures with respect thereto. See "Certain Information Regarding the 
Securities -- Book-Entry Registration" and " -- Definitive Securities". Any 
Certificates of a given series owned by the Trust Depositor or its affiliates 
will be entitled to equal and proportionate benefits under the applicable 
Trust Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, except that such 
Certificates will be deemed not to be outstanding for the purpose of 
determining whether the requisite percentage of Certificateholders has given 
any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice or consent or taken any 
other action under the Related Documents (other than the commencement by the 
related Trust of a voluntary proceeding in bankruptcy as described under 
"Description of the Sale and Servicing Agreements and Pooling and Servicing 
Agreements -- Insolvency Event").
 
DISTRIBUTIONS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST
 
    The timing and priority of distributions, seniority, allocations of 
losses, Pass-Through Rate and amount of or method of determining 
distributions with respect to principal of and interest on each class of 
Certificates of a given series will be described in the related Prospectus 
Supplement. Distributions of interest on such Certificates will be made on 
the Distribution Dates specified in the related Prospectus Supplement and 
will be made prior to distributions with respect to principal of such 
Certificates. To the extent provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, a 
series may include one or more classes of Strip Certificates entitled to (i) 
distributions in respect of principal with disproportionate, nominal or no 
interest distributions or (ii) interest distributions with disproportionate, 
nominal or no distributions in respect of principal. Each class of 
Certificates may have a different Pass-Through Rate, which may be a fixed, 
variable or adjustable Pass-Through Rate (and which may be zero for certain 
classes of Strip Certificates) or any combination of the foregoing. The 
related Prospectus Supplement will specify the Pass-Through Rate for each 
class of Certificates of a given series or the method for determining such 
Pass-Through Rate. See also "Certain Information Regarding the Securities 

                                    28

<PAGE>

- -- Fixed Rate Securities" and "-- Floating Rate Securities". Unless otherwise 
provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, distributions in respect of 
the Certificates of a given series that includes Notes may be subordinated to 
payments in respect of the Notes of such series as more fully described in 
such Prospectus Supplement. Unless otherwise provided in the related 
Prospectus Supplement, distributions in respect of interest on and principal 
of any class of Certificates will be made on a pro rata basis among all the 
Certificateholders of such class. 

     In the case of a series of Certificates which includes two or more 
classes of Certificates, the timing, sequential order, priority of payment or 
amount of distributions in respect of interest and principal, and any 
schedule or formula or other provisions applicable to the determination 
thereof, of each such class shall be as set forth in the related Prospectus 
Supplement. One or more classes of Certificates of a series may be redeemable 
in whole or in part under the circumstances specified in the related 
Prospectus Supplement, including, if a Pre-Funding Account or Collateral 
Reinvestment Account has been established with respect to the related series, 
from amounts remaining in the applicable account at the end of the Funding 
Period or Revolving Period, as the case may be, or as a result of the 
exercise by the Servicer, a subservicer or such other party as may be 
specified in such Prospectus Supplement of its option to purchase the related 
pool of Contracts. See "Description of the Sale and Servicing Agreements and 
Pooling and Servicing Agreements -- Termination".
 
                  CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES
 
FIXED RATE SECURITIES
 
    Each class of Securities (other than certain classes of Strip Notes or 
Strip Certificates) may bear interest at a fixed rate per annum ("Fixed Rate 
Securities") or at a variable or adjustable rate per annum ("Floating Rate 
Securities"), as more fully described below and in the applicable Prospectus 
Supplement. Each class of Fixed Rate Securities will bear interest at the 
applicable per annum Interest Rate or Pass-Through Rate, as the case may be, 
specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement. Unless otherwise set forth 
in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, interest on each class of Fixed Rate 
Securities will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day 
months. See "Description of the Notes -- Principal and Interest on the Notes" 
and "Description of the Certificates -- Distributions of Principal and 
Interest".
 
FLOATING RATE SECURITIES
 
    Each class of Floating Rate Securities will bear interest for each 
applicable "Interest Reset Period" (as such term is defined in the related 
Prospectus Supplement with respect to a class of Floating Rate Securities) at 
a rate per annum determined by reference to an interest rate basis (the "Base 
Rate"), plus or minus the Spread, if any, or multiplied by the Spread 
Multiplier, if any, in each case as specified in such Prospectus Supplement. 
The "Spread" is the number of basis points (one basis point equals one 
one-hundredth of a percentage point) that may be specified in the applicable 
Prospectus Supplement as being applicable to such class, and the "Spread 
Multiplier" is the percentage that may be specified in the applicable 
Prospectus Supplement as being applicable to such class.
 
    The applicable Prospectus Supplement will designate one of the following 
Base Rates as applicable to a given Floating Rate Security: (i) LIBOR (a 
"LIBOR Security"), (ii) the Commercial Paper Rate (a "Commercial Paper Rate 
Security"), (iii) the Treasury Rate (a "Treasury Rate Security"), (iv) the 
Federal Funds Rate (a "Federal Funds Rate Security"), (v) the CD Rate (a "CD 
Rate Security") or (vi) such other Base Rate as is set forth in such 
Prospectus Supplement. The "Index Maturity" for any class of Floating Rate 
Securities is the period of maturity of the instrument or obligation from 
which the Base Rate is calculated. "H.15(519)" means the publication entitled 
"Statistical Release H.15(519), Selected Interest Rates", or any successor 
publication, published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve 
System. "Composite Quotations" means the daily statistical release entitled 
"Composite 3:30 p.m. Quotations for U.S. Government Securities" published by 
the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. "Interest Reset Date" will be the first 
day of the 

                                        29

<PAGE>

applicable Interest Reset Period, or such other day as may be specified in 
the related Prospectus Supplement with respect to a class of Floating Rate 
Securities.
 
    As specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, Floating Rate 
Securities of a given class may also have either or both of the following (in 
each case expressed as a rate per annum): (i) a maximum limitation, or 
ceiling, on the rate at which interest may accrue during any interest period 
and (ii) a minimum limitation, or floor, on the rate at which interest may 
accrue during any interest period. In addition to any maximum interest rate 
that may be applicable to any class of Floating Rate Securities, the interest 
rate applicable to any class of Floating Rate Securities will in no event be 
higher than the maximum rate permitted by applicable law, as the same may be 
modified by United States law of general application.
 
    Each Trust with respect to which a class of Floating Rate Securities will 
be issued will appoint, and enter into agreements with, a calculation agent 
(each, a "Calculation Agent") to calculate interest rates on each such class 
of Floating Rate Securities issued with respect thereto. The applicable 
Prospectus Supplement will set forth the identity of the Calculation Agent 
for each such class of Floating Rate Securities of a given series, which may 
be either the related Trustee or Indenture Trustee with respect to such 
series. All determinations of interest by the Calculation Agent shall, in the 
absence of manifest error, be conclusive for all purposes and binding on the 
holders of Floating Rate Securities of a given class. Unless otherwise 
specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, all percentages resulting 
from any calculation of the rate of interest on a Floating Rate Security will 
be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100,000 of 1% (.0000001), with 
five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward.

     CD RATE SECURITIES.  Each CD Rate Security will bear interest for each 
Interest Reset Period at the interest rate calculated with reference to the 
CD Rate (as defined herein) and the Spread or Spread Multiplier, if any, 
specified in such Security and in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.
 
    Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, the 
"CD Rate" for each Interest Reset Period shall be the rate as of the second 
business day prior to the Interest Reset Date for such Interest Reset Period 
(a "CD Rate Determination Date") for negotiable certificates of deposit 
having the Index Maturity designated in the applicable Prospectus Supplement 
as published in H.15(519) under the heading "CDs (Secondary Market)". In the 
event that such rate is not published prior to 3:00 p.m., New York City time, 
on the Calculation Date (as defined below) pertaining to such CD Rate 
Determination Date, then the "CD Rate" for such Interest Reset Period will be 
the rate on such CD Rate Determination Date for negotiable certificates of 
deposit of the Index Maturity designated in the applicable Prospectus 
Supplement as published in Composite Quotations under the heading 
"Certificates of Deposit". If by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on such 
Calculation Date such rate is not yet published in either H.15(519) or 
Composite Quotations, then the "CD Rate" for such Interest Reset Period will 
be calculated by the Calculation Agent for such CD Rate Security and will be 
the arithmetic mean of the secondary market offered rates as of 10:00 a.m., 
New York City time, on such CD Rate Determination Date, of three leading 
nonbank dealers in negotiable U.S. dollar certificates of deposit in The City 
of New York selected by the Calculation Agent for such CD Rate Security for 
negotiable certificates of deposit of major United States money center banks 
of the highest credit standing (in the market for negotiable certificates of 
deposit) with a remaining maturity closest to the Index Maturity designated 
in the related Prospectus Supplement in a denomination of $5,000,000; 
provided, however, that if the dealers selected as aforesaid by such 
Calculation Agent are not quoting offered rates as mentioned in this 
sentence, the "CD Rate" for such Interest Reset Period will be the same as 
the CD Rate for the immediately preceding Interest Reset Period.
 
    The "Calculation Date" pertaining to any CD Rate Determination Date shall 
be the first to occur of (a) the tenth calendar day after such CD Rate 
Determination Date or, if such day is not a business day, the next succeeding 
business day or (b) the second business day preceding the date any payment is 
required to be made for any period following the applicable Interest Reset 
Date.
 
    COMMERCIAL PAPER RATE SECURITIES.  Each Commercial Paper Rate Security will
bear interest for each Interest Reset Period at the interest rate calculated
with reference to the Commercial Paper Rate (as defined 

                                        30

<PAGE>

herein) and the Spread or Spread Multiplier, if any, specified in such 
Security and in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.
 
    Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, the 
"Commercial Paper Rate" for each Interest Reset Period will be determined by 
the Calculation Agent for such Commercial Paper Rate Security as of the 
second business day prior to the Interest Reset Date for such Interest Reset 
Period (a "Commercial Paper Rate Determination Date") and shall be the Money 
Market Yield (as defined below) on such Commercial Paper Rate Determination 
Date of the rate for commercial paper having the Index Maturity specified in 
the applicable Prospectus Supplement, as such rate shall be published in 
H.15(519) under the heading "Commercial Paper". In the event that such rate 
is not published prior to 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Calculation 
Date (as defined below) pertaining to such Commercial Paper Rate 
Determination Date, then the "Commercial Paper Rate" for such Interest Reset 
Period shall be the Money Market Yield on such Commercial Paper Rate 
Determination Date of the rate for commercial paper of the specified Index 
Maturity as published in Composite Quotations under the heading "Commercial 
Paper". If by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on such Calculation Date such 
rate is not yet published in either H.15(519) or Composite Quotations, then 
the "Commercial Paper Rate" for such Interest Reset Period shall be the Money 
Market Yield of the arithmetic mean of the offered rates, as of 11:00 a.m., 
New York City time, on such Commercial Paper Rate Determination Date of three 
leading dealers of commercial paper in The City of New York selected by the 
Calculation Agent for such Commercial Paper Rate Security for commercial 
paper of the specified Index Maturity placed for an industrial issuer whose 
bonds are rated "AA" or the equivalent by a nationally recognized rating 
agency; provided, however, that if the dealers selected as aforesaid by such 
Calculation Agent are not quoting offered rates as mentioned in this 
sentence, the "Commercial Paper Rate" for such Interest Reset Period will be 
the same as the Commercial Paper Rate for the immediately preceding Interest 
Reset Period.
 
    "Money Market Yield" shall be a yield calculated in accordance with the 
following formula:

                                   D X 360 
Money Market Yield =               -------------------------   X 100 
                                   360--(D X M)

where "D" refers to the applicable per annum rate for commercial paper quoted 
on a bank discount basis and expressed as a decimal, and "M" refers to the 
actual number of days in the specified Index Maturity.
 
    The "Calculation Date" pertaining to any Commercial Paper Rate 
Determination Date shall be the first to occur of (a) the tenth calendar day 
after such Commercial Paper Rate Determination Date or, if such day is not a 
business day, the next succeeding business day or (b) the second business day 
preceding the date any payment is required to be made for any period 
following the applicable Interest Reset Date.

     FEDERAL FUNDS RATE SECURITIES.  Each Federal Funds Rate Security will 
bear interest for each Interest Reset Period at the interest rate calculated 
with reference to the Federal Funds Rate (as defined herein) and the Spread 
or Spread Multiplier, if any, specified in such Security and in the 
applicable Prospectus Supplement.
 
    Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, the 
"Federal Funds Rate" for each Interest Reset Period shall be the effective 
rate on the Interest Reset Date for such Interest Reset Period (a "Federal 
Funds Rate Determination Date") for Federal Funds as published in H.15(519) 
under the heading "Federal Funds (Effective)". In the event that such rate is 
not published prior to 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Calculation Date 
(as defined below) pertaining to such Federal Funds Rate Determination Date, 
the "Federal Funds Rate" for such Interest Reset Period shall be the rate on 
such Federal Funds Rate Determination Date as published in Composite 
Quotations under the heading "Federal Funds/Effective Rate". If by 3:00 p.m., 
New York City time, on such Calculation Date such rate is not yet published 
in either H.15(519) or Composite Quotations, then the "Federal Funds Rate" 
for such Interest Reset Period shall be the rate on such Federal Funds Rate 
Determination Date made publicly available by the Federal Reserve Bank of New 
York which is equivalent to the rate which appears in H.15(519) under the 
heading "Federal Funds (Effective)"; provided, however, that if such rate is 
not made publicly available by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York 

                                      31

<PAGE>

by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on such Calculation Date, the "Federal 
Funds Rate" for such Interest Reset Period will be the same as the Federal 
Funds Rate in effect for the immediately preceding Interest Reset Period. In 
the case of a Federal Funds Rate Security that resets daily, the interest 
rate on such Security for the period from and including a Monday to but 
excluding the succeeding Monday will be reset by the Calculation Agent for 
such Security on such second Monday (or, if not a business day, on the next 
succeeding business day) to a rate equal to the average of the Federal Funds 
Rates in effect with respect to each such day in such week.
 
    The "Calculation Date" pertaining to any Federal Funds Rate Determination 
Date shall be the next succeeding business day.
 
    LIBOR SECURITIES.  Each LIBOR Security will bear interest for each 
Interest Reset Period at the interest rate calculated with reference to LIBOR 
(as defined herein) and the Spread or Spread Multiplier, if any, specified in 
such Security and in the applicable Prospectus Supplement.
 
    Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, with 
respect to LIBOR indexed to the offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits, 
"LIBOR" for each Interest Reset Period will be established by the Calculation 
Agent for any LIBOR Security and will equal the offered rate for United 
States dollar deposits for one month that appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 
11:00 a.m., London time, on the second LIBOR Business Day (as defined herein) 
prior to the Interest Reset Date for such Interest Reset Period (the "LIBOR 
Determination Date"). "Telerate Page 3750" means the display page so 
designated on the Dow Jones Telerate Service (or such other page as may 
replace that page on that service or such other service as may be nominated 
by the information vendor for the purpose of displaying London interbank 
offered rates of major banks). If such rate appears on Telerate Page 3750 on 
a LIBOR Determination Date, LIBOR for the related Interest Reset Period will 
be such rate. If on any LIBOR Determination Date such offered rate does not 
appear on Telerate Page 3750, the Calculation Agent will request each of the 
reference banks (which will be major banks that are engaged in transactions 
in the London interbank market selected by the Calculation Agent) to provide 
the Calculation Agent with its offered quotation for United States dollar 
deposits for one month to prime banks in the London interbank market as of 
11:00 a.m., London time, on such date. If at least two reference banks 
provide the Calculation Agent with such offered quotations, LIBOR with 
respect to such date will be the arithmetic mean (rounded upwards, if 
necessary, to the nearest one-sixteenth of one percent) of all such 
quotations. If on such date fewer than two of the reference banks provide the 
Calculation Agent with such offered quotations, LIBOR with respect to such 
date will be the arithmetic mean (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the 
nearest one-sixteenth of one percent) of the offered per annum rates that one 
or more leading banks in The City of New York selected by the Calculation 
Agent are quoting as of 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such date to 
leading European banks for United States dollar deposits for one month; 
provided, however, that if such banks are not quoting as described above, 
LIBOR with respect to such date will be LIBOR applicable to the immediately 
preceding Interest Reset Period. "LIBOR Business Day" as used herein means a 
day that is both a business day and a day on which banking institutions in 
the City of London, England are not required or authorized by law to be 
closed.
 
    TREASURY RATE SECURITIES.  Each Treasury Rate Security will bear interest 
for each Interest Reset Period at the interest rate calculated with reference 
to the Treasury Rate (as defined herein) and the Spread or Spread Multiplier, 
if any, specified in such Security and in the applicable Prospectus 
Supplement.
 
    Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, the 
"Treasury Rate" for each Interest Period will be the rate for the auction 
held on the Treasury Rate Determination Date (as defined below) for such 
Interest Reset Period of direct obligations of the United States ("Treasury 
bills") having the Index Maturity specified in the applicable Prospectus 
Supplement, as such rate shall be published in H.15(519) under the heading 
"U.S. Government Securities -- Treasury bills -- auction average 
(investment)" or, in the event that such rate is not published prior to 3:00 
p.m., New York City time, on the Calculation Date (as defined below) 
pertaining to such Treasury Rate Determination Date (as defined herein), the 
auction average rate (expressed as a bond equivalent on the basis of a year 
of 365 or 366 days, as applicable, and applied on a daily basis) on such 
Treasury Rate Determination Date as otherwise announced by the United States 

                                      32

<PAGE>

Department of the Treasury. In the event that the results of the auction of 
Treasury bills having the specified Index Maturity are not published or 
reported as provided above by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on such 
Calculation Date, or if no such auction is held on such Treasury Rate 
Determination Date, then the "Treasury Rate" for such Interest Reset Period 
shall be calculated by the Calculation Agent for such Treasury Rate Security 
and shall be the yield to maturity (expressed as a bond equivalent on the 
basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as applicable, and applied on a daily 
basis) of the arithmetic mean of the secondary market bid rates, as of 
approximately 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on such Treasury Rate 
Determination Date, of three leading primary United States government 
securities dealers selected by such Calculation Agent for the issue of 
Treasury bills with a remaining maturity closest to the specified Index 
Maturity; provided, however, that if the dealers selected as aforesaid by 
such Calculation Agent are not quoting bid rates as mentioned in this 
sentence, then the "Treasury Rate" for such Interest Reset Period will be the 
same as the Treasury Rate for the immediately preceding Interest Reset Period.
 
    The "Treasury Rate Determination Date" for each Interest Reset Period 
will be the day of the week in which the Interest Reset Date for such 
Interest Reset Period falls on which Treasury bills would normally be 
auctioned. Treasury bills are normally sold at auction on Monday of each 
week, unless that day is a legal holiday, in which case the auction is 
normally held on the following Tuesday, except that such auction may be held 
on the preceding Friday. If, as the result of a legal holiday, an auction is 
so held on the preceding Friday, such Friday will be the Treasury Rate 
Determination Date pertaining to the Interest Reset Period commencing in the 
next succeeding week. If an auction date shall fall on any day that would 
otherwise be an Interest Reset Date for a Treasury Rate Security, then such 
Interest Reset Date shall instead be the business day immediately following 
such auction date.
 
    Unless otherwise specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, the 
"Calculation Date" pertaining to any Treasury Rate Determination Date shall 
be the first to occur of (a) the tenth calendar day after such Treasury Rate 
Determination Date or, if such a day is not a business day, the next 
succeeding business day or (b) the second business day preceding the date any 
payment is required to be made for any period following the applicable 
Interest Reset Date.
 
BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION
 
    Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, DTC will 
act as securities depository for each class of Securities offered hereby. 
Each class of Securities initially will be represented by one or more 
certificates registered in the name of Cede, the nominee of DTC. As such, it 
is anticipated that the only "Noteholder" and/or "Certificateholder" with 
respect to a series of Securities will be Cede, as nominee of DTC. Beneficial 
owners of the Securities ("Security Owners") will not be recognized by the 
related Indenture Trustee as "Noteholders", as such term is used in each 
Indenture, or by the related Trustee as "Certificateholders", as such term is 
used in each Trust Agreement and Pooling and Servicing Agreement, and 
Security Owners will be permitted to exercise the rights of Noteholders or 
Certificateholders only indirectly through DTC and its Participants.
 
    DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the laws of the 
State of New York, a "banking organization" within the meaning of the New 
York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing 
corporation" within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect 
in the State of New York, and a "clearing agency" registered pursuant to the 
provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold 
securities for the Participants and to facilitate the clearance and 
settlement of securities transactions between Participants through electronic 
book-entries, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of 
certificates. Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, 
trust companies and clearing corporations. Indirect access to the DTC system 
also is available to banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear 
through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either 
directly or indirectly ("Indirect Participants").
 
    Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, Security 
Owners that are not Participants or Indirect Participants but desire to 
purchase, sell or otherwise transfer ownership of, or an 

                                     33

<PAGE>

interest in, the Securities may do so only through Participants and Indirect 
Participants. In addition, all Security Owners will receive all distributions 
of principal and interest from the related Indenture Trustee or the related 
Trustee, as applicable (the "Applicable Trustee"), through Participants. 
Under a book-entry format, Security Owners may experience some delay in their 
receipt of payments, since such payments will be forwarded by the Applicable 
Trustee to DTC's nominee. DTC will then forward such payments to the 
Participants, which thereafter will forward them to Indirect Participants or 
Security Owners.
 
    Under the rules, regulations and procedures creating and affecting DTC 
and its operations (the "Rules"), DTC is required to make book-entry 
transfers among Participants on whose behalf it acts with respect to the 
Securities and to receive and transmit distributions of principal of and 
interest on the Securities. Participants and Indirect Participants with which 
Security Owners have accounts with respect to the Securities similarly are 
required to make book-entry transfers and to receive and transmit such 
payments on behalf of their respective Security Owners. Accordingly, although 
Security Owners will not possess physical certificates representing the 
Securities, the Rules provide a mechanism by which Participants and Indirect 
Participants will receive payments and transfer interests, directly or 
indirectly, on behalf of Security Owners.
 
    Because DTC can act only on behalf of Participants, which in turn act on 
behalf of Indirect Participants and certain banks, the ability of a Security 
Owner to pledge Securities to persons or entities that do not participate in 
the DTC system, or otherwise take actions with respect to such Securities, 
may be limited due to the lack of a physical certificate representing such 
Securities.
 
    DTC has advised the Company that it will take any action permitted to be 
taken by a Security Owner under the Indenture, Trust Agreement or Pooling and 
Servicing Agreement, as applicable, only at the direction of one or more 
Participants to whose account with DTC the Securities are credited. DTC may 
take conflicting actions with respect to other undivided interests to the 
extent that such actions are taken on behalf of Participants whose holdings 
include such undivided interests.
 
    Except as required by law, none of the Trust Depositor, the Servicer, the 
related Administrator or the Applicable Trustee will have any liability for 
any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of 
beneficial ownership interests of Securities of any series held by DTC's 
nominee, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to 
such beneficial ownership interests.
 
DEFINITIVE SECURITIES
 
    Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the 
Notes, if any, and the Certificates of a given series will be issued in fully 
registered, certificated form ("Definitive Notes" and "Definitive 
Certificates", respectively, and collectively referred to herein as 
"Definitive Securities") to Noteholders or Certificateholders or their 
respective nominees, rather than to DTC or its nominee, only if (i) the 
related Administrator of an Owner Trust or Trustee of a Grantor Trust, 
as applicable, determines that DTC is no longer willing or able to discharge 
properly its responsibilities as depository with respect to such Securities 
and such Administrator or Trustee is unable to locate a qualified successor 
(and if it is an Administrator that has made such determination, such 
Administrator so notifies the Applicable Trustee in writing), (ii) the 
Administrator or Trustee, as applicable, at its option, elects to terminate 
the book-entry system through DTC or (iii) after the occurrence of an Event 
of Default or a Servicer Default with respect to such Securities, Security 
Owners representing at least a majority of the outstanding principal amount 
of the Notes or the Certificates, as the case may be, of such series advise 
the Applicable Trustee through DTC in writing that the continuation of a 
book-entry system through DTC (or a successor thereto) with respect to such 
Notes or Certificates is no longer in the best interest of the related 
Security Owners.
 
    Upon the occurrence of any event described in the immediately preceding 
paragraph, DTC or the Applicable Trustee will be required to notify all 
applicable Security Owners of a given series through Participants of the 
availability of Definitive Securities. Upon surrender by DTC of the 
definitive certificates representing the corresponding Securities and receipt 
of instructions for re-registration, the Applicable Trustee will reissue such 
Securities as Definitive Securities to such Security Owners.

                                       34

<PAGE>
 
    Distributions of principal of, and interest on, such Definitive 
Securities will thereafter be made by the Applicable Trustee in accordance 
with the procedures set forth in the related Indenture or the related Trust 
Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as applicable, directly to 
holders of Definitive Securities in whose names the Definitive Securities 
were registered at the close of business on the applicable Record Date 
specified for such Securities in the related Prospectus Supplement. Such 
distributions will be made by check mailed to the address of such holder as 
it appears on the register maintained by the Applicable Trustee. The final 
payment on any such Definitive Security, however, will be made only upon 
presentation and surrender of such Definitive Security at the office or 
agency specified in the notice of final distribution to the applicable 
Securityholders.
 
    Definitive Securities will be transferable and exchangeable at the 
offices of the Applicable Trustee or of a registrar named in a notice 
delivered to holders of Definitive Securities. No service charge will be 
imposed for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Applicable 
Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other 
governmental charge imposed in connection therewith.
 
REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS
 
    With respect to each series of Securities that includes Notes, on or 
prior to each Distribution Date, the Servicer will prepare and provide to the 
related Indenture Trustee a statement to be delivered to the related 
Noteholders on such Distribution Date, and on or prior to each Distribution 
Date, the Servicer will prepare and provide to the related Trustee a 
statement to be delivered to the related Certificateholders. With respect to 
each series of Securities, each such statement to be delivered to Noteholders 
will include (to the extent applicable) the following information (and any 
other information so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement) as to 
the Notes of such series with respect to such Distribution Date or the period 
since the previous Distribution Date, as applicable, and each such statement 
to be delivered to Certificateholders will include (to the extent applicable) 
the following information (and any other information so specified in such 
Prospectus Supplement) as to the Certificates of such series with respect to 
such Distribution Date or the period since the previous Distribution Date, as 
applicable:
 
        (i) the amount of the distribution allocable to principal of each class
    of such Notes and to the Certificate Balance of each class of such
    Certificates;
 
        (ii) the amount of the distribution allocable to interest on or with
    respect to each class of Securities of such series;
 
   
       (iii) the Pool Balance as of the close of business on the last day of 
    the preceding Due Period;
    
 
        (iv) the aggregate outstanding principal balance and the Note Pool
    Factor for each class of such Notes, and the Certificate Balance and the
    Certificate Pool Factor for each class of such Certificates, each as of the
    related record date;
 
   
        (v) the amount of the Servicing Fee paid to the Servicer with respect 
    to the related Due Period or Due Periods, as the case may be;
    
 
        (vi) the Interest Rate or Pass-Through Rate for the next period for any
    class of Notes or Certificates of such series with variable or adjustable
    rates;
 
   
       (vii) the amount of the aggregate realized losses, if any, for the
    related Due Period;
    
 
      (viii) the Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall, the Noteholders'
    Principal Carryover Shortfall, the Certificateholders' Interest Carryover
    Shortfall and the Certificateholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall (each
    such term, if applicable, as defined in the related Prospectus Supplement),

                                      35

<PAGE>

    if any, in each case as applicable to each class of Securities, and the
    change in such amounts from the preceding statement;
 
   
        (ix) the aggregate Purchase Amounts for Contracts, if any, that were
    repurchased in the related Due Period;
    

        (x) the balance of the Reserve Fund (if any) on such date, after giving
    effect to changes therein on such date;
 
        (xi) for each such date during the Funding Period (if any), the
    remaining Pre-Funded Amount;
 
       (xii) for the first such date that is on or immediately following the 
    end of the Funding Period (if any), the amount of any remaining Pre-Funded
    Amount that has not been used to fund the purchase of Subsequent Contracts
    and is being passed through as payments of principal on the Securities of
    such series;
 
      (xiii) for each such date during the Revolving Period (if any), the
    remaining amount in the Collateral Reinvestment Account; and
 
       (xiv) for the first such date that is on or immediately following the 
    end of the Revolving Period (if any), the amount remaining in the 
    Collateral Reinvestment Account that has not been used to fund the 
    purchase of Subsequent Contracts and is being passed through as payments 
    of principal on the Securities of such series.
 
   
    Within the prescribed period of time for tax reporting purposes after the 
end of each calendar year during the term of each Trust, the Applicable 
Trustee will mail to each person who at any time during such calendar year 
has been a registered Securityholder with respect to such Trust and received 
any payment thereon a statement containing certain information for the 
purposes of such Securityholder's preparation of federal income tax returns. 
See "Federal Income Tax Consequences".
    

LIST OF SECURITYHOLDERS
 
    Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement with 
respect to the Notes of any series, three or more holders of the Notes of 
such series may, by written request to the related Indenture Trustee, 
obtain access to the list of all Noteholders maintained by such Indenture 
Trustee for the purpose of communicating with other Noteholders with respect 
to their rights under the related Indenture or under such Notes. Such 
Indenture Trustee may elect not to afford the requesting Noteholders access 
to the list of Noteholders if it agrees to mail the desired communication or 
proxy, on behalf of and at the expense of the requesting Noteholders, to all 
Noteholders of such series.

    Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement with 
respect to the Certificates of any series, three or more holders of the 
Certificates of such series or one or more holders of such Certificates 
evidencing not less than 25% of the Certificate Balance of such Certificates 
may, by written request to the related Trustee, obtain access to the list of 
all Certificateholders maintained by such Trustee for the purpose of 
communicating with other Certificateholders with respect to their rights 
under the related Trust Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement or under 
such Certificates.
 
                DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENTS
 
    On the Closing Date specified with respect to any given Trust in the 
related Prospectus Supplement, the Company as Seller will transfer and assign 
to the applicable Trust, pursuant to a Transfer and Sale Agreement, its 
entire interest in the Initial Contracts, including its security interests in 
the related Motorcycles.

                                      36

<PAGE>

Each such Contract will be identified in a schedule appearing as an exhibit 
to such Transfer and Sale Agreement (a "Schedule of Contracts"). The Seller 
will make certain representations and warranties in the Transfer and Sale 
Agreement with respect to each Contract, including that (references to the 
Closing Date below being deemed, in respect of Subsequent Contracts, to refer 
to the related Subsequent Transfer Date): (a) as of the related Cutoff Date 
the most recent scheduled payment was made or was not delinquent more than 30 
days and, to the best of the Seller's knowledge, all payments on the Contract 
were made by the Obligor of the Contract; (b) as of the Closing Date no 
provision of a Contract has been waived, altered or modified in any respect, 
except by instruments or documents relating to the Contract and contained in 
the files maintained in connection therewith; (c) each Contract is a genuine, 
legal, valid and binding obligation of the Obligor and is enforceable in 
accordance with its terms (except as may be limited by laws affecting 
creditors' rights generally); (d) as of the Closing Date no Contract is 
subject to any right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense; (e) as 
of the Closing Date each Motorcycle securing a Contract is covered by certain 
insurance policies described under "--Individual Motorcycle Insurance" below; 
(f) each Contract was originated by a Dealer in the ordinary course of such 
Dealer's business which Dealer had all necessary licenses and permits to 
originate the Contracts in the state where such Dealer was located, was fully 
and properly executed by the parties thereto and was sold by such Dealer to 
the Seller without any fraud or misrepresentation on the part of such Dealer; 
(g) no Contract was originated in or is subject to the laws of any 
jurisdiction whose laws would make the transfer, sale and assignment of the 
Contract unlawful, void or voidable; (h) each Contract and each sale of the 
related Motorcycle complies with all requirements of any applicable federal, 
state or local law and regulations thereunder, including, without limitation, 
usury, truth in lending, motor vehicle installment loan and equal credit 
opportunity laws, with such compliance not being affected by the Trust 
Depositor's conveyance and assignment of the Contracts to the Trust, or the 
Trust's pledge of the Contracts to the Indenture Trustee, as applicable, and 
the Seller will maintain in its possession, available for inspection by or 
delivery to the Trust Depositor and the Applicable Trustee, evidence of 
compliance with all such requirements; (i) as of the Closing Date no Contract 
has been satisfied, subordinated in whole or in part or rescinded and the 
Motorcycle securing the Contract has not been released from the lien of the 
Contract in whole or in part; (j) each Contract creates a valid, subsisting 
and enforceable first priority security interest in favor of the Seller in 
the Motorcycle covered thereby; such security interest has been conveyed and 
assigned by the Seller to the Trust Depositor and by the Trust Depositor to 
the Trust and, if applicable, pledged by the Trust to the Indenture Trustee; 
the Seller's lien is recorded on the original certificate of title, 
certificate of lien or other notification (the "Lien Certificate") issued by 
the body responsible for the registration of, and the issuance of 
certificates of title relating to, motor vehicles and liens thereon (the 
"Registrar of Titles") of the applicable state to a secured party which 
indicates the lien of the secured party on the Motorcycle; and the original 
certificate of title for each Motorcycle shows, or if a new or replacement 
Lien Certificate is being applied for with respect to such Motorcycle the 
Lien Certificate will be received within 180 days of the Closing Date and 
will show, the Seller as original secured party under each Contract and as 
the holder of a first priority security interest in such Motorcycle (and with 
respect to each Contract for which the Lien Certificate has not yet been 
returned from the Registrar of Titles, the Seller has received written 
evidence from the related dealer that such Lien Certificate showing the 
Seller as lienholder has been applied for) and the Seller's security interest 
has been validly assigned by the Seller to the Trust Depositor and by the 
Trust Depositor to the Trust and (if applicable) pledged by the Trust to the 
Indenture Trustee, in order that immediately after the sale, each Contract 
will be secured by an enforceable and perfected first priority security 
interest in the Motorcycle in favor of the Applicable Trustee as secured 
party, which security interest is prior to all other liens upon and security 
interests in such Motorcycle which now exist or may hereafter arise or be 
created (except, as to priority, for any lien for taxes, labor, materials or 
any state law enforcement agency affecting a Motorcycle which may arise after 
such sale); (k) all parties to each Contract had capacity to execute such 
Contract; (l) no Contract has been sold, conveyed and assigned or pledged to 
any other person other than the Trust Depositor, as transferee of the Seller, 
the Trust as transferee of the Trust Depositor or the Indenture Trustee as 
pledgee of the Trust, and prior to the transfer of the Contract to the Trust 
Depositor the Seller has good and marketable title to each Contract free and 
clear of any encumbrance, equity, loan, pledge, charge, claim or security 
interest, and as of the Closing Date the Applicable Trustee will have a first 
priority perfected security interest therein; (m) as of the related Cutoff 
Date there was no default, breach, violation or event permitting acceleration 
under any Contract (except for payment delinquencies permitted by clause (a) 
above), no event which with notice and the expiration of any grace or cure 
period would constitute a default, breach, violation or event permitting 
acceleration under such Contract, and the Seller has not waived 

                                      37

<PAGE>

   
any of the foregoing; (n) as of the Closing Date there are, to the best of 
the Seller's knowledge, no liens or claims which have been filed for work, 
labor or materials affecting a motorcycle securing a Contract, which are or 
may be liens prior or equal to the lien of the Contract; (o) each Contract 
has a fixed rate of interest and provides for monthly payments of principal 
and interest which, if timely made, would fully amortize the loan on a simple 
interest basis over its term; (p) each Contract contains customary and 
enforceable provisions such as to render the rights and remedies of the 
holder thereof adequate for realization against the collateral of the 
benefits of the security; (q) the description of each Contract set forth in 
the list delivered to the Applicable Trustee, is true and correct, and (r) 
there is only one original of each Contract. The Seller will also make 
certain representations and warranties with respect to the Contracts in the 
aggregate, including that (i) the aggregate principal amount payable by the 
Obligors as of the Initial Cutoff Date (plus the Pre-Funded Amount as of the 
Closing Date) equals the sum of the initial principal amount of the Notes and 
the Initial Certificate Principal Balance, and each Initial Contract has a 
minimum contractual rate of interest, (ii) all Motorcycles securing the 
Contracts are Harley-Davidson or Buell Motorcycles or Motorcycles of Other 
Manufacturers, (iii) a minimum percentage of the aggregate principal balance 
of the Initial Contracts is attributable to loans to purchase new Motorcycles 
and a maximum percentage of the aggregate Principal Balance of the Initial 
Contracts is attributable to loans to purchase used Motorcycles, (iv) no 
Initial Contract has a remaining maturity of more than 72 months, and 
(v) no adverse selection procedures were or will be employed in selecting the 
Contracts from the Seller's portfolio.
    
 
   
    Under the Transfer and Sale Agreements, the Seller will agree that in the 
event of a breach of any such representations and warranties made by the 
Seller that materially and adversely affects the Applicable Trustees' 
interest in any Contract the Seller will repurchase such Contract not 
later than two days prior to the first Determination Date (as defined herein) 
after the Seller becomes aware of such breach at a price (the "Purchase 
Amount") equal to the outstanding principal balance on such Contract, plus 
accrued interest thereon through the most recently ended Due Period, unless 
such breach is cured. Under either the Sale and Servicing Agreements or the 
Pooling and Servicing Agreements, as applicable, the Trust Depositor will 
assign all of its right, title and interest in such representations and 
warranties (including the Seller's repurchase obligations) to the Trustee. 
Under the Indenture, if any, the Trust will pledge its right, title and 
interest in such representations and warranties to the Indenture Trustee. The 
Seller is selling the Contracts without recourse and, accordingly, will have 
no obligation with respect to the Contracts other than pursuant to such 
representations, warranties and repurchase obligations. The repurchase 
obligations of the Seller described above will constitute the sole remedy 
against the Seller by the Trust and the Securityholders for a breach of any 
such representations and warranties made by the Seller.
    
 
              DESCRIPTION OF THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS AND
                        POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS
 
    The following summary describes certain terms of (i) each Sale and 
Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement pursuant to which a 
Trust will purchase Contracts and other Trust Property from the Trust 
Depositor and the Servicer will agree to service such Contracts, (ii) each 
Trust Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as applicable, pursuant 
to which a Trust will be created and Certificates will be issued and (iii) 
each Administration Agreement pursuant to which the Company will undertake 
certain administrative duties with respect to an Owner Trust that issues 
Notes (collectively, the "Sale and Servicing Agreements and Pooling and 
Servicing Agreements"). Forms of the Sale and Servicing Agreements and 
Pooling and Servicing Agreements have been filed as exhibits to the 
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.
 
SALE AND ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACTS
 
    The applicable Trustee will, concurrently with such transfer and 
assignment, execute and deliver the related Notes and/or Certificates. Unless 
otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the net proceeds 
received from the sale of the Certificates and the Notes of a given series 
will be applied to the purchase of the related Contracts and other Trust 
Property from the Trust Depositor and, to the extent specified in such 
Prospectus Supplement, to the deposit of the Pre-Funded Amount into the 
Pre-Funding Account and 

                                     38

<PAGE>

the initial deposit into the Collateral Reinvestment Account. The related 
Prospectus Supplement for a given Trust will specify whether, and the terms, 
conditions and manner under which, Subsequent Contracts will be sold by the 
Trust Depositor to the applicable Trust from time to time during any Funding 
Period or Revolving Period on each Subsequent Transfer Date as specified in 
the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
   
    In each Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, 
the Trust Depositor will represent and warrant to the applicable Trust, among 
other things, that: (i) the information provided in the related Schedule of 
Contracts is correct in all material respects as of the applicable Cutoff 
Date; (ii) the Obligor on each related Contract is required to maintain 
physical damage insurance covering the Motorcycle in accordance with the 
Trust Depositor's normal requirements; (iii) as of the applicable Closing 
Date or the applicable Subsequent Transfer Date, if any, to the best of its 
knowledge, the related Contracts are free and clear of all security 
interests, liens, charges and encumbrances and no offsets, defenses or 
counterclaims have been asserted or threatened; (iv) as of the Closing Date 
or the applicable Subsequent Transfer Date, if any, each of such Contracts is 
or will be secured by a first priority perfected security interest in favor 
of the Trust Depositor in the Motorcycle; and (v) each related Contract, at 
the time it was originated, complied and, as of the Closing Date or the 
applicable Subsequent Transfer Date, if any, complies in all material 
respects with applicable federal and state laws, including, without 
limitation, consumer credit, truth in lending, equal credit opportunity and 
disclosure laws; and the Trust Depositor will make any other representations 
and warranties that may be set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement. 
Such representations and warranties will be concurrently made by the Seller 
under the related Transfer and Sale Agreement, and the Seller has agreed to 
repurchase Contracts adversely affected by the incorrectness of such 
representations and warranties, in the manner described in "Description of 
the Transfer and Sale Agreement" above.
    
 
    Pursuant to each Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing 
Agreement, to assure uniform quality in servicing the Contracts and to reduce 
administrative costs, the Trust Depositor and each Trust will designate the 
Servicer as custodian to maintain possession, as such Trust's agent, of the 
related motor vehicle retail installment sale contracts and installment loans 
and any other documents relating to the Contracts. The Trust Depositor's and 
the Servicer's accounting records and computer systems will reflect the sale 
and assignment of the related Contracts to the applicable Trust, and UCC 
financing statements reflecting such sale and assignment will be filed.
 
ACCOUNTS

   
    With respect to Owner Trusts that issue Notes, the Servicer will 
establish and maintain with the related Indenture Trustee one or more 
accounts, in the name of the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the related 
Noteholders and Certificateholders, into which all payments made on or with 
respect to the related Contracts will be deposited (the "Collection 
Account"). The Servicer will establish and maintain with such Indenture 
Trustee an account, in the name of such Indenture Trustee on behalf of such 
Noteholders, into which amounts released from the Collection Account and any 
Pre-Funding Account, Collateral Reinvestment Account, Reserve Fund or other 
credit enhancement for payment to such Noteholders will be deposited and from 
which all distributions to such Noteholders will be made (the "Note 
Distribution Account"). With respect to each Owner Trust or Grantor 
Trust, the Servicer will establish and maintain with the related Trustee an 
account, in the name of such Trustee on behalf of the Certificateholders of 
such Trust, into which amounts released from the Collection Account and any 
Pre-Funding Account, any Collateral Reinvestment Account, Reserve Fund or 
other credit or cash flow enhancement for distribution to such 
Certificateholders will be deposited and from which all distributions to such 
Certificateholders will be made (the "Certificate Distribution Account"). 
With respect to each Grantor Trust or each Owner Trust that does not 
issue Notes, the Servicer will also establish and maintain the Collection 
Account and any other Trust Account (as defined herein) in the name of the 
related Trustee on behalf of the related Certificateholders.
    

    If so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Servicer will 
establish and maintain a Pre-Funding Account, in the name of the related 
Trustee on behalf of the related Securityholders, into which the Trust 
Depositor will deposit the Pre-Funded Amount on the related Closing Date. The 
Pre-Funded Amount will not exceed 40% of the initial aggregate principal 
amount of the Notes and Certificates of the related series. 

                                      39

<PAGE>

   
In addition, if so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the 
Servicer will establish and maintain a Collateral Reinvestment Account, in 
the name of the related Trustee on behalf of the related Securityholders, 
into which the Trust Depositor will deposit the amount, if any, specified in 
such Prospectus Supplement. During the Revolving Period, principal will not 
be distributed on the Securities of the related series, and principal 
collections, together with (if and to the extent described in the related 
Prospectus Supplement) interest collections on the Contracts that are in 
excess of amounts required to be distributed therefrom, will be deposited 
from time to time in the Collateral Reinvestment Account. The Pre-Funded 
Amount and the amounts on deposit in the Collateral Reinvestment Account will 
be used by the related Trustee to purchase Subsequent Contracts from the 
Trust Depositor from time to time during the Funding Period and Revolving 
Period, respectively. See "The Contracts--General" and "Risk Factors--Sales 
of Subsequent Contracts and Effect on Pool Characterisitcs". The amounts on 
deposit in the Pre-Funding Account during the Funding Period and the amount 
on deposit in the Collateral Reinvestment Account will be invested by the 
Trustee in Eligible Investments. Any Investment Income received on the 
Eligible Investments during a Due Period will be included in the interest 
distribution amount on the following Distribution Date. The Funding Period or 
Revolving Period, if any, for a Trust will begin on the related Closing Date 
and will end on the date specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, 
which, in the case of the Funding Period, in no event will be later than the 
date that is one year after such Closing Date. Any amounts remaining in the 
Pre-Funding Account at the end of the Funding Period or in the Collateral 
Reinvestment Account at the end of the Revolving Period will be distributed 
to the related Securityholders in the manner and priority specified in the 
related Prospectus Supplement, as a prepayment of principal of the related 
Securities.
    
 
    Any other accounts to be established with respect to a Trust, including 
any Reserve Fund, will be described in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
   
    For any series of Securities, funds in the Collection Account, the Note 
Distribution Account, if any, any Pre-Funding Account, any Collateral 
Reinvestment Account, any Reserve Fund and other accounts identified as such 
in the related Prospectus Supplement (collectively, the "Trust Accounts") 
will be invested as provided in the related Sale and Servicing Agreement or 
Pooling and Servicing Agreement in Eligible Investments. "Eligible 
Investments" means any one or more of the following types of 
investments: (a) (i) direct interest-bearing obligations of, and 
interest-bearing obligations guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and 
interest by, the United States or any agency or instrumentality of the United 
States the obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of 
the United States; and (ii) direct interest-bearing obligations of, and 
interest-bearing obligations guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and 
interest by, the Federal National Mortgage Association or the Federal Home 
Loan Mortgage Corporation, but only if, at the time of investment, such 
obligations are assigned the highest credit rating by each Rating Agency; and 
(b) demand or time deposits in, certificates of deposit of, or bankers' 
acceptances issued by any depositary institution or trust company organized 
under the laws of the United States or any State and subject to supervision 
and examination by federal and/or State banking authorities (including, if 
applicable, the Trustee or any agent of the Trustee acting in their 
respective commercial capacities); provided that the short-term unsecured 
debt obligations of such depositary institution or trust company at the time 
of such investment, or contractual commitment providing for such investment, 
are assigned the highest credit rating by each Rating Agency. Except as 
described below or in the related Prospectus Supplement, Eligible Investments 
are limited to obligations or securities that mature on or before the date of 
the next distribution for such series. However, to the extent permitted by 
the Rating Agencies, funds in any Reserve Fund may be invested in securities 
that will not mature prior to the date of the next distribution with respect 
to such Certificates or Notes and will not be sold to meet any shortfalls. 
Thus, the amount of cash in any Reserve Fund at any time may be less than the 
balance of the Reserve Fund. If the amount required to be withdrawn from any 
Reserve Fund to cover shortfalls in collections on the related Contracts (as 
provided in the related Prospectus Supplement) exceeds the amount of cash in 
the Reserve Fund, a temporary shortfall in the amounts distributed to the 
related Noteholders or Certificateholders could result, which could, in turn, 
increase the average life of the Notes or the Certificates of such series. 
Except as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, 
investment earnings on funds deposited in the Trust Accounts, net of losses 
and investment expenses (collectively, "Investment 
    

                                     40

<PAGE>

Earnings"), shall be deposited in the applicable Collection Account on each 
Distribution Date and shall be treated as collections of interest on the 
related Contracts.
 
   
    The Trust Accounts will be maintained as Eligible Deposit Accounts. 
"Eligible Deposit Account" means either a segregated direct deposit 
account maintained with a depository institution or trust company organized 
under the laws of the United States of America or any one of the states 
thereof or the District of Columbia having a certificate of deposit, 
short-term deposit or commercial paper rating of at least A-1+ by Standard & 
Poor's Ratings Services and P-1 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
    
 
SERVICING PROCEDURES
 
   
     The Servicer will make reasonable efforts to collect all payments due 
with respect to the Contracts held by any Trust and will, consistent with the 
related Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, 
follow such collection procedures as it follows with respect to comparable 
motor vehicle retail installment sale contracts and installment loans it 
services for itself or others. The Servicer's collection efforts 
include having personnel call a delinquent Obligor every third day in the 
event such Obligor is twelve to less than sixty days delinquent, every other 
day in the event the Obligor is greater than 60 days delinquent and every day 
in the event the Obligor is greater than ninety days delinquent. The 
Servicer's general approach is to restructure a delinquent loan as opposed to 
repossessing the associated Motorcycle; however, the Servicer's approach with 
respect to a specific Obligor is affected by the Obligor's responsiveness and 
attitude. Consistent with this approach, the Servicer may, in its discretion, 
arrange with the Obligor on a Contract to extend or modify the payment 
schedule, but no such arrangement will, for purposes of any Sale and 
Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, modify the original 
due dates or the amount of the scheduled payments or extend the final payment 
date of any Contract beyond the last day of the Due Period relating to 
the latest maturity date (as specified with respect to the pool 
of Contracts in the related Prospectus Supplement). Some of such arrangements 
may result in the Servicer purchasing the Contract for the Purchase Amount, 
while others may result in the Servicer making Advances. The Servicer may 
sell the Motorcycle securing the respective Contract at public or private 
sale, or take any other action permitted by applicable law. See "Certain 
Legal Aspects of the Contracts".
    

    If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, a "backup servicer" 
may be appointed and assigned certain oversight servicing responsibilities 
with respect to the Contracts. The identity of any backup servicer, as well 
as a description of its responsibilities, of any fees payable to such backup 
servicer and the source of payment of such fees, will be included in the 
related Prospectus Supplement.
 
COLLECTIONS
 
   
    With respect to each Trust, the Servicer will deposit all payments on the 
related Contracts (from whatever source) and all proceeds of such Contracts 
collected during each collection period specified in the related Prospectus 
Supplement (each, a "Due Period") into the related Collection Account 
within two business days after receipt thereof.
    
 
ADVANCES
 
   
    The Servicer is obligated to advance each month an amount equal to 
accrued and unpaid interest on the Contracts which was delinquent with 
respect to the related Due Period, but only to the extent that the Servicer 
believes that the amount of such Advance will be recoverable from collections 
on the Contracts. The Servicer will deposit any Advances in the Collection 
Account no later than the day preceding the Distribution Date. The Servicer 
will be entitled to recoup Advances on a Contract by means of a first 
priority withdrawal from the sum of the interest and principal available for 
distribution as provided in the related Prospectus Supplement on any 
Distribution Date.
    

                                  41

<PAGE>
 
SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES
 
   
    Unless otherwise specified in the Prospectus Supplement with respect to 
any Trust, the Servicer will be entitled to receive a servicing fee for each 
Due Period in an amount equal to specified percentage per annum (as set 
forth in the related Prospectus Supplement, the "Servicing Fee Rate") of the 
Pool Balance as of the first day of the related Due Period (the 
"Servicing Fee"). The Servicing Fee (together with any portion of the 
Servicing Fee that remains unpaid from prior Distribution Dates) will be paid 
solely to the extent of the Available Interest (as defined in the related 
Prospectus Supplement). However, unless otherwise specified in the related 
Prospectus Supplement, the Servicing Fee will be paid prior to the 
distribution of any portion of the Available Interest to the Noteholders or 
the Certificateholders of the given series.
    
 
    Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement with 
respect to a given Trust, the Servicer will also collect and retain any late 
fees, prepayment charges and other administrative fees or similar charges 
allowed by applicable law with respect to the related Contracts and will be 
entitled to reimbursement from such Trust for certain liabilities. Payments 
by or on behalf of Obligors will be allocated to scheduled payments and late 
fees and other charges in accordance with the Servicer's normal practices and 
procedures.
 
    The Servicing Fee will compensate the Servicer for performing the 
functions of a third party servicer of motorcycle Contracts as an agent for 
their beneficial owner, including collecting and posting all payments, 
responding to inquiries of Obligors on the Contracts, investigating 
delinquencies, sending payment coupons to Obligors, reporting tax information 
to Obligors, paying costs of collections and disposition of defaults and 
policing the collateral. The Servicing Fee also will compensate the Servicer 
for performing additional administrative services on behalf of a given Trust, 
including making Advances, accounting for collections and furnishing monthly 
and annual statements to the related Trustee and Indenture Trustee with 
respect to distributions and generating federal income tax information for 
such Trust and for the related Noteholders and Certificateholders. The 
Servicing Fee also will reimburse the Servicer for certain taxes, the fees of 
the related Trustee and Indenture Trustee, if any, accounting fees, outside 
auditor fees, data processing costs and other costs incurred in connection 
with administering the Contracts relating to such Trust.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS
 
    With respect to each series of Securities, beginning on the Distribution 
Date specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, distributions of 
principal and interest (or, where applicable, of principal or interest only) 
on each class of such Securities entitled thereto will be made by the 
Applicable Trustee to the Noteholders and the Certificateholders of such 
series. The timing, calculation, allocation, order, source and priorities of, 
and the requirements for, all payments to the holders of each class of Notes, 
if any, and all distributions to the holders of each class of Certificates of 
such series will be set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
   
    With respect to each Trust, on each Distribution Date collections on the 
related Contracts will be transferred from the Collection Account to the Note 
Distribution Account, if any, and the Certificate Distribution Account for 
distribution to Noteholders, if any, and Certificateholders to the extent 
provided in the related Prospectus Supplement. Credit enhancement, such as a 
Reserve Fund, will be available to cover any shortfalls in the amount 
available for distribution on such date to the extent specified in the 
related Prospectus Supplement. As more fully described in the related 
Prospectus Supplement, and unless otherwise specified therein, distributions 
in respect of principal of a class of Securities of a given series will be 
subordinated to distributions in respect of interest on such class, and 
distributions in respect of one or more classes of Certificates of such 
series may be subordinated to payments in respect of Notes, if any, of such 
series or to distributions in respect of other classes of Certificates of 
such series. Distributions of principal on the Securities of a series may be 
based on the amount of principal collected or due, or the amount of realized 
losses incurred, in a Due Period.
    

                                            42
<PAGE>

CREDIT AND CASH FLOW ENHANCEMENT

    The amounts and types of credit and cash flow enhancement arrangements, 
if any, and the provider thereof, if applicable, with respect to each class 
of Securities of a given series will be set forth in the related Prospectus 
Supplement. If and to the extent provided in the related Prospectus 
Supplement, credit and cash flow enhancement may be in the form of 
subordination of one or more classes of Securities, Reserve Funds, spread 
accounts, overcollateralization, letters of credit, credit or liquidity 
facilities, surety bonds, insurance policies, guaranteed investment 
contracts, swaps or other interest rate protection agreements, repurchase 
obligations, yield supplement agreements, other agreements with respect to 
third party payments or other support, cash deposits or such other 
arrangements as may be described in such Prospectus Supplement, or any 
combination of two or more of the foregoing. If specified in the applicable 
Prospectus Supplement, credit or cash flow enhancement for a class of 
Securities may cover one or more other classes of Securities of the same 
series, and credit or cash flow enhancement for a series of Securities may 
cover one or more other series of Securities.

    The presence of a Reserve Fund and other forms of credit enhancement for 
the benefit of any class or series of Securities is intended to enhance the 
likelihood of receipt by the Securityholders of such class or series of the 
full amount of principal and interest due thereon and to decrease the 
likelihood that such Securityholders will experience losses. Unless otherwise 
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the credit enhancement for a 
class or series of Securities will not provide protection against all risks 
of loss and will not guarantee repayment of the entire principal balance and 
interest thereon. If losses occur which exceed the amount covered by any 
credit enhancement or which are not covered by any credit enhancement, 
Securityholders of any class or series will bear their allocable share of 
deficiencies, as described in the related Prospectus Supplement. In addition, 
if a form of credit enhancement covers more than one series of Securities, 
Securityholders of any such series will be subject to the risk that such 
credit enhancement will be exhausted by the claims of Securityholders of 
other series.

    RESERVE FUND.  If so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, 
pursuant to the related Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing 
Agreement, the Trust Depositor will establish for a series or class of 
Securities an account, as specified in such Prospectus Supplement (the 
"Reserve Fund"), which will be maintained with the related Trustee or 
Indenture Trustee, as applicable. Unless otherwise provided in the related 
Prospectus Supplement, the Reserve Fund will be funded by an initial deposit 
by the Trust Depositor on the Closing Date in the amount set forth in such 
Prospectus Supplement and, if the related series has a Funding Period, will 
also be further funded on each Subsequent Transfer Date to the extent 
described in such Prospectus Supplement. As further described in the related 
Prospectus Supplement, the amount on deposit in the Reserve Fund will be 
increased on each Distribution Date thereafter up to the Specified Reserve 
Fund Balance (as defined in such Prospectus Supplement) by the deposit 
therein of the amount of collections on the related Contracts remaining on 
each such Distribution Date after the payment of all other required payments 
and distributions on such date. The related Prospectus Supplement will 
describe the circumstances and the manner under which distributions may be 
made out of the Reserve Fund, either to holders of the Securities covered 
thereby or to the Trust Depositor or to any other entity.

NET DEPOSITS
   
    If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement as an administrative 
convenience, unless the Servicer is required to remit collections daily (see 
"--Collections" above), the Servicer will be permitted to make the deposit of 
collections, aggregate Advances and Purchase Amounts for any Trust for or 
with respect to the related Due Period net of distributions to be made to the 
Servicer for such Trust with respect to such Due Period. The Servicer, 
however, will account to the Applicable Trustee, the Noteholders, if any, and 
the Certificateholders with respect to each Trust as if all deposits, 
distributions and transfers were made individually. With respect to any Trust 
that issues both Certificates and Notes, if the related Distribution Dates do 
not coincide with Distribution Dates, all distributions, deposits or other 
remittances made on a Distribution Date will be treated as having been 
distributed, deposited or remitted on the Distribution Date for 
the applicable Due Period for purposes of determining other amounts required 
to be distributed, deposited or otherwise remitted on such Distribution Date.
    

                                       43
<PAGE>

STATEMENTS TO THE APPLICABLE TRUSTEE AND THE TRUST
 
   
    Prior to each Distribution Date with respect to each series of Securities,
the Servicer will provide to the applicable Indenture Trustee, if any, and the
applicable Trustee as of the close of business on the last day of the preceding
Due Period a statement setting forth substantially the same information as
is required to be provided in the periodic reports provided to Securityholders
of such series described under "Certain Information Regarding the Securities --
Reports to Securityholders".
    

EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE
 
   
    Each Sale and Servicing Agreement and Pooling and Servicing Agreement will
provide that a firm of independent public accountants will furnish annually to
the related Trust and Applicable Trustee a statement to the effect that
such firm has audited the financial statements of Eaglemark Financial and issued
its report thereon and that such audit: (i) included an examination of selected
documents and records relating to the servicing of Contracts, (ii)
included an examination of delinquency and loss statistics relating to
Eaglemark's portfolio of Contracts and (iii) except as described in the
statement, disclosed no exceptions or errors in the records relating to the
Motorcycle loans serviced.
    
    Each Sale and Servicing Agreement and Pooling and Servicing Agreement will
also provide for delivery to the related Trust and the Applicable Trustee,
substantially simultaneously with the delivery of such accountants' statement
referred to above, of a certificate signed by an officer of the Servicer stating
that the Servicer has fulfilled its obligations under the Sale and Servicing
Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as applicable, throughout the
preceding twelve months (or, in the case of the first such certificate, from the
applicable Closing Date) or, if there has been a default in the fulfillment of
any such obligation, describing each such default. The Servicer has agreed to
give each the Applicable Trustee notice of certain Servicer Defaults under the
related Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as
applicable.
 
    Copies of such statements and certificates may be obtained by
Securityholders by a request in writing addressed to the Applicable Trustee.
 
CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE SERVICER
 
   
    Each Sale and Servicing Agreement and Pooling and Servicing Agreement will
provide that the Servicer will exercise that degree of skill and care consistent
with the skill and care that the Servicer exercises with respect to similar
contracts serviced by the Servicer, and, in any event no less degree of skill
and care than would be exercised by a prudent servicer of motorcycle conditional
sales contracts. The Servicer is under no obligation to appear in,
prosecute or defend any legal action that is not incidental to the Servicer's
servicing responsibilities under such Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling
and Servicing Agreement and that, in its opinion, may cause it to incur any
expense or liability.
    
    Under the circumstances specified in each Sale and Servicing Agreement and
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, any entity into which the Servicer may be
merged or consolidated, or any entity resulting from any merger or consolidation
to which the Servicer is a party, or any entity succeeding to the business of
the Servicer or, with respect to its obligations as Servicer, any corporation
50% or more of the voting stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by
the Company, which corporation or other entity in each of the foregoing cases
assumes the obligations of the Servicer, will be the successor of the Servicer
under such Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
 
    Under each Sale and Servicing Agreement and Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
the Servicer may appoint a subservicer to perform all or any portion of its
obligations as Servicer; however, in the event that the 


                                   44

<PAGE>

Servicer does appoint any such subservicer, the Servicer will remain 
obligated and liable to the related Trustee and Securityholders for servicing 
and administering the Contracts and will also be responsible for any fees and 
expenses of the subservicer.
 
SERVICER DEFAULT
 
   
    Except as otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, "Servicer
Default" under each Sale and Servicing Agreement and Pooling and Servicing
Agreement will include: (i) any failure by the Servicer to make any
payment or deposit required to be made under the Sale and Servicing Agreement or
Pooling and Servicing Agreement or Transfer and Sale Agreement, which failure
continues to be unremedied for four business days after the date on
which such payment or deposit was due; (ii) any failure by the Servicer duly to
observe or perform in any material respect any other covenant or agreement in
such Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement or Transfer
and Sale Agreement, which failure materially and adversely affects the rights of
the Noteholders or the Certificateholders of the related series and which
continues unremedied for 30 days after the date on which such failure
commences; and (iii) the occurrence of an Insolvency Event with respect to the
Servicer. "Insolvency Event" means, with respect to any person, any of the
following events or actions: certain events of insolvency, readjustment of debt,
marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings with respect to
such person and certain actions by such person indicating its insolvency,
reorganization pursuant to bankruptcy proceedings or inability to pay its
obligations.
    

RIGHTS UPON SERVICER DEFAULT
 
   
    In the case of Owner Trusts that issue Notes, unless otherwise provided in
the related Prospectus Supplement, as long as a Servicer Default under a Sale
and Servicing Agreement and Pooling and Servicing Agreement remains unremedied,
(i) the related Indenture Trustee or (ii) the holders of Notes of the related
series evidencing not less than 51% of the principal amount of the
Notes then outstanding and Certificateholders with aggregate fractional
interests representing 51% of the Trust may terminate all the rights and
obligations of the Servicer under such Sale and Servicing Agreement and Pooling
and Servicing Agreement, whereupon such Indenture Trustee or a successor
servicer appointed by such Indenture Trustee will succeed to all the
responsibilities, duties and liabilities of the Servicer under such Sale and
Servicing Agreement and Pooling and Servicing Agreement and will be entitled to
similar compensation arrangements. In the case of any Grantor Trust or any
Owner Trust that does not issue Notes, unless otherwise provided in the related
Prospectus Supplement, as long as a Servicer Default under the related Pooling
and Servicing Agreement remains unremedied, the related Trustee or holders of
Certificates of the related series evidencing not less than 25% of the principal
amount of such Certificates then outstanding may terminate all the rights and
obligations of the Servicer under such Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
whereupon such Trustee or a successor servicer appointed by such Trustee will
succeed to all the responsibilities, duties and liabilities of the Servicer
under such Pooling and Servicing Agreement and will be entitled to similar
compensation arrangements. If, however, a bankruptcy trustee or similar official
has been appointed for the Servicer, and no Servicer Default other than such
appointment has occurred, such trustee or official may have the power to prevent
any such Indenture Trustee, Noteholders, Trustee or Certificateholders from
effecting a transfer of servicing. In the event that such Indenture Trustee or
Trustee is unwilling or unable to so act, it may appoint, or petition a court of
competent jurisdiction for the appointment of, a successor with a net worth of
at least $100,000,000 (or such other amount as is specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement) and whose regular business includes the servicing of
motor vehicle contracts. Such Indenture Trustee or Trustee may make such
arrangements for compensation to be paid, which in no event may be greater than
the servicing compensation to the Servicer under such Sale and Servicing
Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
    
AMENDMENT
 
    Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, each of the
Sale and Servicing Agreement and Pooling and Servicing Agreement may be amended
by the parties thereto, without the consent of the related Noteholders or
Certificateholders, for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in
any 

                                     45
<PAGE>

manner or eliminating any of the provisions of such Sale and Servicing
Agreement and Pooling and Servicing Agreement or of modifying in any manner the
rights of such Noteholders or Certificateholders; provided that such action will
not, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the related Trustee or Indenture
Trustee, as applicable, materially and adversely affect the interest of any such
Noteholder or Certificateholder.
 
    Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Sale
and Servicing Agreement and Pooling and Servicing Agreement may also be amended
by the Trust Depositor, the Servicer, the related Trustee and any related
Indenture Trustee with the consent of the holders of Notes evidencing at least a
majority in principal amount of then outstanding Notes, if any, of the related
series and the holders of the Certificates of such series evidencing at least a
majority of the principal amount of such Certificates then outstanding, for the
purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any
of the provisions of such Sale and Servicing Agreement and Pooling and Servicing
Agreements or of modifying in any manner the rights of such Noteholders or
Certificateholders; provided, however, that no such amendment may (i) increase
or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of,
collections of payments on the related Contracts or distributions that are
required to be made for the benefit of such Noteholders or Certificateholders or
(ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of the Notes or Certificates of such series
which are required to consent to any such amendment, without the consent of the
holders of all the outstanding Notes or Certificates, as the case may be, of
such series.
 
    Each of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and Pooling and Servicing Agreement
may be amended by the parties thereto at the direction of the Company or
Servicer without the consent of any of the Securityholders to add, modify or
eliminate such provisions as may be necessary or advisable in order to enable
all or a portion of a Trust to qualify as, and to permit an election to be made
to cause all or a portion of a Trust to be treated as, a "financial asset
securitization investment trust" as described in the provisions of the "Small
Business Job Protection Act of 1996," H.R. 3448, and in connection with any such
election, to modify or eliminate existing provisions of a Sale and Servicing
Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement relating to the intended federal
income tax treatment of the Securities and the related Trust in the absence of
the election. See "Federal Income Tax Consequences--Tax Treatment of a FASIT."
It is a condition to any such amendment that each Rating Agency will have
notified the Company, the Servicer and the Applicable Trustee in writing that
the amendment will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the rating of any
outstanding Securities with respect to which it is a Rating Agency and that the
Company obtain a legal opinion from nationally recognized counsel that there are
no adverse tax consequences for the Securityholders.
 
    Additionally, each of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and Pooling and
Servicing Agreement may be amended by the parties thereto at the direction of
the Seller or Servicer without the consent of any of the Securityholders to add,
modify or eliminate such provisions as may be necessary or advisable in order to
enable (a) the transfer to the Trust of all or any portion of the Contracts to
be derecognized under generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") by the
Seller to the applicable Trust, (b) the applicable Trust to avoid becoming a
member of the Seller's consolidated group under GAAP, or (c) the Seller or any
of its affiliates to otherwise comply with or obtain more favorable treatment
under any law or regulation or any accounting rule or principle; provided,
however, that it is a condition to any such amendment that (x) the Seller
delivers an officer's certificate to the related Trustee to the effect that such
amendment meets the requirements set forth in this paragraph (y) such amendment
will not result in a withdrawal or reduction of the rating of any outstanding
series of Securities under the related Trust and (z) a legal opinion is obtained
from nationally recognized counsel that such modification is in conformity with
either the Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as
applicable.
 
INSOLVENCY EVENT
 
    With respect to any Owner Trust that issues Notes, if an Insolvency Event
(as defined in the related Trust Agreement) occurs with respect to the Trust
Depositor, the related Contracts of such Trust will be liquidated and the Trust
will be terminated 90 days after the date of such Insolvency Event, unless,
before the end of such 90-day period, the related Trustee shall have received
written instructions from (i) holders of each class of Certificates (excluding
any Certificates held by the Trust Depositor) with respect to such Trust

                                     46
<PAGE>

representing more than 50% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of each such
class (not including the principal amount of such Certificates held by the Trust
Depositor) and (ii) holders of each class of Notes, if any, with respect to such
Trust representing more than 50% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of
each such class, to the effect that each such party disapproves of the
liquidation of such Contracts and termination of such Trust. Promptly after the
occurrence of an Insolvency Event with respect to the Trust Depositor, notice
thereof is required to be given to the related Securityholders; provided that
any failure to give such required notice will not prevent or delay termination
of such Trust. Upon termination of any Trust, the related Trustee shall, or
shall direct the related Indenture Trustee to, promptly sell the assets of such
Trust (other than the Trust Accounts and the Certificate Distribution Account)
in a commercially reasonable manner and on commercially reasonable terms. The
proceeds from any such sale, disposition or liquidation of the Contracts of such
Trust will be treated as collections on such Contracts and deposited in the
related Collection Account. With respect to any Trust, if the proceeds from the
liquidation of the related Contracts and any amounts on deposit in the Reserve
Fund (if any), the Note Distribution Account (if any) and the Certificate
Distribution Account are not sufficient to pay in full the Notes, if any, and
the Certificates of the related series, the amount of principal returned to
Noteholders and Certificateholders thereof will be reduced and some or all of
such Noteholders and Certificateholders will incur a loss.
 
    Each Trust Agreement will provide that the applicable Trustee does not have
the power to commence a voluntary proceeding in bankruptcy with respect to the
related Trust without the unanimous prior approval of all Certificateholders
(including the Trust Depositor) of such Trust and the delivery to such Trustee
by each such Certificateholder (including the Trust Depositor) of a certificate
certifying that such Certificateholder reasonably believes that such Trust is
insolvent.
 
PAYMENT OF NOTES
 
    Upon the payment in full of all outstanding Notes of a given series and the
satisfaction and discharge of the related Indenture, the related Trustee will
succeed to all the rights of the Indenture Trustee, and the Certificateholders
of such series will succeed to all the rights of the Noteholders of such series,
under the related Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, except as otherwise provided therein.
 
TRUST DEPOSITOR LIABILITY
 
    In the case of each Owner Trust that issues Notes, under each Trust
Agreement, the Trust Depositor will agree to be liable directly to an injured
party for the entire amount of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (other
than those incurred by a Noteholder or a Certificateholder in the capacity of an
investor with respect to such Owner Trust) arising out of or based on the
arrangement created by such Trust Agreement as though such arrangement created a
partnership under the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act in which
the Trust Depositor was a general partner.
 
TERMINATION
   
    Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, with
respect to each Trust, the obligations of the Servicer, the Trust Depositor, the
related Trustee and the related Indenture Trustee, if any, pursuant to the Sale
and Servicing Agreements and Pooling and Servicing Agreements will terminate
upon the earliest to occur of (i) the maturity or other liquidation of the last
related Contract and the disposition of any amounts received upon liquidation of
any such remaining Contracts, (ii) the payment to Noteholders, if any, and
Certificateholders of the related series of all amounts required to be paid to
them pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreements and Pooling and Servicing
Agreements and (iii) the occurrence of the event described in the
immediately following paragraph.
    

   
    Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, in order to
avoid excessive administrative expense, the Seller through the Trust
Depositor will be permitted at its option to purchase from each Trust, as of the
end of any applicable Due Period, if the then outstanding Pool 


                                   47

<PAGE>

Balance with respect to the Contracts held by such Trust is 10% or less of 
the Initial Pool Balance (as defined in such Prospectus Supplement, the 
"Initial Pool Balance"), all remaining related Contracts at a price equal to 
the aggregate of the Purchase Amounts thereof as of the end of such Due 
Period.
    

   
    As and to the extent in the related Prospectus Supplement, outstanding 
Notes (or any class of Notes) of the related series may be redeemed 
concurrently with the event specified above, and the subsequent distribution 
to the related Certificateholders of all amounts required to be distributed 
to them pursuant to the applicable Trust Agreement or Pooling and Servicing 
Agreement will effect early retirement of the Certificates of such series. 
    

ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT
 
   
    The Company, in its capacity as administrator (in such capacity, the
"Administrator"), will enter into an agreement (an "Administration Agreement")
with each Owner Trust that issues Notes and the related Indenture Trustee
pursuant to which the Administrator will agree, to the extent provided in such
Administration Agreement, to provide the notices and to perform other
administrative obligations required by the related Indenture. Unless otherwise
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement with respect to any such Trust,
as compensation for the performance of the Administrator's obligations under the
applicable Administration Agreement and as reimbursement for its expenses
related thereto, the Administrator will be entitled to a monthly administration
fee (the "Administration Fee"), which fee will be paid by the Trust
Depositor.
    

INDIVIDUAL MOTORCYCLE INSURANCE
 
   
    The terms of each Contract require that for the life of the Contract, each
Motorcycle is to be covered by a collision and comprehensive or equivalent
insurance policy which covers physical damage risks, provides limited insurance
coverage for damage to the Motorcycle, and names the Seller as a loss payee. The
amount of insurance coverage is limited to the value of the Motorcycle. In the
related Transfer and Sale Agreement, the Seller will warrant that all premium
payments on such insurance have been paid in full for one year from the date of
the Contracts' origination. Pursuant to the Contract terms, the Servicer may
"force place" (i.e., purchase on its own, with a corresponding claim for
reimbursement against the Obligor to the extent provided in the applicable
Contract) collision and comprehensive insurance with respect to the related
Motorcycle in those situations in which the Obligor has not maintained the
required insurance. Currently, the Servicer utilizes Recreational Products
Insurance Division, a division of Universal Underwriters Insurance Company, to
"force place" comprehensive and collision insurance in 31 states in which
Obligors reside. As conveyee and assignee of the Contracts, the Trust will be
entitled to the benefits of such insurance. Following repossession of a
Motorcycle by the Servicer, the Servicer does not maintain such insurance. In
the event the Servicer repossesses a Motorcycle on behalf of the Trust, the
Servicer will act as self-insurer for any damage to such motorcycle until it is
resold.
    
                     CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS
 
SECURITY INTEREST IN MOTORCYCLES
 
    The Contracts in general evidence the credit sale of new and used
motorcycles by Dealers to Obligors and also constitute personal property
security agreements granting the holder of such Contract a security interest in
the Motorcycles under the applicable UCC. Perfection of security interests in
the Motorcycles is generally governed by the motor vehicle registration laws of
the state in which a Motorcycle is located. In almost all states in which the
Contracts have been originated, a security interest in automobiles, light duty
trucks, vans and minivans is perfected by notation of the secured party's lien
on the vehicle's certificate of title.

    All of the Contracts purchased by the Company name the Company as obligee
(by assignment or otherwise) and as the secured party. The Company also takes
all actions necessary under the laws of the 

                                         48
<PAGE>
state in which the Motorcycle is located to perfect the Company's security 
interest in the Motorcycle, including, where applicable, having a notation of 
its lien recorded on such vehicle's certificate of title.
 
    The Company will sell its interests in Contracts and assign its security
interests in the Motorcycles securing the Contracts to a Trust Depositor
pursuant to a Transfer and Sale Agreement, which Trust Depositor will, in turn,
sell such interests and assign such security interests to the Trust pursuant to
either a Sale and Servicing Agreements or a Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
However, because of the administrative burden and expense, the certificates of
title to the Motorcycles will not be amended to reflect any Trust Depositor or
the Trust as the new secured party on the certificate of title relating to the
Motorcycles. Each Sale and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, as applicable, provides that the Servicer, as custodian, will hold
any certificates of title and the documents and other items relating to the
Motorcycles in its possession on behalf of the Trust and the Indenture Trustee.
 
    With respect to certain limitations on the enforceability of the Applicable
Trustees' security interest, see "Risk Factors -- Security Interests and Other
Aspects of the Contracts".
 
    Under the laws of most states, the perfected security interest in a
Motorcycle would continue for four months after such vehicle is moved to a state
other than the state in which it is initially registered, and thereafter until
the owner of the Motorcycle re-registers it in the new state. A majority of
states generally require surrender of a certificate of title in connection with
the re-registration of a vehicle; accordingly, a secured party must surrender
possession if it holds the certificate of title to the vehicle, or, in the case
of a vehicle registered in a state providing for the notation of a lien on the
certificate of title but not possession by the secured party, assuming no fraud
or negligence, the secured party noted on the certificate of title would receive
notice of surrender if the security interest is noted on the certificate of
title. Thus, the secured party would have the opportunity to re-perfect its
security interest in the vehicle in the state of relocation. In states that do
not require a certificate of title for registration of a motor vehicle, a
re-registration could defeat perfection. In the ordinary course of servicing
Contracts, the Company takes steps to effect re-perfection upon receipt of
notice of re-registration or information from the Obligor as to relocation.
Similarly, when an Obligor sells a Motorcycle, the Company must surrender
possession of the certificate of title or will receive notice as a result of its
lien noted thereon and, accordingly, will have an opportunity to require
satisfaction of the related Contract before release of the lien. Under each Sale
and Servicing Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as applicable, the
Company as Servicer is obligated to take appropriate steps, at its own expense,
to maintain perfection of security interests in such Motorcycle and is obligated
to repurchase the related Contract if it fails to do so.
 
    Under the laws of most states, liens for repairs performed on a motor
vehicle, liens for unpaid storage fees and liens for unpaid taxes take priority
over even a perfected security interest in a Motorcycle. The Company will
represent that, as of the date of issuance of the Securities, each security
interest in a Motorcycle is prior to all other present liens upon and security
interests in such Motorcycle. However, liens for repairs, unpaid storage fees or
taxes could arise at any time during the term of a Contract. No notice will be
given to the Applicable Trustee or the Securityholders in the event such a lien
arises nor will the Company be obligated to repurchase the related Contract if
such a lien arises after the Closing Date.
 
REPOSSESSION
 
   
    In the event of default by a Motorcycle purchaser, a holder of a
retail installment sale contract or installment loan has all the remedies of a
secured party under the UCC, except where specifically limited by other state
laws. Among its UCC remedies, the secured party has the right to perform
self-help repossession unless such act would constitute a breach of the peace.
Self-help is the method employed by the Company in most cases and is
accomplished simply by retaking possession of the Motorcycle. In the event of
default by the Obligor, some jurisdictions require that the Obligor be notified
of the default and be given a time period within which he or she may cure the
default prior to repossession. Generally, the right to cure a default may be
exercised on a limited number of occasions in any one-year period. In cases
where the Obligor objects or raises a defense to repossession, if a Motorcycle
cannot be retaken without a breach of the peace, 

                                    49
<PAGE>

or if otherwise required by applicable state law, a court order must be 
obtained from an appropriate court, and the Motorcycle must then be 
repossessed in accordance with that order.
    

NOTICE OF SALES; REDEMPTION RIGHTS
 
    The UCC and other state laws require the secured party to provide the 
Obligor with reasonable notice of the date, time and place of any public sale 
or the date after which any private sale or other intended disposition of the 
collateral may be held. All aspects of the disposition of the collateral, 
including the method, manner, time, place and terms must be commercially 
reasonable. The Obligor has the right to redeem the collateral prior to 
actual sale by paying the secured party the unpaid principal balance of the 
obligation plus reasonable expenses for repossessing, holding, and preparing 
the collateral for disposition and arranging for its sale plus, in some 
jurisdictions, reasonable attorneys' fees. In some states the Obligor may 
have a post-repossession right to reinstate the terms of the contract or loan 
and redeem the collateral by the payment of delinquent installments and 
expenses incurred by the secured party in repossessing the collateral.
 
DEFICIENCY JUDGMENTS AND EXCESS PROCEEDS
 
    The proceeds obtained upon repossession and resale of the Motorcycles
generally will be applied first to the expenses of resale and repossession and
then to the satisfaction of the indebtedness. While some states impose
prohibitions or limitations on deficiency judgments if the net proceeds from
resale do not cover the full amount of the indebtedness, a deficiency judgment
can be sought in those states that do not prohibit or limit such judgments,
provided that certain procedures are followed. However, the deficiency judgment
would be a personal judgment against the Obligor for the shortfall, and a
defaulting Obligor can be expected to have very little capital or sources of
income available following repossession. Therefore, in many cases, it may not be
useful to seek a deficiency judgment or, if one is obtained, it may be settled
at a significant discount.
 
    Occasionally, after resale of collateral and payment of all expenses and all
indebtedness, there is a surplus of funds. In that case, the UCC requires the
secured party to remit the surplus to any holder of a lien with respect to the
collateral or, if no such lienholder exists or there are remaining funds, the
UCC requires the secured party to remit the surplus to the former owner of the
collateral. Certain other statutory provisions, including federal and state
bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit or delay the ability of a lender to
repossess and resell collateral or enforce a deficiency judgment.
 
CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS
 
    Courts have applied general equitable principles to limit and restrict
secured parties pursuing repossession or litigation involving deficiency
balances. These equitable principles may have the effect of relieving an Obligor
from some or all of the legal consequences of a default.
 
    In several cases, consumers have asserted that the self-help remedies of
secured parties under the UCC and related laws violate the due process
protection provided under the 14th Amendment of the Constitution of the United
States. Courts have generally upheld the notice provisions of the UCC and
related laws as reasonable or have found that the repossession and resale by the
creditor do not involve sufficient state action to afford constitutional
protection to consumers.
 
    Numerous federal and state consumer protection laws and related regulations
impose substantial requirements upon lenders and servicers involved in consumer
finance, including requirements regarding the adequate disclosure of loan terms
(including finance charges and deemed finance charges) and limitations on loan
terms (including the permitted finance charge or deemed finance charge),
collection practices and creditor remedies. The application of these laws to
particular circumstances is not always certain and some courts and regulatory
authorities have shown a willingness to adopt novel interpretations of such
laws. These laws include the Truth in Lending Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity
Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair
Credit Billing Act, the Fair Debt Collection Procedures Act, the Moss-Magnuson

                                    50

<PAGE>

Warranty Act, the Federal Reserve Board's Regulations B and Z, the Soldiers' and
Sailors' Civil Relief Act, state adaptations of the Uniform Consumer Credit Code
and state motor vehicle retail installment sales acts, retail installment sales
acts, and other similar laws. State laws generally impose finance charge
ceilings and other restrictions on consumer transactions and often require
contract disclosure in addition to those required under federal law. These
requirements impose specific statutory liabilities upon creditors who fail to
comply with their provisions. In some cases, this liability could affect an
assignee's ability to enforce consumer finance contracts or loans such as the
Contracts.
 
    Under the laws of certain states, finance charges with respect to motor
vehicle retail installment contracts may include the additional amount, if any,
that a purchaser pays as part of the purchase price for a motorcycle solely
because the purchaser is buying on credit rather than for cash (a "cash sale
differential"). If a Dealer charges such a cash sale differential, applicable
finance charge ceilings could be exceeded.
 
    The so-called "Holder-in-Due-Course" Rule of the Federal Trade Commission
(the "FTC Rule"), the provisions of which are generally duplicated by the
Uniform Consumer Credit Code and other state laws, has the effect of subjecting
an assignee of a seller of goods (and certain related creditors) to all claims
and defenses that the obligor in the transaction could assert against the seller
of the goods.
 
    All of the Contracts will be subject to the requirements of the FTC Rule. 
Accordingly, the Trust, as holder of the Contracts, will be subject to any 
claims or defenses that the purchaser of the related Motorcycle may assert 
against the Dealer. Such claims are limited to a maximum liability equal to 
the amounts actually paid by the Obligor on the Contract. If an Obligor were 
successful in asserting any such claim or defense, such claim or defense 
would constitute a breach of the Company's representations and warranties 
under the related Transfer and Sale Agreement and would create an obligation 
of the Company to repurchase the related Contract unless the breach were 
cured. The Trust Depositor will assign its rights under the related Transfer 
and Sale Agreement, including its right to cause the Company to repurchase 
Contracts with respect to which it is in breach of its representations and 
warranties, to the Trust pursuant to either the related Sale and Servicing 
Agreement or Pooling and Servicing Agreement. See "Description of the Sale 
and Servicing Agreements and Pooling and Servicing Agreements -- Sale and 
Assignment of Contracts".
 
    Under most state vehicle dealer licensing laws, dealers of motorcycles are
required to be licensed to sell motorcycles at retail sale. In addition, with
respect to used motorcycles, the Federal Trade Commission's Rule on Sale of Used
Motorcycles requires that all dealers of used motorcycles prepare, complete and
display a "Buyer's Guide" which explains the warranty coverage for such
motorcycles. Furthermore, Federal Odometer Regulations promulgated under the
Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act and the motor vehicle title laws
of most states require that all dealers of used motorcycles furnish a written
statement signed by the dealer certifying the accuracy of the odometer reading.
If a Dealer is not properly licensed or if either a Buyer's Guide or Odometer
Disclosure Statement was not provided to the purchaser of a Motorcycle, the
Obligor may be able to assert a defense against the Dealer. If an Obligor on a
Contract were successful in asserting any such claim or defense, the Servicer
would pursue on behalf of the Trust any reasonable remedies against the Dealer
or the manufacturer of the Motorcycle, subject to certain limitations as to the
expense of any such action to be specified in the Sale and Servicing Agreement
and Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 
 
OTHER LIMITATIONS
 
    In addition to the laws limiting or prohibiting deficiency judgments,
numerous other statutory provisions, including federal bankruptcy laws and
related state laws, may interfere with or affect the ability of a secured party
to realize upon collateral or enforce a deficiency judgment. For example, in a
Chapter 13 proceeding under the federal bankruptcy code, a court may prevent a
secured party from repossessing a Motorcycle and, as part of the rehabilitation
plan, may reduce the amount of the secured indebtedness to the market value of
the Motorcycle at the time of bankruptcy (as determined by the court), leaving
the party providing financing as a general unsecured creditor for the remainder
of the indebtedness. A bankruptcy court 

                                 51
<PAGE>

may also reduce the monthly payments due under a Contract or change the rate 
of interest and time of repayment of the indebtedness. 

                   FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
GENERAL
 
   
    The following is a general discussion of the material United States
federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of
the Notes and the Certificates. This discussion is based upon current provisions
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), Treasury
Regulations promulgated thereunder, current administrative rulings, judicial
decisions and other applicable authorities in effect as of the date hereof, all
of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. There are no
cases or Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") rulings on similar transactions
involving a trust and instruments issued by that trust with terms similar to
those of the Trust, and the Notes and the Certificates. As a result, there can
be no assurance that the IRS will not challenge the conclusions set forth in the
following summary, and no ruling from the IRS has been or will be sought on any
of the issues discussed below. Furthermore, legislative, judicial or
administrative changes may occur, perhaps with retroactive effect, which could
affect the accuracy of the statements and conclusions set forth herein as well
as the tax consequences to holders of the Notes and the Certificates.
    

   
    This discussion does not purport to deal with all aspects of federal income
taxation that may be relevant to all holders of Notes and Certificates in light
of their personal investment or tax circumstances nor to certain types of
holders who may be subject to special treatment under the federal income tax
laws (including, without limitation, financial institutions, broker-dealers,
insurance companies, foreign persons, tax-exempt organizations and persons who
hold the Notes or Certificates as part of a straddle, hedging or conversion
transaction). This information is generally directed to prospective purchasers
who purchase Notes or Certificates at the time of original issue, who are
citizens or residents of the United States, and who hold the Notes or
Certificates as "capital assets" within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code.
Taxpayers and preparers of tax returns (including those filed by any partnership
or other issuer) should be aware that under applicable Treasury Regulations a
provider of advice on specific issues of law is not considered an income tax
return preparer unless the advice is (i) given with respect to events that have
occurred at the time the advice is rendered and is not given with respect to the
consequences of contemplated actions, and (ii) is directly relevant to the
determination of an entry on a tax return. Accordingly, taxpayers should consult
their own tax advisors and tax return preparers regarding the preparation of any
item on a tax return, even where the anticipated tax treatment has been
discussed herein. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT WITH
THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND ANY OTHER
TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE NOTES
AND CERTIFICATES.

    Each Trust will be provided with an opinion of Winston & Strawn special
federal income tax counsel to each Trust, as specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement ("Federal Tax Counsel"), regarding certain federal income tax matters
discussed below. An opinion of Federal Tax Counsel, however, is not binding on
the IRS or the courts. For purposes of the following summary, references to the
Trust, the Notes, the Certificates and related terms, parties and documents
shall be deemed to refer, unless otherwise specified herein, to each Trust and
the Notes, Certificates and related terms, parties and documents applicable to
such Trust.
 
    The federal income tax consequences to Certificateholders will vary 
depending on whether the Trust is an Owner Trust, treated as a partnership 
under the Code or a Grantor Trust treated as a grantor trust under the Code. 
Pursuant to legislation enacted in 1996, as an alternative to those three 
types of trusts, effective September 1, 1997 the Trust could elect to be 
treated as a financial asset securitization investment trust ("FASIT"). A 
summary of the federal income tax consequences pertaining to each type of 
trust is set forth below. The Prospectus Supplement for each series of 
Securities will specify the treatment of the Trust for federal income tax 
purposes. To the extent any given series of Notes or Certificates differs 
from the 
    

                                      52

<PAGE>

assumptions or conditions set forth in the following discussion, any 
additional tax considerations will be disclosed in the applicable Prospectus 
Supplement.
 
                                  OWNER TRUSTS
 
TAX CHARACTERIZATION OF OWNER TRUSTS
 
   
OPINIONS
    

    Federal Tax Counsel will deliver its opinion that a Trust characterized as
an Owner Trust will not be an association (or a publicly traded partnership)
taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. This opinion will be
based on the assumptions that the terms of the Trust Agreement and related
documents will be complied with and that the Certificateholders will take all
action necessary, if any, or refrain from taking any inconsistent action so as
to ensure the Trust is a partnership under the Check the Box regulations
(defined below) and on Federal Tax Counsel's conclusions that (i) the Trust will
constitute a business entity and will have two or more members, (ii) the nature
of the income of the Trust will exempt it from the rule that certain publicly
traded partnerships are taxable as corporations, and (iii) the Trust, if a
corporation, would not constitute a regulated investment company under Code
Section 851.
 
    If the Trust were taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes,
it would be subject to corporate income tax on its taxable income. The Trust's
taxable income would include all its income on the related Contracts and other
assets, which may be reduced by its interest expense on the Notes if the Notes
are respected as debt of such corporation. Any such corporate income tax could
materially reduce cash available to make payments on the Notes and distributions
on the Certificates, and Certificateholders could be liable for any such tax
that is unpaid by the Trust.
 
   
    Federal Tax Counsel will also render an opinion that the Notes will be
classified as debt for federal income tax purposes.
    
 
TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF NOTES ISSUED BY AN OWNER TRUST
 
   
    TREATMENT OF THE NOTES AS INDEBTEDNESS. The Trust Depositor and the 
Certificateholders will agree, and the Noteholders will agree by their 
purchase of Notes, to treat the Notes as debt for federal income tax 
purposes. Additionally, Federal Tax Counsel will render an opinion that the 
Notes will be classified as debt for federal income tax purposes. The 
discussion below assumes that characterization of the Notes is correct.
    
 
    OID.  The discussion below assumes that all payments on the Notes are
denominated in U.S. dollars. Moreover, the discussion assumes that the interest
formula for the Notes meets the requirements for "qualified stated interest"
under Treasury regulations relating to original issue discount ("OID"), and that
any OID on the Notes (i.e., any excess of the stated redemption price at
maturity of the Notes over their issue price) does not exceed a DE MINIMIS
amount (i.e., 1/4% of their stated redemption price at maturity multiplied by
the number of full years included in their term), all within the meaning of such
OID regulations.
 
    If the interest formula for the Notes does not meet the requirements for 
"qualified stated interest" because it may not satisfy the "unconditionally 
payable" test of the OID regulations or the Notes otherwise have more than a 
DE MINIMIS amount of OID, the Notes will have OID and a Noteholder will be 
required to include such OID in income as it accrues under a constant yield 
method in advance of receipt of cash payments, regardless of the Noteholder's 
regular method of tax accounting. In general, the amount of OID included in 
income is the sum of the "daily portions" of the OID with respect to the Note 
for each day during the taxable year the Noteholder held the Note. The daily 
portion generally is determined by allocating to each day in an accrual 
period a ratable portion of the OID allocable to such accrual period. The 
amount of OID allocable to an accrual period is generally equal to the 
difference between (i) the product of the Note's adjusted issue price and its 
yield to maturity and (ii) the amount of qualified stated interest payments 
allocable to such accrual period. The "adjusted issue price" of an OID Note 
at the beginning of any accrual period is the sum of its issue 

                                      53
<PAGE>

   
price plus the amount of OID allocable to prior accrual periods minus the 
amount of prior payments that were not qualified stated interest. 
Alternatively, because the payments on the Notes may be accelerated by reason 
of prepayments on the Contracts, OID, other than DE MINIMIS OID, on the 
Notes, if any, may have to be accrued under Code section 1272(a)(6), which 
allocates OID to each day in an accrual period by taking the ratable portion 
of the excess of (i) the sum of the present value of the remaining payments 
on a Note as of the close of the accrual period and the payments made during 
the accrual period that were included in stated redemption price at maturity, 
over (ii) the adjusted issue price of the Note at the beginning of the 
accrual period. No regulations have been issued under Code section 1272(a)(6) 
so it is not clear if such section would apply to the Notes if they are 
treated as having OID. The Clinton Administration has proposed legislation 
which if enacted, would require OID on the Notes to be computed in accordance 
with Section 1272(a)(6) and certain prepayment assumptions.
    
 
    INTEREST INCOME ON THE NOTES.  Based on the above assumptions, the Notes
should not be considered to be issued with OID. The stated interest thereon will
be taxable to a Noteholder as ordinary interest income when received or accrued
in accordance with such Noteholder's method of tax accounting. Under the OID
regulations, a holder of a Note issued with a DE MINIMIS amount of OID must
include such OID in income, on a pro rata basis, as principal payments are made
on the Note. A purchaser who buys a Note for more or less than its principal
amount will generally be subject, respectively, to the premium amortization or
market discount rules of the Code.
 
    Acquisition Premium. A U.S. Holder that purchases a Note for an amount less
than or equal to the sum of all amounts payable on the Note after the purchase
date other than payments of qualified stated interest but in excess of its
adjusted issue price (any such excess being "acquisition premium") and that does
not make the election described below under "Election to Treat All Interest as
Original Issue Discount" is permitted to reduce the daily portions of OID, if
any, by a fraction, the numerator of which is the excess of the U.S. Holder's
adjusted basis in the Note immediately after its purchase over the adjusted
issue price of the Note, and the denominator of which is the excess of the sum
of all amounts payable on the Note after the purchase date, other than payments
of qualified stated interest, over the Note's adjusted issue price.
 
    MARKET DISCOUNT.  The Notes, whether or not issued with original issue
discount, will be subject to the "market discount rules" of section 1276 of the
Code. In general, these rules provide that if the holder of a Note purchases the
Note at a market discount (i.e., a discount from its original issue price plus
any accrued original issue discount that exceeds a DE MINIMIS amount specified
in the Code) and thereafter recognizes gain upon a disposition, the lesser of
(i) such gain or (ii) the accrued market discount will be taxed as ordinary
income. Generally, the accrued market discount will be the total market discount
on the Note multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of
days the holder held the Note and the denominator of which is the number of days
from the date the holder acquired the Note until its maturity date. The holder
may elect, however, to determine accrued market discount under the
constant-yield method. Holders should consult with their own tax advisors as to
the effect of making this election.
 
    Limitations imposed by the Code which are intended to match deductions with
the taxation of income defer deductions for interest on indebtedness incurred or
continued, or short-sale expenses incurred, to purchase or carry a Note with
accrued market discount. A Noteholder who elects to include market discount in
gross income as it accrues is exempt from this rule. The adjusted basis of a
Note subject to such election will be increased to reflect market discount
included in gross income, thereby reducing any gain or increasing any loss on a
sale or taxable disposition.
 
   
    Election to Treat All Interest as Original Issue Discount. A U.S. Holder may
elect to include in gross income all interest that accrues on a Note using the
constant-yield method described above under the heading "Original Issue
Discount," with modifications described below. For purposes of this election,
interest includes stated interest, OID, DE MINIMIS OID, market discount,
DE MINIMIS market discount and unstated interest, as adjusted by any amortizable
bond premium (described below under "Amortizable Bond Premium") or acquisition
premium.
    
                                      54

<PAGE>

    In applying the constant-yield method to a Note with respect to which 
this election has been made, the issue price of the Note will equal the 
electing U.S. Holder's adjusted basis in the Note immediately after its 
acquisition, the issue date of the Note will be the date of its acquisition 
by the electing U.S. Holder, and no payments on the Note will be treated as 
payments of qualified stated interest. This election, if made, may not be 
revoked without the consent of the IRS. U.S. Holders should consult with 
their own tax advisors as to the effect in their circumstances of making this 
election.
 
    AMORTIZABLE BOND PREMIUM.  In general, if a Noteholder purchases a Note at a
premium (i.e., an amount in excess of the amount payable upon the maturity
thereof), such Noteholder will be considered to have purchased such Note with
"amortizable bond premium" equal to the amount of such excess. Such Noteholder
may elect to deduct the amortizable bond premium as it accrues under a
constant-yield method over the remaining term of the Note. Under proposed
regulations, if finalized, accrued amortized bond premium may only be used as an
offset against qualified stated interest when such interest is included in the
holder's gross income under the holder's normal accounting system.
 
    SALE OR OTHER DISPOSITION.  If a Noteholder sells a Note, the holder will
recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount
realized on the sale and the holder's adjusted tax basis in the Note. The
adjusted tax basis of a Note to a particular Noteholder will equal the holder's
cost basis for the Note, increased by any market discount, acquisition discount,
OID and gain previously included by such Noteholder in income with respect to
the Note and decreased by the amount of bond premium (if any) previously
amortized and by the amount of principal payments previously received by such
Noteholder with respect to such Note. Any such gain or loss will be capital gain
or loss if the Note was held as a capital asset, except for gain representing
accrued interest and accrued market discount not previously included in income.
Capital losses generally may be used only to offset capital gains.
 
    Back-up Withholding. Each holder of Note (other than an exempt holder such
as a corporation, tax exempt organization, qualified pension and profit-sharing
trust, individual retirement account or nonresident alien who provides
certification as to status as a nonresident) will be required to provide, under
penalty of perjury, a certificate containing the holder's name, address, correct
federal taxpayer identification number and a statement that the holder is not
subject to Back-up withholding. Should a nonexempt Noteholder fail to provide
the required certification, the Trust will be required to withhold 31% of the
amount otherwise payable to the holder, and remit the withheld amount to the IRS
as a credit against the holder's federal income tax liability.
 
    FOREIGN HOLDERS.  Interest payments made (or accrued) to a Noteholder who is
a nonresident alien, foreign corporation or other non-U. S. person (a "foreign
person") generally will be considered "portfolio interest," and generally will
not be subject to United States federal income tax and withholding tax, if the
interest is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business
within the United States by the foreign person and the foreign person (i) is not
actually or constructively a "10 percent shareholder" of the Trust (including a
holder of 10% of the outstanding Certificates) or a "controlled foreign
corporation" with respect to which the Trust is a "related person" within the
meaning of the Code and (ii) provides the Owner Trustee or other person who is
otherwise required to withhold U.S. tax with respect to the Notes with an
appropriate statement (on Form W-8), signed under penalties of perjury,
certifying that the beneficial owner of the Note is a foreign person and
providing the foreign person's name and address. If a Note is held through a
securities clearing organization or certain other financial institutions, the
organization or institution may provide the relevant signed statement to the
withholding agent; in that case, however, the signed statement must be
accompanied by a Form W-8 or substitute form provided by the foreign person that
owns the Note. If such interest is not portfolio interest, then it will be
subject to United States federal income and withholding tax at a rate of 30
percent, unless reduced or eliminated pursuant to an applicable tax treaty.
 
    Any capital gain realized on the sale, redemption, retirement or other
taxable disposition of a Note by a foreign person will be exempt from United
States federal income and withholding tax, provided that (i) such gain is not
effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United
States by the foreign 

                                      55

<PAGE>

person and (ii) in the case of an individual foreign person, the foreign 
person is not present in the United States for 183 days or more in the 
taxable year.
 
    POSSIBLE ALTERNATIVE TREATMENTS OF THE NOTES.  If, contrary to the opinion
of Federal Tax Counsel, the IRS successfully asserted that one or more of the
Notes did not represent debt for federal income tax purposes, the Notes might be
treated as equity interests in the Trust. If so treated, the Trust might be
taxable as a corporation with the adverse consequences described above (and the
resulting taxable corporation would not be able to reduce its taxable income by
deductions for interest expense on Notes recharacterized as equity).
Alternatively, it is possible that the Trust might be treated as a publicly
traded partnership that would not be taxable as a corporation because it would
meet certain qualifying income tests. Nonetheless, treatment of the Notes as
equity interests in such a publicly traded partnership could have adverse tax
consequences to certain holders. For example, income to certain tax-exempt
entities (including pension funds) could constitute "unrelated business taxable
income," income to foreign holders generally would be subject to U.S. tax and
U.S. tax return filing and withholding requirements, individual holders might be
subject to certain limitations on their ability to deduct their share of Trust
expenses, and income from the Trust's assets would be taxable to Noteholders
regardless if cash distributions are made from the Trust.


TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF CERTIFICATES ISSUED BY AN OWNER TRUST

    TREATMENT OF TRUST AS A PARTNERSHIP.  The Trust Depositor and the 
Servicer will agree, and the related Certificateholders will agree by their 
purchase of Certificates, to treat the Trust as a partnership for purposes of 
federal and state income tax, franchise tax and any other tax measured in 
whole or in part by income, with the assets of the partnership being the 
assets held by the Trust, the partners of the partnership being the 
Certificateholders, and the Notes being debt of the partnership. However, the 
proper characterization of the arrangement involving the Trust, the 
Certificates, the Notes, the Trust Depositor and the Servicer is not certain 
because there is no authority on transactions closely comparable to that 
contemplated herein. The Trust, the Trust Depositor, and the 
Certificateholders will take all necessary actions, if any, and refrain from 
taking any inconsistent actions, so as to ensure that the Trust will be 
treated as a partnership under the final Treasury Regulations which allow an 
entity to elect status as a partnership (the "Check the Box" regulations).

    A variety of alternative characterizations are possible. For example,
because the Certificates have certain features characteristic of debt, the
Certificates might be considered debt of the Trust Depositor or the Trust. Any
such characterization should not result in materially adverse tax consequences
to Certificateholders as compared to the consequences from treatment of the
Certificates as equity in a partnership, described below. The following
discussion assumes that the Certificates represent equity interests in a
partnership and that all payments on the Certificates are denominated in U.S.
dollars.

    PARTNERSHIP TAXATION.  As a partnership, the Trust will not be subject to
federal income tax. Rather, each Certificateholder will be required to
separately take into account such holder's allocated share of income, gains,
losses, deductions and credits of the Trust. The Trust's income will consist
primarily of interest and finance charges earned on the related Contacts
(including appropriate adjustments for market discount, OID and bond premium)
and any gain upon collection or disposition of such Contracts. The Trust's
deductions will consist primarily of interest accruing with respect to the
Notes, servicing and other fees, and losses or deductions upon collection or
disposition of Contracts.

    The tax items of a partnership are allocable to the partners in accordance
with the Code, Treasury regulations and the partnership agreement (i.e., the
Trust Agreement and related documents). The Trust Agreement will provide, in
general, that the Certificateholders will be allocated taxable income of the
Trust for each month equal to the sum of (i) the interest that accrues on the
Certificates in accordance with their terms for such month, including interest
accruing at the Pass-Through Rate for such month and interest on amounts
previously due on the Certificates but not yet distributed; (ii) any Trust
income attributable to discount on the related Contracts that corresponds to any
excess of the principal amount of the Certificates over their initial issue
price; (iii) prepayment premium payable to the Certificateholders for such
month; and (iv) any other amounts of income payable to the Certificateholders
for such month. Such allocation will be reduced by any

                                      56

<PAGE>

amortization by the Trust of premium on Contracts that corresponds to any 
excess of the issue price of Certificates over their principal amount. All 
remaining taxable income of the Trust will be allocated to the Trust 
Depositor. Based on the economic arrangement of the parties, this approach 
for allocating Trust income should be permissible under applicable Treasury 
regulations, although no assurance can be given that the IRS would not 
require a greater amount of income to be allocated to Certificateholders. 
Moreover, even under the foregoing method of allocation, Certificateholders 
may be allocated income equal to the entire Pass-Through Rate plus the other 
items described above, even though the Trust might not have sufficient cash 
to make current cash distributions of such amount. Thus, cash basis holders 
will in effect be required to report income from the Certificates on the 
accrual basis and Certificateholders may become liable for taxes on Trust 
income even if they have not received cash from the Trust to pay such taxes. 
In addition, because tax allocations and tax reporting will be done on a 
uniform basis for all Certificateholders but Certificateholders may be 
purchasing Certificates at different times and at different prices, 
Certificateholders may be required to report on their tax returns taxable 
income that is greater or less than the amount reported to them by the Trust.

    All of the taxable income allocated to a Certificateholder that is a
tax-exempt entity (including an individual retirement account) will constitute
"unrelated business taxable income" generally taxable to such a holder under the
Code.

    With respect to any Certificateholder who is an individual, an individual
taxpayer's share of expenses of the Trust (including fees to the Servicer but
not interest expense) would be miscellaneous itemized deductions. Such
deductions might be disallowed to the individual in whole or in part and might
result in such holder being taxed on an amount of income that exceeds the amount
of cash actually distributed to such holder over the life of the Trust.

    The Trust will make all tax calculations relating to income and allocations
to Certificateholders on an aggregate basis. If the IRS were to require that
such calculations be made separately for each Contract, the Trust might be
required to incur additional expense but it is believed that there would not be
a material adverse effect on Certificateholders.

    DISCOUNT AND PREMIUM.  It is believed that the Contracts will not be issued
with OID, and, therefore, the Trust should not have OID income. However, the
purchase price paid by the Trust for the related Contracts may be greater or
less than the remaining principal balance of the Contracts at the time of
purchase. If so, the Contracts will have been acquired at a premium or discount,
as the case may be. As indicated above, the Trust will make this calculation on
an aggregate basis, but might be required to recompute it on a
Contract-by-Contract basis.

    If the Trust acquires the Contracts at a market discount or premium, it will
elect to include any such discount in income currently as it accrues over the
life of such Contracts or to offset any such premium against interest income on
such Contracts. As indicated above, a portion of such market discount income or
premium deduction may be allocated to Certificateholders.

    DISTRIBUTIONS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS.  Certificateholders generally will not
recognize gain or loss with respect to distributions from the Trust. A
Certificateholder will recognize gain, however, to the extent that any money
distributed exceeds the Certificateholder's adjusted basis in the Certificates
(as described below "Disposition of Certificates") immediately before the
distribution. A Certificateholder will recognize loss upon the termination of
the Trust or termination of the Certificateholder's interest in the Trust if the
Trust only distributes money to the Certificateholder and the amount distributed
is less than the Certificateholder's adjusted basis in the Certificates. Any
gain or loss will generally be long-term gain or loss if the holding period of
the Certificate is more than one year.

    Section 708 Termination. Under Section 708 of the Code, the Trust will be
deemed to terminate for federal income tax purposes if 50% or more of the
capital and profits interests in the Trust are sold or exchanged within a
12-month period. Under current regulations, if such a termination occurs, the
Trust will be considered to distribute its assets to the partners, who would
then be treated as recontributing those assets

                                      57

<PAGE>
   
to the Trust, as a new partnership. Such deemed distribution may cause the 
realization of income depending on the Certificateholder's basis in its 
Certificate. In addition, the holding period of the Certificate will start 
anew. Under proposed regulations, which will be effective for terminations on 
or after the date the final regulations are published in the Federal 
Register, the partnership on a termination will be treated as transferring 
all its assets and liabilities to a new partnership in exchange for an 
interest in the new partnership and immediately thereafter the terminated 
partnership will be treated as distributing the new partnership interest to 
the partners in liquidation of the terminated partnership. Such termination 
under the new regulations should not cause income to be realized. The Trust 
may not comply with certain technical requirements that might apply 
when such a constructive termination occurs. As a result, the Trust may be 
subject to certain tax penalties and may incur additional expenses if it is 
required to comply with those requirements. Furthermore, the Trust might not 
be able to comply due to lack of data.
    

    DISPOSITION OF CERTIFICATES.  Generally, capital gain or loss will be
recognized on a sale of Certificates in an amount equal to the difference
between the amount realized and the Trust Depositor's tax basis in the
Certificates sold. A Certificateholder's tax basis in a Certificate will
generally equal the holder's cost increased by the holder's share of Trust
income (that was includible in the Certificateholder's income) and decreased by
any distributions received with respect to such Certificate. In addition, both
the tax basis in the Certificates and the amount realized on a sale of a
Certificate would include the holder's share of the Notes and other liabilities
of the Trust. A holder acquiring Certificates at different prices may be
required to maintain a single aggregate adjusted tax basis in such Certificates,
and, upon sale or other disposition of some of the Certificates, allocate a
portion of such aggregate tax basis to the Certificates sold (rather than
maintaining a separate tax basis in each Certificate for purposes of computing
gain or loss on a sale of that Certificate).

    Any gain on the sale of a Certificate attributable to the holder's share of
unrecognized accrued market discount on the related Contracts would generally be
treated as ordinary income to the holder and would give rise to special tax
reporting requirements. The Trust does not expect to have any other assets that
would give rise to such special reporting requirements. Thus, to avoid those
special reporting requirements, the Trust will elect to include market discount
in income as it accrues.

    If a Certificateholder is required to recognize an aggregate amount of
income (not including income attributable to disallowed itemized deductions
described above) over the life of the Certificates that exceeds the aggregate
cash distributions with respect thereto, such excess will generally give rise to
a capital loss upon the retirement of the Certificates.

    ALLOCATIONS BETWEEN TRANSFERORS AND TRANSFEREES.  In general, the Trust's
taxable income and losses will be determined monthly and the tax items for a
particular calendar month will be apportioned among the Certificateholders in
proportion to the principal amount of Certificates owned by them as of the close
of the last day of such month. As a result, a holder purchasing Certificates may
be allocated tax items (which will affect its tax liability and tax basis)
attributable to periods before the actual transaction.

    The use of such a monthly convention may not be permitted by existing
regulations. If a monthly convention is not allowed (or only applies to
transfers of less than all of the partner's interest), taxable income or losses
of the Trust might be reallocated among the Certificateholders. The Trust
Depositor will be authorized to revise the Trust's method of allocation between
transferors and transferees to conform to a method permitted by future
regulations.

    Section 754 Election. In the event that a Certificateholder sells its
Certificates at a profit (loss), the purchasing Certificateholder will have a
higher (lower) basis in the Certificates than the selling Certificateholder had.
The tax basis of the Trust's assets will not be adjusted to reflect that higher
(or lower) basis unless the Trust were to file an election under Section 754 of
the Code. In order to avoid the administrative complexities that would be
involved in keeping accurate accounting records, as well as potentially onerous
information reporting requirements, the Trust will not make such election. As a
result, Certificateholders might be allocated a greater or lesser amount of
Trust income than would be appropriate based on their own purchase price for
Certificates.

                                      58

<PAGE>

    ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS.  The Trustee is required to keep or have kept
complete and accurate books of the Trust. Such books will be maintained for
financial reporting and tax purposes on an accrual basis and the fiscal year of
the Trust will be the calendar year. The Trustee will file a partnership
information return (IRS Form 1065) with the IRS for each taxable year of the
Trust and will report each Certificateholder's allocable share of items of Trust
income and expense to holders and the IRS on Schedule K-1. The Trust will
provide the Schedule K-1 information to nominees that fail to provide the Trust
with the information statement described below and such nominees will be
required to forward such information to the beneficial owners of the
Certificates. Generally, holders must file tax returns that are consistent with
the information return filed by the Trust or be subject to penalties unless the
holder notifies the IRS of all such inconsistencies.

    Under Section 6031 of the Code, any person that holds Certificates as a
nominee at any time during a calendar year is required to furnish the Trust with
a statement containing certain information on the nominee, the beneficial owners
and the Certificates so held. Such information includes (i) the name, address
and taxpayer identification number of the nominee and (ii) as to each beneficial
owner (a) the name, address and identification number of such person, (b)
whether such person is a United States person, a tax-exempt entity, a foreign
government or an international organization, or any wholly owned agency or
instrumentality of either of the foregoing, and (c) certain information on
Certificates that were held, bought or sold on behalf of such person throughout
the year. In addition, brokers and financial institutions that hold Certificates
through a nominee are required to furnish directly to the Trust information as
to themselves and their ownership of Certificates. A clearing agency registered
under Section 17A of the Exchange Act is not required to furnish any such
information statement to the Trust. The information referred to above for any
calendar year must be furnished to the Trust on or before the following January
31. Nominees, brokers and financial institutions that fail to provide the Trust
with the information described above may be subject to penalties.

    The Trust Depositor will be designated as the tax matters partner for the
Trust in the Trust Agreement and, as such, will be responsible for representing
the Certificateholders in any dispute with the IRS. The Code provides for
administrative examination of a partnership as if the partnership were a
separate and distinct taxpayer. Generally, the statute of limitations for
partnership items does not expire before three years after the date on which the
partnership information return is filed. Any adverse determination following an
audit of the return of the Trust by the appropriate taxing authorities could
result in an adjustment of the returns of the Certificateholders, and, under
certain circumstances, a Certificateholder may be precluded from separately
litigating a proposed adjustment to the items of the Trust. An adjustment could
also result in an audit of a Certificateholder's returns and adjustments of
items not related to the income and losses of the Trust.

    Back-up Withholding. Distributions made on the Certificates and proceeds
from the sale of the Certificates will be subject to a "Back-up" withholding tax
of 31% if, in general, the Certificateholder fails to comply with certain
identification procedures, unless the holder is an exempt recipient under
applicable provisions of the Code.

    TAX CONSEQUENCES TO FOREIGN CERTIFICATEHOLDERS.  It is not clear whether the
Trust would be considered to be engaged in a trade or business in the United
States for purposes of federal withholding taxes with respect to non-U.S.
persons because there is no clear authority dealing with that issue under facts
substantially similar to those described herein. Nevertheless, the Trust will
withhold as if it were so engaged in order to protect the Trust from possible
adverse consequences of a failure to withhold. The Trust expects to withhold on
the portion of its taxable income that is allocable to foreign
Certificateholders pursuant to Section 1446 of the Code, as if such income were
effectively connected to a U.S. trade or business, at a rate of 35% for foreign
holders that are taxable as corporations and 39.6% for all other foreign
holders. Subsequent adoption of Treasury regulations or the issuance of other
administrative pronouncements may require the Trust to change its withholding
procedures. In determining a holder's withholding status, the Trust may
generally rely on IRS Form W-8, IRS Form W-9 or the holder's certification of
nonforeign status signed under penalties of perjury.

    Each foreign holder might be required to file a U.S. individual or corporate
income tax return (including, in the case of a corporation, the branch profits
tax) on its share of the Trust's income. Each foreign

                                      59

<PAGE>

holder must obtain a taxpayer identification number from the IRS and submit 
that number to the Trust on Form W-8 in order to assure appropriate crediting 
of the taxes withheld. A foreign holder generally would be entitled to file 
with the IRS a claim for refund with respect to taxes withheld by the Trust, 
taking the position that no taxes were due because the Trust was not engaged 
in a U.S. trade or business (although no assurance can be given as to the 
prospects for success of the refund claim). However, even if such a position 
is successful, interest payments made (or accrued) to a Certificateholder who 
is a foreign person may be considered to be guaranteed payments, but only to 
the extent such payments are determined without regard to the income of the 
Trust. It is unclear whether the IRS would agree with that characterization. 
If these interest payments are properly characterized as guaranteed payments, 
then the interest will not constitute "portfolio interest." As a result, 
Certificateholders will be subject to 30 percent U.S. withholding tax, unless 
reduced or eliminated pursuant to an applicable treaty. In such case, a 
foreign holder would only be entitled to claim a refund for that portion of 
the taxes in excess of the taxes that should be withheld with respect to the 
guaranteed payments.

                                 GRANTOR TRUSTS

TAX CHARACTERIZATION OF GRANTOR TRUSTS

   
    OPINION
    

   
    Federal Tax Counsel will deliver its opinion that a Trust characterized as a
Grantor Trust will be classified as a grantor trust and not as an association
taxable as a corporation and that, subject to the discussion below under
"Stripped Bond Treatment", each Certificateholder will be treated for federal
income tax purposes as the owner of a pro rata undivided interest in the income
and assets of the Trust.
    

GENERAL

    For federal income tax purposes, the Trust will be deemed to have acquired
the following assets: (i) the principal portion of each Contract, plus a portion
of the interest due on each Contract (the "Trust Stripped Bonds"), (ii) the
portion of the interest due on each such Contract not allocable to the Trust
Stripped Bonds or retained by the Seller (the "Trust Stripped Coupons"), (iii)
the proceeds of certain insurance policies on the motorcycles, (iv) rights under
the Trust Deposit Agreement and (v) rights under the Security Agreement in favor
of the Trust securing the Trust Depositor's obligation to purchase Subsequent
Contracts and deliver them to the Trust. Although the Trust will have certain
rights with respect to the Reserve Fund, the Pre-Funding Account and the
Interest Reserve Account, such accounts are not assets of the Trust.

    Each Certificateholder will have a taxable event when an asset of the Trust
(including any Contract) is disposed of (whether by sale, exchange, redemption
or payment at maturity) or when the Certificateholder's Certificate is redeemed
or sold. A Certificateholder must allocate the cost of its Certificates among
its allocable share of the assets of the Trust, including the Contracts (in
accordance with the proportion of the relative fair market values of such assets
as of the date such Certificateholder acquired its Certificate) in order to
determine its initial tax basis for its pro rata portion of each asset held by
the Trust, including the Contracts. For this purpose, a Certificateholder may
treat the Trust's rights in the security interests, the individual insurance
contracts on the motorcycles, and other rights the Trust may have which provide
credit enhancement as part of the Contracts such that no separate allocation of
the Certificate cost and determination of basis must be made to these rights.
Such tax basis is adjusted upward by the amount of original issue discount
("OID"), if applicable (see the discussion below under "Stripped Bond
Treatment", and downward by the amount of all payments previously received by
such Certificateholder (assuming OID treatment applies) under "Stripped Bond
Treatment" below.

    The Trust Stripped Bonds will be treated as "stripped bonds" and the Trust
Stripped Coupons will be treated as "stripped coupons," both within the meaning
of Section 1286 of the Code.

INCOME OF HOLDERS OF CERTIFICATES ISSUED BY A GRANTOR TRUST

                                      60

<PAGE>

    Subject to the discussion below under "Stripped Bond Treatment", each 
Certificateholder will be required to report on its federal income tax 
return, in a manner consistent with its method of accounting, its pro rata 
allocable share of the entire gross income of the Trust, including interest 
or finance charges earned on the Contracts, and any gain or loss upon 
collection or disposition of the Contracts. In computing its federal income 
tax liability, a Certificateholder will be entitled to deduct, consistent 
with its method of accounting, its pro rata allocable share of reasonable 
fees payable to the Servicer that are paid or incurred by the Trust as 
provided in Sections 162 or 212 of the Code. If a Certificateholder is an 
individual, estate or trust, the deduction for its pro rata share of such 
fees will be allowed only to the extent that all of its miscellaneous 
itemized deductions, including its share of such fees, exceed 2% of its 
adjusted gross income. In addition, Code Section 68 provides that itemized 
deductions otherwise allowable for a taxable year of an individual taxpayer 
whose adjusted gross income exceeds a specified amount will be reduced by the 
lesser of (i) 3% of the excess, if any, of adjusted gross income over such 
amount, or (ii) 80% of the amount of itemized deductions otherwise allowable 
for such year. As a result, such investors holding Certificates, directly or 
indirectly through a pass-through entity, may have aggregate taxable income 
in excess of the aggregate amount of cash received on such Certificates with 
respect to interest at the related Pass-Through Rate on such Certificates.

STRIPPED BOND TREATMENT
 
    Although the federal income tax treatment of stripped bonds is not entirely
clear, since only limited regulations have been issued by the IRS, based on
guidance by the IRS it is believed that the Contracts should be treated as
"stripped bonds" and the interest thereon payable to the Certificateholders as
"stripped coupons." The Contracts would, therefore, be treated as subject to the
OID provisions and stripped bond provisions of the Code. Each Certificateholder
would be treated as owning stripped bonds (represented by its portion of the
Class A Percentage or Class B Percentage of principal payments on each Contract)
and stripped coupons (equal to that Certificateholder's proportionate part of
the interest on the Trust Stripped Bonds). Furthermore, each Class B
Certificateholder will own a proportionate part of the stripped coupons
represented by the Trust Stripped Coupons. Each stripped bond and coupon should
generally be treated as a single debt instrument. As a result of this
characterization, each Certificateholder will be allocated interest from the
Contracts equal to its respective share of the Class A Pass-Through Rate or the
Class B Pass-Through Rate and principal on the Contracts equal to its Class A
Percentage or Class B Percentage of such principal.

    In general, under the stripped bond and OID provisions of the Code, each
initial Certificateholder would report OID (other than certain DE MINIMIS
amounts) in each taxable year computed on a constant yield method based on the
yield to maturity of the Contracts held by the Trust. Such yield would be
computed with respect to each Certificateholder by taking into account such
Certificateholder's purchase price for its interest in the Contracts and the
payments to be made in respect of the Certificateholder's interest in such
Contracts. Thus, it is believed that the effect of the stripped bond rules and
the OID provisions would be to treat each Contract as a bond originally issued
on the date it is purchased (i.e., the date that a holder purchases its
Certificate), and having OID equal to the excess of (a) the Certificateholder's
share of the sum of all payments that are part of each Contract over (b) the
portion of the Certificateholder's purchase price for the Certificate that is
properly allocable to each Contract. As a consequence, each Certificateholder,
regardless of its method of tax accounting, would be required to include in its
ordinary gross income the sum of the "daily portions" of the OID determined with
respect to such Certificateholder's pro rata interest in such Contracts for all
days during the taxable year on which the Certificateholder owns the
Certificate.

   
    The method of calculating yield to maturity is not clear, and in particular
it is not clear under the Code whether prepayments on the underlying Contracts
should be taken into account in determining such yield. The Clinton
Administration has proposed legislation which if enacted, may require the yield
on the Contracts to be determined based on the prepayment assumptions.
    

    Based on the preamble to certain stripped bond regulations, although the
matter is not entirely clear, the interest income on the Class A Certificates
and the Class B Certificates and the portion of the Monthly Servicing Fee
allocable to each such Certificate may be treated, in whole or in part, as
so-called "qualified stated interest." In that case, the income reportable by
the initial holder of a Certificate in each monthly accrual

                                      61

<PAGE>

period under the OID provisions should be approximately the same as its pro 
rata share of the aggregate interest accruing with respect to the Certificate 
in accordance with its terms, plus the Certificate's pro rata share of the 
portion of the Monthly Servicing Fee and any allocable fees and expenses.

    Under the foregoing analysis, the bond premium and market discount rules of
the Code would not apply to the initial holder of a Certificate.

    The OID provisions of the Code and the regulations thereunder are complex,
are unclear in many respects, and do not address many issues raised by the
Contracts. Moreover, only limited guidance has been issued with respect to
stripped bonds and final regulations under the stripped bond provisions of the
Code may provide for different treatment, perhaps with retroactive effect.
Holders of Certificates issued by a Grantor Trust should consult their tax
advisors to determine the proper method of reporting taxable income from the
Certificates.

SALE OF CERTIFICATE

    If a Certificate is sold, gain or loss will be recognized equal to the 
difference between the amount realized on the sale allocable to each of the 
Contracts and the Certificateholder's adjusted basis in each of the 
Contracts. A Certificateholder's adjusted basis will equal the 
Certificateholder's cost for the Certificate, increased by any OID previously 
included in income, and decreased by the amount of payments previously 
received on the Contracts, however denominated (other than qualified stated 
interest payments). Any gain or loss will be capital gain or loss if the 
Certificate was held as a capital asset. A capital gain or loss will be 
long-term or short-term depending on whether or not the Certificates have 
been owned for more than one year.

FOREIGN CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

    Income attributable to Contracts which is received by a foreign
Certificateholder will generally not be subject to the normal 30% withholding
tax imposed with respect to such payments, provided that (i) the foreign
Certificateholder does not own, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of, and is
not a controlled foreign corporation related to , the Seller and (ii) such
holder fulfills certain certification requirements. Under such requirements, the
holder must certify, under penalty of perjury, that it is not a "United States
person" and provide its name and address on Form W-8. For this purpose, "United
States person" generally means a citizen or resident of the United States, a
corporation, partnership or other entity created or organized in or under the
laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or an estate or
trust the income of which is includable in gross income for United States
federal income tax purposes, regardless of its source or which is subject to the
supervision or authority of a U.S. court or U.S. fiduciary. Gain realized upon
the sale of a Certificate by a foreign Certificateholder generally will not be
subject to United States withholding tax. If, however, such interest or gain is
effectively connected to the conduct of a trade or business within the United
States by such foreign Certificateholder (or in the case of gain the
Certificateholder is an individual who is present in the United States for a
total of 183 days or more during the taxable year in which such gain is
realized), such holder will be subject to United States federal income tax
thereon at either the regular rates or a special 30% withholding tax rate.
Potential investors who are not United States persons should consult their own
tax advisors regarding the specific tax consequences to them of owning a
Certificate issued by a Grantor Trust.

INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING

    The Trustee will furnish or make available, within the prescribed period of
time for tax reporting purposes after the end of each calendar year, to each
Certificateholder or each person holding a Certificate on behalf of a
Certificateholder at any time during such year, such information as the Trustee
deems necessary or desirable to assist Certificateholders in preparing their
federal income tax returns. Payments made on the Certificates and proceeds from
the sale of the Certificates will not be subject to a "backup" withholding tax
of 31% unless, in general, a Certificateholder fails to comply with certain
reporting procedures and is not an exempt recipient under applicable provisions
of the Code.

                                      62

<PAGE>


                            TAX TREATMENT OF A FASIT

    The "Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996" (the "Act") creates a new
type of entity for federal income tax purposes called a "financial asset
securitization investment trust" or "FASIT" effective on and after September 1,
1997. The Act enables certain arrangements similar to a Trust to elect to be
treated as a FASIT. Under the FASIT provisions of the Act, a FASIT generally
would avoid federal income taxation and could issue securities substantially
similar to the Certificates and Notes, and those securities would be treated as
debt for federal income tax purposes. If so specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, a Trust may make an election to be treated as a FASIT. The
applicable Pooling and Servicing Agreement or Sale and Servicing Agreement for
such a Trust may contain such terms and provide for the issuance of Notes or
Certificates on such terms and conditions as are permitted for a FASIT. In
addition, upon satisfying certain conditions set forth in the Pooling and
Servicing Agreements or Sale and Servicing Agreements in existence on September
1, 1997, the Seller and Servicer will be permitted to amend any such Pooling and
Servicing Agreements or Sale and Servicing Agreements so as to enable all or a
portion of a Trust to qualify as a FASIT and to permit a FASIT election to be
made with respect thereto, and to make such modifications to a Pooling and
Servicing Agreement or Sale and Servicing Agreement as may be permitted by
reason of the making of such an election. See "Description of the Pooling and
Servicing Agreements--Amendment." However, there can be no assurance that the
Seller will or will not cause any permissible FASIT election to be made with
respect to an existing Trust or amend a Pooling and Servicing Agreement or Sale
and Servicing Agreement in connection with any election. In addition, if such an
election is made, it may cause a holder to recognize gain (but not loss) with
respect to any Notes or Certificates held by it, even though Federal Tax Counsel
previously delivered its opinion that the Notes or Certificates will be treated
as debt for federal income tax purposes without regard to the election and the
Notes or Certificates would be treated as debt following the election.
Additionally, any such election and amendments to a Pooling and Servicing
Agreement or Sale and Servicing Agreement may have other tax and non-tax
consequences to Securityholders. Such consequences, together with a detailed
discussion of the tax aspects of a FASIT, will be set forth in the Prospectus
Supplement applicable thereto.

                         CERTAIN STATE TAX CONSEQUENCES

    Because of the differences in state tax laws and their applicability to
different investors, it is not possible to summarize the potential state tax
consequences of holding the Certificates. ACCORDINGLY, PURCHASERS OF
CERTIFICATES OR NOTES SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISERS REGARDING THE STATE
TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING ANY CERTIFICATES OR NOTES. * * *

                                   * * *

    THE FEDERAL AND STATE TAX DISCUSSIONS SET FORTH ABOVE ARE INCLUDED FOR
GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE DEPENDING UPON A NOTEHOLDER'S
OR CERTIFICATE OWNER'S PARTICULAR TAX SITUATION. PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS SHOULD
CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE
PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF NOTES AND CERTIFICATES, INCLUDING THE TAX
CONSEQUENCES UNDER STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX LAWS AND THE POSSIBLE
EFFECTS OF CHANGES IN FEDERAL OR OTHER TAX LAWS.

                                      63

<PAGE>

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

    Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit a pension,
profit-sharing or other employee benefit plan, as well as individual retirement
accounts and certain types of Keogh Plans (each a "Plan"), from engaging in
certain transactions with persons that are "parties in interest" under ERISA or
"disqualified persons" under the Code with respect to such Plan. A violation of
these "prohibited transaction" rules may result in an excise tax or other
penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code for such persons.

    Certain transactions involving a Trust might be deemed to constitute
prohibited transactions under ERISA and the Code with respect to a Plan that
purchased Certificates if assets of the Trust were deemed to be assets of the
Plan. Under a regulation issued by the United States Department of Labor (the
"Plan Assets Regulation"), the assets of a Trust would be treated as assets of a
Plan for the purposes of ERISA and the Code only if the Plan acquired an "equity
interest" in the Trust and none of the exceptions contained in the Plan Assets
Regulation was applicable. An equity interest is defined under the Plan Assets
Regulation as an interest other than an instrument which is treated as
indebtedness under applicable local law and which has no substantial equity
features.

    Employee benefit plans that are governmental plans (as defined in Section
3(32) of ERISA) and certain church plans (as defined in Section 3(33) of ERISA)
are not subject to ERISA requirements.

    A Plan fiduciary considering the purchase of Securities of a given series
should consult its tax and/or legal advisors regarding whether the assets of the
related Trust would be considered plan assets, the possibility of exemptive
relief from the prohibited transaction rules and other issues and their
potential consequences.

THE NOTES

    Unless otherwise specified in the Prospectus Supplement, the Notes of each
series may be purchased by a Plan if the fiduciary of the Plan determines that
the purchase of a Note is consistent with its fiduciary duties and does not
result in a nonexempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or
Section 4975 of the Code.

SENIOR CERTIFICATES

    Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
following discussion applies only to nonsubordinate Certificates (referred to
herein as "Senior Certificates") issued by a Grantor Trust.

   
    The U.S. Department of Labor has granted to the lead Underwriter named in
the Prospectus Supplement an exemption (the "Exemption") from certain of the
prohibited transaction rules of ERISA with respect to the initial purchase, the
holding and the subsequent resale by Plans of certificates representing
interests in asset-backed pass-through trusts that consist of certain
receivables, loans and other obligations that meet the conditions and
requirements of the Exemption. The contracts covered by the Exemption include
motor vehicle retail installment sales contracts and installment loans such as
the Contracts. The Exemption should apply to the acquisition, holding and resale
in the secondary market of the Senior Certificates by a Plan, provided that
certain conditions (certain of which are described in the related Prospectus
Supplement) are met. It should be noted, however, that in issuing the Exemption
the Department may not have considered interests in pools of the exact nature of
some of the offered Certificates.
    

    Unless otherwise specified in the Prospectus Supplement, the Company
believes that, after the expiration of any applicable Funding Period, the
Exemption will apply to the acquisition and holding by Plans of Senior
Certificates sold by the Underwriter or Underwriters named in the Prospectus
Supplement and that all conditions of the Exemption other than those within the
control of the investors will have been met.

                                      64

<PAGE>

SUBORDINATE CERTIFICATES

    Unless otherwise specified in the Prospectus Supplement, the Certificates
issued by Owner Trusts that also issue Notes and Subordinate Certificates issued
by Grantor Trusts may not be purchased by a Plan or by any entity whose
underlying assets include Plan assets by reason of a Plan's investment in the
entity. By its acceptance of such Certificate, each Certificateholder will be
deemed to have represented and warranted that it is not a Plan.

                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

    On the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement with
respect to the Notes, if any, of a given series and an underwriting agreement
with respect to the Certificates of such series (collectively, the "Underwriting
Agreements"), the Trust Depositor will agree to cause the related Trust to sell
to the underwriters named therein and in the related Prospectus Supplement, and
each of such underwriters will severally agree to purchase, the principal amount
of each class of Notes and Certificates, as the case may be, of the related
series set forth in such underwriting agreements and in such Prospectus
Supplement.

    In each of the Underwriting Agreements with respect to any given series of
Securities, the several underwriters will agree, subject to the terms and
conditions set forth therein, to purchase all the Notes and Certificates, as the
case may be, described therein which are offered hereby and by the related
Prospectus Supplement if any of such Notes and Certificates, as the case may be,
are purchased.

    Each Prospectus Supplement will either (i) set forth the price at which each
class of Notes and Certificates, as the case may be, being offered thereby will
be offered to the public and any concessions that may be offered to certain
broker-dealers participating in the offering of such Notes and Certificates or
(ii) specify that the related Notes and Certificates, as the case may be, are to
be resold by the underwriters in negotiated transactions at varying prices to be
determined at the time of such sale. After the initial public offering of any
such Notes and Certificates, such public offering prices and such concessions
may be changed.

    Each Underwriting Agreement will provide that the Trust Depositor will
indemnify the underwriters against certain civil liabilities, including
liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments the several
underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

    Each Trust may, from time to time, invest the funds in its Trust Accounts in
Eligible Investments acquired from such underwriters or from the Trust
Depositor.

    Pursuant to each Underwriting Agreement with respect to a given series of
Securities, the closing of the sale of any class of Securities subject to such
Underwriting Agreement will be conditioned on the closing of the sale of all
other such classes of Securities of that series.

    The place and time of delivery for the Securities in respect of which this
Prospectus is delivered will be set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

    Certain legal matters relating to the Securities of any series will be 
passed upon for the related Trust, the Trust Depositor, the Servicer and the 
Administrator by Winston & Strawn, Chicago, Illinois, including providing an 
unqualified opinion with respect to the legality of the Securities issued by 
a Trust, and for the underwriters for such series by Brown & Wood LLP, New 
York, New York.

                                      65


<PAGE>
                                  INDEX OF TERMS
   

Administration Agreement..........................................        9, 45
 
Administration Fee................................................           45
 
Administrator.....................................................           45
 
Advance...........................................................            8
 
Applicable Trustee................................................           31
  
Base Rate.........................................................           27

Buell.............................................................         1, 6

Calculation Agent.................................................           28

Calculation Date..................................................   28, 29, 31
 
CD Rate...........................................................           28
 
CD Rate Determination Date........................................           28
 
CD Rate Security..................................................           27
 
Certificate Balance...............................................            5
 
Certificate Distribution Account..................................           37
 
Certificate Pool Factor...........................................           20
 
Certificateholder.................................................           10
 
Certificates......................................................            1
 
Closing Date......................................................            4
 
Code..............................................................           48
 
Collateral Reinvestment Account...................................         1, 6
 
Collection Account................................................           36
 
Collection Period.................................................           38
 
Commercial Paper Rate.............................................           28
 
Commercial Paper Rate Determination Date..........................           28
 
Commercial Paper Rate Security....................................           27
 
Commission........................................................            2
 
Company...........................................................         1, 3
 
Composite Quotations..............................................           27
 
Contracts.........................................................      1, 6, 7
 
Cutoff Dates......................................................           12
 
Definitive Certificates...........................................           32
 
Definitive Notes..................................................           32
 
Definitive Securities.............................................           32
 
Depositor.........................................................            7
 
Depository........................................................           21

Distribution Date.................................................           22
 
DTC Participants..................................................           31
 
Eaglemark.........................................................            3

Eaglemark Financial...............................................            3
    

                                      66


<PAGE>

   
Early Amortization Event..........................................            6
 
Eligible Deposit Account..........................................           38
 
Eligible Investments..............................................           37
 
ERISA.............................................................           10

Events of Default.................................................           23
 
FASIT.............................................................       49, 50
 
Federal Funds Rate................................................           29
 
Federal Funds Rate Determination Date.............................           29
 
Federal Funds Rate Security.......................................           27
 
Federal Tax Counsel...............................................           49
 
Fixed Rate Securities.............................................           27
 
Floating Rate Securities..........................................           27
 
Foreign Person....................................................           60
 
FTC Rule..........................................................           47
 
Funding Period....................................................            6
 
H.15(519).........................................................           27
 
Harley-Davidson...................................................            1

Indenture.........................................................            3
 
Indenture Trustee.................................................            1
 
Index Maturity....................................................           27
 
Indirect Participants.............................................           31
 
Initial Contracts.................................................            6
 
Initial Cutoff Date...............................................            6
 
Initial Pool Balance..............................................           44
 
Insolvency Event..................................................           42
 
Interest Rate.....................................................            4
 
Interest Reset Date...............................................           27
 
Interest Reset Period.............................................           27
 
Investment Earnings...............................................           38
 
Investment Income.................................................            7
 
IRS...............................................................       48, 49
 
LIBOR.............................................................           29
 
LIBOR Business Day................................................           30
 
LIBOR Determination Date..........................................           30

LIBOR Security....................................................           27
 
Lien Certificate..................................................           34
 
Money Market Yield................................................           29
 
Motorcycles.......................................................        6, 48
 
Note Distribution Account.........................................           37
 
Note Pool Factor..................................................           20
 
Noteholder........................................................           10
 
Notes.............................................................            1
 
Obligor...........................................................    9, 13, 15
 
OID...............................................................           50

Other Manufacturers............................................... 1, 6, 18, 48

Owner Trust.......................................................            3
 
Participants......................................................           22
 
Pass-Through Rate.................................................        5, 27

    

                                      67


<PAGE>

   

Pool Balance......................................................   15, 18, 20
 
Pooling and Servicing Agreement...................................            3
 
Pre-Funded Amount.................................................            6
 
Pre-Funding Account...............................................         1, 6
 
Prospectus Supplement.............................................            1
 
Rating Agency.....................................................       10, 16
 
Registrar of Titles...............................................           34
 
Registration Statement............................................            2
 
Related Documents.................................................           24
 
Reserve Fund......................................................           40
 
Revolving Period..................................................            6
 
Sale and Servicing Agreements.....................................            6
 
Schedule of Contracts.............................................           34
 
Securities........................................................            1
 
Securities Act....................................................            2
 
Security Owners...................................................           31
 
Securityholders...................................................           12
 
Servicer..........................................................            1
 
Servicer Default..................................................           42
 
Servicing Fee.....................................................           39
 
Servicing Fee Rate................................................           39

Spread............................................................           27
 
Spread Multiplier.................................................           27
 
Strip Certificates................................................            5
 
Strip Notes.......................................................            4
 
Subsequent Contracts..............................................         1, 6
 
Subsequent Purchase Agreement.....................................           14
 
Subsequent Transfer Date..........................................           12
 
Telerate Page 3750................................................           30
 
The Contracts.....................................................           19
 
Treasury bills....................................................           30
 
Treasury Rate.....................................................           30
 
Treasury Rate Determination Date..................................           30
 
Treasury Rate Security............................................           27
 
Trust.............................................................            1
 
Trust Accounts....................................................           37
 
Trust Agreement...................................................            3
 
Trust Depositor...................................................            1
 
Trust Property....................................................            1
 
Trustee...........................................................            1
 
UCC...............................................................   12, 14, 31
 
Underwriting Agreements...........................................        2, 60
    

                                      68



<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------     ------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------     ------------------------------------
 
    NO DEALER, SALESMAN OR OTHER 
PERSON IS AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY           
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY 
REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED IN 
THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR 
MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR 
REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED 
UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY 
THE COMPANY, AS SPONSOR OF THE 
TRUSTS OR THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS 
PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN 
OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF 
ANY OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITY OTHER 
THAN THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY, 
NOR DOES IT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO 
SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER 
TO BUY ANY OF THE SECURITIES TO ANY                HARLEY-DAVIDSON EAGLEMARK
PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH                    MOTORCYCLE TRUSTS
THE PERSON MAKING SUCH OFFER OR 
SOLICITATION IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO 
SO OR TO ANYONE WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL 
TO MAKE SUCH AN OFFER OR                                 EAGLEMARK, INC.
SOLICITATION TO SUCH PERSON. 
NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS 
PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE 
HEREUNDER SHALL UNDER ANY 
CIRCUMSTANCE CREATE ANY IMPLICATION 
THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED 
HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY DATE 
SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.

    ------------------------                          ------------------------
 
       TABLE OF CONTENTS                                      PROSPECTUS
 
                                 PAGE                 ------------------------
                                 ----
Available Information.......     3 
Summary of Terms............     4 
Risk Factors................     13
The Trusts..................     18
Harley-Davidson Motorcycles.     19
Other Manufacturers.........     20
The Contracts...............     20
Weighted Average Life of           
 the Securities.............     21
Pool Factors and Trading           
 Information................     21
Use of Proceeds.............     22
Eaglemark Financial                
 Services, Inc., Eaglemark, Inc.   
 and the Trust Depositors...     22
Description of the Notes....     23
Description of the                 
 Certificates...............     27
Certain Information              
 Regarding the Securities...     28  
Description of the Transfer      
 and Sale Agreements........     35  
Description of the Sale            
 and Servicing Agreements          
 and Pooling and Servicing       
 Agreements..................    37  
Certain Legal Aspects of         
 the Contracts...............    47  
Federal Income Tax               
 Consequences................    50
Owner Trusts.................    51
Grantor Trusts...............    57
Tax Treatment of FASIT.......    60
Certain State Tax                  
 Consequences................    61
ERISA Considerations.........    61                         ____________, 1997
Plan of Distribution.........    62
Legal Matters................    63
 ------------------------
 
    UNTIL ______________ , 1997, 
ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS 
IN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES, 
WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN 
THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED 
TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN 
ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATIONS OF 

- -------------------------------------      ------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------      ------------------------------------

<PAGE>
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AND HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE. THESE SECURITIES
MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE
INFORMATION HEREIN HAS BEEN COMPLETED. THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE
ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED [      ], 199
 
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
 
                      (TO PROSPECTUS DATED [      ], 199 )
 
                                   $[       ]
                           HARLEY-DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLE
                          CONTRACT BACKED CERTIFICATES
             HARLEY-DAVIDSON EAGLEMARK MOTORCYCLE TRUST 199 -[    ]
                          [  ]% CERTIFICATES, CLASS A
                          [  ]% CERTIFICATES, CLASS B
                                EAGLEMARK, INC.
                              SELLER AND SERVICER
                EAGLEMARK CUSTOMER FUNDING CORPORATION-[       ]
                                TRUST DEPOSITOR
 
        The Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Motorcycle Trust 199 -[    ] (the "TRUST")
       Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Contract Backed Certificates described in this
     Prospectus Supplement will consist of one class of senior certificates (the
"CLASS A CERTIFICATES") and one class of subordinated certificates (the "CLASS B
 CERTIFICATES" and, together with the Class A Certificates, the "CERTIFICATES").
       The Class A Certificates and the Class B Certificates offered hereby will
   evidence in the aggregate undivided ownership interests of    % (the "CLASS A
   PERCENTAGE") and    % (the "CLASS B PERCENTAGE"), respectively, in the Trust.
 The Trust will be created by Eaglemark Customer Funding Corporation-[ ], a 100%
 owned subsidiary of Eaglemark, Inc., as trust depositor (the "TRUST DEPOSITOR")
     pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of [     ], 199 (the
   "AGREEMENT"), to be entered into by and among the Trust Depositor, Eaglemark,
   Inc. ("EAGLEMARK"), as servicer (in such capacity, the "SERVICER") and Harris
    Trust and Savings Bank, as trustee (in such capacity, the "TRUSTEE"). (COVER
                                                         CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)
 
    PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE POTENTIAL RISK FACTORS
SET FORTH UNDER "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE S-[ ] HEREOF AND ON PAGE 12 OF THE
PROSPECTUS.
 
    THE CERTIFICATES REPRESENT INTERESTS IN THE TRUST AND DO NOT REPRESENT
INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF THE SELLER, THE SERVICER, THE TRUST DEPOSITOR OR
ANY AFFILIATE THEREOF, EXCEPT TO THE LIMITED EXTENT DESCRIBED HEREIN. THE
CERTIFICATES DO NOT REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF, AND WILL NOT BE INSURED OR
GUARANTEED BY, ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.
 
    THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR THE PROSPECTUS. ANY
REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
    The Underwriter has agreed to purchase the Certificates [from the Seller] as
provided herein, and the Certificates will be offered by the Underwriter from
time to time as provided herein in negotiated transactions or otherwise at
varying prices to be determined at the time of sale. The aggregate proceeds to
the Seller from the sale of the Securities are expected to be $         before
deducting expenses payable by the Seller of approximately $         .
 
    The Certificates are offered subject to receipt and acceptance by the
Underwriter and to the Underwriter's right to reject any offer in whole or in
part and to withdraw, cancel or modify the offer without notice. It is expected
that delivery of the Certificates will be made in book-entry form through the
facilities of The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") on or about       , 199 .
 
                        Underwriter of the Certificates
 
                              SALOMON BROTHERS INC
 
            THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT IS [      ], 1997
<PAGE>
The rights of the Class B Certificateholders to receive distributions from the
assets of the Trust with respect to interest will be subordinate to the rights
of the Class A Certificateholders to receive distributions with respect to
interest, and the rights of the Class B Certificateholders to receive
distributions of principal will be subordinate to the rights of the Class A
Certificateholders to receive distributions of interest and principal. See
"SUMMARY OF TERMS-- SUBORDINATION OF THE CLASS B CERTIFICATES; RESERVE FUND" and
"DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES--SUBORDINATION OF THE CLASS B CERTIFICATES;
RESERVE FUND."
 
    The Trust property will consist of an initial pool of fixed-rate, simple
interest motorcycle conditional sales contracts (the "INITIAL CONTRACTS" which,
together with any Subsequent Contracts as defined below, are collectively the
"CONTRACTS") relating to Motorcycles manufactured by Harley-Davidson, Inc.
("HARLEY-DAVIDSON") or, in certain limited instances as described herein,
Motorcycles manufactured by an affiliate of Harley-Davidson, Buell Motorcycle
Company ("BUELL"), including all rights to receive payments collected on such
Initial Contracts on or after [      ], 199 (the "INITIAL CUTOFF DATE"). The
Trust property also will consist of security interests in the motorcycles
financed through the Contracts; proceeds from certain insurance policies as
described in "DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES -- INDIVIDUAL MOTORCYCLE
INSURANCE;" an Agreement to Deposit Contracts dated as of [      ], 199 from the
Trust Depositor in favor of the Trust (the "DEPOSIT AGREEMENT"); rights under a
Security Agreement in favor of the Trust (the "SECURITY AGREEMENT") securing the
Trust Depositor's obligation under the Deposit Agreement to purchase Subsequent
Contracts and transfer the same to the Trust, through the pledge of monies on
deposit in a collateral account (the "PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT") established
thereunder; amounts held for the Trust in the Collection Account; and certain
other property as more fully described herein.
 
    The Contracts were originated by Eaglemark indirectly through
Harley-Davidson motorcycle dealers. Contracts with an aggregate principal
balance (as of the Initial Cutoff Date) of $         will be sold by Eaglemark
(in such capacity, the "SELLER") to the Trust Depositor on the date of issuance
of the Certificates pursuant to a Transfer and Sale Agreement dated as of
[      ], 199 by and between the Seller and the Trust Depositor (the "TRANSFER
AND SALE AGREEMENT") and will be further transferred and assigned by the Trust
Depositor to the Trust on such date. Additional fixed-rate, simple interest
Harley-Davidson (and, in limited instances, Buell) motorcycle conditional sales
contracts (the "SUBSEQUENT CONTRACTS") will be sold from time to time by the
Seller to the Trust Depositor at or before the end of the Funding Period (as
defined herein) and concurrently, in accordance with the Deposit Agreement,
transferred by the Trust Depositor to the Trust, with the purchase price to be
payable to the Seller from funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account.
 
    Principal, and interest to the extent of the Class A Pass-Through Rate of
[  ]% per annum (the "CLASS A PASS-THROUGH RATE") and the Class B Pass-Through
Rate of [ ]% per annum (the "CLASS B PASS-THROUGH RATE"), will be distributable
with respect to the Class A Certificates and the Class B Certificates,
respectively, on the fifteenth day of each month (or, if such fifteenth day is
not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter) beginning [     ], 199
(each, a "PAYMENT DATE"). The Class A Initial Certificate Principal Balance and
the Class B Initial Certificate Principal Balance represent the aggregate of the
Principal Balances of the Initial Contracts on the Initial Cutoff Date, plus
amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account as of the date of issuance of the
Certificates. The final scheduled Payment Date of the Certificates will be on
[     ] (the "FINAL SCHEDULED PAYMENT DATE"). See "DESCRIPTION OF THE
CERTIFICATES." However, payment in full of the Certificates could occur earlier
than such date as described herein. In addition, the Certificates will be
subject to prepayment in whole, but not in part, on any Payment Date on which
the Seller exercises its option to purchase the Contracts. The Seller may
purchase the Contracts when the aggregate outstanding Class A Certificate
Balance and Class B Certificate Balance has declined to less than 10% of the
aggregate Class A Initial Certificate Balance and Class B Initial Certificate
Balance. The Certificates will also be subject to partial mandatory prepayment,
without premium, in the event that funds remain in the Pre-Funding Account at
the end of the Funding Period (as defined herein).
 
    It is a condition of issuance that the Class A Certificates be rated AAA by
Standard & Poor's Ratings Services ("S&P") and Aaa by Moody's Investors Service,
Inc. ("MOODY'S"), and the Class B Certificates be rated at least       by S&P
and       by Moody's (S&P, together with Moody's, the "RATING AGENCIES").
 
    THE SECURITIES ARE BEING OFFERED [BY THE SELLER] FROM TIME TO TIME PURSUANT
TO THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS ACCOMPANYING THIS PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT. THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT DOES NOT CONTAIN COMPLETE INFORMATION
ABOUT THE OFFERING OF THE SECURITIES. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS CONTAINED IN THE
PROSPECTUS, AND PURCHASERS ARE URGED TO READ BOTH THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND
THE PROSPECTUS IN FULL. SALES OF THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE CONSUMMATED UNLESS
THE PURCHASER HAS RECEIVED BOTH THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS.
TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY STATEMENTS IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT MODIFY
STATEMENTS CONTAINED IN THE PROSPECTUS, THE STATEMENTS IN THIS PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT SHALL CONTROL.
<PAGE>
    There currently is no secondary market for the Securities and there is no
assurance that one will develop. The Certificate Underwriter expects, but is not
obligated, to make a market in the Certificates. There is no assurance that any
such market will develop, or if one does develop, that it will continue or
provide sufficient liquidity.
 
    IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITER MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS THAT STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE SECURITIES AT A
LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL. SUCH TRANSACTIONS, IF COMMENCED,
MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
    Upon receipt of a request by an investor who has received an electronic
Prospectus Supplement and Prospectus from an Underwriter or a request by such
investor's representative within the period during which there is an obligation
to deliver a Prospectus Supplement and Prospectus, the Seller or such
Underwriter will promptly deliver, or cause to be delivered, without charge, a
paper copy of the Prospectus Supplement and Prospectus.
 
    UNTIL 90 DAYS FROM THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT, ALL DEALERS
EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS
DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND PROSPECTUS.
THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT AND PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITER AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR
UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
                           REPORT TO SECURITYHOLDERS
 
    Unless and until the Certificates are issued in definitive certificate form,
monthly and annual unaudited reports containing information concerning the
Contracts will be prepared by the Servicer and sent on behalf of the trust only
to Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC and registered holder of the Certificates. See
"CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES--BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION" and
"--REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS" in the accompanying Prospectus. Such reports will
not constitute financial statements prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles. The Servicer will file with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "COMMISSION") such periodic reports with respect to the
Trust as are required under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
"EXCHANGE ACT"), and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                      <C>
SUMMARY OF TERMS.......................................................          1
 
RISK FACTORS...........................................................         12
 
STRUCTURE OF THE TRANSACTION...........................................         15
 
USE OF PROCEEDS........................................................         16
 
THE CONTRACTS..........................................................         16
 
HARLEY-DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLES............................................         26
 
YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS....................................         26
 
EAGLEMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.; EAGLEMARK, INC. ...................         27
 
EAGLEMARK CUSTOMER FUNDING CORPORATION-[      ]........................         27
 
DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES........................................         28
 
SECURITY INTERESTS AND OTHER ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS; REPURCHASE
  OBLIGATIONS..........................................................         43
 
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES........................................         46
 
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS...................................................         47
 
UNDERWRITING...........................................................         49
 
LEGAL MATTERS..........................................................         51
 
INDEX OF TERMS.........................................................
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                SUMMARY OF TERMS
 
    THIS SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO THE DETAILED
INFORMATION APPEARING ELSEWHERE HEREIN AND IN THE PROSPECTUS. CERTAIN
CAPITALIZED TERMS USED IN THIS SUMMARY ARE DEFINED ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT ON THE PAGES INDICATED IN THE "INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS" ON PAGE 51 OR,
TO THE EXTENT NOT DEFINED HEREIN, HAVE THE MEANINGS ASSIGNED TO SUCH TERMS IN
THE PROSPECTUS.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>
Securities Offered...........  Certificates for Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Contracts [  ]%
                               Certificates, Class A ("CLASS A CERTIFICATES") and [  ]%
                               Certificates, Class B ("CLASS B CERTIFICATES" and, together
                               with the Class A Certificates, the "Certificates"). The
                               Class A Certificates and the Class B Certificates will
                               evidence in the aggregate undivided ownership interests of
                               [  ]% (the "CLASS A PERCENTAGE") and [  ]% (the "CLASS B
                               PERCENTAGE"), respectively, in the Trust. The rights of the
                               Class B Certificateholders to receive distributions with
                               respect to assets of the Trust will be subordinate to the
                               right of the Class A Certificateholders to the extent
                               described herein. See "SUMMARY OF TERMS--SUBORDINATION OF
                               THE CLASS B CERTIFICATES; RESERVE FUND" and "DESCRIPTION OF
                               THE CERTIFICATES--SUBORDINATION OF THE CLASS B CERTIFICATES;
                               RESERVE FUND" below.
Trust........................  Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Motorcycle Trust 199 -[      ]
                               (the "TRUST"), to be created by the Trust Depositor pursuant
                               to the Agreement.
Class A Initial Certificate
  Balance and
  Class B Initial Certificate
  Balance....................  $[      ] (the "CLASS A INITIAL CERTIFICATE BALANCE")
                               representing the aggregate Principal Balance of the Initial
                               Contracts on [      ], 199 (the "INITIAL CUTOFF DATE") plus
                               the amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account as of the
                               Closing Date multiplied by the Class A Percentage, and
                               $[      ] (the "CLASS B INITIAL CERTIFICATE BALANCE")
                               representing the aggregate Principal Balance of the Initial
                               Contracts on the Initial Cutoff Date plus the amount on
                               deposit in the Pre-Funding Account as of the Closing Date
                               multiplied by the Class B Percentage.
Trustee......................  Harris Trust and Savings Bank, an Illinois banking
                               corporation (the "TRUSTEE"). The Trustee will also act as
                               Paying Agent.
Trust Depositor..............  Eaglemark Customer Funding Corporation-[      ], a 100%
                               owned subsidiary of Eaglemark, Inc. (the "TRUST DEPOSITOR").
Seller and Servicer..........  Eaglemark, Inc. ("EAGLEMARK" or the "SELLER" or the
                               "SELLER/SERVICER" or, solely in its capacity as Servicer,
                               the "SERVICER"), a 100% owned subsidiary of Eaglemark
                               Financial Services, Inc.
Trust Property...............  The Trust property consists of, among other things, the pool
                               of Initial Contracts together with any Subsequent Contracts
                               transferred to the Trust, and all rights, benefits,
                               obligations and proceeds arising therefrom or in connection
                               therewith, including security interests in the
                               Harley-Davidson (and, in certain limited instances, Buell)
                               motorcycles (the "MOTORCYCLES"; see "THE CONTRACTS--HARLEY-
                               DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLES" below) securing such Contracts and
                               proceeds, if any, from certain insurance policies with
                               respect to
</TABLE>
 
                                       1
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>
                               individual Motorcycles. No more than [ ]% of the Principal
                               Balance of all Contracts conveyed to the Trust (including
                               all Subsequent Contracts) will relate to Buell motorcycles.
Distributions on the
  Certificates...............  Distributions of interest and principal on the Certificates
                               will be made on the fifteenth day of each month or, if such
                               day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day,
                               commencing [      ], 199 (each, a "PAYMENT DATE"). In
                               addition, if amounts remain on deposit in the Pre-Funding
                               Account at the end of the Funding Period (as defined
                               herein), such amounts will be distributed on the
                               corresponding Payment Date as a Special Distribution of
                               principal (see "MANDATORY SPECIAL DISTRIBUTION" below).
                               Distributions on any Payment Date will be made to the
                               holders of the related Certificates who are of record on the
                               last day immediately preceding the calendar month in which
                               such Payment Date occurs, whether or not such day is a
                               Business Day (each, a "RECORD DATE").
Class A Pass-Through Rate and
  Class B Pass-Through
  Rate.......................  [  ]% per annum for the Class A Certificates and [  ]% per
                               annum for the Class B Certificates, both computed on the
                               basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months
                               (the "CLASS A PASS-THROUGH RATE" and the "CLASS B
                               PASS-THROUGH RATE", respectively).
Monthly Interest
  Distributions..............  The Trustee will distribute, to the extent of funds
                               available for the payment thereof, on each Payment Date to
                               the holders of record of the Class A Certificates (the
                               "CLASS A CERTIFICATEHOLDERS") and the holders of record of
                               the Class B Certificates (the "CLASS B CERTIFICATEHOLDERS")
                               as of the Record Date, the Class A Interest Distributable
                               Amount and the Class B Interest Distributable Amount,
                               respectively, as described immediately below. The "CLASS A
                               INTEREST DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT" with respect to any Payment
                               Date will be an amount equal to the sum of (i) the product
                               of (a) one-twelfth (or, with respect to the first Payment
                               Date, a fraction, the numerator of which equals the number
                               of days from and including the Closing Date to but excluding
                               the first Payment Date and the denominator of which equals
                               360) of the Class A Pass-Through Rate and (b) the Class A
                               Certificate Balance (defined below) as of the immediately
                               preceding Payment Date (after giving effect to distributions
                               of principal made on such immediately preceding Payment
                               Date) or, in the case of the first Payment Date, the Class A
                               Initial Certificate Balance, plus (ii) the Class A Interest
                               Carryover Shortfall (as defined below) for such Payment
                               Date. The "CLASS B INTEREST DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT" with
                               respect to any Payment Date (other than the first Payment
                               Date), will be an amount equal to the sum of (i) the product
                               of (a) one-twelfth (or, with respect to the first Payment
                               Date, a fraction the numerator of which equals the number of
                               days from and including the Closing Date to but excluding
                               the first Payment Date and the denominator of which equals
                               360) of the Class B Pass-Through Rate and (b) the Class B
                               Certificate Balance (defined below) as of the immediately
                               preceding Payment Date (after giving effect to distributions
                               of principal made on such immediately preceding Payment
                               Date) or, in the case of the first Payment Date, the Class B
                               Initial Certificate
</TABLE>
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>
                               Balance, plus (ii) the Class B Interest Carryover Shortfall
                               (as defined below) for such Payment Date. As used herein,
                               "CLASS A CERTIFICATE BALANCE" means the Class A Initial
                               Certificate Balance, reduced by all amounts previously
                               distributed to Class A Certificateholders and allocable to
                               principal; "CLASS B CERTIFICATE BALANCE" means, initially,
                               the Class B Initial Certificate Principal Balance, and
                               thereafter, the amount by which the sum of the aggregate
                               Principal Balance of all Contracts, plus the Pre-Funded
                               Amount, exceeds the Class A Certificate Balance; "CLASS A
                               INTEREST CARRYOVER SHORTFALL" means, with respect to any
                               Payment Date, (i) the excess of the Class A Interest
                               Distributable Amount for the preceding Payment Date over the
                               amount of interest that was actually distributed to Class A
                               Certificateholders on such preceding Payment Date, plus (ii)
                               30 days of interest on the amount specified in clause (i),
                               to the extent permitted by law, at the Class A Pass-Through
                               Rate; and "CLASS B INTEREST CARRYOVER SHORTFALL" means, with
                               respect to any Payment Date, (i) the excess of the Class B
                               Interest Distributable Amount for the preceding Payment Date
                               over the amount of interest that was actually distributed to
                               Class B Certificateholders on such preceding Payment Date,
                               plus (ii) 30 days of interest on the amount specified in
                               clause (i), to the extent permitted by law, at the Class B
                               Pass-Through Rate.
                               The Class A Interest Distributable Amount and Class B
                               Interest Distributable Amount are first payable out of
                               Available Interest. "AVAILABLE INTEREST" means, with respect
                               to any Payment Date, the total (without duplication) of the
                               following amounts received by the Servicer on or in respect
                               of the Contracts during the calendar month preceding such
                               Payment Date (such calendar month period, with respect to
                               that Payment Date, being the related "DUE PERIOD"): (i) all
                               amounts received in respect of interest on the Contracts (as
                               well as late payment penalty fees and extension fees), (ii)
                               the interest component of all Net Liquidation Proceeds (as
                               defined in the Agreement) with respect to any Contract,
                               (iii) the interest component of the aggregate of the
                               Repurchase Prices (as defined in "STRUCTURE OF THE
                               TRANSACTION" below) for Contracts repurchased by the Seller
                               with respect to breaches of certain representations and
                               warranties, (iv) all Advances (as defined in "SUMMARY OF
                               TERMS--ADVANCES" below) made by the Servicer, (v) the
                               interest component of all amounts paid by the Seller in
                               connection with an optional repurchase of the Contracts in
                               the event that the aggregate of the Class A Certificate
                               Balance and Class B Certificate Balance is less than 10% of
                               the aggregate of the Class A Initial Certificate Balance and
                               Class B Initial Certificate Balance, (vi) all amounts
                               received in respect of Carrying Charges (as defined in
                               "SUMMARY OF TERMS-- INTEREST RESERVE" below) transferred
                               from the Interest Reserve Account (as defined herein), and
                               (vii) all amounts received in respect of interest,
                               dividends, gains, income and earnings on investment of funds
                               in the Collection Account and the Special Distribution
                               Subaccount, as defined in the Agreement (the "TRUST
                               ACCOUNTS"). Additionally, the Class A Interest Distributable
                               Amount with respect to any Payment Date is payable, to the
                               extent not paid from Available
</TABLE>
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>
                               Interest as described above, from the Class B Percentage of
                               Available Principal (as defined in "SUMMARY OF
                               TERMS--MONTHLY PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTIONS" below) for such
                               Payment Date. Finally, if not paid from the above-described
                               sources, the Class A Interest Distributable Amount and Class
                               B Interest Distributable Amount are payable from the Reserve
                               Fund. See "DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES--PAYMENTS ON
                               CONTRACTS; AVAILABLE FUNDS, AVAILABLE INTEREST AND AVAILABLE
                               PRINCIPAL," "--CALCULATION OF DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNTS," and
                               "--SUBORDINATION OF THE CLASS B CERTIFICATES; RESERVE FUND"
                               below).
Monthly Principal
  Distributions..............  The Trustee will distribute, to the extent of funds
                               available for the payment thereof, on each Payment Date to
                               the Class A Certificateholders and the Class B
                               Certificateholders the Class A Principal Distributable
                               Amount and the Class B Principal Distributable Amount,
                               respectively. The "CLASS A PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT"
                               with respect to any Payment Date, equals the sum of (i) the
                               product of the Class A Percentage and the Monthly Principal
                               (as defined below) for such Payment Date, plus (ii) the
                               Class A Principal Carryover Shortfall (as defined below) for
                               such Payment Date. The "CLASS B PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTABLE
                               AMOUNT" with respect to any Payment Date equals the sum of
                               (i) the product of the Class B Percentage and the Monthly
                               Principal for such Payment Date, plus (ii) the Class B
                               Principal Carryover Shortfall (as defined below) for such
                               Payment Date. "MONTHLY PRINCIPAL" means, as to any Payment
                               Date, the following amount calculated as of the related
                               Determination Date: the difference between (i) the sum of
                               (A) the Principal Balance of the Contracts (as defined
                               below) as of the first day of the Due Period preceding the
                               Due Period in which such Payment Date occurs (or, in the
                               case of the first Payment Date, the Principal Balance of the
                               Contracts as of the Initial Cutoff Date), plus (B) the
                               Pre-Funded Amount on such date (or, in the case of the first
                               Payment Date, the Pre-Funded Amount on the Closing Date) and
                               (ii) the sum of (A) the Principal Balance of the Contracts
                               as of the first day of the Due Period in which such Payment
                               Date occurs, plus (B) the Pre-Funded Amount on such day,
                               plus (C) the amount of any Special Distribution occurring
                               from the day referred to in clause (i)(A) above to the day
                               referred to in clause (ii)(A) above; provided, that on the
                               Final Scheduled Payment Date, Monthly Principal shall equal
                               the aggregate of the Class A Certificate Balance and the
                               Class B Certificate Balance on such date (subject to
                               adjustments for Special Distributions). The "PRINCIPAL
                               BALANCE" of the Contracts means the aggregate of the unpaid
                               principal balance of each Contract as of the related Cutoff
                               Date, reduced by the sum of (x) all payments received by the
                               Servicer allocable to principal, plus (y) any reduction in
                               the principal balance of such Contract attributable to
                               bankruptcy court order. Also, the Principal Balance of the
                               following Contracts is deemed to be zero: (i) Contracts with
                               respect to which the Seller has given notice of the intent
                               to exercise an optional repurchase, or which the Seller has
                               in fact repurchased as a result of a breach of
                               representation or warranty; and (ii) Contracts as to which
                               extensive delinquencies or defaults exist beyond the
                               threshold levels set forth
</TABLE>
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>
                               in the Agreement, or with respect to which a 90 day period
                               has elapsed following repossession of the related
                               Motorcycle. Also, as used herein, "CLASS A PRINCIPAL
                               CARRYOVER SHORTFALL" means, with respect to any Payment
                               Date, the excess of (i) the Class A Principal Distributable
                               Amount for the preceding Payment Date over (ii) the amount
                               of principal that was actually distributed to Class A
                               Certificateholders on such preceding Payment Date; "CLASS B
                               PRINCIPAL CARRYOVER SHORTFALL" means, with respect to any
                               Payment Date, the excess of (i) the Class B Principal
                               Distributable Amount for the preceding Payment Date over
                               (ii) the amount of principal that was actually distributed
                               to Class B Certificateholders on such preceding Payment
                               Date.
                               The Class A Principal Distributable Amount and Class B
                               Principal Distributable Amount are payable out of Available
                               Principal. "AVAILABLE PRINCIPAL" means, with respect to any
                               Payment Date, the total (without duplication) of the
                               following amounts received by the Servicer on or in respect
                               of the Contracts during the related Due Period: (i) all
                               amounts received in respect of principal on the Contracts,
                               (ii) the principal component of all Net Liquidation
                               Proceeds, (iii) the principal component of the aggregate of
                               the Repurchase Prices for Contracts repurchased by the
                               Seller with respect to breaches of certain representations
                               and warranties, and (iv) the principal component of all
                               amounts paid by the Seller in connection with an optional
                               repurchase of the Contracts in the event the Class A
                               Certificate Balance and Class B Certificate Balance is less
                               than 10% of the Class A Initial Certificate Balance and
                               Class B Initial Certificate Balance. Additionally, the Class
                               A Principal Distributable Amount and Class B Principal
                               Distributable Amount are payable, subject to certain
                               limitations, from remaining Available Interest (after
                               payment of the Class A Interest Distributable Amount, the
                               Class B Interest Distributable Amount, and certain other
                               costs therefrom) and from the Reserve Fund. See "DESCRIPTION
                               OF THE CERTIFICATES--PAYMENTS ON CONTRACTS; AVAILABLE FUNDS,
                               AVAILABLE INTEREST AND AVAILABLE PRINCIPAL," "--CALCULATION
                               OF DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNTS," and "--SUBORDINATION OF THE CLASS
                               B CERTIFICATES; RESERVE FUND" below.
Subordination of the Class B
  Certificates; Reserve
  Fund.......................  The rights of the Class B Certificateholders to receive
                               distributions to which they would otherwise be entitled with
                               respect to the Contracts will be subordinated to the rights
                               of the Class A Certificateholders.
                               The Class B Certificateholders will not receive any
                               distributions in respect of the Class B Interest
                               Distributable Amount on a Payment Date until the Class A
                               Interest Distributable Amount for such Payment Date has been
                               distributed to the Class A Certificateholders, and the Class
                               B Certificateholders will not receive any distributions of
                               the Class B Principal Distributable Amount for such Payment
                               Date until the Class A Interest Distributable Amount and the
                               Class A Principal Distributable Amount for such Payment Date
                               has been distributed to the Class A Certificateholders.
                               Distributions of the Class B Interest Distributable Amount,
                               to the extent of Available
</TABLE>
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>
                               Interest (after payment of the Class A Interest
                               Distributable Amount for such Payment Date) and certain
                               available amounts on deposit in the Reserve Fund (as defined
                               herein), will not be subordinated to the payment of the
                               Class A Principal Distributable Amount.
                               The protection afforded to the Class A Certificateholders by
                               the subordination feature described above will be effected
                               by the preferential right of the Class A Certificateholders
                               to receive current distributions from collections on or in
                               respect of the Contracts and from the Reserve Fund to the
                               extent described herein.
                               Certificateholders will have the benefit of a segregated
                               trust account held by Harris Trust and Savings Bank as
                               collateral agent (in such capacity, the "RESERVE AGENT") for
                               the benefit of the Certificateholders (the "RESERVE FUND").
                               The Reserve Fund will not be part of the Trust. The Reserve
                               Fund will be created with an initial deposit by the Trust
                               Depositor of $[      ] (the "RESERVE FUND INITIAL DEPOSIT").
                               Monies in the Reserve Fund will thereafter be supplemented
                               on each Payment Date by the deposit therein of certain
                               monies (such monies, together with the Reserve Fund Initial
                               Deposit, the "RESERVE FUND DEPOSITS"). The Reserve Agent
                               will retain Reserve Fund Deposits in the Reserve Fund until
                               the amounts therein reach amounts specified in the Reserve
                               Fund Agreement (as further defined herein the "RESERVE FUND
                               REQUISITE AMOUNT"); additionally, on each Subsequent
                               Purchase Date, to the extent necessary, the Seller will
                               contribute additional monies into the Reserve Fund ("RESERVE
                               FUND ADDITIONAL DEPOSITS"). In the event and to the extent
                               the Reserve Fund Deposits exceed the Reserve Fund Requisite
                               Amount on a Payment Date (after giving effect to all other
                               withdrawals from the Reserve Fund required to be made on
                               such date), such excess amounts will be released from the
                               Reserve Fund to the Trust Depositor.
                               On each Payment Date, to the extent necessary and to the
                               extent monies are available in the Reserve Fund, monies will
                               be withdrawn from the Reserve Fund for distribution first to
                               the Class A Certificateholders to the extent necessary to
                               pay the Class A Interest Distributable Amount for such
                               Payment Date, second, to the Class B Certificateholders to
                               the extent necessary to pay the Class B Interest
                               Distributable Amount for such Payment Date, third, to the
                               Class A Certificateholders to the extent necessary to pay
                               the Class A Principal Distributable Amount for such Payment
                               Date, and fourth, to the Class B Certificateholders to the
                               extent necessary to pay the Class B Principal Distributable
                               Amount for such Payment Date. See "DESCRIPTION OF THE
                               CERTIFICATES--SUBORDINATION OF THE CLASS B CERTIFICATES;
                               RESERVE FUND" below.
The Contracts................  The Contracts will be fixed-rate, simple-interest
                               conditional sales contracts for Motorcycles, including any
                               and all rights to receive payments collected thereunder on
                               or after the related Cutoff Date (as defined herein) and
                               security interests in the Motorcycles financed thereby.
                               On the Closing Date, the Trust Depositor will sell, transfer
                               and assign to the Trust pursuant to the Agreement Initial
                               Contracts with an
</TABLE>
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>
                               aggregate principal balance of $[      ] as of [      ], the
                               Initial Cutoff Date. Following the Closing Date, pursuant to
                               the Deposit Agreement, the Trust Depositor will be
                               obligated, subject only to the availability thereof, to
                               sell, and the Trust will be obligated to purchase, subject
                               to the satisfaction of certain conditions set forth therein,
                               Subsequent Contracts from time to time during the Funding
                               Period (as defined below) having an aggregate principal
                               balance equal to $[      ] such amount being equal to the
                               amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account established
                               under the Security Agreement (the "PRE-FUNDED AMOUNT") on
                               the Closing Date. With respect to each transfer of
                               Subsequent Contracts to the Trust, the Trust Depositor will
                               designate as a cutoff date (each a "SUBSEQUENT CUTOFF DATE")
                               the date as of which such Subsequent Contracts are deemed
                               sold to the Trust. Each date on which Subsequent Contracts
                               are conveyed is referred to herein as a "SUBSEQUENT TRANSFER
                               DATE".
                               The Initial Contracts and the Subsequent Contracts will be
                               selected from retail Motorcycle installment sales contracts
                               in the Seller's portfolio based on the criteria specified in
                               the Transfer and Sale Agreement executed and delivered on
                               the Closing Date. The Contracts arise and will arise from
                               loans to Obligors located in 50 states and the District of
                               Columbia. As of the Initial Cutoff Date, the annual
                               percentage rate of interest on the Initial Contracts ranges
                               from [  ]% to [  ]% with a weighted average of approximately
                               [  ]%. The Initial Contracts had a weighted average term to
                               scheduled maturity, as of origination, of approximately [ ]
                               months, and a weighted average term to scheduled maturity,
                               as of the Initial Cutoff Date, of approximately [  ] months.
                               The final scheduled payment date on the Initial Contract
                               with the latest maturity is no later than [      ]. No
                               Contract (including any Subsequent Contract) will have a
                               scheduled maturity later than [  ]. The Contracts generally
                               are or will be prepayable at any time without penalty to the
                               Obligor. Following the transfer of Subsequent Contracts to
                               the Trust, the aggregate characteristics of the entire pool
                               of Contracts may vary from those of the Initial Contracts as
                               of the Initial Cutoff Date as to the criteria identified and
                               described above and in "THE CONTRACTS" below.
Pre-Funding Account..........  During the period (the "FUNDING PERIOD") from and including
                               the Closing Date until the earliest of (a) the Payment Date
                               on which the amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account is
                               less than $100,000, (b) the date on which an Event of
                               Termination occurs with respect to the Servicer under the
                               Agreement, (c) the date on which certain events of
                               insolvency occur with respect to the Seller, or (d) the
                               close of business on the date which is 90 days from and
                               including the Closing Date, the Pre-Funded Amount will be
                               maintained in the Pre-Funding Account established under the
                               Security Agreement as a collateral account pledged by the
                               Trust Depositor in favor of the Trustee to secure the Trust
                               Depositor's obligations under the Deposit Agreement to
                               purchase and transfer Subsequent Contracts to the Trust. The
                               Pre-Funded Amount will initially equal $[      ] and, during
                               the Funding Period, will be
</TABLE>
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>
                               reduced by the amount thereof that the Trust Depositor uses
                               to purchase Subsequent Contracts from the Seller. The Trust
                               Depositor expects that the Pre-Funded Amount will be reduced
                               to less than [$      ] by the Payment Date occurring in
                               [     ]. Any Pre-Funded Amount remaining at the end of the
                               Funding Period will be payable to the Certificateholders as
                               described below in "MANDATORY SPECIAL DISTRIBUTIONS". The
                               Pre-Funding Account will not be part of the Trust.
Mandatory Special
  Distribution...............  The Class A Certificates and Class B Certificates will be
                               prepaid in part, without premium, on the Payment Date on or
                               immediately following the last day of the Funding Period in
                               the event that any amount remains on deposit in the
                               Pre-Funding Account after giving effect to the purchase of
                               all Subsequent Contracts, including any such purchase on
                               such date (a "SPECIAL DISTRIBUTION"). The aggregate
                               principal amount of Class A Certificates and Class B
                               Certificates to be prepaid will be an amount equal to the
                               amount then on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account multiplied
                               by the Class A Percentage and Class B Percentage,
                               respectively.
Interest Reserve Account.....  The Trust Depositor has established, and funded with an
                               initial deposit on the Closing Date, a separate collateral
                               account under the Security Agreement (the "INTEREST RESERVE
                               ACCOUNT") for the purpose of providing additional funds (for
                               payment to the Trust of Carrying Charges as described below)
                               to pay certain distributions on Payment Dates occurring
                               during (and on the first Payment Date following the end of)
                               the Funding Period. In addition to the initial deposit, all
                               investment earnings with respect to the Pre-Funded Amount
                               are to be deposited into the Interest Reserve Account and,
                               pursuant to the Deposit Agreement, the Trust Depositor is
                               obligated to pay to the Trust, on each Payment Date
                               described above, amounts in respect of Carrying Charges from
                               such account. "CARRYING CHARGES" means the sum of (i) the
                               product of (A) one-twelfth (1/12th) of the sum of (x) the
                               Class A Pass-Through Rate and (y)[ ]% times (B) the Class A
                               Percentage of the Pre-Funded Amount as of the beginning of
                               the related Due Period plus (ii) the product of (A)
                               one-twelfth (1/12th) of the sum of (x) the Class B
                               Pass-Through Rate and (y) [ %] times] (B) the Class B
                               Percentage of the Pre-Funded Amount as of the beginning of
                               the related Due Period. The Interest Reserve Account has
                               been established to account for the fact that a portion of
                               the proceeds obtained from the sale of Certificates will be
                               initially deposited in the Pre-Funding Account (as the
                               initial Pre-Funded Amount) rather than invested in
                               Contracts, and the monthly investment earnings on such
                               Pre-Funded Amount (until the Pre-Funded Amount is used to
                               purchase Subsequent Contracts) are expected to be less than
                               the Class A Pass-Through Rate and Class B Pass-Through Rate,
                               with respect to the corresponding portion of the Class A
                               Certificate Balance and Class B Certificate Balance and the
                               amount necessary to pay the Trustee's Fee. The Interest
                               Reserve Account is not designed to provide any protection
                               against losses on the Contracts in the Trust. After the
                               Funding Period, money remaining in the Interest Reserve
                               Account will be
</TABLE>
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>
                               released to the Trust Depositor free and clear of the lien
                               of the Security Agreement. The Interest Reserve Account will
                               not be part of the Trust.
Advances.....................  The Servicer is obligated to advance each month an amount
                               equal to accrued and unpaid interest on the Contracts which
                               was delinquent with respect to the related Due Period (each
                               an "ADVANCE"), but only to the extent that the Servicer
                               believes that the amount of such Advance will be recoverable
                               from collections on the Contracts. The Servicer will be
                               entitled to reimbursement of outstanding Advances on any
                               Payment Date by means of a first priority withdrawal of
                               Available Funds then held in the Collection Account (as
                               defined herein). See "DESCRIPTION OF THE
                               CERTIFICATES--ADVANCES."
Mandatory Repurchases by the
  Seller.....................  Under the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the Seller has
                               agreed, in the event of a breach of certain representations
                               and warranties made by the Seller and contained therein
                               which materially and adversely affects the Trust's interest
                               in any Contract, to repurchase such Contract within 90 days,
                               unless such breach is cured. See "DESCRIPTION OF THE
                               CERTIFICATES--CONVEYANCE OF CONTRACTS."
Repurchase Option............  The Seller will have the option to repurchase all of the
                               outstanding Contracts on any Payment Date on which the
                               aggregate of the Class A Certificate Balance and Class B
                               Certificate Balance is less than 10% of the Class A Initial
                               Certificate Balance and of the Class B Initial Certificate
                               Balance, at a price equal to the aggregate of the Class A
                               Certificate Balance and Class B Certificate Balance on the
                               prior Payment Date plus the aggregate of the Class A
                               Interest Distributable Amount and the Class B Interest
                               Distributable Amount for the current Payment Date and any
                               accrued and unpaid fees to the date of such repurchase. See
                               "DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES-- REPURCHASE OPTION."
Security Interests and Other
  Aspects of the Contracts...  In connection with the establishment of the Trust as well as
                               the transfer of contracts (including Subsequent Contracts)
                               to the Trust, security interests in the Motorcycles securing
                               the Contracts have been (or will be) conveyed and assigned
                               by (i) the Seller to the Trust Depositor pursuant to the
                               Transfer and Sale Agreement (and, in the case of Subsequent
                               Contracts, the related Subsequent Purchase Agreement as
                               defined therein and executed thereunder) and (ii) the Trust
                               Depositor to the Trust pursuant to the Agreement (and, in
                               the case of Subsequent Contracts, the related Subsequent
                               Transfer Agreement as defined herein and executed
                               thereunder). The Agreement will designate the Servicer as
                               custodian to maintain possession, as the Trustee's agent, of
                               the Contracts and any other documents relating to the
                               Motorcycles. Uniform Commercial Code financing statements
                               will be filed in both Nevada and Illinois, reflecting the
                               conveyance and assignment of the Contracts to the Trust
                               Depositor from the Seller and from the Trust Depositor to
                               the Trust, and the Seller's and the Trust Depositor's
                               accounting records and computer systems will also reflect
                               such conveyance and assignment. To facilitate servicing and
                               save administrative costs,
</TABLE>
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>
                               such documents will not be segregated from other similar
                               documents that are in the Servicer's possession. However,
                               the Contracts will be stamped to reflect their conveyance
                               and assignment to the Trust. If, however, through fraud,
                               negligence or otherwise, a subsequent purchaser were able to
                               take physical possession of the Contracts without notice of
                               such conveyance and assignment, the Trust's interest in the
                               Contracts could be defeated. In addition, due to
                               administrative burden and expense, the certificates of title
                               to the Motorcycles will not be amended or reissued to
                               reflect the assignment of the Seller's security interest in
                               the Motorcycles related to the Contracts to the Trust
                               Depositor or the Trust. In the absence of amendments to the
                               certificates of title, the Trustee may not have a perfected
                               security interest in the Motorcycles. Further, Federal and
                               state consumer protection laws impose requirements upon
                               creditors in connection with extensions of credit and
                               collections on conditional sales contracts, and certain of
                               these laws make an assignee of such a contract liable to the
                               obligor thereon for any violation of such laws by the
                               lender. The Seller has agreed to repurchase any Contract as
                               to which it has failed to perfect a security interest in the
                               Motorcycle securing such Contract, or as to which a breach
                               of federal or state laws exists if such breach materially
                               adversely affects the Trust's interest in such Contract, if
                               such failure or breach has not been cured within the time
                               period specified in the Transfer and Sole Agreement. See
                               "SECURITY INTERESTS AND OTHER ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS;
                               REPURCHASE OBLIGATIONS" below.
Monthly Servicing Fee........  The Servicer will be entitled to receive for each Due Period
                               a monthly servicing fee (the "MONTHLY SERVICING FEE") equal
                               to 1/12th of [ ]% of the Principal Balance of the Contracts
                               as of the beginning of such Due Period. The Servicer will
                               also be entitled to receive any extension fees or late
                               payment penalty fees paid by Obligors (collectively with the
                               Monthly Servicing Fee, the "SERVICING FEE"). The Servicing
                               Fee is payable from Available Interest, prior to the payment
                               of the Class A Distributable Amount and the Class B
                               Distributable Amount. See "DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES--
                               SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES," and
                               "--RIGHTS UPON AN EVENT OF TERMINATION" below.
Tax Status...................  In the opinion of Winston & Strawn, federal income tax
                               counsel to the Trust Depositor, the Trust will be classified
                               as a grantor trust for federal income tax purposes and not
                               as an association taxable as a corporation. Each
                               Certificateholder will be treated as the owner of an
                               undivided interest in the assets of the Trust, including the
                               Contracts. Accordingly, each Certificateholder must report
                               on its federal income tax return its share of income from
                               the Contracts and, subject to limitations on deductions by
                               individuals, estates and trusts, may deduct its share of the
                               reasonable fees paid by the Trust, as if such
                               Certificateholder held its share of the assets of the Trust
                               directly. Furthermore, the Certificates may represent
                               interests in "STRIPPED BONDS" and "STRIPPED COUPONS" within
                               the meaning of Section 1286 of the Internal Revenue Code of
                               1986, as amended
</TABLE>
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>
                               (the "CODE"). See "FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES--GRANTOR
                               TRUST" in the Prospectus.
ERISA Considerations.........  After the expiration of the Funding Period, the Class A
                               Certificates will be eligible for purchase by employee
                               benefit plans. Any plan fiduciary who proposes to cause a
                               plan to acquire any of the Certificates should consult with
                               its own counsel with respect to the applicability of the
                               Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
                               ("ERISA") and the Code to such investment, including the
                               availability of any class or individual ERISA prohibited
                               transaction exemption. See "ERISA CONSIDERATIONS" below.
                               The Class B Certificates are not eligible for purchase by
                               (i) employee benefit plans subject to ERISA, or (ii)
                               individual retirement accounts and other retirement plans
                               subject to Section 4975 of the Code, other than through an
                               insurance company general account after the expiration of
                               the Funding Period. See "ERISA CONSIDERATIONS" below.
Ratings......................  It is a condition to the closing that the Class A
                               Certificates be rated Aaa by Moody's and AAA by S&P and the
                               Class B Certificates be rated at least [  ] by Moody's and
                               [  ] by S&P. A security rating is not a recommendation to
                               buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject to revision
                               or withdrawal at any time by the rating agency. In the event
                               that the rating initially assigned to the Certificates is
                               subsequently lowered or withdrawn for any reason, no person
                               or entity will be obligated to provide any additional credit
                               enhancement with respect to the Certificates.
</TABLE>
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    THE CONTRACTS AND REINVESTMENT RISK ASSOCIATED WITH THE PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT.
On the Closing Date, the Trust Depositor will transfer $[         ] of Initial
Contracts to the Trust, which Initial Contracts the Trust Depositor purchased
from the Seller using part of the proceeds of the Certificates sold to
investors. The Trust Depositor will pledge $[sp4.] I.E., the remaining
Certificate proceeds (representing the Pre-Funded Amount) pursuant to the
Security Agreement in favor of the Trust, and such amount will be deposited into
the Pre-Funding Account maintained by Harris Trust and Savings Bank as
collateral agent under the Security Agreement (the "COLLATERAL AGENT"). Such
pledge will secure the Trust Depositor's obligation, in favor of the Trust, to
purchase from the Seller and transfer to the Trust Subsequent Contracts in a
principal amount equal to the initial Pre-Funded Amount at or before the end of
the Funding Period. The Pre-Funding Account will not be a part of or otherwise
includible in the Trust and will be a segregated trust account held by the Trust
Depositor for the benefit of the Trustee. Any amounts held on deposit in the
Pre-Funding Account and any investment earnings thereon are owned by, and will
be taxable to, the Trust Depositor for federal income tax purposes. If the
Seller fails to originate a principal amount of eligible Contracts during the
Funding Period which is at least equal to the Pre-Funded Amount, the Trust
Depositor will be unable to acquire sufficient Subsequent Contracts to transfer
to the Trust on one or more Subsequent Transfer Dates, thereby resulting in a
Special Distribution and prepayment of principal to the Certificateholders as
described in the following paragraph. See "--TRUST'S RELATIONSHIP TO THE TRUST
DEPOSITOR AND SELLER" below. In addition, any conveyance of Subsequent Contracts
is subject to the satisfaction, on or before the related Subsequent Transfer
Date, of the following conditions, among others: (i) each such Subsequent
Contract satisfies the eligibility criteria specified in the Transfer and Sale
Agreement and the related Subsequent Purchase Agreement executed thereunder;
(ii) as of the applicable Subsequent Cutoff Date, no Contract in the Trust,
including the Subsequent Contracts that the Trust Depositor will be conveying as
of such Subsequent Cutoff Date, will have a scheduled maturity date later than
[         ]; (iii) the Trust Depositor shall have executed and delivered in
favor of the Trust a written assignment (a "SUBSEQUENT TRANSFER AGREEMENT")
conveying such Subsequent Contracts to the Trust (including a schedule
identifying such Subsequent Contracts); (iv) the Trust Depositor shall have
delivered certain opinions of counsel to the Trustee, the Placement Agent and
the Rating Agencies with respect to the validity and other aspects of the
conveyance of all such Subsequent Contracts; and (v) the Rating Agencies shall
have each notified the Trust Depositor and the Trustee in writing that,
following the addition of such Subsequent Contracts, the Class A Certificates
will be rated AAA by S&P and Aaa by Moody's and the Class B Certificates will be
rated at least [       ] by S&P and [       ] by Moody's, respectively. Such
confirmation of the ratings of the Class A Certificates and Class B Certificates
may depend on factors other than the characteristics of the Subsequent
Contracts, including the delinquency, repossession and net loss experience on
the Contracts in the Trust. Also, there can be no assurance that the Seller will
continue to generate Motorcycle conditional sales contracts that satisfy the
criteria set forth in the Transfer and Sale Agreement.
 
    To the extent that amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account have not
been fully applied to the purchase of Subsequent Contracts by the Trust
Depositor during the Funding Period, the Class A Certificateholders and Class B
Certificateholders will receive, on the Payment Date on or immediately following
the last day of the Funding Period, a prepayment of principal in an amount equal
to the amount remaining in the Pre-Funding Account (taking into account
applications to the purchase of any Subsequent Contracts on such Payment Date)
multiplied by the Class A Percentage and Class B Percentage, respectively. See
also "RISK FACTORS--REINVESTMENT RISK ASSOCIATED WITH PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNTS AND
COLLATERAL REINVESTMENT ACCOUNTS" in the Prospectus. It is anticipated that even
if the Seller originates sufficient Subsequent Contracts to exhaust most of the
Pre-Funded Amount, the principal amount of Subsequent Contracts conveyed to the
Trust by the end of the Funding Period will not be exactly equal to the amount
on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account and that therefore there will be at least
a nominal amount of principal prepaid to the Certificateholders at the end of
the Funding Period in any event.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
    Following the transfer of Subsequent Contracts to the Trust, the aggregate
characteristics of the entire pool of Contracts may vary from those of the
Initial Contracts as of the Initial Cutoff Date, as to the criteria described in
"THE CONTRACTS" below.
 
    TRUST'S RELATIONSHIP TO THE TRUST DEPOSITOR AND SELLER.  Neither the Trust
Depositor nor the Seller is generally obligated to make any payments in respect
of the Certificates or the Contracts. However, in connection with each
conveyance of Contracts by the Seller to the Trust Depositor and by the Trust
Depositor to the Trust, each of the Seller and the Trust Depositor will make
representations and warranties with respect to the characteristics of such
Contracts. In certain circumstances, the Seller is obligated to repurchase
Contracts with respect to which such representations or warranties are not true
as of the date made. Neither the Seller nor the Trust Depositor is otherwise
obligated with respect to the Certificates (other than in respect of the
transfer of Subsequent Contracts as described herein). See also "RISK
FACTORS--TRUST'S RELATIONSHIP TO EAGLEMARK, THE TRUST DEPOSITORS, AND THEIR
AFFILIATES" and "--Risks Associated With Non-Recourse Nature of the Securities"
in the Prospectus.
 
    SUBORDINATION; LIMITED ASSETS.  The rights of the Class B Certificateholders
to receive payments in respect of the Class B Interest Distributable Amount on
any Payment Date are subordinated to the rights of the Class A
Certificateholders to receive payments in respect of the Class A Interest
Distributable Amount on such date, and the rights of the Class B
Certificateholders to receive payments in respect of the Class B Principal
Distributable Amount on any Payment Date are subordinated to the rights of the
Class A Certificateholders to receive payments in respect of the Class A
Interest Distributable Amount and the Class A Principal Distributable Amount for
such date. Consequently, on any Payment Date, Available Interest (after the
payment therefrom of any unreimbursed Advances to the Servicer, the Servicing
Fee, the Back-up Servicing Fee and the Trustee's Fee on such date) and monies on
deposit in the Reserve Fund will be applied to the payment of the Class A
Interest Distributable Amount before payment of the Class B Interest
Distributable Amount, and on any Payment Date, Available Principal (after the
payment therefrom of any unreimbursed Advances to the Servicer), Available
Interest (after the payment therefrom of any unreimbursed Advances to the
Servicer, the Servicing Fee, the Trustee's Fee, the Back-up Servicer Fee, the
Class A Interest Distributable Amount and the Class B Interest Distributable
Amount) and monies on deposit in the Reserve Fund will be applied to the payment
of the Class A Principal Distributable Amount before payment of the Class B
Principal Distributable Amount. In addition, on any Payment Date, amounts in
respect of the Class B Percentage of Available Principal may be distributed to
pay the Class A Interest Distributable Amount. If amounts otherwise allocable to
the Class B Certificates are used to fund payments of interest on or principal
of the Class A Certificates, distributions with respect to the Class B
Certificates may be delayed or reduced and Class B Certificateholders may suffer
a loss. See "DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES--SUBORDINATION OF THE CLASS B
CERTIFICATES; RESERVE FUND."
 
    The Trust will not have, nor is it permitted or expected to have, any
significant assets or sources of funds other than the Contracts, its rights
against the Trust Depositor under the Deposit Agreement as secured by the
Pre-Funding Account and the Interest Reserve Account pledged by the Trust
Depositor under the Security Agreement, and the Reserve Fund. Holders of the
Certificates must rely for repayment upon payments on the Contracts and, if and
to the extent available, amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account, the
Interest Reserve Account and the Reserve Fund. The Pre-Funding Account and the
Interest Reserve Account will only be available during the Funding Period. The
Pre-Funding Account will be used solely to purchase Subsequent Contracts and is
not available to cover losses on the Contracts. The Interest Reserve Account is
designed to cover obligations of the Trust relating to that portion of the
initial Certificate proceeds not invested in Contracts, and is not designed to
provide any protection against losses on the Contracts.
 
    LIMITED DELINQUINCY AND LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE WITH MOTORCYCLE CONTRACTS.  The
Seller/Servicer was organized in January 1993 and began purchasing and servicing
conditional sales contracts for
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
Motorcycles in February 1993, and thus has limited underwriting and servicing
experience, delinquency experience and loan loss and repossession experience
with respect to the Contracts. Accordingly, and for other reasons, the
Seller's/Servicer's delinquency experience and loan loss and repossession
experience set forth under "THE CONTRACTS" may not be indicative of the
performance of the Contracts sold to the Trust Depositor and held by the Trust.
The Trust Depositor is a special purpose corporation established for the limited
purpose of purchasing the Contracts (and other similar retail motorcycle
conditional sales contracts) and related assets from the Seller, and selling the
same into the Trust (and other similar trusts); the Trust Depositor was
organized in [      ].
 
    See generally "RISK FACTORS--RISK OF UNPERFECTED SECURITY INTERESTS IN
FINANCED MOTORCYCLES" and "--ADDITIONAL LEGAL LIMITS ON THE APPLICABLE TRUSTEE'S
ABILITY TO REALIZE ON ITS SECURITY INTEREST; CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS" in the
Supplement.
 
    LIMITED LIQUIDITY.  There is currently no secondary market for the
Certificates offered hereby. The Underwriter currently intends to make a market
in the Certificates, but it is under no obligation to do so. There can be no
assurance that a secondary market will develop or, if a secondary market does
develop, that it will provide the Certificateholders with liquidity of
investment or that it will continue for the life of the Certificates.
 
    SELLER BANKRUPTCY CONSIDERATIONS.  See generally "RISK FACTORS--COMPANY
BANKRUPTCEY CONSIDERATIONS" in the Prospectus.
 
    See generally "RISK FACTORS--PREPAYMENTS ON CONTRACTS AFFECT YIELD OF
SECURITIES" in the Prospectus.
 
    The Class B Certificates will be subordinated to the Class A Certificates as
described herein. Accordingly, the yield on the Class B Certificates will be
extremely sensitive to the loss experience on the Contracts and the timing of
such losses. If the actual rate and amount of losses experienced on the
Contracts exceed the rate and amount of losses assumed by an investor, the yield
to maturity of the Class B Certificates may be lower than anticipated.
 
    JOINT ACCOUNTS.  In certain circumstances, the monthly billing statements
relating to the Contracts and provided to the Obligors also reflect the
Obligors' outstanding "HARLEY CARD" monthly balance. See "EAGLEMARK,
INC.--GENERAL" below. With respect to such a joint billing statement, the
Obligor sends one payment which if not appropriately designated by such Obligor
in the statement returned with their payment will be allocated first to the
minimum payment due on the Harley Card. To the extent a payment is insufficient
to cover payment amounts due under both the Contract and the minimum amount due
on the Harley Card, the Contract will suffer the associated shortfall.
 
                          STRUCTURE OF THE TRANSACTION
 
    On the date of issuance of the Certificates, the Seller will sell, transfer,
assign, set over and otherwise convey the Initial Contracts and related assets
to the Trust Depositor, and the Trust Depositor will simultaneously establish
the Trust, and sell, transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to the
Trust all right, title and interest in such Initial Contracts and related
assets. Additionally, the Trust Depositor will deposit into the Pre-Funding
Account, the Pre-Funded Amount; into the Reserve Fund, the Reserve Fund Initial
Deposit; and into the Interest Reserve Account, the amount required to be
deposited therein. On behalf of the Trust, as the issuer of the Certificates
offered hereby, the Trustee will, concurrently with such conveyance, execute and
deliver the Certificates to or upon the order of the Trust Depositor. The Seller
will continue to service the Contracts pursuant to the Agreement, and will be
compensated as Servicer.
 
    The Trust will use funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account to acquire
Subsequent Contracts during the Funding Period as and to the extent described
herein. Any such acquisition of Subsequent
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
Contracts is subject to the availability thereof and to the satisfaction of the
conditions described herein. To the extent that amounts on deposit in the
Pre-Funding Account have not been fully applied to the purchase of Subsequent
Contracts during the Funding Period, the Class A Certificates and Class B
Certificates will be prepaid in part, without premium, on the Payment Date
immediately following the last day of the Funding Period in an amount equal to
the amount then on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account multiplied by the Class A
Percentage and Class B Percentage, respectively.
 
    The Certificates will represent fractional undivided interests in the Trust,
the corpus of which will consist of the Initial Contracts and related assets
(including all rights to receive payments collected on such Contracts on or
after [       ], 199[ ], I.E., the Initial Cutoff Date, security interests in
the Motorcycles financed through such Contracts, and rights, if any, under
individual insurance policies with respect thereto); rights of the Trust against
the Trust Depositor under the Deposit Agreement; rights of the Trust in respect
of the collateral which the Trust Depositor has pledged under the Security
Agreement securing its obligations under the Deposit Agreement; any Subsequent
Contracts which the Trust Depositor conveys to the Trust in accordance with the
Deposit Agreement (including all rights to receive payments collected on such
Contracts on or after the applicable Subsequent Cutoff Date, related security
interests and insurance policy rights as described above); amounts held for the
Trust in the Collection Account (as defined below); and rights in the Interest
Reserve Account and Reserve Fund. The Certificates will be issued in
denominations of $1,000.
 
    Payments and recoveries in respect of principal and interest on the
Contracts will be paid into a separate trust account maintained at the Trustee
in the name of the Trust (the "COLLECTION ACCOUNT"), no later than two Business
Days after receipt. Payments deposited in the Collection Account in respect of
each Due Period, net of certain fees and other amounts which the Trustee is
authorized to withdraw therefrom as described herein, will be applied on each
Payment Date to pay interest and principal to Certificateholders as and to the
extent described herein.
 
    The Servicer is obligated to advance each month an amount equal to accrued
and unpaid interest on the Contracts which was delinquent with respect to the
related Due Period (subject to the limitations described below). The Servicer
will be entitled to reimbursement of such Advances by means of a first priority
withdrawal from the Collection Account of Available Funds. The Servicer will not
be required to make any such Advances to the extent that it does not expect to
recoup the Advance from such funds.
 
    The Seller, as seller of the Contracts, will make certain representations
and warranties to the Trust Depositor with respect to the Contracts. Under the
Transfer and Sale Agreement, the Seller will agree that in the event of a breach
of any such representation and warranty made by the Seller that materially and
adversely affects the Trust's interest in any Contract (without regard to the
benefits of the Reserve Fund), the Seller will repurchase such Contract within
the time specified in the Transfer and S-6 Agreement at a price equal to (a) the
remaining Principal Balance of such Contract, plus (b) accrued and unpaid
interest at the Contract Rate on such Contract from the end of the Due Period
with respect to which the Obligor last made a payment through the end of the
immediately preceding Due Period (the "REPURCHASE PRICE").
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    The Trust Depositor will use the net proceeds received from the sale of the
Certificates (i) for the purchase of the Initial Contracts and related assets
from the Seller, and (ii) the remainder for the funding of the Pre-Funding
Account held by the Collateral Agent under the Security Agreement. The Seller
will use the proceeds from the Trust Depositor's purchase of the Initial
Contracts, as well as Subsequent Contracts, for the repayment of a substantial
portion of the outstanding principal of the warehouse lines through which it
finances its motorcycle conditional sales contracts. Following each such
repayment, it is expected that the warehouse lines will be used to build a new
portfolio of Motorcycle conditional sales contracts.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
                                 THE CONTRACTS
 
    Each Contract is (or will be, in the case of Subsequent Contracts) secured
by a Motorcycle (as described below) and is (or will be) a conditional sales
contract originated by a Harley-Davidson dealer and purchased by the Seller. No
Contract may be substituted by the Seller or the Trust Depositor with another
Motorcycle contract after such Contract has been sold by the Trust Depositor to
the Trust.
 
    Each Contract (a) is (or will be) secured by a Motorcycle, (b) has (or will
have) a fixed annual percentage rate and provide for, if timely made, payments
of principal and interest which fully amortize the loan on a simple interest
basis over its term, (c) with respect to the Initial Contracts, has its last
scheduled payment due no later than [  ], and with respect to the Contracts as a
whole (including any Subsequent Contracts conveyed to the Trust after the
Closing Date), will have a last scheduled payment due no later than [  ], and
(d) with respect to the Initial Contracts, has its first scheduled payment due
no later than [  ]. The Contracts were (or will be) acquired by the Seller in
the ordinary course of the Seller's business. A detailed listing of the Initial
Contracts is appended to the Agreement. See "DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES"
below. (For general composition of the Initial Contracts see Table 1 below).
Approximately [  ]% of the Principal Balance of the Initial Contracts as of the
Initial Cutoff Date is attributable to loans to purchase Motorcycles which were
new and approximately [  ]% is attributable to loans to purchase Motorcycles
which were used at the time the related Contract was originated. All Initial
Contracts have a contractual rate of interest of at least [  ]% per annum and
not more than [  ]% per annum and the weighted average contractual rate of
interest of the Initial Contracts as of the Initial Cutoff Date is approximately
[  ]% per annum (see Table 2 below). The Initial Contracts have remaining
maturities as of the Initial Cutoff Date of at least 6 months but not more than
[  ] months and original maturities of at least [  ] months but not more than
[  ]months (see Tables 3 and 4 below). The Initial Contracts had a weighted
average term to scheduled maturity, as of origination, of approximately
[  ]months, and a weighted average term to scheduled maturity as of the Initial
Cutoff Date of approximately [  ] months. The average principal balance per
Initial Contract as of the Initial Cutoff Date was approximately $[  ] and the
principal balances on the Initial Contracts as of the Initial Cutoff Date ranged
from $[ ] to $[ ] (see Table 5 below). The Contracts arise (or will arise) from
loans to Obligors located in 50 states and Washington D.C., and with respect to
the Initial Contracts, in the following approximate amounts expressed as a
percentage of the aggregate principal balances on the Initial Contracts as of
the Initial Cutoff Date: [  ]% in the state of [  ], [  ]% in [  ], [  ]% in
[  ], [  ]% in [  ], [  ]% in [  ], [  ]% in [  ], [  ]% in [  ], [  ]% in [  ],
and [  ]% in [  ] (see Table 6 below). No other state represented more than
[  ]% of the Initial Contracts.
 
    Except for the criteria described in the preceding paragraph and under "RISK
FACTORS--THE CONTRACTS AND THE PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT," there will be no required
characteristics of the Subsequent Contracts. Therefore, following the transfer
of the Subsequent Contracts to the Trust, the aggregate characteristics of the
entire pool of the Contracts, including the composition of the Contracts, the
distribution by APR of the Contracts, the distribution by calculated remaining
term of the Contracts, the distribution by original term to maturity of the
Contracts, the distribution by current balance of the Contracts, and the
geographic distribution of the Contracts, described in the following tables, may
vary from those of the Initial Contracts as of the Initial Cutoff Date.
 
    The motorcycle dealer agreements between each of the originating dealers and
the Seller require the originating dealer to repurchase certain motorcycles
repossessed by the Seller in the event of a default by the Obligor ("DEALER
RECOURSE"); the Dealer Recourse will be assigned by the Seller to the Trust
Depositor pursuant to the Transfer and Sale Agreement and from the Trust
Depositor to the Trust pursuant to the Agreement. There can be no assurance that
an originating dealer will perform its Dealer Recourse obligations under such
motorcycle dealer agreements if and when required to do so.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
                                    TABLE 1
                      COMPOSITION OF THE INITIAL CONTRACTS
                        (AS OF THE INITIAL CUTOFF DATE)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                  <C>
Aggregate Principal Balance........................               $[      ]
Number of Contracts................................                [      ]
Average Principal Balance..........................               $[      ]
Weighted Average Annual Percentage Rate ("APR")....               [      ]%
(Range)............................................   [      ]% to [      ]%
Weighted Average Original Term.....................                [      ]
(Range)............................................    [      ] to [      ]
Weighted Average Calculated Remaining Term.........                [      ]
(Range)............................................    [      ] to [      ]
</TABLE>
 
                                    TABLE 2
 
    DISTRIBUTION BY APR OF THE INITIAL CONTRACTS (as of the Initial Cutoff Date)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             TOTAL
                                                                          PERCENT OF      OUTSTANDING
                                                            NUMBER OF      NUMBER OF       PRINCIPAL           PERCENT OF
RATE                                                        CONTRACTS      CONTRACTS        BALANCE           POOL BALANCE
- --------------------------------------------------------  --------------  -----------  -----------------  ---------------------
<S>                                                       <C>             <C>          <C>                <C>
8.01-9.00%                                                                          %      $
9.01-10.00
10.01-11.00
11.01-12.00
12.01-13.00
13.01-14.00
14.01-15.00
15.01-16.00
16.01-17.00
Totals:.................................................                      100.00%
</TABLE>
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
                                    TABLE 3
 
                   DISTRIBUTION BY CALCULATED REMAINING TERM
                            OF THE INITIAL CONTRACTS
                        (AS OF THE INITIAL CUTOFF DATE)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        TOTAL
                    CALCULATED                                          PERCENT OF   OUTSTANDING
                    REMAINING                           NUMBER OF        NUMBER OF    PRINCIPAL     PERCENT OF
                       TERM                             CONTRACTS        CONTRACTS     BALANCE     POOL BALANCE
- --------------------------------------------------  ------------------  -----------  ------------  -------------
<S>                                                 <C>                 <C>          <C>           <C>
1-12 MONTHS.......................................                               %
13-24 MONTHS......................................                                    $                       %
25-36 MONTHS......................................
37-48 MONTHS......................................
49-60 MONTHS......................................
61-72 MONTHS......................................
TOTALS:...........................................                         100.00%                      100.00%
</TABLE>
 
                                    TABLE 4
 
                   DISTRIBUTION BY ORIGINAL TERM TO MATURITY
                            OF THE INITIAL CONTRACTS
                        (AS OF THE INITIAL CUTOFF DATE)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        TOTAL
                                                                        PERCENT OF   OUTSTANDING
                     ORIGINAL                           NUMBER OF        NUMBER OF    PRINCIPAL     PERCENT OF
                       TERM                             CONTRACTS        CONTRACTS     BALANCE     POOL BALANCE
- --------------------------------------------------  ------------------  -----------  ------------  -------------
<S>                                                 <C>                 <C>          <C>           <C>
1-12 MONTHS.......................................                                    $                       %
13-24 MONTHS......................................                                    $
25-36 MONTHS......................................
37-48 MONTHS......................................
49-60 MONTHS......................................
61-72 MONTHS......................................
TOTALS:...........................................  0                      100.00%                      100.00%
</TABLE>
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
                                    TABLE 5
 
            DISTRIBUTION BY CURRENT BALANCE OF THE INITIAL CONTRACTS
 
                        (AS OF THE INITIAL CUTOFF DATE)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             TOTAL
                                                                                          OUTSTANDING
                                                                    PERCENT OF             PRINCIPAL            PERCENT OF
CURRENT BALANCE                          NUMBER OF CONTRACTS    NUMBER OF CONTRACTS         BALANCE            POOL BALANCE
- --------------------------------------  ---------------------  ---------------------  -------------------  ---------------------
<S>                                     <C>                    <C>                    <C>                  <C>
   $01-- $1,000.......................                                                     $                              %
 $1,001-- $1,500......................
 $1,501-- $2,000......................
 $2,001-- $2,500......................
 $2,501-- $3,000......................
 $3,001-- $3,500......................
 $3,501-- $4,000......................
 $4,001-- $4,500......................
 $4,501-- $5,000......................
 $5,001-- $5,500......................
 $5,501-- $6,000......................
 $6,001-- $6,500......................
 $6,501-- $7,000......................
 $7,001-- $7,500......................
 $7,501-- $8,000......................
 $8,001-- $8,500......................
 $8,501-- $9,000......................
 $9,001-- $9,500......................
 $9,501--$10,000......................
$10,001--$10,500......................
$10,501--$11,000......................
$11,001--$11,500......................
$11,501--$12,000......................
$12,001--$12,500......................
$12,501--$13,000......................
$13,001--$14,000......................
$14,001--$15,000......................
$15,001--$16,000......................
$16,001--$17,000......................
$17,001--$18,000......................
$18,001--$19,000......................
$19,001--$20,000......................
$20,001--$22,000......................
$22,001--$24,000......................
$24,001--$26,000......................
$26,001--$28,000......................
$28,001--$30,000......................
$30,001--$32,000......................
totals:                                                                 100.00%
</TABLE>
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
                                    TABLE 6
 
                GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF THE INITIAL CONTRACTS
 
                        (AS OF THE INITIAL CUTOFF DATE)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      TOTAL
                                                                   OUTSTANDING
                                           PERCENT OF NUMBER OF     PRINCIPAL     PERCENT OF
STATE                NUMBER OF CONTRACTS         CONTRACTS           BALANCE     POOL BALANCE
- ------------------  ---------------------  ---------------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                 <C>                    <C>                    <C>            <C>
alabama                                                             $                       %
alaska............
arizona...........
arkansas..........
california........
colorado..........
connecticut.......
delaware..........
district of
  columbia........
florida...........
georgia...........
hawaii............
idaho.............
illinois..........
indiana...........
iowa..............
kansas............
kentucky..........
louisiana.........
maine.............
maryland..........
massachusetts.....
Michigan..........
minnesota.........
mississippi.......
missouri..........
montana...........
nebraska..........
nevada............
new hampshire.....
new jersey........
new mexico........
new york..........
north carolina....
north dakota......
ohio..............
oklahoma..........
oregon............
pennsylvania......
rhode island......
south carolina....
</TABLE>
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
                                    TABLE 6
 
                GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF THE INITIAL CONTRACTS
 
                        (AS OF THE INITIAL CUTOFF DATE)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      TOTAL
                                                                   OUTSTANDING
                                           PERCENT OF NUMBER OF     PRINCIPAL     PERCENT OF
STATE                NUMBER OF CONTRACTS         CONTRACTS           BALANCE     POOL BALANCE
- ------------------  ---------------------  ---------------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                 <C>                    <C>                    <C>            <C>
south dakota......
tennessee.........
texas.............
utah..............
Vermont...........
Virginia..........
Washington........
West virginia.....
Wisconsin.........
Wyoming...........
Other.............
totals:                                             100.00%
</TABLE>
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
DELINQUENCY, LOAN LOSS AND REPOSSESSION INFORMATION
 
    The Seller was organized in January 1993 and is a one hundred percent owned
subsidiary of Eaglemark Financial Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation
("EAGLEMARK FINANCIAL"). The Seller began purchasing and servicing conditional
sales contracts for Motorcycles in February 1993. Accordingly, the Seller has
not accumulated a significant amount of delinquency and loss data on Motorcycle
conditional sales contracts similar to the Contracts. See "RISK FACTORS--LIMITED
EXPERIENCE WITH MOTORCYCLE CONTRACTS."
 
    The following tables set forth the delinquency experience and loan loss and
repossession experience of the Seller's portfolio of conditional sales contracts
for Motorcycles since the Seller began purchasing and servicing such contracts.
These figures include data in respect of contracts which the Seller has
previously sold with respect to prior securitizations and for which the Seller
acts as servicer.
 
                             DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE
                                  (UNAUDITED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
                                       AT
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                       1994            1995            1996            [199
                                                  --------------  --------------  --------------  ---------------
<S>                                               <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
Number of Motorcycle conditional sales contracts
  and associated outstanding principal dollar
  balances(1)...................................
Period of delinquency and associated outstanding
  principal balances(2).........................
30-59 Days......................................
60-89 Days......................................
90 Days or more.................................
Total number of delinquent Motorcycle
  conditional sales contracts...................
Delinquent Motorcycle conditional sales
  contracts as a percent of total number of
  Motorcycle conditional sales contracts........
Aggregate principal balance of delinquent
  Motorcycle conditional sales contracts........
Aggregate principal balance of delinquent
  Motorcycle conditional sales contracts as a
  percentage of the aggregate outstanding
  principal balance of Motorcycle conditional
  sales contracts...............................
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Excludes Contracts already in repossession, which Contracts the Servicer
    does not consider outstanding.
 
(2) The period of delinquency is based on the number of days payments are
    contractually past due (assuming 30-day months). Consequently, a contract
    due on the first day of a month is not 30 days delinquent until the first
    day of the next month. Obligors do not receive initial statements until 60
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
    days after the origination of their contracts; therefore, the Obligors'
    associated nonpayment is not considered for delinquency experience until
    after the end of such 60-day period.
 
                       LOAN LOSS/REPOSSESSION EXPERIENCE
                                  (UNAUDITED)
                                (ACTUAL DOLLARS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                TWELVE MONTHS                     TWELVE MONTHS
                                                    ENDED        TWELVE MONTHS        ENDED
                                                DECEMBER 31,    ENDED DECEMBER    DECEMBER 31,     [THREE MONTHS
                                                    1994           31, 1995           1996          ENDED     ]
                                               ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
<S>                                            <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>
Principal Balance of all Motorcycle
  conditional contracts serviced (1).........
Contract liquidations (2)....................
Net losses: Dollars(3).......................
Percentage(4)................................
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) As of period end. Includes contracts already in repossession.
 
(2) As a percentage of the total number of Contracts being serviced as of period
    end, calculated on an annualized basis.
 
(3) The calculation of net loss includes actual charge-offs, deficiency balances
    remaining after liquidation of repossessed vehicles, expenses of
    repossession and liquidation, net of recoveries.
 
(4) As a percentage of the principal amount of contracts being serviced as of
    period end, calculated on an annualized basis.
 
    THE DATA PRESENTED IN THE FOREGOING TABLES ARE FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES
ONLY AND THERE IS NO ASSURANCE THAT THE DELINQUENCY, LOAN LOSS OR REPOSSESSION
EXPERIENCE OF THE CONTRACTS WILL BE SIMILAR TO THAT SET FORTH ABOVE.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
                          HARLEY-DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLES
 
    All of the motorcycles securing Contracts were manufactured by
Harley-Davidson, Inc., except not more than 2.5% of the Contracts (including all
Subsequent Contracts) relate to, and are secured by, motorcycles manufactured by
Buell. Buell produces "PERFORMANCE" motorcycles using engines and certain other
parts manufactured by Harley-Davidson. Harley-Davidson, as of December 31, 1996,
owned 49% of the voting equity of Buell.
 
    Harley-Davidson produces and sells premium superheavyweight motorcycles.
Within the superheavyweight class, Harley-Davidson sells touring motorcycles
(equipped for long-distance touring), as well as motorcycles which emphasize the
distinctive styling associated with certain classic Harley-Davidson motorcycles.
Harley-Davidson motorcycles are based on variations of five basic chassis
designs and are powered by one of three air cooled, twin cylinder engines of "V"
configuration which have displacements of 883cc, 1200cc, and 1340cc.
Harley-Davidson manufactures its own engines and frames and is the only major
manufacturer of motorcycles in the United States. Harley-Davidson, as of
December 31, 1996, accounts for approximately 55% of the market for motorcycles
with an engine displacement of 751cc and above.
 
    Buell produces "PERFORMANCE" motorcycles using Harley-Davidson 1200cc
engines that are further modified in the manufacturing process, as well as
certain other Harley parts. The "PERFORMANCE" aspect of the motorcycles refers
to overall handling characteristics of the motorcycle, including cornering,
acceleration and braking. Buell motorcycles and related products are currently
distributed exclusively through Harley-Davidson dealers. Buell's overall share
of the "PERFORMANCE" market is negligible.
 
    As of December 31, 1996, Eaglemark has originated Contracts with principal
balances outstanding equal to approximately $         which are related to, and
secured by, "touring cycles", and $         which are related to, and secured
by, "street legal" cycles. "Touring cycles" (with displacements typically over
750cc) are generally intended for use in long distance travel, and "street legal
cycles" include all other motorcycles which may be licensed for street use under
applicable state or local law and which are not generally viewed as falling with
the "touring cycle" category.
 
                      YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS
 
    By their terms, the Contracts may be prepaid, in whole or in part, at any
time and each Contract contains a provision which permits the Seller to require
full prepayment in the event of a sale of the Motorcycle securing a Contract. In
addition, repurchases of the Contracts by the Seller could occur in the event of
a breach of certain representations and warranties with respect to the Contracts
and upon exercise of the Seller's limited option to repurchase the Contracts
when the principal balance of the Certificates has decreased to a certain level.
Any prepayments and repurchases of Contracts will reduce the average life of the
Certificates and the interest received by the Certificateholders over the life
of the Certificates (for this purpose the term "PREPAYMENT" includes
liquidations due to default, as well as receipt of proceeds from credit life,
credit disability and casualty insurance policies). In addition, the occurrence
of a Special Distribution at or before the end of the Funding Period would have
the effect of reducing the interest received by Certificateholders over the life
of the Certificates.
 
    The Class B Certificates will be subordinated to the Class A Certificates as
described herein. Accordingly, the yield on the Class B Certificates will be
extremely sensitive to the loss experience on the Contracts and the timing of
such losses. If the actual rate and amount of losses experienced on the
Contracts exceed the rate and amount of losses assumed by an investor, the yield
to maturity of the Class B Certificates may be lower than anticipated.
 
    Although the contractual rates of interest on the Contracts vary,
disproportionate rates of principal prepayments between Contracts with higher
and lower contractual rates of interest will not affect the yield on the
Certificates if the Certificates are purchased at par because the contractual
rate of interest on
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
each Contract is greater than the sum of the Class B Pass-Through Rate, the
Monthly Servicing Fee, the Back-up Servicing Fee and the Trustee Fee.
 
    The final scheduled payment date on the Initial Contract with the latest
maturity is no later than []. The final scheduled payment date on the Contract
with the latest maturity among the Contracts as a whole, including any
Subsequent Contracts, will be not later than [         ].
 
                      EAGLEMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.;
                                EAGLEMARK, INC.
 
EAGLEMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
 
    Eaglemark Financial was formed in June 1992 with a capital infusion of
$10,000,000 from Harley-Davidson and an additional $15,000,000 capital
contribution from a major institutional investor in January 1993. In November
1995, Harley-Davidson purchased the equity owned by the major institutional
investor and as a result Eaglemark Financial is a 97% owned subsidiary of
Harley-Davidson. The business of Eaglemark Financial, through its 100% ownership
of Eaglemark, has been to provide wholesale and retail financing, credit card
and insurance services to dealers and customers of Harley-Davidson.
 
EAGLEMARK, INC.
 
    Eaglemark is a Nevada corporation and is a wholly-owned subsidiary of
Eaglemark Financial. Eaglemark began operations in January 1993 when it
purchased the $85 million wholesale financing portfolio of certain
Harley-Davidson dealers from ITT Commercial Finance; subsequently, Eaglemark
entered the retail consumer finance business. Eaglemark provides financing to
Harley-Davidson customers for new and used motorcycles and Harley-Davidson
branded products including accessories through its private-label "HARLEY CARD,"
as well as a range of motorcycle insurance products through a wholly-owned
subsidiary. Eaglemark also finances extended service contracts on Motorcycles.
Eaglemark's financing, credit card and insurance programs are designed to work
together as a package that appeals to the needs of Harley-Davidson's customers.
The intent of such a package is to increase dealer and customer loyalty to
Eaglemark while improving revenue and profits over time. Eaglemark's principal
executive offices are located at 4150 Technology Way, Carson City, Nevada 89706
(telephone 702/885-1200). As of December 31, 1996, Eaglemark had total assets of
$339.9 million, and stockholder's equity of $50.9 million.
 
    During the third quarter of 1994, Eaglemark began providing retail consumer
financing for other product lines. Initially, Eaglemark provided financing for
marine boat dealers under the trade names "MASTERCRAFT CREDIT," "WETJET CREDIT,"
"SKEETER CREDIT," "BOSTON WHALER FINANCIAL SERVICES," and "MARIAH FINANCIAL
SERVICES." Eaglemark has since added new lines of consumer financing including
(i) recreational vehicle financing through RV dealers under the trade name of
"HOLIDAY RAMBLER CREDIT"; (ii) Motorcycle financing through the Canadian
Harley-Davidson dealers transacted under the trade name "DEELEY CREDIT"; and
(iii) single-engine aircraft financing provided directly through Mooney Aircraft
under the trade name "MOONEY FINANCIAL SERVICES" or through a broker (Sterling
Air) under the Eaglemark name. Eaglemark also provides other forms of consumer
financing through various Dealers on a case-by-case basis. As of December 31,
1996, accounts receivable related to these new product lines represented less
than 23.9% of total retail receivables serviced by Eaglemark.
 
                   EAGLEMARK CUSTOMER FUNDING CORPORATION-IV
 
    The Trust Depositor is a special purpose corporation incorporated in the
State of Nevada in October, 1996. All of the common stock of the Trust Depositor
is owned by the Seller. All of the officers and directors of the Trust Depositor
are employed by the Seller, except that one director of the Trust Depositor is
required to be independent of the Seller. The Trust Depositor's business is
limited to
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
purchasing the Contracts and related assets (and other similar retail motorcycle
installment conditional sales contracts) from the Seller, acting as the settlor
of the Trust and other similar trusts and performing the obligations described
in the Agreement and the Transfer and Sale Agreement (as well as similar
agreements entered into in connection with the formation of similar trusts).
 
                        DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES
 
GENERAL
 
    The Certificates will be issued pursuant to the Agreement to be entered into
by the Trust Depositor, as originator of the Trust, the Servicer as the servicer
of the Contracts and Harris Trust and Savings Bank, as Trustee and as Back-up
Servicer. The Certificates will be issued in book-entry form only and will
represent fractional undivided interests in the Trust. The Certificates will be
issued in denominations of $1,000 in excess thereof, except for one Class A
Certificate with a denomination representing the remainder of the Class A
Initial Certificate Balance and one Class B Certificate with a denomination
representing the remainder of the Class B Initial Certificate Balance. The Trust
will consist of (among other things) the Contracts and the rights, benefits,
obligations and proceeds arising therefrom or in connection therewith, security
interests in the Motorcycles financed through the Contracts, proceeds from
certain insurance policies on individual Motorcycles, the Deposit Agreement,
rights under the Security Agreement securing the Trust Depositor's obligation
under the Deposit Agreement to purchase Subsequent Contracts and transfer the
same to the Trust through the pledge of monies on deposit in the Pre-Funding
Account, and amounts held for the Trust in the Collection Account.
 
    Distributions of the Class A Interest Distributable Amount, the Class B
Interest Distributable Amount, the Class A Principal Distributable Amount, and
the Class B Principal Distributable Amount will be made by the Paying Agent
monthly on each Payment Date to persons in whose names the Class A Certificates
and Class B Certificates are registered as of the Record Date. The first Payment
Date for the Certificates will be [       ], 199[ ]. Payments will be made by
check mailed to such Certificateholder at the address appearing on the
Certificate Register; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that a Certificateholder may request
payment by wire transfer pursuant to instructions delivered to the Trustee at
least ten (10) days prior to such Payment Date. Final payments of principal and
interest will be made only upon tender of the Certificates to the Paying Agent
for cancellation.
 
CONVEYANCE OF CONTRACTS
 
    On the date of issuance of the Certificates, the Seller will sell, transfer,
assign, set over and otherwise convey the Initial Contracts and related assets
to the Trust Depositor, and the Trust Depositor will simultaneously establish
the Trust and sell, transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to the Trust
all right, title and interest in the Initial Contracts and related assets. On
behalf of the Trust, as the issuer of the Certificates offered hereby, the
Trustee will, concurrently with such conveyance, execute and deliver the
Certificates to or upon the order of the Trust Depositor. The Initial Contracts
will be described on a list delivered to the Trustee and certified by a duly
authorized officer of the Trust Depositor. Such list will include the amount of
monthly payments due on each Initial Contract as of the Initial Cutoff Date, the
contractual rate of interest on each Contract and the maturity date of each
Contract. Such list will be available for inspection by any Certificateholder at
the principal office of the Servicer. Prior to the conveyance of the Initial
Contracts to the Trust, the Servicer's compliance officer will have completed a
review of all the related Contract files, including the certificates of title
to, or other evidence of a perfected security interest in, the Motorcycles,
confirming the accuracy of the list of Initial Contracts delivered to the
Trustee. The Trust Depositor will deliver to the Trustee a report of a
nationally recognized independent public accounting firm which states that such
firm has performed specific procedures for a sample of the Initial Contracts
supplied by the Seller. Any Contract discovered not to agree with such list in a
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
manner that is materially adverse to the interests of the Certificateholders
will be required to be repurchased by the Seller, or, if the discrepancy relates
to the unpaid Principal Balance of a Contract, the Seller may deposit cash in
the Collection Account in an amount sufficient to offset such discrepancy.
 
    In addition to the Initial Contracts, the Trust property will include the
Trust's rights under the Deposit Agreement in respect of the Trust Depositor's
obligation to purchase from the Seller, and concurrently convey to the Trust,
Subsequent Contracts purchased as of the applicable Subsequent Cutoff Date (the
Initial Cutoff Date or any Subsequent Cutoff Date being individually referred to
herein as a "CUTOFF DATE"). Any conveyance of Subsequent Contracts on a
Subsequent Transfer Date will be subject to the satisfaction of the following
conditions, among others (computed, where applicable, based on the
characteristics of the Initial Contracts on the Initial Cutoff Date and any
Subsequent Contracts as of the related Subsequent Cutoff Date): (i) each such
Subsequent Contract satisfies the eligibility criteria specified in the Transfer
and Sale Agreement and the related Subsequent Purchase Agreement executed
thereunder; (ii) as of the applicable Subsequent Cutoff Date, no Contract in the
Trust, including the Subsequent Contracts that the Trust Depositor will be
conveying as of such Subsequent Cutoff Date, will have a scheduled maturity date
later than [            ]; (iii) the Trust Depositor shall have executed and
delivered in favor of the Trust a Subsequent Transfer Agreement conveying such
Subsequent Contracts to the Trust (including a schedule identifying such
Subsequent Contracts); (iv) the Trust Depositor shall have delivered certain
opinions of counsel to the Trustee, the Placement Agent and the Rating Agencies
with respect to the validity and other aspects of the conveyance of all such
Subsequent Contracts; and (v) the Rating Agencies shall have each notified the
Trust Depositor and the Trustee in writing that, following the addition of such
Subsequent Contracts, the Class A Certificates will be rated AAA by S&P and Aaa
by Moody's and the Class B Certificates will be rated [       ] by S&P and
[       ] by Moody's.
 
    The Agreement will designate the Servicer as custodian to maintain
possession, as the Trustee's agent, of the Contracts and any other documents
relating to the Motorcycles. To facilitate servicing and save administrative
costs, the documents will not be segregated from other similar documents that
are in the Servicer's possession. Uniform Commercial Code financing statements
will be filed in Nevada and Illinois, reflecting the conveyance and assignment
of the Contracts to the Trust Depositor from the Seller and from the Trust
Depositor to the Trustee, and the Seller's and the Trust Depositor's accounting
records and computer systems will also reflect such conveyance and assignment.
In addition, each Contract will be stamped to reflect their conveyance and
assignment to the Trust. However, if, through fraud, negligence or otherwise, a
subsequent purchaser were able to take physical possession of the Contracts
without notice of such conveyance and assignment, the Trust's interest in the
Contracts could be defeated. In addition, certificates of title with respect to
the Motorcycles will not be amended to reflect the assignment of the Seller's
security interest in the Motorcycles to the Trust Depositor and the assignment
of the Trust Depositor's security interest in the Motorcycles to the Trust. In
the absence of amendments to the certificates of title, the Trust may not have a
perfected security interest in the Motorcycles. See "RISK FACTORS--RISK OF
UNPERFECTED SECURITY INTERESTS IN FINANCIAL MOTORCYCLES" in the Prospectus.
 
    The Seller will make certain representations and warranties in the Transfer
and Sale Agreement with respect to each Contract, including that (references to
the Closing Date below being deemed, in respect of Subsequent Contracts, to
refer to the related Subsequent Transfer Date): (a) as of the related Cutoff
Date the most recent scheduled payment was made or was not delinquent more than
30 days and, to the best of the Seller's knowledge, all payments on the Contract
were made by the Obligor of the Contract; (b) as of the Closing Date no
provision of a Contract has been waived, altered or modified in any respect,
except by instruments or documents identified in the Contract File; (c) each
Contract is a genuine, legal, valid and binding obligation of the Obligor and is
enforceable in accordance with its terms (except as may be limited by laws
affecting creditors' rights generally); (d) as of the Closing Date no Contract
is subject to any right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense, (e) as
of the Closing Date each
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
Motorcycle securing a Contract is covered by certain insurance policies
described under "DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES--INDIVIDUAL MOTORCYCLE
INSURANCE" below; (f) each Contract was originated by a Harley-Davidson
motorcycle dealer in the ordinary course of such dealer's business which dealer
had all necessary licenses and permits to originate the Contracts in the state
where such dealer was located, was fully and properly executed by the parties
thereto and was sold by such dealer to the Seller without any fraud or
misrepresentation on the part of such dealer; (g) no Contract was originated in
or is subject to the laws of any jurisdiction whose laws would make the
transfer, sale and assignment of the Contract pursuant to the Transfer and Sale
Agreement or the Agreement or pursuant to transfers of Certificates unlawful,
void or voidable; (h) each Contract and each sale of the related Motorcycle
complies with all requirements of any applicable federal, state or local law and
regulations thereunder, including, without limitation, usury, truth in lending,
motor vehicle installment loan and equal credit opportunity laws, with such
compliance not being affected by the Trust Depositor's or the Trust's ownership
of the Contracts and with the Seller to maintain in its possession, available
for inspection by or delivery to the Trust Depositor and the Trustee, evidence
of compliance with all such requirements; (i) as of the Closing Date no Contract
has been satisfied, subordinated in whole or in part or rescinded and the
Motorcycle securing the Contract has not been released from the lien of the
Contract in whole or in part; (j) each Contract creates a valid, subsisting and
enforceable first priority security interest in favor of the Seller in the
Motorcycle covered thereby, and such security interest has been conveyed and
assigned by the Seller to the Trust Depositor and the Trust Depositor to the
Trust and the original certificate of title, certificate of lien or other
notification (the "LIEN CERTIFICATE") issued by the body responsible for the
registration of, and the issuance of certificates of title relating to, motor
vehicles and liens thereon (the "REGISTRAR OF TITLES") of the applicable state
to a secured party which indicates the lien of the secured party on the
Motorcycle is recorded on the original certificate of title, and the original
certificate of title for each Motorcycle shows, or if a new or replacement Lien
Certificate is being applied for with respect to such Motorcycle the Lien
Certificate will be received within 180 days of the Closing Date and will show,
the Seller as original secured party under each Contract and as the holder of a
first priority security interest in such Motorcycle (and with respect to each
Contract for which the Lien Certificate has not yet been returned from the
Registrar of Titles, the Seller has received written evidence from the related
dealer that such Lien Certificate showing the Seller as lienholder has been
applied for), and the Seller's security interest has been validly assigned by
the Seller to the Trust Depositor and by the Trust Depositor to the Trustee
pursuant to this Agreement in order that immediately after the sale, each
Contract will be secured by an enforceable and perfected first priority security
interest in the Motorcycle in favor of the Trust as secured party, which
security interest is prior to all other liens upon and security interests in
such Motorcycle which now exist or may hereafter arise or be created (except, as
to priority, for any lien for taxes, labor, materials or any state law
enforcement agency affecting a Motorcycle which may arise after such sale); (k)
all parties to each Contract had capacity to execute such Contract; (l) no
Contract has been sold, conveyed and assigned or pledged to any other person
other than the Trust Depositor and the Trustee as transferee of the Trust
Depositor and prior to the transfer of the Contract to the Trust Depositor, the
Seller has good and marketable title to each Contract free and clear of any
encumbrance, equity, loan, pledge, charge, claim or security interest, and as of
the Closing Date the Trustee will have a first priority perfected security
interest therein; (m) as of the related Cutoff Date there was no default,
breach, violation or event permitting acceleration under any Contract (except
for payment delinquencies permitted by clause (a) above), no event which with
notice and the expiration of any grace or cure period would constitute a
default, breach, violation or event permitting acceleration under such Contract,
and the Seller has not waived any of the foregoing; (n) as of the Closing Date
there are, to the best of the Seller's knowledge, no liens or claims which have
been filed for work, labor or materials affecting a motorcycle securing a
Contract, which are or may be liens prior or equal to the lien of the Contract;
(o) each Contract has a fixed rate of interest and provides for monthly payments
of principal and interest which, if timely made, would fully amortize the loan
on a simple interest basis over its term; (p) each Contract contains customary
and enforceable provisions such as to render the rights and remedies of the
holder thereof adequate for realization against the collateral of the benefits
of the security; (q) the
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
description of each Contract set forth in the list delivered to the Trustee is
true and correct; and (r) there is only one original of each Contract. The
Seller will also make certain representations and warranties with respect to the
Contracts in the aggregate, including that (i) the aggregate principal amount
payable by the Obligors as of the Cutoff Date equals the Initial Certificate
Principal Balance (plus the Pre-Funded Amount as of the Closing Date), and each
Initial Contract has a contractual rate of interest of at least [     ]%, (ii)
all motorcycles securing the Contracts are Harley-Davidson or Buell motorcycles,
(iii) approximately [   ]% of the aggregate Principal Balance of the Initial
Contracts is attributable to loans to purchase new Motorcycles and approximately
[   ]% of the aggregate Principal Balance of the Initial Contracts is
attributable to loans to purchase used Motorcycles, (iv) no Initial Contract has
a remaining maturity of more than [   ]months, (v) the first payment under each
Initial Contract is due on or before[          ], 199[ ] and (vi) no adverse
selection procedures were or will be employed in selecting the Contracts from
the Seller's portfolio.
 
    Under the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the Seller will agree that in the
event of a breach of any such representations and warranties made by the Seller
that materially and adversely affects the Trustee's interest in any Contract the
Seller will repurchase such Contract within 90 days at the Repurchase Price (as
defined in "STRUCTURE OF THE TRANSACTION" above), unless such breach is cured.
Under the Agreement, the Trust Depositor will assign all of its right, title and
interest in such representations and warranties (including the Seller's
repurchase obligations) to the Trustee. The Trust Depositor will make no
representations and warranties with respect to the Contracts. The Seller is
selling the Contracts without recourse and, accordingly, will have no obligation
with respect to the Contracts other than pursuant to such representations,
warranties and repurchase obligations. The repurchase obligations of the Seller
described above will constitute the sole remedy against the Seller by the Trust
and the Certificateholders for a breach of any such representations and
warranties made by the Seller.
 
    Pursuant to the Agreement, the Servicer will service and administer the
Contracts conveyed and assigned to the Trustee as more fully set forth below.
 
PAYMENTS ON CONTRACTS; AVAILABLE FUNDS, AVAILABLE INTEREST AND AVAILABLE
  PRINCIPAL
 
    The Trust Depositor, on behalf of the Trust, will establish and maintain the
Collection Account at the Trustee's office. The Collection Account must be
established and maintained as an "ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT", which is (i) a segregated
direct deposit account maintained with a depositary institution or trust company
organized under the laws of the United States of America or any of the States
thereof, or the District of Columbia, having a certificate of deposit,
short-term deposit or commercial paper rating of at least A-1 by S&P and P-1 by
Moody's. The Servicer may authorize the Trustee to invest the funds in the
Collection Account in Eligible Investments (as defined in the Agreement) that
will mature not later than one Business Day prior to the applicable Payment
Date. Such Eligible Investments include, among other investments, obligations of
the United States or of any agency thereof backed by the full faith and credit
of the United States, certificates of deposit, demand and time deposits and
bankers' acceptances sold by eligible depository institutions and trust
companies, certain repurchase agreements of United States government securities
with eligible commercial banks, corporate securities assigned the highest rating
by Moody's and S&P of which no investment in the securities of any one company
may exceed 10% of amounts in the Collection Account at the time of such
investment or pledge as security, and commercial paper assigned the highest
rating by Moody's and S&P. The Servicer is required to use its best efforts to
cause Obligors to make all payments on the Contracts directly to one or more
Lockbox Banks, acting as agent for the Trust pursuant to a Lockbox Agreement.
 
    The Servicer is required to deposit without deposit into any intervening
account into the Collection Account as promptly as possible, but in any case not
later than the second Business Day following the receipt thereof, all amounts
received on or in respect of the Contracts.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
    The "AVAILABLE FUNDS" for any Payment Date is an amount equal to the sum of
the Available Interest and the Available Principal for such Payment Date.
 
    The Available Interest for a Payment Date will be equal to the total
(without duplication) of the following amounts received by the Servicer on or in
respect of the Contracts during the related Due Period: (i) all amounts received
in respect of interest on the Contracts (as well as late payment penalty fees
and extension fees), (ii) the interest component of all Net Liquidation Proceeds
(as defined in the Agreement) with respect to any Contract, (iii) the interest
component of the aggregate of the Repurchase Prices for Contracts repurchased by
the Seller as the result of the Seller's breach of representations and
warranties, (iv) all Advances made by the Servicer, (v) the interest component
of all amounts paid by the Seller in connection with an optional repurchase of
the Contracts when the aggregate outstanding Class A Certificate Balance and
Class B Certificate Balance has declined to less than 10% of the aggregate Class
A Initial Certificate Balance and Class B Initial Certificate Balance, (vi) all
amounts received in respect of Carrying Charges transferred from the Interest
Reserve Account, and (vii) all amounts received in respect of interest,
dividends, gains, income and earnings on investment of funds in the Trust
Accounts.
 
    The Available Principal for a Payment Date means the total (without
duplication) of the following amounts received by the Servicer on or in respect
of the Contracts during the related Due Period: (i) all amounts received in
respect of principal on the Contracts, (ii) the principal component of all Net
Liquidation Proceeds, (iii) the principal component of the aggregate of the
Repurchase Prices for Contracts repurchased by the Seller as the result of the
Seller's breach of certain representations and warranties, and (iv) the
principal component of all amounts paid by the Seller in connection with an
optional repurchase of the Contracts in the circumstance described above.
 
CALCULATION OF DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNTS
 
    The "CLASS A DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT" with respect to a Payment Date will equal
the sum of (a) the Class A Principal Distributable Amount (as defined in
"SUMMARY OF TERMS--MONTHLY PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTIONS" above), and (b) the Class A
Interest Distributable Amount (as defined in "SUMMARY OF TERMS-- MONTHLY
INTEREST DISTRIBUTIONS" above) for such Payment Date.
 
    The "CLASS B DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT" with respect to a Payment Date will equal
the sum of (a) the Class B Principal Distributable Amount (as defined in
"SUMMARY OF TERMS--MONTHLY PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTIONS" above) and (b) the Class B
Interest Distributable Amount (as defined in "SUMMARY OF TERMS-- MONTHLY
INTEREST DISTRIBUTIONS" above) for such Payment Date.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS ON CERTIFICATES
 
    On the fourth Business Day of each month (the "DETERMINATION DATE") the
Servicer will determine the following: (i) the amount of the Available Funds
with respect to the upcoming Payment Date occurring in such month, (ii)
Available Interest with respect to the upcoming Payment Date occurring in such
month, and (iii) Available Principal with respect to the upcoming Payment Date
occurring in such month.
 
    On each Payment Date, the Trustee will distribute the following amounts in
the following order and priority:
 
        (a) from the Special Distribution Subaccount, the amount of any
    Mandatory Special Distribution, to be distributed (i) to the Class A
    Certificateholders, in an amount equal to the Class A Percentage multiplied
    by the amount in the Special Distribution Subaccount and (ii) to the Class B
    Certificateholders, in an amount equal to the Class B Percentage multiplied
    by the amount in the Special Distribution Subaccount, with the amounts in
    the Special Distribution Subaccount being
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
    derived from draws on the Pre-Funding Account (which amounts are available
    solely for payment of such Special Distributions and not for any other
    purpose);
 
        (b) from the Available Funds, reimbursement to the Servicer for Advances
    previously made;
 
        (c) from the Available Interest, the Servicing Fee to the Servicer;
 
        (d) from the Available Interest, the Trustee's Fee for the related Due
    Period to the Trustee;
 
        (e) from the Available Interest, the Back-up Servicer Fee for the
    related Due Period to the Back-up Servicer;
 
        (f)  from the Available Interest, to the Class A Certificateholders of
    record, an amount equal to the Class A Interest Distributable Amount
    (including Class A Interest Carryover Shortfall) for such Payment Date and,
    if such Available Interest is insufficient, the Class A Certificateholders
    will receive such shortfall first, from the Class B Percentage of Available
    Principal and second, if such amounts are still insufficient, from monies on
    deposit in the Reserve Fund;
 
        (g) from the Available Interest, to the Class B Certificateholders of
    record, an amount equal to the Class B Interest Distributable Amount
    (including Class B Interest Carryover Shortfall) for such Payment Date and,
    if such Available Interest is insufficient, the Class B Certificateholders
    will receive such shortfall from monies on deposit in the Reserve Fund;
 
        (h) from the Available Principal, to the Class A Certificateholders of
    record, an amount equal to the Class A Principal Distributable Amount
    (including Class A Principal Carryover Shortfall) for such Payment Date and,
    if such Available Principal is insufficient, the Class A Certificateholders
    will receive such shortfall first, from Available Interest and second, if
    such amounts are still insufficient, from monies on deposit in the Reserve
    Fund;
 
         (i) from the Available Principal, to the Class B Certificateholders of
    record, an amount equal to the Class B Principal Distributable Amount
    (including Class B Principal Carryover Shortfall) for such Payment Date and,
    if such Available Principal is insufficient, the Class B Certificateholders
    will receive such shortfall first, from Available Interest and second, if
    such amounts are still insufficient, from monies on deposit in the Reserve
    Fund; and
 
        (j)  any remaining Available Funds after the payments described in
    clauses (a) through (i) above shall be transferred to the Reserve Agent for
    deposit in the Reserve Account.
 
    Distributions on each Payment Date will be made to holders of record of each
Class of Certificates on the related Record Date in an amount equal to the
product of the Fractional Interest (as defined herein) represented by the
Certificates of such Class held by such Certificateholders on such Record Date
and the aggregate amounts distributed in respect of the Certificates of such
Class on such Payment Date. The "FRACTIONAL INTEREST" represented by the
Certificates of a Class held by a Certificateholder on any date equals the
percentage obtained by dividing (i) the principal balance of all Certificates of
such Class held by such Certificateholder on such date by (ii) the aggregate of
the principal balances of all of the Certificates of such Class held by all
Certificateholders on such date.
 
    Subordination of the Class B Certificates; Reserve Fund; Interest Reserve
Account
 
    SUBORDINATION.  The rights of the Class B Certificateholders to receive
payments in respect of the Class B Interest Distributable Amount on any Payment
Date are subordinated to the rights of the Class A Certificateholders to receive
payments in respect of the Class A Interest Distributable Amount on such date,
and the rights of the Class B Certificateholders to receive payments in respect
of the Class B Principal Distributable Amount on any Payment Date are
subordinated to the rights of the Class A Certificateholders to receive payments
in respect of the Class A Interest Distributable Amount and the Class A
Principal Distributable Amount for such date. Consequently, on any Payment Date,
Available Interest (after the payment therefrom of any unreimbursed Advances to
the Servicer, the Servicing Fee,
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
the Back-up Servicing Fee and the Trustee's Fee on such date) and monies on
deposit in the Reserve Fund will be applied to the payment of the Class A
Interest Distributable Amount before payment of the Class B Interest
Distributable Amount, and on any Payment Date, Available Principal (after the
payment therefrom of any unreimbursed Advances to the Servicer), Available
Interest (after the payment therefrom of any unreimbursed Advances to the
Servicer, the Servicing Fee, the Trustee's Fee, the Back-up Servicing Fee, the
Class A Interest Distributable Amount and the Class B Interest Distributable
Amount) and monies on deposit in the Reserve Fund will be applied to the payment
of the Class A Principal Distributable Amount before payment of the Class B
Principal Distributable Amount. In addition, on any Payment Date, amounts in
respect of the Class B Percentage of Available Principal may be distributed to
pay the Class A Interest Distributable Amount. If amounts otherwise allocable to
the Class B Certificates are used to fund payments of interest on or principal
of the Class A Certificates, distributions with respect to the Class B
Certificates may be delayed or reduced and Class B Certificateholders may suffer
a loss.
 
    The Certificateholders will have the benefit of the Reserve Fund. The
Reserve Fund will not be a part of or otherwise includible in the Trust and will
be a segregated trust account held by the Reserve Agent for the benefit of the
Trustee. Any amounts held on deposit in the Reserve Fund and any investment
earnings thereon are owned by, and will be taxable to, the Trust Depositor for
federal income tax purposes. The Reserve Fund will be created with an initial
deposit by the Trust Depositor of an amount equal to [       ]% of the Principal
Balance of the Initial Contracts ($      ) in the Trust and will thereafter be
funded on each Payment Date by the deposit therein of certain monies pursuant to
the Agreement, until the monies in the Reserve Fund reach an amount equal to the
Reserve Fund Requisite Amount (as hereinafter defined). Thereafter, on each
Payment Date on which amounts held in the Reserve Fund (after giving effect to
any required withdrawals therefrom on such date) exceed the Reserve Fund
Requisite Amount such amounts shall be released to the Trust Depositor and the
Trustee's lien thereon shall be released.
 
    The "RESERVE FUND REQUISITE AMOUNT" with respect to any Payment Date will be
an amount equal to [       ]% of the Principal Balance of the Contracts in the
Trust as of the first day of the immediately preceding Due Period; provided,
however, in the event a Reserve Fund Trigger Event (as defined herein) occurs
with respect to a Payment Date and has not terminated for three consecutive
Payment Dates (inclusive of the respective Payment Date), the Reserve Fund
Requisite Amount shall be equal to [       ]% of the Principal Balance of the
Contracts in the Trust as of the first day of the immediately preceding Due
Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, after the Funding Period, in no event
shall the Reserve Fund Requisite Amount be less than [       ]% of the aggregate
of the Initial Class A Certificate Balance and Initial Class B Certificate
Balance. As of any Payment Date, the amount of funds actually on deposit in the
Reserve Fund may, in certain circumstances, be less than the Reserve Fund
Requisite Amount.
 
    A "RESERVE FUND TRIGGER EVENT" will have been deemed to occur with respect
to any Payment Date if (i) the Average Delinquency Ratio (as defined herein) for
such Payment Date is equal to or greater than [       ]%; (ii) the Average Loss
Ratio (as defined herein) for such Payment Date is equal to or greater than
[       ]%, (iii) the Cumulative Loss Ratio (as defined herein) for such Payment
Date is equal to or greater than (a) [       ]% with respect to any Payment Date
which occurs within the period from the Closing Date to, and inclusive of, the
first anniversary of the Closing Date, (b) [       ]% with respect to any
Payment Date which occurs within the period from the day after the first
anniversary of the Closing Date to, and inclusive of, the second anniversary of
the Closing Date, or (c) [       ]% for any Payment Date following the second
anniversary of the Closing Date or (iv) the Average Default Ratio for such
Payment Date is equal to or greater than [       ]%. The "AVERAGE DELINQUENCY
RATIO" for any Payment Date is equal to the arithmetic average of the
Delinquency Ratios for the Payment Date and the two immediately preceding
Payment Dates and the Delinquency Ratio for any Payment Date is equal to the
fraction (expressed as a percentage) derived by dividing (a) the Delinquency
Amount during the immediately preceding Due Period multiplied by twelve by (b)
the Principal Balance of the Contracts as
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
of the beginning of the related Due Period. The "DELINQUENCY AMOUNT" as of any
Payment Date means the Principal Balance of all Contracts that were delinquent
60 days or more as of the end of the related Due Period (including Contracts in
respect of which the related Motorcycles have been repossessed and are still
inventory). The "AVERAGE LOSS RATIO" for any Payment Date is equal to the
arithmetic average of the Loss Ratios for such Payment Date and the two
immediately preceding Payment Dates and the Loss Ratio for any Payment Date is
equal to the fraction (expressed as a percentage) derived by dividing (x) the
Net Liquidation Losses for all Contracts that became Liquidated Contracts during
the immediately preceding Due Period multiplied by twelve by (y) the outstanding
Principal Balances of all Contracts as of the beginning of the related Due
Period. "NET LIQUIDATION LOSSES" means, with respect to a Liquidated Contract,
the amount, if any, by which (a) the outstanding Principal Balance of such
Liquidated Contract plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon at the Contract
Rate to the date on which such Liquidated Contract became a Liquidated Contract
exceeds (b) the Net Liquidation Proceeds for such Liquidated Contract. "NET
LIQUIDATION PROCEEDS" means, as to any Liquidated Contract, the proceeds
realized on the sale or other disposition of the related Motorcycle, including
proceeds realized on the repurchase of such Motorcycle by the originating dealer
for breach of warranties, and the proceeds of any insurance relating to such
Motorcycle, after payment of all expenses incurred thereby, together, in all
instances, with the expected or actual proceeds of any recourse rights relating
to such Contract as well as any post disposition proceeds received by the
Servicer. "LIQUIDATED CONTRACT" means any defaulted Contract as to which the
Servicer has determined that all amounts which it expects to recover from or on
account of such Contract have been recovered; provided that any defaulted
Contract in respect of which the related Motorcycle has been realized upon and
disposed of and the proceeds of such disposition have been realized shall be
deemed to be a Liquidated Contract; and provided further, a Contract which has
been repossessed and has not been sold by the Servicer for a period in excess of
90 days from such date of repossession or a Contract which has been delinquent
more than 150 days shall be deemed to be a Liquidated Contract with a zero
balance. The "CUMULATIVE LOSS RATIO" for any Payment Date means the fraction
(expressed as a percentage) computed by the Servicer by dividing (a) the
aggregate Net Liquidation Losses for all Contracts since the Cutoff Date through
the end of the related Due Period by (b) the sum of (i) the Principal Balance of
the Contracts as of the Cutoff Date plus (B) the Principal Balance of any
Subsequent Contracts as of the related Subsequent Cutoff Date. The "AVERAGE
DEFAULT RATIO" for any Payment Date is equal to the arithmetic average of the
Default Ratio for such Payment Date and the two immediately preceding Payment
Dates and the Default Ratio for any Payment Date is equal to the fraction
(expressed as a percentage) derived by dividing (x) the Principal Balance for
all Contracts that become Defaulted Contracts during the immediately preceding
Due Period multiplied by twelve by (y) the outstanding Principal Balances of all
Contracts as of the beginning of the related Due Period. A "DEFAULTED CONTRACT"
means a Contract with respect to which there has occurred one or more of the
following: (i) all or some portion of any payment under the Contract is 120 days
or more delinquent, (ii) repossession (and expiration of any redemption period)
of a Motorcycle securing a Contract, or (iii) the Servicer has determined in
good faith that an Obligor is not likely to resume payment under a Contract. A
Trigger Event will be deemed to have terminated with respect to a Payment Date
if no Trigger Event shall exist with respect to three consecutive Payment Dates
(inclusive of the respective Payment Date).
 
    The Servicer may, from time to time after the date of this Prospectus
Supplement, request each Rating Agency to approve a formula for determining the
Reserve Fund Requisite Amount that is different from those described above and
would result in a decrease in the Reserve Fund Requisite Amount or the manner by
which the Reserve Fund is funded. If each Rating Agency delivers a letter to the
Trustee to the effect that the use of any such new formulation will not result
in a qualification, reduction or withdrawal of its then-current rating of the
Class A Certificates and the Class B Certificates, then the Reserve Fund
Requisite Amount will be determined in accordance with such new formula. The
Agreement will accordingly be amended, without the consent of any
Certificateholder, to reflect such new calculation.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
    Amounts held from time to time in the Reserve Fund will continue to be held
for the benefit of the Certificateholders. Funds on deposit in the Reserve Fund
may be invested in Reserve Fund Permitted Investments (as defined in the
Agreement). Investment income on monies on deposit in the Reserve Fund will not
be available for distribution to Certificateholders or otherwise subject to any
claims or rights of the Certificateholders and will be paid to the Trust
Depositor. Any loss on such investments will be charged to the Reserve Fund.
 
    If on any Payment Date the Class B Certificate Balance equals zero and
amounts on deposit in the Reserve Fund have been depleted as a result of losses
in respect of the Contracts, the protection afforded to the Class A
Certificateholders by the subordination of the Class B Certificates and by the
Reserve Fund will be exhausted and the Class A Certificateholders will bear
directly the risks associated with ownership of the Contracts.
 
    Neither the Class B Certificateholders, the Seller nor the Servicer will be
required to refund any amounts properly distributed or paid to them, whether or
not there are sufficient funds on any subsequent Payment Date to make full
distributions to the Class A Certificateholders.
 
    The Trust Depositor has established, and funded with an initial deposit on
the Closing Date, the Interest Reserve Account for the purpose of providing
additional funds (by payment to the Trust of Carrying Charges as described
below) to pay certain distributions on Payment Dates occurring during (and on
the first Payment Date following the end of) the Funding Period. In addition to
the initial deposit, all investment earnings with respect to the Pre-Funded
Amount are to be deposited into the Interest Reserve Account and, pursuant to
the Deposit Agreement, the Trust Depositor is obligated to pay to the Trust, on
each Payment Date described above, Carrying Charges from such account. The
Interest Reserve Account has been established to account for the fact that a
portion of the proceeds obtained from the sale of Certificates will be initially
deposited in the Pre-Funding Account (as the initial Pre-Funded Amount) rather
than invested in Contracts, and the monthly investment earnings on such Pre-
Funded Amount (until the Pre-Funded Amount is used to purchase Subsequent
Contracts) are expected to be less than the Class A Pass-Through Rate and Class
B Pass-Through Rate, with respect to the corresponding portion of the Class A
Certificate Balance and Class B Certificate Balance. The Interest Reserve
Account is not designed to provide any protection against losses on the
Contracts in the Trust. The Interest Reserve Account will not be a part of or
otherwise includible in the Trust and will be a segregated trust account held by
the Trust Depositor for the benefit of the Trustee. Any amounts held on deposit
in the Interest Reserve Account and any investment earnings thereon are owned
by, and will be taxable to, the Trust Depositor for federal income tax purposes.
After the Funding Period, money in the Interest Reserve Account will be released
to the Trust Depositor free and clear of the lien of the Security Agreement.
 
ADVANCES
 
    The Servicer is obligated to advance each month an amount equal to accrued
and unpaid interest on the Contracts which was delinquent with respect to the
related Due Period, but only to the extent that the Servicer believes that the
amount of such Advance will be recoverable from collections on the Contracts.
The Servicer will deposit any Advances in the Collection Account no later than
the Determination Date. The Servicer will be entitled to recoup Advances on a
Contract by means of a first priority withdrawal from Available Funds on any
Payment Date.
 
REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
 
    Concurrently with each distribution to Certificateholders pursuant to
Article VIII of the Agreement, the Trustee, in its capacity as Certificate
Registrar and Paying Agent, shall cause to be mailed to each Certificateholder,
at the address appearing in the Certificate Register, a statement as of the
related Payment Date prepared by the Servicer setting forth:
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
         (i) the amount distributed on such date and allocable to principal of
    the Class A Certificates and Class B Certificates;
 
        (ii) the amount distributed on such date and allocable to interest on
    the Class A Certificates and Class B Certificates;
 
        (iii) the amount of the Class A and Class B Principal and Interest
    Carryover Shortfalls, if any, on such Payment Date and the change in the
    Class A and Class B Principal and Interest Carryover Shortfalls from the
    immediately preceding Payment Date;
 
        (iv) the amount otherwise distributable to the Class B
    Certificateholders that is instead distributed to the Class A
    Certificateholders on such Payment Date;
 
        (v) the amount of the distributions described in (i) or (ii) above
    payable pursuant to a claim on the Reserve Fund or from any other source not
    constituting Available Funds and the amount remaining in the Reserve Fund
    after giving effect to all deposits and withdrawals from the Reserve Fund on
    such date;
 
        (vi) the amount of any Special Distribution to be made on such Payment
    Date;
 
       (vii) for each Payment Date during the Funding Period, the remaining
    Pre-Funded Amount;
 
       (viii) for each Payment Date during the Funding Period to and including
    the Payment Date immediately following the end of the Funding Period, the
    Principal Balance and number of Subsequent Contracts conveyed to the Trust
    during the related Due Period;
 
        (ix) the remaining Class A Certificate Balance and Class B Certificate
    Balance after giving effect to the distribution of principal (and Special
    Distribution, if any) to be made on such Payment Date;
 
        (x) the Pool Balance as of the close of business on the last day of the
    related Due Period;
 
        (xi) the Class A Pool Factor and the Class B Pool Factor immediately
    before and immediately after such Payment Date;
 
       (xii) the amount of fees payable out of the Trust, separately identifying
    the Monthly Servicing Fee, the Trustee Fee and the Back-up Servicer Fee;
 
       (xiii) the number and aggregate Principal Balance of Contracts
    delinquent, 31-59 days, 60-89 days and 90 or more days, computed as of the
    end of the related Due Period;
 
       (xiv) the number and aggregate Principal Balance of Contracts that became
    Liquidated Contracts during the immediately preceding Due Period, the amount
    of liquidation proceeds for such Due Period, the amount of liquidation
    expenses being deducted from liquidation proceeds for such Due Period, the
    Net Liquidation Proceeds and the Net Liquidation Losses for such Due Period;
 
       (xv) the Loss Ratio, the Average Loss Ratio, the Cumulative Loss Ratio,
    the Delinquency Ratio, the Average Delinquency Ratio, the Default Ratio and
    the Average Default Ratio as of such Payment Date;
 
       (xvi) the number of Contracts and the aggregate Principal Balance of such
    Contracts, as of the first day of the Due Period relating to such Payment
    Date (after giving effect to payments received during such Due Period and to
    any transfers of Subsequent Contracts to the Trust occurring on or prior to
    such Payment Date);
 
      (xvii) the aggregate Principal Balance and number of Contracts that were
    repurchased by the Seller pursuant to the Agreement with respect to the
    related Due Period, identifying such Contracts and the Repurchase Price for
    such Contracts; and
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
      (xviii) such other customary factual information as is available to the
    Servicer as the Servicer deems necessary and can reasonably obtain from its
    existing data base to enable Certificateholders to prepare their tax return.
 
    Within 75 days after the end of each calendar year, the Certificate
Registrar shall mail to each Certificateholder of record at any time during such
calendar year a report as to the aggregate amounts reported pursuant to
subsections (a)(i), (ii), and (xii) described above attributable to such
Certificateholder and such other information as is reasonably necessary for the
preparation of such Certificateholder's income tax return in respect of the
Certificates for such calendar year.
 
ANNUAL STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE FROM SERVICER
 
    The Servicer will deliver to the Trustee, Moody's and S&P on or before
January 31 of each year commencing January 31, 199[ ], an officer's certificate
stating that (a) a review of its activities during the prior calendar year and
of its performance under the Agreement was made under the supervision of the
officer signing such certificate and (b) to such officer's knowledge, based on
such review, the Servicer has fully performed all its obligations under the
Agreement throughout such period, or, if there has been a default in the
performance of any such obligation, specifying each such default known to such
officer and the nature and status thereof. A copy of such certificate may be
obtained by any Certificateholder by a request in writing to the Trustee
addressed as follows: 311 West Monroe Street, 12th Floor, Chicago, Illinois
60606, Attention: Indenture Trust Division.
 
REPURCHASE OPTION
 
    The Agreement will provide that on any Payment Date on which the aggregate
of the Class A and Class B Certificate Balance is less than 10% of the Class A
and Class B Initial Certificate Principal Balance, the Seller will have the
option to repurchase, on 20 days' prior written notice to the Trustee, all
outstanding Contracts at a price equal to the Class A and Class B Certificate
Balance on the prior Payment Date plus the aggregate of the Class A Interest
Distributable Amount and the Class B Interest Distributable Amount for the
current Payment Date as well as the accrued and unpaid Monthly Servicing Fee,
Trustee Fee, Back-up Servicer Fee and unreimbursed Advances to the date of such
repurchase. Such repurchase will effect an early termination of the Trust. The
Trustee shall send written notice to each Certificateholder of the Seller's
intention to repurchase such Contracts within five Business Days of the
Trustee's receipt of written notice from the Seller of the Seller's intention.
 
MANDATORY SPECIAL DISTRIBUTIONS
 
    The Class A Certificates and Class B Certificates will be prepaid in part
pursuant to a Mandatory Special Distribution, without premium, on the Payment
Date on or immediately following the last day of the Funding Period in the event
that any amount remains on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account after giving
effect to the purchase of all Subsequent Contracts, including any such purchase
on such date. The aggregate principal amount of Class A Certificates and Class B
Certificates to be prepaid will be an amount equal to the amount then on deposit
in the Pre-Funding Account multiplied by the Class A Percentage and Class B
Percentage, respectively.
 
COLLECTION AND OTHER SERVICING PROCEDURES
 
    The Servicer will manage, administer, service and make collections on the
Contracts exercising the degree of skill and care consistent with the highest
degree of skill and care that the Servicer exercises with respect to similar
contracts serviced by the Servicer and in any event with no less degree of skill
and care than would be exercised by a prudent servicer of motorcycle conditional
sales contracts.
 
    The Servicer may, consistent with its customary servicing procedures, grant
to the Obligor on any Contract an extension of payments due under such Contract,
PROVIDED that (i) the extension period is
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
limited to 45 days, (ii) and the Obligor has been in good standing for the
previous twelve-month period, (iii) such extension is consistent with the
Servicer's customary servicing procedures and with the Agreement, (iv) such
extension does not extend the maturity date of the Contract beyond the last
maturity date of any of the Contracts as of the Initial Cutoff Date (or as of
the last Subsequent Cutoff Date, if any) and (v) the aggregate Principal
Balances of Contracts which have had extensions granted does not exceed more
than [      %] of the aggregate of the Class A Initial Certificate Principal
Balance and the Class B Initial Certificate Principal Balance.
 
SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES
 
    The Servicer will be entitled to receive a Monthly Servicing Fee for each
Due Period (to be paid on the related Payment Date) equal to [      ] of
[      %] of the Principal Balance of the Contracts as of the beginning of such
Due Period. Along with the Monthly Servicing Fee, and included as part of the
"SERVICING FEE" as defined in the Agreement, the Servicer will be entitled to
receive late payment penalty fees and extension fee paid by Obligors during the
related Due Period as additional compensation. Such Servicing Fee is payable
from Available Interest prior to the payment from such Available Interest of
interest and/or principal on the Certificates. See "DESCRIPTION OF THE
CERTIFICATES--DISTRIBUTIONS ON CERTIFICATES" above.
 
    The Servicing Fee provides compensation for customary third-party servicing
activities to be performed by the Servicer for the Trust, for additional
administrative services performed by the Servicer on behalf of the Trust and for
expenses paid by the Servicer on behalf of the Trust.
 
    Customary servicing activities include collecting and recording payments,
communicating with Obligors, investigating payment delinquencies, providing
billing and tax records to Obligors and maintaining internal records with
respect to each Contract. Administrative services performed by the Servicer on
behalf of the Trust include selecting and packaging the Contracts, calculating
distributions to Certificateholders and providing related data processing and
reporting services for Certificateholders and on behalf of the Trustee. Expenses
incurred in connection with servicing of the Contracts and paid by the Servicer
from its servicing fees include payment of fees and expenses of accountants,
payments of all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement of
Contracts, and payment of expenses incurred in connection with distributions and
reports to Certificateholders.
 
INDIVIDUAL MOTORCYCLE INSURANCE
 
    The terms of each Contract require that for the life of the Contract, each
Motorcycle is covered by a collision and comprehensive or equivalent insurance
policy which covers physical damage risks, provides limited insurance coverage
for damage to the Motorcycle and names the Seller as a loss payee. The amount of
insurance coverage is limited to the value of the Motorcycle. In the Transfer
and Sale Agreement, the Seller has warranted that all premium payments on such
insurance have been paid in full for one year from the date of the Contracts'
origination. Pursuant to Contract terms, the Servicer may "FORCE PLACE"
collision and comprehensive insurance with respect to the related Motorcycle in
those situations in which the Obligor has not maintained the required insurance.
Currently, the Servicer utilizes Recreational Products Insurance Division, a
division of Universal Underwriters Insurance Company, to "FORCE PLACE"
comprehensive and collision insurance in 31 states in which Obligors reside. As
conveyee and assignee of the Contracts, the Trust will be entitled to the
benefits of such insurance. See "DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES--CONVEYANCE OF
CONTRACTS." Following repossession of a Motorcycle by the Servicer, the Servicer
does not maintain such insurance. In the event the Servicer repossesses a
Motorcycle on behalf of the Trust, the Servicer will act as self-insurer for any
damage to such Motorcycle until it is resold.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE
 
    On or before March 31 of each year, beginning on March 31, 199[ ], the
Servicer will deliver to the Trustee and each Rating Agency a report of a
nationally recognized accounting firm, with respect to the twelve months ended
the immediately preceding December 31, a statement (the "ACCOUNTANT'S REPORT")
addressed to the Board of Directors of the Servicer and to the Trustee to the
effect that such firm has audited the consolidated financial statements of
Eaglemark Financial and issued its report thereon and that such audit (1) was
made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, and accordingly
included such tests of the accounting records and such other auditing procedures
as such firm considered necessary in the circumstances; (2) included an
examination of documents and records relating to the servicing of motorcycle
conditional sales contracts under pooling and servicing agreements substantially
similar one to another (such statement to have attached thereto a schedule
setting forth the pooling and servicing agreements covered thereby, including
the Agreement); (3) included an examination of the delinquency and loss
statistics relating to the portfolio of motorcycle conditional sales contracts
of Eaglemark Financial and its subsidiaries; and (4) except as described in the
statement, disclosed no exceptions or errors in the records relating to
motorcycle loans serviced for others that, in the firm's opinion, generally
accepted auditing standards requires such firm to report. The Accountant's
Report will further state that (1) a review in accordance with agreed upon
procedures was made of one randomly selected Monthly Report and (2) except as
disclosed in the Accountant's Report, no exceptions or errors in the Monthly
Report so examined were found.
 
    The Agreement provides that the Servicer shall furnish to the Trustee, S&P
and Moody's such underlying data as each may reasonably request.
 
CERTAIN MATTERS RELATING TO THE SERVICER
 
    The Agreement provides that the Servicer may not resign from its obligations
and duties as servicer thereunder, except upon a determination that the
Servicer's performance of such duties is no longer permissible under the
Agreement or applicable law, and will prohibit the Servicer from extending
credit to any Certificateholder for the purchase of a Certificate, purchasing
Certificates in any agency or trustee capacity or, except as provided in the
Agreement, lending money to the Trust.
 
EVENTS OF TERMINATION
 
    An "EVENT OF TERMINATION" under the Agreement will occur if (a) either the
Servicer or the Seller fails to make any payment or deposit required under the
Certificates, the Agreement or the Transfer and Sale Agreement and such failure
continues for four Business Days after the date on which such payment or deposit
was due; (b) either the Servicer or the Seller fails to observe or perform in
any material respect any covenant or agreement in the Certificates, the
Agreement or the Transfer and Sale Agreement which continues unremedied for
thirty days after the date on which such failure commences; (c) either the
Servicer or the Seller assigns its duties or rights under the Agreement or the
Transfer and Sale Agreement, except as specifically permitted under the
Agreement or the Transfer and Sale Agreement, or attempts to make such an
assignment; (d) a court having jurisdiction in the premises enters a decree or
order for relief in respect of the Servicer or Trust Depositor in an involuntary
case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or
hereafter in effect, or appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian,
trustee or sequestrator (or similar official) of the Servicer, or Trust
Depositor, or for any substantial liquidation of their respective affairs; (e)
the Servicer or Trust Depositor commences a voluntary case under any applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, or consents to the entry of an order for
relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or consents to the appointment
of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian
or sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Servicer or Trust Depositor
or for any substantial part of its property or shall have made any general
assignment for the benefit of creditors, or fails to, or admits in writing its
inability to, pay debts as they become due, or takes any corporate action in
furtherance of the foregoing; (f) the failure of the
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
Servicer to deliver the Monthly Report pursuant to the terms of the Agreement
and such failure remains uncured for five business days after the date on which
such failure commences; or (g) any representation, warranty or statement of the
Servicer made in the Agreement or any certificate, report or other writing
delivered pursuant thereto shall prove to be incorrect in any material respect
as of the time when the same shall have been made and the incorrectness of such
representation, warranty or statement has a material adverse effect on the Trust
and, within 30 days after written notice thereof shall have been given to the
Servicer or the Trust Depositor by the Trustee, the circumstances or condition
in respect of which such representation, warranty or statement was incorrect
shall not have been eliminated or otherwise cured. The Servicer will be required
under the Agreement to give the Trustee, Moody's, S&P, the Back-up Servicer and
the Certificateholders notice of an Event of Termination promptly upon the
occurrence of such Event.
 
RIGHTS UPON AN EVENT OF TERMINATION
 
    If an Event of Termination has occurred and is continuing, (a) the Trustee
or (b) the holders of Certificates with aggregate Fractional Interests
evidencing 25% or more of the Trust may terminate all of the Servicer's
management, administrative, servicing, custodian and collection functions under
the Agreement. Upon such termination, the Back-up Servicer will succeed to all
the responsibilities, duties and liabilities of the Servicer under the Agreement
and will be entitled to similar compensation arrangements, PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that the Back-up Servicer will not assume any obligation of the Seller to
repurchase Contracts for breach of representations and warranties, and the
Back-up Servicer will not be liable for any acts or omissions of the Servicer
occurring prior to a transfer of the Servicer's servicing and related functions
or for any breach by the Servicer of any of its representations and warranties
contained in the Agreement or any related document or agreement. Notwithstanding
such termination, the Servicer shall be entitled to payment of certain amounts
payable to it prior to such termination, for services rendered prior to such
termination. No such termination will affect in any manner the Seller's
obligation to repurchase certain Contracts for breaches of representations and
warranties under the Agreement. In the event that the Back-up Servicer in so
acting would be in violation of legal requirements with a resulting material
adverse effect upon it, it may resign such role and if a successor has not been
appointed within 60 days, it may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for
its removal.
 
    Following an Event of Termination, the Trustee shall terminate the Lockbox
Agreement and direct all Obligors under the Contracts to make all payments under
the Contracts to the Trustee, or to a lockbox established by the Trustee.
 
TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT
 
    The Agreement will terminate (after distribution of all Class A
Distributable Amounts and Class B Distributable Amounts due to Class A
Certificateholders and Class B Certificateholders) on the Payment Date on which
the Class A Certificate Balance and Class B Certificate Balance is reduced to
zero; provided, that in no event shall the trust created hereby continue beyond
the expiration of 21 years from the death of the last survivor of the
descendants of Joseph P. Kennedy, the late Ambassador of the United States to
the Court of St. James, living on the date hereof. "DESCRIPTION OF THE
CERTIFICATES-- REPURCHASE OPTION" above. However, the Seller's representations,
warranties and indemnities will survive any termination of the Agreement. Upon
termination, amounts in the Collection Account, if any, will be paid to the
Seller. See "DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES--SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT
OF EXPENSES" above.
 
AMENDMENT; WAIVER
 
    The Agreement may be amended by agreement of the Trustee, the Servicer and
the Trust Depositor at any time without the consent of the Certificateholders to
correct manifest error, to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any
provision which may be inconsistent with any other provision or to add
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
other provisions not inconsistent with the Agreement upon receipt of an opinion
of counsel to the Trust Depositor that such amendment will not adversely affect
in any material respect the interests of any Certificateholder.
 
    The Agreement may also be amended from time to time by the Trustee, the
Servicer and the Trust Depositor, and with the consent of Certificateholders
evidencing Fractional Interests representing 66-2/3 % or more of the Certificate
Principal Balance of each Class voting as a separate Class PROVIDED that no such
amendment or waiver shall (a) reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the
timing of, collections of payments on Contracts or distributions which are
required to be made on any Certificate or (b) reduce the aggregate amount of
Certificates required for any amendment of the Agreement on any waiver of an
Event of Termination, without unanimous consent of the Certificateholders.
 
    The Trustee is required under the Agreement to furnish Certificateholders,
S&P and Moody's with notice promptly upon execution of any amendment to the
Agreement and a copy of any such amendment.
 
INDEMNIFICATION
 
    The Agreement will provide that the Servicer will defend and indemnify the
Trust, the Trustee (including any agent of the Trustee), and the
Certificateholders against any and all costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims
and liabilities, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and expenses
of litigation arising out of or resulting from the use, ownership or operation
by the Servicer or any affiliate thereof of any Motorcycle securing a Contract.
The Transfer and Sale Agreement further provides that the Seller will pay any
taxes and defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Trust, the Trustee (including
any agent of the Trustee) and the Certificateholders against any and all costs,
expenses, losses, damages, claims and liabilities, including reasonable fees and
expenses of counsel and expenses of litigation for any taxes which may at any
time be asserted with respect to the conveyance of the Contracts to the Trust
(but not including any federal, state or other tax arising out of the creation
of the Trust and the issuance of the Certificates).
 
    The Agreement will also provide that the Servicer, in connection with its
duties as servicer of the Contracts, will defend and indemnify the Trust, the
Trustee and the Certificateholders (which indemnification will survive any
removal of the Seller as Servicer of the Contracts) against any and all costs,
expenses, losses, damages, claims and liabilities, including reasonable fees and
expenses of counsel and expenses of litigation, in respect of any action taken
by the Servicer with respect to any Contract.
 
DUTIES AND IMMUNITIES OF THE TRUSTEE
 
    The Trustee will make no representations as to the validity or sufficiency
of the Agreement, the Certificates or of any Contract, Contract file or related
documents, and will not be accountable for the use or application by the Trust
Depositor of any funds paid to the Trust Depositor in consideration of the
conveyance of the Contracts or deposited into or withdrawn from the Collection
Account by the Servicer. If no Event of Termination has occurred, the Trustee
will be required to perform only those duties specifically required of it under
the Agreement and will not be personally liable for any actions taken, suffered
or omitted by it in good faith with the direction of Certificateholders
evidencing Fractional Interests representing at least 25% of the Certificate
Principal Balance of each Class voting as a separate Class. However, upon
receipt of the various certificates, reports or other instruments required to be
furnished to it, the Trustee will be required to examine them to determine
whether they conform as to form to the requirements of the Agreement.
 
    Certificateholders with Fractional Interests representing 25% or more of the
Certificate Principal Balance of each Class voting as a separate Class shall
have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding
for any remedy available to the Trustee under the Agreement, or exercising any
trust or power conferred on the Trustee under the Agreement, except that the
required
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
percentage for waivers of Events of Termination shall be 51% or more of each
Class voting as a separate Class.
 
    Under the Agreement the Servicer will agree to indemnify the Trustee for,
and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without
negligence or bad faith on its part, arising out of or in connection with the
acceptance or administration of the Trust and its duties thereunder, including
the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in
connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties
thereunder.
 
    The Agreement also provides that the Trustee will maintain at its expense in
Chicago, Illinois, an office or agency where Certificates may be surrendered for
registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon
the Trustee and the certificate registrar and transfer agent in respect of the
Certificates pursuant to the Agreement may be served. On the date hereof the
Trustee's office for such purposes is located at 311 West Monroe Street, 12th
Floor, Chicago, Illinois 60606. The Trustee will promptly give written notice to
the Trust Depositor and the Certificateholders of any change thereof.
 
THE TRUSTEE
 
    The Trustee is an Illinois banking corporation. The Trustee may resign at
any time, in which event the Servicer will be obligated to appoint a successor
Trustee. The Servicer may also remove the Trustee if the Trustee ceases to be
eligible to continue as such under the Agreement or if the Trustee becomes
insolvent. In such circumstances, the Servicer will also be obligated to appoint
a successor Trustee. Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment
of a successor Trustee will not become effective until acceptance of the
appointment by the successor Trustee. For its services under the Agreement, the
Trustee will receive the Trustee's Fee.
 
             SECURITY INTERESTS AND OTHER ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS;
                             REPURCHASE OBLIGATIONS
 
GENERAL
 
    As a result of the Seller's conveyance and assignment of the Contracts to
the Trust Depositor pursuant to the Transfer and Sale Agreement and the Trust
Depositor's conveyance and assignment of the Contracts to the Trust pursuant to
the Agreement, the Certificateholders, through the Trust, will succeed
collectively to all of the rights under such Contracts (including the right to
receive payment on the Contracts) on or after the related Cutoff Date. Each
Contract evidences both (a) the obligation of the Obligor to repay the loan
evidenced thereby and (b) the grant of a security interest in the Motorcycle to
secure repayment of such loan. Certain aspects of both features of the Contracts
are more fully described below.
 
    The Contracts are "CHATTEL PAPER" as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code
(the "UCC") in effect in the states in which the Motorcycles were initially
registered. Pursuant to the UCC, the sale of chattel paper is treated in a
manner similar to perfection of a security interest in chattel paper. The Seller
and the Trust Depositor will make an appropriate filing of UCC-1 financing
statements in Nevada and Illinois to give notice of the Trust's ownership of the
Contracts, and the Contracts held by the Servicer as custodian will be stamped
to reflect their conveyance and assignment from the Seller to the Trust
Depositor and the Trust Depositor to the Trust. However, if a subsequent
purchaser were able to take physical possession of any Contracts without notice
of such conveyance and assignment, the Trust's interest in those Contracts could
be defeated. See "DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES--CONVEYANCE OF CONTRACTS"
above.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
SECURITY INTERESTS IN THE MOTORCYCLES
 
    The Motorcycles securing the Contracts are located in 50 states and the
District of Columbia. Security interests in motorcycles may be perfected either
by notation of the secured party's lien on the certificate of title or by
delivery of the required documents and payment of a fee to the state motor
vehicle authority, depending on state law. The Seller's practice is to effect
such notation or delivery of the required documents and fees, and to obtain
possession of the certificate of title, as appropriate under the laws of the
state in which any Motorcycle securing a Motorcycle conditional sales contract
is registered. In the event either the Seller fails, due to clerical error, to
effect such notation or delivery, or files the security interest under the wrong
law, the Seller may not have a first priority security interest in the
Motorcycle securing a Contract. In such event, the only recourse of the Trust
would be against the Seller pursuant to its repurchase obligation. See "SECURITY
INTEREST AND OTHER ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS; REPURCHASE OBLIGATIONS--REPURCHASE
OBLIGATIONS" below. However, the Seller believes that it has obtained a
perfected first priority security interest by proper notation or delivery of the
required documents and fees with respect to all of the Motorcycles securing
Contracts.
 
    The Seller will convey and assign its security interest in the Motorcycles
to the Trust Depositor pursuant to the Transfer and Sale Agreement, and the
Trust Depositor will convey and assign its security interest in the Motorcycles
to the Trust pursuant to the Agreement. However, because of the administrative
burden and expense, neither the Seller, the Trust Depositor nor the Trustee will
amend the certificates of title to identify the Trust as the new secured party
and, accordingly, the Seller will continue to be named as the secured party on
the certificates of title relating to the Motorcycles. See generally "RISK
FACTORS--RISK OF UNPERFECTED SECURITY INTERESTS IN FINANCED MOTORCYCLES" in the
Prospectus. The Seller, as Servicer, will continue to hold any certificates of
title relating to the Motorcycles in its possession as custodian and agent for
the Trust pursuant to the Agreement.
 
    In the event that the owner of a Motorcycle moves to a state other than the
state in which such Motorcycle initially is registered, under the laws of most
states the perfected security interest in the Motorcycle would continue for four
months after such relocation and thereafter until the owner re-registers the
motorcycle in such state. A majority of states generally require surrender of a
certificate of title to re-register a motorcycle; accordingly, the Servicer must
surrender possession if it holds the certificate of title to such Motorcycle or,
in the case of Motorcycles registered in states which provide for notation of
lien, the Seller would receive notice of surrender if the security interest in
the Motorcycle is noted on the certificate of title. Accordingly, the Servicer
would have the opportunity to re-perfect its security interest in the Motorcycle
in the state of relocation. In states which do not require a certificate of
title for registration of a motor vehicle, re-registration could defeat
perfection. In the ordinary course of servicing its portfolio of Motorcycle
conditional sales contracts, the Servicer takes steps to effect such re-
perfection upon receipt of notice of re-registration or information from the
obligor or the obligor's insurance carrier as to relocation. Similarly, when an
obligor under a Motorcycle conditional sales contract sells a Motorcycle, the
Servicer must surrender possession of the certificate of title or will receive
notice as a result of its lien noted thereon and accordingly will have an
opportunity to require satisfaction of the related Motorcycle conditional sales
contract before release of the lien. Under the Agreement, the Servicer is
obligated to take such steps, at its expense, as are necessary to maintain
perfection of security interests in the Motorcycles.
 
    Under the laws of most states, liens for repairs performed on a motorcycle
take priority even over a perfected security interest. The Seller will represent
in the Transfer and Sale Agreement that as of the sale date of the Contracts, it
has no knowledge of any such liens with respect to any Motorcycle securing
payment on any Contract. However, such liens could arise at any time during the
term of a Contract. No notice will be given to the Trust or Certificateholders
in the event such a lien arises.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
ENFORCEMENT OF SECURITY INTERESTS IN MOTORCYCLES
 
    The Servicer on behalf of the Trust may take action to enforce the Trust's
security interest with respect to defaulted Contracts by repossession and resale
of the Motorcycles securing such defaulted Contracts. Under the laws applicable
in most states, a creditor can repossess a motorcycle securing a contract by
voluntary surrender, by "SELF-HELP" repossession that is "PEACEFUL" (i.e.,
without breach of the peace) or, in the absence of voluntary surrender and the
ability to repossess without breach of the peace, by judicial process. The UCC
and consumer protection laws in most states place restrictions on repossession
sales, including requiring prior notice to the debtor and commercial
reasonableness in effecting such a sale. In the event of such repossession and
resale of a Motorcycle, the Trust would be entitled to be paid out of the sale
proceeds before such proceeds could be applied to the payment of the claims of
unsecured creditors or the holders of subsequently perfected security interests
or, thereafter, to the debtor.
 
    Under the laws applicable in most states, a creditor is entitled to obtain a
deficiency judgment from a debtor for any deficiency on repossession and resale
of the motor vehicle securing such debtor's loan. However, some states impose
prohibitions or limitations on deficiency judgments.
 
    Certain other statutory provisions, including federal and state bankruptcy
and insolvency laws and general equitable principles, may limit or delay the
ability of a lender to repossess and resell collateral or enforce a deficiency
judgment.
 
OTHER MATTERS
 
    The so-called "HOLDER-IN-DUE-COURSE" rule of the Federal Trade Commission is
intended to defeat the ability of the transferor of a consumer credit contract
which is the seller of goods which gave rise to the transaction (and certain
related lenders' assignees) to transfer such contract free of notice of claims
by the debtor thereunder. The effect of this rule is to subject the assignee of
such a contract to all claims and defenses which the debtor could assert against
the seller of goods. Liability under this rule, which would be applicable to the
Trust, is limited to amounts paid under a Contract; however, the Obligor also
may be able to assert the rule to set off remaining amounts due as a defense
against a claim brought by the Trust against such Obligor. Numerous other
federal and state consumer protection laws impose requirements applicable to the
origination of and lending pursuant to the Contracts, including the Truth in
Lending Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act, the
Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Debt
Collection Practices Act and the Uniform Consumer Credit Code. In the case of
some of these laws, the failure to comply with their provisions may affect the
enforceability of the related Contract. See generally "RISK FACTORS--ADDITIONAL
LEGAL LIMITS ON THE APPLICABLE TRUSTEE'S ABILITY TO REALIZE ON ITS SECURITY
INTEREST IN THE MOTORCYCLES; CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS" in the Prospectus.
 
REPURCHASE OBLIGATIONS
 
    Under the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the Seller will make warranties
relating to validity, subsistence, perfection and priority of the security
interest in each Motorcycle securing a Contract. Accordingly, if any defect
exists in the perfection of the security interest in any Motorcycle and such
defect materially adversely affects a Contract, such defect would constitute a
breach of a representation and warranty under the Transfer and Sale Agreement
and would create an obligation of the Seller to repurchase such Contract from
the Trust unless the breach is cured. See "DESCRIPTION OF THE
CERTIFICATES--CONVEYANCE OF CONTRACTS" above.
 
    In addition, the Seller will also warrant under the Transfer and Sale
Agreement that each Contract complies with all requirements of law. Accordingly,
if any Obligor has a claim against the Trust for violation of any law and such
claim materially adversely affects the Trust's interest in a Contract, such
violation would constitute a breach of a representation and warranty under the
Transfer and Sale Agreement and would create an obligation to repurchase such
Contract unless the breach is cured. See "DESCRIPTION OF THE
CERTIFICATES--CONVEYANCE OF CONTRACTS" above.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
                        FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
GENERAL
 
    The following is a general and brief discussion of certain United States
federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of
the Certificates. For a full description of the material federal income tax
consequences of the ownership of the Certificates in the Trust, see the
Prospectus, "Federal Income Tax Consequences--Grantor Trusts." Any material
variations from the discussion in the Prospectus, "Federal Income Tax
Consequences--Grantor Trusts" will be specified below.
 
    The discussion herein is based upon current provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "CODE"), Treasury Regulations promulgated
thereunder, current administrative rulings, judicial decisions and other
applicable authorities in effect as of the date hereof, all of which are subject
to change, possibly with retroactive effect. There are no cases or Internal
Revenue Service ("IRS") rulings on similar transactions involving a trust and
instruments issued by that trust with terms similar to those of the Trust and
the Certificates. As a result, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not
challenge the conclusions set forth in the following summary, and no ruling from
the IRS has been or will be sought on any of the issues discussed below.
Furthermore, legislative, judicial or administrative changes may occur, perhaps
with retroactive effect, which could affect the accuracy of the statements and
conclusions set forth herein as well as the tax consequences to holders of the
the Certificates.
 
    This discussion and the more detailed discussion set forth in the
Prospectus, "Federal Income Tax Consequences--Grantor Trusts," do not purport to
deal with all aspects of federal income taxation that may be relevant to all
holders of Certificates in light of their personal investment or tax
circumstances nor to certain types of holders who may be subject to special
treatment under the federal income tax laws (including, without limitation,
financial institutions, broker-dealers, insurance companies, foreign persons,
tax-exempt organizations and persons who hold the Certificates as part of a
straddle, hedging or conversion transaction). This information is generally
directed to prospective purchasers who purchase Certificates at the time of
original issue, who are citizens or residents of the United States, and who hold
the Certificates as "CAPITAL ASSETS" within the meaning of Section 1221 of the
Code. Taxpayers and preparers of tax returns (including those filed by any
partnership or other issuer) should be aware that under applicable Treasury
Regulations a provider of advice on specific issues of law is not considered an
income tax return preparer unless the advice is (i) given with respect to events
that have occurred at the time the advice is rendered and is not given with
respect to the consequences of contemplated actions, and (ii) is directly
relevant to the determination of an entry on a tax return. Accordingly,
taxpayers should consult their own tax advisors and tax return preparers
regarding the preparation of any item on a tax return, even where the
anticipated tax treatment has been discussed herein. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS
SHOULD CONSULT WITH THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL,
FOREIGN AND ANY OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND
DISPOSITION OF THE CERTIFICATES.
 
TAX CHARACTERIZATION OF THE TRUST
 
    Winston & Strawn, as federal tax counsel ("FEDERAL TAX COUNSEL") to the
Trust Depositor, has delivered an opinion to the Trust Depositor that for U.S.
federal income tax purposes the Trust will be classified as a grantor trust and
not as an association taxable as a corporation, and that each Certificateholder
will be treated as the owner of an undivided interest in the assets and income
of the Trust. An opinion of counsel is not binding on a court or the IRS and
there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with Federal Tax
Counsel's opinion.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
GENERAL TAX TREATMENT OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
 
    As a grantor trust, each Certificateholder will be treated as the owner of
an undivided interest in the assets of the Trust, including the Contracts.
Accordingly, each Certificateholder must report on its federal income tax return
its share of income from the Contracts and other Trust assets and, subject to
the limitations on deductions by individuals, estates, and trusts, may deduct
its share of the reasonable fees and expenses paid by the Trust, as if such
Certificateholder held its share of the assets of the Trust directly.
 
    The Certificates will be treated as representing interests in stripped bonds
and stripped coupons within the meaning of Section 1286 of the Code. As a
result, Certificateholders will be treated as having original issue discount
("OID") which is includible in income as it economically accrues regardless of
when cash is actually paid. It is expected, however, that the amount and accrual
of OID should closely correspond to the timing and amount of payments on the
Certificates at their respective pass-through rates so that a Certificateholder
will not experience any material difference between the cash received at the
pass-through rate and the Certificateholder's taxable OID income. A
Certificateholder will recognize gain or loss when the Certificateholder sells a
Certificate or an asset of the Trust is sold. For a complete discussion of the
federal tax consequences of owning a Certificate in the Trust, see Prospectus,
"Federal Income Tax Consequences--Grantor Trusts."
 
                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
 
THE CLASS A CERTIFICATES
 
    THE CLASS A CERTIFICATES DURING THE FUNDING PERIOD.  During the Funding
Period, the Class A Certificates may not be acquired by any employee benefit
plan subject to ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.
 
    THE CLASS A CERTIFICATES AFTER THE FUNDING PERIOD.  Notwithstanding the
above described restriction which is applicable solely during the Funding
Period, the following analysis is applicable to a Class A Certificate after the
Funding Period. ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code impose certain restrictions
on employee benefit plans subject to ERISA and/or subject to the requirements of
Section 4975 of the Code (including, for example, individual retirement accounts
and Keogh plans) (collectively, "PLANS"), and on persons who are "PARTIES IN
INTEREST" (as defined under ERISA) or "DISQUALIFIED PERSONS" (as defined under
the Code) (collectively, "PARTIES IN INTEREST") with respect to such Plans.
Certain employee benefit plans, such as governmental plans and church plans
(assuming that no election has been made under Section 410(d) of the Code) are
not subject to the restrictions of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code. However,
any such governmental or church plan which is qualified under Section 401(a) of
the Code and exempt from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code is subject to
the prohibited transaction rules set forth under Section 503 of the Code and may
be subject to additional fiduciary constraints under applicable state or local
law.
 
    Investments by Plans covered by ERISA are subject to general fiduciary
requirements, including the requirement of investment prudence and
diversification and the requirement that a Plan's investments be made in
accordance with both the documents governing the Plan and the prohibited
transaction provisions of ERISA and the Code. Any Plan fiduciary which proposes
to cause a Plan to acquire any of the Certificates should consult with its
counsel with respect to the potential consequences under ERISA and the Code of
the Plan's acquisition and ownership of such Certificates.
 
    PLAN ASSETS.  If a Plan acquires a Certificate, then the Plan's assets may
include both the Certificate it acquires and an undivided interest in the
underlying assets of the Trust. Accordingly, the acquisition of a Certificate
might constitute an improper delegation by such Plan's fiduciary of the duty to
manage Plan assets. ERISA and the Code do not define "PLAN ASSETS." The United
States Department of Labor (the
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
"DOL") has issued a final regulation (29 C.F.R. Section2510.3-101) (the "PLAN
ASSET REGULATION") containing rules for determining what constitutes the assets
of a Plan. The Plan Asset Regulation provides that, as a general rule, the
underlying assets and properties of corporations, partnerships or trusts may be
deemed to be "plan assets" unless certain exceptions apply. This offering has
not been structured to avoid plan asset characterization. If the underlying
assets of the Trust are considered "plan assets," the persons providing services
with respect to the assets of the Trust may be subject to the fiduciary
responsibility provisions of Title I of ERISA and be subject to the prohibited
transaction provisions of ERISA and the Code with respect to transactions
involving such assets unless such transactions are subject to a statutory or
administrative exemption.
 
    PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS.  Each fiduciary should also be aware that Section
406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit a Plan from engaging in
certain transactions involving the assets of the Plan with a person or entity
that is a "PARTY IN INTEREST" to the Plan ("PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS"). A "PARTY
IN INTEREST" is defined to include, among others, a fiduciary of the Plan, a
service provider to the Plan, an employer of participants in the Plan and
certain affiliates of such parties. Section 4975 of the Code (or, in some cases,
Section 502 of ERISA) imposes substantial excise taxes on parties in interest
engaging in non-exempted prohibited transactions. A purchase or holding of a
Certificate by a Plan could result in a prohibited transaction; however, such
purchase or holding may be exempt from the prohibited transaction restrictions
in accordance with certain exemptions promulgated by the DOL.
 
    UNDERWRITERS PROHIBITED TRANSACTION EXEMPTION.  DOL has granted to Salomon
Brothers Inc an administrative exemption (Prohibited Transaction Exemption
89-89; Exemption Application No. D-6446, 54 Fed. Reg. 42589 (1989)) (the
"EXEMPTION") from certain of the prohibited transaction rules of ERISA and the
related excise tax provisions of Section 4975 of the Code with respect to the
initial purchase, the holding and the subsequent resale in the secondary market
by Plans of certificates in pass-through trusts that consist of certain
receivables, loans, and other obligations that meet the conditions and
requirements of the Exemption. The loans covered by the Exemption include
obligations that bear interest or are purchased at a discount and which are
secured by motor vehicles or equipment or qualified motor vehicle leases such as
the Contracts. It should be noted, however, that in issuing the exemption, the
DOL may not have considered interests in pools of the exact nature of the
Certificates.
 
    Among the conditions that must be satisfied for the Exemption to apply to
the acquisition of the Certificates by a Plan are the following:
 
        (1) the acquisition of the Certificates by a Plan is on terms (including
    the price for the Certificates) that are at least as favorable to the Plan
    as they would be in an arm's-length transaction with an unrelated party;
 
        (2) the rights and interest evidenced by the Certificates acquired by
    the Plan are not subordinated to the rights and interests evidenced by other
    Certificates of the Trust;
 
        (3) the Certificates acquired by the Plan have received a rating at the
    time of such acquisition that is one of the three highest generic rating
    categories from either S&P, Moody's, Duff & Phelps Inc. ("D&P") or Fitch
    Investors Service, Inc. ("FITCH");
 
        (4) the Trustee must not be an affiliate of any other member of the
    Restricted Group (as defined below);
 
        (5) the sum of all payments made to and retained by the Placement Agent
    in connection with the distribution of the Certificates represents not more
    than reasonable compensation for placing the Certificates; the sum of all
    payments made to and retained by the Trust Depositor pursuant to the
    assignment of the Contracts to the Trust represents not more than the fair
    market value of such Contracts; the sum of all payments made to and retained
    by the Servicer represents not more than reasonable compensation for such
    person's services under the Agreement and reimbursements of such person's
    reasonable expenses in connection therewith; and
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
        (6) the Plan investing in the Certificates is an "ACCREDITED INVESTOR"
    as defined in Rule 501(a)(1) of Regulation D of the Securities and Exchange
    Commission under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
    In light of the foregoing requirements listed in (2) and (3), following the
expiration of the Funding Period only the Class A Certificates may be eligible
for the Exemption.
 
    The trust fund (I.E., in the case of the Certificates, the Trust) must also
meet the following requirements:
 
         (i) the corpus of the trust fund must consist solely of assets of the
    type that have been included in other investment pools;
 
        (ii) certificates in such other investment pools must have been rated in
    one of the three highest rating categories of S&P, Moody's, Fitch or D&P for
    at least one year prior to the Plan's acquisition of Certificates; and
 
        (iii) certificates evidencing interests in such other investment pools
    must have been purchased by investors other than Plans for at least one year
    prior to any Plan's acquisition of Certificates.
 
    Moreover, the Exemption may provide relief from certain
self-dealing/conflict of interest prohibited transactions that may occur when
the Plan fiduciary causes a Plan to acquire certificates in a trust in which the
fiduciary (or its affiliate) is an obligor on the receivables held in the trust
provided that, among other requirements, (i) in the case of an acquisition in
connection with the initial issuance of certificates, at least fifty percent
(50%) of each class of certificates in which Plans have invested is acquired by
persons independent of the Restricted Group; (ii) such fiduciary (or its
affiliate) is an obligor with respect to five percent or less of the fair market
value of the obligations contained in the trust; (iii) the Plan's investment in
certificates of any class does not exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of all of
the certificates of that class outstanding at the time of the acquisition; and
(iv) immediately after the acquisition, no more than twenty-five percent (25%)
of the assets of the Plan with respect to which such person is a fiduciary are
invested in certificates representing an interest in one or more trusts
containing assets sold or served by the same entity.
 
    The Exemption does not apply to Plans sponsored by the Trust Depositor, the
Placement Agent, the Trustee, the Servicer, the Paying Agent, the Certificate
Registrar, any insurer of the assets of the Trust, any Obligor with respect to
Contracts included in the Trust constituting more than five percent (5%) of the
aggregate unamortized principal balance of the assets in the Trust, or any
affiliate of such parties (the "RESTRICTED GROUP").
 
    Prospective Plan investors should consult with their legal advisors
concerning the impact of ERISA and the Code, the applicability of the Exemption
or any other administrative exemption from the prohibited transaction provisions
of ERISA and the Code, and the potential consequences in their specific
circumstances, prior to making an investment in the Certificates. Moreover, each
Plan fiduciary should determine whether under the general fiduciary standards of
investment procedure and diversification an investment in the Certificates is
appropriate for the Plan, taking into account the overall investment policy of
the Plan and the composition of the Plan's investment portfolio.
 
THE CLASS B CERTIFICATES
 
    The Class B Certificates may not be acquired or held by any employee benefit
plan, individual retirement account or Keogh plan subject to ERISA or Section
4975 of the Code, other than after the Funding Period by an insurance company
using assets of its general account under circumstances in which such purchase
and holding of such Certificates would be exempt from the prohibited transaction
provision of ERISA and the Code under Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption
95-60.
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
    Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Underwriting Agreement
dated [     ], 199[ ], among the Seller, Trust Depositor and the Underwriter
(the "UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT"), the Seller has agreed to cause the Trust to sell
to the Underwriter named below (the "UNDERWRITER"), and the Underwriter has
agreed to purchase, the principal amount of the Certificates set forth below.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         PRINCIPAL     PRINCIPAL
                                                                                         AMOUNT OF     AMOUNT OF
                                                                                        CERTIFICATES, CERTIFICATES,
UNDERWRITER                                                                               CLASS A       CLASS B
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                                     <C>           <C>
Salomon Brothers Inc..................................................................   $             $
</TABLE>
 
    In the Underwriting Agreement, the Underwriter has agreed, subject to the
terms and conditions set forth therein, to purchase all of the Certificates if
any Certificates are purchased. In the event of default by the Underwriter, the
Underwriting Agreement provides that, in certain circumstances, the Underwriting
Agreement may be terminated.
 
    Distribution of the Certificates may be made by the Underwriter from time to
time in one or more negotiated transactions, or otherwise, at varying prices to
be determined at the time of sale. The Underwriter may effect such transactions
by selling the Certificates to or through dealers, and such dealers may receive
compensation in the form of underwriting discounts, concessions or commissions
from the Underwriter. In connection with the sale of the Certificates, the
Underwriter may be deemed to have received compensation from the Seller in the
form of underwriting compensation. The Underwriter and any dealers that
participate with the Underwriter in the distribution of the Certificates may be
deemed to be an Underwriter and any commissions received by them and any profit
on the resale of the Certificates positioned by them may be deemed to be
underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act.
 
    The Underwriter has represented and agreed that (i) it has not offered or
sold and, prior to the expiration of the period of six months from the Closing
Date, will not offer or sell any Certificates to persons in the United Kingdom,
except to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding,
managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of
their businesses or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will
not result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of
the Public Offers of Securities Regulation 1995; (ii) it has complied and will
comply with all applicable provisions of the Financial Services Act 1986 with
respect to anything done by it in relation to the Certificates in, from or
otherwise involving the United Kingdom; and (iii) it has only issued or passed
on and will only issue or pass on in the United Kingdom any document received by
it in connection with the issue of the Certificates to a person who is of a kind
described in Article 11(3) of the Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment
Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1995, or is a person to whom such document
may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.
 
    The Underwriting Agreement provides that the Seller and Trust Depositor will
indemnify the Underwriter against certain liabilities, including liabilities
under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments the Underwriter may be
required to make in respect thereof.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    Certain legal matters relating to the issuance of the Certificates will be
passed upon for the Seller, Servicer, Trust Depositor and the Trust by Winston &
Strawn, Chicago, Illinois. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the
Underwriter by Brown & Wood LLP, New York, New York.
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
                                 INDEX OF TERMS
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                   <C>
Accountant's Report.................................................         38
Advance.............................................................          9
Agreement...........................................................          1
APR.................................................................         17
Available Funds.....................................................         31
Available Interest..................................................          3
Available Principal.................................................          5
Average Default Ratio...............................................         34
Average Delinquency Ratio...........................................         34
Average Loss Ratio..................................................         34
Buell...............................................................          1
Carrying Charges....................................................          8
Certificates........................................................       1, 1
Class A Certificate Balance.........................................          3
Class A Certificateholders..........................................          2
Class A Certificates................................................       1, 1
Class A Distributable Amount........................................         31
Class A Initial Certificate Balance.................................          1
Class A Interest Carryover Shortfall................................          3
Class A Interest Distributable Amount...............................          2
Class A Pass-Through Rate...........................................       2, 2
Class A Percentage..................................................       1, 1
Class A Principal Carryover Shortfall...............................          5
Class A Principal Distributable Amount..............................          4
Class B Certificate Balance.........................................          3
Class B Certificateholders..........................................          2
Class B Certificates................................................       1, 1
Class B Distributable Amount........................................         31
Class B Initial Certificate Balance.................................          1
Class B Interest Carryover Shortfall................................          3
Class B Interest Distributable Amount...............................          2
Class B Pass-Through Rate...........................................       2, 2
Class B Percentage..................................................       1, 1
Class B Principal Carryover Shortfall...............................          5
Class B Principal Distributable Amount..............................          4
Collateral Agent....................................................         12
Collection Account..................................................         15
Commission..........................................................          3
Contracts...........................................................          1
Cumulative Loss Ratio...............................................         34
Cutoff Date.........................................................         28
Dealer Recourse.....................................................         16
Defaulted Contract..................................................         34
Delinquency Amount..................................................         34
Deposit Agreement...................................................          1
Determination Date..................................................         32
DOL.................................................................         48
Due Period..........................................................          3
Eaglemark...........................................................          1
Eaglemark Financial.................................................         22
Eligible Account....................................................         31
</TABLE>
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                   <C>
Event of Termination................................................         40
Exchange Act........................................................          3
Final Scheduled Payment Date........................................          2
Fractional Interest.................................................         33
Funding Period......................................................          7
Harley-Davidson.....................................................          1
Initial Contracts...................................................          1
Initial Cutoff Date.................................................       1, 1
Interest Reserve Account............................................          8
Lien Certificate....................................................         29
Liquidated Contract.................................................         34
Mandatory Special Distribution......................................          2
Monthly Principal...................................................          4
Monthly Servicing Fee...............................................         10
Motorcycles.........................................................          1
Net Liquidation Losses..............................................         34
Net Liquidation Proceeds............................................         34
OID.................................................................         46
Payment Date........................................................       2, 2
Plans...............................................................         48
Pre-Funded Amount...................................................          7
Pre-Funding Account.................................................          1
Principal Balance...................................................          4
Rating Agencies.....................................................          2
Record Date.........................................................          2
Registrar of Titles.................................................         29
Repurchase Price....................................................         15
Reserve Agent.......................................................          6
Reserve Fund........................................................          6
Reserve Fund Additional Deposits....................................          6
Reserve Fund Deposits...............................................          6
Reserve Fund Initial Deposit........................................          6
Reserve Fund Requisite Amount.......................................      6, 33
Reserve Fund Trigger Event..........................................         34
Restricted Group....................................................         50
Security Agreement..................................................          1
Seller/Servicer.....................................................         27
Servicer............................................................          1
Servicing Fee.......................................................     10, 38
Special Distribution................................................          8
Subsequent Contracts................................................          2
Subsequent Cutoff Date..............................................          7
Subsequent Transfer Agreement.......................................         12
Subsequent Transfer Date............................................          7
Transfer and Sale Agreement.........................................          2
Trust...............................................................          1
Trust Depositor.....................................................          1
Trust Stripped Bonds................................................         45
Trustee.............................................................          1
UCC.................................................................         13
</TABLE>
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED [      ], 199
 
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(TO PROSPECTUS DATED [          ], 199 )
 
HARLEY-DAVIDSON EAGLEMARK MOTORCYCLE TRUST 199 -[     ]
$[       ] [       ]% HARLEY-DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLE CONTRACT BACKED NOTES, CLASS
A-1
$[       ] [       ]% HARLEY-DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLE CONTRACT BACKED NOTES, CLASS
A-2
$[       ] [       ]% HARLEY-DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLE CONTRACT BACKED CERTIFICATES
 
EAGLEMARK, INC.
SELLER AND SERVICER
 
EAGLEMARK CUSTOMER FUNDING CORPORATION-[       ]
TRUST DEPOSITOR
 
The Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Motorcycle Trust 199  -[    ] Harley-Davidson
Motorcycle Contract Backed Securities described in this Prospectus Supplement
will consist of two Classes of notes (respectively, the "CLASS A-1 NOTES", and
the "CLASS A-2 NOTES" and collectively, the "NOTES") and one Class of
certificates (the "CERTIFICATES" and, together with the Notes, the
"SECURITIES"). Principal, in the amounts set forth herein, and interest at the
Interest Rates and Pass-Through Rate specified above for each Class of Notes and
the Certificates will be distributed to the related Securityholders on the
fifteenth day of each month (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the
immediately succeeding Business Day, each, a "DISTRIBUTION DATE"), beginning
[         ], 199 . Distributions on the Certificates will be subordinated to
payments due on the Notes to the extent described herein. Each Class of Notes
and the Certificates will be payable in full on the Final Distribution Dates (as
defined herein) specified herein for such Securities.
 
Distributions on the Certificates will be subordinated in priority to payments
due on the Notes. Payments of principal on the Class A-2 Notes generally (with
certain limited exceptions described herein) will not be made before repayment
at the entire principal amount due on the Class A-1 Notes. See "Summary of
Terms--Securities offered-A-General" herein.
 
                                                  (COVER CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)
 
   
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE POTENTIAL RISK FACTORS SET
FORTH UNDER "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE S-[  ] HEREOF AND ON PAGE 12 OF THE
PROSPECTUS.
    
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR THE PROSPECTUS. ANY
REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT IS       , 199 .
<PAGE>
(COVER PAGE CONTINUED)
 
    The Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Motorcycle Trust 199 -[    ] (the "TRUST")
will be formed pursuant to a Trust Agreement dated as of [         ] 1, 199 (the
"TRUST AGREEMENT") entered into by and between Eaglemark Customer Funding
Corporation-[ ] (the "TRUST DEPOSITOR") and Wilmington Trust Company, as Owner
Trustee (the "OWNER TRUSTEE"). The Trust Depositor is a wholly owned, limited
purpose subsidiary of Eaglemark, Inc. ("EAGLEMARK"). The Certificates will be
issued pursuant to the Trust Agreement and will represent fractional undivided
equity interests in the Trust. The Notes will be issued and secured pursuant to
an Indenture dated as of [         ] 1, 199 (the "INDENTURE") to be entered into
by and between the Trust and Harris Trust and Savings Bank, as Indenture Trustee
(the "INDENTURE TRUSTEE" and together with the Owner Trustee, the "TRUSTEES"),
and will represent obligations of the Trust.
 
    The Underwriter has agreed to purchase the Notes from the Trust and the
Certificates [from the Seller] as provided herein, and the Notes and
Certificates will be offered by the Underwriter from time to time as provided
herein in negotiated transactions or otherwise at varying prices to be
determined at the time of sale. The aggregate proceeds to the Seller from the
sale of the Securities are expected to be $         before deducting expenses
payable by the Seller of approximately $         .
 
    The Notes and Certificates are offered subject to receipt and acceptance by
the Underwriter and to the Underwriter's right to reject any offer in whole or
in part and to withdraw, cancel or modify the offer without notice. It is
expected that delivery of the Securities will be made in book-entry form through
the facilities of The Depository Trust Company ("DTC"), and solely in the case
of the Notes, Cedel Bank, societe anonyme ("CEDEL") and the Euroclear System
("EUROCLEAR") on or about          , 199 .
 
    The Trust property will consist of an initial pool of fixed-rate, simple
interest motorcycle conditional sales contracts (the "INITIAL CONTRACTS" which,
together with any Subsequent Contracts as defined below, are collectively the
"CONTRACTS") relating to Motorcycles manufactured by Harley-Davidson, Inc.
("HARLEY-DAVIDSON") or, in certain limited instances as described herein,
Motorcycles manufactured by an affiliate of Harley-Davidson, Buell Motorcycle
Company ("BUELL"), including all rights to receive payments collected on such
Initial Contracts on or after [         ], 199[ ] (the "INITIAL CUTOFF DATE").
The Trust property also will consist of security interests in the Motorcycles
financed through the Contracts; proceeds from certain insurance policies as
described in "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES--INDIVIDUAL
MOTORCYCLE INSURANCE" herein; amounts held for the Trust in the Collection
Account; and certain other property as more fully described herein
(collectively, the "TRUST PROPERTY"). The Trust will also pledge certain monies
on deposit in a trust account (the "PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT") to be established with
the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders which will be used by the
Trust to purchase from the Trust Depositor Subsequent Contracts (as defined
herein).
 
    The Contracts were originated by Eaglemark indirectly through
Harley-Davidson motorcycle dealers. Contracts with an aggregate principal
balance (as of the Initial Cutoff Date) of $[      ] will be sold by Eaglemark
(Eaglemark being in such capacity, the "Seller") to the Trust Depositor on the
date of issuance of the Notes and Certificates pursuant to a Transfer and Sale
Agreement dated as of [         ] 1, 199 by and between the Seller and the Trust
Depositor (the "TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENT"), will be further transferred and
assigned by the Trust Depositor to the Trust on such date pursuant to the Sale
and Servicing Agreement dated as of [         ] 1, 199 (the "AGREEMENT") by and
among the Trust, the Trust Depositor, the Indenture Trustee and Eaglemark, as
Servicer (in such capacity, together with successors and assigns, the "SERVICER"
) and will be pledged by the Trust to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the
Indenture. Additional fixed-rate, simple interest Harley-Davidson (and, in
limited instances, Buell) motorcycle conditional sales contracts (the
"SUBSEQUENT CONTRACTS") will be sold from time to time by the Seller to the
Trust Depositor at or before the end of the Funding Period (as defined herein)
and concurrently, in accordance with the Agreement, transferred by the Trust
Depositor to the Trust and, in accordance with the Indenture, pledged by the
Trust to the Indenture Trustee, with the purchase price to be payable to the
Trust Depositor from funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account.
 
    Principal, and interest with respect to the Class A-1 Notes of [   ]% per
annum (the "CLASS A-1 RATE") , the Class A-2 Notes of [   ]% per annum (the
"CLASS A-2 RATE"), and the Certificates of [   ]%
<PAGE>
per annum (the "PASS-THROUGH RATE") will be distributable with respect to the
Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes and the Certificates on the Distribution
Date. The final scheduled Distribution Date of the Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2
Notes and the Certificates will be on the Distribution Dates occurring in
October [  ], October [  ] and October [  ], respectively. See "CERTAIN
INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES." However, payment in full of the Notes and
Certificates could occur earlier than such date as described herein. In
addition, the Class A-2 Notes and the Certificates will be subject to prepayment
in whole, but not in part, on any Distribution Date on which the Trust Depositor
exercises its option to repurchase the Contracts from the Trust. The Trust
Depositor may repurchase the Contracts from the Trust (and the Seller may
concurrently repurchase such Contracts from the Trust Depositor) when the Pool
Balance has declined to less than 10% of the Initial Pool Balance (such
repurchase being referred to herein as an "OPTIONAL PURCHASE"). Both the Class
A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes will also be subject to partial mandatory
prepayment, without premium, in the event that funds remain in the Pre-Funding
Account at the end of the Funding Period (as defined herein).
 
    It is a condition of issuance that the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2
Notes be rated AAA and Aaa by Standard & Poor's Ratings Services ("S&P") and
Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("MOODY'S" and, together with S&P, the "RATING
AGENCIES"), respectively and that the Certificates be rated at least [      ] by
S&P and [      ]by Moody's.
 
    THE NOTES WILL REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF, AND THE CERTIFICATES WILL REPRESENT
BENEFICIAL EQUITY INTERESTS IN, THE TRUST AND WILL NOT REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF
OR INTERESTS IN EAGLEMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC., EAGLEMARK, INC., EAGLEMARK
CUSTOMER FUNDING CORPORATION-[ ] OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES. NONE OF
THE NOTES, THE CERTIFICATES OR THE CONTRACTS IS INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY ANY
GOVERNMENTAL ENTITY.
 
    THE SECURITIES ARE BEING OFFERED [BY THE SELLER] FROM TIME TO TIME PURSUANT
TO THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS ACCOMPANYING THIS PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT. THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT DOES NOT CONTAIN COMPLETE INFORMATION
ABOUT THE OFFERING OF THE SECURITIES. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS CONTAINED IN THE
PROSPECTUS, AND PURCHASERS ARE URGED TO READ BOTH THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND
THE PROSPECTUS IN FULL. SALES OF THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE CONSUMMATED UNLESS
THE PURCHASER HAS RECEIVED BOTH THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS.
TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY STATEMENTS IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT MODIFY
STATEMENTS CONTAINED IN THE PROSPECTUS, THE STATEMENTS IN THIS PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT SHALL CONTROL.
 
    There currently is no secondary market for the Securities and there is no
assurance that one will develop. The Underwriter expects, but is not obligated,
to make a market in the Notes and the Certificates. There is no assurance that
any such market will develop, or if one does develop, that it will continue or
provide sufficient liquidity.
 
    IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITER MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS THAT STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE SECURITIES AT A
LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL. SUCH TRANSACTIONS, IF COMMENCED,
MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
    Upon receipt of a request by an investor who has received an electronic
Prospectus Supplement and Prospectus from an Underwriter or a request by such
investor's representative within the period during which there is an obligation
to deliver a Prospectus Supplement and Prospectus, the Seller or such
Underwriter will promptly deliver, or cause to be delivered, without charge, TO
SUCH INVESTOR a paper copy of the Prospectus Supplement and Prospectus.
 
    UNTIL 90 DAYS FROM THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT, ALL DEALERS
EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS
DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND PROSPECTUS.
THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT AND
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITER AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD
ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS
 
    Unless and until the Securities are issued in definitive certificate form,
monthly and annual unaudited reports containing information concerning the
Contracts will be prepared by the Servicer, and sent on behalf of the Trust only
to Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC and registered holder of the Certificates. See
"CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES--BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION" and "--
REPORTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS" in the accompanying Prospectus. Such reports will
not constitute financial statements prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles. The Servicer will file with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "COMMISSION") such periodic reports with respect to the
Trust as are required under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
"EXCHANGE ACT"), and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                      <C>
SUMMARY OF TERMS.......................................................................          5
 
RISK FACTORS...........................................................................         16
 
FORMATION OF THE TRUST.................................................................         18
 
POOL FACTORS AND TRADING INFORMATION...................................................         18
 
USE OF PROCEEDS........................................................................         19
 
THE CONTRACTS..........................................................................         19
 
HARLEY-DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLES............................................................         32
 
YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS....................................................         32
 
EAGLEMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.; EAGLEMARK, INC.....................................         33
 
EAGLEMARK CUSTOMER FUNDING CORPORATION-IV..............................................         33
 
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES...............................................................         34
 
DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES........................................................         35
 
CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES...........................................         36
 
SECURITY INTERESTS AND OTHER ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS; REPURCHASE OBLIGATIONS..........         58
 
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS...................................................................         62
 
UNDERWRITING...........................................................................         63
 
RATINGS OF THE SECURITIES..............................................................         65
 
LEGAL MATTERS..........................................................................         65
 
GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES..........................         66
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                SUMMARY OF TERMS
 
    THIS SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO THE DETAILED
INFORMATION APPEARING ELSEWHERE HEREIN AND IN THE PROSPECTUS. CERTAIN
CAPITALIZED TERMS USED IN THIS SUMMARY ARE DEFINED ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT ON THE PAGES INDICATED IN THE "INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS" OR, TO THE
EXTENT NOT DEFINED HEREIN, HAVE THE MEANINGS ASSIGNED TO SUCH TERMS IN THE
PROSPECTUS.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>
Trust........................  Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Motorcycle Trust 199[ ]-[    ]
                               (the "TRUST").
Trust Depositor..............  Eaglemark Customer Funding Corporation-[      ], a wholly
                               owned, limited-purpose subsidiary of Eaglemark, Inc. (the
                               "TRUST DEPOSITOR")
Seller and Servicer or
 Seller/ Servicer............  Eaglemark, Inc. ("EAGLEMARK" or the "SELLER" or, in its
                               capacity as Servicer, the "SERVICER"), a 100% owned
                               subsidiary of Eaglemark Financial Services, Inc. ("EAGLEMARK
                               FINANCIAL").
Owner Trustee................  Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking corporation (in
                               such capacity, the "OWNER TRUSTEE").
Indenture Trustee............  Harris Trust and Savings Bank, an Illinois banking
                               corporation (in such capacity, the "INDENTURE TRUSTEE"). The
                               Indenture Trustee will also act as Paying Agent under the
                               Indenture and the Trust Agreement.
Closing Date.................  , 199
Securities Offered...........  The securities offered are as follows:
  A. General.................  The Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Motorcycle Trust 199[ ]-[    ]
                               Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Contract Backed Notes (the
                               "NOTES") will represent indebtedness of the Trust secured by
                               the assets of the Trust (other than the Certificate
                               Distribution Account as defined herein). The Harley-Davidson
                               Eaglemark Motorcycle Trust 199[      ]-[      ]
                               Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Contract Backed Certificates (the
                               "CERTIFICATES" and, together with the Notes, the
                               "SECURITIES") will represent fractional undivided equity
                               interests in the Trust.
                               The Trust will issue two Classes of Notes pursuant to an
                               Indenture to be dated as of [      ] 1, 199 (the
                               "INDENTURE"), between the Trust and the Indenture Trustee,
                               as follows: (i) $[      ] aggregate principal amount of
                               Class A-1 [  ]% Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Contract Backed
                               Notes (the "CLASS A-1 NOTES") and (ii) $[      ] aggregate
                               principal amount of Class A-2 [  ]% Harley-Davidson
                               Motorcycle Contract Backed Notes (the "CLASS A-2 NOTES").
                               Payments of principal, made through the application of
                               available collections on the Contracts in an amount
                               reflecting reductions in the principal balances of the
                               Contracts, and from certain other available amounts as
                               described herein, will be made first on the Class A-1 Notes
                               until the Class A-1 Notes have been repaid in full (except
                               to the limited extent described in "SUMMARY OF TERMS--TERMS
                               OF THE NOTES--MANDATORY SPECIAL REDEMPTION" below), and
                               thereafter on the Class A-2 Notes until the Class A-2 Notes
                               have been repaid in full, and in each case prior to any
                               repayment of principal on the Certificates. Payments of
                               interest on the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes will
                               be made from available collections on the
</TABLE>
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>
                               Contracts, and from certain other available amounts as
                               described herein, without priority of payment between such
                               Classes, but in each case prior to payment of interest on
                               the Certificates. See "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE
                               SECURITIES-- DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE SECURITIES."Accordingly,
                               the principal distinction between an investment in the Class
                               A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes is that holders of Class
                               A-1 Notes will receive a return of invested principal sooner
                               than holders of Class A-2 Notes.
                               The Trust will issue $[      ] aggregate principal amount of
                               [      ]% Certificates pursuant to a Trust Agreement to be
                               dated as of [      ]1, 199 (the "TRUST AGREEMENT") by and
                               between the Trust Depositor and the Owner Trustee (the Owner
                               Trustee, together with the Indenture Trustee, being
                               sometimes collectively referred to herein as the
                               "TRUSTEES"). Payments in respect of principal and interest
                               on the Certificates will be subordinated to payments on the
                               Notes to the extent described herein.
                               Each Class of Notes and the Certificates will be issued in
                               minimum denominations of $1,000 and will be available in
                               book-entry form only. Securityholders will be able to
                               receive Definitive Securities (as defined herein) only in
                               the limited circumstances described herein. See "CERTAIN
                               INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES--FORM, EXCHANGE,
                               REGISTRATION AND TITLE" herein.
  B. Trust Property..........  The Trust Property consists of, among other things, the pool
                               of Initial Contracts together with any Subsequent Contracts
                               transferred to the Trust, and all rights, benefits,
                               obligations and proceeds arising therefrom or in connection
                               therewith, including security interests in the
                               Harley-Davidson (and, in certain limited instances, Buell)
                               motorcycles (the "MOTORCYCLES"; see "THE CONTRACTS--HARLEY-
                               DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLES") securing such Contracts and proceeds,
                               if any, from certain insurance policies with respect to
                               individual Motorcycles.
  C. Distribution Dates......  Distributions of interest and principal on the Securities
                               will be made on the fifteenth day of each month (or, if such
                               day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business
                               Day) (each, a "DISTRIBUTION DATE"), commencing [      ],
                               199[ ]. Payments on the Securities on each Distribution Date
                               will be paid to the holders of the related Securities who
                               are of record on the last Business Day immediately preceding
                               the calendar month in which such Distribution Date occurs
                               (each, a "RECORD DATE").
 
                               A "BUSINESS DAY" will be any day other than a Saturday, a
                               Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in Chicago,
                               Illinois or Wilmington, Delaware are authorized or obligated
                               by law, executive order or government decree to be closed.
 
                               To the extent not previously paid prior to such dates, the
                               outstanding principal amount of (i) the Class A-1 Notes will
                               be payable on the Distribution Date occurring in [      ]
                               (the "CLASS A-1 FINAL DISTRIBUTION DATE") and (ii) the Class
                               A-2 Notes will be payable on the Distribution Date occurring
                               in [      ] (the "CLASS A-2 FINAL DISTRIBUTION DATE" and,
                               together with the Class A-1 Final Distribution Date, the
                               "NOTE FINAL DISTRIBUTION DATES"). To the extent not
</TABLE>
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>
                               previously paid in full prior to such date, the unpaid
                               principal balance of the Certificates will be payable on the
                               Distribution Date occurring in [      ] (the "CERTIFICATE
                               FINAL DISTRIBUTION DATE" and, together with the Note Final
                               Distribution Dates, the "FINAL DISTRIBUTION DATES").
Terms of the Notes...........  The principal terms of the Notes will be as described below:
  A. Interest Rates..........  The Class A-1 Notes will bear interest at the rate of [  ]%
                               per annum (the "CLASS A-1 RATE") and the Class A-2 Notes
                               will bear interest at the rate of [  ]% per annum (the
                               "CLASS A-2 RATE" and, together with the Class A-1 Rate, the
                               "INTEREST RATES").
  B. Interest................  Interest on the outstanding principal amount of the Class
                               A-1 Notes and Class A-2 Notes will accrue at the related
                               Interest Rate from and including the fifteenth day of the
                               month of the most recent Distribution Date based on a
                               360-day year consisting of 12 months of 30 days each (or
                               from and including the Closing Date with respect to the
                               first Distribution Date) to but excluding the fifteenth day
                               of the month of the current Distribution Date (each, an
                               "INTEREST PERIOD"). Interest on the Notes for any
                               Distribution Date due but not paid on such Distribution Date
                               will be due on the next Distribution Date, together with, to
                               the extent permitted by applicable law, interest on such
                               shortfall at the related Interest Rate. See "DESCRIPTION OF
                               THE NOTES--PAYMENTS OF INTEREST" and "CERTAIN INFORMATION
                               REGARDING THE SECURITIES -- DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE
                               SECURITIES."
  C. Principal...............  Principal of the Notes will be payable on each Distribution
                               Date in an amount generally equal to the Note Principal
                               Distributable Amount (as defined herein) for such
                               Distribution Date, calculated as described under "CERTAIN
                               INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES -- DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE
                               SECURITIES -- DEPOSITS TO THE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNTS;
                               PRIORITY OF PAYMENTS." On each Distribution Date, the Note
                               Principal Distributable Amount will be applied in the
                               following priority: first to reduce the principal amount of
                               the Class A-1 Notes to zero, and thereafter, to reduce the
                               principal amount of the Class A-2 Notes to zero.
                               Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the principal amount of
                               either the Class A-1 Notes or Class A-2 Notes has not been
                               paid in full prior to its related Note Final Distribution
                               Date, the Note Principal Distributable Amount for such Note
                               Final Distribution Date will be the unpaid principal amount
                               of such Class of Notes as of such Note Final Distribution
                               Date. See "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES -- PAYMENTS OF
                               PRINCIPAL."
  D. Optional Redemption.....  In the event of an Optional Purchase, the Class A-2 Notes
                               will be redeemed in whole, but not in part, at a redemption
                               price equal to the unpaid principal amount of the Class A-2
                               Notes plus accrued interest thereon at the related Interest
                               Rate. See "DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES --OPTIONAL REDEMPTION."
  E. Mandatory Redemption....  Under certain conditions, the Notes may be accelerated upon
                               the occurrence of an Event of Default under the Indenture.
                               See "THE NOTES --EVENTS OF DEFAULT."
  F. Mandatory Special
    Redemption...............  The holders of Class A-1 Notes ("CLASS A-1 NOTEHOLDERS") and
                               Class A-2 Notes ("CLASS A-2 NOTEHOLDERS") will be prepaid in
                               part, without premium, on the Distribution Date on or
                               immediately following the last day of the Funding Period in
                               the event that any
</TABLE>
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>
                               amount remains on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account after
                               giving effect to the purchase of all Subsequent Contracts,
                               including any such purchase on such date (a "MANDATORY
                               SPECIAL REDEMPTION"). The aggregate principal amount of
                               Class A-1 Notes and Class A-2 Notes to be prepaid will be an
                               amount equal to the amount then on deposit in the
                               Pre-Funding Account allocated pro rata; provided, however,
                               in the event the Mandatory Special Redemption Amount is less
                               than $[      ] such amount shall be allocated solely to the
                               Class A-1 Noteholders, pro rata.
Terms of the Certificates....  The principal terms of the Certificates will be as described
                               below:
  A. Interest................  On each Distribution Date, the Owner Trustee or any paying
                               agent or paying agents as the Owner Trustee may designate
                               from time to time (each, a "PAYING AGENT", which initially
                               will be the Indenture Trustee) will distribute pro rata to
                               Certificateholders of record as of the related Record Date
                               accrued interest at the rate of [  ]% per annum (the
                               "PASS-THROUGH RATE") on the Certificate Balance (as defined
                               herein) as of the immediately preceding Distribution Date
                               (after giving effect to distributions of principal to be
                               made on such immediately preceding Distribution Date) or, in
                               the case of the first Distribution Date, the Initial
                               Certificate Balance. Interest in respect of a Distribution
                               Date will accrue from and including the Closing Date (in the
                               case of the first Distribution Date) or from and including
                               the fifteenth day of the month of the most recent
                               Distribution Date to but excluding the fifteenth day of the
                               month of the current Distribution Date based on a 360-day
                               year consisting of 12 months of 30 days each. Interest on
                               the Certificates for any Distribution Date due but not paid
                               on such Distribution Date will be due on the next
                               Distribution Date, together with, to the extent permitted by
                               applicable law, interest on such shortfall at the
                               Pass-Through Rate. See "DESCRIPTION OF THE
                               CERTIFICATES--DISTRIBUTIONS OF INTEREST" and "CERTAIN
                               INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES -- DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE
                               SECURITIES."
                               The "CERTIFICATE BALANCE" will equal $[      ] (the "INITIAL
                               CERTIFICATE BALANCE") on the Closing Date and on any date
                               thereafter will equal the Initial Certificate Balance
                               reduced by all distributions of principal previously made in
                               respect of the Certificates. Distributions on the
                               Certificates will be subordinated to payments of interest
                               and principal on the Notes to the extent described under
                               "DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES" and "CERTAIN INFORMATION
                               REGARDING THE SECURITIES -- DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE
                               SECURITIES."
  B. Principal...............  No principal will be paid on the Certificates until the
                               Distribution Date on which the principal amounts of the
                               Class A-1 Notes and Class A-2 Notes have been reduced to
                               zero. On such Distribution Date and each Distribution Date
                               thereafter, principal of the Certificates will be payable in
                               an amount equal to the Certificate Principal Distributable
                               Amount (as defined herein) for such Distribution Date,
                               calculated as described under "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING
                               THE SECURITIES -- DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE SECURITIES --
                               DEPOSITS TO THE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNTS; PRIORITY OF
                               PAYMENTS." If not paid in full prior to the Certificate
                               Final Distribution Date, the remaining Certificate Balance,
</TABLE>
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>
                               if any, will be payable on that date. See "THE CERTIFICATES
                               -- DISTRIBUTIONS OF PRINCIPAL."
  C. Optional Prepayment.....  In the event of an Optional Purchase, the Certificates will
                               be repaid in whole, but not in part, at a repayment price
                               equal to the Certificate Balance plus accrued interest
                               thereon at the Pass-Through Rate. See "DESCRIPTION OF THE
                               CERTIFICATES -- OPTIONAL PREPAYMENT."
Security for the
 Securities..................  The principal security for the Securities will be as
                               described below:
  A. The Contracts...........  The Contracts will be fixed-rate, simple-interest
                               conditional sales contracts for Motorcycles, including any
                               and all rights to receive payments collected thereunder on
                               or after the related Cutoff Date and security interests in
                               the Motorcycles financed thereby.
                               On the Closing Date, the Trust Depositor will sell, transfer
                               and assign to the Trust pursuant to the Agreement, and the
                               Trust will pledge to the Indenture Trustee, pursuant to the
                               Indenture, Initial Contracts with an aggregate principal
                               balance of $[      ] as of [      ], 199 , (the "INITIAL
                               CUTOFF DATE"). Following the Closing Date, pursuant to the
                               Agreement, the Trust Depositor will be obligated, subject
                               only to the availability thereof, to sell, and the Trust
                               will be obligated to purchase and pledge subject to the
                               satisfaction of certain conditions set forth therein,
                               Subsequent Contracts from time to time during the Funding
                               Period (as defined below) having an aggregate principal
                               balance equal to $[      ], such amount being equal to the
                               amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account established
                               under the Indenture on the Closing Date. With respect to
                               each transfer of Subsequent Contracts to the Trust and the
                               simultaneous pledge of Subsequent Contracts to the Indenture
                               Trustee, the Trust Depositor will designate as a cutoff date
                               (each a "SUBSEQUENT CUTOFF DATE") the date as of which such
                               Subsequent Contracts are deemed sold to the Trust and
                               pledged to the Indenture Trustee. Each date on which
                               Subsequent Contracts are conveyed and pledged is referred to
                               herein as a "SUBSEQUENT TRANSFER DATE."
                               The Initial Contracts and the Subsequent Contracts will be
                               selected from retail Motorcycle installment sales contracts
                               in the Trust Depositor's portfolio based on the criteria
                               specified in the Transfer and Sale Agreement. The Contracts
                               arise and will arise from loans to Obligors located in the
                               50 states of the United States, the District of Columbia
                               [and other U.S. territories]. As of the Initial Cutoff Date,
                               the annual percentage rate of interest on the Initial
                               Contracts ranges from [  ]% to [  ]% with a weighted average
                               of approximately [  ]%. The Initial Contracts had a weighted
                               average term to scheduled maturity, as of origination, of
                               approximately [      ] months, and a weighted average term
                               to scheduled maturity, as of the Initial Cutoff Date, of
                               approximately [      ] months. The final scheduled
                               Distribution Date on the Initial Contract with the latest
                               maturity is no later than [      ]. No Contract (including
                               any Subsequent Contract) will have a scheduled maturity
                               later than [      ,     ]. The Contracts generally are or
                               will be prepayable at any time without penalty to the
                               Obligor. Following the transfer of Subsequent Contracts to
                               the Trust, the aggregate characteristics of the entire pool
                               of Contracts may vary from those of the Initial
</TABLE>
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>
                               Contracts as to the criteria identified and described in
                               "THE CONTRACTS" herein.
  B. The Reserve Fund........  The Securityholders will be afforded certain limited
                               protection, to the extent described herein, against losses
                               in respect of the Contracts by the establishment of an
                               account in the name of the Indenture Trustee for the benefit
                               of the Securityholders (the "RESERVE FUND").
 
                               The Reserve Fund will be created with an initial deposit by
                               the Trust Depositor of $[      ] (the "RESERVE FUND INITIAL
                               DEPOSIT") on the Closing Date. The funds in the Reserve Fund
                               will thereafter be supplemented on each Distribution Date by
                               the deposit of certain Excess Amounts and Subsequent Reserve
                               Fund Amounts (as defined herein) (such Excess Amounts and
                               Subsequent Reserve Fund Amounts, together with the Reserve
                               Fund Initial Deposit and the Certificate Reserve Amount as
                               defined herein, the "RESERVE FUND DEPOSITS")), until the
                               amount in the Reserve Fund reaches the Specified Reserve
                               Fund Balance (as defined herein). "EXCESS AMOUNTS" in
                               respect of a Distribution Date will be calculated as
                               described under "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE
                               SECURITIES -- DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE SECURITIES -- DEPOSITS TO
                               THE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNTS; PRIORITY OF PAYMENTS" and will
                               equal the funds on deposit in the Collection Account in
                               respect of such Distribution Date, after giving effect to
                               all distributions required to be made on such Distribution
                               Date from Available Monies (as defined herein). The
                               "SUBSEQUENT RESERVE FUND AMOUNT" will equal the amount on
                               each Subsequent Transfer Date equal to [  %] of the
                               aggregate balance of the Subsequent Contracts conveyed to
                               the Trust. The Specified Reserve Fund Balance for any
                               Distribution Date will be calculated as described under
                               "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES -- PAYMENT
                               PRIORITIES OF THE NOTES AND THE CERTIFICATES; THE RESERVE
                               FUND." On each Distribution Date, funds will be withdrawn
                               from the Reserve Fund, up to the Available Amount (as
                               hereinafter defined), for distribution to Securityholders to
                               cover any shortfalls in interest and principal required to
                               be paid on the Securities.
                               In addition to the Reserve Fund Initial Deposit, the Trust
                               Depositor will deposit $[      ], (as further defined herein
                               the "CERTIFICATE RESERVE AMOUNT"), into the Reserve Fund on
                               the Closing Date. If funds in the Reserve Fund (other than
                               the Certificate Reserve Amount) are applied in accordance
                               with the last sentence of the preceding paragraph and are
                               insufficient to distribute the interest or principal due on
                               the Certificates, funds available from the Certificate
                               Reserve Amount will be withdrawn from the Reserve Fund and
                               applied solely to distribute interest or principal on the
                               Certificates. The Certificate Reserve Amount will not be
                               available to pay interest or principal on the Notes. The
                               "AVAILABLE AMOUNT" will equal the amount of all funds on
                               deposit in the Reserve Fund less the undistributed balance
                               of Certificate Reserve Amount, if any.
                               On each Distribution Date, after giving effect to all
                               distributions made on such Distribution Date, any amounts in
                               the Reserve Fund that are in excess of the Specified Reserve
                               Fund Balance will be allocated and distributed to the Trust
                               Depositor. See "CERTAIN INFORMATION
</TABLE>
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>
                               REGARDING THE SECURITIES -- PAYMENT PRIORITIES OF THE NOTES
                               AND THE CERTIFICATES; THE RESERVE FUND."
  C. Pre-Funding Account.....  During the period (the "FUNDING PERIOD") from and including
                               the Closing Date until the earliest of (a) the Distribution
                               Date on which the amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding
                               Account is less than $[      ], (b) the date on which an
                               Event of Termination occurs with respect to the Servicer
                               under the Agreement, (c) the date on which certain events of
                               insolvency occur with respect to the Trust Depositor or (d)
                               the close of business on the date which is 90 days from and
                               including the Closing Date, the Pre-Funded Amount will be
                               maintained as an account in the name of the Indenture
                               Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders to secure the Trust
                               Depositor's obligations under the Agreement to purchase and
                               transfer Subsequent Contracts to the Trust and the Trust's
                               obligations under the Indenture to pledge Subsequent
                               Contracts to the Indenture Trustee. The Pre-Funded Amount
                               will initially equal $[      ] and, during the Funding
                               Period, will be reduced by the amount thereof that the Trust
                               uses to purchase Subsequent Contracts from the Trust
                               Depositor and contemporaneously therewith from the Seller by
                               the Trust Depositor. The Trust Depositor expects that the
                               Pre-Funded Amount will be reduced to less than $[      ] by
                               the Distribution Date occurring in [      ] 199 . Any
                               Pre-Funded Amount remaining at the end of the Funding Period
                               will be payable to the Noteholders as described above in
                               "SUMMARY OF TERMS--MANDATORY SPECIAL REDEMPTION."
  D. Interest Reserve
    Account..................  The Trust Depositor will establish, and fund with an initial
                               deposit on the Closing Date, a separate collateral account
                               in the name of the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the
                               Securityholders under the Agreement (the "INTEREST RESERVE
                               ACCOUNT"), for the purpose of providing additional funds for
                               payment of Carrying Charges (as described below) to pay
                               certain distributions on Distribution Dates occurring during
                               (and on the first Distribution Date following the end of)
                               the Funding Period. In addition to the initial deposit, all
                               investment earnings with respect to the Pre-Funding Account
                               are to be deposited into the Interest Reserve Account and,
                               pursuant to the Agreement, on each Distribution Date
                               described above, amounts in respect of Carrying Charges from
                               such account will be transferred into the Collection
                               Account. "CARRYING CHARGES" means (i) the product of (x) the
                               weighted average of the Class A-1 Rate, the Class A-2 Rate
                               and the Pass-Through Rate and (y) the undisbursed funds
                               (excluding investment earnings) in the Pre-Funding Account
                               (as of the last day of the related Due Period as defined
                               herein) over (ii) the amount of any investment earnings on
                               funds in the Pre-Funding Account which was transferred to
                               the Interest Reserve Account, as well as interest earnings
                               on amounts in the Interest Reserve Account.
                               The Interest Reserve Account will be established to account
                               for the fact that a portion of the proceeds obtained from
                               the sale of the Notes will be initially deposited in the
                               Pre-Funding Account (as the initial Pre-Funded Amount)
                               rather than invested in Contracts, and the monthly
                               investment earnings on such Pre-Funded Amount (until the
</TABLE>
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>
                               Pre-Funded Amount is used to purchase Subsequent Contracts)
                               are expected to be less than the weighted average of the
                               Class A-1 Rate, the Class A-2 Rate and the Pass-Through Rate
                               with respect to the corresponding portion of the Class A-1
                               Principal Balance, Class A-2 Principal Balance and the
                               Certificate Balance, as well as the amount necessary to pay
                               the Trustees' Fees. The Interest Reserve Account is not
                               designed to provide any protection against losses on the
                               Contracts in the Trust. After the Funding Period, money
                               remaining in the Interest Reserve Account will be released
                               to the Trust Depositor.
Optional Purchase............  The Seller, through the Trust Depositor may, but will not be
                               obligated to, purchase all of the Contracts in the Trust,
                               and thereby cause early retirement of all outstanding
                               Securities, on any Distribution Date as of which the Pool
                               Balance has declined to less than 10% of the Initial Pool
                               Balance (an "OPTIONAL PURCHASE"). See "CERTAIN INFORMATION
                               REGARDING THE SECURITIES -- TERMINATION."
Ratings......................  It is a condition of issuance that the Class A-1 Notes and
                               Class A-2 Notes be rated AAA by Standard & Poor's Ratings
                               Services, A Division of The McGraw-Hill Companies ("S&P")
                               and Aaa by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("MOODY'S" and,
                               together with S&P, the "RATING AGENCIES") and the
                               Certificates each be rated at least [      ] by S&P and
                               [      ] by Moody's. See "RATINGS OF THE SECURITIES."
Advances.....................  The Servicer is obligated to advance each month an amount
                               equal to accrued and unpaid interest on the Contracts which
                               was delinquent with respect to the related Due Period (as
                               defined herein) (each an "ADVANCE"), but only to the extent
                               that the Servicer believes that the amount of such Advance
                               will be recoverable from collections on the Contracts. The
                               Servicer will be entitled to reimbursement of outstanding
                               Advances on any Distribution Date by means of a first
                               priority withdrawal of Available Monies (as defined herein)
                               then held in the Collection Account. See "CERTAIN
                               INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES--ADVANCES."
Mandatory Repurchase by the
 Trust Depositor.............  Under the Agreement, the Trust Depositor has agreed, in the
                               event of a breach of certain representations and warranties
                               made by the Trust Depositor and contained therein which
                               materially and adversely affects the Trust's interest in any
                               Contract and which has not been cured, to repurchase such
                               Contract within two business days prior to the first
                               Determination Date after the Seller becomes aware of such
                               breach. "DETERMINATION DATE" means the fourth business day
                               following the conclusion of a Due Period. The Seller is
                               obligated under the Transfer and Sale Agreement (which right
                               against the Seller the Trust Depositor has assigned in such
                               circumstances to the Trust) to repurchase the Contracts from
                               the Trust Depositor contemporaneously with the Trust
                               Depositor's purchase of the Contracts from the Trust. See
                               "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES--CONVEYANCE OF
                               CONTRACTS."
Security Interests and Other
 Aspects of the Contracts....  In connection with the establishment of the Trust as well as
                               the assignment, conveyance and transfer of Contracts
                               (including Subsequent Contracts) to the Trust and pledge to
                               the Indenture
</TABLE>
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>
                               Trustee, security interests in the Motorcycles securing the
                               Contracts have been (or will be) (i) conveyed and assigned
                               by the Seller to the Trust Depositor pursuant to the
                               Transfer and Sale Agreement (and, in the case of Subsequent
                               Contracts, the related Subsequent Purchase Agreement as
                               defined therein and executed thereunder), (ii) conveyed and
                               assigned by the Trust Depositor to the Trust pursuant to the
                               Agreement (and, in the case of Subsequent Contracts, the
                               related Subsequent Transfer Agreement as defined herein
                               executed thereunder) and (iii) pledged by the Trust to the
                               Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture. The Agreement
                               will designate the Servicer as custodian to maintain
                               possession, as the Indenture Trustee's agent, of the
                               Contracts and any other documents relating to the
                               Motorcycles. Uniform Commercial Code financing statements
                               will be filed in both Nevada and Illinois, reflecting the
                               conveyance and assignment of the Contracts to the Trust
                               Depositor from the Seller, from the Trust Depositor to the
                               Trust and the pledge from the Trust to the Indenture
                               Trustee, and the Seller's and the Trust Depositor's
                               accounting records and computer systems will also reflect
                               such conveyance and assignment and pledge. To facilitate
                               servicing and save administrative costs, such documents will
                               not be segregated from other similar documents that are in
                               the Servicer's possession. However, the Contracts will be
                               stamped to reflect their conveyance and assignment and
                               pledge. If, however, though fraud, negligence or otherwise,
                               a subsequent purchaser were able to take physical possession
                               of the Contracts without notice of such conveyance and
                               assignment and pledge, the Trust's and Indenture Trustee's
                               interest in the Contracts could be defeated. In addition,
                               due to administrative burden and expense, the certificates
                               of title to the Motorcycles will not be amended or reissued
                               to reflect the conveyance and assignment of the Seller's
                               security interest in the Motorcycles related to the
                               Contracts to the Trust Depositor and the Trust or the pledge
                               to the Indenture Trustee. In the absence of amendments to
                               the certificates of title, the Trust and Indenture Trustee
                               may not have a perfected security interest in the
                               Motorcycles. Further, federal and state consumer protection
                               laws impose requirements upon creditors in connection with
                               extensions of credit and collections on conditional sales
                               contracts, and certain of these laws make an assignee of
                               such a contract liable to the obligor thereon for any
                               violation of such laws by the lender. The Trust Depositor
                               has agreed to repurchase any Contract as to which it has
                               failed to perfect a security interest in the Motorcycle
                               securing such Contract, or as to which a breach of federal
                               or state laws exists if such breach materially and adversely
                               affects the Trust's interest in such Contract and if such
                               failure or breach has not been cured within 90 days. The
                               Seller has entered into a corresponding obligation to
                               repurchase such Contracts from the Trust Depositor under the
                               Transfer and Sale Agreements. See "SECURITY INTERESTS AND
                               OTHER ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS; REPURCHASE OBLIGATIONS."
Monthly Servicing Fee........  The Servicer will be entitled to receive for each Due Period
                               a monthly servicing fee (the "MONTHLY SERVICING FEE") equal
                               to [      ] of [  %]of the Principal Balance of the
                               Contracts as of the beginning of
</TABLE>
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                            <C>
                               such Due Period. The Servicer will also be entitled to
                               receive any extension fees or late payment penalty fees paid
                               by Obligors (collectively with the Monthly Servicing Fee,
                               the "SERVICING FEE"). The Servicing Fee is payable prior to
                               any payments to the Noteholders or the Certificateholders.
                               See "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES--SERVICING
                               COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES."
Tax Status...................  In the opinion of Winston & Strawn, federal tax counsel to
                               the Trust Depositor, for federal income tax purposes, the
                               Notes will be characterized as debt, and the Trust will not
                               be characterized as an association (or a publicly traded
                               partnership) taxable as a corporation. Each Noteholder, by
                               the acceptance of a Note, will agree to treat the Notes as
                               indebtedness, and each Certificateholder, by the acceptance
                               of a Certificate, will agree to treat the Trust as a
                               partnership in which the Certificateholders are partners for
                               federal income tax purposes. See "FEDERAL INCOME TAX
                               CONSEQUENCES."
ERISA Considerations.........  Subject to the considerations discussed under "ERISA
                               CONSIDERATIONS"herein, the Notes will be eligible for
                               purchase by employee benefit plans. Any benefit plan
                               fiduciary considering purchase of the Notes should, however,
                               consult with its counsel regarding the consequences of such
                               purchase under ERISA and the Code. See "ERISA
                               CONSIDERATIONS."
 
                               The Certificates are not eligible for purchase by (i)
                               employee benefit plans subject to ERISA, or (ii) individual
                               retirement accounts and other retirement plans subject to
                               Section 4975 of the Code.
</TABLE>
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    THE CONTRACTS AND REINVESTMENT RISK ASSOCIATED WITH THE PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT.
On the Closing Date, the Trust Depositor will transfer $[ ] of Initial Contracts
to the Trust, which Initial Contracts the Trust Depositor purchased from the
Seller using part of the proceeds of the Notes and Certificates sold to
investors. The Trust Depositor will transfer $[ ] (representing the Pre-Funded
Amount), pursuant to the Agreement, into the Pre-Funding Account established and
maintained in the name of the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the
Securityholders. Such pledge will secure the Trust's obligation to purchase from
the Trust Depositor and transfer to the Trust the Subsequent Contracts in a
principal amount equal to the initial Pre-Funded Amount at or before the end of
the Funding Period. If the Seller fails to originate a principal amount of
eligible Contracts during the Funding Period which is at least equal to the Pre-
Funded Amount, the Trust Depositor will be unable to acquire sufficient
Subsequent Contracts to transfer to the Trust on one or more Subsequent Transfer
Dates, thereby resulting in a Mandatory Special Redemption and prepayment of
principal to the Noteholders as described in the following paragraph. In
addition, any conveyance of Subsequent Contracts is subject to the satisfaction,
on or before the related Subsequent Transfer Date, of the following conditions,
among others: (i) each such Subsequent Contract satisfies the eligibility
criteria specified in the Transfer and Sale Agreement and the related Subsequent
Purchase Agreement executed thereunder; (ii) as of the applicable Subsequent
Cutoff Date, no Contract in the Trust, including the Subsequent Contracts that
the Trust Depositor will be conveying as of such Subsequent Cutoff Date, will
have a scheduled maturity date later than [ ]; (iii) the Trust Depositor shall
have executed and delivered in favor of the Trust a written assignment (a
"SUBSEQUENT TRANSFER AGREEMENT") conveying such Subsequent Contracts to the
Trust (including a schedule identifying such Subsequent Contracts); (iv) the
Trust Depositor shall have delivered certain opinions of counsel to the
Trustees, the Initial Purchaser and the Rating Agencies with respect to the
validity and other aspects of the conveyance of all such Subsequent Contracts
and (v) the Rating Agencies shall have each notified the Trust Depositor and the
Trustees in writing that, following the addition of such Subsequent Contracts,
the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes will be rated AAA by S&P and Aaa by
Moody's, and the Certificates will be rated at least [      ] by S&P and
[      ] by Moody's. Such confirmation of the ratings of the Class A-1 Notes and
the Class A-2 Notes and the Certificates may depend on factors other than the
characteristics of the Subsequent Contracts, including the delinquency,
repossession and net loss experience on the Contracts in the Trust. Also, there
can be no assurance that the Seller will continue to generate Motorcycle
conditional sales contracts that satisfy the criteria set forth in the Transfer
and Sale Agreement.
 
    To the extent that amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account have not
been fully applied to the purchase of Subsequent Contracts by the Trust
Depositor during the Funding Period, the Class A-1 Noteholders and Class A-2
Noteholders will receive, on the Distribution Date on or immediately following
the last day of the Funding Period, a prepayment of principal in an amount equal
to the amount remaining in the Pre-Funding Account pro rata; provided, however,
in the event the Mandatory Special Redemption Amount is less than $[] such
amount shall be allocated solely to the Class A-1 Noteholders. See also "RISK
FACTORS--REINVESTMENT RISK ASSOCIATED WITH PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNTS AND COLLATERAL
REINVESTMENT ACCOUNTS" in the Prospectus. It is anticipated that even if the
Seller originates sufficient Subsequent Contracts to exhaust most of the
Pre-Funded Amount, the principal amount of Subsequent Contracts conveyed to the
Trust by the end of the Funding Period will not be exactly equal to the amount
on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account and that therefore there will be at least
a nominal amount of principal prepaid to the Class A-1 Noteholders at the end of
the Funding Period in any event.
 
    Following the transfer of Subsequent Contracts to the Trust, the aggregate
characteristics of the entire pool of Contracts may vary from those of the
Initial Contracts as of the Initial Cutoff Date, as to the criteria described in
"THE CONTRACTS" below.
 
    TRUST'S RELATIONSHIP TO THE TRUST DEPOSITOR AND SELLER. Neither the Seller
nor the Trust Depositor is generally obligated to make any payments in respect
of the Notes, Certificates or Contracts. However, in
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
connection with each conveyance of Contracts by the Seller to the Trust
Depositor and by the Trust Depositor to the Trust, the Seller will make
representations and warranties with respect to the characteristics of such
Contracts. In certain circumstances, the Seller through the Trust Depositor is
obligated to repurchase Contracts with respect to which such representations or
warranties are not true as of the date made. Neither the Seller nor the Trust
Depositor is otherwise obligated with respect to the Notes or Certificates
(other than in respect of the transfer of Subsequent Contracts as described
herein). See also "RISK FACTORS--TRUST'S RELATIONSHIP TO EAGLEMARK, THE TRUST
DEPOSITORS, AND THEIR AFFILIATES" AND "--RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH NON-RECOURSE
NATURE OF THE SECURITIES" in the Prospectus.
 
    SUBORDINATION; LIMITED ASSETS. SEE "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE
SECURITIES--PAYMENT PRIORITIES OF THE NOTES AND CERTIFICATES; RESERVE FUND."
Principal and interest payments on the Certificates will be subordinated to
payments on the Notes as described herein. Accordingly, the yield on the
Certificates will be sensitive to the loss experience on the Contracts and the
timing of such losses. If the actual rate and amount of losses experienced on
the Contracts exceed the rate and amount of losses assumed by an investor, the
yield to maturity of the Certificates may be lower than anticipated.
 
    The Trust will not have, nor is it expected to have, any significant assets
or sources of funds other than the Contracts and its rights under the Agreement,
including the Interest Reserve Account and the Reserve Fund. Holders of the
Securities must rely for repayment upon payments on the Contracts and, if and to
the extent available, amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account, the
Interest Reserve Account and the Reserve Fund. The Pre-Funding Account and the
Interest Reserve Account will be available during the Funding Period. The
Pre-Funding Account will be used solely to purchase Subsequent Contracts and is
not available to cover losses on the Contracts. The Interest Reserve Account is
designed to cover obligations of the Trust relating to that portion of the
initial Note net proceeds not invested in Contracts, and is not designed to
provide any protection against losses on the Contracts.
 
    LIMITED DELINQUENCY AND LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE WITH MOTORCYCLE CONTRACTS.
Eaglemark was organized in January 1993 and began purchasing and servicing
conditional sales contracts for Motorcycles in February 1993. Accordingly, and
for other reasons, Eaglemark's delinquency experience and loan loss and
repossession experience set forth under "The Contracts" may not be indicative of
the performance of the Contracts sold to the Trust Depositor and held by the
Trust and pledged to the Indenture Trustee. The Trust Depositor is a special
purpose corporation established for the limited purpose of purchasing the
Contracts (and other similar retail motorcycle conditional sales contracts) and
related assets from the Seller, and selling the same into the Trust (and other
similar trusts); the Trust Depositor was organized in [      ] of [      ].
 
    SECURITY INTERESTS AND OTHER ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS.  See generally "RISK
FACTORS--RISK OF UNPERFECTED SECURITY INTERESTS IN FINANCED MOTORCYCLES" and
"--ADDITIONAL LEGAL LIMITS ON THE APPLICABLE TRUSTEE'S ABILITY TO REALIZE ON ITS
SECURITY INTEREST; CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS" in the Prospectus.
 
    LIMITED LIQUIDITY.  There is currently no secondary market for the
Securities offered hereby. The Underwriter currently intends to make a market in
the Securities, but it is under no obligation to do so. There can be no
assurance that a secondary market will develop or, if a secondary market does
develop, that it will provide the Securityholders with liquidity of investment
or that it will continue for the life of the Securities.
 
    COMPANY BANKRUPTCY CONSIDERATIONS.  See generally "RISK FACTORS --COMPANY
BANKRUPTCY CONSIDERATIONS" in the Prospectus.
 
    YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS.  See generally "RISK
FACTORS--PREPAYMENTS ON CONTRACTS AFFECT YIELD OF SECURITIES" in the Prospectus.
 
    JOINT ACCOUNTS.  In certain circumstances, the monthly billing statements
relating to the Contracts and provided to the Obligors also reflect the
Obligors' outstanding "HARLEY CARD" monthly balance. See
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
"EAGLEMARK, INC.--GENERAL.". With respect to such a joint billing statement, the
Obligor sends one payment which if not appropriately designated by such Obligor
in the statement returned with their payment will be allocated first to the
minimum payment due on the Harley Card. To the extent a payment is insufficient
to cover payment amounts due under both the Contract and the minimum amount due
on the Harley Card, the Contract will suffer the associated shortfall.
 
    TAX STATUS.  In the opinion of Winston & Strawn as federal income tax
counsel to the Trust Depositor, for federal income tax purposes, the Notes will
be characterized as debt and the Trust will not be characterized as an
association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation. As no
cases, regulations or administrative rulings have addressed transactions similar
to those described herein, however, there can be no assurance the IRS or a court
will not take contrary positions. See "CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSIDERATIONS."
 
                             FORMATION OF THE TRUST
 
GENERAL
 
    The Trust will be a business trust formed under the laws of the State of
Delaware pursuant to the Trust Agreement for the transactions described herein.
After its formation, the Trust will not engage in any activity other than (i)
acquiring, holding and managing the Contracts and the other assets of the Trust
and proceeds therefrom; (ii) issuing the Notes and the Certificates; (iii)
making payments on the Notes and the Certificates; and (iv) engaging in other
activities that are necessary, suitable or convenient to accomplish the
foregoing purposes or are incidental thereto or connected therewith.
 
    On the Closing Date, the Trust Depositor will sell and assign the Trust
Property to the Trust. Eaglemark will act as Servicer of the Contracts and will
receive compensation and fees for such services. See "CERTAIN INFORMATION
REGARDING THE SECURITIES -- SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES."
 
    The Trust's principal offices will be in Wilmington, Delaware, in care of
Wilmington Trust Company, as Owner Trustee, at the address listed below under
"THE OWNER TRUSTEE."
 
CAPITALIZATION
 
    The Trust will initially be capitalized with equity equal to the Initial
Certificate Balance. The Trust Depositor will purchase Certificates with an
Initial Certificate Balance of approximately 1% of the Initial Certificate
Balance and the remaining equity interests will be sold to third party investors
that are expected to be unaffiliated with the Seller, the Trust Depositor, the
Servicer, the Trust Depositor or the Trust.
 
    The following table illustrates the capitalization of the Trust as of the
Cut-Off Date, as if the issuance and sale of the Securities had taken place, on
such date:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                               <C>
Class A-1 Notes.................................................  $ [      ]
Class A-2 Notes.................................................  $ [      ]
Certificates....................................................  $ [      ]
Total...........................................................  $ [      ]
</TABLE>
 
THE OWNER TRUSTEE
 
    Wilmington Trust Company will be the Owner Trustee under the Trust
Agreement. Wilmington Trust Company is a Delaware corporation and its Corporate
Trust Office is located at 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
    The Owner Trustee will have the rights and duties set forth herein under
"CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES -- THE TRUSTEES" and "-- DUTIES OF
THE TRUSTEES."
 
                      POOL FACTORS AND TRADING INFORMATION
 
    The "NOTE POOL FACTOR" for each Class of Notes will be a six-digit decimal
which the Servicer will compute prior to each Distribution Date with respect to
the Notes indicating the unpaid principal amount of such Class of Notes, after
giving effect to payments to be made on such Distribution Date, as a fraction of
the initial outstanding principal amount of such Class of Notes. The
"CERTIFICATE POOL FACTOR" for the Certificates will be a six-digit decimal which
the Servicer will compute prior to each Distribution Date indicating the
remaining Certificate Balance after giving effect to distributions to be made on
such Distribution Date, as a fraction of the Initial Certificate Balance. Each
Note Pool Factor and the Certificate Pool Factor will be 1.000000 as of the
Closing Date, and thereafter will decline to reflect reductions in the
outstanding principal amount of the applicable Class of Notes, or the reduction
of the Certificate Balance, as the case may be. A Noteholder's portion of the
aggregate outstanding principal amount of the related Class of Notes will be the
product of (i) the original denomination of such Noteholder's Notes and (ii) the
applicable Note Pool Factor at the time of determination. A Certificateholder's
portion of the aggregate outstanding Certificate Balance will be the product of
(i) the original denomination of such Certificateholder's Certificate and (ii)
the Certificate Pool Factor at the time of determination.
 
    The Noteholders will receive reports on or about each Distribution Date
concerning payments received on the Contracts, the Pool Balance, each Note Pool
Factor and various other items of information, and the Certificateholders will
receive reports on or about each Distribution Date concerning payments received
on the Contracts, the Pool Balance, the Certificate Pool Factor and various
other items of information. In addition, Securityholders of record during any
calendar year will be furnished information for tax reporting purposes not later
than the latest date permitted by law. See "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE
SECURITIES -- STATEMENTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS."
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    The Trust Depositor will use the net proceeds received from the sale of the
Notes and Certificates (i) for the purchase of the Initial Contracts and related
assets from the Seller, and (ii) the remainder for the funding of the
Pre-Funding Account. The Seller will use the net proceeds from the Trust
Depositor's purchase of the Initial Contracts, as well as Subsequent Contracts,
for the repayment of a substantial portion of the outstanding principal of the
warehouse lines through which it finances its motorcycle conditional sales
contracts. Following each such repayment, it is expected that the warehouse
lines will be used to build a new portfolio of Motorcycle conditional sales
contracts.
 
                                 THE CONTRACTS
 
    Each Contract is (or will be, in the case of Subsequent Contracts) secured
by a Motorcycle (as described below) and is (or will be) a conditional sales
contract originated by a Harley-Davidson dealer and purchased by the Trust
Depositor. No Contract may be substituted by the Seller or the Trust Depositor
with another Motorcycle contract after such Contract has been sold by the Trust
Depositor to the Trust.
 
    Each Contract (a) is (or will be) secured by a Motorcycle, (b) has (or will
have) a fixed annual percentage rate and provide for, if timely made, payments
of principal and interest which fully amortize the loan on a simple interest
basis over its term, (c) with respect to the Initial Contracts, has its last
scheduled payment due no later than [      ,       ], and with respect to the
Contracts as a whole (including any Subsequent Contracts conveyed to the Trust
after the Closing Date), will have a last scheduled payment due no later than
[            ], and (d) with respect to the Initial Contracts, has its first
scheduled payment due no later than [            ]. The Contracts were (or will
be) acquired
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
by the Trust Depositor in the ordinary course of the Trust Depositor's business.
A detailed listing of the Initial Contracts is appended to the Agreement. See
"DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES" below. (For general composition of the Initial
Contracts see Table 1 below). Approximately [      ]% of the Principal Balance
of the Initial Contracts as of the Initial Cutoff Date is attributable to loans
to purchase Motorcycles which were new and approximately [      ]% is
attributable to loans to purchase Motorcycles which were used at the time the
related Contract was originated. All Initial Contracts have a contractual rate
of interest of at least [      ]% per annum and not more than [      ]% per
annum and the weighted average contractual rate of interest of the Initial
Contracts as of the Initial Cutoff Date is approximately [      ]% per annum
(see Table 2 below). The Initial Contracts have remaining maturities as of the
Initial Cutoff Date of at least [      ] months but not more than [      ]
months and original maturities of at least [      ] months but not more than
[      ] months. The Initial Contracts had a weighted average term to scheduled
maturity, as of origination, of approximately [      ] months, and a weighted
average term to scheduled maturity as of the Initial Cutoff Date of
approximately [      ] months (see Tables 3 and 4 below). The average principal
balance per Initial Contract as of the Initial Cutoff Date was approximately
$[      ] and the principal balances on the Initial Contracts as of the Initial
Cutoff Date ranged from $[      ] to $[      ] (see Table 5 below). The
Contracts arise (or will arise) from loans to Obligors located in 50 states ,
the District of Columbia and other territories and with respect to the Initial
Contracts, constitute the following approximate amounts expressed as a
percentage of the aggregate principal balances on the Initial Contracts as of
the Initial Cutoff Date: [  ]% in the state of [  ], [  ]% in [  ], [  ]% in
[  ], [  ]% in [  ], [  ]% in [  ], [  ]% in [  ], [  ]% in [  ], [  ]% in [  ],
and [  ]% in [  ] (see Table 6 below). No other state represented more than
[  ]% of the Initial Contracts.
 
    Except for the criteria described in the preceding paragraph and under "RISK
FACTORS--THE CONTRACTS AND THE PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT," there will be no required
characteristics of the Subsequent Contracts. Therefore, following the transfer
of the Subsequent Contracts to the Trust, the aggregate characteristics of the
entire pool of the Contracts, including the composition of the Contracts, the
distribution by define of the Contracts, the distribution by calculated
remaining term of the Contracts, the distribution by original term to maturity
of the Contracts, the distribution by current balance of the Contracts, and the
geographic distribution of the Contracts, described in the following tables, may
vary from those of the Initial Contracts as of the Initial Cutoff Date.
 
    The motorcycle dealer agreements between each of the originating dealers and
the Seller require the originating dealer to repurchase certain motorcycles
repossessed by the Seller in the event of a default by the Obligor ("DEALER
RECOURSE"); the Dealer Recourse will be assigned by the Seller to the Trust
Depositor pursuant to the Transfer and Sale Agreement, assigned from the Trust
Depositor to the Trust pursuant to the Agreement and pledged from the Trust to
the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture. There can be no assurance that
an originating dealer will perform its Dealer Recourse obligations under such
motorcycle dealer agreements if and when required to do so.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
                                    TABLE 1
 
                      COMPOSITION OF THE INITIAL CONTRACTS
                        (AS OF THE INITIAL CUTOFF DATE)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                 <C>
Aggregate Principal Balance.......................  $[      ]
Number of Contracts...............................  [      ]
Average Principal Balance.........................  $[      ]
Weighted Average Annual Percentage
  Rate ("APR")....................................  [      ]%
  (Range).........................................  [      ]% to [      ]%
Weighted Average Original Term....................  [      ]
  (Range).........................................  [      ] to [      ]
Weighted Average Calculated Remaining Term........  [      ]
  (Range).........................................  [      ] to [      ]
</TABLE>
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
                                    TABLE 2
                  DISTRIBUTION BY APR OF THE INITIAL CONTRACTS
                        (AS OF THE INITIAL CUTOFF DATE)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           NUMBER OF      PERCENT OF NUMBER   TOTAL OUTSTANDING     PERCENT OF
RATE                                       CONTRACTS      OF CONTRACTS (1)    PRINCIPAL BALANCE  POOL BALANCE (1)
- ---------------------------------------  --------------  -------------------  -----------------  -----------------
<S>                                      <C>             <C>                  <C>                <C>
 8.01- 9.00%...........................
 9.01-10.00............................
10.01-11.00............................
11.01-12.00............................
12.01-13.00............................
13.01-14.00............................
14.01-15.00............................
15.01-16.00............................
16.01-17.00............................
    Totals:............................                          100.00%                                100.00%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Percentages may not add to 100.00% because of rounding.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
                                    TABLE 3
 
                   DISTRIBUTION BY CALCULATED REMAINING TERM
                            OF THE INITIAL CONTRACTS
                        (AS OF THE INITIAL CUTOFF DATE)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            TOTAL         PERCENT
                                                          PERCENT OF     OUTSTANDING        OF
          CALCULATED REMAINING              NUMBER OF      NUMBER OF      PRINCIPAL    POOL BALANCE
              TERM (MONTHS)                 CONTRACTS    CONTRACTS (1)     BALANCE          (1)
- -----------------------------------------  -----------  ---------------  ------------  -------------
<S>                                        <C>          <C>              <C>           <C>
0--12....................................
13--24...................................
25--36...................................
37--48...................................
49--60...................................
61--72...................................
totals:..................................      100.00%        100.00%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Percentages may not add to 100.00% because of rounding.
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
                                    TABLE 4
                   DISTRIBUTION BY ORIGINAL TERM TO MATURITY
                            OF THE INITIAL CONTRACTS
                        (AS OF THE INITIAL CUTOFF DATE)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            TOTAL         PERCENT
                                                          PERCENT OF     OUTSTANDING        OF
          CALCULATED REMAINING              NUMBER OF      NUMBER OF      PRINCIPAL    POOL BALANCE
              TERM (MONTHS)                 CONTRACTS    CONTRACTS (1)     BALANCE          (1)
- -----------------------------------------  -----------  ---------------  ------------  -------------
<S>                                        <C>          <C>              <C>           <C>
0--12....................................
13--24...................................
25--36...................................
37--48...................................
49--60...................................
61--72...................................
totals:..................................      100.00%        100.00%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Percentages may not add to 100.00% because of rounding.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
                                    TABLE 5
            DISTRIBUTION BY CURRENT BALANCE OF THE INITIAL CONTRACTS
                        (AS OF THE INITIAL CUTOFF DATE)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      PERCENT OF
                                      NUMBER OF       NUMBER OF        TOTAL OUTSTANDING      PERCENT OF POOL
CURRENT BALANCE                       CONTRACTS     CONTRACTS (1)      PRINCIPAL BALANCE        BALANCE (1)
- ----------------------------------  -------------  ----------------  ---------------------  --------------------
<S>                                 <C>            <C>               <C>                    <C>
$0.01--1,000.00
$1,000.01--2,000.00
$2,000.01--3,000.00
$3,000.01--4,000.00
$4,000.01--5,000.00
$5,000.01--6,000.00
$6,000.01--7,000.00
$7,000.01--8,000.00
$8,000.01--9,000.00
$9,000.01--10,000.00
$10,000.01--11,000.00
$11,000.01--12,000.00
$12,000.01--13,000.00
$13,000.01--14,000.00
$14,000.01--15,000.00
$15,000.01--16,000.00
$16,000.01--17,000.00
$17,000.01--18,000.00
$18,000.01--19,000.00
$19,000.01--20,000.00
$20,000.01--21,000.00
$21,000.01--22,000.00
$22,000.01--23,000.00
$23,000.01--24,000.00
$25,000.01--26,000.00
$27,000.01--28,000.00
totals:...........................                          100.00%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Percentages may not add to 100.00% because of rounding.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
                                    TABLE 6
                GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF THE INITIAL CONTRACTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PERCENT OF
                                                               NUMBER OF        TOTAL OUTSTANDING
STATE                                  NUMBER OF CONTRACTS   CONTRACTS (1)      PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- -------------------------------------  --------------------  -------------  -------------------------
<S>                                    <C>                   <C>            <C>
alaska...............................
alabama..............................
arkansas.............................
arizona..............................
california...........................
colorado.............................
connecticut..........................
district of columbia.................
delaware.............................
florida..............................
georgia..............................
hawaii...............................
iowa.................................
idaho................................
illinois.............................
indiana..............................
kansas...............................
kentucky.............................
louisana.............................
massachusetts........................
maryland.............................
maine................................
michigan.............................
minnesota............................
missouri.............................
mississippi..........................
montana..............................
north carolina.......................
north dakota.........................
nebraska.............................
new hampshire........................
new jersey...........................
new mexico...........................
nevada...............................
new york.............................
ohio.................................
oklahoma.............................
oregon...............................
pennsylvania.........................
rhode island.........................
south carolina.......................
south dakota.........................
tennessee............................
texas................................
</TABLE>
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
                                    TABLE 6
                GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF THE INITIAL CONTRACTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PERCENT OF
                                                               NUMBER OF        TOTAL OUTSTANDING
STATE                                  NUMBER OF CONTRACTS   CONTRACTS (1)      PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- -------------------------------------  --------------------  -------------  -------------------------
<S>                                    <C>                   <C>            <C>
utah.................................
virginia.............................
vermont..............................
washington...........................
wisconsin............................
west virginia........................
wyoming..............................
other................................
totals:..............................           100.00%           100.00%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Percentages may not add to 100.00% because of rounding.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
DELINQUENCY, LOAN LOSS AND REPOSSESSION INFORMATION
 
    The Seller was organized in January 1993 and is a one hundred percent owned
subsidiary of Eaglemark Financial. The Seller began purchasing and servicing
conditional sales contracts for Motorcycles in February 1993. Accordingly, the
Seller has not accumulated a significant amount of delinquency and loss data on
Motorcycle conditional sales contracts similar to the Contracts. See "RISK
FACTORS -- LIMITED EXPERIENCE WITH MOTORCYCLE CONTRACTS."
 
    The following tables set forth the delinquency experience and loan loss and
repossession experience of the Seller's portfolio of conditional sales contracts
for Motorcycles since the Seller began purchasing and servicing such contracts.
These figures include data in respect of contracts which the Seller has
previously sold with respect to prior securitizations and for which the Seller
acts as servicer.
 
                             DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE
                                  (UNAUDITED)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
                                       AT
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,    [             ]
                                                                          1994            1995             1996
                                                                     --------------  --------------  -----------------
<S>                                                                  <C>             <C>             <C>
Number of Motorcycle conditional sales contracts and associated
  outstanding principal dollar balances (1)........................
 
Period of delinquency and associated outstanding principal balances
  (2)..............................................................
30-59 days
60-89 days
90 days or more
 
Total number of delinquent motorcycle conditional sales
  contracts........................................................
 
Delinquent Motorcycle conditional sales contracts as a percent of
  total number of Motorcycle conditional sales contracts...........
 
Aggregate principal balance of delinquent Motorcycle conditional
  sales contracts..................................................
 
Aggregate principal balance of delinquent Motorcycle conditional
  sales contracts as a percentage of the aggregate outstanding
  principal balance of Motorcycle conditional sales contracts......
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Excludes Contracts already in repossession, which Contracts the Servicer
    does not consider outstanding.
 
(2) The period of delinquency is based on the number of days payments are
    contractually past due (assuming 30-day months). Consequently, a Contract
    due on the first day of a month is not 30 days delinquent until the first
    day of the next month. Obligors do not receive initial statements until 60
    days after the origination of their Contracts; therefore, the Obligors'
    associated nonpayment is not considered for delinquency experience until
    after the end of such 60-day period.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
                       LOAN LOSS/REPOSSESSION EXPERIENCE
                                  (UNAUDITED)
                                (ACTUAL DOLLARS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   TWELVE MONTHS         TWELVE MONTHS         TWELVE MONTHS
                                 ENDED DECEMBER 31,    ENDED DECEMBER 31,    ENDED DECEMBER 31,    [  ] MONTHS ENDED [
                                        1994                  1995                  1996           [            ], 1996
                                --------------------  --------------------  --------------------  ----------------------
<S>                             <C>                   <C>                   <C>                   <C>
principal balance of all
 motorcycle conditional
 contracts serviced (1).......
contract liquidations (2).....
 
net losses: dollars (3).......
 
percentage (4)................
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) As of period end. Includes Contracts already in repossession.
 
(2) As a percentage of the total number of Contracts being serviced as of period
    end, calculated on an annualized basis.
 
(3) The calculation of net loss includes actual charge-offs, deficiency balances
    remaining after liquidation of repossessed vehicles and expenses of
    repossession and liquidation, net of recoveries.
 
(4) As a percentage of the principal amount of Contracts being serviced as of
    period end, calculated on an annualized basis.
 
THE DATA PRESENTED IN THE FOREGOING TABLES ARE FOR ILLUSTRATIVE PURPOSES ONLY
AND THERE IS NO ASSURANCE THAT THE DELINQUENCY, LOAN LOSS OR REPOSSESSION
EXPERIENCE OF THE CONTRACTS WILL BE SIMILAR TO THAT SET FORTH ABOVE.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
                          HARLEY-DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLES
 
    All of the motorcycles securing Contracts were manufactured by
Harley-Davidson, Inc., except not more than 2.5% of the Contracts (including all
Subsequent Contracts) relate to, and are secured by, motorcycles manufactured by
Buell. Buell produces "PERFORMANCE" motorcycles using engines and certain other
parts manufactured by Harley-Davidson. Harley-Davidson, as of December 31, 1996,
owned 49% of the voting equity of Buell.
 
    Harley-Davidson produces and sells premium superheavyweight motorcycles.
Within the superheavyweight class, Harley-Davidson sells touring motorcycles
(equipped for long-distance touring), as well as motorcycles which emphasize the
distinctive styling associated with certain classic Harley-Davidson motorcycles.
Harley-Davidson motorcycles are based on variations of five basic chassis
designs and are powered by one of three air cooled, twin cylinder engines of "V"
configuration which have displacements of 883cc, 1200cc, and 1340cc.
Harley-Davidson manufactures its own engines and frames and is the only major
manufacturer of motorcycles in the United States. Harley-Davidson, as of
December 31, 1996, accounts for approximately 55% of the market for motorcycles
with an engine displacement of 751cc and above.
 
    Buell produces "PERFORMANCE" motorcycles using Harley-Davidson 1200cc
engines that are further modified in the manufacturing process, as well as
certain other Harley parts. The "PERFORMANCE" aspect of the motorcycles refers
to overall handling characteristics of the motorcycle, including cornering,
acceleration and braking. Buell motorcycles and related products are currently
distributed exclusively through Harley-Davidson dealers. Buell's overall share
of the "PERFORMANCE" market is negligible.
 
    As of December 31, 1996, Eaglemark has originated Contracts with principal
balances outstanding equal to approximately $         which are related to, and
secured by, "touring cycles", and $         which are related to, and secured
by, "street legal" cycles. "Touring cycles" (with displacements typically over
750cc) are generally intended for use in long distance travel, and "street legal
cycles" include all other motorcycles which may be licensed for street use under
applicable state or local law and which are not generally viewed as falling with
the "touring cycle" category.
 
                      YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS
 
    By their terms, the Contracts may be prepaid, in whole or in part, at any
time and each Contract contains a provision which permits the Seller to require
full prepayment in the event of a sale of the Motorcycle securing a Contract. In
addition, repurchases of the Contracts from the Trust by the Trust Depositor,
and concurrently from the Trust Depositor by the Seller, could occur in the
event of a breach of certain representation and warranties with respect to the
Contracts and upon exercise of the Trust Depositor's limited option to
repurchase the Contracts from the Trust when the Pool Balance has declined to
less than 10% of the Initial Pool Balance. Any prepayments and repurchases of
Contracts will reduce the average life of the Notes and Certificates and the
interest received by the Securityholders over the life of the Notes and
Certificates (for this purpose the term "PREPAYMENT" includes liquidations due
to default, as well as receipt of proceeds from credit life, credit disability
and casualty insurance policies). In addition, the occurrence of a Mandatory
Special Redemption at or before the end of the Funding Period would have the
effect of reducing the interest received by Noteholders over the life of the
Notes.
 
    Payments on the Certificates will be subordinated to payments on the Notes.
Accordingly, the yield on the Certificates will be sensitive to the loss
experience on the Contracts and the timing of such losses. If the actual rate
and amount of losses experienced on the Contracts exceed the rate and amount of
losses assumed by an investor, the yield to maturity of the Certificates may be
lower than anticipated.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
    The final scheduled Distribution Date on the Initial Contract with the
latest maturity is no later than [      ] 2002. The final scheduled Distribution
Date on the Contract with the latest maturity among the Contracts as a whole,
including any Subsequent Contracts, will be not later than [         ].
 
                      EAGLEMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.;
                                EAGLEMARK, INC.
 
EAGLEMARK FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
 
    Eaglemark Financial was formed in June 1992 with a capital infusion of
$10,000,000 from Harley-Davidson and an additional $15,000,000 capital
contribution from a major institutional investor in January 1993. In November
1995, Harley-Davidson purchased the equity owned by the major institutional
investor and as a result Eaglemark Financial is a 97% owned subsidiary of
Harley-Davidson. The business of Eaglemark Financial, through its 100% ownership
of Eaglemark, has been to provide wholesale and retail financing, credit card
and insurance services to dealers and customers of Harley-Davidson.
 
EAGLEMARK, INC.
 
    Eaglemark is a Nevada corporation and is a wholly-owned subsidiary of
Eaglemark Financial. Eaglemark began operations in January 1993 when it
purchased the $85 million wholesale financing portfolio of certain
Harley-Davidson dealers from ITT Commercial Finance; subsequently, Eaglemark
entered the retail consumer finance business. Eaglemark provides financing to
Harley-Davidson customers for new and used motorcycles and Harley-Davidson
branded products including accessories through its private-label "HARLEY CARD,"
as well as a range of motorcycle insurance products through a wholly-owned
subsidiary. Eaglemark also finances extended service contracts on Motorcycles.
Eaglemark's financing, credit card and insurance programs are designed to work
together as a package that appeals to the needs of Harley-Davidson's customers.
The intent of such a package is to increase dealer and customer loyalty to
Eaglemark while improving revenue and profits over time. Eaglemark's principal
executive offices are located at 4150 Technology Way, Carson City, Nevada 89706
(telephone 702/885-1200). As of December 31, 1996, Eaglemark had total assets of
$339.9 million, and stockholder's equity of $50.9 million.
 
    During the third quarter of 1994, Eaglemark began providing retail consumer
financing for other product lines. Initially, Eaglemark provided financing for
marine boat dealers under the trade names "MASTERCRAFT CREDIT," "WETJET CREDIT,"
"SKEETER CREDIT," "BOSTON WHALER FINANCIAL SERVICES," and "MARIAH FINANCIAL
SERVICES." Eaglemark has since added new lines of consumer financing including
(i) recreational vehicle financing through RV dealers under the trade name of
"HOLIDAY RAMBLER CREDIT"; (ii) Motorcycle financing through the Canadian
Harley-Davidson dealers transacted under the trade name "DEELEY CREDIT"; and
(iii) single-engine aircraft financing provided directly through Mooney Aircraft
under the trade name "MOONEY FINANCIAL SERVICES" or through a broker (Sterling
Air) under the Eaglemark name. Eaglemark also provides other forms of consumer
financing through various Dealers on a case-by-case basis. As of December 31,
1996, accounts receivable related to these new product lines represented less
than 23.9% of total retail receivables serviced by Eaglemark.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
                   EAGLEMARK CUSTOMER FUNDING CORPORATION-IV
 
    The Trust Depositor is a special purpose corporation incorporated in the
State of Nevada in October, 1996. All of the common stock of the Trust Depositor
is owned by the Seller. All of the officers and directors of the Trust Depositor
are employed by the Seller, except that two directors of the Trust Depositor are
required to be independent of the Trust Depositor. The Trust Depositor's
business is limited to purchasing the Contracts and related assets (and other
similar retail motorcycle installment conditional sales contracts) from the
Seller, acting as the general partner of the Trust and other similar trusts and
performing the obligations described in the Agreement and the Transfer and Sale
Agreement (as well as similar agreements entered into in connection with the
formation of similar trusts).
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
                            DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
 
GENERAL
 
    THE NOTES WILL BE ISSUED PURSUANT TO THE INDENTURE.
 
    Citations to the relevant Sections of the Indenture appear below and under
"CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES" in parentheses.
 
PAYMENTS OF INTEREST
 
    Interest on the outstanding principal amount of each Class of Notes will
accrue at the applicable Interest Rate from and including the fifteenth day of
the month of the most recent Distribution Date based on a 360-day year
consisting of 30 days each (or from and including the Closing Date with respect
to the first Distribution Date) to but excluding the fifteenth day of the month
of the current Distribution Date. If acceleration of the Notes is waived on
default, interest accrued but not paid on any Distribution Date will be due on
the immediately succeeding Distribution Date, together with, to the extent
permitted by applicable law, interest on such shortfall at the related Interest
Rate. Interest payments on the Notes will be made from Available Monies after
all accrued and unpaid Servicing Fees, Trustees' Fees and other administrative
fees of the Trust (collectively, "TRUST FEES AND EXPENSES") have been paid. See
"CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES--DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE
SECURITIES--DEPOSITS TO THE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNTS; PRIORITY OF PAYMENTS."
 
PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL
 
    Principal payments will be made to the Noteholders, to the extent described
below, on each Distribution Date in an amount equal to the Note Percentage of
the related Note Principal Distributable Amount, in each case calculated as
described under "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES-- DISTRIBUTIONS ON
THE SECURITIES--DEPOSITS TO THE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNTS; PRIORITY OF PAYMENTS."
Principal payments on the Notes will be made from Available Monies after all
Trust Fees and Expenses have been paid, and after distribution of the Note
Interest Distributable Amount. See "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE
SECURITIES--DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE SECURITIES--DEPOSITS TO THE DISTRIBUTION
ACCOUNTS, PRIORITY OF PAYMENTS."
 
    Principal payments on the Notes will be applied on each Distribution Date
from the Note Distribution Account as follows: first to the holders of the Class
A-1 Notes until the principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes has been reduced to
zero but in no event later than the Class A-1 Final Distribution Date and second
to the holders of the Class A-2 Notes until the principal amount of the Class
A-2 Notes has been reduced to zero but in no event later than the Class A-2
Final Distribution Date.
 
    To the extent that the Principal Distributable Amount is greater than the
principal balance of the Class A-1 Notes on any Distribution Date, the Principal
Distributable Amount will first be allocated to reduce the principal amount of
the Class A-1 Notes to zero and will thereafter be allocated to the Class A-2
Notes.
 
    The principal amount of each class of Notes, to the extent not previously
paid, will be due on the related Note Final Distribution Date for that class of
Notes. The actual date on which the aggregate outstanding principal amount of
any class of Notes is paid may be earlier than its Note Final Distribution Date
based on a variety of factors, including the factors described under "CERTAIN
INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES--PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS."
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
 
    The Class A-2 Notes will be subject to redemption in whole, but not in part,
on any Distribution Date relating to an Optional Purchase. The redemption price
will equal the unpaid principal amount of the Class A-2 Notes plus accrued
interest thereon at the applicable Interest Rate.
 
MANDATORY SPECIAL REDEMPTION
 
    The Class A-1 Noteholders and Class A-2 Noteholders will be prepaid in part
pursuant to a Mandatory Special Redemption, without premium, on the Distribution
Date on or immediately following the last day of the Funding Period in the event
that any amount remains on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account after giving
effect to the purchase of all Subsequent Contracts, including any such purchase
on such date. The aggregate principal amount of Class A-1 Notes and Class A-2
Notes to be prepaid will be an amount equal to the amount then on deposit in the
Pre-Funding Account allocated pro rata; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, in the event the
Mandatory Special Redemption Amount is less than [$      ] such amount shall be
allocated solely to the Class A-1 Noteholders.
 
THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE
 
    Harris Trust and Savings Bank will be the Indenture Trustee. The Indenture
Trustee is an Illinois banking corporation and its Corporate Trust Office is
located at 311 West Monroe Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603.
 
    The Indenture Trustee will have the rights and duties set forth under
"CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES--THE TRUSTEES" and "--DUTIES OF
THE TRUSTEES."
 
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
 
    "EVENTS OF DEFAULT" under the Indenture will consist of: (i) a default by
the Trust for five days or more in the payment of any interest on the Notes of
any class when the same becomes due and payable; (ii) a default by the Trust in
the payment of the principal of or any installment of the principal of the Notes
of any class when the same becomes due and payable; (iii) a default in the
observance or performance of any covenant or agreement of the Trust made in the
Indenture or any representation or warranty made by the Trust in the Indenture
or in any certificate delivered pursuant thereto or in connection therewith
having been incorrect in a material respect as of the time made, and the
continuation of any such default for a period of 30 days after notice thereof is
given to the Trust by the Indenture Trustee or to the Trust and the Indenture
Trustee by the holders of Notes evidencing at least 25% of the voting interest
thereof, voting together as a single class and (iv) certain events of
bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or liquidation relating to the Trust (each,
a "TRUST INSOLVENCY").
 
    Upon the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default, the Notes shall
become immediately due and payable at par, together with accrued interest
therein unless holders of Notes evidencing at least 66 2/3% of the voting
interests thereof, voting together as a single class, waive such Event of
Default.
 
    No sale or liquidation of the property of the Trust may be made if the
proceeds thereof are not sufficient to pay all outstanding principal of and
accrued interest on the Notes, unless (a) holders of Notes evidencing 100% of
the voting interests thereof, voting together as a single class, consent to such
sale or liquidation, or (b)(1) the Indenture Trustee determines that the
property of the Trust will not continue to provide sufficient funds for the
payment of principal of and interest on the Notes, (2) the Indenture Trustee
provides prior written notice of such sale or liquidation to each Rating Agency
and (3) holders of Notes evidencing 66 2/3% of the voting interests thereof,
voting together as a single class, consent to such sale or liquidation.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
                        DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES
 
GENERAL
 
    The Certificates will be issued pursuant to the Trust Agreement. Copies of
the Trust Agreement (without exhibits) may be obtained by holders of
Certificates upon request in writing to the Owner Trustee at its Corporate Trust
Office. The Certificates may not be purchased by pension trusts. See "ERISA
CONSIDERATIONS" below.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS OF INTEREST
 
    Interest on the Certificate Balance will accrue at the Pass-Through Rate
from and including the fifteenth day of the month of the most recent
Distribution Date based on a 360-day year consisting of 30 days each (or from
and including the Closing Date with respect to the first Distribution Date) to
but excluding the fifteenth day of the month of the current Distribution Date.
Interest accrued but not paid on any Distribution Date will be due on the
immediately succeeding Distribution Date, together with, to the extent permitted
by applicable law, interest on such amount at the Pass-Through Rate. Interest
distributions with respect to the Certificates will be made from Available
Interest after all Trust fees and expenses have been paid and after the Note
Distributable Amount has been distributed. See "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING
THE SECURITIES--DISTRIBUTION ON THE SECURITIES--DEPOSITS TO THE DISTRIBUTION
ACCOUNTS; PRIORITY OF PAYMENTS."
 
DISTRIBUTIONS OF PRINCIPAL
 
    No principal will be paid on the Certificates until the Distribution Date on
which the principal balance of the Class A-1 and Class A-2 Notes has been
reduced to zero. On such Distribution Date and thereafter, the
Certificateholders will be entitled to distributions in an amount equal to
Available Principal calculated as described under "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING
THE SECURITIES--DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE SECURITIES-- DEPOSITS TO THE DISTRIBUTION
ACCOUNTS; PRIORITY OF PAYMENTS" but not in excess of the outstanding principal
balance on the Certificates. Distributions with respect to principal payments
will be made from Available Principal after all Trust Fees and Expenses have
been paid and after the Note Distributable Amount and the Certificate Interest
Distributable Amount has been distributed. See "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING
THE SECURITIES--DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE SECURITIES--DEPOSITS TO THE DISTRIBUTION
ACCOUNTS; PRIORITY OF PAYMENTS."
 
OPTIONAL PREPAYMENT
 
    The Certificates will be subject to prepayment in whole, but not in part, on
any Distribution Date relating to an Optional Purchase. Certificateholders will
receive an amount in respect of the Certificates equal to the Certificate
Balance, together with accrued interest at the Pass-Through Rate. Any such
distribution will effect early retirement of the Certificates. See "CERTAIN
INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES--TERMINATION."
 
MANDATORY PREPAYMENT
 
    As more fully described under "THE NOTES--EVENTS OF DEFAULT," upon the
occurrence of an Event of Default, under certain circumstances the Noteholders
have the right to cause the property of the Trust to be sold or liquidated in
whole or in part. In the event of such liquidation or sale, the Certificates may
suffer a loss if proceeds are insufficient to pay both the Notes and the
principal and interest on the Certificates.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
PAYING AGENTS
 
    Distributions of principal of and interest on the Certificates will be made
by the Owner Trustee or any Paying Agent or Paying Agents as the Owner Trustee
may designate from time to time. The Indenture Trustee will be designated as the
initial Paying Agent with respect to the Certificates.
 
                  CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES
 
FORM, EXCHANGE, REGISTRATION AND TITLE
 
    The Notes and Certificates will initially be registered in the name of Cede
& Co. ("CEDE"), the nominee of The Depository Trust Company ("DTC").
Securityholders may hold their Securities in the United States through DTC, or,
solely in the case of the Notes, in Europe, through CEDEL Bank, societe anonyme
("CEDEL") or the Euroclear System ("EUROCLEAR"), if they are participants of
such systems, or indirectly through organizations that are participants in such
systems.
 
    Cede, as nominee for DTC, will hold the global Notes and Certificates. CEDEL
and Euroclear will hold omnibus positions on behalf of the CEDEL Participants
(as defined below) and Euroclear Participants (as defined below), respectively,
through customers' securities accounts in CEDEL's and Euroclear's names on the
books of their respective depositaries (collectively, the "DEPOSITARIES") which
in turn will hold such positions in customers' securities accounts in the
Depositaries' names on the books of DTC.
 
    DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State
of New York, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "CLEARING CORPORATION"
within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and a "CLEARING
AGENCY" registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the 1934 Act.
DTC accepts securities for deposit from its participating organizations
("PARTICIPANTS") and facilitates the clearance and settlement of securities
transactions between Participants in such securities through electronic
book-entry changes in accounts of Participants, thereby eliminating the need for
physical movement of securities. Participants include securities brokers and
dealers, banks and trust companies and clearing corporations and may include
certain other organizations. Indirect access to the DTC system is also available
to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through
or maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either directly or
indirectly. Transfers between Participants will occur in accordance with DTC
rules. Transfers between CEDEL Participants and Euroclear Participants will
occur in the ordinary way in accordance with their applicable rules and
operating procedures.
 
    Cross-market transfers between persons holding directly or indirectly
through DTC, on the one hand, and directly or indirectly through CEDEL
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in
accordance with DTC rules on behalf of the relevant European international
clearing system by its Depositary; however, such cross-market transactions will
require delivery of instructions to the relevant European international clearing
system by the counterparty in such system in accordance with its rules and
procedures and within its established deadlines (European time). The relevant
European International clearing system will, if the transaction meets its
settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its Depositary to take action
to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving securities
in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for
same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. CEDEL Participants and Euroclear
Participants may not deliver instructions directly to the Depositaries.
 
    Because of time-zone differences, credits of securities in CEDEL or
Euroclear as a result of a transaction with a Participant will be made during
the subsequent securities settlement processing, dated the business day
following the DTC settlement date, and such credits or any transactions in such
securities settled during such processing will be reported to the relevant CEDEL
Participant or Euroclear Participant on such business day. Cash received in
CEDEL or Euroclear as a result of sales of securities
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
by or through a CEDEL Participant or a Euroclear Participant to a Participant
will be received with value on the DTC settlement date but will be available in
the relevant CEDEL or Euroclear cash account only as of the business day
following settlement in DTC.
 
    Securityholders who are not Participants but desire to purchase, sell or
otherwise transfer, ownership of the Securities may do so only through
Participants (unless and until Definitive Securities are issued). In addition,
Securityholders will receive all distributions of principal of and interest on
the Securities from the Indenture Trustee or Owner Trustee (collectively, the
"TRUSTEES"), as applicable, through DTC and Participants. Securityholders will
not receive or be entitled to receive physical securities representing their
respective interests in the Securities, except under the limited circumstances
described below.
 
    Unless and until Definitive Securities are issued, it is anticipated that
the only Securityholders will be Cede, as nominee of DTC. Beneficial owners of
the Securities will not be Securityholders as that term is used in the
Agreement. Beneficial owners are only permitted to exercise the rights of
Securityholders indirectly through Participants and DTC.
 
    While the Securities are outstanding (except under the circumstances
described below), under the rules, regulations and procedures creating and
affecting DTC and its operations (the "RULES"), DTC is required to make
book-entry transfers among Participants on whose behalf it acts with respect to
the Securities and is required to receive and transmit distributions of
principal of, and interest on, the Securities. Unless and until Definitive
Securities are issued, beneficial owners who are not Participants may transfer
ownership of Securities only through Participants by instructing such
Participants to transfer the Securities only through Participants by instructing
such Participants to transfer the Securities by book-entry transfer through DTC
for the account of the purchasers of such Securities, which account is
maintained with their respective Participants. Under the Rules and in accordance
with DTC's normal procedures, transfers of ownership of the Securities will be
executed through DTC and the accounts of the respective Participants at DTC will
be debited and credited.
 
    Physical Notes or Certificates will be issued in registered form to
Securityholders, or their nominees, rather than to DTC (such Securities being
referred to herein as "DEFINITIVE SECURITIES"), only if (i) DTC or the Company
advises the applicable Trustee in writing that DTC is no longer willing or able
to discharge properly its responsibilities as nominee and depository with
respect to such Securities and the Company or such Trustee is unable to locate a
qualified successor; (ii) the Company, at its sole option and with the consent
of such Trustee, elects to terminate the book-entry system through DTC or (iii)
in the case of the Notes, after the occurrence of any Indenture Event of
Default, DTC, at the direction of Noteholders having a majority in interest of
the Notes, advises the Indenture Trustee in writing that the continuation of a
book-entry system through DTC (or a successor thereto) to the exclusion of any
physical securities being issued to Noteholders is no longer in the best
interest of Noteholders. Upon issuance of Definitive Securities to
Securityholders, such Securities will be transferable directly (and not
exclusively on a book-entry basis), and registered holders will deal directly
with the applicable Trustee with respect to transfers, notices and
distributions.
 
    DTC has advised the Trust Depositor and the Trustee that, unless and until
Definitive Securities are issued, DTC will take any action permitted to be taken
by a Noteholder under the Indenture or a Certificateholder under the Trust
Agreement only at the direction of one or more Participants to whose DTC account
the Securities are credited. DTC has advised the Seller that DTC will take such
action with respect to any Percentage Interests of the Securities only at the
direction of and on behalf of such Participants with respect to such Percentage
Interests of the Securities. DTC may take actions, at the direction of the
related Participants, with respect to some Securities that conflict with actions
taken with respect to other Securities.
 
    CEDEL is incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg as a professional
depository. CEDEL holds securities for its participating organizations ("CEDEL
PARTICIPANTS") and facilitates the clearance and
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
settlement of securities transactions between CEDEL Participants through
electronic book-entry changes in accounts of CEDEL Participants. Transactions
may be settled in CEDEL in any of 28 currencies, including United States
dollars. CEDEL provides to its CEDEL Participants, among other things services
for safekeeping, administration, clearance and settlement of internationally
traded securities and securities lending and borrowing. CEDEL interfaces with
domestic markets in several countries. As a professional depository, CEDEL is
subject to regulations by the Luxembourg Monetary Institute. CEDEL Participants
are recognized financial institutions around the world, including underwriters,
securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporation and
certain other organizations and may include the underwriters of any class of
Securities. Indirect access to CEDEL is also available to others, such as banks,
brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial
relationship with a CEDEL Participant, either directly or indirectly.
 
    Euroclear was created in 1968, to hold securities for participants of the
Euroclear System ("EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS") and to clear and settle transactions
between Euroclear Participants through simultaneous electronic book-entry
delivery against payment, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of
securities and any risk from lack of simultaneous transfers of securities and
cash. Transactions may now be settled in any of 32 currencies, including United
States dollars. The Euroclear System includes various other services, including
securities lending and borrowing and interfaces with domestic markets in several
countries generally similar to the arrangements for cross-market transfers with
DTC described above. The Euroclear System is operated by Morgan Guaranty Trust
Company of New York, Brussels, Belgium office (the "EUROCLEAR OPERATOR" or
"EUROCLEAR"), under contract with Euroclear Clearance System, S.C., a Belgian
cooperative corporation (the "EUROCLEAR COOPERATIVE"). All operations are
conducted by the Euroclear Operator, and all Euroclear securities clearance
accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are accounts with the Euroclear Operator,
not the Euroclear Cooperative. The Euroclear Cooperative establishes policy for
the Euroclear System on behalf of Euroclear Participants. Euroclear Participants
include banks (including central banks), securities brokers and dealers and
other professional financial intermediaries, indirect access to the Euroclear
System is also available to other firms that clear through or maintain a
custodial relationship with a Euroclear Participant, either directly or
indirectly.
 
    The Euroclear Operator is the Belgian branch of a New York banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is
regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
and the New York Banking Department, as well as the Belgian Banking Commission.
 
    Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear Operator
are governed by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and the
related Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian law
(collectively, the "TERMS AND CONDITIONS"). The Terms and Conditions govern
transfers of securities and cash within the Euroclear System, withdrawal of
securities and cash from the Euroclear System, and receipts of payments with
respect to securities in the Euroclear System. All securities in the Euroclear
System are held on a fungible basis without attribution of specific securities
to specific securities clearance accounts. The Euroclear Operator acts under the
Terms and Conditions only on behalf of Euroclear Participants and has no record
of or relationship with persons holding through Euroclear Participants.
 
    Distributions with respect to Notes held through CEDEL or Euroclear will be
credited to the cash accounts of CEDEL Participants or Euroclear Participants in
accordance with the relevant system's rules and procedures, to the extent
received by its Depositary. Such distributions will be subject to tax reporting
in accordance with relevant United States tax laws and regulations. See "CERTAIN
FEDERAL AND STATE INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES." CEDEL or the Euroclear Operator, as
the case may be, will take any other action permitted to be taken by a
Noteholder under the Indenture on behalf of a CEDEL Participant or Euroclear
Participant only in accordance with its relevant rules and procedures and
subject to its Depositary's ability to effect such actions on its behalf through
DTC.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
    Although DTC, CEDEL and Euroclear have agreed to the foregoing procedures in
order to facilitate transfers of the Securities among participants of DTC, CEDEL
and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or continue to perform
such procedures and such procedures may be discontinued at any time.
 
    In the event that any of DTC, CEDEL or Euroclear should discontinue its
services, the Seller would seek an alternative depositary (if available) or
cause the issuance of Definitive Securities to Securityholders or their nominees
in the manner described above.
 
    Issuance of the Securities in book-entry form rather than as physical
securities may adversely affect the liquidity of the Securities in the secondary
market and the ability of Securityholders to pledge them. In addition, since
distributions on the Securities will be made by the Trustees to DTC and DTC will
credit such distributions to the accounts of its Participants, which will
further credit them to the accounts of indirect participants of Securityholders,
Securityholders may experience delays in the receipt of such distributions.
 
CONVEYANCE OF CONTRACTS
 
    On the Closing Date, (i) the Seller will sell, transfer, assign, set over
and otherwise convey the Initial Contracts and related assets to the Trust
Depositor, (ii) the Trust Depositor will sell, transfer, assign, set over and
otherwise convey to the Trust all right, title and interest in the Initial
Contracts and related assets , and (iii) the Trust will pledge to the Indenture
Trustee all right, title and interest in the Initial Contracts and related
assets. The Initial Contracts will be described on a list delivered to each
Trustee and certified by a duly authorized officer of the Trust Depositor. Such
list will include the amount of monthly payments due on each Initial Contract as
of the Initial Cutoff Date, the contractual rate of interest on each Contract
and the maturity date of each Contract. Such list will be available for
inspection by any Securityholder at the principal office of the Servicer. Prior
to the conveyance of the Initial Contracts to the Trust, the Servicer's
compliance officer will have completed a review of all the related Contract
Files, including the certificates of title to, or other evidence of a perfected
security interest in, the Motorcycles, confirming the accuracy of the list of
Initial Contracts delivered to the Trustees. The Trust Depositor will deliver to
the Trustees a report of a nationally recognized independent public accounting
firm which states that such firm has performed specific procedures for a sample
of the Initial Contracts supplied by the Seller. Any Contract discovered not to
agree with such list in a manner that is materially adverse to the interests of
the Noteholders or Certificateholders will be required to be repurchased by the
Seller, or, if the discrepancy relates to the unpaid Principal Balance of a
Contract, the Seller may deposit cash in the Collection Account in an amount
sufficient to offset such discrepancy.
 
    In addition to the Initial Contracts, the Trust Property will include the
Trust's rights under the Transfer and Sale Agreement in respect of the Trust
Depositor's obligation to purchase from the Seller, and concurrently convey to
the Trust, Subsequent Contracts purchased as of the applicable Subsequent Cutoff
Date (the Initial Cutoff Date or any Subsequent Cutoff Date being individually
referred to herein as a "CUTOFF DATE"). Any conveyance of Subsequent Contracts
on a Subsequent Transfer Date will be subject to the satisfaction of the
following conditions, among others (computed, where applicable, based on the
characteristics of the Initial Contracts on the Initial Cutoff Date and any
Subsequent Contracts as of the related Subsequent Cutoff Date): (i) each such
Subsequent Contract satisfies the eligibility criteria specified in the Transfer
and Sale Agreement and the related Subsequent Purchase Agreement executed
thereunder; (ii) as of the applicable Subsequent Cutoff Date, no Contract in the
Trust, including the Subsequent Contracts that the Trust Depositor will be
conveying as of such Subsequent Cutoff Date, will have a scheduled maturity date
later than [            ]; (iii) the Trust Depositor shall have executed and
delivered in favor of the Trust a Subsequent Transfer Agreement conveying such
Subsequent Contracts to the Trust (including a schedule identifying such
Subsequent Contracts); (iv) the Trust Depositor shall have delivered certain
opinions of counsel to the Trustee, the Initial Purchaser and the Rating
Agencies with respect to the validity and other aspects of the conveyance of all
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
such Subsequent Contracts and (v) the Rating Agencies shall have each notified
the Trust Depositor and the Trustees in writing that, following the addition of
such Subsequent Contracts, the Class A-1 Notes and Class A-2 Notes will be rated
AAA by S&P and Aaa by Moody's and the Certificates will be rated at least
[      ] by S&P and [      ] by Moody's.
 
    The Agreement will designate the Servicer as custodian to maintain
possession, as the Trustees' agent, of the Contracts and any other documents
relating to the Motorcycles. To facilitate servicing and save administrative
costs, the documents will not be segregated from other similar documents that
are in the Servicer's possession. Uniform Commercial Code financing statements
will be filed in Nevada and Illinois, reflecting the conveyance and assignment
of the Contracts to the Trust Depositor from the Seller, the conveyance and
assignment from the Trust Depositor to the Trust and the pledge from the Trust
to the Indenture Trustee, and the Seller's, Trust Depositor's and Indenture
Trustee's accounting records and computer systems will also reflect such
conveyance and assignment and pledge. In addition, each Contract will be stamped
to reflect their conveyance and assignment to the Trust and the pledge to the
Indenture Trustee. However, if, through fraud, negligence or otherwise, a
subsequent purchaser were able to take physical possession of the Contracts
without notice of such conveyance and assignment, the Indenture Trustee's
interest in the Contracts could be defeated. In addition, certificates of title
with respect to the Motorcycles will not be amended to reflect the assignment of
the Seller's security interest in the Motorcycles to the Trust Depositor, the
assignment of the Trust Depositor's security interest in the Motorcycles to the
Trust and the pledge of the Trust's security interest to the Indenture Trustee.
In the absence of amendments to the certificates of title, the Indenture Trustee
may not have a perfected security interest in the Motorcycles. See "RISK
FACTORS--RISK OF UNPERFECTED SECURITY INTERESTS IN FINANCED MOTORCYCLES" in the
Prospectus.
 
    The Seller will make certain representations and warranties in the Transfer
and Sale Agreement with respect to each Contract, including that (references to
the Closing Date below being deemed, in respect of Subsequent Contracts, to
refer to the related Subsequent Transfer Date): (a) as of the related Cutoff
Date the most recent scheduled payment was made or was not delinquent more than
30 days and, to the best of the Seller's knowledge, all payments on the Contract
were made by the Obligor of the Contract; (b) as of the Closing Date no
provision of a Contract has been waived, altered or modified in any respect,
except by instruments or documents contained in the Contract File; (c) each
Contract is a genuine, legal, valid and binding obligation of the Obligor and is
enforceable in accordance with its terms (except as may be limited by laws
affecting creditors' rights generally); (d) as of the Closing Date no Contract
is subject to any right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense; (e) as
of the Closing Date each Motorcycle securing a Contract is covered by certain
insurance policies described under "DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES--INDIVIDUAL
MOTORCYCLE INSURANCE"; (f) each Contract was originated by a Harley-Davidson
motorcycle dealer in the ordinary course of such dealer's business which dealer
had all necessary licenses and permits to originate the Contracts in the state
where such dealer was located, was fully and properly executed by the parties
thereto and was sold by such dealer to the Seller without any fraud or
misrepresentation on the part of such dealer; (g) no Contract was originated in
or is subject to the laws of any jurisdiction whose laws would make the
transfer, sale and assignment of the Contract pursuant to the Transfer and Sale
Agreement or the Agreement or pursuant to transfers of Certificates unlawful,
void or voidable; (h) each Contract and each sale of the related Motorcycle
complies with all requirements of any applicable federal, state or local law and
regulations thereunder, including, without limitation, usury, truth in lending,
motor vehicle installment loan and equal credit opportunity laws, with such
compliance not being affected by the Trust Depositor's conveyance and assignment
of the Contracts to the Trust, or the Trust's pledge of the Contracts to the
Indenture Trustee, and the Seller will maintain in its possession, available for
inspection by or delivery to the Trust Depositor and the Trustees, evidence of
compliance with all such requirements; (i) as of the Closing Date no Contract
has been satisfied, subordinated in whole or in part or rescinded and the
Motorcycle securing the Contract has not been released from the lien of the
Contract in whole or in part; (j) each Contract creates a valid, subsisting and
enforceable first priority security interest in favor of the Seller in the
Motorcycle covered thereby; such security interest
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
has been conveyed and assigned by the Seller to the Trust Depositor and by the
Trust Depositor to the Trust and pledged by the Trust to the Indenture Trustee;
the original certificate of title, certificate of lien or other notification
(the "LIEN CERTIFICATE") issued by the body responsible for the registration of,
and the issuance of certificates of title relating to, motor vehicles and liens
thereon (the "REGISTRAR OF TITLES") of the applicable state to a secured party
which indicates the lien of the secured party on the Motorcycle is recorded on
the original certificate of title; and the original certificate of title for
each Motorcycle shows, or if a new or replacement Lien Certificate is being
applied for with respect to such Motorcycle the Lien Certificate will be
received within 180 days of the Closing Date and will show, the Seller as
original secured party under each Contract and as the holder of a first priority
security interest in such Motorcycle (and with respect to each Contract for
which the Lien Certificate has not yet been returned from the Registrar of
Titles, the Seller has received written evidence from the related dealer that
such Lien Certificate showing the Seller as lienholder has been applied for) and
the Seller's security interest has been validly assigned by the Seller to the
Trust Depositor and by the Trust Depositor to the Trust and pledged by the Trust
to the Indenture Trustee in order that immediately after the sale, each Contract
will be secured by an enforceable and perfected first priority security interest
in the Motorcycle in favor of the Indenture Trustee as secured party, which
security interest is prior to all other liens upon and security interests in
such Motorcycle which now exist or may hereafter arise or be created (except, as
to priority, for any lien for taxes, labor, materials or any state law
enforcement agency affecting a Motorcycle which may arise after such sale); (k)
all parties to each Contract had capacity to execute such Contract; (l) no
Contract has been sold, conveyed and assigned or pledged to any other person
other than the Trust Depositor, as transferee of the Seller, the Trust as
transferee of the Trust Depositor or the Indenture Trustee as pledgee of the
Trust, and prior to the transfer of the Contract to the Trust Depositor, the
Seller has good and marketable title to each Contract free and clear of any
encumbrance, equity, loan, pledge, charge, claim or security interest, and as of
the Closing Date the Indenture Trustee will have a first priority perfected
security interest therein; (m) as of the related Cutoff Date there was no
default, breach, violation or event permitting acceleration under any Contract
(except for payment delinquencies permitted by clause (a) above), no event which
with notice and the expiration of any grace or cure period would constitute a
default, breach, violation or event permitting acceleration under such Contract,
and the Seller has not waived any of the foregoing; (n) as of the Closing Date
there are, to the best of the Seller's knowledge, no liens or claims which have
been filed for work, labor or materials affecting a motorcycle securing a
Contract, which are or may be liens prior or equal to the lien of the Contract;
(o) each Contract has a fixed rate of interest and provides for monthly payments
of principal and interest which, if timely made, would fully amortize the loan
on a simple interest basis over its term; (p) each Contract contains customary
and enforceable provisions such as to render the rights and remedies of the
holder thereof adequate for realization against the collateral of the benefits
of the security; (q) the description of each Contract set forth in the list
delivered to the Trustees is true and correct and (r) there is only one original
of each Contract. The Seller will also make certain representations and
warranties with respect to the Contracts in the aggregate, including that (i)
the aggregate principal amount payable by the Obligors as of the Initial Cutoff
Date (plus the Pre-Funded Amount as of the Closing Date) equals the sum of the
initial principal amount of the Notes and the Initial Certificate Balance, and
each Initial Contract has a contractual rate of interest of at least [     ]%,
(ii) all motorcycles securing the Contracts are Harley-Davidson or Buell
motorcycles, (iii) approximately [     ]% of the aggregate Principal Balance of
the Initial Contracts is attributable to loans to purchase new Motorcycles and
approximately [     ]% of the aggregate Principal Balance of the Initial
Contracts is attributable to loans to purchase used Motorcycles, (iv) no Initial
Contract has a remaining maturity of more than [     ] months, (v) the first
payment under each Initial Contract is due on or before [     ] and (vi) no
adverse selection procedures were or will be employed in selecting the Contracts
from the Seller's portfolio.
 
    Under the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the Seller will agree that in the
event of a breach of any such representations and warranties made by the Seller
that materially and adversely affects the
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
Trustees' interest in any Contract the Seller will repurchase such Contract
within 90 days at the Repurchase Price unless such breach is cured. Under the
Agreement, the Trust Depositor will assign all of its right, title and interest
in such representations and warranties (including the Seller's repurchase
obligations) to the Trustee. Under the Indenture, the Trust will pledge its
right, title and interest in such representations and warranties to the
Indenture Trustee. The Trust Depositor will make no representations and
warranties with respect to the Contracts. The Seller is selling the Contracts
without recourse and, accordingly, will have no obligation with respect to the
Contracts other than pursuant to such representations, warranties and repurchase
obligations. The repurchase obligations of the Seller described above will
constitute the sole remedy against the Seller by the Trust and the
Securityholders for a breach of any such representations and warranties made by
the Seller.
 
    Pursuant to the Agreement, the Servicer will service and administer the
Contracts conveyed and assigned to the Trust and pledged to the Indenture
Trustee as more fully set forth below.
 
THE ACCOUNTS AND ELIGIBLE INVESTMENTS
 
    THE COLLECTION ACCOUNT.  The Servicer will cause all collections made on or
in respect of the Contracts during a Due Period to be deposited in or credited
to an account (the "COLLECTION ACCOUNT") to be established by the Indenture
Trustee under the Sale and Servicing Agreement. The Servicer is required to
deposit, without deposit into any intervening account, into the Collection
Account as promptly as possible, but in any case not later than the second
Business Day following the receipt thereof, all amounts received on or in
respect of the Contracts. The Servicer is required to use its best efforts to
cause an Obligor to make all payments on the Contracts directly to one or more
Lockbox Banks, acting as agent for the Trust pursuant to a Lockbox Agreement.
Funds in the Collection Account will be invested in Eligible Investments as
described below.
 
    "ELIGIBLE INVESTMENTS" will be specified in the Sale and Servicing Agreement
and will be limited to investments which meet the criteria of each Rating Agency
that rated any Class of Notes or the Certificates at the request of the Trust
Depositor from time to time as being consistent with their then-current ratings
of the related Securities. All income or other gain from such investments will
be promptly deposited in, and any loss resulting from such investments shall be
charged to, the Collection Account.
 
    THE PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT. During the Funding Period until the earliest of (a)
the Distribution Date on which the amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account
is less than $[      ], (b) the date on which an Event of Termination occurs
with respect to the Servicer under the Agreement, (c) the date on which certain
events of insolvency occur with respect to the Trust Depositor or (d) the close
of business on the date which is 90 days from and including the Closing Date,
the Pre-Funded Amount will be maintained as an account in the name of the
Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders to secure the Trust Depositor's
obligations under the Agreement to purchase and transfer Subsequent Contracts to
the Trust and the Trust's obligations under the Indenture to pledge Subsequent
Contracts to the Indenture Trustee. The Pre-Funded Amount will initially equal
$[      ] and, during the Funding Period, will be reduced by the amount thereof
that the Trust Depositor uses to purchase Subsequent Contracts from the Seller
and contemporaneously transfer to the Trust. The Trust Depositor expects that
the Pre-Funded Amount will be reduced to less than $[      ] by the Distribution
Date occurring in [      ]. Any Pre-Funded Amount remaining at the end of the
Funding Period will be payable to the Noteholders (see "DESCRIPTION OF THE
NOTES--MANDATORY SPECIAL REDEMPTION").
 
    THE RESERVE FUND.  The Securityholders will be afforded certain limited
protection, to the extent described herein, against losses in respect of the
Contracts by the establishment of an account in the name of the Indenture
Trustee for the benefit of the Securityholders (the "RESERVE FUND").
 
    The Reserve Fund will be created with the Reserve Fund Initial Deposit by
the Trust Depositor of $[      ] on the Closing Date. The funds in the Reserve
Fund will thereafter be supplemented on each Distribution Date by the deposit of
certain Excess Amounts and Subsequent Reserve Fund Amounts,
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
until the amount in the Reserve Fund reaches the Specified Reserve Fund Balance.
The Specified Reserve Fund Balance for any Distribution Date will be calculated
as described under "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES--PAYMENT
PRIORITIES OF THE NOTES AND THE CERTIFICATES; THE RESERVE FUND." On each
Distribution Date, funds will be withdrawn from the Reserve Fund, up to the
Available Amount, for distribution to Securityholders to cover any shortfalls in
interest and principal required to be paid on the Securities.
 
    In addition to the Reserve Fund Initial Deposit, the Trust Depositor will
deposit $[      ], representing the initial Certificate Reserve Amount, into the
Reserve Fund on the Closing Date. If funds in the Reserve Fund (other than the
Certificate Reserve Amount) are applied in accordance with the preceding
paragraph and are insufficient to distribute the interest or principal due on
the Certificates, funds available from the Certificate Reserve Amount will be
withdrawn from the Reserve Fund and applied solely to distribute interest or
principal on the Certificates. The Certificate Reserve Amount will not be
available to pay interest or principal on the Notes. The Available Amount will
equal the amount of all funds on deposit in the Reserve Fund less the
undistributed balance of Certificate Reserve Amount, if any.
 
    On each Distribution Date, after giving effect to all distributions made on
such Distribution Date, any amounts in the Reserve Fund that are in excess of
the Specified Reserve Fund Balance will be allocated and distributed to the
Trust Depositor. See "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE SECURITIES--PAYMENT
PRIORITIES OF THE NOTES AND THE CERTIFICATES; THE RESERVE FUND."
 
    INTEREST RESERVE ACCOUNT.  The Trust Depositor will establish, and fund with
an initial deposit on the Closing Date, the Interest Reserve Account, for the
purpose of providing additional funds for payment to the Trust of Carrying
Charges to pay certain distributions on Distribution Dates occurring during (and
on the first Distribution Date following the end of) the Funding Period. In
addition to the initial deposit, all investment earnings with respect to the
Pre-Funded Account are to be deposited into the Interest Reserve Account and,
pursuant to the Agreement, the Trust Depositor is obligated to pay to the Trust,
on each Distribution Date described above, amounts in respect of Carrying
Charges from such account.
 
    The Interest Reserve Account will be established to account for the fact
that a portion of the proceeds obtained from the sale of the Notes will be
initially deposited in the Pre-Funding Account (as the initial Pre-Funded
Amount) rather than invested in Contracts, and the monthly investment earnings
on such Pre-Funded Amount (until the Pre-Funded Amount is used to purchase
Subsequent Contracts) are expected to be less than the weighted average of the
Class A-1 Rate, the Class A-2 Rate and the Pass-Through Rate with respect to the
corresponding portion of the Class A-1 Principal Balance, Class A-2 Principal
Balance and the Certificate Balance, as well as the amount necessary to pay the
Trustees' Fees. The Interest Reserve Account is not designed to provide any
protection against losses on the Contracts in the Trust. After the Funding
Period, money in the Interest Reserve Account will be released to the Trust
Depositor.
 
    THE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNTS.  The Indenture Trustee will establish and
maintain with itself an account, in the name of the Indenture Trustee on behalf
of the Noteholders, in which amounts released from the Collection Account for
distribution to Noteholders will be deposited and from which all distributions
to Noteholders will be made (the "NOTE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT"). The Owner Trustee
will establish the Certificate Distribution Account, in the name of the Owner
Trustee on behalf of the Certificateholders, in which amounts released from the
Collection Account for distribution to Certificateholders will be deposited and
from which all distributions to Certificateholders will be made (the
"CERTIFICATE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT' and, together with the Note Distribution
Account, the "DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNTS").
 
DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE SECURITIES
 
    GENERAL.  On the fourth Business Day of each month (each such date, a
"DETERMINATION DATE"), the Servicer will determine the following: (i) the amount
of Available Monies with respect to the Distribution
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
Date occurring in such month; (ii) the Note Interest Distributable Amount; (iii)
the Note Principal Distributable Amount; (iv) the Certificate Interest
Distributable Amount; (v) the Certificate Principal Distributable Amount; (vi)
the Servicing Fee; and (vii) the Trustees' Fees.
 
    DEPOSITS TO THE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT; PRIORITY OF PAYMENTS.  On each
Distribution Date, the Servicer will allocate amounts on deposit in the
Collection Account as described below and will instruct the Indenture Trustee to
make the following deposits and distributions in the following amounts and order
of priority:
 
        (i) to the Mandatory Special Redemption Subaccount in the Note
    Distribution Account to the Class A-1 Noteholders and Class A-2 Noteholders,
    the amount of any Mandatory Special Redemption, pro rata, calculated on the
    then current principal balance of the Class A-1 and Class A-2 Notes with the
    amounts derived from draws on the Pre-Funding Account (which amounts are
    available for payment of such Mandatory Special Redemptions and not for any
    other purpose); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, in the event the Mandatory Special
    Redemption Amount is less than $[      ] such amount shall be allocated
    solely to the Class A-1 Noteholders;
 
        (ii) to the Servicer from Available Monies, reimbursement to the
    Servicer for Advances previously made;
 
        (iii) to the Servicer from Available Monies, the Servicing Fee,
    including any unpaid Servicing Fee with respect to one or more prior Due
    Periods;
 
        (iv) to the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee from Available
    Monies, any accrued and unpaid Indenture Trustee's Fees and Owner Trustee's
    Fees, respectively, with respect to one or more period Due Periods;
 
        (v) to the Note Distribution Account from Available Monies, the Note
    Interest Distributable Amount to the holders of the Notes at their
    respective Interest Rates;
 
        (vi) to the Note Distribution Account from Available Monies, the Note
    Principal Distributable Amount to the holders of the Class A-1 Notes until
    the principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes has been reduced to zero, and
    second to the holders of the Class A-2 Notes until the principal amount of
    the Class A-2 Notes has been reduced to zero;
 
        (vii) to the Certificate Distribution Account from Available Interest,
    the Certificate Interest Distributable Amount to the holders of the
    Certificates; provided, however, in the event Available Interest is
    insufficient to make such payment, from such other monies as may be
    available to the Trust;
 
        (viii) to the Certificate Distribution Account from Available Principal,
    the Certificate Principal Distributable Amount to the holders of the
    Certificates; provided, however, in the event Available Principal is
    insufficient to make such payment, from such monies as may be available to
    the Trust; and
 
        (ix) in the event that the distributions described in clauses (i)
    through (viii) above have been funded exclusively from Available Monies, any
    remaining Available Monies ("EXCESS AMOUNTS") will be deposited into the
    Reserve Fund, until the amount on deposit therein equals the Specified
    Reserve Fund Balance, with any excess being distributed to the Trust
    Depositor.
 
    If the Notes are accelerated following an Event of Default, amounts
collected following the sale or liquidation of the property of the Trust will be
distributed in the priority described above. See "THE NOTES--EVENTS OF DEFAULT."
 
    For the purposes hereof, the following terms will have the following
meanings:
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
    "AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL BALANCE" will equal the sum of the Principal Balances
of each outstanding Contract. At the time of initial issuance of the Securities,
the initial aggregate principal amount of the Securities will equal the
Aggregate Principal Balance plus the initial Pre-Funded Amount.
 
    "AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL BALANCE DECLINE" means, with respect to any
Distribution Date, the amount by which the Aggregate Principal Balance as of the
Distribution Date immediately preceding such Distribution Date (or as of the
Cutoff Date in the case of the first Distribution Date) exceeds the Aggregate
Principal Balance as of such Distribution Date.
 
    "AVAILABLE INTEREST" means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the total
(without duplication) of the following amounts received by the Servicer on or in
respect of the Contracts during the related Due Period: (i) all amounts received
in respect of interest on the Contracts (as well as Late Payment Penalty Fees
and Extension Fees), (ii) the interest component of all Net Liquidation
Proceeds, (iii) the interest component of the aggregate of the Repurchase Prices
for Contracts repurchased by the Seller pursuant to a breach of representation
or warranty, (iv) all Advances made by the Servicer, (v) the interest component
of all amounts paid by the Trust Depositor in connection with an Optional
Purchase, (vi) all amounts received in respect of Carrying Charges transferred
from the Interest Reserve Account and (vii) all amounts received in respect of
interest, dividends, gains, income and earnings on investment of funds in the
Trust Accounts (which does not include the Interest Reserve Account).
 
    "AVAILABLE MONIES" means, Available Interest and Available Principal.
 
    "AVAILABLE PRINCIPAL" means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the
total (without duplication) of the following amounts received by the Servicer on
or in respect of the Contracts during the related Due Period: (i) all amounts
received in respect of principal on the Contracts, (ii) the principal component
of all Net Liquidation Proceeds, (iii) the principal component of the aggregate
of the Repurchase Prices for Contracts repurchased by the Seller pursuant to a
breach of a representation or warranty, and (iv) the principal component of all
amounts paid by the Trust Depositor in connection with an Optional Purchase of
the Contracts.
 
    "CERTIFICATE DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT" will mean, with respect to any
Distribution Date, the sum of the Certificate Principal Distributable Amount and
the Certificate Interest Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date.
 
    "CERTIFICATE INTEREST DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT" means, with respect to any
Distribution Date, the sum of the Certificate Monthly Interest Distributable
Amount for such Distribution Date and the Certificate Interest Carryover
Shortfall for such Distribution Date.
 
    "CERTIFICATE INTEREST CARRYOVER SHORTFALL" means, with respect to any
Distribution Date, the excess of the sum of the Certificate Monthly Interest
Distributable Amount for the immediately preceding Distribution Date and any
outstanding Certificate Interest Carryover Shortfall on such preceding
Distribution Date, over the amount in respect of interest on the Certificates
that is actually deposited in the Certificate Distribution Account on such
preceding Distribution Date, plus interest on such excess, to the extent
permitted by law, at the Pass-Through Rate for the related Interest Period
 
    "CERTIFICATE MONTHLY INTEREST DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT" means, with respect to
any Distribution Date, 30 days of interest (or in the case of the first
Distribution Date, interest accrued from and including the Closing Date to but
excluding such Distribution Date) at the Pass-Through Rate on the outstanding
principal amount of the Certificates on the immediately preceding Distribution
Date, after giving effect to all payments of principal to the Certificateholders
on such preceding Distribution Date (or, in the case of the first Distribution
Date, on the original principal amount of the Certificates).
 
    "CERTIFICATE MONTHLY PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT" means, with respect to
any Distribution Date, the Certificate Percentage of the Principal Distributable
Amount for such Distribution Date.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
    "CERTIFICATE PERCENTAGE" means (i) for each Distribution Date to but
excluding the Distribution Date on which the principal amount of the Class A-2
Notes is reduced to zero, 0%, (ii) on the Distribution Date on which the
principal amount of the Class A-2 Notes is reduced to zero, 0% until the
principal amount of the Class A-2 Notes has been reduced to zero and (iii) 100%
thereafter.
 
    "CERTIFICATE PRINCIPAL CARRYOVER SHORTFALL" means, as of the close of any
Distribution Date, the excess of the sum of the Certificate Monthly Principal
Distributable Amount and any outstanding Certificate Principal Carryover
Shortfall from the immediately preceding Distribution Date, over the amount in
respect of principal that is actually deposited in the Certificate Distribution
Account on such Distribution Date.
 
    "CERTIFICATE PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT" means, with respect to any
Distribution Date, the sum of the Certificate Monthly Principal Distributable
Amount and (ii) any outstanding Certificate Principal Carryover Shortfall as of
the close of the immediately preceding Distribution Date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that the Certificate Principal Distributable Amount shall not exceed the
Certificate Balance. In addition, on the Certificate Final Distribution Date,
the principal required to be deposited into the Certificate Distribution Account
will include the amount necessary to reduce the Certificate Balance to zero.
 
    "DUE PERIOD" means, a calendar month during the term of the Agreement, and
the Due Period related to a Determination Date or Distribution Date shall be the
calendar month immediately preceding such date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that with
respect to the Initial Determination Date or Initial Distribution Date, the Due
Period shall be the period from the Initial Cutoff Date to and including
[      ], 199[      ].
 
    "INTEREST PERIOD" means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the period
from and including the fifteenth day of the month of the Distribution Date
immediately preceding such Distribution Date (or, in the case of the first
Distribution Date, the Closing Date) to but excluding the fifteenth day of the
month of such Distribution Date.
 
    "NOTE DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT" means, with respect to any Distribution Date,
the sum of the Note Principal Distributable Amount and the Note Interest
Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date.
 
    "NOTE INTEREST CARRYOVER SHORTFALL" means, with respect to any Distribution
Date and a Class of Notes, the excess, if any, of the sum of the Note Interest
Distributable Amount for such Class for the immediately preceding Distribution
Date plus any outstanding Note Interest Carryover Shortfall for such Class on
such preceding Distribution Date, over the amount in respect of interest that is
actually deposited in the Note Distribution Account with respect to such Class
on such preceding Distribution Date, plus, to the extent permitted by applicable
law, interest on the amount of interest due but not paid to the Noteholders of
such Class on such preceding Distribution Date at the related Interest Rate for
the related Interest Period.
 
    "NOTE INTEREST DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT" will mean, with respect to any
Distribution Date and a Class of Notes, the sum of the Note Monthly Interest
Distributable Amount and the Note Interest Carryover Shortfall for such Class of
Notes for such Distribution Date.
 
    "NOTE MONTHLY INTEREST DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT" means, with respect to any
Distribution Date, interest accrued from and including the fifteenth day of the
month of the preceding calendar month to, but excluding, the fifteenth day of
the calendar month in which such Distribution Date occurs (or in the case of the
first Distribution Date, interest accrued from and including the Closing Date to
but excluding such Distribution Date) at the related Interest Rate for each
Class of Notes on the outstanding principal amount of the Notes of such Class on
the immediately preceding Distribution Date, after giving effect to all payments
of principal to Noteholders of such Class on or prior to such Distribution Date
(or, in the case of the first Distribution Date, on the original principal
amount of such Class of Notes).
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
    "NOTE MONTHLY PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT" means, with respect to any
Distribution Date, the Note Percentage of the Principal Distributable Amount for
such Distribution Date.
 
    "NOTE PERCENTAGE" means (i) for each Distribution Date to but excluding the
Distribution Date on which the principal amount of the Class A-2 Notes is
reduced to zero, 100%; (ii) on the Distribution Date on which the principal
amount of the Class A-2 Notes is reduced to zero, 100% until the principal
amount of the Class A-2 Notes has been reduced to zero and (iii) 0.0%
thereafter.
 
    "NOTE PRINCIPAL CARRYOVER SHORTFALL" means, as of the close of any
Distribution Date, the excess of the sum of the Note Monthly Principal
Distributable Amount and any outstanding Note Principal Carryover Shortfall from
the immediately preceding Distribution Date over the amount in respect of
principal that is actually deposited in the Note Distribution Account on such
Distribution Date.
 
    "NOTE PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT" means, with respect to any
Distribution Date, the sum of the Note Monthly Principal Distributable Amount
for such Distribution Date and any outstanding Note Principal Carryover
Shortfall for the immediately preceding Distribution Date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that the Note Principal Distributable Amount for a Class of Notes shall not
exceed the outstanding principal amount of such Class of Notes. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the Note Principal Distributable Amount (i) on the Class A-1
Final Distribution Date shall not be less than the amount that is necessary
(after giving effect to other amounts to be deposited in the Note Distribution
Account on such Distribution Date and allocable to principal) to reduce the
outstanding principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes to zero, and (ii) on the
Class A-2 Final Distribution Date shall not be less than the amount that is
necessary (after giving effect to other amounts to be deposited in the Note
Distribution Account on such Distribution Date and allocable to principal) to
reduce the Outstanding Principal Amount of the Class A-2 Notes to zero.
 
    "PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT" means, with respect to any Distribution
Date, the Aggregate Principal Balance Decline for such Distribution date.
 
    "PRINCIPAL BALANCE" means, (a) with respect to any Contract as of any date,
an amount equal to the unpaid principal balance of such Contract as of the
opening of business on the Initial Cutoff Date or related Subsequent Cutoff
Date, as applicable, reduced by the sum of (x) all payments received by the
Servicer as of such date allocable to principal and (y) any Cram Down Loss in
respect of such Contract; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) if (x) a Contract is
repurchased by the Seller because of a breach of representation or warranty, or
if (y) the Trust Depositor gives notice of its intent to purchase the Contracts
in connection with an optional termination of the Trust, in each case the
Principal Balance of such Contract or Contracts shall be deemed as of the
related Determination Date to be zero for the Due Period in which such event
occurs and for each Due Period thereafter, (ii) from and after the third Due
Period succeeding the final Due Period in which the Obligor is required to make
the final scheduled payment on a Contract, the Principal Balance, if any, of
such Contract shall be deemed to be zero, and (iii) from and after the Due
Period in which a Contract becomes a Liquidated Contract, the Principal Balance
of such Contract shall be deemed to be zero; and (b) where the context requires,
the aggregate of the Principal Balances described in clause (a) for all such
Contracts.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
PAYMENT PRIORITIES OF THE NOTES AND THE CERTIFICATES; THE RESERVE FUND
 
    GENERAL.  The rights of the Securityholders to receive distributions with
respect to the Contracts will be subordinated to the rights of the Servicer (to
the extent that the Servicer has not been reimbursed for any outstanding
Advances and has not been paid all Servicing Fees) and the Trustees and certain
other entities (to the extent the Trustees and such other entities have not
received all Trust Fees and Expenses payable to them). In addition, the rights
of the Securityholders to receive distributions with respect to the Contracts
will be subject to the priorities set forth under "-- DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE
SECURITIES -- DEPOSITS TO THE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNTS; PRIORITY OF PAYMENT." Such
priorities and subordination are intended to enhance the likelihood of timely
receipt by the Noteholders of the full amount of interest and principal required
to be paid to them, and to afford such Noteholders limited protection against
losses in respect of the Contracts.
 
    In the event of delinquencies or losses on the Contracts, the foregoing
protection will be effected both by the preferential right of the Noteholders to
receive, to the extent described herein, current distributions with respect to
the Contracts and by the establishment of the Reserve Fund. The Reserve Fund
will be an account in the name of the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the
Securityholders. The Reserve Fund will be created with an initial deposit by the
Trust on behalf of the Trust Depositor on the Closing Date of an amount equal to
the Reserve Fund Initial Deposit. The Reserve Fund will thereafter be funded by
the deposit therein of all Excess Amounts and Subsequent Reserve Fund Amounts,
if any, in respect of each Distribution Date until the amount on deposit in the
Reserve Fund is equal to the Specified Reserve Fund Balance.
 
    If the amount on deposit in the Reserve Fund on any Distribution Date (after
giving effect to all deposits thereto or withdrawals therefrom on such
Distribution Date) is greater than the Specified Reserve Fund Balance, the
Indenture Trustee will distribute any excess to the Trust Depositor. Upon any
such distributions to the Trust Depositor, the Securityholders will have no
further rights in, or claims to, such amounts.
 
    CALCULATION OF SPECIFIED RESERVE FUND BALANCE.  The Reserve Fund will be
created with an initial deposit by the Trust on behalf of the Trust Depositor of
the sum of (i) an amount equal to $[      ] and (ii) the Certificate Reserve
Amount of $[      ], in the Trust and will thereafter be funded on each
Distribution Date by the deposit therein of certain monies pursuant to the
Agreement, until the monies in the Reserve Fund reach an amount equal to the
Specified Reserve Fund Balance (as hereinafter defined). Thereafter, on each
Distribution Date on which amounts held in the Reserve Fund (after giving effect
to any required withdrawals therefrom on such date) exceed the Specified Reserve
Fund Balance such amounts shall be released to the Trust Depositor.
 
    The "SPECIFIED RESERVE FUND BALANCE" with respect to any Distribution Date
will be an amount equal to the sum of (i) [ ]% of the Principal Balance of the
Contracts in the Trust as of the first day of the immediately preceding Due
Period and (ii) $[      ]; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, in the event a Reserve Fund
Trigger Event occurs with respect to a Distribution Date and has not terminated
for three consecutive Distribution Dates (inclusive of the respective
Distribution Date), the Specified Reserve Fund Balance shall be equal to the sum
of (i) [ ]% of the Principal Balance of the Contracts in the Trust as of the
first day of the immediately preceding Due Period and (ii) $[      ].
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Specified Reserve Fund
Balance be less than the sum of (i) [ ]% of the aggregate of the Initial Class
A-1 Note Balance, Initial Class A-2 Note Balance and the Initial Certificate
Balance and (ii) $[      ]. As of any Distribution Date, the amount of funds
actually on deposit in the Reserve Fund may, in certain circumstances, be less
than the Specified Reserve Fund Balance.
 
    A "RESERVE FUND TRIGGER EVENT" will have been deemed to occur with respect
to any Distribution Date if (i) the Average Delinquency Ratio (as defined
herein) for such Distribution Date is equal to or greater than [ ]%; (ii) the
Average Loss Ratio for such Distribution Date is equal to or greater than [ ]%;
(iii) the Cumulative Loss Ratio (as defined herein) for such Distribution Date
is equal to or greater than (a)
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
[ ]% with respect to any Distribution Date which occurs within the period from
the Closing Date to, and inclusive of, the first anniversary of the Closing
Date, (b) [ ]% with respect to any Distribution Date which occurs within the
period from the day after the first anniversary of the Closing Date to, and
inclusive of, the second anniversary of the Closing Date, or (c) [ ]% for any
Distribution Date following the second anniversary of the Closing Date or (iv)
the Average Default Ratio (as defined herein) for such Distribution Date is
equal to or greater than [ ]%.
 
    The "Average Delinquency Ratio" for any Distribution Date is equal to the
arithmetic average of the Delinquency Ratios for the Distribution Date and the
two immediately preceding Distribution Dates and the "DELINQUENCY RATIO" for any
Distribution Date is equal to the fraction (expressed as a percentage) derived
by dividing (a) the Delinquency Amount during the immediately preceding Due
Period multiplied by twelve by (b) the Principal Balance of the Contracts as of
the beginning of the related Due Period. The "DELINQUENCY AMOUNT" as of any
Distribution Date means the Principal Balance of all Contracts that were
delinquent 60 days or more as of the end of the related Due Period (including
Contracts in respect of which the related Motorcycles have been repossessed and
are still inventory). The "AVERAGE LOSS RATIO" for any Distribution Date is
equal to the arithmetic average of the Loss Ratios for such Distribution Date
and the two immediately preceding Distribution Dates and the Loss Ratio for any
Distribution Date is equal to the fraction (expressed as a percentage) derived
by dividing (x) the Net Liquidation Losses for all Contracts that became
Liquidated Contracts during the immediately preceding Due Period multiplied by
twelve by (y) the outstanding Principal Balances of all Contracts as of the
beginning of the related Due Period. "NET LIQUIDATION LOSSES" means, with
respect to a Liquidated Contract, the amount, if any, by which (a) the
outstanding Principal Balance of such Liquidated Contract plus accrued and
unpaid interest thereon at the Contract Rate to the date on which such
Liquidated Contract became a Liquidated Contract exceeds (b) the Net Liquidation
Proceeds for such Liquidated Contract. "NET LIQUIDATION PROCEEDS" means, as to
any Liquidated Contract, the proceeds realized on the sale or other disposition
of the related Motorcycle, including proceeds realized on the repurchase of such
Motorcycle by the originating dealer for breach of warranties, and the proceeds
of any insurance relating to such Motorcycle, after payment of all expenses
incurred thereby, together, in all instances, with the expected or actual
proceeds of any recourse rights relating to such Contract as well as any post
disposition proceeds received by the Servicer. "LIQUIDATED CONTRACT" means any
defaulted Contract as to which the Servicer has determined that all amounts
which it expects to recover from or on account of such Contract have been
recovered; provided that any defaulted Contract in respect of which the related
Motorcycle has been realized upon and disposed of and the proceeds of such
disposition have been realized shall be deemed to be a Liquidated Contract; and
provided further, a Contract which has been repossessed and has not been sold by
the Servicer for a period in excess of 90 days from such date of repossession or
a Contract which has been delinquent more than 150 days shall be deemed to be a
Liquidated Contract with a zero balance. The "CUMULATIVE LOSS RATIO" for any
Distribution Date means the fraction (expressed as a percentage) computed by the
Servicer by dividing (a) the aggregate Net Liquidation Losses for all Contracts
since the Cutoff Date through the end of the related Due Period by (b) the sum
of (i) the Principal Balance of the Contracts as of the Cutoff Date plus (B) the
Principal Balance of any Subsequent Contracts as of the related Subsequent
Cutoff Date. The "AVERAGE DEFAULT RATIO" for any Distribution Date is equal to
the arithmetic average of the Default Ratio for such Distribution Date and the
two immediately preceding Distribution Dates and the Default Ratio for any
Distribution Date is equal to the fraction (expressed as a percentage) derived
by dividing (x) the Principal Balance for all Contracts that become Defaulted
Contracts during the immediately preceding Due Period multiplied by twelve by
(y) the outstanding Principal Balances of all Contracts as of the beginning of
the related Due Period. A "DEFAULTED CONTRACT" means a Contract with respect to
which there has occurred one or more of the following: (i) all or some portion
of any payment under the Contract is 120 days or more delinquent, (ii)
repossession (and expiration of any redemption period) of a Motorcycle securing
a Contract, or (iii) the Servicer has determined in good faith that an Obligor
is not likely to resume payment under a Contract. A Trigger Event will be deemed
to have terminated with respect to a Distribution Date if no
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
Trigger Event shall exist with respect to three consecutive Distribution Dates
(inclusive of the respective Distribution Date).
 
    Amounts held from time to time in the Reserve Fund will continue to be held
for the benefit of the Noteholders and the Certificateholders. Funds on deposit
in the Reserve Fund may be invested in Reserve Fund Permitted Investments.
Investment income on monies on deposit in the Reserve Fund will not be available
for distribution to Noteholders and the Certificateholders after the Specified
Reserve Fund Balance has been met. Any loss on such investments will be charged
to the Reserve Fund.
 
    "AVAILABLE AMOUNT" means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the amount
of funds on deposit in the Reserve Fund on such Distribution Date less the
Certificate Interest Reserve Amount with respect to such Distribution Date, in
each case, before giving effect to any reduction thereto on such Distribution
Date.
 
    "CERTIFICATE RESERVE AMOUNT" means $[      ], as such amount may be reduced
or restored from time to time pursuant to the Agreement.
 
    If on any Distribution Date the Certificate Principal Balance equals zero
and amounts on deposit in the Reserve Fund have been depleted as a result of
losses in respect of the Contracts, the protection afforded to the Noteholders
by the subordination of the Certificates and by the Reserve Fund will be
exhausted and the Noteholders will bear directly the risks associated with
ownership of the Contracts.
 
    None of the Securityholders, the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the
Seller nor the Trust Depositor will be required to refund any amounts properly
distributed or paid to them, whether or not there are sufficient funds on any
subsequent Distribution Date to make full distributions to the Securityholders.
 
    The Servicer may, from time to time after the date of this Prospectus
Supplement request each Rating Agency that rated any of the Securities to, at
the request of the Trust Depositor, approve a formula for determining the
Specified Reserve Fund Balance that is different from the formula described
above and would result in a decrease in the amount of the Specified Reserve Fund
Balance or the Certificate Reserve Amount or the manner by which the Reserve
Fund is funded. If each Rating Agency delivers a letter to the Indenture Trustee
and the Owner Trustee to the effect that the use of any such new formulation
will not in and of itself result in a qualification, reduction or withdrawal of
its then-current rating of any Class of Securities then the Specified Reserve
Fund Balance will be determined in accordance with such new formula. The
Agreement will accordingly be amended to reflect such new calculation without
the consent of any Securityholder.
 
WITHDRAWALS FROM THE RESERVE FUND
 
    Amounts held from time to time in the Reserve Fund will continue to be held
for the benefit of the Noteholders and the Certificateholders. On each
Distribution Date, funds will be withdrawn from the Reserve Fund to the extent
that the amount on deposit in the Note Distribution Account with respect to any
Distribution Date is less than the Note Distributable Amount and will be
deposited in the Note Distribution Account. In addition, after giving effect to
such withdrawal, funds will be withdrawn from the Reserve Fund to the extent
that the amount on deposit in the Certificate Distribution Account is less than
the Certificate Distributable Amount and will be deposited in the Certificate
Distribution Account. See "PAYMENTS FROM THE RESERVE FUND."
 
PAYMENTS FROM THE RESERVE FUND
 
    On each Distribution Date on which the Note Distributable Amount exceeds the
amount then on deposit in the Note Distribution Account, the Noteholders will be
entitled to receive such deficiency (including amounts necessary to reduce the
outstanding principal balance of a given Class of Notes to zero on the related
Note Final Distribution Date), from amounts on deposit in the Reserve Fund.
Subject
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
to the Noteholders' priority on each Distribution Date on which the Certificate
Distributable Amount exceeds the amount then on deposit in the Certificate
Distribution Account, the Certificateholders will be entitled to receive such
deficiency (including amounts necessary to reduce the balance of the
Certificates to zero on the Certificate Final Distribution Date), from amounts
on deposit in the Reserve Fund.
 
STATEMENTS TO SECURITYHOLDERS
 
    On or prior to each Distribution Date, the Servicer will prepare and provide
to the Indenture Trustee a statement to be delivered to each Noteholder and to
the Owner Trustee a statement to be delivered to each Certificateholder on such
Distribution Date (the "DISTRIBUTION DATE STATEMENT"), setting forth with
respect to the related Distribution Date or Due Period, as applicable, among
other things, the following information:
 
         (i) the amount of the Certificateholder's distribution allocable to
    principal, and the amount of the Noteholder's principal distribution;
 
        (ii) the amount of the Certificateholder's distribution allocable to
    interest and the amount of the Noteholder's interest distribution;
 
        (iii) the amount of fees payable out of the Trust, separately
    identifying the Monthly Servicing Fee, and the Trustees' Fees;
 
        (iv) the amount of any Note Interest Carryover Shortfall, Note Principal
    Carryover Shortfall, Certificate Interest Carryover Shortfall and
    Certificate Principal Carryover Shortfall on such Distribution Date and the
    change in such amounts from those with respect to the immediately preceding
    Distribution Date;
 
        (v) the Note Pool Factor for each Class of Notes and the Certificate
    Pool Factor, in each case as of such Distribution Date;
 
        (vi) the amount of the distributions described in (i) or (ii) above
    payable pursuant to a claim on the Reserve Fund or from any other source not
    constituting Available Monies and the amount remaining in the Reserve Fund
    after giving effect to all deposits and withdrawals from the Reserve Fund on
    such date;
 
       (vii)     the amount of any Mandatory Special Redemption to be made on
    such Distribution Date;
 
       (viii) for each Distribution Date during the Funding Period, the
    remaining Pre-Funded Amount;
 
        (ix) for each Distribution Date during the Funding Period to and
    including the Distribution Date immediately following the end of the Funding
    Period, the Principal Balance and number of Subsequent Contracts conveyed to
    the Trust during the related Due Period;
 
        (x) the remaining Principal Balance after giving effect to the
    distribution of principal (and Mandatory Special Redemption, if any) to each
    class of Notes and the Certificates to be made on such Distribution Date;
 
        (xi) the number and aggregate principal balance of Contracts delinquent,
    31-59 days, 60-89 days and 90 or more days, computed as of the end of the
    related Due Period;
 
       (xii) the number and aggregate Principal Balance of Contracts that became
    Liquidated Contracts during the immediately preceding Due Period, the amount
    of liquidation proceeds for such Due Period, the amount of liquidation
    expenses being deducted from liquidation proceeds for such Due Period, the
    Net Liquidation Proceeds and the Net Liquidation Losses for such Due Period;
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
       (xiii) the Loss Ratio, the Average Loss Ratio, the Cumulative Loss Ratio,
    the Delinquency Ratio, the Average Delinquency Ratio, the Default Ratio and
    the Average Default Ratio as of such Distribution Date;
 
       (xiv) the number of Contracts and the aggregate Principal Balance of such
    Contracts, as of the first day of the Due Period relating to such
    Distribution Date (after giving effect to payments received during such Due
    Period and to any transfers of Subsequent Contract to the Trust occurring on
    or prior to such Distribution Date);
 
       (xv) the aggregate Principal Balance and number of Contracts that were
    repurchased by the Seller pursuant to the Agreement with respect to the
    related Due Period, identifying such Contracts and the Repurchase Price for
    such Contracts; and
 
       (xvi) such other customary factual information as is available to the
    Servicer as the Servicer deems necessary and can reasonably obtain from its
    existing data base to enable Noteholders and Certificateholders to prepare
    their tax returns.
 
    Each amount set forth pursuant to subclauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above
will be expressed in the
aggregate and as a dollar amount per $1,000 of original principal amount of a
Note or the Initial Certificate Balance of a Certificate, as the case may be. In
addition, within the prescribed period of time for tax reporting purposes after
the end of each calendar year during the term of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee will mail to each person
who at any time during such calendar year shall have been a Noteholder or a
Certificateholder, as the case may be, a statement containing the sum of the
amounts described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above for the purposes of
such holder's preparation of federal income tax returns. See "FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSEQUENCES."
 
VOTING INTERESTS
 
    The "VOTING INTERESTS" of the (i) Notes of a Class or Classes will be
allocated among the Noteholders or related Note Owners, as the case may be, in
accordance with the unpaid principal amount of the Notes of such Class or
Classes represented thereby and (ii) Certificates will be allocated among the
Certificateholders or related Certificate Owners, as the case may be, in
accordance with the Certificate Balance represented thereby; except that in
certain circumstances any Securities held by the Trust Depositor or the Seller,
or any of their respective affiliates shall be excluded from such determination.
 
AMENDMENT
 
    AMENDMENT OF THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT.  The Sale and Servicing
Agreement may be amended, without the consent of the Noteholders or the
Certificateholders, to cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provision
therein which may be inconsistent with any other provision therein, to add any
other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under such
agreement which are not inconsistent with the provisions thereof, to add or
provide for any credit enhancement for any Class of Securities or to permit
certain changes with respect to the amount required to be maintained on deposit
in the Reserve Fund; provided, that any such action will not, in the opinion of
counsel satisfactory to the related Trustee, materially and adversely affect the
interests of any such Securityholder, and provided further, that in the case of
a change with respect to the amount required to be maintained on deposit in or
pursuant to the Reserve Fund, the Trustee receives a letter from S&P to the
effect that its then-current rating on each Class of Securities will not be
qualified, reduced or withdrawn due to such amendment and the Servicer shall
provide the Rating Agencies notice of such amendment.
 
    The Sale and Servicing Agreement may also be amended from time to time with
the consent or the holders of Notes and Certificates evidencing not less than 66
2/3% of the respective voting interests thereof, for the purpose of adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of
such agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the related
Securityholders of
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
each Class; provided, that no such amendment may (i) except as described above,
increase or reduce in any manner the amount of or accelerate or delay the timing
of collections of payments on or in respect of the Contracts, required
distributions on the Notes or the Certificates, or the Specified Reserve Fund
Balance or the manner in which the Reserve Fund is funded, or (ii) reduce the
aforesaid percentage of the voting interests of which the holders of any Class
of Securities are required to consent to any such amendment, without the consent
of the holders of all of the relevant Class of Securities.
 
    AMENDMENT OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT.  The Trust Agreement may be amended
without the consent of the Securityholders, to cure any ambiguity, correct or
supplement any provision therein which may be inconsistent with any other
provision therein, or to add any other provisions with respect to matters or
questions arising under such agreement which are not inconsistent with the
provisions thereof; provided, that any such action will not, in the opinion of
counsel satisfactory to the related Trustee materially and adversely affect the
interests of any such Noteholder or Certificateholder.
 
    The Trust Agreement may also be amended from time to time with the consent
of the Securityholders evidencing not less than 66 2/3% of the respective voting
interests thereof, for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in
any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of such agreement or of
modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders;
provided, that no such amendment may increase or reduce in any manner the amount
of or accelerate or delay the timing of (i) collections of payments on or in
respect of the Contracts or required distributions on the Notes or the
Certificates or any Interest Rate or the Pass-Through Rate or (ii) reduce the
aforesaid percentage of the voting interests of which the holders of any Class
of Securities are required to consent to any such amendment, without the consent
of the holders of all of the relevant Class of Securities.
 
    AMENDMENT OF THE INDENTURE.  The Trust and the Indenture Trustee (on behalf
of such Trust) may, without consent of the Noteholders, enter into one or more
supplemental indentures for any of the following purposes: (i) to correct or
amplify the description of the property subject to the lien of the Indenture or
to subject additional property to the lien of the Indenture; (ii) to provide for
the assumption of the Notes and the Indenture obligations by a permitted
successor to the Trust; (iii) to add additional covenants for the benefit of the
related Noteholders, or to surrender any rights or powers conferred upon the
Trust; (iv) to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge any property to the
Indenture Trustee; (v) to cure any ambiguity or correct or supplement any
provision in the Indenture or in any supplemental indenture which may be
inconsistent with any other provision in the Indenture, any supplemental
indenture, the Sale and Servicing Agreement or certain other agreements;
provided, that any action specified in clause (v) shall not adversely affect the
interests of any Noteholder; (vi) to provide for the acceptance of the
appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee or to add to or change any of the
provisions of the Indenture as shall be necessary and permitted to facilitate
the administration by more than one trustee; (vii) to modify, eliminate or add
to the provisions of the Indenture in order to comply with the Trust Indenture
Act of 1939, as amended; and (viii) to add any provisions to, change in any
manner, or eliminate any of the provisions of, the Indenture or modify in any
manner the rights of Noteholders under such Indenture; provided that any action
specified in clause (viii) shall not, as evidenced by an opinion of counsel,
adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Noteholder unless
such Noteholder's consent is otherwise obtained as described below.
 
    Without the consent of the holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby,
no supplemental indenture may: (i) change the due date of any installment of
principal of or interest on any Note or reduce the principal amount thereof, the
Interest Rate thereon (or the method by which such interest or principal is
calculated) or the redemption price with respect thereto or change any place of
payment where or the coin or currency in which any such Note or any interest
thereon is payable; (ii) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement
of the provisions of the Indenture regarding payment; (iii) reduce the
percentage of the voting interests of the Notes, the consent of the holders of
which is required for any such supplemental indenture or the consent of the
holders of which is required for any waiver of compliance with certain
provisions of the Indenture or of certain defaults thereunder and their
consequences as
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
provided for in the Indenture; (iv) modify or alter the provisions of the
Indenture regarding the voting of Notes held by the Trust, any other obligor on
such Notes, the Trust Depositor, or any of their respective affiliates; (v)
reduce the percentage of the voting interests of the Notes, the consent of the
holders of which is required to direct the Indenture Trustee to sell or
liquidate the property of the Trust if the proceeds of such sale or liquidation
would be insufficient to pay the principal amount and accrued but unpaid
interest on the outstanding Notes; (vi) decrease the percentage of the aggregate
of such Notes required to amend the provisions of the Indenture which specify
the applicable percentage of voting interests of the Notes necessary to amend
such Indenture or certain other related agreements; or (vii) permit the creation
of any lien ranking prior to or on a parity with the lien of the Indenture with
respect to any of the collateral for the Notes or, except as otherwise permitted
or contemplated in the Indenture, terminate the lien of such Indenture on any
such collateral or deprive the holder of any such Note of the security afforded
by the lien of such Indenture.
 
LIST OF SECURITYHOLDERS
 
    Upon the written request of the Servicer, the Owner Trustee will provide to
the Servicer within 15 days after receipt of such request, a list of the names
and addresses of all Certificateholders. In addition, three or more holders of
Certificates or holders of Certificates evidencing not less than 25% of the
voting interests of the Certificates, upon compliance by such Certificateholders
with certain provisions of the Trust Agreement, may request that the Owner
Trustee afford such Certificateholders access during business hours to the
current list of Certificateholders of purposes of communicating with other
Certificateholders with respect to their rights under the Trust Agreement.
 
    Three or more holders of Notes may, by written request to the Indenture
Trustee, obtain access to the list of all Noteholders maintained by such
Indenture Trustee for the purpose of communicating with the other Noteholders
with respect to their rights under the Indenture or under the Notes. The
Indenture Trustee may elect not to afford the requesting Noteholders access to
the list of Noteholders if it agrees to mail the desired communication or proxy,
on behalf of and at the expense of the requesting Noteholders, to all
Noteholders.
 
    Neither the Trust Agreement nor the Indenture will provide for the holding
of any annual or other meetings of Securityholders.
 
TRUST; INSOLVENCY EVENT
 
    The Trust Agreement will provide that, in the event that Trust Depositor
becomes bankrupt, insolvent, withdraws or is expelled from the Trust or is
terminated or dissolved, the Trust will terminate in 90 days and thereafter
effect redemption of the Notes (if any) and prepayment of the Certificates
following the winding-up of the affairs of the Trust.
 
    The Trust Agreement will provide that the Owner Trustee, each
Certificateholder, the Indenture Trustee and each Noteholder shall agree that
they will not at any time institute, or join in any institution against, the
Trust or the Trust Depositor, any bankruptcy proceedings relating to the
Certificates, the Notes, the Trust Agreement, the Indenture or certain other
agreements.
 
TERMINATION
 
    The obligations of the Servicer, the Trust Depositor, the Owner Trustee and
Indenture Trustee with respect to the related Securityholders pursuant to the
Trust Agreement, Sale and Servicing Agreement or Indenture will terminate upon
the earliest to occur of (i) the maturity or other liquidation of the last
Contract and the disposition of any amounts received upon liquidation of any
property remaining in the Trust, or (ii) the payment to Securityholders of all
amounts required to be paid to them pursuant to the Indenture and the Trust
Agreement; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, in no event shall the Trust continue beyond the
expiration of 21 years from the death of the last survivor of the descendants of
Joseph P. Kennedy, the
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
late Ambassador of the United States to the Court of St. James, living on the
Closing Date. The Seller's representations, warranties and indemnities will
survive any termination of the Agreement. Upon termination, amounts in the
Collection Account, if any, will be paid to the Trust Depositor.
 
    The Owner Trustee and Indenture Trustee will give written notice of
termination to each Securityholder of record. The final distribution to each
Securityholder will be made only upon surrender and cancellation of such
holder's Securities at the office or agency of the related Trustee specified in
the notice of termination. Any funds remaining in the Trust, after such Trustee
has taken certain measures to locate a Securityholder and such measures have
failed, will be distributed to a charity designated by the Servicer.
 
PAYMENT IN FULL OF NOTES
 
    Upon the payment in full of all outstanding Notes and the satisfaction and
discharge of the Indenture, the Owner Trustee will succeed to all the rights of
the Indenture Trustee, and the Certificateholders will succeed to all the rights
of the Noteholders, under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, except as otherwise
provided therein.
 
THE TRUSTEES
 
    A Trustee may resign at any time, in which event the Administrator, or its
successor, will be obligated to appoint a successor trustee. The Administrator
(as defined herein) may also remove the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee,
in each case if such Trustee becomes insolvent or ceases to be eligible to
continue as trustee under the Trust Agreement or Indenture, as the case may be.
In such event, the Administrator will be obligated to appoint a successor Owner
Trustee or Indenture Trustee. Any resignation or removal of a trustee and
appointment of a successor trustee will not become effective until acceptance of
the appointment by the successor trustee.
 
    Each Trustee and any of its affiliates may hold Securities in their own
names or as pledgees. For the purpose of meeting the legal requirements of
certain jurisdictions, the Administrator and the Owner Trustee or Indenture
Trustee acting jointly (or in some instances, the Owner Trustee and Indenture
Trustee acting without the Administrator) will have the power to appoint
co-trustees or separate trustees of all or any part of the Trust. In the event
of such an appointment, all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or
imposed upon such Trustee by the Indenture, Sale and Servicing Agreement or
Trust Agreement will be conferred or imposed upon such Trustee and such separate
trustee or co-trustee jointly, or, in any jurisdiction in which such Trustee
will be incompetent or unqualified to perform certain acts, singly upon such
separate trustee or co-trustee who will exercise and perform such rights,
powers, duties and obligations solely at the direction of such Trustee.
 
    The Trust Agreement will further provide that the Owner Trustee will be
entitled to indemnification by the Trust Depositor for, and will be held
harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred by such Trustee not
resulting from its own willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence (other than
by reason of a breach of any of its representations or warranties set forth in
such agreement). The Indenture will further provide that the Indenture Trustee
will be entitled to indemnification by the Trust or the Administrator for any
loss, liability or expense incurred by such Trustee not resulting from its own
willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.
 
DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEES
 
    The Trustees will not make any representations as to the validity or
sufficiency of the Trust Agreement or Indenture, the Securities issued pursuant
thereto (other than the execution and authentication thereof) or of any
Contracts or related document. The Trustees will not be accountable for the use
or application by the Trust Depositor or the Servicer of any funds paid to the
Trust Depositor or the Servicer in respect of such Securities or the related
Contracts or the investment of any monies by the Servicer
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
before such monies are deposited into the Collection Account. The Trustees will
not independently verify the existence or characteristics of the Contracts. If
no Event of Default or Termination Event has occurred and is continuing, the
Trustees will be required to perform only those duties specifically required of
it under the Indenture, Trust Agreement or Sale and Servicing Agreement, as the
case may be. Generally those duties will be limited to the receipt of the
various certificates and reports or other instruments required to be furnished
to such Trustee under such agreements, in which case it will only be required to
examine them to determine whether they conform to the requirements of such
agreements. The Trustees will not be charged with knowledge of a failure by the
Servicer to perform its duties under the relevant agreements which failure
constitutes an Event of Default or a Termination Event unless the Owner Trustee
or Indenture Trustee obtains actual knowledge of such failure as specified in
such agreements.
 
    Neither the Indenture Trustee or Owner Trustee will be under any obligation
to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by the Indenture, Trust
Agreement or Sale and Servicing Agreement, as the case may be, or to make any
investigation of matters arising thereunder or to institute, conduct or defend
any litigation thereunder or in relation thereto at the request, order or
direction of any of the Securityholders, unless such Securityholders have
offered to such trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs,
expenses and liabilities that may be incurred therein or thereby. No
Securityholder will have any right under any such agreement to institute any
proceeding with respect to such agreement, unless such holder previously has
given to such trustee written notice of default and (i) the default arises from
the Servicer's failure to remit payments when due or (ii) the holders of
Securities evidencing not less than 25% of the voting interests of all of the
related Securities, voting together as a single class, have made written request
upon such Trustee to institute such proceeding in its own name as Trustee
thereunder and have offered to such Trustee reasonable indemnity and such
Trustee for 60 days has neglected or refused to institute any such proceedings.
 
TRUST DEPOSITOR LIABILITY
 
    The Trust Agreement will require the Trust Depositor to agree to be liable
directly to an injured party for the entire amount of any losses, claims,
damages or liabilities (other than those incurred by a Securityholder in the
capacity of an investor with respect to the Trust) arising out of or based on
the arrangement created by the Trust Agreement as though such arrangement
created a partnership under the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act
in which Trust Depositor was a general partner.
 
ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT
 
    Eaglemark, in its capacity as administrator (in such capacity, the
"ADMINISTRATOR"), will enter into an agreement (the "ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT")
with the Trust, the Trust Depositor and the Indenture Trustee pursuant to which
the Administrator will agree, to the extent provided in the Administration
Agreement, to provide the notices and to perform other administrative
obligations required to be provided or performed by the Trust or the Owner
Trustee under the Indenture. The Administrator in the Administration Agreement
agrees to perform certain accounting functions of the Trust which the Owner
Trustee is required to perform pursuant to the Trust Agreement, including but
not limited to maintaining the books of the trust, filing tax returns for the
trust, and delivering tax related reports to each Certificateholder and
Noteholder (except the Owner Trustee shall retain responsibility for
distributing the Schedule K-1s). As compensation for the performance of the
Administrator's obligations under the Administration Agreement and as
reimbursement for its expenses related thereto, the Administrator will be
entitled to a monthly administration fee (the "Administration Fee"), which fee
will be paid by the Servicer.
 
COLLECTION AND OTHER SERVICING PROCEDURES
 
    The Servicer will manage, administer, service and make collections on the
Contracts exercising the degree of skill and care consistent with the highest
degree of skill and care that the Servicer exercises
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
with respect to similar contracts serviced by the Servicer and in any event with
no less degree of skill and care than would be exercised by a prudent servicer
of motorcycle conditional sales contracts.
 
    The Servicer may, consistent with its customary servicing procedures, grant
to the Obligor on any Contract an extension of payments due under such Contract,
provided that (i) the extension period is limited to 45 days, (ii) and the
Obligor has been in good standing for the previous twelve-month period, (iii)
such extension is consistent with the Servicer's customary servicing procedures
and with the Agreement, (iv) such extension does not extend the maturity date of
the Contract beyond the last maturity date of any of the Contracts as of the
Initial Cutoff Date (or as of the last Subsequent Cutoff Date, if any) and (v)
the aggregate Principal Balances of Contracts which have had extensions granted
does not exceed more than 3.00% of the aggregate of the principal amount of the
Notes and the Certificate Balance.
 
SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES
 
    The Servicer will be entitled to receive a Monthly Servicing Fee for each
Due Period (to be paid on the related Distribution Date) equal to [      ] of
[      %] of the Principal Balance of the Contracts as of the beginning of such
Due Period. Along with the Monthly Servicing Fee, and included as part of the
"Servicing Fee" as defined in the Agreement, the Servicer will be entitled to
receive late payment penalty fees and extension fee paid by Obligors during the
related Due Period as additional compensation. Such Servicing Fee is payable
prior to the payment of principal interest on the Notes or Certificates. See
"Certain Information Regarding the Securities--Distributions on the Securities"
above.
 
    The Servicing Fee provides compensation for customary third-party servicing
activities to be performed by the Servicer for the Trust, for additional
administrative services performed by the Servicer on behalf of the Trust and for
expenses paid by the Servicer on behalf of the Trust.
 
    Customary servicing activities include collecting and recording payments,
communicating with Obligors, investigating payment delinquencies, providing
billing and tax records to Obligors and maintaining internal records with
respect to each Contract. Administrative services performed by the Servicer on
behalf of the Trust include selecting and packaging the Contracts, calculating
distributions to Noteholders and Certificateholders and providing related data
processing and reporting services for Noteholders and Certificateholders and on
behalf of the Trustees. Expenses incurred in connection with servicing of the
Contracts and paid by the Servicer from its servicing fees include payment of
fees and expenses of accountants, payments of all fees and expenses incurred in
connection with the enforcement of Contracts, and payment of expenses incurred
in connection with distributions and reports to Noteholders and
Certificateholders.
 
INDIVIDUAL MOTORCYCLE INSURANCE
 
    The terms of each Contract require that for the life of the Contract, each
Motorcycle is covered by a collision and comprehensive or equivalent insurance
policy which covers physical damage risks, provides limited insurance coverage
for damage to the Motorcycle and names the Seller as a loss payee. The amount of
insurance coverage is limited to the value of the Motorcycle. In the Transfer
and Sale Agreement, the Seller has warranted that all premium payments on such
insurance have been paid in full for one year from the date of the Contracts'
origination. Pursuant to Contract terms, the Servicer may "force place"
collision and comprehensive insurance with respect to the related Motorcycle in
those situations in which the Obligor has not maintained the required insurance.
Currently, the Servicer utilizes Recreational Products Insurance Division, a
division of Universal Underwriters Insurance Company, to "force place"
comprehensive and collision insurance in 31 states in which Obligors reside. As
conveyee and assignee of the Contracts, the Trust will be entitled to the
benefits of such insurance. See "Certain
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
Information Regarding the Securities -- Conveyance of Contracts." Following
repossession of a Motorcycle by the Servicer, the Servicer does not maintain
such insurance. In the event the Servicer repossesses a Motorcycle on behalf of
the Trust, the Servicer will act as self-insurer for any damage to such
motorcycle until it is resold.
 
EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE
 
    Pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, on or before March 31 of each
year, beginning on March 31, 199 , the Servicer will deliver to the Trustees and
the Rating Agencies a report of a nationally recognized accounting firm, with
respect to the twelve months ended the immediately preceding December 31, a
statement (the "Accountant's Report") addressed to the Board of Directors of the
Servicer, and to the Trustees to the effect that such firm has audited the
consolidated financial statements of Eaglemark Financial and issued its report
thereon and that such audit (1) was made in accordance with generally accepted
auditing standards, and accordingly included such tests of the accounting
records and such other auditing procedures as such firm considered necessary in
the circumstances; (2) included an examination of documents and records relating
to the servicing of substantially similar motorcycle conditional sales contracts
under substantially similar pooling and servicing agreements (such substantially
similar statement to have attached thereto a schedule setting forth the pooling
and servicing agreements covered thereby, including the Agreement); (3) included
an examination of the delinquency and loss statistics relating to the portfolio
of motorcycle conditional sales contracts of Eaglemark Financial and its
subsidiaries; and (4) except as described in the statement, disclosed no
exceptions or errors in the records relating to motorcycle loans serviced for
others that, in the firm's opinion, generally accepted auditing standards
requires such firm to report. The Accountant's Report will further state that
(1) a review in accordance with agreed upon procedures was made of one randomly
selected Monthly Report and (2) except as disclosed in the Accountant's Report,
no exceptions or errors in the Monthly Report so examined were found.
 
    The Agreement provides that the Servicer shall furnish to the Trustees and
the Rating Agencies such underlying data as each may reasonably request.
 
EVENTS OF TERMINATION
 
    An Event of Termination under the Agreement will occur if (a) either the
Servicer or the Seller fails to make any payment or deposit required under the
Securities, the Agreement or the Transfer and Sale Agreement and such failure
continues for four Business Days after the date on which such payment or deposit
was due; (b) either the Servicer or the Seller fails to observe or perform in
any material respect any covenant or agreement in the Notes, Certificates, the
Agreement or the Transfer and Sale Agreement which continues unremedied for
thirty days after the date on which such failure commences; (c) either the
Servicer or the Seller assigns its duties or rights under the Agreement or the
Transfer and Sale Agreement, except as specifically permitted under the
Agreement or the Transfer and Sale Agreement, or attempts to make such an
assignment; (d) a court having jurisdiction in the premises enters a decree or
order for relief in respect of the Servicer or Trust Depositor in an involuntary
case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or
hereafter in effect, or appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian,
trustee or sequestrator (or similar official) of the Servicer, or Trust
Depositor, or for any substantial liquidation of their respective affairs; (e)
the Servicer or Trust Depositor commences a voluntary case under any applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, or consents to the entry of an order for
relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or consents to the appointment
of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian
or sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Servicer or Trust Depositor
or for any substantial part of its property or shall have made any general
assignment for the benefit of creditors, or fails to, or admits in writing its
inability to, pay debts as they become due, or takes any corporate action in
furtherance of the foregoing; (f) the failure of the Servicer to deliver the
Monthly Report pursuant to the terms of the Agreement and such failure remains
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
uncured for five business days after the date on which such failure commences;
or (g) any representation, warranty or statement of the Servicer made in the
Agreement or any certificate, report or other writing delivered pursuant thereto
shall prove to be incorrect in any material respect as of the time when the same
shall have been made and the incorrectness of such representation, warranty or
statement has a material adverse effect on the Trust and, within 30 days after
written notice thereof shall have been given to the Servicer or the Trust
Depositor by the Trustee, the circumstances or condition in respect of which
such representation, warranty or statement was incorrect shall not have been
eliminated or otherwise cured. The Servicer will be required under the Agreement
to give the Trustees, the Rating Agencies, the Noteholders and the
Certificateholders notice of an Event of Termination promptly upon the
occurrence of such Event.
 
RIGHTS UPON AN EVENT OF TERMINATION
 
    If an Event of Termination has occurred and is continuing, the Noteholders
evidencing not less than 51% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes or, if all
the Notes have been paid in full and the Indenture has been discharged in
accordance with its terms, the holders of Certificates with aggregate fractional
interests evidencing 50% or more of the Trust, may terminate all of the
Servicer's management, administrative, servicing, custodian and collection
functions under the Agreement. Upon such termination, the Indenture Trustee will
succeed to all the responsibilities, duties and liabilities of the Servicer
under the Agreement and will be entitled to similar compensation arrangements,
provided, however, that the Indenture Trustee will not assume any obligation of
the Seller to repurchase Contracts for breach of representations and warranties,
and the Indenture Trustee will not be liable for any acts or omissions of the
Servicer occurring prior to a transfer of the Servicer's servicing and related
functions or for any breach by the Servicer of any of its representations and
warranties contained in the Agreement or any related document or agreement.
Notwithstanding such termination, the Servicer shall be entitled to payment of
certain amounts payable to it prior to such termination, for services rendered
prior to such termination. No such termination will affect in any manner the
Seller's obligation to repurchase certain Contracts for breaches of
representations and warranties under the Agreement. In the event that the
Indenture Trustee in so acting would be in violation of legal requirements with
a resulting material adverse effect upon it, it may resign such role and if a
successor has not been appointed within 60 days, it may petition a court of
competent jurisdiction for its removal.
 
    Following an Event of Termination, the Indenture Trustee shall terminate the
Lockbox Agreement and direct all Obligors under the Contracts to make all
payments under the Contracts to the Indenture Trustee, or to a lockbox
established by the Indenture Trustee.
 
ADVANCES
 
    The Servicer is obligated to advance each month an amount equal to accrued
and unpaid interest on the Contracts which was delinquent with respect to the
related Due Period, but only to the extent that the Servicer believes that the
amount of such Advance will be recoverable from collections on the Contracts.
(Sale and Servicing Agreement, Section 7.03). The Servicer will deposit any
Advances in the Collection Account no later than the Determination Date. The
Servicer will be entitled to recoup Advances on a Contract by means of a first
priority withdrawal from Available Monies on any Distribution Date.
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
 SECURITY INTERESTS AND OTHER ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS; REPURCHASE OBLIGATIONS
 
GENERAL
 
    As a result of the Seller's conveyance and assignment of the Contracts to
the Trust Depositor pursuant to the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the Trust
Depositor's conveyance and assignment of the Contracts to the Trust pursuant to
the Agreement, the Trust's pledge to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the
Indenture, the Noteholders and the Certificateholders, through the Indenture
Trustee, will succeed collectively to all of the rights under such Contracts
(including the right to receive payment on the Contracts) on or after the
related Cutoff Date. Each Contract evidences both (a) the obligation of the
Obligor to repay the loan evidenced thereby and (b) the grant of a security
interest in the Motorcycle to secure repayment of such loan. Certain aspects of
both features of the Contracts are more fully described below.
 
    The Contracts are "CHATTEL PAPER" as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code
(the "UCC") in effect in the states in which the Motorcycles were initially
registered. Pursuant to the UCC, the sale of chattel paper is treated in a
manner similar to perfection of a security interest in chattel paper. The Seller
and the Depositor will make an appropriate filing of UCC-1 financing statements
in Nevada and Illinois to give notice of the Indenture Trustee's security
interest in the Contracts, and the Contracts held by the Servicer as custodian
will be stamped to reflect their conveyance and assignment from the Seller to
the Trust Depositor and the Trust Depositor to the Trust and their pledge from
the Trust to the Indenture Trustee. However, if a subsequent purchaser were able
to take physical possession of any Contracts without notice of such conveyance
and assignment, the Trust's interest in those Contracts could be defeated. See
"DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES--CONVEYANCE OF CONTRACTS" above.
 
SECURITY INTERESTS IN THE MOTORCYCLES
 
    The Motorcycles securing the Contracts are located in 50 states and the
District of Columbia. Security interests in motorcycles may be perfected either
by notation of the secured party's lien on the certificate of title or by
delivery of the required documents and payment of a fee to the state motor
vehicle authority, depending on state law. The Seller's practice is to effect
such notation or delivery of the required documents and fees, and to obtain
possession of the certificate of title, as appropriate under the laws of the
state in which any Motorcycle securing a Motorcycle conditional sales contract
is registered. In the event either the Trust Depositor fails, due to clerical
error, to effect such notation or delivery, or files the security interest under
the wrong law, the Seller may not have a first priority security interest in the
Motorcycle securing a Contract. In such event, the only recourse of the Trust
would be against the Seller pursuant to its repurchase obligation. See "SECURITY
INTEREST AND OTHER ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS; REPURCHASE OBLIGATIONS--REPURCHASE
OBLIGATIONS" below. However, the Seller believes that it has obtained a
perfected first priority security interest by proper notation or delivery of the
required documents and fees with respect to all of the Motorcycles securing
Contracts.
 
    The Seller will convey and assign its security interest in the Motorcycles
to the Trust Depositor pursuant to the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the Trust
Depositor will convey and assign its security interest in the Motorcycles to the
Trust pursuant to the Agreement and the Trust will pledge its security interest
in the Motorcycles to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture. However,
because of the administrative burden and expense, neither the Seller, the Trust
Depositor, the Owner Trustee nor the Indenture Trustee will amend the
certificates of title to identify the Indenture Trustee as the new secured party
and, accordingly, the Seller will continue to be named as the secured party on
the certificates of title relating to the Motorcycles. See generally "RISK
FACTORS--RISK OF UNPERFECTED SECURITY INTERESTS IN FINANCED MOTORCYCLES"in the
Prospectus. The Seller, as Servicer, will continue to hold any certificates of
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
title relating to the Motorcycles in its possession as custodian and agent for
the Trust pursuant to the Agreement.
 
    In the event that the owner of a Motorcycle moves to a state other than the
state in which such Motorcycle initially is registered, under the laws of most
states the perfected security interest in the Motorcycle would continue for four
months after such relocation and thereafter until the owner re-registers the
motorcycle in such state. A majority of states generally require surrender of a
certificate of title to re-register a motorcycle; accordingly, the Servicer must
surrender possession if it holds the certificate of title to such Motorcycle or,
in the case of Motorcycles registered in states which provide for notation of
lien, the Seller would receive notice of surrender if the security interest in
the Motorcycle is noted on the certificate of title. Accordingly, the Servicer
would have the opportunity to re-perfect its security interest in the Motorcycle
in the state of relocation. In states which do not require a certificate of
title for registration of a motor vehicle, re-registration could defeat
perfection. In the ordinary course of servicing its portfolio of Motorcycle
conditional sales contracts, the Servicer takes steps to effect such re-
perfection upon receipt of notice of re-registration or information from the
obligor or the obligor's insurance carrier as to relocation. Similarly, when an
obligor under a Motorcycle conditional sales contract sells a Motorcycle, the
Servicer must surrender possession of the certificate of title or will receive
notice as a result of its lien noted thereon and accordingly will have an
opportunity to require satisfaction of the related Motorcycle conditional sales
contract before release of the lien. Under the Agreement, the Servicer is
obligated to take such steps, at its expense, as are necessary to maintain
perfection of security interests in the Motorcycles.
 
    Under the laws of most states, liens for repairs performed on a motorcycle
take priority even over a perfected security interest. The Seller will represent
in the Transfer and Sale Agreement that as of the sale date of the Contracts, it
has no knowledge of any such liens with respect to any Motorcycle securing
payment on any Contract. However, such liens could arise at any time during the
term of a Contract. No notice will be given to the Trust, to the Noteholders or
Certificateholders in the event such a lien arises.
 
ENFORCEMENT OF SECURITY INTERESTS IN MOTORCYCLES
 
    The Servicer on behalf of the Trust may take action to enforce the Trust's
security interest with respect to defaulted Contracts by repossession and resale
of the Motorcycles securing such defaulted Contracts. Under the laws applicable
in most states, a creditor can repossess a motorcycle securing a contract by
voluntary surrender, by "SELF-HELP" repossession that is "PEACEFUL" (i.e.,
without breach of the peace) or, in the absence of voluntary surrender and the
ability to repossess without breach of the peace, by judicial process. The UCC
and consumer protection laws in most states place restrictions on repossession
sales, including requiring prior notice to the debtor and commercial
reasonableness in effecting such a sale. In the event of such repossession and
resale of a Motorcycle, the Trust would be entitled to be paid out of the sale
proceeds before such proceeds could be applied to the payment of the claims of
unsecured creditors or the holders of subsequently perfected security interests
or, thereafter, to the debtor.
 
    Under the laws applicable in most states, a creditor is entitled to obtain a
deficiency judgment from a debtor for any deficiency on repossession and resale
of the motor vehicle securing such debtor's loan. However, some states impose
prohibitions or limitations on deficiency judgments.
 
    Certain other statutory provisions, including federal and state bankruptcy
and insolvency laws and general equitable principles, may limit or delay the
ability of a lender to repossess and resell collateral or enforce a deficiency
judgment.
 
OTHER MATTERS
 
    The so-called "HOLDER-IN-DUE-COURSE" rule of the Federal Trade Commission is
intended to defeat the ability of the transferor of a consumer credit contract
which is the seller of goods which gave rise to
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
the transaction (and certain related lenders' assignees) to transfer such
contract free of notice of claims by the debtor thereunder. The effect of this
rule is to subject the assignee of such a contract to all claims and defenses
which the debtor could assert against the seller. Liability under this rule,
which would be applicable to the Trust, is limited to amounts paid under a
Contract; however, the Obligor also may be able to assert the rule to set off
remaining amounts due as a defense against a claim brought by the Trust against
such Obligor. Numerous other federal and state consumer protection laws impose
requirements applicable to the origination of and lending pursuant to the
Contracts, including the Truth in Lending Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act,
the Fair Credit Billing Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Equal Credit
Opportunity Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act and the Uniform Consumer
Credit Code. In the case of some of these laws, the failure to comply with their
provisions may affect the enforceability of the related Contract. See generally
"RISK FACTORS--ADDITIONAL LEGAL LIMITS ON THE APPLICABLE TRUSTEE'S ABILITY TO
REALIZE ON ITS SECURITY INTEREST IN THE MOTORCYCLES; CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS"
in the Prospectus.
 
REPURCHASE OBLIGATIONS
 
    Under the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the Seller will make warranties
relating to validity, subsistence, perfection and priority of the security
interest in each Motorcycle securing a Contract. Accordingly, if any defect
exists in the perfection of the security interest in any Motorcycle and such
defect materially adversely affects a Contract, such defect would constitute a
breach of a representation and warranty under the Transfer and Sale Agreement
and would create an obligation of the Trust Depositor to repurchase such
Contract from the Trust unless the breach is cured. See "CERTAIN INFORMATION
REGARDING THE SECURITIES--CONVEYANCE OF CONTRACTS" above.
 
    In addition, the Seller will also warrant under the Transfer and Sale
Agreement that each Contract complies with all requirements of law. Accordingly,
if any Obligor has a claim against the Trust for violation of any law and such
claim materially adversely affects the Trust's interest in a Contract, such
violation would constitute a breach of a representation and warranty under the
Transfer and Sale Agreement and would create an obligation to repurchase such
Contract unless the breach is cured. See "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE
SECURITIES--CONVEYANCE OF CONTRACTS" above.
 
                        FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
GENERAL
 
    The following is a general and brief discussion of certain United States
federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of
the Notes and the Certificates. For a full description of the material federal
income tax consequences of the ownership of Notes and Certificates in the Owner
Trust, see the Prospectus, "FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES--OWNER TRUSTS." Any
material variations from the discussion in the Prospectus, "FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSEQUENCES--OWNER TRUSTS" will be specified below.
 
    The discussion herein is based upon current provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "CODE"), Treasury Regulations promulgated
thereunder, current administrative rulings, judicial decisions and other
applicable authorities in effect as of the date hereof, all of which are subject
to change, possibly with retroactive effect. There are no cases or Internal
Revenue Service ("IRS") rulings on similar transactions involving a trust and
instruments issued by that trust with terms similar to those of the Trust, and
the Notes and the Certificates. As a result, there can be no assurance that the
IRS will not challenge the conclusions set forth in the following summary, and
no ruling from the IRS has been or will be sought on any of the issues discussed
below. Furthermore, legislative, judicial or administrative changes may occur,
perhaps with retroactive effect, which could affect the accuracy of the
statements and conclusions set forth herein as well as the tax consequences to
holders of the Notes and the Certificates.
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
    This discussion and the more detailed discussion set forth in the
Prospectus, "FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES--OWNER TRUSTS," do not purport to
deal with all aspects of federal income taxation that may be relevant to all
holders of Notes and Certificates in light of their personal investment or tax
circumstances nor to certain types of holders who may be subject to special
treatment under the federal income tax laws (including, without limitation,
financial institutions, broker-dealers, insurance companies, foreign persons,
tax-exempt organizations and persons who hold the Notes or Certificates as part
of a straddle, hedging or conversion transaction). This information is generally
directed to prospective purchasers who purchase Notes or Certificates at the
time of original issue, who are citizens or residents of the United States, and
who hold the Notes or Certificates as "CAPITAL ASSETS" within the meaning of
Section 1221 of the Code. Taxpayers and preparers of tax returns (including
those filed by any partnership or other issuer) should be aware that under
applicable Treasury Regulations a provider of advice on specific issues of law
is not considered an income tax return preparer unless the advice is (i) given
with respect to events that have occurred at the time the advice is rendered and
is not given with respect to the consequences of contemplated actions, and (ii)
is directly relevant to the determination of an entry on a tax return.
Accordingly, taxpayers should consult their own tax advisors and tax return
preparers regarding the preparation of any item on a tax return, even where the
anticipated tax treatment has been discussed herein. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS
SHOULD CONSULT WITH THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL,
FOREIGN AND ANY OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND
DISPOSITION OF NOTES AND CERTIFICATES.
 
TAX CHARACTERIZATION OF THE TRUST AND THE NOTES
 
    Winston & Strawn, as federal tax counsel ("FEDERAL TAX COUNSEL") to the
Trust Depositor has delivered an opinion to the Trust Depositor that for U.S.
federal income tax purposes (i) the Trust will not be treated as an association
(or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation and (ii) the Notes
will be treated as indebtedness of the Trust. This opinion is based on the
assumption that the terms of the Trust Agreement and related documents will be
complied with, including, without limitation, that the Trust Depositor, each
Certificateholder, and each Noteholder will agree to treat the Certificates as
equity interests in a partnership and the Notes as debt of such partnership and
that the Certificateholders will take all action necessary, if any, or refrain
from taking any inconsistent action so as to ensure that the Trust is a
partnership under Treasury Regulations sections 301.7701-2 and 301.7701-3. The
Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust will file IRS Form 8832 making for the
Trust a protective election to be treated as a partnership for federal income
tax purposes. The opinion is also based on Federal Tax Counsel's conclusions
that (i) the Trust will constitute a business entity that has two or more
members within the meaning of those regulations; (ii) the nature of the Trust's
income will exempt it from the rule that certain publicly traded partnerships
are taxable as corporations, and (iii) the Trust, if a corporation, would not
constitute a regulated investment company under Code Section 851. An opinion of
counsel is not binding on a court or the IRS and there can be no assurance that
the IRS or a court will agree with Federal Tax Counsel's opinion.
 
GENERAL TAX TREATMENT OF HOLDER'S OF NOTES
 
    Unless the Notes are treated as having original issue discount, a holder of
a Note will generally be taxable on the interest received or accrued with
respect to the Note under the holder's general system of tax accounting. On a
sale of a Note, a holder will generally recognize gain or loss on the difference
between the amount realized and the holder's basis in the Note. Such gain or
loss generally will be capital gain or loss. Withholding tax may be imposed on
payments received with respect to the Notes unless certain IRS forms are
provided to the Owner Trustee or the holder is eligible for an exemption from
such withholding. For a complete discussion of these withholding rules and the
other federal income tax consequences to a holder of the Notes, see the
Prospectus," FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES-- OWNER TRUSTS."
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
GENERAL TAX TREATMENT OF A HOLDER A CERTIFICATE
 
    A holder of a Certificate, as a partner in a partnership, will be treated as
receiving such holder's allocable share of the Trust's income, gain, loss, or
deductions in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, the Code, and
the Regulations promulgated thereunder. The holder will generally recognize gain
or loss on the sale of a Certificate equal to the difference between the amount
realized and the holder's basis in its partnership interest that is allocated to
the Certificate. Withholding taxes may also be imposed with respect to payments
on the Certificates unless certain IRS forms are provided to the Owner Trustee
or the holder is eligible for an exemption from such withholding. For a complete
discussion of these withholding tax rules and the other federal income tax
consequences to a holder of a Certificate, see the Prospectus, "FEDERAL INCOME
TAX CONSEQUENCES--OWNER TRUSTS."
 
                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
 
THE NOTES
 
    The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"),
imposes certain requirements on employee benefit plans subject to ERISA ("ERISA
Plans") and prohibits certain transactions between ERISA Plans and persons who
are "PARTIES IN INTEREST" (as defined under ERISA) with respect to assets of
such Plans. Section 4975 of the Code prohibits a similar set of transactions
between certain plans or individual retirement accounts ("CODE PLANS," and
together with ERISA Plans, "PLANS") and persons who are "DISQUALIFIED PERSONS"
(as defined in the Code) with respect to Code Plans. Certain employee benefit
plans, such as governmental plans and church plans (if no election has been made
under Section 410(d) of the Code), are not subject to the requirements of ERISA
or Section 4975 of the Code, and assets of such plans may be invested in the
Notes, subject to the provisions of other applicable federal and state law. Any
such plan which is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and exempt from
taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code is, however, subject to the prohibited
transaction rules set forth in Section 503 of the Code.
 
    Investments by ERISA Plans are subject to ERISA's general fiduciary
requirements, including the requirement of investment prudence and
diversification and the requirement that investments be made in accordance with
the documents governing the ERISA Plan. Before investing in the Notes, an ERISA
Plan fiduciary should consider, among other factors, whether to do so is
appropriate in view of the overall investment policy and liquidity needs of the
ERISA Plan.
 
PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS
 
    In addition, Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit
parties in interest and disqualified persons with respect to ERISA Plans and
Code Plans from engaging in certain transactions involving such Plans or "PLAN
ASSETS" of such Plans, unless a statutory or administrative exemption applies to
the transaction. Section 4975 of the Code and Sections 502(i) and 502(1) of
ERISA provide for the imposition of certain excise taxes and civil penalties on
certain persons that engage or participate in such prohibited transactions. The
Trust Depositor, the Underwriter, the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee or the
Owner Trustee or certain affiliates thereof may be considered or may become
parties in interest or disqualified persons with respect to a Plan. If so, the
acquisition or holding of the Notes by, on behalf of or with "PLAN ASSETS" of
such Plan may be considered to give rise to a "prohibited transaction" within
the meaning of ERISA and/or Section 4975 of the Code, unless an administrative
exemption described below or some other exemption is available.
 
    The Notes may not be purchased with the assets of a Plan if the Trust
Depositor, the Underwriter, the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee, or the Owner
Trustee or an affiliate thereof either (a) has discretionary authority or
control with respect to the investment or management of such assets or (b) has
authority or responsibility to give, or regularly gives, investment advice with
respect to such assets pursuant to an agreement or understanding that such
advice will serve as a primary basis for investment decisions with
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
respect to such assets and that such advice will be based on the particular
needs of the Plan or (c) is an employer of employees covered under the Plan
unless such investment is made through an insurance company general or pooled
separate account or a bank collective investment fund and an exemption is
available.
 
    Depending on the relevant facts and circumstances, certain prohibited
transaction exemptions may apply to the purchase or holding of the Notes--for
example, Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption ("PTCE") 96-23, which exempts
certain transactions effected on behalf of a Plan by an "IN-HOUSE ASSET
MANAGER;" PTCE 95-60, which exempts certain transactions between insurance
company general accounts and parties in interest; PTCE 91-38, which exempts
certain transactions between bank collective investment funds and parties in
interest; PTCE 90-1, which exempts certain transactions between insurance
company pooled separate accounts and parties in interest; or PTCE 84-14, which
exempts certain transactions effected on behalf of a Plan by a "QUALIFIED
PROFESSIONAL ASSET MANAGER." There can be no assurance that any of these
exemptions will apply with respect to any Plan's investment in the Notes or,
even if an exemption were deemed to apply, that any exemption would apply to all
prohibited transactions that may occur in connection with such investment.
 
    Due to the complexity of these rules and the penalties imposed, any
fiduciary or other Plan investor who proposes to invest assets of a Plan in the
Notes should consult with its counsel with respect to the potential consequences
under ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code of doing so.
 
THE CERTIFICATES
 
    THE CERTIFICATES MAY NOT BE ACQUIRED BY A PLAN.
 
    By its acceptance of a Certificate or a beneficial interest therein, each
Certificateholder or Certificate Owner will be deemed to have represented and
warranted that it is not (i) an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section
3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA, (ii) a
plan described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code (other than a governmental plan
described in Section 4975(g)(2) of the Code) or (iii) any entity whose
underlying assets include assets of such a plan by reason of the plan's
investment in the entity or which uses assets of such a plan to acquire
Certificates.
 
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
    Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Underwriting Agreement
dated [ ], 199[], among the Seller, Trust Depositor and the Underwriter (the
"UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT"), the Seller has agreed to cause the Trust to sell to
the Underwriter named below (the "UNDERWRITER"), and the Underwriter has agreed
to purchase, the principal amount of the Securities set forth below.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF   PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF   PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF
UNDERWRITER                                         CLASS A-1 NOTES       CLASS A-2 NOTES         CERTIFICATES
- ------------------------------------------------  --------------------  --------------------  --------------------
<S>                                               <C>                   <C>                   <C>
Salomon Brothers Inc............................     $     [      ]        $     [      ]        $     [      ]
</TABLE>
 
    In the Underwriting Agreement, the Underwriter has agreed, subject to the
terms and conditions set forth therein, to purchase all of the Securities if any
Securities are purchased. In the event of default by the Underwriter, the
Underwriting Agreement provides that, in certain circumstances, the Underwriting
Agreement may be terminated.
 
    Distribution of the Securities may be made by the Underwriter from time to
time in one or more negotiated transactions, or otherwise, at varying prices to
be determined at the time of sale. The Underwriter may effect such transactions
by selling the Securities to or through dealers, and such dealers may receive
compensation in the form of underwriting discounts, concessions or commissions
from the Underwriter. In connection with the sale of the Securities, the
Underwriter may be deemed to have received compensation from the Seller in the
form of underwriting compensation. The Underwriter and any dealers that
participate with the Underwriter may be deemed to be an underwriter, and any
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
commissions received by them and any profit on the resale of the Securities
positioned by them may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions,
under the Securities Act.
 
    The Underwriter has represented and agreed that (i) it has not offered or
sold and, prior to the expiration of the period of six months from the Closing
Date, will not offer or sell any Notes to persons in the United Kingdom, except
to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding,
managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of
their businesses or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will
not result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of
the Public Offers of Securities Regulation 1995; (ii) it has complied and will
comply with all applicable provisions of the Financial Services Act 1986 with
respect to anything done by it in relation to the Notes in, from or otherwise
involving the United Kingdom; and (iii) it has only issued or passed on and will
only issue or pass on in the United Kingdom any document received by it in
connection with the issue of the Notes to a person who is of a kind described in
Article 11(3) of the Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment Advertisements)
(Exemptions) Order 1995, or is a person to whom such document may otherwise
lawfully be issued or passed on.
 
    The Underwriting Agreement provides that the Seller and the Trust Depositor
will indemnify the Underwriter against certain liabilities, including
liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments the Underwriter
may be required to make in respect thereof.
 
                           RATINGS OF THE SECURITIES
 
    It is a condition of issuance that the Class A-1 Notes be rated AAA by S&P
and Aaa by Moody's and the Class A-2 Notes be rated AAA by S&P and Aaa by
Moody's and the Certificates each be rated at least [      ] by S&P and [      ]
by Moody's.
 
    There is no assurance that any such rating will continue for any period of
time or that it will not be revised or withdrawn entirely by the assigning
rating agency if, in its judgment, circumstances so warrant. A revision or
withdrawal of such rating may have an adverse effect on the market price of the
Notes and the Certificates. A security rating is not a recommendation to buy,
sell or hold the Securities.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    Certain legal matters with respect to the Securities, including certain
federal income tax matters, will be passed upon for the Seller, Servicer, Trust
Depositor and the Trust by Winston & Strawn, Chicago, Illinois. Certain legal
matters for the Underwriter will be passed upon by Brown & Wood LLP., New York,
New York.
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
                                    ANNEX I
 
         GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES
 
    Except in certain limited circumstances, the globally offered Securities
(the "GLOBAL SECURITIES") will be available only in book-entry form. Investors
in the Global Securities may hold such Global Securities through DTC and, in the
case of the Notes, CEDEL or Euroclear. The Global Securities will be tradeable
as home market instruments in both the European and U.S. domestic markets.
Initial settlement and all secondary trades will settle in same-day funds.
Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Annex I have the meanings
assigned to them in the Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus.
 
    Secondary market trading between investors holding Global Securities through
CEDEL and Euroclear will be conducted in the ordinary way in accordance with
their normal rules and operating procedures and in accordance with conventional
eurobond practice (I.E. seven calendar day settlement).
 
    Secondary market trading between investors holding Global Securities through
DTC will be conducted according to the rules and procedures applicable to U.S.
corporate debt obligations.
 
    Secondary cross-market trading between CEDEL or Euroclear and DTC
Participants holding Global Securities will be effected on a
delivery-against-payment basis through the respective Depositaries of CEDEL and
Euroclear (in such capacity) and as DTC Participants.
 
    Non-U.S. holders (as described below) of Global Securities will be subject
to U.S. withholding taxes unless such holders meet certain requirements and
deliver appropriate U.S. tax documents to the securities clearing organizations
or their participants.
 
INITIAL SETTLEMENT
 
    All Global Securities will be held in book-entry from by DTC in the name of
Cede & Co. as nominee of DTC investors' interest in the Global Securities will
be represented through financial institutions acting on their behalf as direct
and indirect Participants in DTC. As a result, CEDEL and Euroclear will hold
positions on behalf of their participants through their respective Depositaries,
which in turn will hold such positions in accounts as DTC Participants.
 
    Investors electing to hold their Global Securities through DTC will follow
the settlement practices applicable to similar issues on pass-through
certificates. Investors' securities custody accounts will be credited with their
holdings against payment in same-day funds on the settlement date.
 
    Investors electing to hold their Global Securities through CEDEL or
Euroclear accounts will follow the settlement procedures applicable to
conventional eurobonds, except that there will be no temporary global security
and no "LOCK-UP" or restricted period. Global Securities will be credited to the
securities custody accounts on the settlement date against payments in same-day
funds.
 
SECONDARY MARKET TRADING
 
    Since the purchaser determines the place of delivery, it is important to
establish the time of the trade where both the purchaser's and seller's accounts
are located to ensure that settlement can be made on the desired value date.
 
    TRADING BETWEEN DTC PARTICIPANTS.  Secondary market trading between DTC
Participants will be settled using the procedures applicable to similar issues
of pass-through certificates in same-day funds.
 
    TRADING BETWEEN CEDEL AND/OR EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS.  Secondary market
trading between CEDEL Participants or Euroclear Participants will be settled
using the procedures applicable to conventional eurobonds in same-day funds.
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
    TRADING BETWEEN DTC SELLER AND CEDEL OR EUROCLEAR PURCHASER.  When Global
Securities are to be transferred from the account of a DTC Participant to the
account of a CEDEL Participant or a Euroclear Participant, the purchaser will
send instructions to CEDEL or Euroclear through a CEDEL Participant or Euroclear
Participant at least one business day prior to settlement. CEDEL or Euroclear
will instruct the respective Depositary, as the case may be, to receive the
Global Securities against payment. Payment will include interest accrued on the
Global Securitie /from and including the last coupon payment date to and
excluding the settlement date. Payment will then be made by the respective
Depositary to the DTC Participant's account against delivery of the Global
Securities. After settlement has been completed, the Global Securities will be
credited to the respective clearing system and by the clearing system, in
accordance with its usual procedures, to the CEDEL Participant's or Euroclear
Participant's account. The Global Securities credit will appear the next day
(European time) and the cash debit will be back-valued to, and the interest on
the Global Securities will accrue from, the value date; (which would be the
preceding day when settlement occurred in New York). If settlement is not
completed on the intended value date (I.E., the trade fails), the CEDEL or
Euroclear cash debit will be valued instead as of the actual settlement date.
 
    CEDEL Participants and Euroclear Participants will need to make available to
the respective clearing systems the funds necessary to process same-day funds
settlement. The most direct means of doing so is to pre-positions funds for
settlement, either from cash on hand or existing lines of credit, as they would
for any settlement occurring within CEDEL or Euroclear. Under this approach,
they may take on credit exposure to CEDEL or Euroclear until the Global
Securities are credited to their accounts one day later.
 
    As an alternative, if CEDEL or Euroclear has extended a line of credit to
them, CEDEL Participants or Euroclear Participants can elect to pre-position
funds and allow that credit line to be drawn upon the finance settlement. Under
this procedure, CEDEL Participants or Euroclear Participants purchasing Global
Securities would incur overdraft charges for one day, assuming they cleared the
overdraft when the Global Securities were credited to their accounts. However,
interest on the Global Securities would accrue from the value date. Therefore,
in many cases the investment income on the Global Securities earned during that
one-day period may substantially reduce or offset the amount of such overdraft
charges, although this result will depend on each CEDEL Participant's or
Euroclear Participant's particular cost of funds.
 
    Since the settlement is taking place during New York business hours, DTC
Participants can employ their usual procedures for sending Global Securities to
the respective Depositary for the benefit of CEDEL Participants or Euroclear
Participants. The sale proceeds will be available to the DTC seller on the
settlement date. Thus, to the DTC Participant a cross-market transaction will
settle no differently than a trade between two DTC Participants.
 
    TRADING BETWEEN CEDEL OR EUROCLEAR SELLER AND DTC PURCHASER.  Due to time
zone differences in their favor, CEDEL Participants and Euroclear Participants
may employ their customary procedures for transactions in which Global
Securities are to be transferred by the respective clearing system, through the
respective Depositary, to a DTC Participant. The seller will send instructions
to CEDEL or Euroclear through a CEDEL Participant or Euroclear Participant at
least one business day prior to settlement. In these cases, CEDEL or Euroclear
will instruct the respective Depositary, as appropriate, to deliver the bonds to
the DTC Participant's account against payment. Payment will include interest
accrued on the Global Securities from and including the last coupon payment date
to and excluding the settlement date. The payment will then be reflected in the
account of the CEDEL Participant or Euroclear Participant the following day, and
receipt of the cash proceeds in the CEDEL Participant's or Euroclear
Participant's account, would be back-valued to the value date (which would be
the preceding day, when settlement occurred in New York). Should the CEDEL
Participant or Euroclear Participant have a line of credit with its respective
clearing system and elect to be in debit in anticipation or receipt of the sale
proceeds in its account, the back-valuation will extinguish any overdraft
charges incurred over that one-day-period. If settlement is not completed on the
intended value date (i.e., the trade fails), receipt of the cash proceeds
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
in the CEDEL Participant's or Euroclear Participant's account would instead be
valued as of the actual settlement date. Finally, day traders that use, CEDEL or
Euroclear and that purchase Global Securities from DTC Participants for delivery
to CEDEL Participants or Euroclear Participants should note that these trades
would automatically fail on the sale side unless affirmative action were taken.
At least three techniques should be readily available to eliminate this
potential problem:
 
    (a) borrowing through CEDEL or Euroclear for one day (until the purchase
side of the day trade is reflected in their CEDEL or Euroclear accounts) in
accordance with the clearing system's customary procedures;
 
    (b) borrowing the Global Securities in the U.S. from a DTC Participant no
later than one day prior to settlement, which would give the Global Securities
sufficient time to be reflected in their CEDEL or Euroclear account in order to
settle the sale side of the trade; or
 
    (c) staggering the value dates for the buy and sell sides of the trade so
that the value date for the purchase from the DTC Participant is at least one
day prior to the value date for the sale to the CEDEL Participant or Euroclear
Participant.
 
CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENT
 
    A beneficial owner of Global Securities holding securities through CEDEL or
Euroclear (or through DTC if the holder has an address outside the U.S.) will be
subject to the 30% U.S. withholding tax that generally applies to payments of
interest (including original issued discount) on registered debt issued by U.S.
Persons, unless (i) each clearing system, bank or other financial institution
that holds customers' securities in the ordinary course of its trade or business
in the chain of intermediaries between such beneficial owner and the U.S. entity
required to withhold tax complies with applicable certification requirements and
(ii) such beneficial owner takes one of the following steps to obtain an
exemption or reduced tax rate:
 
        EXEMPTION FOR NON-U.S. PERSONS (FORM W-8). Beneficial owners of
    Securities that are non-U.S. Persons can obtain a complete exemption from
    the withholding tax by filing a signed Form W-8 (Certificate of Foreign
    Status). If the information shown on Form W-8 changes, a new Form W-8 must
    be filed within 30 days of such change.
 
        EXEMPTION FOR NON-U.S. PERSONS WILL EFFECTIVELY CONNECTED INCOME (FORM
    4224). A non-U.S. Person, including a non-U.S. corporation or bank with a
    U.S. branch, for which the interest income is effectively connected with its
    conduct of a trade or business in the United States, can obtain an exemption
    from the withholding tax by filing Form 4224 (Exemption from Withholding of
    Tax on Income Effectively Connected with the Conduct of a Trade or Business
    in the United States).
 
        EXEMPTION OR REDUCED RATE FOR NON-U.S. PERSONS RESIDENT IN TREATY
    COUNTRIES (FORM 1001). Non-U.S. Persons that are Securityholders residing in
    a country that has a tax treaty with the United States can obtain an
    exemption or reduced tax rate (depending on the treaty terms) by filing Form
    1001 (Ownership, Exemption or Reduced Rate Certificate). If the treaty
    provides only for a reduced rate, withholding tax will be imposed at that
    rate unless the filer alternatively files Form W-8. Form 1001 may be filed
    by the Securityholder or his agent.
 
        EXEMPTION FOR U.S. PERSONS (FORM W-9). U.S. Persons can obtain a
    complete exemption from the withholding tax by filing Form W-9 (Payer's
    Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification).
 
        U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX REPORTING PROCEDURES. The holder of a Global
    Security or in the case of a Form 1001 or a Form 4224 filer, his agent,
    files by submitting the appropriate form to the person through whom it holds
    (the clearing agency, in the case of persons holding directly on the books
    of
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
    the clearing agency). Form W-8 and Form 1001 are effective for three
    calendar years and Form 4224 is effective for one calendar year.
 
    The term "U.S. PERSON" means (i) a citizen or resident of the United States,
(ii) a corporation or partnership organized in or under the laws of the United
States or any political subdivision thereof or (ii) an estate or trust the
income of which is includible in gross income for United States tax purposes,
regardless of its source or which is under the supervision of a U.S. court or
U.S. fiduciary. This summary does not deal with all aspects of U.S. Federal
income tax withholding that may be relevant to foreign holders of the Global
Securities. Investors are advised to consult their own tax advisors for specific
tax advice concerning their holding and disposing of the Global Securities.
 
                                       69
<PAGE>
                                 INDEX OF TERMS
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                               <C>        <C>
Class A-1 Noteholders...........................................          8
    Class A-1 Notes.............................................          1
    Class A-2 Notes.............................................          1
    Harley-Davidson.............................................          2
Class A-2 Noteholders...........................................          8
  Aggregate Principal Balance Decline...........................         45
    Available Principal.........................................         45
    Certificates................................................          1
    Aggregate Principal Balance.................................         44
    Agreement...................................................          2
    Available Amount............................................     11, 49
    Available Interest..........................................         45
    Available Monies............................................         45
    Average Default Ratio.......................................         49
    Average Delinquency Ratio...................................         48
    Buell.......................................................          2
    Business Day................................................          7
    Carrying Charges............................................         12
    Certificate Balance.........................................          9
    Certificate Distributable Amount............................         45
    Certificate Distribution Account............................         43
    Certificate Final Distribution Date.........................          7
    Certificate Interest Carryover Shortfall....................         45
    Certificate Interest Distributable Amount...................         45
    Certificate Monthly Interest Distributable Amount...........         45
    Certificate Monthly Principal Distributable Amount..........         45
    Certificate Percentage......................................         45
    Certificate Principal Carryover Shortfall...................         46
    Certificate Principal Distributable Amount..................         46
    Certificate Reserve Amount..................................     11, 49
    Class A-1 Final Distribution Date...........................          7
    Class A-1 Rate..............................................       2, 7
    Class A-2 Rate..............................................          2
    Class A-2 Final Distribution Date...........................          7
    Class A-2 Rate..............................................          7
    Collection Account..........................................         42
    Contracts...................................................          2
    Cumulative Loss Ratio.......................................         49
    Cutoff Date.................................................         40
    Dealer Recourse.............................................         20
    Defaulted Contract..........................................         49
    Delinquency Amount..........................................         48
    Delinquency Ratio...........................................         48
    Determination Date..........................................         43
    Distribution Date...........................................          1
    Due Period..................................................         46
    Eaglemark...................................................          2
    Eligible Investments........................................         42
</TABLE>
 
                                       70
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                               <C>        <C>
    Events of Default...........................................         35
    Excess Amounts..............................................         11
    Final Distribution Dates....................................          7
    Funding Period..............................................         11
    Indenture...................................................          2
    Indenture Trustee...........................................          2
    Initial Certificate Balance.................................          9
    Initial Contracts...........................................          2
    Initial Cutoff Date.........................................          2
    Interest Period.............................................      8, 46
    Interest Rates..............................................          7
    Interest Reserve Account....................................         12
    Lien Certificate............................................         41
    Liquidated Contract.........................................         49
    Mandatory Special Redemption................................          8
    Monthly Servicing Fee.......................................         15
    Moody's.....................................................          3
    Motorcycles.................................................          7
    Net Liquidation Losses......................................         48
    Net Liquidation Proceeds....................................         48
    Note Distributable Amount...................................         46
    Note Distribution Account...................................         43
    Note Final Distribution Dates...............................          7
    Note Interest Carryover Shortfall...........................         46
    Note Interest Distributable Amount..........................         46
    Note Monthly Interest Distributable Amount..................         46
    Note Monthly Principal Distributable Amount.................         46
    Note Percentage.............................................         46
    Note Principal Carryover Shortfall..........................         47
    Note Principal Distributable Amount.........................         47
    Notes.......................................................          1
    Optional Purchase...........................................          3
    Owner Trustee...............................................          2
    Pass-Through Rate...........................................          2
    Paying Agent................................................          9
    Pre-Funding Account.........................................          2
    Principal Balance...........................................         47
    Principal Distributable Amount..............................         47
    Rating Agencies.............................................          3
    Record Date.................................................          7
    Registrar of Titles.........................................         41
    Reserve Fund................................................     10, 42
    Reserve Fund Deposits.......................................         11
    Reserve Fund Initial Deposit................................         11
    Reserve Fund Trigger Event..................................         48
    S&P.........................................................          3
    Securities..................................................          1
    Servicer....................................................          2
    Specified Reserve Fund Balance..............................         43
    Subsequent Contracts........................................          2
    Subsequent Cutoff Date......................................         10
</TABLE>
 
                                       71
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                               <C>        <C>
    Subsequent Reserve Fund Amount..............................         11
    Subsequent Transfer Agreement...............................         16
    Subsequent Transfer Date....................................         10
    Terms.......................................................      1, 43
    Transfer and Sale Agreement.................................          2
    Trust.......................................................          2
    Trust Agreement.............................................          2
    Trust Depositor.............................................          2
    Trust Insolvency............................................         35
    Trust Property..............................................          2
    Trustees....................................................          2
</TABLE>
 
                                       72

<PAGE>
                                    PART II
 
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 14. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.*
 
    Expenses in connection with the offering of the Securities being 
registered herein are estimated as follows:
 
   
SEC registration fee..........................................  $181,818
Legal fees and expenses.......................................  $200,000
Accounting fees and expenses..................................  $ 25,000
Blue sky fees and expenses....................................  $  8,000
Rating agency fees............................................  $ 30,000
Trustee's fees and expenses...................................  $ 12,500
Printing......................................................  $ 45,000
Miscellaneous.................................................  $ 30,000
Total.........................................................  $532,318
    
- ------------------------
 
   
*   All amounts except the SEC Registration Fee are estimates of expenses
    incurred or to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution
    of a Series of Securities in an aggregate principal amount assumed for 
    these purposes to be equal to $600,000,000 of Securities registered hereby.
    

ITEM 15. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
    Eaglemark, Inc. has undertaken in its certificate of incorporation and
bylaws to indemnify, to the maximum extent permitted by the Nevada General
Corporation Law as from time to time amended, any currently acting or former
director, officer, employee and agent of Eaglemark, Inc. against any and all
liabilities incurred in connection with their services in such capacities.

                                II-1

<PAGE>
 

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS.

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                            <C>

1.1                                            Form of Underwriting Agreement

3.1*                                           Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
                                               Company

3.2*                                           Bylaws of the Company

4.1                                            Form of Trust Agreement (including form
                                               of Certificates)

4.2                                            Form of Pooling and Servicing Agreement
                                               (including form of Certificates)
 
4.3                                            Form of Indenture (including form of
                                               Notes)
 
5.1                                            Opinion of Winston & Strawn with
                                               respect to legality
 
8.1                                            Opinion of Winston & Strawn with
                                               respect to tax matters
 
10.1                                           Form of Sale and Servicing Agreements
 
10.2                                           Form of Administration Agreement
 
10.3                                           Form of Transfer and Sale Agreement

23.1                                           Consent of Winston & Strawn (included in
                                               Exhibit 5.1)
 
24.1*                                          Power of Attorney (included on signature
                                               page)
 
25.1                                           Statement of Eligibility and
                                               Qualification of Indenture Trustee
 
99.1                                           Form of Agreement to Deposit Contracts
 
99.2                                           Form of Security Agreement

</TABLE>
    
- ------------------------
   
*   Previously filed.
    

                                        II-2

<PAGE>
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
 
    The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes: 

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a 
post-effective amendment to this registration statement;
 
    (i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the 
Securities Act of 1933;
 
    (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the 
effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent 
post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, 
represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the 
registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or 
decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of 
securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any 
deviation from the low or high and of the estimated maximum offering range 
may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant 
to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price 
represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering 
price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the 
effective registration statement;
 
    (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of 
distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any 
material change to such information in the registration statement; 


(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities 
Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new 
registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the 
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial 
bona fide offering thereof.

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of 
the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the 
offering.
 
    The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of 
determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of 
the registrant's annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an 
employee benefit plan's annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the 
registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement 
relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such 
securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering 
thereof.
 
    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities 
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons 
of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the 
registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and 
Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as 
expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a 
claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by 
the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or 
controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, 
suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling 
person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant 
will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by 
controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the 
question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as 
expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such 
issue.
 
    The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 
1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall 
be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities 
offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be 
deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                                        II-3

<PAGE>

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to file an application for the 
purpose of determining the eligibility of the trustee to act under subsection 
(a) of Section 310 of the Trust Indenture Act in accordance with the rules 
and regulations prescribed by the Commission under Section 305(b)(2) of the 
Act.

                                        II-4

<PAGE>
 
                                   SIGNATURES

   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, 
the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it 
meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this 
Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, 
thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Chicago, the State of Illinois, on 
March 28, 1997.
    
 
                                EAGLEMARK, INC.
    
                                BY:  Donna F. Zarcone *
    
                                     -----------------------------------------
                                     NAME: STEVEN F. DELI
                                     TITLE: CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

     The undersigned directors and officers of Eaglemark, Inc. do hereby 
constitute and appoint Steven F. Deli and Donna F. Zarcone, and each of them, 
with full power of substitution, our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and 
agents to do any and all acts and things in our name and behalf in our 
capacities as directors and officers, and to execute any and all instruments 
for us and in our names in the capacities indicated below which such person 
may deem necessary or advisable to enable the Registrant and Eaglemark, Inc. 
to comply with the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act"), as amended, and any 
rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange 
Commission, in connection with this Registration Statement, including 
specifically, but not limited to, power and authority to sign for us, or any 
of us, in the capacities indicated below and any and all amendments 
(including pre-effective and post-effective amendments or any other 
registration statement filed pursuant to the provisions of Rule 462(b) under 
the Act) hereto; and we do hereby ratify and confirm all that such person or 
persons shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, 
this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the 
capacities and on the dates indicated:

   
 
          SIGNATURE                        TITLE                    DATE
- ------------------------------  ---------------------------  ------------------
 
                                
     /s/ DONNA F. ZARCONE       Chief Executive Officer and
- ------------------------------    Director (Principal          March 28, 1997
       * Steven F. Deli           Executive Officer)
 
                                Chief Financial Officer
     /s/ DONNA F. ZARCONE         (Principal Financial and
- ------------------------------     Accounting Officer)         March 28, 1997
       Donna F. Zarcone           
 
     /s/ DONNA F. ZARCONE        
- ------------------------------        Director *               March 28, 1997
       Jeffrey L. Bleustein
 
     /s/ DONNA F. ZARCONE      
- ------------------------------        Director                 March 28, 1997
       Michael Bozic
 
     /s/ DONNA F. ZARCONE       
- ------------------------------        Director                 March 28, 1997
       Richard F. Teerlink
 
    

   
 
*   Donna F. Zarcone executed for such person pursuant to a Power of Attorney
    appointing her attorney-in-fact for such person filed with the Commission
    pursuant to this Registration Statement.
    

                                   II-5

<PAGE>
 
   
    Registration No. 333--21793
    

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                   SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                         Washington, D.C. 20549

                            ------------------
                                 FORM S-3
                          REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                  UNDER
                        THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------
 
              HARLEY-DAVIDSON EAGLEMARK MOTORCYCLE TRUSTS
                (Issuer with respect to the Securities)
 
                             EAGLEMARK, INC. 
               (Sponsor of the Trusts described herein)
        (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

                            -------------------

                              EXHIBIT VOLUME


- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX


   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                            <C>
1.1                                            Form of Underwriting Agreement
 
3.1*                                           Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
                                               Company
 
3.2*                                           Bylaws of the Company
 
4.1                                            Form of Trust Agreement (including form of
                                               Certificates)
 
4.2                                            Form of Pooling and Servicing Agreement
                                               (including form of Certificates)

4.3                                            Form of Indenture (including form of Notes)
 
5.1                                            Opinion of Winston & Strawn with respect to
                                               legality
 
8.1                                            Opinion of Winston & Strawn with respect to
                                               tax matters
 
10.1                                           Form of Sale and Servicing Agreements
 
10.2                                           Form of Administration Agreement
 
10.3                                           Form of Transfer and Sale Agreement
 
23.1                                           Consent of Winston & Strawn (included in
                                               Exhibit 5.1)
 
24.1*                                          Power of Attorney (included on signature page)
 
25.1                                           Statement of Eligibility and Qualification of
                                               Indenture Trustee
 
99.1                                           Form of Agreement to Deposit Contracts
 
99.2                                           Form of Security Agreement

</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
*   Previously filed.
    
 
                                      i

<PAGE>


         Execution Copy



                     HARLEY-DAVIDSON EAGLEMARK TRUST 199_-__

           $_____________ ____% HARLEY-DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLE CONTRACT
                             BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-1
             $____________ ___% HARLEY-DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLE CONTRACT
                             BACKED NOTES, CLASS A-2
             $____________ ___% HARLEY-DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLE CONTRACT
                               BACKED CERTIFICATES

                   EAGLEMARK CUSTOMER FUNDING CORPORATION - __
                                 Trust Depositor

                                 EAGLEMARK, INC.
                               Seller and Servicer

                              UNDERWRITNG AGREEMENT

                                                           _____________, 199_


[Underwriter]



Ladies and Gentlemen:

         Eaglemark Customer Funding Corporation - __, a Nevada corporation (the
"Trust Depositor") and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Eaglemark, Inc., a Nevada
corporation ("Eaglemark"), proposes to cause Harley-Davidson Eaglemark
Trust 199_-__ (the "Trust") to issue and sell to you (the "Underwriter")
$_____________ principal amount of its ____% Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Contract
Backed Notes, Class A-1 (the "Class A-1 Notes"), $____________ principal amount
of its _____% Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Contract Backed Notes, Class A-2 (the
"Class A-2 Notes" and, collectively with the Class A-1 Notes, the "Notes") and
$_____________ principal amount of its _____% Harley-Davidson Motorcycle
Contract Backed Certificates (the "Certificates"). The assets of the Trust will
include a pool of Harley-Davidson motorcycle conditional sales contracts and
Buell Motorcycle Company ("Buell") motorcycle conditional sales contracts (the
"Initial Contracts"), certain monies received thereon on and after ___________,
199_ (the "Cutoff Date"), all insurance proceeds and liquidation proceeds with
respect thereto, security interests in the motorcycles financed thereby, the
related Initial Contracts files, the Trust Accounts, proceeds of the foregoing,
certain rights with respect to funds on deposit from time to time in the Reserve
Fund and the Pre-Funding Account and certain other property. The Initial
Contracts will be serviced for the Trust by Eaglemark. The Notes will be issued
pursuant to the Indenture to be dated as of ___________, 199_ (as amended and
supplemented from time to time, the "Indenture") between the Trust and
______________________, as indenture trustee (the "Indenture Trustee"). The
Notes will be secured by the assets of the Trust pursuant to the Indenture. The
Certificates will be issued pursuant to the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement
to be dated as of ___________, 199_ (as amended and supplemented from time to
time, the "Trust Agreement"), between the Trust Depositor and
________________________, as owner trustee (the "Owner Trustee"). The
Certificates will represent fractional undivided interests in the Trust. The
Notes and the Certificates are hereinafter referred to collectively as the
"Offered Securities."

         The Trust will acquire the Initial Contracts from the Trust Depositor
pursuant to a Sale and Servicing Agreement to be dated as of ___________, 199_
(as amended and supplemented from time to time, the "Sale and Servicing
Agreement"), among the Trust, the Trust Depositor, Eaglemark, as servicer, and
________________, as Indenture Trustee. Eaglemark will also agree to perform
certain administrative functions on behalf of the Trust pursuant to the
Administration Agreement, dated as of ___________, 199_ (as amended and
supplemented from time to time, the "Administration Agreement") among Eaglemark,
as administrator, the Trust and the Indenture Trustee. The Trust Depositor will
acquire the Initial Contracts from Eaglemark on the Closing Date (as defined
herein) pursuant to a Transfer and Sale Agreement to be dated as of
____________, 199_ (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the "Transfer
and Sale Agreement") among the Trust Depositor, as purchaser, and Eaglemark, as
seller. All of the assets conveyed to the Trust pursuant to the Sale and
Servicing Agreement are referred to herein as the "Trust Property". Capitalized
terms that are used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective
meanings assigned thereto in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

         On the Closing Date (as defined herein) $________________ will be
deposited in the Pre-Funding Account. It is intended that additional motorcycle
conditional sales contracts, including all rights to receive payments thereon on
or after their related Subsequent Cutoff Dates and security interests in the
Harley-Davidson and Buell motorcycles financed thereby (such contracts, together
with all such rights and interests, the "Subsequent Contracts" and, together
with the Initial Contracts, the "Contracts"), will be purchased by the Trust
Depositor from Eaglemark pursuant to one or more related Subsequent Purchase
Agreements and further transferred and assigned by the Trust Depositor to the
Trust and pledged by the Trust to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to one or more
related Subsequent Transfer Agreements from funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding
Account from time to time on or before the date which is 90 days from and
including the Closing Date.

         In connection with the sale of the Offered Securities, the Trust
Depositor and Eaglemark have prepared a Preliminary Prospectus Supplement (as
defined herein) dated ___________, 199_ and a Prospectus Supplement (as defined
herein) dated __________, 199_. Each of the Preliminary Prospectus Supplement
and the Prospectus sets forth certain information concerning the Trust
Depositor, Eaglemark, the Trust and the Offered Securities. The Trust Depositor
and Eaglemark hereby confirm that they have authorized the use of the
Preliminary Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus, and any amendment or
supplement thereto, in connection with the offer and sale of the Offered
Securities by the Underwriter. Unless stated to the contrary, all references
herein to the Prospectus are to the Prospectus at the Execution Time (as defined
herein) and are not meant to include any amendment or supplement subsequent to
the Execution Time.

                Representations and Warranties of Eaglemark and the Trust 
Depositor.  Eaglemark and the Trust Depositor jointly and severally represent 
and warrant to the Underwriter as set forth below in this Section 1:

                   Eaglemark meets the requirements for use of Form S-3 under
         the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), and has filed with
         the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a
         registration statement (Registration No. 333-________) on such Form,
         including a related preliminary base prospectus and a preliminary
         prospectus supplement, for the registration under the Act of the
         offering and sale of the Offered Securities. Eaglemark may have filed
         one or more amendments thereto, each of which amendments has previously
         been furnished to you. Eaglemark will next file with the Commission (i)
         prior to the effectiveness of such registration statement, an amendment
         thereto (including the form of final base prospectus and the form of
         final prospectus supplement relating to the Offered Securities) or (ii)
         after the effectiveness of such registration statement, either (A) a
         final base prospectus relating to the Offered Securities in accordance
         with Rules 430A and 424(b)(1) or (4) under the Act or (B) a final base
         prospectus and a final prospectus supplement relating to the Offered
         Securities in accordance with Rules 415 and 424(b)(2) or (5).

                  In the case of clauses (ii) (A) and (B) above, Eaglemark has
         included in such registration statement, as amended at the Effective
         Date (as defined herein), all information (other than Rule 430A
         Information) required by the Act and the rules thereunder to be
         included in the Prospectus with respect to the Offered Securities and
         the offering thereof. As filed, such amendment and form of final
         prospectus supplement, or such final prospectus supplement, shall
         include all Rule 430A Information, together with all other required
         information, with respect to the Offered Securities and the offering
         thereof and, except to the extent that the Underwriter shall agree in
         writing to a modification, shall be in all substantive respects in the
         form furnished to you prior to the Execution Time or, to the extent not
         completed at the Execution Time, shall contain only such specific
         additional information and other changes (beyond that contained in the
         latest preliminary base prospectus and preliminary prospectus
         supplement, if any, that have previously been furnished to you) as
         Eaglemark has advised you, prior to the Execution Time, will be
         included or made therein. If the Registration Statement contains the
         undertaking specified by Regulation S-K Item 512(a), the Registration
         Statement, at the Execution Time, meets the requirements set forth in
         Rule 415(a)(1)(x).

                  For purposes of this Agreement, "Effective Time" means the
         date and time as of which such registration statement, or the most
         recent post-effective amendment thereto, if any, was declared effective
         by the Commission, and "Effective Date" means the date of the Effective
         Time. "Execution Time" shall mean the date and time that this Agreement
         is executed and delivered by the parties hereto. Such registration
         statement, as amended at the Effective Time, including all information
         deemed to be a part of such registration statement as of the Effective
         Time pursuant to Rule 430A(b) under the Act, and including the exhibits
         thereto and any material incorporated by reference therein, is
         hereinafter referred to as the "Registration Statement." "Base
         Prospectus" shall mean any prospectus referred to above contained in
         the Registration Statement at the Effective Date, including any
         Preliminary Prospectus Supplement. "Preliminary Prospectus Supplement"
         shall mean the preliminary prospectus supplement, if any, to the Base
         Prospectus which describes the Offered Securities and the offering
         thereof and is used prior to the filing of the Prospectus. "Prospectus"
         shall mean the prospectus supplement relating to the Offered Securities
         that is first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) after the Execution Time,
         together with the Base Prospectus, as amended at the time of such
         filing, or, if no filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) is required, shall
         mean the prospectus supplement relating to the Offered Securities,
         including the Base Prospectus, included in the Registration Statement
         at the Effective Date. "Rule 430A Information" means information with
         respect to the Offered Securities and the offering of the Offered
         Securities permitted to be omitted from the Registration Statement when
         it becomes effective pursuant to Rule 430A. "Rule 415", "Rule 424",
         "Rule 430A" and "Regulation S-K" refer to such rules or regulations
         under the Act. Any reference herein to the Registration Statement, the
         Base Prospectus, a Preliminary Prospectus Supplement or the Prospectus
         shall be deemed to refer to and include the documents incorporated by
         reference therein pursuant to Item 12 of Form S-3 which were filed
         under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
         Act"), on or before the Effective Date of the Registration Statement or
         the issue date of the Base Prospectus, such Preliminary Prospectus
         Supplement or the Prospectus, as the case may be; and any reference
         herein to the terms "amend", "amendment" or "supplement" with respect
         to the Registration Statement, the Base Prospectus, any Preliminary
         Prospectus Supplement or the Prospectus shall be deemed to refer to and
         include the filing of any document under the Exchange Act after the
         Effective Date of the Registration Statement or the issue date of the
         Base Prospectus, any Preliminary Prospectus Supplement or the
         Prospectus, as the case may be, deemed to be incorporated therein by
         reference.
                   On the Effective Date and on the date of this Agreement,
         the Registration Statement did or will, and, when the Prospectus is
         first filed (if required) in accordance with Rule 424(b) and on the
         Closing Date, the Prospectus (and any supplements thereto) will, comply
         in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Act,
         the Exchange Act and the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the
         "Trust Indenture Act"), and the respective rules and regulations of the
         Commission thereunder (the "Rules and Regulations"); on the Effective
         Date, the Registration Statement did not or will not contain any untrue
         statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact
         required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the
         statements therein not misleading; and, on the Effective Date, the
         Prospectus, if not filed pursuant to Rule 424(b), did not or will not,
         and on the date of any filing pursuant to Rule 424(b) and on the
         Closing Date, the Prospectus (together with any supplement thereto)
         will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
         state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
         therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made,
         not misleading; provided, however, that Eaglemark makes no
         representations or warranties as to the information contained in or
         omitted from the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any
         supplement thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with information
         furnished in writing to Eaglemark by or on behalf of the Underwriter
         specifically for use in connection with the preparation of the
         Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any supplement thereto. As
         of the Closing Date, Eaglemark's representations and warranties in the
         Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Trust Agreement will be true and
         correct.

                   It is not necessary to qualify the Trust Agreement under
         the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "Trust Indenture 
         Act").

                   Immediately prior to the assignment of the Initial
         Contracts to the Trust as contemplated by the Sale and Servicing
         Agreement, the Trust Depositor (i) had good title to, and was the sole
         owner of, each Initial Contract and the other property purported to be
         transferred by it to the Trust pursuant to the Sale and Servicing
         Agreement free and clear of any pledge, mortgage, lien, security
         interest or other encumbrance (collectively, "Liens"), (ii) had not
         assigned to any person any of its right, title or interest in such
         Contracts or property or in the Transfer and Sale Agreement and (iii)
         will have the power and authority to sell such Contracts and property
         to the Trust, and upon the execution and delivery of the Sale and
         Servicing Agreement by the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust, the
         Trust will have acquired all of the Trust Depositor's right, title and
         interest in and to such Contracts and property free and clear of any
         Lien (except for the Lien of the Indenture).

                   Upon the execution and delivery of the Transfer and Sale
         Agreement, the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Indenture by the
         respective parties thereto and the filing with the Secretaries of State
         of Illinois and Nevada of UCC-1 financing statements evidencing the
         conveyance of the Initial Contracts (i) by Eaglemark to the Trust
         Depositor, (ii) by the Trust Depositor to the Trust and (iii) by the
         Trust to the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders, the
         Trust's conveyance of the Trust Property to the Indenture Trustee
         pursuant to the Indenture will vest in the Indenture Trustee, for the
         benefit of the Noteholders, a first priority perfected security
         interest therein, subject to no prior Lien.

                   Immediately prior to the assignment of any Subsequent
         Contract to the Trust as contemplated by a Subsequent Purchase
         Agreement, the Trust Depositor (i) had good title to, and was the sole
         owner of, each Subsequent Contract and the other property purported to
         be transferred by it to the Trust pursuant to such Subsequent Purchase
         Agreement free and clear of any Liens, (ii) had not assigned to any
         person any of its right, title or interest in such Contracts or
         property or in the Transfer and Sale Agreement and (iii) will have the
         power and authority to sell such Contracts and property to the Trust,
         and upon the execution and delivery of such Subsequent Purchase
         Agreement by the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust, the Trust will
         have acquired all of the Trust Depositor's right, title and interest in
         and to such Contracts and property free and clear of any Lien (except
         for the Lien of the Indenture).

                   Upon the execution and delivery of a Subsequent Transfer
         Agreement and a Subsequent Purchase Agreement by the respective parties
         thereto and the filing with the Secretaries of State of Illinois and
         Nevada of UCC-1 financing statements evidencing the conveyance of such
         Subsequent Contracts (i) by Eaglemark to the Trust Depositor, (ii) by
         the Trust Depositor to the Trust and (iii) by the Trust to the
         Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders, the Trust's
         conveyance of the Trust Property to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to
         the Indenture will vest in the Indenture Trustee, for the benefit of
         the Noteholders, a first priority perfected security interest therein,
         subject to no prior Lien.

                   Neither the Trust Depositor nor the Trust is, and neither
         the issuance and sale of the Offered Securities nor the activities of
         the Trust pursuant to the Indenture or the Trust Agreement will cause
         the Trust Depositor or the Trust to be, an "investment company" or
         under the "control" of an "investment company" as such terms are
         defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the
         "Investment Company Act").

                   As of the Closing Date, Eaglemark's and the Trust Depositor's
         representations and warranties in the Basic Documents (as defined 
         herein) will be true and correct.

                   This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and 
         delivered by Eaglemark and the Trust Depositor.

                   None of Eaglemark, the Trust Depositor, any of their
         Affiliates or anyone acting on behalf of Eaglemark, the Trust Depositor
         or any of their Affiliates has taken any action that would require
         qualification of the Trust Agreement under the Trust Indenture Act or
         registration of the Trust Depositor under the Investment Company Act,
         nor will Eaglemark, the Trust Depositor or any of their Affiliates act,
         nor have they authorized or will they authorize any person to act, in
         such manner.

                   Neither the Trust Depositor nor Eaglemark is in violation
         of any provision of any existing law or regulation or in default in the
         performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or
         condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of
         trust, loan agreement, note, lease or other instrument to which it is a
         party or by which it is bound or to which any of its property is
         subject, which violations or defaults separately or in the aggregate
         would have a material adverse effect on the Trust Depositor, Eaglemark
         or the Trust.

                   Neither the issuance and sale of the Offered Securities,
         nor the execution and delivery by the Trust Depositor or Eaglemark of
         this Agreement, the Offered Securities, the Sale and Servicing
         Agreement, the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the
         Administration Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Lockbox
         Agreement, each Subsequent Purchase Agreement, the Indenture or each
         Subsequent Transfer Agreement, nor the incurrence by the Trust
         Depositor or Eaglemark of the obligations herein and therein set forth,
         nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder or
         thereunder, nor the fulfillment of the terms hereof or thereof does or
         will (i) violate any existing law or regulation, applicable to it or
         its properties or by which it or its properties are or may be bound or
         affected, (ii) conflict with, or result in a breach of, or constitute a
         default under, any indenture, contract, agreement, deed, lease,
         mortgage or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or its
         properties are bound or (iii) result in the creation or imposition of
         any lien upon any of its property or assets, except for those
         encumbrances created under the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the Sale
         and Servicing Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the Indenture, each
         Subsequent Purchase Agreement or each Subsequent Transfer Agreement.

                   All consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, filings,
         registrations or qualifications of or with any court or any other
         governmental agency, board, commission, authority, official or body
         required in connection with the execution and delivery by the Trust
         Depositor and Eaglemark of this Agreement, the Offered Securities, the
         Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the
         Trust Agreement, the Administration Agreement, the Indenture, the
         Security Agreement, the Lockbox Agreement, each Subsequent Purchase
         Agreement or each Subsequent Transfer Agreement, or to the consummation
         of the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder, or to the
         fulfillment of the terms hereof and thereof, have been or will have
         been obtained on or before the Closing Date (and on or before each
         Subsequent Transfer Date in the case of Subsequent Contracts being
         transferred to the Trust).

                   All actions required to be taken by the Trust Depositor
         and Eaglemark as a condition to the offer and sale of the Offered
         Securities as described herein or the consummation of any of the
         transactions described in the Prospectus have been or, prior to the
         Closing Date (or each Subsequent Transfer Date in the case of
         Subsequent Contracts being transferred to the Trust), will be taken.

                   The representations and warranties of each of the Trust
         Depositor and Eaglemark in (or incorporated in) the Sale and Servicing
         Agreement, the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the
         Indenture, the Administration Agreement, the Security Agreement, the
         Lockbox Agreement, each Subsequent Purchase Agreement and each
         Subsequent Transfer Agreement and made in any Officers' Certificate of
         the Trust Depositor or Eaglemark delivered pursuant to the Sale and
         Servicing Agreement, the Indenture, the Transfer and Sale Agreement,
         each Subsequent Purchase Agreement and each Subsequent Transfer
         Agreement will be true and correct at the time made and on and as of
         the Closing Date (and on each Subsequent Transfer Date in the case of
         Subsequent Contracts being transferred to the Trust) as if set forth
         herein.

                  The Initial Contracts conveyed to the Trust had aggregate 
         outstanding balances determined as of the Cutoff Date in the amount 
         set forth in the Prospectus.

                  Each of the Trust Depositor and Eaglemark agree it shall
         not grant, assign, pledge or transfer to any Person a security interest
         in, or any other right, title or interest in, the Contracts, except as
         provided in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the
         Indenture, the Transfer and Sale Agreement, each Subsequent Purchase
         Agreement and each Subsequent Transfer Agreement, and each agree to
         take all action necessary in order to maintain the security interest in
         the Contracts granted pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the
         Trust Agreement, the Indenture, the Transfer and Sale Agreement, each
         Subsequent Purchase Agreement and each Subsequent Transfer Agreement.

                  There are no actions, proceedings or investigations
         pending, or to the best knowledge of either the Trust Depositor or
         Eaglemark, threatened against the Trust Depositor or Eaglemark before
         any court or before any governmental authority of arbitration board or
         tribunal which, if adversely determined, could materially and adversely
         affect, either in the individual or in the aggregate, the financial
         position, business, operations or prospects of the Trust Depositor or
         Eaglemark.

                  For Illinois income, franchise and excise tax purposes,
         under the provisions of Illinois law as of the Closing Date, the Trust
         will not be classified as an association taxable as a corporation. Each
         Certificateholder will instead be treated for Illinois income,
         franchise and excise tax purposes as the owner of an interest in the
         Trust, in conformity with the federal income tax treatment of such
         Certificateholder. For Certificateholders who are not residents of, or
         otherwise subject to tax in, Minnesota or Illinois, ownership of a
         Certificate will not be a factor in determining whether such
         Certificateholders are subject to Minnesota or Illinois income,
         franchise or excise taxes as the case may be.

                  Under generally accepted accounting principles, Eaglemark
         will report its transfer of the Contracts to the Trust Depositor
         pursuant to the Transfer and Sale Agreement as a sale of the Contracts.

             Representations and Warranties of the Underwriter.  The Underwriter
represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Trust Depositor that:

         (a) It has not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, any Offered
Security to persons in the United Kingdom, except to persons whose ordinary
activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of
investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of their businesses or
otherwise in circumstances that have not resulted and will not result in an
offer to the public in the United Kingdom for the purposes of the Public Offers
of Securities Regulation 1995.

         (b) It has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of
the Financial Services Act 1986 with respect to anything done by it in relation
to the Offered Securities in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

         (c) It has only issued or passed on and will only issue or pass on in
the United Kingdom any document received by it in connection with the issue of
the Offered Securities to a person who is of a kind described in Article 11(3)
of the Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions)
Order 1995 or is a person to whom such document may otherwise lawfully be issued
or passed on.

          Purchase and Sale. Subject to the terms and conditions and in
reliance upon the representations and warranties herein set forth, the Trust
Depositor agrees to sell to the Underwriter, and the Underwriter agrees to
purchase from the Trust Depositor, each of the Offered Securities in the
principal amounts and at the purchase prices set forth in Schedule I hereto.

          Delivery and Payment. Delivery of and payment for the Offered
Securities shall be made at 10:00 AM, Chicago time, on _____________, 199_, or
such later date (not later than __________, 199_) as the Underwriter shall
designate, which date and time may be postponed by agreement between the
Underwriter and the Trust Depositor (such date and time of delivery and payment
for the Offered Securities being herein called the "Closing Date"). Delivery of
the Offered Securities shall be made to the Underwriter for the account of the
Underwriter against payment by the Underwriter of the purchase price thereof
payable in same day funds wired to such bank as may be designated by the Trust
Depositor, or such other manner of payment as may be agreed by the Trust
Depositor and the Underwriter. Delivery of the Offered Securities shall be made
at such location as the Underwriter shall reasonably designate at least one
business day in advance of the Closing Date, and payment for the Offered
Securities shall be made at the office of Winston & Strawn, 35 Wacker Drive,
Chicago, Illinois. The Offered Securities shall be registered in such names and
in such denominations as the Underwriter may request not less than three full
business days in advance of the Closing Date.

         The Trust Depositor agrees to authorize and direct the Trustee to have
the Offered Securities available for inspection, checking and packaging by the
Underwriter in New York, New York, not later than 1:00 PM on the business day
prior to the Closing Date.

                Offering by the Underwriter:  It is understood that the 
Underwriter proposes to offer the Offered Securities for sale to the public 
(which may include selected dealers), as set forth in the Prospectus.

                Agreements.  The Trust Depositor and Eaglemark, jointly and 
severally, agree with the Underwriter that:

                   Eaglemark and the Trust Depositor will use their respective
         best efforts to cause the Registration Statement, and any amendment
         thereto, if not effective at the Execution Time, to become effective.
         Prior to the termination of the offering of the Offered Securities,
         Eaglemark will not file any amendment of the Registration Statement or
         supplement to the Prospectus unless Eaglemark has furnished you a copy
         for your review prior to filing and will not file any such proposed
         amendment or supplement to which you reasonably object. Subject to the
         foregoing sentence, if the Registration Statement has become or becomes
         effective pursuant to Rule 430A, or filing of the Prospectus is
         otherwise required under Rule 424(b), Eaglemark will file the
         Prospectus, properly completed, and any supplement thereto, with the
         Commission pursuant to and in accordance with the applicable paragraph
         of Rule 424(b) within the time period prescribed and will provide
         evidence satisfactory to you of such timely filing.

                    Eaglemark will advise you promptly of any proposal to amend
         or supplement the Registration Statement, as filed, or the related
         Prospectus and will not effect such amendment or supplement without
         your consent, which consent will not unreasonably be delayed or
         withheld; Eaglemark will also advise you promptly of any request by the
         Commission for any amendment of or supplement to the Registration
         Statement or the Prospectus or for any additional information; and
         Eaglemark will also advise you promptly of the effectiveness of the
         Registration Statement (unless the Registration Statement has become
         effective prior to Execution Time) and any amendment thereto, when the
         Prospectus, and any supplement thereto, shall have been filed with the
         Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) and of the issuance by the
         Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
         Registration Statement or the institution or threat of any proceeding
         for that purpose, and Eaglemark will use its best efforts to prevent
         the issuance of any such stop order and to obtain as soon as possible
         the lifting of any issued stop order.

                   If, at any time when a prospectus relating to the Offered
         Securities is required to be delivered under the Act, any event occurs
         as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented
         would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state
         any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the
         light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading,
         or if it is necessary at any time to amend the Registration Statement
         or supplement the Prospectus to comply with the Act or the Exchange Act
         or the respective rules thereunder, Eaglemark promptly will notify you
         and will prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed, with the
         Commission, subject to the second sentence of paragraph (a) of this
         Section 6, an amendment or supplement that will correct such statement
         or omission or effect such compliance. Any such filing shall not
         operate as a waiver or limitation of any right of the Underwriter
         hereunder.

                   As soon as practicable, but not later than fourteen months
         after the Closing Date, the Trust Depositor will cause the Trust to
         make generally available to holders of the Offered Securities an
         earning statement of the Trust covering a period of at least twelve
         months beginning after the Closing Date that will satisfy the
         provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act.

                   Eaglemark will furnish to the Underwriter copies of the
         Registration Statement (one of which will be signed and will include
         all exhibits), each related preliminary prospectus (including the
         Preliminary Prospectus Supplement, if any), the Prospectus and all
         amendments and supplements to such documents, in each case as soon as
         available and in such quantities as the Underwriter requests. Eaglemark
         will pay the expenses of printing or other production of all documents
         relating to the offering.

                   The Trust Depositor or Eaglemark will furnish to the
         Underwriter and to Counsel for the Underwriter, without charge, during
         the period referred to in paragraph (c) below, as many copies of the
         Prospectus and any amendments and supplements thereto as the
         Underwriter may reasonably request. The Trust Depositor will pay the
         expenses of printing or other production of all documents relating to
         the offering.

                   Neither the Trust Depositor nor Eaglemark will amend or
         supplement the Prospectus without the prior written consent of the
         Underwriter, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

                   If at any time prior to the completion of the sale of the
         Offered Securities by the Underwriter (as determined by the
         Underwriter), any event occurs as a result of which the Prospectus, as
         then amended or supplemented, would include any untrue statement of a
         material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the
         statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they
         were made, not misleading, or if it should be necessary to amend or
         supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law, the Trust
         Depositor or Eaglemark will promptly notify the Underwriter of the same
         and, subject to the requirements of paragraph (g) of this Section 6,
         will prepare and provide to the Underwriter pursuant to paragraph (f)
         of this Section 6 an amendment or supplement that will correct such
         statement or omission or effect such compliance.

                   The Trust Depositor will arrange for the qualification of
         the Offered Securities for sale by the Underwriter under the laws of
         such jurisdictions as the Underwriter may designate and will maintain
         such qualifications in effect so long as required for the sale of the
         Offered Securities. The Trust Depositor will promptly advise the
         Underwriter of the receipt by the Trust Depositor of any notification
         with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Offered
         Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or
         threatening of any proceeding for such purpose.

                   The Trust Depositor and Eaglemark will cooperate with the
         Underwriter and use their best efforts to permit the Offered Securities
         to be eligible for clearance and settlement through The Depository
         Trust Company.

                   For a period from the date of this Agreement until the
         retirement of the Offered Securities, the Servicer will deliver to you
         the monthly servicing report, the annual statements of compliance and
         the annual independent certified public accountants' reports furnished
         to the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee pursuant to the Sale and
         Servicing Agreement, the Indenture, the Trust Agreement or the
         Administration Agreement, as soon as such statements and reports are
         furnished to the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee.

                   So long as any of the Offered Securities is outstanding,
         Eaglemark will furnish to you (i) as soon as practicable after the end
         of the fiscal year all documents required to be distributed to holders
         of Offered Securities or filed with the Commission pursuant to the
         Exchange Act or any order of the Commission thereunder and (ii) from
         time to time, any other information concerning Eaglemark or the Trust
         Depositor filed with any government or regulatory authority that is
         otherwise publicly available, as you may reasonably request.

                   To the extent, if any, that the rating provided with
         respect to the Offered Securities by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
         ("Moody's") or Standard & Poor's Ratings Service ("S&P" and together
         with Moody's, the "Rating Agencies") is conditional upon the furnishing
         of documents or the taking of any actions by the Trust Depositor, the
         Trust Depositor shall furnish such documents and take such actions.

                   Until 30 days following the Closing Date, neither the
         Trust Depositor nor any trust or other entity originated, directly or
         indirectly, by the Trust Depositor or Eaglemark will, without the prior
         written consent of the Underwriter, offer, sell or contract to sell, or
         otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or announce the offering
         of, any asset-backed securities collateralized by motorcycle contracts
         originated in the United States (other than the Offered Securities).

                   The Trust Depositor will enter into the Trust Agreement,
         Eaglemark will enter into the Administration Agreement, the Trust
         Depositor, Eaglemark, the Indenture Trustee and the Trust will enter
         into the Sale and Servicing Agreement and Eaglemark and the Trust
         Depositor will enter into the Transfer and Sale Agreement on or prior
         to the Closing Date.

                   The Trust Depositor and Eaglemark will cause Winston &
         Strawn to deliver to the Underwriter or on before each Subsequent
         Transfer Date, one or more opinions, addressed to the Underwriter, with
         respect to the transfer of Subsequent Contracts substantially in the
         form of the opinions delivered by Winston & Strawn on the Closing Date
         with respect to the transfer of the Initial Contracts.

                   The Trust Depositor will deliver to the Underwriter on or
         before each Subsequent Transfer Date each Officer's Certificate
         required to be furnished to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section
         2.04(b) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

          Payment of Expenses, Etc. If the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section
11, the Trust Depositor will pay all expenses incident to the performance of its
obligations under this Agreement, including (i) the printing and filing of the
Registration Statement as originally filed and of each amendment thereto, (ii)
the printing of the Preliminary Prospectus Supplement, the Prospectus and each
amendment thereto, (iii) the fees of the Trustee and its counsel, (iv) the
preparation, issuance and delivery of the Offered Securities to the Underwriter,
(v) the fees and disbursements of the Trust Depositor's accountants, (vi) the
qualification of the Offered Securities under securities laws in accordance with
the provisions of Section 6(i), including filing fees in connection therewith,
(vii) the printing and delivery to the Underwriter of copies of the Registration
Statement as originally filed and of each amendment thereto, (vii) the printing
and delivery to the Underwriter of copies of the Prospectus and of each
amendment thereto, (ix) the printing and delivery to the Underwriter of copies
of any blue sky or legal investment survey prepared in connection with the
Offered Securities and (x) any fees charged by Rating Agencies for the rating of
the Offered Securities.

          Conditions to the Obligation of the Underwriter. The obligation of
the Underwriter to purchase the Offered Securities shall be subject to the
accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the Trust
Depositor and Eaglemark contained herein at the date and time that this
Agreement is executed and delivered by the parties hereto (the "Execution Time")
and the Closing Date, to the accuracy of the statements of the Trust Depositor
and Eaglemark made in any certificates pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the
performance by the Trust Depositor and Eaglemark of their respective obligations
hereunder and to the following additional conditions:

                   If the Registration Statement has not become effective
         prior to the Execution Time, unless the Underwriter agrees in writing
         to a later time, the Registration Statement shall have become effective
         not later than (i) 6:00 P.M. New York City time on the date of
         determination of the public offering price, if such determination
         occurs at or prior to 3:00 P.M. New York City time on such date or (ii)
         12:00 noon New York City time on the business day following the day on
         which the public offering price was determined, if such determination
         occurs after 3:00 P.M. New York City time on such date.

                   The Prospectus and any supplements thereto shall have been
         filed (if required) with the Commission in accordance with the Rules
         and Regulations and Sections 1(a) and 1(b) hereof, and prior to the
         Closing Date, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
         Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for
         that purpose shall have been instituted or, to the knowledge of the
         Trust Depositor or you, shall be contemplated by the Commission or by
         any authority administering any state securities or blue sky law.

                   The Trust Depositor shall have furnished to the Underwriter
         the opinion of Winston & Strawn, counsel for the Trust Depositor, dated
         the Closing Date and satisfactory in form and substance to the
         Underwriter and Counsel for the Underwriter, to the effect that:

                                the Trust Depositor has been duly
                  incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good
                  standing under the laws of the State of Nevada, with full
                  corporate power and authority to own its properties and
                  conduct its business as described in the Prospectus, and is
                  duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is
                  in good standing under the laws of the State of Illinois;

                               all the outstanding shares of capital
                  stock of the Trust Depositor have been duly and validly
                  authorized and issued and are fully paid and nonassessable,
                  and all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Trust
                  Depositor are owned by Eaglemark free and clear of any
                  security interest and, to the knowledge of such counsel, after
                  due inquiry, any other interests, claims, liens or
                  encumbrances (other than as shall be identified to you
                  therein);

                              each of the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the Sale
                  and Servicing Agreement and the Trust Agreement have been duly
                  authorized, executed and delivered by the Trust Depositor, and
                  constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Trust
                  Depositor enforceable against the Trust Depositor in
                  accordance with its terms (subject, as to the enforcement of
                  remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization,
                  insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors'
                  rights generally from time to time in effect);

                              this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed 
                  and delivered by the Trust Depositor;

                              The direction by the Trust Depositor to
                  the Owner Trustee to authenticate the Certificates has been
                  duly authorized by the Trust Depositor and, when the
                  Certificates have been duly executed, authenticated and
                  delivered by the Owner Trustee in accordance with the Trust
                  Agreement and delivered and paid for to the Trust Depositor
                  pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Certificates
                  will be validly issued and outstanding and entitled to the
                  benefits of the Trust Agreement;

                               The direction by the Trust Depositor to
                  the Indenture Trustee to authenticate the Notes has been duly
                  authorized by the Trust Depositor and, when the Notes have
                  been duly executed and delivered by the Owner Trustee and when
                  authenticated by the Indenture Trustee in accordance with the
                  Indenture and delivered and paid for pursuant to this
                  Agreement, the Notes will constitute legal, valid and binding
                  obligations of the Trust (subject, as to enforcement of
                  remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization,
                  insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting creditor's
                  rights generally from time to time in effect) and will be
                  entitled to the benefits of the Indenture;

                                no consent, approval, authorization or
                  order of, or filing with, any court or governmental agency or
                  body is required for the consummation of the transactions
                  contemplated herein or in the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the
                  Sale and Servicing Agreement, and the Indenture (collectively,
                  the "Basic Documents"), except such as may be required under
                  the blue sky or securities laws of any jurisdiction in
                  connection with the purchase and sale of the Offered
                  Securities by the Underwriter, the filing of the UCC-1
                  financing statements relating to the conveyance of the
                  Contracts by Eaglemark to the Trust Depositor and of the
                  Contracts and the other Trust Property by the Trust Depositor
                  to the Trust and by the Trust to the Indenture Trustee on
                  behalf of the Noteholders, and such other approvals (which
                  shall be specified in such opinion) as have been obtained and
                  filings as have been made or are in the process of being made;

                                none of the sale of the Contracts by
                  Eaglemark to the Trust Depositor pursuant to the Transfer and
                  Sale Agreement, the sale of the Trust Property to the Trust
                  pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the pledge of
                  the Trust Property to the Indenture Trustee, the issue and
                  sale of the Notes or the Certificates, the execution and
                  delivery of this Agreement, the Sale and Servicing Agreement,
                  the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the Trust Agreement or the
                  Indenture Agreement, the consummation of any other of the
                  transactions herein or therein contemplated or the fulfillment
                  of the terms hereof or thereof will conflict with, result in a
                  breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any law
                  binding on the Trust Depositor or the charter or bylaws of the
                  Trust Depositor or the terms of any indenture or other
                  agreement or instrument known to such counsel and to which the
                  Trust Depositor is a party or by which it is bound, or any
                  judgment, order or decree known to such counsel to be
                  applicable to the Trust Depositor of any court, regulatory
                  body, administrative agency, governmental body or arbitrator
                  having jurisdiction over the Trust Depositor;

                                 there are no actions, proceedings or
                  investigations pending or, to the best of such counsel's
                  knowledge after due inquiry, threatened before any court,
                  administrative agency or other tribunal (A) asserting the
                  invalidity of any of the Basic Documents, (B) seeking to
                  prevent the consummation of any of the transactions
                  contemplated by any of the Basic Documents or the execution
                  and delivery thereof or (C) that might materially and
                  adversely affect the performance by the Trust Depositor of its
                  obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this
                  Agreement or any Basic Document;

                                  to the best knowledge of such counsel
                  and except as set forth in the Prospectus (and any supplement
                  thereto), no default exists and no event has occurred which,
                  with notice, lapse of time or both, would constitute a default
                  in the due performance and observance of any term, covenant or
                  condition of any agreement to which the Trust Depositor is a
                  party or by which it is bound, which default is or would have
                  a material adverse effect on the financial condition,
                  earnings, prospects, business or properties of the Trust
                  Depositor, taken as a whole;

                                   the provisions of the Transfer and Sale
                  Agreement are effective to transfer to the Trust Depositor all
                  right, title and interest of Eaglemark in and to the
                  Contracts, and to the knowledge of such counsel, the other
                  Trust Property will be owned by the Trust Depositor free and
                  clear of any Lien except for the Lien of the Sale and
                  Servicing Agreement and the Indenture;

                                    the provisions of the Sale and Servicing
                  Agreement are effective to transfer to the Trust all right,
                  title and interest of the Trust Depositor in and to the
                  Collateral and the Contracts and to the knowledge of such
                  counsel, the other Collateral, will be owned by the Issuer
                  free and clear of any Lien except for the Lien of the
                  Indenture;

                                     the provisions of the Indenture are
                  effective to create, in favor of the Indenture Trustee for the
                  benefit of the Noteholders as security for the Trust's
                  obligations under the Notes, a valid security interest in the
                  Contracts and that portion of the other Collateral which is
                  subject to Article 9 of the Illinois Uniform Commercial Code
                  (the "UCC Collateral") and the proceeds thereof;

                                     the form UCC-1 financing statements
                  naming (A) Eaglemark as seller and the Trust Depositor as
                  purchaser, (B) the Trust Depositor as seller and the Trust as
                  purchaser and (C) the Trust, as debtor, and the Indenture
                  Trustee, as secured party are in appropriate form for filing
                  with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada, the
                  Secretary of State of the State of Illinois and the County
                  Clerk of Cook County, Illinois; the interest of the Indenture
                  Trustee in the Contracts and the proceeds thereof and, to the
                  extent that the filing of a financing statement is effective
                  to perfect an interest in the other Trust Property under
                  Article 9 of the Illinois Uniform Commercial Code and the
                  Nevada Uniform Commercial Code, the other Trust Property will
                  be perfected upon the filing of such financing statements in
                  such filing offices; and no other interest of any other
                  purchaser from or creditor of Eaglemark, the Trust Depositor
                  or the Trust is equal or prior to the interest of the Trustee
                  in the Contracts and such other Trust Property;

                                  the Contracts are "chattel paper" under
                  Article 9 of the Illinois Uniform Commercial Code and the 
                  Nevada Uniform Commercial Code;

                                  the Basic Documents conform in all material
                  respects with the descriptions thereof contained in the 
                  Prospectus;

                                  the statements in the Prospectus under
                  the headings "Risk Factors" and "Certain Legal Aspects of the
                  Contracts", to the extent they constitute matters of law or
                  legal conclusions with respect thereto, have been reviewed by
                  such counsel and are correct in all material respects;

                                  the statements contained in the
                  Prospectus under the headings "Description of the Notes",
                  "Description of the Certificates" and "Certain Information
                  Regarding the Offered Securities", insofar as such statements
                  constitute a summary of the Offered Securities and the Basic
                  Documents, constitute a fair summary of such documents;

                                   assuming the accuracy of the
                  representations and warranties and compliance with the
                  agreements contained herein, no registration of the Offered
                  Securities under the Securities Act is required, and no
                  qualification of the Trust Agreement under the Trust Indenture
                  Act is necessary, for the offer and sale by the Underwriter of
                  the Offered Securities in the manner contemplated by this
                  Agreement;

                                   the Trust has been duly formed and is
                  validly existing as a statutory business trust and is in good
                  standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with full
                  power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its
                  obligations under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the
                  Indenture, the Administration Agreement, and the Notes and the
                  Certificates;
                                   the Indenture, the Sale and Servicing
                  Agreement and the Administration Agreement have been duly
                  authorized and, when duly executed and delivered by the Owner
                  Trustee, will constitute the legal, valid and binding
                  obligations of the Trust, enforceable against the Trust in
                  accordance with their terms, except (A) the enforceability
                  thereof may be subject to bankruptcy, insolvency,
                  reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or
                  hereafter in effect relating to creditors' rights and (B) the
                  remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms
                  of equitable relief may be subject to equitable defenses and
                  to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding
                  therefor may be brought;

                                   the Trust Depositor is not, nor will the
                  Trust Depositor become as a result of the offer and sale of
                  the Offered Securities as contemplated in the Prospectus and
                  the Basic Documents, an "investment company" as defined in the
                  Investment Company Act or a company "controlled by" an
                  "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment
                  Company Act;

                                to the best knowledge of such counsel, the Trust
                  Depositor has obtained all material licenses, permits and
                  other governmental authorizations that are necessary to the
                  conduct of its business; such licenses, permits and other
                  governmental authorizations are in full force and effect, and
                  the Trust Depositor is in all material respects complying
                  therewith; and the Trust Depositor is otherwise in compliance
                  with all laws, rules, regulations and statutes of any
                  jurisdiction to which it is subject, except where
                  non-compliance would not have a material adverse effect on the
                  Trust Depositor;

                                   all actions required to be taken, and all 
                  filings required to be made, by the Trust Depositor or 
                  Eaglemark under the Act and the Exchange Act prior to the sale
                  of the Offered Securities have been duly taken or made;

                                  the Trust Depositor is not, and will not as a
                  result of the offer and sale of the Offered Securities as
                  contemplated in the Prospectus (and any supplement thereto)
                  and this Agreement become, an "investment company" as defined
                  in the Investment Company Act or a company "controlled by" an
                  "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment
                  Company Act;

                                  to the best of such counsel's knowledge and 
                  information, there are no legal or governmental proceedings 
                  pending or threatened that are required to be disclosed in the
                  Registration Statement, other than those disclosed therein;

                                   to the best of such counsel's knowledge and
                  information, there are no contracts, indentures, mortgages,
                  loan agreements, notes, leases or other instruments required
                  to be described or referred to in the Registration Statement
                  or to be filed as exhibits thereto other than those described
                  or referred to therein or filed or incorporated by reference
                  as exhibits thereto, the descriptions thereof or references
                  thereto are correct, and no default exists in the due
                  performance or observance of any material obligation,
                  agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract,
                  indenture, mortgage, loan agreement, note, lease or other
                  instrument so described, referred to, filed or incorporated by
                  reference;

                                the Registration Statement has become effective
                  under the Act, any required filings of the Base Prospectus,
                  any preliminary Base Prospectus, any Preliminary Prospectus
                  Supplement and the Prospectus, and any supplements thereto,
                  pursuant to Rule 424(b) have been made in the manner and
                  within the time period required by Rule 424(b), and, to the
                  best knowledge of such counsel, no stop order suspending the
                  effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued,
                  and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or
                  are pending or contemplated under the Act, and the
                  Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and each amendment
                  or supplement thereto, as of their respective effective or
                  issue dates, complied as to form in all material respects with
                  the requirements of the Act, the Exchange Act, the Trust
                  Indenture Act and the Rules and Regulations; and

                                  such counsel has examined the Registration
                  Statement and the Prospectus and nothing has come to such
                  counsel's attention that would lead such counsel to believe
                  that the Registration Statement (exclusive of any financial,
                  numerical and statistical information contained therein or
                  omitted therefrom, as to which such counsel may make no
                  statement), at the time the Registration Statement became
                  effective, contained any untrue statement of a material fact
                  or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated
                  therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
                  misleading, or that the Prospectus (exclusive of any
                  financial, numerical and statistical information contained
                  therein or omitted therefrom, as to which such counsel may
                  make no statement), at the date thereof or at the Closing
                  Date, included or includes any untrue statement of a material
                  fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in
                  order to make the statements therein, in the light of the
                  circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

         Such counsel shall also state that such counsel has no reason to
believe that at the Execution Time the Prospectus contained an untrue statement
of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to
make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they
were made, not misleading or that, at the Closing Date, the Prospectus includes
an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact
necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

         In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely (A) as to matters
involving the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of
Illinois, the State of New York, the State of Delaware or the United States, to
the extent such counsel deems proper and specifies in such opinion, upon the
opinion of other counsel of good standing whom such counsel believes to be
reliable and who are satisfactory to Counsel for the Underwriter and (B) as to
matters of fact, to the extent such counsel deems proper, on certificates of
responsible officers of the Trust Depositor and public officials.

         All references in this Section 8(c) to the Prospectus shall be deemed
to include any amendment or supplement thereto at the Closing Date.

                  The Underwriter shall have received the opinion of
         __________________, General Counsel for Eaglemark, dated the Closing
         Date and satisfactory in form and substance to the Underwriter and to
         Counsel for the Underwriter, to the effect that:

                            Eaglemark is duly qualified to do
                  business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing
                  under the laws of each jurisdiction wherein it owns or leases
                  material properties or conducts material business and which
                  requires such qualification;

                            Eaglemark has obtained all material licenses,
                  permits and other governmental authorizations that are
                  necessary to the conduct of its business; such licenses,
                  permits and other governmental authorizations are in full
                  force and effect, and Eaglemark is in all material respects
                  complying therewith and Eaglemark is otherwise in compliance
                  with all laws, rules, regulations and statutes of any
                  jurisdiction to which it is subject, except where
                  non-compliance would not have a material adverse effect on
                  Eaglemark;

                            Eaglemark is not, and will not as a result of the
                  offer and sale of the Offered Securities as contemplated in
                  the Prospectus (and any supplement thereto) and this Agreement
                  become, an "investment company" as defined in the Investment
                  Company Act or a company "controlled by" an "investment
                  company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act; and

                             none of the execution and delivery of
                  this Agreement or the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the
                  consummation of any of the transactions therein contemplated
                  or the fulfillment of the terms thereof will conflict with,
                  result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default
                  under, any law or the charter or bylaws of Eaglemark or the
                  terms of any indenture or other agreement or instrument known
                  to such counsel and to which Eaglemark or the Trust Depositor
                  is a party or by which it is bound or any judgment, order or
                  decree known to such counsel to be applicable to Eaglemark or
                  the Trust Depositor of any court, regulatory body,
                  administrative agency, governmental body, or arbitrator having
                  jurisdiction over Eaglemark or the Trust Depositor.

         Such counsel shall also state that such counsel has examined the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus and nothing has come to such counsel's
attention that would lead such counsel to believe that the Registration
Statement (exclusive of any financial, numerical and statistical information
contained therein or omitted therefrom, as to which such counsel may make no
statement), at the time the Registration Statement became effective, contained
any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading, or that the Prospectus (exclusive of any financial, numerical and
statistical information contained therein or omitted therefrom, as to which such
counsel may make no statement), at the date thereof or at the Closing Date,
included or includes any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits
to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in
the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

         In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely (A) as to matters
involving the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of
Illinois or the United States, to the extent such counsel deems proper and
specifies in such opinion, upon the opinion of other counsel of good standing
whom such counsel believes to be reliable and who are satisfactory to Counsel
for the Underwriter and (B) as to matters of fact, to the extent such counsel
deems proper, on certificates of responsible officers of Eaglemark and public
officials.

         All references in this Section 8(d) to the Prospectus shall be deemed
to include any amendment or supplement thereto at the Closing Date.

                 The Underwriter shall have received the opinion of Winston
         & Strawn, counsel for Eaglemark, dated the Closing Date and
         satisfactory in form and substance to the Underwriter and to Counsel
         for the Underwriter, to the effect that:

                          Eaglemark has been duly incorporated and is validly 
                  existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of 
                  the State of Delaware, with full corporate power and
                  authority to own its properties and conduct its business as 
                  described in the Prospectus;

                           this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed 
                  and delivered by Eaglemark;

                            the Sale and Servicing Agreement has been duly 
                  authorized, executed and delivered by Eaglemark and 
                  constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of 
                  Eaglemark, enforceable against Eaglemark in accordance 
                  with its terms (subject, as to the enforcement
                  of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization,
                  insolvency, moratorium, or other laws affecting creditors'
                  rights generally from time to time in effect);

                           the Transfer and Sale Agreement has been duly
                  authorized, executed and delivered by Eaglemark and
                  constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of
                  Eaglemark, enforceable against Eaglemark in accordance with
                  its terms (subject, as to the enforcement of remedies, to
                  applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium,
                  or other laws affecting creditors' rights generally from time
                  to time in effect);

                            no consent, approval, authorization or
                  order of, or filing with, any court or governmental agency or
                  body is required for the consummation of the transactions
                  contemplated herein or in any Basic Document, except such as
                  may be required under the blue sky or securities laws of any
                  jurisdiction in connection with the purchase and sale of the
                  Offered Securities by the Underwriter, the filing of the UCC-1
                  financing statements relating to the conveyance of the
                  Contracts by Eaglemark to the Trust Depositor pursuant to the
                  Transfer and Sale Agreement and of the Contracts and other
                  Trust Property to the Trust and of the Contracts and other
                  Trust Property to the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the
                  Noteholders pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the
                  Trust Agreement and the Indenture, and such other approvals
                  (which shall be specified in such opinion) as have been
                  obtained and filings as have been made or are in the process
                  of being made; and

                             none of the execution and delivery of
                  this Agreement, the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Transfer
                  and Sale Agreement, the consummation of any of the
                  transactions therein contemplated or the fulfillment of the
                  terms thereof will conflict with, result in a breach or
                  violation of, or constitute a default under, the charter or
                  bylaws of Eaglemark.

         In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely (A) as to matters
involving the application of laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of
New York, the State of Delaware, the State of Illinois or the United States, to
the extent such counsel deems proper and specifies in such opinion, upon the
opinion of other counsel of good standing whom such counsel believes to be
reliable and who are satisfactory to Counsel for the Underwriter and (B) as to
matters of fact, to the extent such counsel deems proper, on certificates of
responsible officers of Eaglemark and public officials.

         All references in this Section 8(e) to the Prospectus shall be deemed
to include any amendment or supplement thereto at the Closing Date.

                  The Underwriter shall have received an opinion addressed to
         it of Winston & Strawn, in its capacity as federal tax counsel for the
         Trust Depositor, to the effect that the statements in the Prospectus
         under the headings "Summary -- Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences"
         and "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences" accurately describe the
         material federal income tax consequences to holders of the Offered
         Securities. Winston & Strawn, in its capacity as special ERISA counsel
         to the Trust Depositor, shall have delivered an opinion to the effect
         that the statements in the Prospectus under the headings "Summary --
         ERISA Considerations" and "ERISA Considerations", to the extent that
         they constitute statements of matters of law or legal conclusions with
         respect thereto, have been prepared or reviewed by such counsel and
         accurately describe the material consequences to holders of the Offered
         Securities under ERISA.

                  The Underwriter shall have received from Counsel for the
         Underwriter such opinion or opinions, dated the Closing Date, with
         respect to the issuance and sale of the Offered Securities, the
         Prospectus (as amended or supplemented at the Closing Date) and other
         related matters as the Underwriter may reasonably require, and the
         Trust Depositor shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as
         they request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such
         matters.

                  The Underwriter shall have received an opinion addressed to
         the Underwriter, the Trust Depositor and the Servicer of
         _________________________, counsel to the Owner Trustee, dated the
         Closing Date and satisfactory in form and substance to the Underwriter
         and Counsel for the Underwriter, to the effect that:

                           the Owner Trustee is a banking corporation duly 
                  incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the 
                  State of ________;

                           the Owner Trustee has the full corporate trust
                  power to accept the office of owner trustee under the Trust
                  Agreement and to enter into and perform its obligations under
                  the Trust Agreement and, on behalf of the Trust, under the
                  Indenture, the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the
                  Administration Agreement;

                           the execution and delivery of the Trust Agreement
                  and, on behalf of the Trust, of the Indenture, the Sale and
                  Servicing Agreement, the Administration Agreement, the
                  Certificates and the Notes and the performance by the Owner
                  Trustee of its obligations under the Trust Agreement, the
                  Indenture, the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the
                  Administration Agreement have been duly authorized by all
                  necessary corporate action of the Owner Trustee and each has
                  been duly executed and delivered by the Owner Trustee;

                           the Trust Agreement, the Sale and Servicing
                  Agreement, the Indenture and the Administration Agreement
                  constitute valid and binding obligations of the Owner Trustee
                  enforceable against the Owner Trustee in accordance with their
                  terms under the laws of the State of _________ and the federal
                  law of the United States;

                           the execution and delivery by the Owner Trustee of
                  the Trust Agreement and, on behalf of the Trust, of the
                  Indenture, the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the
                  Administration Agreement do not require any consent, approval
                  or authorization of, or any registration or filing with, any
                  ________ or United States federal governmental authority;

                           each of the Certificates has been duly executed and 
                  delivered by the Owner Trustee as owner trustee and 
                  authenticating agent; each of the Notes has been duly executed
                  and delivered by the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Trust;

                           neither the consummation by the Owner Trustee of
                  the transactions contemplated in the Sale and Servicing
                  Agreement, the Indenture, the Trust Agreement or the
                  Administration Agreement nor the fulfillment of the terms
                  thereof by the Owner Trustee will conflict with, result in a
                  breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any law
                  or the charter, bylaws or other organizational documents of
                  the Owner Trustee or the terms of any indenture or other
                  agreement or instrument known to such counsel and to which the
                  Owner Trustee or any of its subsidiaries is a party or is
                  bound or any judgment, order or decree known to such counsel
                  to be applicable to the Owner Trustee or any of its
                  subsidiaries of any court, regulatory body, administrative
                  agency, governmental body or arbitrator having jurisdiction
                  over the Owner Trustee or any of its subsidiaries;

                           to the knowledge of such counsel there is no
                  action, suit or proceeding pending or threatened against the
                  Owner Trustee (as owner trustee under the Trust Agreement or
                  in its individual capacity) before or by any governmental
                  authority that, if adversely decided, would materially and
                  adversely affect the ability of the Owner Trustee to perform
                  its obligations thereunder; and

                           the execution, delivery and performance by the
                  Owner Trustee (as trustee under the Trust Agreement or in its
                  individual capacity, as the case may be) of the Sale and
                  Servicing Agreement, the Indenture, the Trust Agreement or the
                  Administration Agreement will not subject any of the property
                  or assets of the Trust or any portion thereof to any lien
                  created by or arising under the Owner Trustee that is
                  unrelated to the transactions contemplated in such Agreements.

                     The Underwriter shall have received an opinion addressed to
         the Underwriter and the Trust Depositor of ________________, counsel to
         _______________________ (the "Bank"), dated the Closing Date and
         satisfactory in form and substance to the Underwriter and Counsel for
         the Underwriter, to the effect that:

                           the Bank is a banking corporation duly incorporated 
                  and validly existing under the laws of the State 
                  of ___________;

                           the Bank has the full corporate trust power to accept
                  the office of Indenture Trustee under the Indenture and to 
                  enter into and perform its obligations under the Indenture
                  and the Sale and Servicing Agreement;

                           the execution and delivery of the Indenture, the
                  Sale and Servicing Agreement and the performance by the Bank
                  of its obligations under the Indenture and the Sale and
                  Servicing Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary
                  corporate action of the Bank and each has been duly executed
                  and delivered by the Bank;

                           the Indenture and the Sale and Servicing Agreement 
                  constitute valid and binding obligations of the Bank 
                  enforceable against the Bank in accordance with their terms
                  under the laws of the State of ________ and the federal law 
                  of the United States;

                           the execution and delivery by the Bank of the 
                  Indenture and the Sale and Servicing Agreement do not require 
                  any consent, approval or authorization of, or any registration
                  or filing with, any ________ or United States federal 
                  governmental authority;

                           each of the Notes has been duly authenticated by the 
                  Bank, as Indenture Trustee;

                            neither the consummation by the Bank of the
                  transactions contemplated in the Indenture or the Sale and
                  Servicing Agreement nor the fulfillment of the terms thereof
                  by the Bank will conflict with, result in a breach or
                  violation of, or constitute a default under, any law or the
                  charter, bylaws or other organizational documents of the Bank,
                  or the terms of any indenture or other agreement or instrument
                  known to such counsel and to which the Bank or any of its
                  subsidiaries is a party or by which it is bound, or any
                  judgment, order or decree known to such counsel to be
                  applicable to the Bank or any of its subsidiaries of any
                  court, regulatory body, administrative agency, governmental
                  body or arbitrator having jurisdiction over the Bank or any of
                  its subsidiaries;

                           to the knowledge of such counsel there is no
                  action, suit or proceeding pending or threatened against the
                  Bank (as Indenture Trustee under the Indenture or in its
                  individual capacity) before or by any governmental authority
                  that, if adversely decided, would materially and adversely
                  affect the ability of the Bank to perform its obligations
                  under the Indenture or the Sale and Servicing Agreement; and

                           the execution and delivery by the Bank of, and the
                  performance by the Bank of its obligations under, the
                  Indenture and the Sale and Servicing Agreement will not
                  subject any of the property or assets of the Trust, or any
                  portion thereof, to any lien created by or arising under the
                  Bank that are unrelated to the transactions contemplated in
                  such Agreements.

                        The Underwriter shall have received the opinion of
         _____________________ ____________, special Delaware counsel for the
         Trust, dated the Closing Date and satisfactory in form and substance to
         the Underwriter and to Counsel for the Underwriter, to the effect that:

                           the Trust Agreement is the legal, valid and binding 
                  agreement of the Trust Depositor and the Trustee, enforceable 
                  against the Trust Depositor and the Trustee in accordance with
                  its terms;

                           the Trust has been duly formed and is validly 
                  existing as a business trust under the Delaware Business Trust
                  Act, 12 Del. C. ss.3801, et seq. (the "Act");

                           the Trust has the power and authority under the Trust
                  Agreement and the Act to execute, deliver and perform its 
                  obligations under the trust documents and has duly authorized,
                  executed and delivered the trust documents;

                           no consent, approval or other authorization of, or
                  registration, declaration or filing with, any court of
                  governmental agency or commission of the State of Delaware is
                  required by or with respect to the Trust for the issuance and
                  sale of the Notes or the Certificates or the valid execution
                  and delivery of the Trust Agreement, or for the validity and
                  enforceability thereof, or for the payment of any amounts by
                  the Trust thereunder, except for the filing of the Certificate
                  of Trust with the Secretary of State;

                           to the extent that Article 9 of the Uniform
                  Commercial Code in effect in the State of Delaware (the
                  "Delaware UCC") is applicable (without regard to conflicts of
                  laws principles), upon the filing of the Eaglemark Financing
                  Statement with the Secretary of State of Delaware, the Trust
                  Depositor will have a perfected security interest in
                  Eaglemark's rights in the Contracts and the proceeds thereof,
                  and such security interest will be prior to any other security
                  interest granted by Eaglemark that is perfected solely by the
                  filing of financing statements under the Delaware UCC,
                  excluding purchase money security interests under Section
                  9-312(4) of the Delaware UCC and temporarily perfected
                  security interests in proceeds under Section 9-306(3) of the
                  Delaware UCC;

                           to the extent that Article 9 of the Delaware UCC
                  is applicable (without regard to conflicts of laws
                  principles), upon the filing of the Trust Depositor Financing
                  Statement with the Secretary of State of Delaware, the Trust
                  will have a perfected security interest in the Trust
                  Depositor's rights in the Contracts and the proceeds thereof,
                  and such security interest will be prior to any other security
                  interest granted by the Trust Depositor that is perfected
                  solely by the filing of financing statements under the
                  Delaware UCC, excluding purchase money security interests
                  under Section 9-312(4) of the Delaware UCC and temporarily
                  perfected security interests in proceeds under Section
                  9-306(3) of the Delaware UCC;

                           to the extent that Article 9 of the Delaware UCC
                  is applicable (without regard to conflicts of laws
                  principles), upon the filing of the Trust Financing Statement
                  with the Secretary of State, the Indenture Trustee will have a
                  perfected security interest in the Trust's rights in the
                  Contracts and the proceeds thereof, and such security interest
                  will be prior to any other security interest granted by the
                  Trust that is perfected solely by the filing of financing
                  statements under the Delaware UCC, excluding purchase money
                  security interests under Section 9-312(4) of the Delaware UCC
                  and temporarily perfected security interests in proceeds under
                  Section 9-306(3) of the Delaware UCC;

                           no re-filing or other action is necessary under the 
                  Delaware UCC in the State of Delaware in order to maintain the
                  security interests referenced in paragraphs 5, 6 and except 
                  for the filing of continuation statements at five year 
                  intervals; and

                           the Certificates have been duly authorized,
                  executed and authenticated by the Owner Trustee on behalf of
                  the Trust and, when the Certificates have been issued and
                  delivered in accordance with the instructions of the Trust
                  Depositor, the Certificates will be validly issued and
                  entitled to the benefits of the Trust Agreement.

                           under 12 Del. C. ss.3805(b), no creditor of any 
                  Certificateholder (including creditors of the Trust Depositor,
                  as Certificateholder) shall have any right to obtain
                  possession of, or otherwise exercise legal or equitable 
                  remedies with respect to, the property of the Trust except in 
                  accordance with the Trust Agreement.

                      The Underwriter shall have received such opinions, 
         addressed to the Underwriter and dated the Closing Date, as are 
         delivered to the Rating Agencies.

                      The Underwriter shall have received an opinion from
         Winston & Strawn, counsel for the Trust Depositor, dated the Closing
         Date and satisfactory in form and substance to the Underwriter and
         Counsel for the Underwriter regarding the true-sale of the Contracts by
         Eaglemark to the Trust Depositor and by the Trust Depositor to the
         Trust and the conveyance by the Trust of the Contracts and other Trust
         Property to the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders.

                      The Underwriter shall have received an opinion from
         Winston & Strawn, counsel for the Trust Depositor, dated the Closing
         Date and satisfactory in form and substance to the Underwriter and
         Counsel for the Underwriter regarding substantive consolidation.

                      The Underwriter shall have received a certificate dated
         the Closing Date of any of the Chairman of the Board, the President,
         the Executive Vice President, any Vice President, the Treasurer, any
         Assistant Treasurer, the principal financial officer or the principal
         accounting officer of the Trust Depositor in which such officer shall
         state that, to the best of his or her knowledge after reasonable
         investigation:

                           the representations and warranties of the Trust
                  Depositor contained in this Agreement and the Basic Documents
                  are true and correct; the Trust Depositor has complied with
                  all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be
                  performed or satisfied under such agreements at or prior to
                  the Closing Date;

                           since the date of the Prospectus, no material adverse
                  change, or any development involving a prospective material 
                  adverse change, in or affecting particularly the business or 
                  properties of the Trust Depositor has occurred; and

                           no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the 
                  Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for
                  that purpose have been instituted or are contemplated by the
                  Commission.

                     The Underwriter shall have received a certificate dated
         the Closing Date of any of the Chairman of the Board, the President,
         the Executive Vice President, any Vice President, the Treasurer, any
         Assistant Treasurer, the principal financial officer or the principal
         accounting officer of Eaglemark in which such officer shall state that,
         to the best of his or her knowledge after reasonable investigation:

                            the representations and warranties of Eaglemark
                  contained in this Agreement and the Basic Documents are true
                  and correct; Eaglemark has complied with all agreements and
                  satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or
                  satisfied under such agreements at or prior to the Closing
                  Date;

                            since the date of the most recent financial 
                  information included in the Prospectus, no material adverse 
                  change, or any development involving a prospective material
                  adverse change, in or affecting particularly the business or 
                  properties of Eaglemark has occurred; and

                            no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the 
                  Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for
                  that purpose have been instituted or are contemplated by the
                  Commission.

                      The Underwriter shall have received evidence satisfactory
         to it that, on or before the Closing Date, UCC-1 financing statements
         have been or are being filed in the office of the Secretary of State of
         the State of Nevada, the Secretary of State of the State of Illinois
         and the County Clerk of Cook County, Illinois reflecting the sale of
         the Contracts by Eaglemark to the Trust Depositor and of the Contracts
         and other Trust Property by the Trust Depositor to the Trust and the
         conveyance by the Trust of the contracts and other Trust Property to
         the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders.

                       At the Execution Time and at the Closing Date, Arthur
         Andersen & Co. shall have furnished to the Underwriter a letter or
         letters, dated respectively as of the Execution Time and as of the
         Closing Date, substantially in the forms of the drafts to which the
         Underwriter has previously agreed and otherwise in form and substance
         satisfactory to the Underwriter and to Counsel for the Underwriter.

                      Subsequent to the Execution Time or, if earlier, the dates
         as of which information is given in the Prospectus, there shall not
         have been any change or any development involving a prospective change
         in or affecting the business or properties of Eaglemark or the Trust
         Depositor the effect of which is, in the judgment of the Underwriter,
         so material and adverse as to make it impractical or inadvisable to
         market the Offered Securities as contemplated by the Prospectus.

                      The Notes shall have been rated "Aaa" by Moody's and "AAA"
         by S&P.

                      The Certificates shall have been rated at least "____" by 
         Moody's and "___" by S&P.

                      On or prior to the Closing Date, the Offered Securities
         shall have been accepted for settlement through the facilities of the
         Depository Trust Company.

                      On the Closing Date, $________ aggregate principal amount 
         of the Certificates shall have been issued and delivered to the Trust 
         Depositor.

                      Prior to the Closing Date, the Trust Depositor shall have
         furnished to the Underwriter such further information, certificates and
         documents as the Underwriter may reasonably request.

         If any of the conditions specified in this Section 8 shall not have
been fulfilled in all material respects when and as provided in this Agreement,
or if any of the opinions and certificates mentioned above or elsewhere in this
Agreement shall not be in all material respects reasonably satisfactory in form
and substance to the Underwriter and Counsel for the Underwriter, this Agreement
and all obligations of the Underwriter hereunder may be canceled at, or at any
time prior to, the Closing Date by the Underwriter. Notice of such cancellation
shall be given to the Trust Depositor in writing or by telephone or telegraph
confirmed in writing.

         Reimbursement of Expenses. If the sale of the Offered Securities
provided for herein is not consummated because any condition to the obligation
of the Underwriter set forth in Section 8 hereof is not satisfied, because of
any refusal, inability or failure on the part of Eaglemark or the Trust
Depositor to perform any agreement herein or to comply with any provision hereof
other than by reason of a default by the Underwriter in payment for the Offered
Securities on the Closing Date, Eaglemark and the Trust Depositor will reimburse
the Underwriter upon demand for all out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable
fees and disbursements of counsel) that shall have been incurred by it in
connection with the proposed purchase and sale of the Offered Securities.

         Indemnification and Contribution. (a) The Trust Depositor and
Eaglemark, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless the
Underwriter, the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Underwriter
and each person who controls the Underwriter within the meaning of either the
Securities Act or the Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages
or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become
subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state
statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses,
claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or
are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material
fact contained in the Registration Statement, Preliminary Prospectus Supplement,
the Prospectus or any information provided by the Trust Depositor or Eaglemark
to any holder or prospective purchaser of Offered Securities or in any amendment
thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or
alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances
under which they were made, not misleading, and agrees to reimburse each such
indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably
incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss,
claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Trust Depositor
and Eaglemark will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such
loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in
the Preliminary Prospectus Supplement or the Prospectus, or in any amendment
thereof or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with written
information furnished to the Trust Depositor by the Underwriter specifically for
inclusion therein. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability
that the Trust Depositor or Eaglemark may otherwise have.

         (b) The Underwriter agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Trust
Depositor and Eaglemark, their directors, their officers and each person who
controls the Trust Depositor or Eaglemark within the meaning of either the
Securities Act or the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the foregoing
indemnity from the Trust Depositor and Eaglemark to the Underwriter, but only
with reference to written information relating to the Underwriter furnished to
the Trust Depositor by the Underwriter specifically for inclusion in the
Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus Supplement or the Prospectus
(or in any amendment or supplement thereto). This indemnity agreement will be in
addition to any liability that the Underwriter may otherwise have. The Trust
Depositor and Eaglemark acknowledge that the statements set forth in the first
sentence of the next to the last paragraph and in the last paragraph of the
cover page and under the heading "Plan of Distribution" in the Preliminary
Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus constitute the only information
furnished in writing by or on behalf of the Underwriter for inclusion in the
Preliminary Prospectus Supplement or the Prospectus (or in any amendment or
supplement thereto).

         (c) Upon receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 10 of
notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a
claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this
Section 10, promptly notify the indemnifying party in writing of the
commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i)
will not relieve it from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and
to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results
in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses
and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any
obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation
provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above. The indemnifying party shall be entitled
to appoint counsel of the indemnifying party's choice at the indemnifying
party's expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which
indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not
thereafter be responsible for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel
retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below);
provided, however, that such counsel shall be satisfactory to the indemnified
party. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party's election to appoint counsel to
represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have
the right to employ separate counsel (including local counsel), and the
indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such
separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to
represent the indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of
interest, (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such
action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the
indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal
defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties that are different
from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, (iii) the
indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the
indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time
after notice of the institution of such action or (iv) the indemnifying party
shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense
of the indemnifying party. An indemnifying party will not, without the prior
written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to
the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim,
action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution
may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or
potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or
consent includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all
liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding.

         (d) In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of
this Section 10 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an
indemnified party for any reason, the Trust Depositor, Eaglemark and the
Underwriter agree to contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and
liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection
with investigating or defending same) (collectively "Losses") to which the Trust
Depositor, Eaglemark and the Underwriter may be subject in such proportion as is
appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Trust Depositor and
Eaglemark on the one hand and by the Underwriter on the other from the offering
of the Offered Securities; provided, however, that in no case shall the
Underwriter be responsible for any amount in excess of the purchase discount or
commission applicable to the Offered Securities purchased by the Underwriter
hereunder. If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is
unavailable for any reason, the Trust Depositor, Eaglemark and the Underwriter
shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such
relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Trust Depositor and
Eaglemark on the one hand and of the Underwriter on the other in connection with
the statements or omissions that resulted in such Losses as well as any other
relevant equitable considerations. Benefits received by the Trust Depositor and
Eaglemark shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds from the
offering (before deducting expenses), and benefits received by the Underwriter
shall be deemed to be equal to the total purchase discounts and commissions
received by the Underwriter from the Trust Depositor in connection with the
purchase of the Offered Securities hereunder. Relative fault shall be determined
by reference to whether any alleged untrue statement or omission relates to
information provided by the Trust Depositor and Eaglemark on the one hand or the
Underwriter on the other. The Trust Depositor, Eaglemark and the Underwriter
agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution were determined by
pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation that does not take account
of the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the
provisions of this paragraph (d), no person guilty of fraudulent
misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act)
shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such
fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 10, each person who
controls the Underwriter within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the
Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of the Underwriter
shall have the same rights to contribution as the Underwriter, and each person
who controls the Trust Depositor or Eaglemark within the meaning of either the
Securities Act or the Exchange Act and each officer and director of the Trust
Depositor or Eaglemark shall have the same rights to contribution as the Trust
Depositor or Eaglemark, subject in each case to the applicable terms and
conditions of this paragraph (d).

          Termination. This Agreement shall be subject to termination in the
absolute discretion of the Underwriter, by notice given to the Trust Depositor
prior to delivery of and payment for the Offered Securities, if prior to such
time (i) trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange or the
Nasdaq Stock Market's National Market shall have been suspended or limited or
minimum prices shall have been established on either such exchange, (ii) a
banking moratorium shall have been declared either by federal or New York State
authorities or (iii) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of
hostilities, declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war, or
other calamity or crisis the effect of which on financial markets is such as to
make it, in the judgment of the Underwriter, impracticable or inadvisable to
proceed with the offering or delivery of the Offered Securities as contemplated
by the Prospectus.

          No Bankruptcy Petition. The Underwriter covenants and agrees that,
prior to the date which is one year and one day after the payment in full of all
securities issued by the Trust Depositor or by a trust for which the Trust
Depositor was the depositor, which securities were rated by any nationally
recognized statistical rating organization, it will not institute against, or
join any other Person in instituting against, the Trust Depositor any
bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings
or other proceedings under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

         Representations and Indemnities to Survive. The respective
agreements, representations, warranties, indemnities and other statements of the
Trust Depositor and Eaglemark and their respective officers and of the
Underwriter set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full
force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the
Underwriter, the Trust Depositor or Eaglemark or any of the officers, directors
or controlling persons referred to in Section 11 hereof, and will survive
delivery of and payment for the Offered Securities. The provisions of Sections 9
and 10 hereof shall survive the termination or cancellation of this Agreement.

         Notices. All communications hereunder will be in writing and
effective only on receipt, and, if sent to the Underwriter, will be mailed,
delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to it at [Underwriter]; or if sent to the
Trust Depositor, will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to it at
Eaglemark Customer Funding Corporation - __, 1179 Fairview Drive, Suite G,
Carson City, Nevada 89701, Attention: President; or if sent to Eaglemark, will
be mailed, delivered, telegraphed and confirmed to it at Eaglemark, Inc., 1179
Fairview Drive, Suite G, Carson City, Nevada 89701, Attention: _______________.

         Successors. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be
binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers
and directors and controlling persons referred to in Section 10 hereof, and,
except as expressly set forth herein, no other person will have any right or
obligation hereunder.

         No Bankruptcy Petition. The Underwriter covenants and agrees that,
prior to the date which is one year and one day after the payment in full of all
securities issued by the Trust Depositor or by a trust for which the Trust
Depositor was the depositor which securities were rated by any nationally
recognized statistical rating organization, it will not institute against, or
join any other Person in instituting against, the Trust Depositor any
bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings
or other proceedings under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

         Applicable Law.  This Agreement will be governed by and construed in 
accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

         Business Day. For purposes of this Agreement, "business day" means
each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is not a day on which
national banking associations in the cities of Chicago, Illinois or New York,
New York are authorized or obligated by law, executive order or regulation to
close.

         Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more 
counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, but all such 
Counterparts will together constitute one and the same agreement.



<PAGE>

         If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our
agreement, please sign and return to us the enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon
this Agreement and your acceptance shall represent a binding agreement among the
Trust Depositor, Eaglemark and the Underwriter.

                                                     Very truly yours,

                                                     EAGLEMARK CUSTOMER FUNDING
                                                     CORPORATION - __



                                       By:
                                          ----------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


                                                     EAGLEMARK, INC.




                                       By:
                                          -----------------------------------
                                           Name:
                                           Title:


The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first
above written.

[Underwriter]



By:
   --------------------------------------
         Name:
         Title:



<PAGE>




                                   SCHEDULE I






Offered Security     Principal Amount               Price (%)

Class A-1 Notes      $_____________            ___________

Class A-2 Notes      $_____________            ___________

Certificates         $_____________            ___________



<PAGE>
                                                                                




                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.1
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------




                      AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST AGREEMENT

                                 by and between

                    EAGLEMARK CUSTOMER FUNDING CORPORATION-IV
                               as Trust Depositor,

                                       and

                            WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
                                as Owner Trustee




                            Dated as of ______________




- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE ONE                                                                 Page
                                                                            ----

     DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
     SECTION 1.01.  CAPITALIZED TERMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
     SECTION 1.02.  OTHER DEFINITIONAL PROVISIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
     SECTION 1.03.  USAGE OF TERMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
     SECTION 1.04.  SECTION REFERENCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
     SECTION 1.05.  ACCOUNTING TERMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

ARTICLE TWO

     ORGANIZATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
     SECTION 2.01.  NAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
     SECTION 2.02.  OFFICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
     SECTION 2.03.  PURPOSES AND POWERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
     SECTION 2.04.  APPOINTMENT OF OWNER TRUSTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
     SECTION 2.05.  INITIAL CAPITAL CONTRIBUTION OF OWNER TRUST ESTATE . . . . 6
     SECTION 2.06.  DECLARATION OF TRUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
     SECTION 2.07.  LIABILITY OF TRUST DEPOSITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
     SECTION 2.08.  TITLE TO TRUST PROPERTY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
     SECTION 2.09.  SITUS OF TRUST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
     SECTION 2.10.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE TRUST DEPOSITOR. . . 7
     SECTION 2.11.  FEDERAL INCOME TAX ALLOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

ARTICLE THREE

     TRUST CERTIFICATES AND TRANSFER OF INTEREST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
     SECTION 3.01.  INITIAL OWNERSHIP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
     SECTION 3.02.  THE TRUST CERTIFICATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
     SECTION 3.03.  AUTHENTICATION AND DELIVERY OF TRUST CERTIFICATES. . . . .10
     SECTION 3.04.  REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF TRUST 
                    CERTIFICATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
     SECTION 3.05.  MUTILATED, DESTROYED, LOST OR STOLEN TRUST CERTIFICATES. .12
     SECTION 3.06.  PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
     SECTION 3.07.  ACCESS TO LIST OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS' NAMES AND ADDRESSES.12
     SECTION 3.08.  MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY. . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
     SECTION 3.09.  TEMPORARY TRUST CERTIFICATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
     SECTION 3.10.  APPOINTMENT OF PAYING AGENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
     SECTION 3.11.  OWNERSHIP BY TRUST DEPOSITOR OF TRUST CERTIFICATES . . . .13

ARTICLE FOUR

     ACTIONS BY OWNER TRUSTEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
     Section 4.01.  Prior Notice to Owners with Respect to Certain Matters . .15
     SECTION 4.02.  ACTION BY OWNERS WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN MATTERS . . . . .15
     SECTION 4.03.  ACTION BY OWNERS WITH RESPECT TO BANKRUPTCY. . . . . . . .15
     SECTION 4.04.  RESTRICTIONS ON OWNERS' POWER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
     SECTION 4.05.  MAJORITY CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16


                                      -i-

<PAGE>

ARTICLE FIVE

     APPLICATION OF TRUST FUNDS;
     CERTAIN DUTIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
     SECTION 5.01.  ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST ACCOUNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
     SECTION 5.02.  APPLICATION OF TRUST FUNDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
     SECTION 5.03.  METHOD OF PAYMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
     SECTION 5.04.  NO SEGREGATION OF MONEYS; NO INTEREST. . . . . . . . . . .17
     SECTION 5.05.  ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS TO THE CERTIFICATEHOLDERS, OWNERS,
                    THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE AND OTHERS. . . . . . . . . .17
     SECTION 5.06.  SIGNATURE ON RETURNS; TAX MATTERS PARTNER. . . . . . . . .18

ARTICLE SIX

     AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OWNER TRUSTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
     SECTION 6.01.  GENERAL AUTHORITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
     SECTION 6.02.  GENERAL DUTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
     SECTION 6.03.  ACTION UPON INSTRUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
     SECTION 6.04.  NO DUTIES EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN
                    INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
     SECTION 6.05.  NO ACTION EXCEPT UNDER SPECIFIED DOCUMENTS OR 
                    INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
     SECTION 6.06.  RESTRICTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

ARTICLE SEVEN

     CONCERNING THE OWNER TRUSTEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
     SECTION 7.01.  ACCEPTANCE OF TRUSTS AND DUTIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
     SECTION 7.02.  FURNISHING OF DOCUMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
     SECTION 7.03.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
     SECTION 7.04.  RELIANCE; ADVICE OF COUNSEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
     SECTION 7.05.  NOT ACTING IN INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY. . . . . . . . . . . . .22
     SECTION 7.06.  OWNER TRUSTEE NOT LIABLE FOR TRUST CERTIFICATES, NOTES OR
                    CONTRACTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
     SECTION 7.07.  OWNER TRUSTEE MAY OWN TRUST CERTIFICATES AND NOTES . . . .23

ARTICLE EIGHT

     COMPENSATION OF OWNER TRUSTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
     SECTION 8.01.  OWNER TRUSTEE'S FEES AND EXPENSES. . . . . . . . . . . . .24
     SECTION 8.02.  INDEMNIFICATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
     SECTION 8.03.  PAYMENTS TO THE OWNER TRUSTEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24

ARTICLE NINE

     TERMINATION OF AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST AGREEMENT . . . . . . . . . . .25
     SECTION 9.01.  TERMINATION OF AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST AGREEMENT. . . .25
     SECTION 9.02.  DISSOLUTION UPON BANKRUPTCY OF TRUST DEPOSITOR OR 
                    WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF TRUST DEPOSITOR . . . . . . . . .25

ARTICLE TEN

     SUCCESSOR OWNER TRUSTEES AND ADDITIONAL OWNER TRUSTEES. . . . . . . . . .26


                                     -ii-

<PAGE>

     SECTION 10.01.  ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR OWNER TRUSTEE. . . . . . . .26
     SECTION 10.02.  RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL OF OWNER TRUSTEE . . . . . . . . .26
     SECTION 10.03.  SUCCESSOR OWNER TRUSTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
     SECTION 10.04.  MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION OF OWNER TRUSTEE. . . . . . . . .27
     SECTION 10.05.  APPOINTMENT OF CO-TRUSTEE OR SEPARATE TRUSTEE . . . . . .27

ARTICLE ELEVEN

     MISCELLANEOUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
     SECTION 11.01.  SUPPLEMENTS AND AMENDMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
     SECTION 11.02.  NO LEGAL TITLE TO TRUST ESTATE IN OWNERS. . . . . . . . .29
     SECTION 11.03.  LIMITATIONS ON RIGHTS OF OTHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
     SECTION 11.04.  NOTICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
     SECTION 11.05.  SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
     SECTION 11.06.  COUNTERPARTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
     SECTION 11.07.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
     SECTION 11.09.  NO PETITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
     SECTION 11.10.  NO RECOURSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
     SECTION 11.11.  HEADINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
     SECTION 11.12.  GOVERNING LAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
     SECTION 11.13.  TRUST CERTIFICATE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS . . . . . . . . .32
     SECTION 11.14.  TRUST DEPOSITOR PAYMENT OBLIGATION. . . . . . . . . . . .32

                                    EXHIBITS

Exhibit A - Form of Certificate of Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
Exhibit B - Form of Trust Certificate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1






                                    -iii-

<PAGE>

     AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST AGREEMENT dated as of __________, between
EAGLEMARK CUSTOMER FUNDING CORPORATION-IV, a Nevada corporation, as Trust
Depositor (the "TRUST DEPOSITOR"), and Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware
banking corporation, as owner trustee (the "OWNER TRUSTEE").

     WHEREAS, in connection herewith, the Trust Depositor is willing to assume
certain obligations pursuant hereto; and

     WHEREAS, in connection herewith, the Trust Depositor is willing to purchase
the Trust Depositor Certificate (as defined herein) to be issued pursuant to
this Agreement and to assume certain obligations pursuant hereto;

     NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:


                                   ARTICLE ONE

                                   DEFINITIONS

     SECTION 1.01.   CAPITALIZED TERMS.  Except as otherwise provided in this
Agreement, whenever used in this Agreement the following words and phrases,
unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the following meanings:

     "ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT" means the administration agreement, dated as of
the date hereof, among the Trust, the Trust Depositor, the Indenture Trustee and
Eaglemark, as administrator.

     "AGREEMENT" means this Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, as the same
may be amended and supplemented from time to time.

     "APPLICANT" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.07.

     "BENEFIT PLAN" means (i) an employee benefit plan (as such term is defined
in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA,
(ii) a plan described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code or (iii) any entity
whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason of a plan's investment in
the entity.

     "BOOK-ENTRY TRUST CERTIFICATE" means a beneficial interest in the Trust
Certificates, the ownership of which shall be evidenced by, and transfers of
which shall be made through book entries by a Clearing Agency as described in
Section 3.12.

     "BUSINESS TRUST STATUTE" means Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware Code,
12 DEL. CODE Section 3801 ET SEQ., as the same may be amended from time to time.

     "CERTIFICATE DEPOSITORY AGREEMENT" means the agreement dated as of the
Closing Date, by and among the Trust, the Owner Trustee, the Administrator and
DTC, as the initial Clearing Agency, substituting, in the form attached  hereto
as Exhibit A, relating to the Trust Certificates, other than the Trust Depositor
Certificate, as the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time.

     "CERTIFICATE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT" means the account established and
maintained as such pursuant to Section 5.01.

     "CERTIFICATE OF TRUST" means the Certificate of Trust filed for the Trust
pursuant to Section 3810(a) of the Business Trust Statute, substantially in the
form of EXHIBIT A hereto.

     "CERTIFICATE REGISTER" and "CERTIFICATE REGISTRAR" mean the register
maintained and the register (or any successor thereto) appointed pursuant to
Section 3.04.


<PAGE>

     "CERTIFICATEHOLDER" or "HOLDER" means with respect to Definitive Trust
Certificates the Person in whose name a Trust Certificate is registered in the
Certificate Register and with respect to a Book-Entry Trust Certificate, the
Person who is the owner of such Book-Entry Trust Certificate, as reflected on
the books of the Clearing Agency, or on the books of a Person maintaining an
account with such Clearing Agency (directly or as an indirect participant, in
either case, in accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency), except that,
solely for the purposes of giving any consent, waiver, request or demand
pursuant to this Agreement, the interest evidenced by any Trust Certificate
registered in the name of the Trust Depositor, Eaglemark or any of their
respective Affiliates shall not be taken into account in determining whether the
requisite percentage necessary to effect any such consent, waiver, request or
demand in respect of the Trust Certificate shall have been obtained.

     "CLEARING AGENCY" means an organization registered as a "CLEARING AGENCY"
pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act.

     "CLEARING AGENCY PARTICIPANT" means a broker, dealer, bank, other financial
institution or other Person for whom from time to time a Clearing Agency effects
book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the Clearing
Agency.

     "CLOSING DATE" means _______________.

     "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     "DEFINITIVE TRUST CERTIFICATES" shall have the meaning set forth in 
Section 3.12.

     "EAGLEMARK" means Eaglemark, Inc., a Nevada Corporation.

     "ERISA" means the Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended.

     "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

     "EXPENSES" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.02.

     "INDEMNIFIED PARTIES" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 8.02.

     "INDENTURE" means the Indenture dated as of the date hereof  between the
Trust and Harris Trust and Savings Bank, as Indenture Trustee.

     "INITIAL CERTIFICATE BALANCE" means $[        ].

     "INITIAL PURCHASER" means Salomon Brothers Inc.

     "NOTE DEPOSITORY AGREEMENT" means the Agreement dated as of the Closing
Date among the Trust, the Indenture Trustee, the Administrator and DTC, as the
initial Clearing Agency, relating to the Notes, as the same may be amended and
supplemented from time to time.

     "NOTES" means the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes, in each case
issued pursuant to the Indenture.

     "OWNER" means each Holder of a Trust Certificate.

     "OWNER TRUSTEE" means Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware corporation, not
in its individual capacity but solely as owner trustee under this Agreement, and
any successor Owner Trustee hereunder.


                                      -2-

<PAGE>

     "OWNER TRUSTEE CORPORATE TRUST OFFICE" means the office of the Owner
Trustee at which its corporate trust business shall be administered, which
initially shall be Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington,
Delaware 19890-0001 Attn: Corporate Trust Administration, or such other office
at such other address as the Owner Trustee may designate from time to time by
notice to the Certificateholders, the Servicer, the Trust Depositor and
Eaglemark.

     "PAYING AGENT" means any paying agent or co-paying agent appointed pursuant
to Section 3.10.

     "PERSON" means any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint
venture, association, joint stock company, trust (including any beneficiary
thereof) unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political
subdivision thereof.

     "RECORD DATE" means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the last
Business Day of the preceding calendar month.

     "SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT" means the sale and servicing agreement,
dated as of the date hereof, among the Trust, as Issuer, the Trust Depositor,
Eaglemark, as servicer, and Harris Trust and Savings Bank, as Indenture Trustee
as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

     "SECRETARY OF STATE" means the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

     "TREASURY REGULATIONS" means regulations, including proposed or temporary
regulations, promulgated under the Code.  References herein to specific
provisions of proposed or temporary regulations shall include analogous
provisions of final Treasury Regulations or other successor Treasury
Regulations.

     "TRUST" means the trust established by this Agreement.

     "TRUST CERTIFICATES" means the trust certificates evidencing the beneficial
equity interest of an Owner in the Trust, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT B
hereto.
     
     "TRUST DEPOSITOR" means Eaglemark Customer Funding Corporation-IV in its
capacity as Trust Depositor hereunder, and its successors.

     "TRUST DEPOSITOR CERTIFICATE" means the Trust Certificate purchased by the
Trust Depositor on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 3.11, having an initial
principal balance equal to $[          ].

     "TRUST ESTATE" means all right, title and interest of the Trust in and to
the property and rights assigned to the Trust pursuant to Article Two of the
Sale and Servicing Agreement, all funds on deposit from time to time in the
Trust Accounts and the Certificate Distribution Account and all other property
of the Trust from time to time, including any rights of the Owner Trustee and
the Trust pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Administration
Agreement.

     SECTION 1.02.   OTHER DEFINITIONAL PROVISIONS.  Capitalized terms used that
are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the
Sale and Servicing Agreement or, if not defined therein, in the Indenture.

     SECTION 1.03.   USAGE OF TERMS.  With respect to all terms in this
Agreement, the singular includes the plural and the plural the singular; words
importing any gender include the other genders; references to "WRITING" include
printing, typing, lithography and other means of reproducing words in a visible
form; references to agreements and other contractual instruments include all
amendments, modifications and supplements thereto or any changes therein entered
into in accordance with their respective terms and not prohibited by this
Agreement; references to Persons include their permitted successors and assigns;
and the term "INCLUDING" means "INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION".


                                      -3-

<PAGE>

     SECTION 1.04.   SECTION REFERENCES.  All section references, unless
otherwise indicated, shall be to Sections in this Agreement.

     SECTION 1.05.   ACCOUNTING TERMS.  All accounting terms used but not
specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles in the United States.










                                      -4-

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE TWO

                                  ORGANIZATION

     SECTION 2.01.   NAME.  The Trust created hereby shall be known as "HARLEY-
DAVIDSON EAGLEMARK OWNER TRUST 1997-1", in which name the Owner Trustee may
conduct the activities of the Trust, make and execute contracts and other
instruments on behalf of the Trust and sue and be sued.

     SECTION 2.02.   OFFICE.  The office of the Trust shall be in care of the
Owner Trustee at the Owner Trustee Corporate Trust Office or at such other
address in Delaware as the Owner Trustee may designate by written notice to the
Owners and the Trust Depositor.

     SECTION 2.03.   PURPOSES AND POWERS.

     (a)  The sole purpose of the Trust is to conserve the Trust Estate and
collect and disburse the periodic income therefrom for the use and benefit of
the Owners, and in furtherance of such purpose to engage in the following
ministerial activities:

            (i)     to issue the Notes pursuant to the Indenture and the Trust
     Certificates pursuant to this Agreement and to sell the Notes and the Trust
     Certificates;

           (ii)     with the proceeds of the sale of the Notes and the Trust
     Certificates, to purchase the Contracts, to fund the Pre-Funding Account
     and to pay the organizational, start-up and transactional expenses of the
     Trust and to pay the balance to the Trust Depositor pursuant to the Sale
     and Servicing Agreement;

          (iii)     to assign, grant, transfer, pledge, mortgage and convey the
     Trust Estate pursuant to the Indenture and to hold, manage and distribute
     to the Owners pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement any portion of
     the Trust Estate released from the Lien of, and remitted to the Trust
     pursuant to, the Indenture;

           (iv)     to enter into and perform its obligations under the
     Transaction Documents to which it is to be a party;

            (v)     to engage in those activities, including entering into
     agreements, that are necessary, suitable or convenient to accomplish the
     foregoing or are incidental thereto or connected therewith; and

           (vi)     subject to compliance with the Transaction Documents, to
     engage in such other activities as may be required in connection with
     conservation of the Trust Estate and the making of distributions to the
     Owners and the Noteholders.

The Trust shall not engage in any activities other than in connection with the
foregoing.  Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Owner
Trustee to engage in any business operations or any activities other than those
set forth in the introductory sentence of this Section.  Specifically, the Owner
Trustee shall have no authority to engage in any business operations, or acquire
any assets other than those specifically included in the Trust Estate under
Section 1.01, or otherwise vary the assets held by the Trust.  Similarly, the
Owner Trustee shall have no discretionary duties other than performing those
ministerial acts set forth above necessary to accomplish the purpose of this
Trust as set forth in the introductory sentence of this Section.


                                      -5-

<PAGE>

     SECTION 2.04.   APPOINTMENT OF OWNER TRUSTEE.  The Trust Depositor hereby
appoints the Owner Trustee as trustee of the Trust effective as of the date
hereof, to have all the rights, powers and duties set forth herein, and the
Owner Trustee hereby accepts such appointment.

     SECTION 2.05.  INITIAL CAPITAL CONTRIBUTION OF OWNER TRUST ESTATE.  The
Trust Depositor hereby sells, assigns, transfers, conveys and sets over to the
Owner Trustee, as of the date hereof, the sum of $1.  The Owner Trustee hereby
acknowledges receipt in trust from the Trust Depositor, as of the date hereof,
of the foregoing contribution, which shall constitute the initial Trust Estate
and shall be deposited in the Certificate Distribution Account.  The Trust
Depositor shall pay organizational expenses of the Trust as they may arise or
shall, upon the request of the Owner Trustee, promptly reimburse the Owner
Trustee for any such expenses paid by the Owner Trustee.

     SECTION 2.06.  DECLARATION OF TRUST.  The Owner Trustee hereby declares
that it will hold the Trust Estate in trust upon and subject to the conditions
set forth herein for the sole purpose of conserving the Trust Estate and
collecting and disbursing the periodic income therefrom for the use and benefit
of the Owners, subject to the obligations of the Trust under the Transaction
Documents.  It is the intention of the parties hereto that the Trust constitute
a business trust under the Business Trust Statute and that this Agreement
constitute the governing instrument of such business trust.  It is the intention
of the parties hereto that, solely for income and franchise tax purposes, the
Trust shall be treated as a partnership, with the assets of the partnership
being the Contracts and other assets held by the Trust, the partners of the
partnership being the Certificateholders (including the Trust Depositor) and the
Notes being debt of the partnership.  The parties agree that, unless otherwise
required by a final determination to the contrary, the Trust will file or cause
to be filed annual or other necessary returns, reports and other forms
consistent with the characterization of the Trust as a partnership, the partners
of the partnership being the Certificateholders (including the Trust Depositor)
and the Notes being debt of the partnership, for such tax purposes.   Effective
as of the date hereof, the Owner Trustee shall have all rights, powers and
duties set forth herein and in the Business Trust Statute for the sole purpose
and to the extent necessary to accomplish the purpose of this Trust as set forth
in the introductory sentence of Section 2.03.

     SECTION 2.07.  LIABILITY OF TRUST DEPOSITOR.

     (a)  Pursuant to Section 3803(a) of the Business Trust Statute, the Trust
Depositor shall be liable directly to and will indemnify any injured party or
any other creditor of the Trust for all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and
expenses of the Trust to the extent that the Trust Depositor would be liable if
the Trust were a partnership under the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited
Partnership Act in which Trust Depositor were a general partner; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that Trust Depositor shall not be liable for any losses incurred by a
Certificateholder in the capacity of an investor in the Trust Certificates or a
Noteholder in the capacity of an investor in the Notes.  In addition, any third
party creditors of the Trust (other than in connection with the obligations
described in the immediately preceding sentence for which the Trust Depositor
shall not be liable) shall be deemed third party beneficiaries of this
paragraph.  The obligations of the Trust Depositor under this paragraph shall be
evidenced by the Trust Certificates described in Section 3.11, which for
purposes of the Business Trust Statute shall be deemed to be a separate class of
Trust Certificates from all other Trust Certificates issued by the Trust;
provided that the rights and obligations evidenced by all Trust Certificates,
regardless of class, shall, except as provided in this Section, be identical.

     (b)  No Owner, other than to the extent set forth in Section 2.07(a), shall
have any personal liability for any liability or obligation of the Trust.

     SECTION 2.08.  TITLE TO TRUST PROPERTY.  Legal title to the Trust Estate
shall be vested at all times in the Trust as a separate legal entity except
where applicable law in any jurisdiction requires title to any part of the Trust
Estate to be vested in an  Owner Trustee or Owner Trustees, in which case title
shall be deemed to be vested in the Owner Trustee, a co-trustee and/or a
separate trustee, as the case may be.

     SECTION 2.09.  SITUS OF TRUST.  The Trust will be located and administered
in the State of Delaware.  All bank accounts maintained by the Owner Trustee on
behalf of the Trust shall be located in the State of Illinois or the State of


                                      -6-

<PAGE>

Delaware.  The Trust shall not have any employees in any state other than
Delaware; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that nothing herein shall restrict or prohibit the
Owner Trustee from having employees within or without the State of Delaware. 
Payments will be received by the Trust only in Delaware and payments will be
made by the Trust only from Delaware.  The only office of the Trust will be at
the Owner Trustee Corporate Trust Office.

     SECTION 2.10.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE TRUST DEPOSITOR.

     The Trust Depositor hereby represents and warrants to the Owner Trustee
that:

          (i)    The Trust Depositor is duly organized and validly existing as a
     corporation organized and existing and in good standing under the laws of
     the State of Nevada, with power and authority to own its properties and to
     conduct its business and had at all relevant times, and has, power,
     authority and legal right to acquire and own the Contracts.

          (ii)   The Trust Depositor is duly qualified to do business as a 
     foreign corporation in good standing and has obtained all necessary 
     licenses and approvals in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or 
     lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such 
     qualifications.

          (iii)  The Trust Depositor has the power and authority to execute
     and deliver this Agreement and to carry out its terms; the Trust Depositor
     has full power and authority to sell and assign the property to be sold and
     assigned to and deposited with the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust as
     part of the Trust Estate and has duly authorized such sale and assignment
     and deposit with the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust by all necessary
     corporate action; and the execution, delivery and performance of this
     Agreement have been duly authorized by the Trust Depositor by all necessary
     corporate action.

          (iv)   The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
     Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof do not conflict with,
     result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, nor constitute
     (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under, the articles of
     incorporation or bylaws of the Trust Depositor, or any indenture, agreement
     or other instrument to which the Trust Depositor is a party or by which it
     is bound; nor result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of
     the properties of the Trust Depositor pursuant to the terms of any such
     indenture, agreement or other instrument (other than pursuant to the
     Transaction Documents); nor violate any law or any order, rule or
     regulation applicable to the Trust Depositor of any court or of any federal
     or state regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental
     instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Trust Depositor or its
     properties.

          (v)    There are no proceedings or investigations pending, or to the
     Trust Depositor's best knowledge threatened, before any court, regulatory
     body, administrative agency or other governmental instrumentality having
     jurisdiction over the Trust Depositor or its properties: (A) asserting the
     invalidity of this Agreement, any of the other Transaction Documents or the
     Trust Certificates, (B) seeking to prevent the issuance of the Trust
     Certificates or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by
     this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents, (C) seeking any
     determination or ruling that might materially and adversely affect the
     performance by the Trust Depositor of its obligations under, or the
     validity or enforceability of, this Agreement, any of the other Transaction
     Documents or the Trust Certificates or (D) involving the Trust Depositor
     and which might adversely affect the federal income tax or other federal,
     state or local tax attributes of the Trust Certificates.

          (vi)   The Trust Depositor will maintain a net worth, exclusive of its
     interest in the Trust and any accounts or notes receivable from the Trust,
     in excess of 10% the principal balance of the Certificates and the Reserve
     Fund Initial Deposit and the Certificate Reserve Amount.


                                      -7-

<PAGE>

     SECTION 2.11.  FEDERAL INCOME TAX ALLOCATIONS.

     (a)  Trust items of income, gain, loss and deduction for any month as
determined for federal income tax purposes shall be allocated as follows:

          (i)    The Certificateholders, as of the first Record Date following 
     the end of such month, shall be allocated the following items in proportion
     to their ownership of the principal amount of Trust Certificates on such 
     date:  (A) interest equal to the Certificate Interest Distributable Amount 
     for such month, (B) accrued interest on the excess, if any, of the 
     Certificate Interest Distributable Amount for the preceding Distribution 
     Date over the amount in respect of interest that is actually deposited in 
     the Certificate Distribution Account on such preceding Distribution Date, 
     to the extent permitted by law, at the Pass-Through Rate from such 
     preceding Distribution Date through the current Distribution Date, (C) the 
     portion of the market discount on the Contracts accrued during such quarter
     that is allocable to the excess, if any, of the initial aggregate principal
     amount of the Trust Certificates over their initial aggregate issue price 
     and (D) any other items of income and gain payable to the 
     Certificateholders for such month; such sum to be reduced by any 
     amortization deduction by the Trust of premium on Contracts that 
     corresponds to any excess of the issue price of Trust Certificates over 
     their principal amount; and

          (ii)   to the Trust Depositor to the extent of any remaining items of
     income, gain, loss and deduction.

If the items of income or gain of the Trust for any calendar quarter are
insufficient for the allocations described in Section 2.11(a)(i), subsequent
items of income or gain shall first be allocated to make up such shortfall
before being allocated as provided in Section 2.11(a)(ii).

     (b)   To the extent that the Trust Depositor would be allocated cumulative
items of loss and deduction in excess of the sum of (A) the cumulative items of
income and gain, if any,  allocated to the Trust Depositor, PLUS  (B) the
cumulative contributions made by the Trust Depositor to the Trust, PLUS (C) the
amount of Trust liabilities or claims, if any,  for which the Trust Depositor is
liable pursuant to Section 2.07 or otherwise allocated under Section 752 of the
Code, LESS (D) the cumulative distributions made to the Trust Depositor pursuant
to Section 5.02 hereof, then such excess items of loss and deduction shall
instead be allocated among the Certificateholders (other than the Trust
Depositor) as of the first Record Date following the end of such quarter in
proportion to their ownership of the principal amount of Trust Certificates on
such Record Date until the cumulative items of loss and deduction  allocated to
such Certificateholders equal the sum of (I) the cumulative items of income and
gain allocated to such Certificateholders, PLUS  (II) the cumulative
contributions made by such Certificateholders to the Trust, PLUS (III) the
amount of Trust liabilities allocated to such Certificateholders under 
Section 752 of the Code, LESS (IV) the cumulative distributions made to the 
Trust Depositor pursuant to Section 5.02 hereof.  Thereafter, any such excess 
items of loss and deduction shall be allocated among the Trust Depositor and the
other Certificateholders in accordance with how such Persons are reasonably 
expected to bear the economic burden of such items. 

     (c)  The provisions of this Agreement relating to the allocations are
intended to comply with Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1 and 1.704-2.  The
Trust Depositor and Eaglemark are authorized to modify the allocations in this
paragraph if necessary or appropriate, in its sole discretion, for the
allocations to fairly reflect the economic income, gain or loss to the Trust
Depositor or to the Certificateholders, or as otherwise to cause such
allocations to have substantial economic effect within the meaning of
Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2) or to be deemed to be in accordance with the
interests in the Trust under such Treasury Regulations.

     SECTION 2.12.  CHECK-THE-BOX PROPOSAL.  If Treasury Regulations 
Sections 301.7701-1 through Section 301.7701-3 are amended such that the Trust 
would not be classified as an association taxable as a corporation if the 
requirements of Sections 2.07(a), 2.10(vi) and 9.02 hereof (collectively, the 
"Partnership Qualification Provisions") were no longer applicable and the Trust 
made any necessary elections to avoid classification as an association taxable 
as a


                                      -8-

<PAGE>

corporation required by such regulations (such an amendment, a "Tax 
Characterization Amendment"), the Partnership Qualification Provisions shall no
longer be applicable or part of this Agreement; provided, however, that the
Partnership Qualification Provisions shall no longer be applicable or part of
this Agreement only if the Owner Trustee first obtains an Opinion of Counsel
stating that (i) a Tax Characterization Amendment has been adopted and (ii) the
deletion of the Partnership Qualification Provisions will not cause the Trust to
be classified as an association taxable as a corporation.  To the extent the Tax
Characterization Amendment requires the Trust to affirmatively elect to be
treated as a partnership, the Trust Depositor, the Certificateholders and the
Owner Trustee at the discretion and expense of the Trust Depositor, shall take
all actions necessary under such regulations for the Trust to be treated as a
partnership for federal income tax purposes.









                                      -9-

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE THREE

                  TRUST CERTIFICATES AND TRANSFER OF INTERESTS

     SECTION 3.01.  INITIAL OWNERSHIP.  Upon the formation of the Trust by the
contribution by the Trust Depositor pursuant to Section 2.05 and until the
issuance of the Trust Certificates, the Trust Depositor shall be the sole
beneficiary of the Trust.

     SECTION 3.02.  THE TRUST CERTIFICATES.  The Trust Certificates shall be
substantially in the form of EXHIBIT B hereto. The Trust Certificates shall be
issuable in minimum denominations of $500,000 and integral multiples of $1,000
in excess thereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Trust Certificates issued to the
Trust Depositor pursuant to Section 3.11 may be issued in such denomination as
required to include any residual amount.  The Trust Certificates shall be
executed by the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust by manual or facsimile
signature of an authorized officer of the Owner Trustee and shall be deemed to
have been validly issued when so executed.  Trust Certificates bearing the
manual or facsimile signature of individuals who were, at the time when such
signatures were affixed, authorized to sign on behalf of the Owner Trustee shall
be valid and binding obligations of the Trust, notwithstanding that such
individuals or any of them have ceased to be so authorized prior to the
authentication and delivery of such Trust Certificates or did not hold such
offices at the date of such Trust Certificates.  All Trust Certificates shall be
dated the date of their authentication.

     SECTION 3.03.  AUTHENTICATION AND DELIVERY OF TRUST CERTIFICATES.  The
Owner Trustee shall cause to be authenticated and delivered upon the order of
the Trust Depositor, in exchange for the Contracts and the other assets of the
Trust, simultaneously with the sale, assignment and transfer to the Trust of the
Contracts, and the constructive delivery to the Owner Trustee of the Contract
Files and the other assets of the Trust, Trust Certificates duly authenticated
by the Owner Trustee, in authorized denominations equaling in the aggregate the
Initial Certificate Balance evidencing the entire ownership of the Trust and
Notes issued by the Owner Trustee and authenticated by the Indenture Trustee in
aggregate principal amount of, in the case of (i) Class A-1 Notes, $[         ],
and  (ii) Class A-2 Notes, $[           ].  No Trust Certificate shall be 
entitled to any benefit under this Agreement, or be valid for any purpose, 
unless there appears on such Trust Certificate a certificate of authentication 
substantially in the form set forth in the form of Trust Certificate attached 
hereto as EXHIBIT B, executed by the Owner Trustee or its authenticating agent, 
by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Trust Certificate shall be 
conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Trust Certificate has been
duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.  Upon issuance, authorization and 
delivery pursuant to the terms hereof, the Trust Certificates will be entitled 
to the benefits of this Agreement.

     SECTION 3.04.  REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF TRUST CERTIFICATES.

     (a)  The Certificate Registrar shall keep or cause to be kept, a
Certificate Register, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may
prescribe.  The Certificate Register shall provide for the registration of Trust
Certificates and transfers and exchanges of Trust Certificates as provided
herein.  The Owner Trustee is hereby initially appointed Certificate Registrar
for the purpose of registering Trust Certificates and transfers and exchanges of
Trust Certificates as herein provided.  In the event that, subsequent to the
Closing Date, the Owner Trustee notifies the Servicer that it is unable to act
as Certificate Registrar, the Servicer shall appoint another bank or trust
company, having an office or agency located in the City of Chicago, Illinois,
agreeing to act in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement applicable
to it, and otherwise acceptable to the Owner Trustee, to act as successor
Certificate Registrar hereunder.

     (b)  Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Trust Certificate
at the Owner Trustee Corporate Trust Office, the Owner Trustee shall execute,
authenticate and deliver (or shall cause its authenticating agent to
authenticate and deliver), in the name of the designated transferee or
transferees, one or more new Trust Certificates in authorized denominations of a
like aggregate principal amount.


                                     -10-

<PAGE>

     (c)  At the option of a Certificateholder, Trust Certificates may be
exchanged for other Trust Certificates in authorized denominations of a like
aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Trust Certificates to be
exchanged at any such office or agency.  Whenever any Trust Certificates are so
surrendered for exchange, the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust shall
execute, authenticate and deliver (or shall cause its authenticating agent to
authenticate and deliver) the Trust Certificates that the Certificateholder
making the exchange is entitled to receive.  Every Trust Certificate presented
or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be accompanied by
a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Owner Trustee and
the Certificate Registrar duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney
duly authorized in writing.

     (d)  No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or
exchange of Trust Certificates, but the Owner Trustee may require payment of a
sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in
connection with any transfer or exchange of Trust Certificates.

     (e)  All Trust Certificates surrendered for registration of transfer or
exchange shall be canceled and subsequently destroyed by the Owner Trustee.

     (f)  The Certificates have not been and will not be registered under the
Securities Act and will not be listed on any exchange.  No transfer of a
Certificate shall be made unless (i) such transfer is made pursuant to an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act and any applicable
state securities laws or (ii) (A) such transfer is exempt from the registration
requirements under the Securities Act and such state securities laws and (B) the
Certificate Registrar either (x) is notified by such transferee that such
Certificate shall be registered in the name of the Clearing Agency or its
nominee and shall be held by such transferee in book-entry form through the
Clearing Agency or (y) receives written certification from such Holder and such
Holder's prospective transferee, substantially in the form of Exhibits C and D,
setting forth the basis of the exemption from such registration requirements. 
The Trust Depositor and the Servicer hereby agree to provide to any Holder of a
Certificate and any prospective transferee designated by any such Holder
information regarding the Certificates and the Contracts and such other
information as shall be necessary to satisfy the condition to eligibility set
forth in Rule 144A(d)(4) for transfer of any such Certificate without
registration thereof under the Securities Act pursuant to the registration
exemption provided by Rule 144A.  Each Holder of a Certificate desiring to
effect such a transfer shall, and does by its acceptance of a Certificate or of
a beneficial interest therein, agree to indemnify the Trust Depositor, the
Trustee and the Servicer against any liability that may result if the transfer
is not so exempt or is not made in accordance with federal and state securities
laws.  If an election is made to hold a Certificate in book-entry form, the
Certificate shall be registered in the name of a nominee designated by the
Clearing Agency (and may be aggregated as to denominations with other
Certificates held by the Clearing Agency).  With respect to Certificates held in
book-entry form:

          (i)    the Certificate Registrar and the Owner Trustee will be 
     entitled to deal with the Clearing Agency for all purposes of this Trust 
     Agreement (including the payment of principal of and interest on the 
     Certificates and the giving of instructions or directions hereunder) as 
     the sole holder of the Certificates, and shall have no obligation to the 
     Certificate Owners;

          (ii)   the rights of Certificate Owners will be exercised only through
     the Clearing Agency and will be limited to those established by law and
     agreements between such Certificate Owners and the Clearing Agency and/or
     Clearing Agency Participants pursuant to the Certificate Depository
     Agreement;

          (iii)  whenever this Trust Agreement requires or permits actions to
     be taken based upon instructions or directions of Holders of Certificates
     evidencing a specified percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the
     Certificates, the Clearing Agency will be deemed to represent such
     percentage only to the extent that it has received instructions to such
     effect from Certificate Owners and/or Clearing Agency Participants owning
     or representing, respectively, such required percentage of the beneficial
     interest in the Certificates and has delivered such instructions to the
     Owner Trustee; and


                                     -11-

<PAGE>

          (iv)   without the consent of the Issuer and the Owner Trustee, no 
     such Certificate may be transferred by the Depository except to a successor
     Depository that agrees to hold such Certificate for the account of the
     Owners or except upon the election of the Owner thereof or a subsequent
     transferee to hold such Certificate in physical form.

Neither the Owner Trustee nor the Certificate Registrar shall have any
responsibility to monitor or restrict the transfer of beneficial ownership in
any Certificate an interest in which is transferable through the facilities of
the Depository.

     The Issuer shall cause each Certificate to contain a legend stating that
transfer of the Certificates is subject to certain restrictions and referring
prospective purchasers of the Certificates to this Section 2.04 with respect to
such restrictions.

     SECTION 3.05.  MUTILATED, DESTROYED, LOST OR STOLEN TRUST CERTIFICATES.  If
(i) any mutilated Trust Certificate is surrendered to the Certificate Registrar,
or the Certificate Registrar receives evidence to its satisfaction of the
destruction, loss or theft of any Trust Certificate, and (ii) there is delivered
to the Certificate Registrar and the Owner Trustee such security or indemnity as
may be required by them to save each of them harmless, then, in the absence of
notice that such Trust Certificate has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser,
the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust shall execute and the Owner Trustee or
its authenticating agent shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in
lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Trust Certificate, a new
Trust Certificate of like tenor and fractional undivided interest.  In
connection with the issuance of any new Trust Certificate under this Section,
the Owner Trustee may require the payment by the Holder of a sum sufficient to
cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation
thereto.  Any duplicate Trust Certificate issued pursuant to this Section shall
constitute complete and indefeasible evidence of ownership in the Trust, as if
originally issued, whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed Trust
Certificate shall be found at any time.

     SECTION 3.06.  PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS.  Prior to due presentation of a Trust
Certificate for registration of transfer, the Owner Trustee, the Certificate
Registrar and any of their respective agents may treat the Person in whose name
any Trust Certificate is registered as the owner of such Trust Certificate for
the purpose of receiving distributions pursuant to Section 5.02 and for all
other purposes whatsoever, and none of the Owner Trustee, the Certificate
Registrar, any Paying Agent or any of their respective agents shall be affected
by any notice of the contrary.

     SECTION 3.07.  ACCESS TO LIST OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS' NAMES AND ADDRESSES. 
The Owner Trustee shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Servicer and the
Trust Depositor, within 15 days after receipt by the Certificate Registrar of a
written request therefor from the Servicer or the Trust Depositor, a list, in
such form as the Servicer or the Trust Depositor may reasonably require, of the
names and addresses of the Certificateholders as of the most recent Record Date.
If three or more Certificateholders, or one or more Certificateholders of Trust
Certificates evidencing not less than 25% of the percentage interests of the
Trust Certificates (hereinafter referred to as "APPLICANTS"), apply in writing
to the Owner Trustee, and such application states that the Applicants desire to
communicate with other Certificateholders with respect to their rights hereunder
or under the Trust Certificates and such application is accompanied by a copy of
the communication that such Applicants propose to transmit, then the Owner
Trustee shall, within five Business Days after the receipt of such application,
afford such Applicants access, during normal business hours, to the current list
of Certificateholders.  Every Certificateholder, by receiving and holding a
Trust Certificate, agrees with the Servicer, the Trust Depositor and the Owner
Trustee that none of the Servicer, the Trust Depositor or the Owner Trustee
shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as
to the names and addresses of the Certificateholders hereunder, regardless of
the source from which such information was derived.

     SECTION 3.08.  MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY.  The Owner Trustee shall
maintain in Wilmington, Delaware, an office or offices or agency or agencies
where Trust Certificates may be surrendered for registration of transfer or
exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Owner Trustee in respect
of the Trust Certificates and this Agreement may be served.  The Owner Trustee
hereby designates the Owner Trustee Corporate Trust Office


                                     -12-

<PAGE>
as its office for such purposes.  The Owner Trustee shall give prompt written 
notice to the Trust Depositor, the Servicer and to Certificateholders of any 
change in the location of the Certificate Register or any such office or agency.

     SECTION 3.09.  TEMPORARY TRUST CERTIFICATES.  Pending the preparation of
definitive Trust Certificates, the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, may
execute, authenticate and deliver, temporary Trust Certificates that are
printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any
authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Trust
Certificates in lieu of which they are issued.  If temporary Trust Certificates
are issued, the Trust Depositor will cause definitive Trust Certificates to be
prepared without unreasonable delay.  After the preparation of definitive Trust
Certificates, the temporary Trust Certificates shall be exchangeable for
definitive Trust Certificates upon surrender of the temporary Trust Certificates
at the office or agency to be maintained as provided in Section 3.08, without
charge to the Holder.  Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more
temporary Trust Certificates, the Owner Trustee shall execute and authenticate
and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Trust
Certificates in authorized denominations.  Until so exchanged, the temporary
Trust Certificates shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits
hereunder as definitive Trust Certificates.

     SECTION 3.10.  APPOINTMENT OF PAYING AGENT.  The Paying Agent shall make
distributions to Certificateholders from the Certificate Distribution Account
pursuant to Section 5.02(a) and shall report the amounts of such distributions
to the Owner Trustee.  Any Paying Agent shall have the revocable power to
withdraw funds from the Certificate Distribution Account for the purpose of
making the distributions referred to above.  The Owner Trustee may revoke such
power and remove the Paying Agent if the Owner Trustee determines in its sole
discretion that the Paying Agent shall have failed to perform its obligations
under this Agreement in any material respect.  The Paying Agent initially shall
be Harris Trust and Savings Bank, and any co-paying agent chosen by the Paying
Agent that is acceptable to the Owner Trustee.  Each Paying Agent shall be
permitted to resign as Paying Agent upon 30 days' written notice to the Owner
Trustee.  In the event that Harris Trust and Savings Bank shall no longer be the
Paying Agent, the Owner Trustee shall appoint a successor to act as Paying Agent
(which shall be a bank or trust company).  The Owner Trustee shall cause such
successor Paying Agent or any additional Paying Agent appointed by the Owner
Trustee to execute and deliver to the Owner Trustee an instrument in which such
successor Paying Agent or additional Paying Agent shall agree with the Owner
Trustee that, as Paying Agent, such successor Paying Agent or additional Paying
Agent will hold all sums, if any, held by it for payment to the
Certificateholders in trust for the benefit of the Certificateholders entitled
thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Certificateholders.  The Paying
Agent shall return all unclaimed funds to the Owner Trustee and upon removal of
a Paying Agent such Paying Agent shall also return all funds in its possession
to the Owner Trustee.  The provisions of Sections 7.01, 7.03, 7.04 and 8.01
shall apply to the Owner Trustee also in its role as Paying Agent, for so long
as the Owner Trustee shall act as Paying Agent and, to the extent applicable, to
any other paying agent appointed hereunder.  Any reference in this Agreement to
the Paying Agent shall include any co-paying agent unless the context requires
otherwise.

     SECTION 3.11.  OWNERSHIP BY TRUST DEPOSITOR OF TRUST CERTIFICATES.  Trust
Depositor shall on the Closing Date purchase from the Initial Purchaser Trust
Certificates representing at least 1% of the Initial Certificate Balance and
shall thereafter retain beneficial and record ownership of Trust Certificates
representing at least 1% of the Certificate Balance.  Any attempted transfer of
any Trust Certificate that would reduce such interest of the Trust Depositor 
below 1% of the Certificate Balance shall be void.  The Owner Trustee shall
cause any Trust Certificate issued to the Trust Depositor  on the Closing Date
(and any Trust Certificate issued in exchange therefor) to contain a legend
stating "THIS CERTIFICATE IS NON-TRANSFERABLE".

     SECTION 3.12.  BOOK-ENTRY CERTIFICATES.  The Trust Certificates upon
original issuance will be issued in the form of one or more typewritten
certificates representing the Book-Entry Trust Certificates, to be delivered to
DTC, the initial Clearing Agency, by, or on behalf of, the Trust; provided,
however, that one definitive Trust Certificate (as defined below) may be issued
to the Trust Depositor pursuant to Section 3.11.  The certificate or
certificates delivered to DTC evidencing such Trust Certificates shall initially
be registered on the Certificate Register in the name of CEDE & CO., the nominee
of the initial Clearing Agency, and no Certificateholder  (other than the
Company) will receive a definitive certificate representing such
Certificateholders' interest in the Trust Certificates, except as provided in
Section

                                     -13-
<PAGE>

3.14.  Unless and until definitive, fully registered Trust Certificates (the 
"DEFINITIVE TRUST CERTIFICATES") have been issued to Certificateholders pursuant
to section 3.14:

     (i)    the provisions of this Section shall be in full force and effect;

     (ii)   the Trust Depositor, the Servicer, the Certificate Registrar and the
     Owner Trustee, subject to the provisions and limitations of Sections 2.03
     and 2.06, may deal with the Clearing Agency for all purposes (including the
     making of distributions on the Trust Certificates) as the authorized
     representative of the Certificateholders;

     (iii)  to the extent that the provisions of this section conflict with
     any other provisions of this agreement, the provisions of this Section
     shall control;

     (iv)   the rights of Certificateholder shall be exercised only through the
     Clearing Agency (or through procedures established by the Clearing agency)
     and shall be limited to those established by law and agreements between the
     Holder and the Clearing Agency and/or the Clearing Agency Participants;
     pursuant to the Certificate Depository Agreement, unless and until
     Definitive Trust Certificates are issued pursuant to Section 3.14, the
     Clearing Agency will make book-entry transfers among the Clearing Agency
     Participants and receive and transmit distributions of principal and
     interest on the Trust Certificates to such Clearing Agency Participants;
     and

     (v)    whenever this Agreement requires or permits actions to be taken 
     based upon instructions or directions of Certificateholders  evidencing a
     specified percentage of the percentage interests thereof, the Clearing
     Agency shall be deemed to represent such percentage only to the extent that
     it has received instructions to such effect from Certificateholders  and/or
     Clearing Agency Participants owning or representing, respectively, such
     required percentage of the beneficial interest in Trust Certificates and
     has delivered such instructions to the Owner Trustee.

     SECTION 3.13.  NOTICES TO CLEARING AGENCY.  Whenever notice or other
communication to the Certificateholders is required hereunder, unless and until
Definitive Trust Certificates shall have been issued to Certificateholders
pursuant to Section 3.14, the Owner Trustee and the Master Servicer shall give
all such notices and communications specified herein to be given to
Certificateholders to the Clearing Agency.

     SECTION 3.14.  DEFINITIVE TRUST CERTIFICATES.  If (i)(A) the Administrator
advises the Owner Trustee in writing that the Clearing Agency is no longer
willing or able to properly discharge its responsibilities as described in the
Certificate Depository Agreement and (B) the Owner Trustee or the Administrator
is unable to locate a qualified successor, (ii) the Administrator, at its
option, advises the Owner Trustee in writing that it elects to terminate the
book-entry system through the Clearing Agency, or (iii) after the occurrence of
an Event of Default or a Termination Event, Certificateholders representing
beneficial interests aggregating not less than 51% of the Certificate Balance
advise the Owner Trustee and the Clearing Agency through the Clearing Agency
Participants in writing that the continuation of a book-entry system through the
Clearing Agency is no longer in the best interests of the Trust, then the
Clearing Agency shall notify all Certificateholders and the Owner Trustee of the
occurrence of any such event and of the availability of Definitive Trust
Certificates to Certificateholders requesting the same.  Upon surrender to the
Owner Trustee by the Clearing Agency of the certificates evidencing the Book-
Entry Trust Certificates, accompanied by registration instructions from the
Clearing Agency for registration, the Owner Trustee shall issue the Definitive
Trust Certificates and deliver such Definitive Trust Certificates in accordance
with the instructions of the Clearing Agency.  Neither the Trust Depositor, the
Certificate Registrar nor the Owner Trustee shall be liable for any delay in
delivery of such instructions and may conclusively rely on, and shall be
protected in relying on, such instructions.  Upon the issuance of Definitive
Trust Certificates, the Owner Trustee shall recognize the Certificateholders of
the Definitive Trust Certificates as Certificateholders hereunder.    The Owner
Trustee shall not be liable if the Owner Trustee or the Administrator is unable
to locate a qualified successor Clearing Agency.  The Definitive Trust
Certificates shall be


                                     -14-

<PAGE>

printed, lithographed or engraved or may be produced in any manner as is 
reasonably acceptable to the Owner Trustee, as evidenced by its execution 
thereof.









                                     -15-

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE FOUR

                            ACTIONS BY OWNER TRUSTEE

     SECTION 4.01.  PRIOR NOTICE TO OWNERS WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN MATTERS. 
Subject to the provisions and limitation of Section 4.04, with respect to the
following matters, the Owner Trustee shall not take action unless at least 30
days before the taking of such action, the Owner Trustee shall have notified the
Certificateholders in writing of the proposed action, the Indenture Trustee
shall have consented to such action in the event any Notes are outstanding and
the Owners shall not have notified the Owner Trustee in writing prior to the
30th day after such notice is given that such Owners have withheld consent or
provided alternative direction:

          (a)  the initiation of any claim or lawsuit by the Trust (except
     claims or lawsuits brought in connection with the collection of the
     Contracts) and the compromise of any action, claim or lawsuit brought by or
     against the Trust (except with respect to the aforementioned claims or
     lawsuits for collection of the Contracts);

          (b)  the election by the Trust to file an amendment to the Certificate
     of Trust (unless such amendment is required to be filed under the Business
     Trust Statute);

          (c)  the amendment of the Indenture by a supplemental indenture in
     circumstances where the consent of any Noteholder is required;

          (d)  the amendment of the Indenture by a supplemental indenture in
     circumstances where the consent of any Noteholder is not required and such
     amendment materially and adversely affects the interest of the Owners;

          (e)  the amendment, change or modification of the Administration
     Agreement, except to cure any ambiguity or to amend or supplement any
     provision in a manner or add any provision that would not materially and
     adversely affect the interests of the Owners; or

          (f)  the appointment pursuant to the Indenture of a successor Note
     Registrar, Paying Agent or Indenture Trustee or pursuant to this Agreement
     of a successor Certificate Registrar, or the consent top the assignment by
     the Note Registrar, Paying Agent, Indenture Trustee or Certificate
     Registrar of its obligations under the Indenture or the Agreement, as
     applicable.

     SECTION 4.02.  ACTION BY OWNERS WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN MATTERS.  Subject
to the provisions and limitations of Section 4.04, the Owner Trustee shall not
have the power, except upon the direction of the Owners, to (a) remove the
Administrator pursuant to Section 8 of the Administration Agreement, (b) appoint
a successor Administrator pursuant to Section 8 of the Administration Agreement,
(c) remove the Servicer pursuant to Section 8.01 of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, (d) except as expressly provided in the Transaction Documents, sell
the Contracts after the termination of the Indenture, (e) initiate any claim,
suit or proceeding by the Trust or compromise any claim, suit or proceeding
brought by or against the Trust, (f) authorize the merger or consolidation of
the Trust with or into any other business trust or entity (other than in
accordance with Section 3.10 of the Indenture) or (g) amend the Certificate of
Trust.  The Owner Trustee shall take the actions referred to in the preceding
sentence only upon written instructions assigned by the Owners.

     SECTION 4.03.  ACTION BY OWNERS WITH RESPECT TO BANKRUPTCY.  The Owner
Trustee shall not have the power to commence a voluntary proceeding in a
bankruptcy relating to the Trust without the unanimous prior approval of all
Owners and the delivery to the Owner Trustee by each such Owner of a certificate
certifying that such Owner reasonably believes that the Trust is insolvent.


                                     -16-

<PAGE>

     SECTION 4.04.  RESTRICTIONS ON OWNERS' POWER.  The Owners shall not direct
the Owner Trustee to take or to refrain from taking any action if such action or
inaction would be contrary to any obligation of the Trust or the Owner Trustee
under this Agreement or any of the Transaction Documents or would be contrary to
the purpose of this Trust as set forth in Section 2.03, nor shall the Owner
Trustee be obligated to follow any such direction, if given.

     SECTION 4.05.  MAJORITY CONTROL.  Except as expressly provided herein, any
action that may be taken by the Owners under this Agreement may be taken by the
Holder of Trust Certificates evidencing not less than a majority of the
Certificate Balance.  Except as expressly provided herein, any written notice of
the Owners delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be effective if signed by
Holder of Trust Certificates evidencing not less than a majority of the
Certificate Balance at the time of the delivery of such notice.


                                     -17-

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE FIVE

                           APPLICATION OF TRUST FUNDS;
                                 CERTAIN DUTIES

     SECTION 5.01.  ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST ACCOUNT.  The Owner Trustee, for the
benefit of the Certificateholders, shall establish and maintain in the name of
the Trust an Eligible Account (the "CERTIFICATE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT"), bearing
a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for
the benefit of the Certificateholders.

     The Owner Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds
on deposit from time to time in the Certificate Distribution Account and in all
proceeds thereof.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the
Certificate Distribution Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of
the Owner Trustee for the benefit of the Certificateholders.  If, at any time,
the Certificate Distribution Account ceases to be an Eligible Account, the Owner
Trustee (or the Trust Depositor on behalf of the Owner Trustee, if the
Certificate Distribution Account is not then held by the Owner Trustee or an
Affiliate thereof) shall within ten Business Days (or such longer period, not to
exceed 30 calendar days, as to which each Rating Agency may consent) establish a
new Certificate Distribution Account as an Eligible Account and shall transfer
any cash and/or any investments to such new Certificate Distribution Account.

     SECTION 5.02.  APPLICATION OF TRUST FUNDS.

     (a)  On each Distribution Date, the Owner Trustee will distribute to
Certificateholders, on a pro rata basis, amounts deposited in the Certificate
Distribution Account pursuant to Section 7.05 of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement with respect to such Distribution Date.

     (b)  On each Distribution Date, the Owner Trustee shall send to each
Certificateholder the statement or statements provided to the Owner Trustee by
the Servicer pursuant to Section 9.06 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement with
respect to such Distribution Date.

     (c)  In the event that any withholding tax is imposed on the Trust's
payment (or allocation of income) to a Certificateholder, such tax shall reduce
the amount otherwise distributable to the Certificateholder  in accordance with
this Section.  The Owner Trustee is hereby authorized and directed to retain
from amounts otherwise distributable to the Owners sufficient funds for the
payment of any tax that is legally owed by the Trust (but such authorization
shall not prevent the Owner Trustee from contesting any such tax in appropriate
proceedings, and withholding payment of such tax, if permitted by law, pending
the outcome of such proceedings).  The amount of any withholding tax imposed
with respect to a Certificateholder shall be treated as cash distributed to such
Certificateholder at the time it is withheld by the Trust and remitted to the
appropriate taxing authority.  If there is a possibility that withholding tax is
payable with respect to a distribution, the Owner Trustee may in its sole
discretion withhold such amounts in accordance with the paragraph (c).

     SECTION 5.03.  METHOD OF PAYMENT.  Subject to Section 9.01(c) respecting
the final payment upon retirement of each Certificate, distributions required to
be made to each Certificateholder of record on the related Record Date shall be
made by check mailed to such Certificateholder at the address of such Holder
appearing in the Certificate Register the amount to be distributed to such
Certificateholder pursuant to such Holder's Certificates.

     SECTION 5.04.  NO SEGREGATION OF MONEYS; NO INTEREST.  Subject to 
Sections 5.01 and 5.02, moneys received by the Owner Trustee hereunder need not 
be segregated in any manner except to the extent required by law or the Sale and
Servicing Agreement and may be deposited under such general conditions as may be
prescribed by law, and the Owner Trustee shall not be liable for any interest
thereon.

     SECTION 5.05.  ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS TO THE CERTIFICATEHOLDERS, OWNERS,
THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE AND OTHERS.  The Owner Trustee shall (a) maintain
(or cause to be maintained) the books of the Trust on a calendar year basis


                                     -18-

<PAGE>

and the accrual method of accounting, (b) deliver to each Owner, as may be 
required by the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations, such information as 
may be required (including Schedule K-1) to enable each Owner to prepare its 
federal and state income tax returns, (c) file such tax returns relating to the 
Trust (including a partnership information return, IRS Form 1065) and make such
elections as from time to time may be required or appropriate under any
applicable state or federal statute or any rule or regulation thereunder so as
to maintain the Trust's characterization as a partnership for federal income tax
purposes, (d) cause such tax returns to be signed in the manner required by law
and (e) collect or cause to be collected any withholding tax as described in and
in accordance with Section 5.02(c) with respect to income or distributions to
Owners.  The Owner Trustee shall elect under Section 1278 of the Code to include
in income currently any market discount that accrues with respect to the
Contracts.  The Owner Trustee shall not make the election provided under 
Section 754 or Section 761 of the Code.

     SECTION 5.06.  SIGNATURE ON RETURNS; TAX MATTERS PARTNER.

     (a)  The Trust Depositor shall sign on behalf of the Trust the tax returns
of the Trust.

     (b)  The Trust Depositor shall be designated the "TAX MATTERS PARTNER" of
the Trust pursuant to Section 6231(a)(7)(A) of the Code and applicable Treasury
Regulations.









                                     -19-

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE SIX

                     AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OWNER TRUSTEE

     SECTION 6.01.  GENERAL AUTHORITY.  Subject to the provisions and
limitations of Sections 2.03 and 2.06, the Owner Trustee is authorized and
directed to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents to which the Trust is
to be a party and each certificate or other document attached as an exhibit to
or contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which the Trust is to be a party
and any amendment or other agreement, as evidenced conclusively by the Owner
Trustee's execution thereof.  In addition to the foregoing, the Owner Trustee is
authorized, but shall not be obligated, to take all actions required of the
Trust pursuant to the Transaction Documents.  The Owner Trustee is further
authorized form time to time to take such action as the Administrator recommends
with respect to the Transaction Documents.

     SECTION 6.02.  GENERAL DUTIES.  Subject to the provisions and limitations
of Sections 2.03 and 2.06, it shall be the duty of the Owner Trustee to
discharge (or cause to be discharged through the Administrator all of its
responsibilities pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the Transaction
Documents to which the Trust is a party and to administer the Trust in the
interest of the Owners, subject to the Transaction Documents and in accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement.  Without limiting the foregoing, the
Owner Trustee shall on behalf of the Trust file and prove any claim or claims
that may exist against Eaglemark in connection with any claims paying procedure
as part of an insolvency or receivership proceeding involving Eaglemark. 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Owner Trustee shall be deemed to have
discharged its duties and responsibilities hereunder and under the Transaction
Documents to the extent the Administrator has agreed in the Administration
Agreement to perform any act or to discharge any duty of the Owner Trustee
hereunder or under any Transaction Document, and the Owner Trustee shall not be
held liable for the default or failure of the Administrator to carry out its
obligations under the Administration Agreement.

     SECTION 6.03.  ACTION UPON INSTRUCTION.

     (a)  Subject to Article Four, in accordance with the terms of the
Transaction Documents the Owners may by written instruction direct the Owner
Trustee in the management of the Trust. 

     (b)  The Owner Trustee shall not be required to take any action hereunder
or under any other Transaction Document if the Owner Trustee shall have
reasonably determined, or shall have been advised by counsel, that such action
is likely to result in liability on the part of the Owner Trustee or is contrary
to the terms hereof or of any other Transaction Document or is otherwise
contrary to law.

     (c)  Whenever the Owner Trustee is unable to decide between alternative
courses of action permitted or required by the terms of this Agreement or under
any other Transaction Document, the Owner Trustee shall promptly give notice (in
such form as shall be appropriate under the circumstances) to the Owners 
requesting instruction as to the course of action to be adopted, and to the
extent the Owner Trustee acts in good faith in accordance with any written
instruction of the Owners received, the Owner Trustee shall not be liable on
account of such action to any Person.  If the Owner Trustee shall not have
received appropriate instruction within ten days of such notice (or within such
shorter period of time as reasonably may be specified in such notice or may be
necessary under the circumstances) it may, but shall be under no duty to, take
or refrain from taking such action not inconsistent with this Agreement and the
other Transaction Documents, as it shall deem to be in the best interests of the
Owners, and shall have no liability to any Person for such action or inaction.

     (d)  In the event that the Owner Trustee is unsure as to the applicability
of any provision of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or any such
provision is ambiguous as to its application, or is, or appears to be, in
conflict with any other applicable provision, or in the event that this
Agreement permits any determination by the Owner Trustee or is silent or in
incomplete as to the course of action that the Owner Trustee is required to take
with respect to a particular set of facts, the Owner Trustee may give notice (in
such form as shall be appropriate under the circumstances) to the Owners
requesting instruction and, to the extent that the Owner Trustee acts or
refrains from acting


                                      -20-
<PAGE>

in good faith in accordance with any such instruction received, the Owner 
Trustee shall not be liable, on account of such action or inaction, to any 
Person.  If the Owner Trustee shall not have received appropriate instruction 
within ten days of such notice (or within such shorter period of time as 
reasonably may be specified in such notice or may be necessary under the 
circumstances) it may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain from 
taking such action not inconsistent with this Agreement or the other Transaction
Documents, as it shall deem to be in the best interests of the Owners, and shall
have no liability to any Person for such action or inaction.

     SECTION 6.04.  NO DUTIES EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN
INSTRUCTIONS.  The Owner Trustee shall not have any duty or obligation to
manage, make any payment with respect to, register, record, sell, dispose of or
otherwise deal with the Trust Estate, or to otherwise take or refrain from
taking any action under, or in connection with, any document contemplated hereby
to which the Owner Trustee is a party, except as expressly provided by the terms
of this Agreement or any document or written instruction received by the Owner
Trustee pursuant to Section 6.03; and no implied duties or obligations shall be
read into this Agreement or any other Transaction Document against the Owner
Trustee.  The Owner Trustee shall have no responsibility for filing any
financing or continuation statement in any public office at any time or to
otherwise perfect or maintain the perfection of any security interest or lien
granted to it hereunder or to prepare or file any Commission filing for the
Trust or to record this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.  The Owner
Trustee nevertheless agrees that it will, at its own cost and expense, promptly
take all action as may be necessary to discharge any liens on any part of the
Trust Estate that result from actions by, or claims against, the Owner Trustee
that are not related to the ownership or the administration of the Trust Estate.

     SECTION 6.05.  NO ACTION EXCEPT UNDER SPECIFIED DOCUMENTS OR INSTRUCTIONS. 
The Owner Trustee shall not manage, control, use, sell, dispose of or otherwise
deal with any part of the Trust Estate except (i) in accordance with the powers
granted to and the authority conferred upon the Owner Trustee pursuant to this
Agreement, (ii) in accordance with the other Transaction Documents and (iii) in
accordance with any document or instruction delivered to the Owner Trustee
pursuant to Section 6.03.

     SECTION 6.06.  RESTRICTIONS.  The Owner Trustee shall not take any action
(i) that is inconsistent with the purposes of the Trust set forth in 
Section 2.03 or (ii) that, to the actual knowledge of the Owner Trustee, would 
result in the Trust's becoming taxable as a corporation for federal or state 
income tax purposes.  The Owners shall not direct the Owner Trustee to take 
action that would violate the provisions of this Section.


                                     -21-

<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE SEVEN

                         CONCERNING THE OWNER TRUSTEE

     SECTION 7.01.  ACCEPTANCE OF TRUSTS AND DUTIES.  The Owner Trustee accepts
the trusts hereby created and agrees to perform its duties hereunder with
respect to such trusts but only upon the terms of this Agreement.  The Owner
Trustee also agrees to disburse all moneys actually received by it constituting
part of the Trust Estate upon the terms of the Transaction Documents and this
Agreement.  The Owner Trustee shall not be answerable or accountable hereunder
or under any other Transaction Document under any circumstances, except (i) for
its own willful misconduct or negligence or (ii) in the case of the inaccuracy
of any representation or warranty contained in Section 7.03 expressly made by
the Owner Trustee.  In particular, but not by way of limitation (and subject to
the exceptions set forth in the preceding sentence):

          (a)  the Owner Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment
     made by a responsible officer of the Owner Trustee;

          (b)  the Owner Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action
     taken or omitted to be taken by it in accordance with the instructions of
     the Administrator or any Owner;

          (c)  no provision of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document
     shall require the Owner Trustee to expend or risk funds or otherwise incur
     any financial liability in the performance of any of its rights or powers
     hereunder or under any Transaction Document if the Owner Trustee shall have
     reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate
     indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured or
     provided to it;

          (d)  under no circumstances shall the Owner Trustee be liable for
     indebtedness evidenced by or arising under any of the Transaction
     Documents, including the principal of and interest on the Notes;

          (e)  the Owner Trustee shall not be responsible for or in respect of
     the validity or sufficiency of this Agreement or for the due execution
     hereof by the Trust Depositor or for the form, character, genuineness,
     sufficiency, value or validity of any of the Trust Estate, or for or in
     respect of the validity or sufficiency of the Transaction Documents, other
     than the certificate of authentication on the Trust Certificates, and the
     Owner Trustee shall in no event assume or incur any liability, duty, or
     obligation to any Noteholder or to any Owner, other than as expressly
     provided for herein or expressly agreed to in the Transaction Documents;

          (f)  the Owner Trustee shall not be liable for the default or
     misconduct of the Administrator, the Trust Depositor, the Indenture Trustee
     or the Servicer under any of the Transaction Documents or otherwise and the
     Owner Trustee shall have no obligation or liability to perform the
     obligations of the Trust under this Agreement or the other Transaction
     Documents that are required to be performed by the Administrator under the
     Administration Agreement, the Indenture Trustee under the Indenture or the
     Servicer, or the Trust Depositor under the Sale and Servicing Agreement;
     and

          (g)  the Owner Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of
     the rights or powers vested in it by the Agreement, or to institute,
     conduct or defend any litigation under this Agreement or otherwise or in
     relation to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, at the
     request, order or direction of the Owners, unless such Owners have offered
     to the Owner Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the
     costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred by the Owner Trustee
     therein or thereby.  The right of the Owner Trustee to perform any
     discretionary act enumerated in this Agreement or in any other Transaction
     Document shall not be construed as a duty, and the Owner Trustee shall not
     be answerable for other than its negligence or willful misconduct in the
     performance of any such act.


                                     -22-

<PAGE>

     SECTION 7.02.  FURNISHING OF DOCUMENTS.  The Owner Trustee shall furnish to
the Owner promptly upon receipt of a written request therefor, duplicates or
copies of all reports, notices, requests, demands, certificates, financial
statements and any other instruments furnished to the Owner Trustee under the
Transaction Documents.

     SECTION 7.03.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  The Owner Trustee hereby
represents and warrants to the Trust Depositor and the Owners that:

          (a)  It is a banking corporation duly organized and validly existing
     in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.  It has all
     requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its
     obligations under this Agreement. 

          (b)  It has taken all corporate action necessary to authorize the
     execution an delivery by it of this Agreement, and this Agreement will be
     executed and delivered by one of its officers who is duly authorized to
     execute and deliver this Agreement on its behalf.

          (c)  Neither the execution nor the delivery by it of this Agreement,
     nor the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby nor
     compliance by it with any of the terms or provisions hereof will contravene
     any federal or Delaware law, governmental rule or regulation governing the
     banking or trust powers of the Owner Trustee or any judgment or order
     binding on it, or constitute any default under its charter documents or
     bylaws or any indenture, mortgage, contract, agreement or instrument to
     which it is a party or by which any of its properties may be bound or
     result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance on
     the Trust Estate resulting from actions by or claims against the Owner
     Trustee individually which are unrelated to this Agreement or the other
     Transaction Documents.

     SECTION 7.04.  RELIANCE; ADVICE OF COUNSEL.  

     (a)  The Owner Trustee shall incur no liability to anyone in acting upon
any signature, instrument, notice, resolution, request, consent, order,
certificate, report, opinion, bond or other document or paper believed by it to
be genuine and believed by it to be signed by the proper party or parties.  The
Owner Trustee may accept a certified copy of a resolution of the board of
directors or other governing body of any corporate party as conclusive evidence
that such resolution has been duly adopted by such body and that the same is in
full force and effect.  As to any fact or matter the method of determination of
which is not specifically prescribed herein, the Owner Trustee may for all
purposes hereof rely on a certificate, signed by the president or any vice
president or by the treasurer or other authorized officers of the relevant
party, as to such fact or matter and such certificate shall constitute full
protection to the Owner Trustee for any action taken or omitted to be taken by
it in good faith in reliance thereon.

     (b)  In the exercise or administration of the trusts hereunder and in the
performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement or the other
Transaction Documents, the Owner Trustee (i) may act directly or through its
agents or attorneys pursuant to agreements entered into by any of them, and the
Owner Trustee shall not be liable for the conduct or misconduct of such agents
or attorneys shall have been selected by the Owner Trustee with reasonable care,
and (ii) may consult with counsel, accountants and other skilled persons to be
selected with reasonable care and employed by it.   The Owner Trustee shall not
be liable for anything done, suffered or omitted in good faith by it in
accordance with the written opinion or advice of any such counsel, accountants
or other such persons.

     SECTION 7.05.  NOT ACTING IN INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY.  Except as provided in
this Article Seven, in accepting the trusts hereby created, Wilmington Trust
Company acts solely as Owner Trustee hereunder and not in its individual
capacity, and all Persons having any claim against the Owner Trustee by reason
of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction
Document shall look only to the Trust Estate for payment or satisfaction
thereof.

     SECTION 7.06.  OWNER TRUSTEE NOT LIABLE FOR TRUST CERTIFICATES, NOTES OR
CONTRACTS.  The recitals contained herein and in the Trust Certificates (other
than the signature and countersignature of the Owner Trustee and the


                                     -23-

<PAGE>

certificate of authentication on the Trust Certificates) shall be taken as the 
statements of the Trust Depositor, and the Owner Trustee assumes no 
responsibility for the correctness thereof.  The Owner Trustee makes no 
representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Agreement, any other 
Transaction Document or the Trust Certificates (other than the signature and 
countersignature of the Owner Trustee and the certificate of authentication on 
the Trust Certificates) or the Notes, or of any Contract or related documents.  
The Owner Trustee shall at no time have any responsibility or liability for or 
with respect to the legality, validity and enforceability of any Contract, or 
the perfection and priority of any security interest created by any Contract in 
any Motorcycle or the maintenance of any such perfection and priority, or for or
with respect to the sufficiency of the Trust Estate or its ability to generate 
the payments to be distributed to Certificateholders under this Agreement or the
Noteholders under the Indenture, including, without limitation, the existence, 
condition and ownership of any Motorcycle; the existence and enforceability of 
any insurance thereon; the existence and contents of any Contract on any 
computer or other record thereof; the validity of the assignment of any Contract
to the Trust or of any intervening assignment; the completeness of any Contract;
the performance or enforcement of any Contract; the compliance by the Trust 
Depositor or the Servicer with any warranty or representation made under any 
Transaction Document or in any related document or the accuracy of any such 
warranty or representation; or any action of the Administrator, the Indenture 
Trustee or the Servicer or any subservicer taken in the name of the Owner 
Trustee.

     SECTION 7.07.  OWNER TRUSTEE MAY OWN TRUST CERTIFICATES AND NOTES.  The
Owner Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or
pledgee of Trust Certificates or Notes and may deal with the Trust Depositor,
the Administrator, the Indenture Trustee and the Servicer in banking
transactions with the same rights as it would have if it were not Owner Trustee.


                                     -24-

<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE EIGHT

                          COMPENSATION OF OWNER TRUSTEE


     SECTION 8.01.  OWNER TRUSTEE'S FEES AND EXPENSES.  The Owner Trustee shall
receive as compensation for its services hereunder such fees as have been
separately agreed upon and which shall be paid consistent with Section 7.05(a)
of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  Additionally, the Owner Trustee shall be
entitled to be reimbursed by the Trust Depositor for its other reasonable
expenses hereunder, including the reasonable compensation, expenses and
disbursements of such agents, representatives, experts and counsel as the Owner
Trustee may employ in connection with the exercise and performance of its rights
and its duties hereunder.

     SECTION 8.02.  INDEMNIFICATION.  The Trust Depositor shall be liable as
primary obligor for, and shall indemnify the Owner Trustee and its successors,
assigns and servants (collectively, the "INDEMNIFIED PARTIES") from and against,
any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, taxes, claims, actions
and suits, and any and all reasonable costs, expenses and disbursements
(including reasonable legal fees and expenses) of any kind and nature whatsoever
(collectively, "EXPENSES") which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or
asserted against the Owner Trustee or any Indemnified Party in any way relating
to or arising out of this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents, the Trust
Estate, the administration of the Trust Estate or the action or inaction of the
Owner Trustee hereunder, except only that the Trust Depositor shall not be
liable for or required to indemnify an Indemnified Party from and against
Expenses arising or resulting from any of the matters described in the third
sentence of Section 7.01.  The indemnities contained in this Section shall
survive the resignation or termination of the Owner Trustee or the termination
of this Agreement.  In the event of any claim, action or proceeding for which
indemnity will be sought pursuant to this Section, the Owner Trustee's choice of
legal counsel shall be subject to the approval of the Trust Depositor, which
approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

     SECTION 8.03.  PAYMENTS TO THE OWNER TRUSTEE.  Any amounts paid to the
Owner Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be deemed not to be a part of the
Trust Estate immediately after such payment.


                                     -25-

<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE NINE

              TERMINATION OF AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST AGREEMENT

     SECTION 9.01.  TERMINATION OF AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST AGREEMENT.  

     (a)  This Agreement (other than Article Eight) and the Trust shall
terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier of (i) final
distribution by the Owner Trustee of all moneys or other property or proceeds of
the Trust Estate in accordance with terms of the Indenture, the Sale and
Servicing Agreement and Article Five, (ii) the expiration of 21 years from the
death of the survivor of the descendants of Joseph P. Kennedy, the late
Ambassador of the United States to the Court of St. James's, living on the date
hereof and (iii) the time provided in Section 9.02.  The bankruptcy,
liquidation, dissolution, death or incapacity of any Owner, other than the Trust
Depositor as described in Section 9.02, shall not (i) operate to terminate this
Agreement or the Trust, (ii) entitle such Owner's legal representatives or heirs
to claim an accounting or to take any action or proceeding in any court for a
partition or winding up of all or any part of the Trust or Trust Estate or (iii)
otherwise affect the rights, obligations and liabilities of the parties hereto.

     (b)  Except as provided in Section 9.01(a), neither the Trust Depositor, 
nor any Holder shall be entitled to revoke or terminate the Trust.

     (c)  Notice of any termination of the Trust, specifying the Distribution
Date upon which Certificateholders shall surrender their Trust Certificates to
the Paying Agent for payment of the final distribution and cancellation, shall
be given by the Owner Trustee by letter to Certificateholders mailed within five
Business Days of receipt of notice of such termination from the Servicer given
pursuant to Section 10.01 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, stating (i) the
Distribution Date upon or with respect to which final payment of the Trust
Certificates shall be made upon presentation and surrender of the Trust
Certificates at the office of the Paying Agent therein designated, (ii) the
amount of any such final payment and (iii) that the Record Date otherwise
applicable to such Distribution Date is not applicable, payments being made only
upon presentation and surrender of the Trust Certificates at the office of the
Paying Agent therein specified.  The Owner Trustee shall give such notice to the
Certificate Registrar (if other than the Owner Trustee) and the Paying Agent at
the time such notice is given to Certificateholders.  Upon presentation and
surrender of the Trust Certificates, the Paying Agent shall cause to be
distributed to Certificateholders amounts distributable on such Distribution
Date pursuant to Section 5.02.

     (d)  In the event that all of the Certificateholders shall not surrender
their Trust Certificates for cancellation within six months after the date
specified in the above mentioned written notice, the Owner Trustee shall give a
second written notice to the remaining Certificateholders to surrender their
Trust Certificates for cancellation and receive the final distribution with
respect thereto.  If within one year after the second notice all the Trust
Certificates shall not have been surrendered for cancellation, the Owner Trustee
may take appropriate steps, or may appoint an agent to take appropriate steps,
to contact the remaining Certificateholders concerning surrender of their Trust
Certificates, and the cost thereof shall be paid out of the funds and other
assets that shall remain subject to this Agreement.  Any funds remaining in the
Trust after exhaustion of such remedies shall be distributed by the Owner
Trustee to the Trust Depositor.

     (e)  Upon the winding up of the Trust and its termination, the Owner
Trustee shall cause the Certificate of Trust to be canceled by filing a
certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State in accordance with the
provisions of Section 3810 of the Business Trust Statute.

     SECTION 9.02.  DISSOLUTION UPON BANKRUPTCY OF TRUST DEPOSITOR OR WITHDRAWAL
OR REMOVAL OF TRUST DEPOSITOR.  In the event that an Insolvency Event shall
occur with respect to the Trust Depositor or the Trust Depositor shall withdraw,
liquidate or be removed from the Trust, this Agreement shall be terminated in
accordance with Section 9.01 90 days after the date of such event.


                                     -26-

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE TEN

             SUCCESSOR OWNER TRUSTEES AND ADDITIONAL OWNER TRUSTEES

     SECTION 10.01.  ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR OWNER TRUSTEE.  The Owner
Trustee shall at all times be a corporation satisfying the provisions of 
Section 3807(a) of the Business Trust  Statute; authorized to exercise corporate
trust powers; having a combined capital and surplus of at least $[             ]
and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities; and
having (or having a parent that has) a rating of at least Baa3 by Moody's.  If
such corporation shall publish reports of condition at least annually pursuant
to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining 
authority, then for the purpose of this Section, the combined capital and
surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and
surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.  In
case at any time the Owner Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with
the provisions of this Section, the Owner Trustee shall resign immediately in
the manner and with the effect specified in Section 10.02.

     SECTION 10.02.  RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL OF OWNER TRUSTEE.  The Owner Trustee
may at any time resign and be discharged from the trusts hereby created by
giving written notice thereof to the Administrator.  Upon receiving such notice
of resignation, the Administrator shall promptly appoint a successor Owner
Trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall
be delivered to the resigning Owner Trustee and one copy to the successor Owner
Trustee.  If no successor Owner Trustee shall have been so appointed and have
accepted appointment within 30 days after the giving of such notice of
resignation, the resigning Owner Trustee may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Owner Trustee.

     If at any time the Owner Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance
with the provisions of Section 10.01 and shall fail to resign after written
request therefor by the Administrator, or if at any time the Owner Trustee shall
be legally unable to act, or shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or a
receiver of the Owner Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any
public officer shall take charge or control of the Owner Trustee or of its
property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or
liquidation, then the Administrator, may remove the Owner Trustee.  If the
Administrator shall remove the Owner Trustee under the authority of the
immediately preceding sentence, the Administrator shall promptly appoint a
successor Owner Trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which
instrument shall be delivered to the outgoing Owner Trustee so removed and one
copy to the successor Owner Trustee, and shall pay all fees owed to the outgoing
Owner Trustee.

     Any resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee and appointment of a
successor Owner Trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section shall
not become effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor Owner
Trustee pursuant  to Section 10.03 and payment of all fees and expenses owed to
the outgoing Owner Trustee.  The Administrator shall provide notice of such
resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee to each Rating Agency.

     SECTION 10.03.  SUCCESSOR OWNER TRUSTEE.  Any successor Owner Trustee
appointed pursuant to Section 10.02 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to
the Administrator, and to its predecessor Owner Trustee an instrument accepting
such appointment under this Agreement, and thereupon the resignation or removal
of the predecessor Owner Trustee shall become effective, and such successor
Owner Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become fully
vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor
under this Agreement, with like effect as if originally named as Owner Trustee. 
The predecessor Owner Trustee shall upon payment of its fees and expenses
deliver to the successor Owner Trustee all documents and statements and monies
held by it under this Agreement; and the Administrator and the predecessor Owner
Trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments and do such other things as
may reasonably be required for fully and certainly vesting and confirming in the
successor Owner Trustee all such rights, powers, duties and obligations.

     No successor Owner Trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this
Section unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Owner Trustee shall
be eligible pursuant to Section 10.01.


                                     -27-

<PAGE>

     Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor Owner Trustee pursuant to
this Section, the Administrator shall mail notice thereof to all
Certificateholders, the Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders and each Rating
Agency.  If the Administrator shall fail to mail such notice within ten days
after acceptance of such appointment by the successor Owner Trustee, the
successor Owner Trustee shall cause such notice to be mailed at the expense of
the Administrator.

     SECTION 10.04.  MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION OF OWNER TRUSTEE.  Any corporation
into which the Owner Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be
consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or
consolidation to which the Owner Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation
succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the
Owner Trustee, shall be the successor of the Owner Trustee hereunder, without
the execution or filing of any instrument or any further act on the part of any
of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding;
PROVIDED, that such corporation shall be eligible pursuant to Section 10.01 and,
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Owner Trustee shall mail notice of such merger or
consolidation to each Rating Agency.

     SECTION 10.05.  APPOINTMENT OF CO-TRUSTEE OR SEPARATE TRUSTEE. 
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, at any time, for the
purpose of meeting any legal requirements of any jurisdiction in which any part
of the Trust Estate or any financed Motorcycle may at the time be located, the
Administrator and the Owner Trustee acting jointly shall have the power and
shall execute and deliver all instruments to appoint one or more Persons
approved by the Administrator and Owner Trustee to act as co-trustee, jointly
with the Owner Trustee, or as separate trustee or separate trustees, of all or
any part of the Trust Estate, and to vest in such Person, in such capacity, such
title to the Trust or any part thereof and, subject to the other provisions of
this Section, such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the
Administrator and the Owner Trustee may consider necessary or desirable.  If the
Administrator shall not have joined in such appointment within 15 days after the
receipt by it of a request so to do, the Owner Trustee alone shall have the
power to make such appointment.  No co-trustee or separate trustee under this
Agreement shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor
Owner Trustee pursuant to Section 10.01 and no notice of the appointment of any
co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required pursuant to Section 10.03.

     Each separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by law,
be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions:

          (a)  all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed
     upon the Owner Trustee shall be conferred upon and exercised or performed
     by the Owner Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly (it
     being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee is not authorized
     to act separately without the Owner Trustee joining in such act), except to
     the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular
     act or acts are to be performed, the Owner Trustee shall be incompetent or
     unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights,
     powers, duties and obligations (including the holding of title to the Trust
     Estate or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised
     and performed singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at
     the direction of the Owner Trustee;

          (b)  no trustee under this Agreement shall be personally liable by
     reason of any act or omission of any other trustee under this Agreement;
     and

          (c)  the Administrator and the Owner Trustee acting jointly may at any
     time accept the resignation of or remove any separate trustee or co-
     trustee.

     Any notice, request or other writing given to the Owner Trustee shall be
deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and co-trustees,
as effectively as if given to each of them.  Every instrument appointing any
separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Agreement and the conditions
of this Article.  Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its acceptance of
the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified in
its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Owner Trustee or
separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this
Agreement, specifically including every provision of this Agreement relating to
the conduct


                                     -28-

<PAGE>

of, affecting the liability of or affording protection to, the Owner Trustee.  
Each such instrument shall be filed with the Owner Trustee and a copy thereof 
given to the Administrator.

     Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time appoint the Owner
Trustee as its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the
extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this
Agreement on its behalf and in its name.  If any separate trustee or co-trustee
shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates,
properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the
Owner Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new
or successor co-trustee or separate trustee.


                                     -29-

<PAGE>

                                ARTICLE ELEVEN

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

     SECTION 11.01.  SUPPLEMENTS AND AMENDMENTS.

     (a)  The Agreement may be amended by the Trust Depositor, and the Owner
Trustee, without the consent of any of the Noteholders or the
Certificateholders, to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any
provisions in this Agreement or to add any other provisions with respect to
matters or questions arising under this Agreement that shall not be inconsistent
with the provisions of this Agreement; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any such action
shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel, adversely affect in any
material respect the interests of any Noteholder or Certificateholder.

     (b)  This Agreement may also be amended from time to time by the Trust
Depositor, and the Owner Trustee, with the consent of the Holders  (as such term
is defined in the Indenture) of Notes evidencing not less than 66 2/3% of the
Outstanding Amount of the Notes, each voting as a separate Class  and the
consent of the Holders  of Trust Certificates evidencing not less than 66 2/3%
of the Certificate Balance (which consent of any Holder of a Note or Trust
Certificate given pursuant to this Section or pursuant to any other provision of
this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on such Holders and on all future
Holder of such Note or Trust Certificate, as the case may be, issued upon the
transfer thereof or in exchange thereof or in lieu thereof whether or not
notation of such consent is made thereon), for the purpose of adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of
this Agreement, or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders or
the Certificateholders; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such amendment shall increase
or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of, (i)
collections of payments on Contracts or distributions that shall be required to
be made for the benefit of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders or any
Interest Rate or the Pass-Through Rate or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage
of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes and the Certificate Balance required to
consent to any such amendment, without the consent of the Holders of all
outstanding Notes and Trust Certificates.

     (c)  Prior to the execution of any such amendment or consent, the Owner
Trustee shall furnish written notification of the substance of such amendment or
consent, together with a copy thereof, to the Indenture Trustee, the
Administrator and each Rating Agency.

     (d)  Promptly after the execution of any such amendment or consent, the
Owner Trustee shall furnish written notification of the substance of such
amendment or consent to each Certificateholder.  It shall not be necessary for
the consent of Certificateholders, Noteholders or the Indenture Trustee pursuant
to this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or
consent, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance
thereof.  The manner of obtaining such consents (and any other consents of
Certificateholders provided for in this Agreement or in any other Transaction
Document) and of evidencing the authorization of the execution thereof by
Certificateholders shall be subject to such reasonable requirements as the Owner
Trustee may prescribe.

     (e)  Promptly after the execution of any amendment to the Certificate of
Trust, the Owner Trustee shall cause the filing of such amendment with the
Secretary of State.

     (f)  Prior to the execution of any amendment to this Agreement or the
Certificate of Trust, the Owner Trustee shall be entitled to receive and rely
upon an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment is
authorized or permitted by this Agreement.  The Owner Trustee may, but shall not
be obligated to, enter into any such amendment that affects the Owner Trustee's
own rights, duties or immunities under this Agreement or otherwise.

     SECTION 11.02.  NO LEGAL TITLE TO TRUST ESTATE IN OWNERS.  The Owners shall
not have legal title to any part of the Trust Estate.  The Owners shall be
entitled to receive distributions with respect to their undivided ownership
interest herein only in accordance with Articles Five and Nine.  No transfer, by
operation of law or otherwise, of any right, title


                                     -30-

<PAGE>

or interest of the Owners to and in their ownership interest in the Trust Estate
shall operate to terminate this Agreement or the trusts hereunder or entitle any
transferee to an accounting or to the transfer to it of legal title to any part 
of the Trust Estate.

     SECTION 11.03.  LIMITATIONS ON RIGHTS OF OTHERS.  Except for Section 2.07,
the provisions of this Agreement are solely for the benefit of the Owner
Trustee, the Trust Depositor, the Owners, the Administrator and, to the extent
expressly provided herein, the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders, and
nothing in this Agreement (other than Section 2.07), whether express or implied,
shall be construed to give to any other Person any legal or equitable right,
remedy or claim in the Trust Estate or under or in respect of this Agreement or
any covenants, conditions or provisions contained herein.

     SECTION 11.04.  NOTICES.   All notices, demands, certificates, requests and
communications hereunder ("NOTICES") shall be in writing and shall be effective
(a) upon receipt when sent through the U.S. mails, registered or certified mail,
return receipt requested, postage prepaid, with such receipt to be effective the
date of delivery indicated on the return receipt, or (b) one Business Day after
delivery to an overnight courier, or (c) on the date personally delivered to an
Authorized Officer of the party to which sent, or (d) on the date transmitted by
legible telecopier transmission with a confirmation of receipt, in all cases
addressed to the recipient as follows:

               (i)   If to the Servicer or Seller:

                     Eaglemark, Inc.
                     150 South Wacker Drive, Suite 3020
                     Chicago, Illinois 60606
                     Attention: Michael E. Sulentic

                     Telecopier No.: (312) 368-4372

               (ii)  If to the Trust Depositor:

                     Eaglemark Customer Funding Corporation-IV
                     1179 Fairview Drive, Suite G
                     Carson City, Nevada 89701

                     Telecopier No.: (702) 884-4469

               (iii) If to the Indenture Trustee:

                     Harris Trust and Savings Bank
                     311 West Monroe Street
                     12th Floor
                     Chicago, Illinois 60606
                     Attention: Indenture Trust Administration

                     Telecopier No.: (312) 461-3525

               (iv)  If to the Owner Trustee:

                     Wilmington Trust Company
                     Rodney Square North
                     1100 North Market Street
                     Wilmington, Delaware 19890


                                     -31-

<PAGE>

                     Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

                     Telecopier No.: (302) 651-1576




               (v)   If to Moody's:

                     Moody's Investor's Service, Inc.
                     99 Church Street
                     New York, New York 10007
                     Attention: ABS Monitoring Department

                     Telecopier No.: (212) 553-0344

               (vi)  If to Standard & Poor's:

                     Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, A
                     Division of The McGraw Hill Companies
                     25 Broadway
                     New York, New York 10004

                     Telecopier No.: (212) 208-1582

               (vii) If to the Initial Purchaser:

                     Salomon Brothers Inc
                     Seven World Trade Center
                     New York, New York 10048
                     Attention: Asset-Backed Securities Group
                    
                     Telecopier No.: (212) 783-3848

Each party hereto may, by notice given in accordance herewith to each of the
other parties hereto, designate any further or different address to which
subsequent notices shall be sent.

     SECTION 11.05.  SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS.  If any one or more of the
covenants, agreements, provisions, or terms of this Agreement shall be for any
reason whatsoever held invalid, then such covenants, agreements, provisions or
terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements,
provisions or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or
enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement or of the Trust
Certificates or the rights of the Holders  thereof.

     SECTION 11.06.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in several
counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which shall
constitute but one and the same instrument.

     SECTION 11.07.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  All covenants and agreements
contained herein shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, each of the
Trust Depositor, and the Owner Trustee and their respective successors and
permitted assigns and each Owner and its successors and permitted assigns, all
as herein provided.  Any request, notice,


                                     -32-

<PAGE>

direction, consent, waiver or other instrument or action by an Owner shall bind 
the successors and assigns of such Owner.

     SECTION 11.08.  COVENANTS OF THE TRUST DEPOSITOR.  In the event that (a)
the Certificate Balance shall be reduced by Realized Losses and (b) any
litigation with claims in excess of $1,000,000 to which the Trust Depositor is a
party which shall be reasonably likely to result in a material judgment against
the Trust Depositor that the Trust Depositor will not be able to satisfy shall
be commenced, during the period beginning immediately following the commencement
of such litigation and continuing until such litigation is dismissed or
otherwise terminated (and, if such litigation has resulted in a final judgment
against the Trust Depositor, such judgment has been satisfied), the Trust
Depositor shall not pay any dividend to the Servicer, or make any distribution
on or in respect of its capital stock to the Servicer, or repay the principal
amount of any indebtedness of the Trust Depositor held by the Servicer, unless
(i) after giving effect to such payment, distribution or repayment, the Trust
Depositor's liquid assets shall not be less than the amount of actual damages
claimed in such litigation or (ii) the Rating Agencies shall not downgrade the
then existing rating on the Certificates with respect to any such payment,
distribution or repayment.  The Trust Depositor will not at any time institute
against the Trust any bankruptcy proceedings under any United States federal or
state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to
the Certificates, the Notes, the Trust Agreement or any of the Transaction
Documents.

     SECTION 11.09.  NO PETITION.

     (a)  The Trust Depositor will not at any time institute against the Trust 
any bankruptcy proceedings under any United States federal or state bankruptcy
or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the Trust
Certificates, the Notes, this Agreement or any of the other Transaction
Documents.

     (b)  The Owner Trustee, by entering into this Agreement, each
Certificateholder, by accepting a Trust Certificate, and the Indenture Trustee
and each Noteholder, by accepting the benefits of this Agreement, hereby
covenant and agree that they will not at any time institute against the Trust
Depositor or the Trust, or join in any institution against the Trust Depositor,
or the Trust of, any bankruptcy proceedings under any United States federal or
state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to
the Trust Certificates, the Notes, this Agreement or any of the other
Transaction Documents.

     SECTION 11.10.   NO RECOURSE.  Each Certificateholder by accepting a Trust
Certificate acknowledges that such Certificateholder's Trust Certificates
represent beneficial interests in the Trust only and do not represent interests
in or obligations of the Trust Depositor,, the Servicer, the Seller, the
Administrator, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee or any of the respective
Affiliates and no recourse may be had against such parties or their assets,
except as my be expressly set forth or contemplated in this Agreement, the Trust
Certificates or the other Transaction Documents.

     SECTION 11.11.   HEADINGS.  The headings of the various Articles and
Sections herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or
limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.

     SECTION 11.12.   GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS
CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE
PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

     SECTION 11.13.   TRUST CERTIFICATE TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS.  The Trust
Certificates may not be acquired by or for the account of a Benefit Plan.  By
accepting and holding a Trust Certificate, the Holder thereof shall be deemed to
have represented and warranted that it is not a Benefit Plan nor will it hold
such Trust Certificate for the account of a Benefit Plan.


                                     -33-

<PAGE>

     SECTION 11.14.   TRUST DEPOSITOR PAYMENT OBLIGATION.  The Trust Depositor
shall be responsible for payment of the Administrator's compensation pursuant to
Section 3 of the Administration Agreement and shall reimburse the Administrator
for all expenses and liabilities of the Administrator incurred thereunder.










                                     -34-

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed by their respective officers hereunto duly authorized, as of the
day and year first above written.

                    EAGLEMARK CUSTOMER FUNDING CORPORATION-IV,
                      as Trust Depositor



                    By: ________________________________________________________
                        Printed Name: Michael E. Sulentic
                        Title: Treasurer



                    WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, as Owner Trustee



                    By: ________________________________________________________
                        Printed Name:_______________________________________
                        Title:______________________________________________








                                     -35-

<PAGE>




                                  EXHIBIT A


                           CERTIFICATE OF TRUST OF
                 HARLEY-DAVIDSON EAGLEMARK OWNER TRUST ______


     This Certificate of Trust of Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Owner Trust 1997-1
(the "TRUST"), dated _____________, is being duly executed and filed by
Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware corporation, as Owner Trustee, to form a
business trust under the Delaware Business Trust Act (12 DEL. CODE, Section 3801
ET SEQ.).

     1.   NAME.  The name of the business trust formed hereby is Harley-Davidson
Eaglemark Owner Trust 1997-1.

     2.   DELAWARE TRUSTEE.  The name and business address of the Owner Trustee
of the Trust in the State of Delaware is 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington,
Delaware l9890.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the sole Owner Trustee of the
Trust, has executed this Certificate of Trust as of the date first above
written.

                              WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
                              not in its individual capacity but solely as
                              Owner Trustee



                              By: ______________________________________________
                                  Printed Name:___________________________
                                  Title:__________________________________


                                     A-1

<PAGE>




                                   EXHIBIT B


THIS TRUST CERTIFICATE IS SUBORDINATED IN RIGHT OF PAYMENT TO THE NOTES TO THE
EXTENT DESCRIBED IN THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT AND INDENTURE REFERRED TO
HEREIN.


THIS TRUST CERTIFICATE DOES NOT REPRESENT AN OBLIGATION OF OR AN INTEREST IN
EAGLEMARK CUSTOMER FUNDING CORPORATION-IV, EAGLEMARK, INC. OR ANY AFFILIATE
THEREOF, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT SET FORTH IN THE AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST
AGREEMENT.  THIS TRUST CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT OF 1933 OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR
PLEDGED IN UNLESS THE CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN SECTION 3.04 OF THE TRUST
AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN COMPLIED WITH.

                    [TO BE INSERTED ON COMPANY CERTIFICATE--
                      THIS CERTIFICATE IS NON-TRANSFERABLE]

           HARLEY-DAVIDSON EAGLEMARK OWNER TRUST 1997-1 CERTIFICATE


NO. ___________                            Initial Trust Certificate
                                           Principal Balance $______________
                                           Fractional Interest _________%


     THIS CERTIFIES THAT _____________ is the registered owner of equity $______
_____ nonassessable, fully-paid, fractional undivided interest in the 
Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Owner Trust 1997-1 (the "TRUST") formed by Eaglemark
Customer Funding Corporation-IV, a Nevada corporation (the "TRUST DEPOSITOR").

     The Trust was created pursuant to a Amended and Restated Trust Agreement,
dated as of April 1, 1997 (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the
"AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST AGREEMENT"), among Eaglemark Customer Funding
Corporation-IV, as Trust Depositor (the "TRUST DEPOSITOR"), Eaglemark, Inc. (the
"SELLER") and Wilmington Trust Company, as owner trustee (the "OWNER TRUSTEE"),
a summary of certain of the pertinent provisions of which is set forth below. 
To the extent not otherwise defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein
have the meanings assigned to them in (i) the Amended and Restated Trust
Agreement, (ii) the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of April 1, 1997 (the
"SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT"), among the Trust, Eaglemark Customer Funding
Corporation-IV, as depositor (the "TRUST DEPOSITOR"), Eaglemark, Inc.
("EAGLEMARK"), as Servicer (in such capacity, the "SERVICER") and Harris Trust
and Savings Bank, as Indenture Trustee (the "Indenture Trustee") or (iii) the
Indenture, dated as of April 1, 1997 (the "INDENTURE"), between the Trust and
the Indenture Trustee.

     This Trust Certificate is one of the duly authorized Trust Certificates
designated as "6.85% HARLEY-DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLE CONTRACT BACKED CERTIFICATES"
(the "TRUST CERTIFICATES").  Also issued under the Indenture are two classes of
notes designated as "6.00% HARLEY-DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLE CONTRACT BACKED NOTES,
CLASS A-1" and "6.35% HARLEY-DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLE CONTRACT BACKED NOTES, 
CLASS A-2" (collectively, the "NOTES").  This Trust Certificate is issued under 
and is subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Amended and 
Restated Trust Agreement, to which Amended and Restated Trust Agreement the 
Holder of this Trust Certificate by virtue of its acceptance hereof assents and 
by which such Holder is bound.  The property of the Trust includes, among other 
things, (i) all the right, title and interest of the Trust Depositor in and to 
the Initial Contracts listed on the initial List of Contracts delivered on the
Closing Date (including, without limitation, all security interests and all
rights to receive payments which are collected pursuant thereto on or after the
Initial Cutoff Date, including any liquidation proceeds therefrom, but excluding
any


                                      B-1

<PAGE>

rights to receive payments which were collected pursuant thereto prior to the 
Initial Cutoff Date), (ii) all rights of the Trust Depositor under any physical 
damage or other individual insurance policy (and rights under a "FORCED PLACED" 
policy, if any) relating to any such Contract, an Obligor or a Motorcycle 
securing such Contract, (iii) all security interests in each such Motorcycle, 
(iv) all documents contained in the related Contract Files, (v) all rights (but 
not the obligations) of the Trust Depositor under any related motorcycle dealer 
agreements between dealers (i.e., the originators of such Contracts) and the 
Trust Depositor, (vi) all rights of the Trust Depositor in the Lockbox, the 
Lockbox Account and related Lockbox Agreement to the extent they relate to such 
Contracts, (vii) all rights (but not the obligations) of the Trust Depositor 
under the Transfer and Sale Agreement, including but not limited to the Trust 
Depositor's rights under Article V thereof, (viii) the remittances, deposits and
payments made into the Trust Accounts from time to time and amounts in the Trust
Accounts from time to time (and any investments of such amounts), and (ix) all 
proceeds and products of the foregoing (the property in clauses (i)-(viii) 
above.

     Under the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, there will be distributed
on the fifteenth day of each month or if such day is not a Business Day the next
succeeding Business Day commencing May 15, 1997  (each, a "DISTRIBUTION DATE"),
commencing on May 15, 1997 and ending no later than the Distribution Date in
April 2001 to the person in whose name this Trust Certificate is registered at
the close of business on the last calendar day immediately preceding the related
Distribution Date or if Definitive Trust Certificates are issued, the 1st day of
the immediately preceding calendar month (each, a "RECORD DATE"), such
Certificateholder's fractional undivided interest in the amount to be
distributed to Certificateholders on such Distribution Date.

     The holder of this Trust Certificate acknowledges and agrees that its
rights to receive distributions in respect of this Trust Certificate are
subordinated to the rights of the Noteholders to the extent described in the
Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Indenture.

     It is the intent of the Seller, the Servicer, the Trust Depositor, Owner
Trustee, Indenture Trustee and the Certificateholders that, for purposes of
federal income, state and local income and single business tax and any other
income taxes, the Trust will be treated as a partnership and the
Certificateholders (including the Trust Depositor) will be treated as partners
in that partnership. The Trust Depositor and the other Certificateholders, by
acceptance of a Trust Certificate, agree to treat, and to take no action
inconsistent with the treatment of, the Trust Certificates for such tax purposes
as partnership interests in the Trust and the Certificateholders (including the
Trust Depositor) as partners in that partnership.

     Each Certificateholder, by its acceptance of a Trust Certificate or 
beneficial interest in a Trust Certificate, covenants and agrees that such
Certificateholder will not at any time institute against the Trust or the Trust
Depositor, or join in any institution against the Trust or the Trust Depositor,
Eaglemark or the Servicer any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement,
insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any United
States federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any
obligations relating to the Trust Certificates, the Notes, the Amended and
Restated Trust Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents.

     Distributions on this Trust Certificate will be made as provided in the
Amended and Restated Trust Agreement by the Owner Trustee or its Agent by wire
transfer or check mailed to the Certificateholder of record in the Certificate
Register without the presentation or surrender of this Trust Certificate or the
making of any notation hereon, except that with respect to Trust Certificates
registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee of the Clearing Agency
(initially, such nominee to be Cede & Co.), payments will be made by wire
transfer in immediately available funds to the account designated by such
nominee.  Except as otherwise provided in the Amended and Restated Trust
Agreement and notwithstanding the above, the final distribution on this Trust
Certificate will be made after due notice by the Owner Trustee of the pendency
of such distribution and only upon presentation and surrender of this Trust
Certificate at the office or agency maintained for that purpose by the Owner
Trustee in the City of Wilmington, Delaware.

     Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Trust
Certificate set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for
all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.


                                      B-2

<PAGE>

     Unless the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been executed by
an authorized officer of the Owner Trustee, by manual signature, this Trust
Certificate shall not entitle the holder hereof to any benefit under the Amended
and Restated Trust Agreement or any other Transaction Document or be valid for
any purpose.

     THIS TRUST CERTIFICATE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF
THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND
THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE
DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.







                                      B-3

<PAGE>

                            [REVERSE OF CERTIFICATE]


     The Trust Certificate does not represent an obligation of, or an interest
in the Trust Depositor, Eaglemark, as the Seller or Servicer, the Owner Trustee,
the Indenture Trustee or any of their respective Affiliates and no recourse may
be had against such parties or their assets, except as expressly set forth or
contemplated herein or in the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement or the other
Transaction Documents.  In addition, this Trust Certificate is not guaranteed by
any governmental agency or instrumentality and is limited in right of payment to
certain collections and recoveries with respect to the Contracts and certain
other amounts, in each case as more specifically set forth herein and in the
Sale and Servicing Agreement.  A copy of each of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement and the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement may be examined by any
Certificateholder upon written request during normal business hours at the
principal office of the Trust Depositor and at such other places, if any,
designated by the Trust Depositor.

     The Amended and Restated Trust Agreement permits, with certain exceptions
therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and
obligations of the Trust Depositor and the rights of the Certificateholders
under the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement at any time by the Trust
Depositor and the Owner Trustee with the consent of the Holders of the Trust
Certificates and the Notes, each voting as a separate class, evidencing not less
than 66 2/3% of the Certificate Balance and 66 2/3% of the Outstanding Amount of
the Notes.  Any such consent by the Holder of this Trust Certificate shall be
conclusive and binding on such Holder and on all future Holders of this Trust
Certificate and of any Trust Certificate issued upon the transfer hereof or in
exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent is
made upon this Trust Certificate.  The Amended and Restated Trust Agreement also
permits the amendment thereof, in certain limited circumstances, without the
consent of the Holders of any of the Trust Certificates.

     As provided in the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement and subject to
certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Trust Certificate is
registerable in the Certificate Register upon surrender of this Trust
Certificate for registration of transfer at the offices or agencies of the
Certificate Registrar maintained by the Owner Trustee in Wilmington, Delaware,
accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the
Owner Trustee and the Certificate Registrar in Chicago, Illinois executed by the
Holder hereof or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing, and
thereupon one or more new Trust Certificates of authorized denominations
evidencing the same aggregate interest in the Trust will be issued to the
designated transferee.  The initial Certificate Registrar appointed under the
Amended and Restated Trust Agreement is Harris Trust and Savings Bank.

     Except as provided in the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, the Trust
Certificates are issuable only as registered Trust Certificates without coupons
in denominations of $500,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess
thereof.  As provided in the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement and subject to
certain limitations therein set forth, Trust Certificates are exchangeable for
new Trust Certificates of authorized denominations evidencing the same aggregate
denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.  No service
charge will be made for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the
Owner Trustee or the Certificate Registrar may require payment of a sum
sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge payable in connection
therewith.

     The Owner Trustee, the Certificate Registrar and any of their respective
agents may treat the Person in whose name this Trust Certificate is registered
as the owner hereof for all purposes, and none of the Owner Trustee, the
Certificate Registrar or any such agent shall be affected by any notice to the
contrary.

     The obligations and responsibilities created by the Amended and Restated
Trust Agreement and the Trust created thereby shall terminate upon the payment
to Certificateholders of all amounts required to be paid to them pursuant to the
Amended and Restated Trust Agreement and the Sale and Servicing Agreement and
the deposition of all property held as part of the Trust Estate.  The Trust
Depositor may at its option purchase the Trust Estate at a price specified in
the Sale and Servicing Agreement, and such purchase of the Contracts and other
property of the Trust will


                                      B-5

<PAGE>

affect early retirement of the Trust Certificates; however, such right of 
purchase is exercisable only as of any Distribution Date on which the Pool 
Balance has declined to less than 10% of the Initial Pool Balance.

     The Trust Certificates may not be acquired by a Benefit Plan.  By accepting
and holding this Trust Certificate, the Holder hereof or, in the case of Book-
Entry Trust Certificate, by accepting a beneficial interest in this Trust
Certificate, the related Certificate Owner, shall be deemed to have represented
and warranted that it is not a Benefit Plan and is not acquiring this Trust
Certificate or an interest therein for the account of such an entity.







                                      B-6

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Trust and not in
its individual capacity, has caused this Trust Certificate to be duly executed.

Dated: ___________              HARLEY-DAVIDSON EAGLEMARK OWNER TRUST _______



                                   By:  WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, not in its 
                                        individual capacity but solely as 
                                        Owner Trustee



                                   By:  ________________________________________
                                                 Authorized Signatory

                 OWNER TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

     This is one of the Trust Certificates referred to in the within-mentioned
Amended and Restated Trust Agreement.



WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,                         WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, 
not in its individual capacity but solely         not in its individual capacity
as Owner Trustee                                  but or solely as Owner Trustee



                                                  By: ______________________, as
By: __________________________,                        Authorized Signatory
       Authorized Signatory



                                                  By: __________________________
                                                         Authorized Signatory





                                      B-7

<PAGE>

                                   ASSIGNMENT


     FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR
OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE




________________________________________________________________________________
(Please print or type name and address, including postal zip code, of assignee)



________________________________________________________________________________
the within Trust Certificate, and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably
constituting and appointing



________________________________________________________________________________
to transfer said Trust Certificate on the books of the Certificate Registrar,
will full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated: _________________

Signature Guaranteed:


______________________________________     _____________________________________
NOTICE:  Signature(s) must be              NOTICE:  The signature to this  
guaranteed by an eligible guarantor        assignment must correspond      
institution.                               with the name of the registered 
                                           owner as it appears on the face 
                                           of the within Trust Certificate 
                                           in every particular, without    
                                           alteration or enlargement or any
                                           change whatever.




                                     B-8


<PAGE>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------




              CERTIFICATES FOR HARLEY-DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLE CONTRACTS
                              [_____] GRANTOR TRUST
                           [___]% CLASS A CERTIFICATES
                           [___]% CLASS B CERTIFICATES


                         POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT


                                  BY AND AMONG


                  EAGLEMARK CUSTOMER FUNDING CORPORATION-[___]
                               as Trust Depositor


                                 EAGLEMARK, INC.
                                   as Servicer

                                       AND

                          HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK
             not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee of


                              EAGLEMARK TRUST [___]


                             Dated as of [________]


- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<S>                 <C>                <C>
ARTICLE I
                    DEFINITIONS...................................................................................1
                    Section 1.01.      General....................................................................1
                    Section 1.02.      Specific Terms.............................................................1

ARTICLE II

                    ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST; TRANSFER OF CONTRACTS................................................20
                    Section 2.01.      Closing...................................................................20
                    Section 2.02.      Conditions to the Closing.................................................20
                    Section 2.03.      Acceptance by Trustee.....................................................22
                    Section 2.04.      Conveyance of Subsequent Contracts........................................22
                    Section 2.05.      Tax Treatment.............................................................25

ARTICLE III
                    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES...............................................................25
                    Section 3.01.      Representations and Warranties Regarding the Trust Depositor
                                       ..........................................................................25
                    Section 3.02.      Representations and Warranties Regarding the Servicer.....................27

ARTICLE IV
                    PERFECTION OF TRANSFER AND PROTECTION OF SECURITY
                    INTERESTS....................................................................................28
                    Section 4.01.      Custody of Contracts......................................................29
                    Section 4.02.      Filing....................................................................30
                    Section 4.03.      Name Change or Relocation.................................................30
                    Section 4.04.      Chief Executive Office....................................................31
                    Section 4.05.      Costs and Expenses........................................................31

ARTICLE V
                    SERVICING OF CONTRACTS.......................................................................31
                    Section 5.01.      Responsibility for Contract Administration................................31
                    Section 5.02.      Standard of Care..........................................................31
                    Section 5.03.      Records...................................................................32
                    Section 5.04.      Inspection................................................................32
                    Section 5.05.      Trust Accounts............................................................32
                    Section 5.06.      Enforcement...............................................................34
                    Section 5.07.      Trustee to Cooperate......................................................35
                    Section 5.08.      Costs and Expenses........................................................36

                                     -i-

<PAGE>
                    Section 5.09.      Maintenance of Security Interests in Motorcycles..........................36
ARTICLE VI
                    REPORTS......................................................................................36
                    Section 6.01.      Monthly Reports...........................................................36
                    Section 6.02.      Officer's Certificate.....................................................36
                    Section 6.03.      Other Data................................................................36
                    Section 6.04.      Annual Report of Accountants..............................................36
                    Section 6.05.      Annual Statement of Compliance from Servicer..............................37
                    Section 6.06.      Statements to Certificateholders..........................................38

ARTICLE VII EVENTS OF TERMINATION; SERVICE TRANSFER..............................................................40
                    Section 7.01.      Events of Termination.....................................................40
                    Section 7.02.      Service Transfer..........................................................41
                    Section 7.03.      [Reserved]................................................................41
                    Section 7.04.      Notification to Certificateholders........................................42
                    Section 7.05.      Effect of Transfer........................................................42
                    Section 7.06.      ..........................................................................42
                    Database File................................................................................42
                    Section 7.07.      Replacement Servicer Indemnification......................................42

ARTICLE VIII
                    PAYMENTS AND RESERVE FUND....................................................................43
                    Section 8.01.      Monthly Payments..........................................................43
                    Section 8.02.      Fees......................................................................43
                    Section 8.03.      Advances; Realization of Carrying Charge..................................43
                    Section 8.04.      Payments..................................................................44
                    Section 8.05.      Withdrawal from Reserve Fund to Cover a Shortfall.........................45
                    Section 8.06.      Repurchases of Contracts for Breach of Representations and
                                         Warranties..............................................................45
                    Section 8.07.      Reassignment of Repurchased Contracts.....................................46
                    Section 8.08.      Seller's Repurchase Option................................................46

ARTICLE IX
                    THE CERTIFICATES.............................................................................47
                    Section 9.01       The Certificates..........................................................47
                    Section 9.02       Authentication of Certificates............................................47
                    Section 9.03       Registration of Transfer and Exchange.....................................47
                    Section 9.04        Certain Transfer Restrictions............................................48
                    Section 9.05       Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates.........................48
                    Section 9.06       Persons Deemed Owners.....................................................49
                    Section 9.07       Access to List of Certificateholders' Names and Addresses.................49

                                      -ii-

<PAGE>
                    Section 9.08       Book-Entry Certificates...................................................49
                    Section 9.09       Notices to Clearing Agency................................................50

ARTICLE X
                    INDEMNITIES..................................................................................51
                    Section 10.01.  Servicer Indemnification.....................................................51
                    Section 10.02.  Liabilities to Obligors......................................................51
                    Section 10.03.  Tax Indemnification..........................................................51
                    Section 10.04.  Servicer's Indemnities.......................................................51
                    Section 10.05.  Operation of Indemnities.....................................................52

ARTICLE XI
                    THE TRUSTEE..................................................................................52
                    Section 11.01.  Duties of Trustee............................................................52
                    Section 11.02.  Certain Matters Affecting the Trustee........................................54
                    Section 11.03.  Trustee Not Liable for Certificates or Contracts.............................55
                    Section 11.04.  Trustee May Own Certificates.................................................55
                    Section 11.05.  Rights to Direct Trustee and to Waive Events of Termination
                                    .............................................................................55
                    Section 11.06.  The Servicer to Pay Trustee's Expenses.......................................55
                    Section 11.07.  Eligibility Requirements for Trustee.........................................56
                    Section 11.08.  Resignation or Removal of Trustee............................................56
                    Section 11.09.  Successor Trustee............................................................57
                    Section 11.10.  Merger or Consolidation of Trustee...........................................57
                    Section 11.11.  Tax Returns..................................................................58
                    Section 11.12.  Obligor Claims...............................................................58
                    Section 11.13   Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee................................59
                    Section 11.14   Representations and Warranties of Trustee....................................60

ARTICLE XII
                    MISCELLANEOUS................................................................................61
                    Section 12.01.  Servicer Not to Resign.......................................................61
                    Section 12.02.  Prohibited Transactions with Respect to the Trust............................61
                    Section 12.03.  Maintenance of Office or Agency..............................................61
                    Section 12.04.  Termination..................................................................62
                    Section 12.05.  Acts of Certificateholders...................................................62
                    Section 12.06.  Calculations.................................................................63
                    Section 12.07.  Assignment or Delegation by Trust Depositor..................................63
                    Section 12.08.  Amendment....................................................................63
                    Section 12.09.  Notices......................................................................64
                    Section 12.10.  Merger and Integration.......................................................66
                    Section 12.11.  Headings.....................................................................66

                            -iii-

<PAGE>
                    Section 12.12.  Governing Law................................................................66
                    Section 12.13.  No Insolvency Petition.......................................................66
                    Section 12.14.  Third Party Beneficiary......................................................66
                    Section 12.15.  No Additional Securities.....................................................66
                    Section 12.16.  No Additional Indebtedness by the Trust Depositor............................66

                         -iv-

</TABLE>


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>               <C>      <C>
Exhibit A-l       --       Form of Certificate for Motorcycle Contracts [_____] Grantor Trust
                           Class A Certificates
Exhibit A-2       --       Form of Certificate for Motorcycle Contracts [_____] Grantor Trust
                           Class B Certificates
Exhibit B         --       Form of Assignment
Exhibit C-1       --       Form of Closing Certificate of Trust Depositor
Exhibit C-2       --       Form of Closing Certificate of Servicer/Seller
Exhibit D-1       --       Form of Opinion of Counsel for Trust Depositor regarding general
                           corporate matters (including perfection opinion)
Exhibit D-2       --       Form of Opinion of Counsel for Trust Depositor regarding the "true sale"
                           nature of the transaction
Exhibit D-3       --       Form of Opinion of Counsel for Trust Depositor regarding
                           non-consolidation
Exhibit E         --       Form of Reserve Account Agreement
Exhibit F         --       Form of Certificate of Servicing Officer
Exhibit G         --       Form of Certificate Regarding Repurchased Contracts
Exhibit H         --       [Reserved]
Exhibit I         --       List of Contracts
Exhibit J         --       Form of Monthly Report to Certificateholders
Exhibit K         --       Seller's Representations and Warranties
Exhibit L         --       Lockbox Bank and Lockbox Account
Exhibit M         --       Form of Contract Stamp
Exhibit N         --       Form of Subsequent Transfer Agreement
</TABLE>

                          -v-

<PAGE>

                  This Agreement, dated as of [_____], is made by and among
Eaglemark Customer Funding Corporation-[___], a Nevada corporation (the "Trust
Depositor"), Eaglemark, Inc., a Nevada corporation, as Servicer (in such
capacity, the "Servicer") and Harris Trust and Savings Bank, an Illinois banking
corporation ("Harris") not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee (in
such capacity, the "Trustee") of Eaglemark Trust [_____] (the "Trust").

         In consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements hereinafter
set forth, the Trust Depositor, the Servicer and the Trustee agree as provided
herein:

                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

         Section 1.01. General. For the purpose of this Agreement, except as
otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires, the terms
defined in this Article include the plural as well as the singular, the words
"herein," "hereof" and "hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to
this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular article, section or other
subdivision, and Section references refer to Sections of this Agreement.

         Section 1.02.     Specific Terms.

         "Act" has the meaning assigned in Section 9.02 (b).

         "Addition Notice" means, with respect to any transfer of Subsequent
Contracts to the Trust pursuant to Section 2.04 and the Deposit Agreement and
the Trust Depositor's corresponding prior purchase of such Contracts from the
Seller, a notice, which shall be given at least 10 days prior to the related
Subsequent Transfer Date, identifying the Subsequent Contracts to be transferred
and the aggregate Principal Balance of such Subsequent Contracts.

         "Advance" means, with respect to any Payment Date, the amounts, if any,
deposited by the Servicer in the Collection Account for such Payment Date
pursuant to Section 8.03.

         "Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person controlling
or controlled by, or under common control with, such specified Person. For the
purposes of this definition, "control" when used with respect to any specified
Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person,
directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" or "controlled" have meanings
correlative to the foregoing.

         "Agreement" means this Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the
terms hereof.

                             -1-

<PAGE>
         "Applicants" has the meaning assigned in Section 9.06.

         "Authenticating Agent" means any authenticating agent appointed 
pursuant to Section 9.07.

         "Available Funds" means, with respect to any Payment Date, the sum of
the Available Interest and the Available Principal for such Payment Date.

         "Available Interest" means, with respect to any Payment Date, the total
(without duplication) of the following amounts received by the Servicer on or in
respect of the Contracts during the related Due Period: (i) all amounts received
in respect of interest on the Contracts (as well as Late Payment Penalty Fees
and Extension Fees), (ii) the interest component of all Net Liquidation
Proceeds, (iii) the interest component of the aggregate of the Repurchase Prices
for Contracts repurchased by the Seller pursuant to Section 8.06, (iv) all
Advances made by the Servicer pursuant to Section 8.03, (v) the interest
component of all amounts paid by the Seller in connection with an optional
repurchase of the Contracts pursuant to Section 8.08, (vi) all amounts received
in respect of Carrying Charges transferred from the Interest Reserve Account
pursuant to Section 8.03, and (vii) all amounts received in respect of interest,
dividends, gains, income and earnings on investment of funds in the Trust
Accounts as contemplated in the last sentence of Section 5.05(d).

         "Available Principal" means, with respect to any Payment Date, the
total (without duplication) of the following amounts received by the Servicer on
or in respect of the Contracts during the related Due Period: (i) all amounts
received in respect of principal on the Contracts, (ii) the principal component
of all Net Liquidation Proceeds, (iii) the principal component of the aggregate
of the Repurchase Prices for Contracts repurchased by the Seller pursuant to
Section 8.06, and (iv) the principal component of all amounts paid by the Seller
in connection with an optional repurchase of the Contracts pursuant to Section
8.08.

         "Average Default Ratio" means, for any Payment Date, the arithmetic
average of the Default Ratios for such Payment Dates and the two immediately
preceding Payment Dates.

         "Average Delinquency Ratio" means, the arithmetic average of the
Delinquency Ratios for that Payment Date and the two immediately preceding
Payment Dates.

         "Average Loss Ratio" means, for a Payment Date is equal to the
arithmetic average of the Loss Ratios for such Payment Date and the two
immediately preceding Payment Dates.

         "Book-Entry Certificates" means beneficial interests in Class A
Certificates or Class B Certificates, ownership and transfers of which shall be
registered through book entries by a Clearing Agency as described in Section
9.08.

                         -2-

<PAGE>
         "Buell" means Buell Motorcycle Company.

         "Business Day" means any day other than (a) a Saturday or a Sunday, or
(b) another day on which banking institutions in the city of Chicago, Illinois
are authorized or obligated by law, executive order, or governmental decree to
be closed.

         "Carrying Charges" means the sum of (i) the product of (A) one-twelfth
of the sum of (x) the Class A Pass-Through Rate and (y) [___]% times (B) the
Class A Percentage of the Pre- Funded Amount as of the beginning of the related
Due Period plus (ii) the product of (A) one-twelfth of the sum of (x) the Class
B Pass-Through Rate and (y) [___]% times (B) the Class B Percentage of the
Pre-Funded Amount as of the beginning of the related Due Period.

         "Certificateholder" or "Holder" means the person in whose name either a
Class A Certificate or a Class B Certificate is registered on the Certificate
Register, except that, solely for the purposes of giving any consent, waiver,
request or demand pursuant to this Agreement, any Certificate registered in the
name of the Trust Depositor or any Affiliate of the Trust Depositor shall be
deemed not to be outstanding and the Fractional Interest evidenced thereby shall
not be taken into account in determining whether the requisite Fractional
Interest necessary to effect any such consent, request, waiver or demand has
been obtained; provided, however, that in determining whether the Trustee shall
be protected in relying upon any such consent, waiver, request or demand only
Certificates which the Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded.

         "Certificate Owner" means, with respect to a Book-Entry Certificate,
the Person who is the beneficial owner of such Book-Entry Certificate, as
reflected on the books of the Clearing Agency or on the books of a Person
maintaining an account with the Clearing Agency (directly as a Clearing Agency
Participant or as an indirect participant, in each case in accordance with the
rules of the Clearing Agency).

         "Certificate Register" means the register maintained pursuant to
Section 9.02(a).

         "Certificate Registrar" or "Registrar" means the registrar appointed
pursuant to Section 9.02.

         "Certificates" means the Class A Certificates and the Class B
Certificates.

         "Class" means all Certificates whose form is identical except for
variation in denomination, principal amount or Holder.

         "Class A Certificate" means a Certificate for Harley-Davidson
Motorcycle Contracts evidencing a Fractional Interest executed and delivered by
the Trustee substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1.

                           -3-

<PAGE>
         "Class A Certificate Balance" shall initially equal the Class A Initial
Certificate Balance and, on any date thereafter, shall equal the Class A
Certificate Balance, reduced by all amounts previously distributed to Class A
Certificateholders and allocable to principal.

         "Class A Distributable Amount" means, with respect to any Payment Date,
the sum of the Class A Principal Distributable Amount and the Class A Interest
Distributable Amount.

         "Class A Initial Certificate Balance" means $[_____], which is equal to
the aggregate Principal Balance of the Initial Contracts as of the Initial
Cutoff Date plus the Pre-Funded Amount as of the Closing Date multiplied by the
Class A Percentage, and with respect to a particular Certificate means the
amount set forth on the face thereof.

         "Class A Interest Carryover Shortfall" means, with respect to any
Payment Date, (i) the excess of the Class A Interest Distributable Amount for
the preceding Payment Date over the amount of interest that was actually
distributed to Class A Certificateholders on such preceding Payment Date, plus
(ii) 30 days of interest on the amount specified in clause (i), to the extent
permitted by law, at the Class A Pass-Through Rate.

         "Class A Interest Distributable Amount" means, with respect to any
Payment Date (other than the first Payment Date), the sum of (i) the product of
(A) one-twelfth (or, with respect to the first Payment Date, a fraction, the
numerator of which equals the number of days from and including the Closing Date
to but excluding the first Payment Date and the denominator of which equals 360)
of the Class A Pass-Through Rate and (B) the Class A Certificate Balance as of
the immediately preceding Payment Date (after giving effect to distributions of
principal made on such immediately preceding Payment Date) or, in the case of
the first Payment Date, the Class A Initial Certificate Balance plus (ii) the
Class A Interest Carryover Shortfall for such Payment Date.

         "Class A Pass-Through Rate" means [___]% per annum computed on the
basis of a 360- day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

         "Class A Percentage" means [___]%.

         "Class A Pool Factor" means, at any time, the percentage (carried out
to seven decimal places) derived from a fraction, the numerator of which is the
Class A Certificate Balance at such time and the denominator of which is the
Class A Initial Certificate Balance.

         "Class A Principal Carryover Shortfall" means, with respect to any
Payment Date, (i) the excess of the Class A Principal Distributable Amount over
(ii) the amount of principal that was actually distributed to Class A
Certificateholders on such preceding Payment Date.

                         -4-

<PAGE>
         "Class A Principal Distributable Amount" means, with respect to any
Payment Date, the sum of (i) the product of (a) the Class A Percentage and (b)
the Monthly Principal for such Payment Date plus (ii) the Class A Principal
Carryover Shortfall for such Payment Date.

         "Class B Certificate" means a Certificate for Harley-Davidson
Motorcycle Contracts evidencing a Fractional Interest executed and delivered by
the Trustee substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2.

         "Class B Certificate Balance" shall initially equal the Class B Initial
Certificate Balance and, on any Payment Date (after giving effect to all
payments made to Certificateholders on such date) shall equal the amount by
which the sum of (i) the Pool Balance as of the last day of the related Due
Period and (ii) the Pre-Funded Amount as of such day exceeds the Class A
Certificate Balance on such Payment Date (after giving effect to all payments
made to the Class A Certificateholders on such date).

         "Class B Distributable Amount" means, with respect to any Payment Date,
the sum of the Class B Principal Distributable Amount and the Class B Interest
Distributable Amount.

         "Class B Initial Certificate Balance" means $[____], which is equal to
the aggregate Principal Balance of the Initial Contracts as of the Initial
Cutoff Date plus the Pre-Funded Amount as of the Closing Date multiplied by the
Class B Percentage, and with respect to a particular Certificate means the
amount set forth on the face thereof.

         "Class B Interest Carryover Shortfall" means, with respect to any
Payment Date, (i) the excess of the Class B Interest Distributable Amount for
the preceding Payment Date over the amount of interest that was actually
distributed to Class B Certificateholders on such preceding Payment Date, plus
(ii) 30 days of interest on the amount specified in clause (i), to the extent
permitted by law, at the Class B Pass-Through Rate.

         "Class B Interest Distributable Amount" means, with respect to any
Payment Date (other than the first Payment Date), the sum of (i) the product of
(A) one-twelfth (or, with respect to the first Payment Date, a fraction the
numerator of which equals the number of days from and including the Closing Date
to but excluding the first Payment Date and the denominator of which equals 360)
of the Class B Pass-Through Rate and (B) the Class B Certificate Balance as of
the immediately preceding Payment Date (after giving effect to distributions of
principal made on such immediately preceding Payment Date) or, in the case of
the first Payment Date, the Class B Initial Certificate Balance plus (ii) the
Class B Interest Carryover Shortfall for such Payment Date.

         "Class B Principal Carryover Shortfall" means, with respect to any
Payment Date, (i) the excess of the Class B Principal Distributable Amount over
(ii) the amount of principal that was actually distributed to Class B
Certificateholders on such preceding Payment Date.

                      -5-

<PAGE>
         "Class B Principal Distributable Amount" means, with respect to any
Payment Date, the sum of (i) the product of (A) the Class B Percentage and (B)
the Monthly Principal for such Payment Date plus (ii) the Class B Principal
Carryover Shortfall for such Payment Date.

         "Class B Pass-Through Rate" means [___]% per annum computed on the
basis of a 360- day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. The Class B
Pass-Through Rate includes (i) at any time during the Funding Period, the sum of
(a) the Class A Pass-Through Rate multiplied by the Class B Percentage
multiplied by the Pool Balance, (b) 1.75 basis points on the Pool Balance and
(c) a portion of the amount deposited to the Collection Account from the
Interest Reserve Account during the Funding Period equal to the difference
between the Class B Pass-Through Rate multiplied by the Class B Certificate
Balance and the sum of items (a) and (b) above and (ii) at any time after the
Funding Period, the sum of (a) the Class A Pass-Through Rate multiplied by the
Class B Certificate Balance and (b) 1.75 basis points on the Pool Balance. In no
event will the Class B Pass-Through Rate exceed 7.00% per annum.

         "Class B Percentage" means [___]%

         "Class B Pool Factor" means, at any time, the percentage (carried out
to seven decimal places) derived from a fraction, the numerator of which is the
Class B Certificate Balance at such time and the denominator of which is the
Class B Initial Certificate Balance.

         "Clearing Agency" means an organization registered as a "clearing
agency" pursuant to Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

         "Clearing Agency Participant" means a broker, dealer, bank, other
financial institution or other Person for whom from time to time a Clearing
Agency effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the
Clearing Agency.

         "Closing Date" means [_______].

         "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         "Collateral Agent" means the Collateral Agent named in the Security
Agreement and any successor thereto pursuant to the terms of the Security
Agreement.

         "Collection Account" means a trust account as described in Section 5.05
maintained in the name of the Trust which shall be an Eligible Account.

         "Computer Disk" means the computer disk generated by the Servicer which
provides information relating to the Contracts and which was used by the Seller
in selecting the Contracts sold to the Trust Depositor pursuant to the Transfer
and Sale Agreement (and any Subsequent 

                           -6-

<PAGE>
Purchase Agreement) by the Trust
Depositor in selecting the Contracts sold to the Trust pursuant to this
Agreement (and any Subsequent Transfer Agreement), and includes the master file
and the history file as well as servicing information with respect to the
Contracts.

         "Contract Assets" has the meaning assigned in Section 2.01 (and 2.04,
as applicable in the case of Subsequent Contracts) of the Transfer and Sale
Agreement.

         "Contract File" means, as to each Contract, (a) the original copy of
the Contract, including the executed conditional sales contract or other
evidence of the obligation of the Obligor, (b) the original title certificate to
the Motorcycle and, where applicable, the certificate of lien recordation, or,
if such title certificate has not yet been issued, an application for such title
certificate, or other appropriate evidence of a security interest in the covered
Motorcycle; (c) the assignments of the Contract; (d) the original copy of any
agreement(s) modifying the Contract including, without limitation, any extension
agreement(s) and (e) documents evidencing the existence of physical damage
insurance covering such Motorcycle.

         "Contract Rate" means, as to any Contract, the annual rate of interest
specified in the Contract.

         "Contracts" means the motorcycle conditional sales contracts described
in the List of Contracts and constituting part of the Trust Corpus (as such list
may be supplemented from time to time to reflect transfers of Subsequent
Contracts), and includes, without limitation, all related security interests and
any and all rights to receive payments which are collected pursuant thereto on
or after the Initial Cutoff Date or, with respect to any Subsequent Contracts,
any related Subsequent Cutoff Date, but excluding any rights to receive payments
which are collected pursuant thereto prior to the Initial Cutoff Date, or with
respect to any Subsequent Contracts, any related Subsequent Cutoff Date.

         "Corporate Trust Office" means the office of the Trustee at which at
any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally
administered, which office at the date of the execution of this Agreement is
located at the address set forth in Section 12.09.

         "Cram Down Loss" means, with respect to a Contract, if a court of
appropriate jurisdiction in an insolvency proceeding shall have issued an order
reducing the Principal Balance of such Contract the amount of such reduction
(with a "Cram Down Loss" being deemed to have occurred on the date of issuance
of such order).

         "Cumulative Loss Ratio" means, as of any Payment Date, the fraction
(expressed as a percentage) computed by the Servicer by dividing (i) the
aggregate Net Liquidation Losses for all Contracts since the Cutoff Date through
the end of the related Due Period by (ii) the sum of (A) the Principal Balance
of the Contracts as of the Cutoff Date plus (B) the Principal Balance of any
Subsequent Contracts as of the related Subsequent Cutoff Date.

                           -7-

<PAGE>
         "Cutoff Date" means either or both (as the context may require) the
Initial Cutoff Date and any Subsequent Cutoff Date.

         "Defaulted Contract" means a Contract with respect to which there has
occurred one or more of the following: (i) all or some portion of any payment
under the Contract is 120 days or more delinquent, (ii) repossession (and
expiration of any redemption period) of a Motorcycle securing a Contract or
(iii) the Servicer has determined in good faith that an Obligor is not likely to
resume payment under a Contract.

         "Default Ratio" means, as of any Payment Date, the fraction (expressed
as a percentage) derived by dividing (x) the Principal Balance for all Contracts
that become Defaulted Contracts during the immediately preceding Due Period
multiplied by twelve by (y) the outstanding Principal Balances of all Contracts
as of the beginning of the related Due Period.

         "Delinquency Amount" means, as of any Payment Date means the Principal
Balance of all Contracts that were delinquent 60 days or more as of the end of
the related Due Period (including Contracts in respect of which the related
Motorcycles have been repossessed and are still inventory).

         "Delinquent Interest" means, for each Contract and each Determination
Date as to which the full payment due in the related Due Period has not been
paid (any such payment being "delinquent" for purposes of this definition), all
interest accrued on such Contract from the Due Date in the Due Period one month
prior to the Due Period in which the payment is delinquent.

         "Delinquency Ratio" means, for any Payment Date, the fraction
(expressed as a percentage) computed by dividing (a) the Delinquency Amount
during the immediately preceding Due Period multiplied by twelve by (b) the
Principal Balance of the Contracts as of the beginning of the related Due
Period.

         "Deposit Agreement" means the Agreement to Deposit Contracts, dated as
of [___], from the Trust Depositor in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of
the Trust, which comprises part of the Trust Corpus.

         "Determination Date" means the fourth Business Day following the
conclusion of a Due Period during the term of this Agreement.

         "Due Date" means, with respect to any Contract, the day of the month on
which each scheduled payment of principal and interest is due on such Contract,
exclusive of days of grace.

         "Due Period" means a calendar month during the term of this Agreement,
and the Due Period related to a Determination Date or Payment Date shall be the
calendar month immediately preceding such date; provided, however, that with
respect to the Initial Determination Date or 

                       -8-

<PAGE>
Initial Payment Date, the Due
Period shall be the period from the Initial Cutoff Date to and including
[_____].

         "Eaglemark Financial" has the meaning assigned in Section 5.15.

         "Eligible Account" means a segregated direct deposit account maintained
with a depository institution or trust company organized under the laws of the
United States of America, or any of the States thereof, or the District of
Columbia, having a certificate of deposit, short-term deposit or commercial
paper rating of at least A-1+ by Standard & Poor's and P-1 by Moody's.

         "Eligible Investments" means any one or more of the following types of
investments:

                  (a) (i) direct interest-bearing obligations of, and
         interest-bearing obligations guaranteed as to timely payment of
         principal and interest by, the United States or any agency or
         instrumentality of the United States the obligations of which are
         backed by the full faith and credit of the United States; and (ii)
         direct interest-bearing obligations of, and interest-bearing
         obligations guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest
         by, the Federal National Mortgage Association or the Federal Home Loan
         Mortgage Corporation, but only if, at the time of investment, such
         obligations are assigned the highest credit rating by each Rating
         Agency;

                  (b) demand or time deposits in, certificates of deposit of, or
         bankers' acceptances issued by any depositary institution or trust
         company organized under the laws of the United States or any State and
         subject to supervision and examination by federal and/or State banking
         authorities (including, if applicable, the Trustee or any agent of the
         Trustee acting in their respective commercial capacities); provided
         that the short-term unsecured debt obligations of such depositary
         institution or trust company at the time of such investment, or
         contractual commitment providing for such investment, are assigned the
         highest credit rating by each Rating Agency;

                  (c) repurchase obligations pursuant to a written agreement (i)
         with respect to any obligation described in clause (a) above, where the
         Trustee has taken actual or constructive delivery of such obligation in
         accordance with Section 5.05, and (ii) entered into with a depositary
         institution or trust company organized under the laws of the United
         States or any State thereof, the deposits of which are insured by the
         Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the short-term unsecured debt
         obligations of which are rated "A-1+" by Standard & Poor's and "P-1" by
         Moody's (including, if applicable, the Trustee or any agent of the
         Trustee acting in their respective commercial capacities);

                                    -9-

<PAGE>
                  (d) securities bearing interest or sold at a discount issued
         by any corporation incorporated under the laws of the United States or
         any State whose long-term unsecured debt obligations are assigned the
         highest credit rating by each Rating Agency at the time
         of such investment or contractual commitment providing for such
         investment; provided, however, that securities issued by any particular
         corporation will not be Eligible Investments to the extent that an
         investment therein will cause the then outstanding principal amount of
         securities issued by such corporation and held as part of the Trust to
         exceed 10% of the Eligible Investments held in the Trust (with Eligible
         Investments valued at par);

                  (e) commercial paper that (i) is payable in United States 
         dollars and (ii) is rated in the highest credit rating category by 
         each Rating Agency;

                  (f) money market mutual funds registered under the Investment
         Company Act of 1940, as amended, having a rating, at the time of such
         investment, from each of the Rating Agencies in the highest investment
         category granted thereby; and

                  (g) any other demand or time deposit, obligation, security or
         investment as may be acceptable to each Rating Agency and as may from
         time to time be confirmed in writing to the Trustee by each Rating
         Agency;

provided, however, that securities issued by any entity (except as provided in
paragraph (a)) will not be Eligible Investments to the extent that an investment
therein will cause the then outstanding principal amount of securities issued by
such entity and held in the Pre-Funding Account to exceed $10 million (with
Eligible Investments held in the Pre-Funding Account valued at par).

         "Event of Termination" has the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 7.01.

         "Extension Fee" means any extension fee paid by the Obligor on a
Contract.

         "Final Scheduled Payment Date" means [____].

         "Fractional Interest" means an undivided interest in the Trust and, as
to a particular Certificateholder, means the undivided interest in the Trust
owned by that Certificateholder equal to the percentage obtained by dividing (a)
the Certificate Balance of all Certificates held by such Certificateholder at
the time of determination by (b) the aggregate of the Certificate Balance of all
of the Certificates held by all Certificateholders at such time.

         "Funding Period" means the period beginning on the Closing Date and
ending on the first to occur of (a) the Payment Date on which the amount on
deposit in the Pre-Funding 

                           -10-

<PAGE>
Account (after giving effect to any transfers
therefrom in connection with the transfer of Subsequent Contracts to the Trust
on such Payment Date) is less than $100,000, (b) the date on which an Event of
Termination occurs, (c) the date on which an Insolvency Event occurs with
respect to the Seller and (d) the close of business on the date which is 90 days
from and including the Closing Date.

         "Holder" means a Person in whose name a Certificate is registered in
the Certificate Register.

         "Initial Contracts" means those Contracts conveyed to the Trust on the
Closing Date.

         "Initial Cutoff Date" means [_____].

         "Insolvency Event" means with respect to a specified Person, (a) the
filing of a decree or order for relief by a court having jurisdiction in the
premises in respect of such Person or any substantial part of its property in an
involuntary case under any applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or
other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver,
liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official for
such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or ordering the
winding-up or liquidation of such Person's affairs, and such decree or order
shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or (b)
the commencement by such Person of a voluntary case under any applicable Federal
or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect,
or the consent by such Person to the entry of an order for relief in an
involuntary case under any such law, or the consent by such Person to the
appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee,
custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official for such Person or for any
substantial part of its property, or the making by such Person of any general
assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the failure by such Person generally
to pay its debts as such debts become due, or the taking of action by such
Person in furtherance of any of the foregoing.

         "Interest Reserve Account" means the account designated as the Interest
Reserve Account in, and which is established and maintained pursuant to, Section
3.01 of the Security Agreement.

         "Interest Reserve Amount" means, as of any date of determination, the
amount on deposit in the Interest Reserve Account on such date, and as of the
Closing Date shall be $[___].

         "Late Payment Penalty Fees" means any late payment fees paid by
Obligors on Contracts after all sums received have been allocated first to
regular installments due or overdue and all such installments are then paid in
full.

         "Liquidated Contract" means a Contract with respect to which there has
occurred one or more of the following: (i) 90 days have elapsed following the
date of repossession (and 

                        -11-

<PAGE>
expiration of any redemption period) with respect to
the Motorcycle securing such Contract, (ii) such Contract is a Defaulted
Contract with respect to which the Servicer has determined in good faith that
all amounts expected to be recovered have been received, or (iii) all or any
portion of any payment is delinquent 150 days or more.

         "Liquidated Damages" means the amounts payable by the Trust Depositor
to the Trust upon the end of the Funding Period under Section 2.02 of the
Deposit Agreement, to be derived from any remaining Pre-Funded Amount at the end
of the Funding Period, and described as "Liquidated Damages" in Section 2.02 of
the Deposit Agreement.

         "List of Contracts" means the list identifying each Contract
constituting part of the Trust Corpus, which list shall consist of the initial
List of Contracts reflecting the Initial Contracts transferred to the Trust on
the Closing Date, together with any Subsequent List of Contracts reflecting the
Subsequent Contracts transferred to the Trust on the related Subsequent Transfer
Date, and which list (a) identifies each Contract and (b) sets forth as to each
Contract (i) the Principal Balance as of the applicable Cutoff Date, (ii) the
amount of monthly payments due from the Obligor, (iii) the Contract Rate and
(iv) the maturity date, and which list (as in effect on the Closing Date) is
attached to this Agreement as Exhibit I.

         "Lockbox" means the Lockbox maintained by the Lockbox Bank identified
on Exhibit L hereto.

         "Lockbox Account" means the account maintained with the Lockbox Bank
and identified on Exhibit L hereto.

         "Lockbox Agreement" means the Third Amended and Restated Lockbox
Administration Agreement dated as of March 1, 1996 by and among the Servicer,
the Trust Depositor, Eaglemark Customer Funding Corporation-II, NBD Bank, N.A.,
Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association ("BofA"), Norwest Bank
Minnesota, National Association (the "Predecessor Trustee"), the Trustee,
Financial Security Assurance Inc. ("FSA," with respect to certain prior trusts,
the "Prior Trusts"), with respect to the Lockbox Account, unless such agreement
shall be terminated in accordance with its terms, in which event "Lockbox
Agreement" shall mean such other agreement, in form and substance acceptable to
the above-described parties and FSA, or if an Insurer Default (as defined in
FSA's documentation relating to such Prior Trusts) shall have occurred and be
continuing or FSA is owed no obligation with respect to such Prior Trusts, the
majority of the Certificateholders with respect to such Prior Trusts), the
Servicer, the Trustee and the Lockbox Bank.

         "Lockbox Bank" means the financial institution maintaining the Lockbox
Account and identified on Exhibit L hereto or any successor thereto acceptable
to a majority of the Certificateholders.

                               -12-

<PAGE>
         "Loss Ratio" means, for any Payment Date, the fraction (expressed as a
percentage) derived by dividing (x) Net Liquidation Losses for all Contracts
that became Liquidated Contracts during the immediately preceding Due Period
multiplied by twelve by (y) the outstanding Principal Balances of all Contracts
as of the beginning of the Due Period.

         "Monthly Principal" means, as to any Payment Date, the following amount
calculated as of the related Determination Date: the difference between (i) the
sum of (A) the Principal Balance of the Contracts as of the first day of the Due
Period preceding the Due Period in which such Payment Date occurs (or, in the
case of the first Payment Date, the Principal Balance of the Contracts as of the
Initial Cutoff Date), plus (B) the Pre-Funded Amount on such date (or, in the
case of the first Payment Date, the Pre-Funded Amount on the Closing Date) and
(ii) the sum of (A) the Principal Balance of the Contracts as of the first day
of the Due Period in which such Payment Date occurs, plus (B) the Pre-Funded
Amount on such day, plus (C) the amount of any Special Distribution occurring
from the day referred to in clause (i)(A) above to the day referred to in clause
(ii)(A) above; provided, that on the Final Scheduled Payment Date, Monthly
Principal shall equal the aggregate of the Class A Certificate Balance and the
Class B Certificate Balance. For purposes of determining the amount in clause
(ii)(C) above as to any particular Payment Date and with respect to the Due
Period preceding such Payment Date, if the Funding Period ends during such Due
Period and Liquidated Damages (as defined in the Security Agreement) are
consequently paid from the Pre-Funding Account during such Due Period but will
not be distributed as a Special Distribution until the Payment Date occurring in
the following Due Period (i.e., the particular Payment Date referred to above),
then the amount calculated in clause (ii)(C) for such preceding Due Period shall
be deemed to include such Special Distribution, in such amount (although paid as
a Special Distribution) on the Payment Date occurring during the following Due
Period) will not be included in the next calculation of clause (ii)(C) to be
made with respect to the following Due Period.

         "Monthly Report" has the meaning assigned in Section 6.01.

         "Monthly Servicing Fee" means, as to any Payment Date, one-twelfth of
the product of 1% and the Principal Balance of the Contracts as of the beginning
of the related Due Period.

         "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or any successor
thereto.

         "Motorcycle" means a motorcycle manufactured by Harley-Davidson, Inc.
(or in certain limited instances Buell) securing a Contract.

         "Net Liquidation Losses" means, as of any Payment Date, with respect to
a Liquidated Contract, the amount, if any, by which (a) the outstanding
Principal Balance of such Liquidated Contract plus accrued and unpaid interest
thereon at the Contract Rate to the date on which such Liquidated Contract
became a Liquidated Contract exceeds (b) the Net Liquidation Proceeds for such
Liquidated Contract.

                         -13-

<PAGE>
         "Net Liquidation Proceeds" means, as to any Liquidated Contract, the
proceeds realized on the sale or other disposition of the related Motorcycle,
including proceeds realized on the repurchase of such Motorcycle by the
originating dealer for breach of warranties, and the proceeds of any insurance
relating to such Motorcycle, after payment of all reasonable expenses
incurred thereby, together, in all instances, with the expected or actual
proceeds of any recourse rights relating to such Contract as well as any
post-disposition proceeds received by the Servicer.

         "Obligor" means a Motorcycle buyer or other person who owes payments
under a Contract.

         "Officer's Certificate" means a certificate signed by the Chairman of
the Board, President, or any Vice President of the Seller, the Trust Depositor
or the Servicer and delivered to the Trustee.

         "Paying Agent" has the meaning assigned in Section 8.01(b).

         "Payment Date" means the fifteenth day of each calendar month during
the term of this Agreement, or if such day is not a Business Day, the next
succeeding Business Day, with the first such Payment Date hereunder being
[_____].

         "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture,
association, joint stock company, trust (including any beneficiary thereof),
unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof.

         "Pool Balance" means, as of any date, the aggregate Principal Balance
of Contracts as of the close of business on such date.

         "Pre-Funded Amount" means as of any date, the amount on deposit in the
Pre-Funding Account at the close of business on such date.

         "Pre-Funding Account" means the account designated as the Pre-Funding
Account in, and which is established and maintained pursuant to, Section 3.01 of
the Security Agreement.

         "Principal Balance" means (a) with respect to any Contract as of any
date, an amount equal to the unpaid principal balance of such Contract as of the
opening of business on the Initial Cutoff Date or related Subsequent Cutoff
Date, as applicable, reduced by the sum of (x) all payments received by the
Servicer as of such date allocable to principal and (y) any Cram Down Loss in
respect of such Contract; provided, however, that (i) if (x) a Contract is
repurchased by the Seller pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Transfer and Sale
Agreement and Section 8.06 hereof because of a breach of representation or
warranty, or if (y) the Seller gives notice of its intent to purchase the
Contracts in connection with an optional termination of the Trust pursuant to
Section 5.02 of the Transfer and Sale Agreement and Section 8.08 hereof, in each
case the 

                        -14-

<PAGE>
Principal Balance of such Contract or Contracts shall be deemed as of
the related Determination Date to be zero for the Due Period in which such event
occurs and for each Due Period thereafter, (ii) from and after the third Due
Period succeeding the final Due Period in which the Obligor is required to make
the final scheduled payment on a Contract, the Principal Balance, if
any, of such Contract shall be deemed to be zero, and (iii) from and after the
Due Period in which a Contract becomes a Liquidated Contract, the Principal
Balance of such Contract shall be deemed to be zero; and (b) where the context
requires, the aggregate of the Principal Balances described in clause (a) for
all such Contracts.

         "Rating Agency" means each of Moody's and Standard & Poor's, so long as
such Persons maintain a rating on the Certificates; and if either Moody's or
Standard & Poor's no longer maintains a rating on the Certificates, such other
nationally recognized statistical rating organization selected by the Trust
Depositor.

         "Record Date" means, with respect to any Payment Date, the last
Business Day of the preceding calendar month.

         "Reimbursement Amount" has the meaning assigned in Section 8.03 hereof.

         "Repurchase Price" means, with respect to a Contract to be repurchased
hereunder, an amount equal to (a) the remaining principal balance of such
Contract, plus (b) accrued and unpaid interest at the Contract Rate on such
Contract through the end of the immediately preceding Due Period.

         "Requisite Interest Reserve Amount" means, as of the Closing Date,
$[_____] and as of any Payment Date thereafter during the Funding Period an
amount equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which equals the
difference between (x) the sum of the weighted average of the Class A
Pass-Through Rate and the Class B Pass-Through Rate and ___% and (y) ___%, and
the denominator of which equals 360, times (ii) the Pre-Funded Amount on such
date times (iii) the number of days remaining in the Funding Period. The
Requisite Interest Reserve Amount for any Subsequent Transfer Date shall be
calculated after taking into account the transfer of Subsequent Contracts to the
Trust on such Payment Date.

         "Reserve Agent" means the Reserve Agent named in the Reserve Fund
Agreement, and any successor thereto pursuant to the terms of the Reserve Fund
Agreement.

         "Reserve Fund" means with respect to the Trust, the Reserve Fund
established and maintained pursuant to the Reserve Fund Agreement. The Reserve
Fund shall in no event be deemed part of the Trust Corpus.

                         -15-

<PAGE>
         "Reserve Fund Additional Deposits" means, with respect to any transfer
of Subsequent Contracts to the Trust, the amount (if any) required to be
deposited in the Reserve Fund on or prior to such transfer in satisfaction of
the condition set forth in Section 2.04(b)(vi) hereof.

         "Reserve Fund Agreement" means the Reserve Fund Agreement, dated as of
[____] among the Trust Depositor, the Reserve Agent and the Trustee (as amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time).

         "Reserve Fund Deposits" shall have the meaning provided in the Reserve
Fund Agreement.

         "Reserve Fund Initial Deposit" means $[____].

         "Reserve Fund Trigger Event" means as of any particular Payment Date
(i) the Average Delinquency Ratio is equal to or greater than ___%; (ii) the
Average Loss Ratio is equal to or greater than ___%, (iii) the Cumulative Loss
Ratio is equal to or greater than (a) ___% with respect to any Payment Date
which occurs within the period from the Closing Date to, and inclusive of, the
first anniversary of the Closing Date, (b) ___% with respect to any Payment Date
which occurs within the period from the day after the first anniversary of the
Closing Date to, and inclusive of, the second anniversary of the Closing Date,
or (c) ___% for any Payment Date following the second anniversary of the Closing
Date or (iv) the Average Default Ratio is equal to or greater than ___%.

         "Reserve Fund Requisite Amount" means, with respect to any Payment
Date, an amount equal to ___% of the Principal Balance of the Contracts in the
Trust as of the first day of the immediately preceding Due Period or, upon the
occurrence of a Reserve Fund Trigger Event which has not terminated for three
consecutive Payment Dates (inclusive of the respective Payment Date), an amount
equal to ___% of the Principal Balance of the Contracts in the Trust as of the
first day of the immediately preceding Due Period; provided, however, in no
event, after the Funding Period, shall the Reserve Fund Requisite Amount be less
than ___% of the aggregate of the Initial Class A Certificate Balance and
Initial Class B Certificate Balance.

         "Responsible Officer" means, with respect to the Trustee, the chairman
and any vice chairman of the board of directors, the president, the chairman and
vice chairman of any executive committee of the board of directors, every vice
president, assistant vice president, the secretary, every assistant secretary,
cashier or any assistant cashier, controller or assistant controller, the
treasurer, every assistant treasurer, every trust officer, assistant trust
officer and every other officer or assistant officer of the Trustee customarily
performing functions similar to those performed by persons who at the time shall
be such officers, respectively, or to whom a corporate trust matter is referred
because of knowledge of, familiarity with, and authority to act with respect to
a particular matter.

                       -16-

<PAGE>
         "Security Agreement" means the Security Agreement, dated as of [____]
among the Trust Depositor, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee, securing the
Trust Depositor's obligations to the Trust under the Deposit Agreement.

         "Seller" means Eaglemark, Inc., a Nevada corporation, or its successor,
in its capacity as Seller of Contract Assets under the Transfer and Sale
Agreement and any Subsequent Purchase Agreement.

         "Servicer" means Eaglemark, Inc., a Nevada corporation, or its
successor, until any Service Transfer hereunder and thereafter means the [____]
appointed pursuant to Article VII below with respect to the duties and
obligations required of the Servicer under this Agreement.

         "Service Transfer" has the meaning assigned in Section 7.02(a).

         "Servicing Fee" means, on any Determination Date, the sum of (a) the
Monthly Servicing Fee payable on the related Payment Date, (b) Late Payment
Penalty Fees received by the Servicer during the related Due Period, and (c)
Extension Fees received by the Servicer during the related Due Period.

         "Servicing Officer" means any officer of the Servicer involved in, or
responsible for, the administration and servicing of Contracts whose name
appears on a list of servicing officers appearing in an Officer's Certificate
furnished to the Trustee by the Servicer, as the same may be amended from time
to time.

         "Shortfall" means, with respect to a Payment Date as determined in
accordance with Section 8.04(b), the amounts described in clauses (v) through
(viii) thereof over Available Funds (after the payment of amounts described in
clauses (i) through (iv) of Section 8.04(b) on such Payment Date) in the
Collection Account with respect to the related Due Period.

         "Special Distribution" means a distribution on a Payment Date of
amounts deposited in the Special Distribution Subaccount derived from the
payment of Liquidated Damages under the Deposit Agreement, which shall be deemed
a distribution of principal with respect to the Certificates.

         "Special Distribution Subaccount" means the account described in
Section 5.05(a) established for the purpose of Special Distributions.

         "Standard & Poor's" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a
division of The McGraw Hill Company or any successor thereto.

         "Subsequent Contracts" means all Contracts sold and transferred to the
Trust pursuant to Section 2.04 hereof and Section 2.01 of the Deposit Agreement.

                      -17-

<PAGE>
         "Subsequent Cutoff Date" means the date specified as such for
Subsequent Contracts in the related Subsequent Transfer Agreement.

         "Subsequent List of Contracts" means a list, in the form of the initial
List of Contracts delivered on the Closing Date, but listing each Subsequent
Contract transferred to the Trust pursuant to the related Subsequent Transfer
Agreement.

         "Subsequent Purchase Agreement" means, with respect to any Subsequent
Contracts, the agreement between the Seller and the Trust Depositor pursuant to
which the Seller transferred the Subsequent Contracts to the Trust Depositor,
the form of which is attached to the Transfer and Sale Agreement as Exhibit C.

         "Subsequent Transfer Agreement" means the agreement described in
Section 2.04 hereof and Section 2.01 of the Deposit Agreement.

         "Subsequent Transfer Date" means any date during the Funding Period on
which Subsequent Contracts are transferred to the Trust.

         "Transaction Documents" means this Agreement, the Transfer and Sale
Agreement, the Reserve Fund Agreement, the Deposit Agreement, the Security
Agreement, the Lockbox Agreement, any Subsequent Transfer Agreement and any
Subsequent Purchase Agreement.

         "Transfer and Sale Agreement" means the Transfer and Sale Agreement
dated as of [____] by and between the Trust Depositor and the Seller, as
amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

         "Trust" means the trust created by this Agreement, comprised of the
Trust Corpus.

         "Trust Accounts" means, collectively, the Collection Account and the
Special Distribution Subaccount therein, or any of them.

         "Trust Corpus" has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.01(b)
hereof (and in Section 2.04(a) hereof in respect of Subsequent Contracts and
related assets transferred to the Trust pursuant to Subsequent Transfer
Agreements). Although the Trust Depositor has pledged the Reserve Fund to the
Trustee pursuant to the Reserve Fund Agreement, the Reserve Fund shall not under
any circumstances be deemed to be a part of or otherwise includable in the Trust
or the Trust Corpus.

         "Trust Depositor" has the meaning assigned such term in the preamble
hereunder or any successor thereto.

                       -18-

<PAGE>
         "Trustee's Fee" means, with respect to any Payment Date, one-twelfth of
the product of ___% and the sum of (i) the Principal Balance of the Contracts as
of the beginning of the related Due Period and (ii) the Pre-Funded Amount as of
the beginning of such period; provided, however, in no event shall such fee be
less than $200.00 per month.

         "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in Illinois or
Nevada, as applicable.

         "Uncollectible Advance" means with respect to any Determination Date
and any Contract, the amount, if any, advanced by the Servicer pursuant to
Section 8.03 which the Servicer has as of such Determination Date determined in
good faith will not be ultimately recoverable by the Servicer from insurance
policies on the related Motorcycle, the related Obligor or out of Net
Liquidation Proceeds with respect to such Contract. The determination by the
Servicer that it has made an Uncollectible Advance shall be evidenced by an
Officer's Certificate delivered to the Trustee.

                          -19-

<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE II

                  ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST; TRANSFER OF CONTRACTS

         Section 2.01. Closing. (a) There is hereby created by the Trust
Depositor, as settlor, a separate trust which shall be known as the Eaglemark
Trust [_____]. The Trust shall be administered pursuant to the provisions of
this Agreement for the benefit of the Certificateholders. The Trustee is hereby
specifically empowered to conduct business dealings on behalf of the Trust in
accordance with the terms hereof.

         (b) On the Closing Date, the Trust Depositor shall sell, transfer,
assign, set over and otherwise convey to the Trust by execution of an assignment
substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, without recourse other than as
expressly provided herein, (i) all the right, title and interest of the Trust
Depositor in and to the Initial Contracts listed on the initial List of
Contracts delivered on the Closing Date (including, without limitation, all
security interests and all rights to receive payments which are collected
pursuant thereto on or after the Initial Cutoff Date, including any liquidation
proceeds therefrom, but excluding any rights to receive payments which were
collected pursuant thereto prior to the Initial Cutoff Date), (ii) all rights of
the Trust Depositor under any physical damage or other individual insurance
policy (and rights under a "forced placed" policy, if any) relating to any such
Contract, an Obligor or a Motorcycle securing such Contract, (iii) all security
interests in each such Motorcycle, (iv) all documents contained in the related
Contract Files, (v) all rights (but not the obligations) of the Trust Depositor
under any related motorcycle dealer agreements between dealers (i.e., the
originators of such Contracts) and the Seller, (vi) all rights of the Trust
Depositor in the Lockbox, the Lockbox Account and related Lockbox Agreement to
the extent they relate to such Contracts, (vii) all rights (but not the
obligations) of the Trust Depositor under the Transfer and Sale Agreement,
including but not limited to the Trust Depositor's rights under Article V
thereof, (viii) the remittances, deposits and payments made into the Trust
Accounts from time to time and amounts in the Trust Accounts from time to time
(and any investments of such amounts), and (ix) all proceeds and products of the
foregoing (the property in clauses (i)-(ix) above, along with the Deposit
Agreement (which has been executed directly in favor of the Trustee for the
benefit of the Trust), being the "Trust Corpus"). Although the Trust Depositor
and the Trustee agree that such transfer is intended to be a sale of ownership
of the Trust Corpus, rather than the granting of a security interest to secure a
borrowing, and that the Trust Corpus shall not be property of the Trust
Depositor, in the event such transfer is deemed to be of a mere security
interest to secure a borrowing, the Trust Depositor shall be deemed to have
granted the Trustee for the benefit of the Trust a perfected first priority
security interest in such Trust Corpus and this Agreement shall constitute a
security agreement under applicable law.

         Section 2.02. Conditions to the Closing. On or before the Closing Date,
the Trust Depositor shall deliver or cause to be delivered the following
documents to the Trustee:

                        -20-

<PAGE>
                  (a) The initial List of Contracts, certified by the Chairman
         of the Board, President or any Vice President of the Trust Depositor,
         together with an assignment substantially in the form of Exhibit B
         hereto.

                  (b) A certificate of an officer of the Seller substantially in
         the form of Exhibit B to the Transfer and Sale Agreement and of an
         Officer of the Trust Depositor substantially in the form of Exhibit C
         hereto.

                  (c) Opinions of counsel for the Seller and the Trust Depositor
         substantially in the form of Exhibits D-1, D-2 and D-3 hereto (and
         including as an addressee thereof each Rating Agency).

                  (d) A letter from Arthur Andersen LLP, or another nationally
         recognized accounting firm, addressed to the Trustee and stating that
         such firm has reviewed a sample of the Initial Contracts and performed
         specific procedures for such sample with respect to certain contract
         terms and which identifies those Initial Contracts which do not
         conform.

                  (e) Copies of resolutions of the Board of Directors of each of
         the Seller/Servicer and the Trust Depositor or of the Executive
         Committee of the Board of Directors of each of the Seller/Servicer and
         the Trust Depositor approving the execution, delivery and performance
         of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which any of
         them is a party, as applicable, and the transactions contemplated
         hereunder and thereunder, certified in each case by the Secretary or an
         Assistant Secretary of the Seller/Servicer and the Trust Depositor.

                  (f) Officially certified recent evidence of due incorporation
         and good standing of each of the Seller and the Trust Depositor under
         the laws of Nevada.

                  (g) Evidence of proper filing with the appropriate offices in
         Nevada and Illinois of UCC financing statements executed by the Seller,
         as debtor, naming the Trust Depositor as secured party (and the Trustee
         as assignee) and identifying the Contract Assets as collateral; and
         evidence of proper filing with the appropriate offices in Nevada and
         Illinois of UCC financing statements executed by the Trust Depositor,
         as debtor, (i) naming the Trustee as secured party and identifying the
         Trust Corpus as collateral, and (ii) naming the Trustee as secured
         party and identifying the Reserve Fund Deposits therein as collateral,
         and (iii) naming the Trustee as secured party and identifying the
         Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement) as collateral.

                  (h)      An Officer's Certificate listing the Servicer's
         Servicing Officers.

                                  -21-

<PAGE>
                  (i)      Evidence of deposit in the Collection Account of all
         funds received with respect to the Initial Contracts on or after the
         Initial Cutoff Date to the Closing Date, together with an Officer's
         Certificate from the Seller to the effect that such amount is correct.

                  (j)      The Officer's Certificate of the Seller specified in
         Section 2.02(i) of the Transfer and Sale Agreement.

                  (k) A fully executed copy of the Reserve Fund Agreement,
         together with evidence of deposit in the Reserve Fund of the Reserve
         Fund Initial Deposit by the Depositor in accordance with the Reserve
         Fund Agreement.

                  (l)      Evidence of deposit in the Interest Reserve Account
         of $[_____].

                  (m)      A fully executed Deposit Agreement.

                  (n)      A fully executed Security Agreement.

                  (o)      A fully executed Transfer and Sale Agreement.

         Section 2.03. Acceptance by Trustee. On the Closing Date, if the
conditions set forth in Section 2.02 have been satisfied, the Trustee shall
issue on behalf of the Trust to, or upon the order of, the Trust Depositor the
Class A Certificates and Class B Certificates representing ownership of a
beneficial interest in 100% of the Trust.

         Section 2.04. Conveyance of Subsequent Contracts. (a) Subject to the
conditions set forth in paragraph (b) below, the Trust Depositor, pursuant to
the mutually agreed upon terms contained in the Deposit Agreement and pursuant
to one or more Subsequent Transfer Agreements, shall sell, transfer, assign, set
over and otherwise convey to the Trust, without recourse other than as expressly
provided herein and therein, (i) all the right, title and interest of the Trust
Depositor in and to the Subsequent Contracts (including, without limitation, all
security interests and all rights to receive payments which are collected
pursuant thereto on or after the related Subsequent Cutoff Date, including any
liquidation proceeds therefrom, but excluding any rights to receive payments
which were collected pursuant thereto prior to such Subsequent Cutoff Date),
(ii) all rights of the Trust Depositor under any physical damage or other
individual insurance policy (or a "forced placed" policy, if any) relating to
any such Contract, an Obligor or a Motorcycle securing such Contract, (iii) all
security interests in each such Motorcycle, (iv) all documents contained in the
related Contract Files, (v) all rights (but not the obligations) of the Trust
Depositor under any related motorcycle dealer agreements between dealers (i.e.,
the originators of such Contracts) and the Seller, (vi) all rights of the Trust
Depositor in the Lockbox, the Lockbox Account and related Lockbox Agreement to
the extent they relate to such Contracts, (vii) all rights (but not the
obligations) of the Trust Depositor under the Transfer and 

                    -22-

<PAGE>
Sale Agreement
related to such Contracts (to the extent not already conveyed under Section
2.01(b)), including but not limited to the Trust Depositor's related rights
under Article V thereof, as well as all rights, but not the obligations, of the
Trust Depositor under the Subsequent Purchase Agreement related to such
Contracts, (viii) the remittances, deposits and payments made into the Trust
Accounts from time to time and amounts in the Trust Accounts from time to time
related to such Contracts (to the extent not already conveyed under Section
2.01(b)) (and any investments of such amounts), and (ix) all proceeds and
products of the foregoing (the property in clauses (i)-(ix) above, upon such
transfer, becoming part of the "Trust Corpus"). Although the Trust Depositor
and the Trustee agree that such transfer is intended to be a sale of ownership,
rather than the granting of a security interest to secure a borrowing, and that
the Trust Corpus following such transfer shall not be property of the Trust
Depositor, in the event such transfer is deemed to be of a mere security
interest to secure a borrowing, the Trust Depositor shall be deemed to have
granted the Trustee for the benefit of the Trust a perfected first priority
security interest in such Trust Corpus and this Agreement shall constitute a
security agreement under applicable law.

         (b) The Trust Depositor shall transfer to the Trust the Subsequent
Contracts and the other property and rights related thereto described in
paragraph (a) above only upon the satisfaction of each of the following
conditions on or prior to the related Subsequent Transfer Date:

                  (i) The Seller shall have provided the Trustee, the Placement
         Agent and the Rating Agencies with a timely Addition Notice and shall
         have provided any information reasonably requested by any of the
         foregoing with respect to the Subsequent Contracts;

                  (ii)     the Funding Period shall not have terminated;

                  (iii) the Trust Depositor shall have delivered to the Trustee
         a duly executed written assignment (including an acceptance by the
         Trustee) in substantially the form of Exhibit N hereto (the "Subsequent
         Transfer Agreement"), which shall include a Subsequent List of
         Contracts listing the Subsequent Contracts;

                  (iv) the Trust Depositor shall have deposited or caused to be
         deposited in the Collection Account all collections received with
         respect to the Subsequent Contracts on or after the related Subsequent
         Cutoff Date;

                  (v) as of each Subsequent Transfer Date, neither the Seller
         nor the Trust Depositor was insolvent nor will either of them have been
         made insolvent by such transfer nor is either of them aware of any
         pending insolvency;

                  (vi)     the applicable Reserve Fund Additional Deposit for
         such Subsequent Transfer Date (if any is required) shall have been
         made;

                              -23-

<PAGE>
                  (vii) each Rating Agency shall have notified the Trust
         Depositor and the Trustee in writing that following such transfer the
         Class A Certificates will be rated in the highest rating category by
         such Rating Agency and the Class B Certificates will be rated at least
         "BBB" by Standard & Poor's and Baa2 by Moody's;

                  (viii) such addition will not result in a material adverse tax
         consequence to the Trust or the Certificateholders as evidenced by an
         Opinion of Counsel to be delivered by the Seller to the Trustee, the
         Rating Agency and the Placement Agent;

                  (ix) the Trust Depositor shall have delivered to the Trustee
         an Officers' Certificate confirming the satisfaction of each condition
         precedent specified in this paragraph (b);

                  (x) the Trust Depositor shall have delivered to the Rating
         Agencies and the Placement Agent one or more opinions of counsel with
         respect to the transfer of the Subsequent Contracts substantially in
         the form of the opinions of counsel delivered to such Persons on the
         Closing Date;

                  (xi) the Trust Depositor shall have taken any action necessary
         to maintain the first perfected ownership interest of the Trust in the
         Trust Corpus and the first perfected security interest of the Reserve
         Agent in the Reserve Fund Deposits;

                  (xii) no selection procedures believed by the Trust Depositor
         to be adverse to the interests of the Certificateholders shall have
         been utilized in selecting the Subsequent Contracts;

                  (xiii) the Trust Depositor shall have delivered to the Rating
         Agencies evidence that (A) the weighted average annual percentage rate
         of the Contracts collectively, following the transfer of the Subsequent
         Contracts, is not less than ___%, and (B) that the weighted average
         calculated remaining term to maturity of the Contracts collectively,
         following the transfer of the Subsequent Contracts, does not exceed 66
         months ; and

                  (xiv) the Trust Depositor shall have delivered to the Rating
         Agencies, a report with respect tocertain agreed-upon procedures
         relating to the Subsequent Contracts being transferred, confirming that
         procedures were performed substantially similar to such procedures as
         were performed in connection with the transfer of the Initial
         Contracts.

         (c) As provided in the Deposit Agreement, the Trust Depositor covenants
to transfer (at or prior to the end of the Funding Period) to the Trust pursuant
thereto Subsequent Contracts with an aggregate Principal Balance equal to
$[_____]; provided, however, that in complying with such covenant the Trust
Depositor agrees to make no more than one separate transfer of Subsequent
Contracts per monthly period (as measured by the corresponding Payment Dates),

                       -24-

<PAGE>
and provided further, however, that the sole remedy of the Trust or the
Certificateholders with respect to a failure to comply with such covenant shall
be to enforce the provisions of Section 2.02 of the Deposit Agreement by
demanding the payment of Liquidated Damages thereunder.

         Section 2.05. Tax Treatment. It is the intention of the Trust Depositor
that, for federal income tax purposes, the Trust will be classified as a grantor
trust and not as an association taxable as a corporation. The Trust Depositor
and the Servicer by entering into this Agreement, and each Certificateholder by
the purchase of a Certificate, agree to report such transactions for federal
income tax purposes in a manner consistent with such characterization.


                                   ARTICLE III
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Seller under the Transfer and Sale Agreement has made, and upon execution of
each Subsequent Purchase Agreement is deemed to remake, each of the
representations and warranties set forth in Exhibit K hereto and has consented
to the assignment by the Trust Depositor to the Trustee of the Trust Depositor's
rights with respect thereto. Such representations speak as of the execution and
delivery of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date in the case of the Initial
Contracts, and as of the applicable Subsequent Transfer Date in the case of the
Subsequent Contracts, but shall survive the sale, transfer and assignment of the
Contracts to the Trust. Pursuant to Section 2.01 of this Agreement, the Trust
Depositor has sold, assigned, transferred and conveyed to the Trustee as part of
the Trust Corpus its rights under the Transfer and Sale Agreement, including
without limitation, the representations and warranties of the Seller therein as
set forth in Exhibit K attached hereto, together with all rights of the Trust
Depositor with respect to any breach thereof including any right to require the
Seller to repurchase any Contract in accordance with the Transfer and Sale
Agreement. It is understood and agreed that the representations and warranties
set forth or referred to in this Section shall survive delivery of the Contract
Files to the Trustee or any custodian.

         The Trust Depositor hereby represents and warrants to the Trustee that
it has entered into the Transfer and Sale Agreement with the Seller, that the
Seller has made the representations and warranties in the Transfer and Sale
Agreement as set forth in Exhibit K hereto, that such representations and
warranties run to and are for the benefit of the Trust Depositor, and that
pursuant to Section 2.01 of this Agreement the Trust Depositor has transferred
and assigned to the Trustee all rights of the Trust Depositor to cause the
Seller under the Transfer and Sale Agreement to repurchase Contracts in the
event of a breach of such representations and warranties.

         Section 3.01. Representations and Warranties Regarding the Trust
Depositor. By its execution of this Agreement and each Subsequent Transfer
Agreement, the Trust Depositor represents and warrants to the Trustee and the
Certificateholders that:

                             -25-

<PAGE>
                  (a)      Assumption of Seller's Representations and
         Warranties.  The representations and warranties set forth in Exhibit K
         are true and correct.

                  (b) Organization and Good Standing. The Trust Depositor is a
         corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under
         the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has the corporate
         power to own its assets and to transact the business in which it is
         currently engaged. The Trust Depositor is duly qualified to do business
         as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction
         in which the character of the business transacted by it or properties
         owned or leased by it requires such qualification and in which the
         failure so to qualify would have a material adverse effect on the
         business, properties, assets, or condition (financial or other) of the
         Trust Depositor or the Trust.

                  (c) Authorization; Valid Sale; Binding Obligations. The Trust
         Depositor has the power and authority to make, execute, deliver and
         perform this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it
         is a party and all of the transactions contemplated under this
         Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party,
         and to create the Trust and cause it to make, execute, deliver and
         perform its obligations under this Agreement and the other Transaction
         Documents to which it is a party and has taken all necessary corporate
         action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this
         Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party
         and to cause the Trust to be created. This Agreement and the related
         Subsequent Transfer Agreement, if any, shall effect a valid sale,
         transfer and assignment of the Trust Corpus, enforceable against the
         Trust Depositor and creditors of and purchasers from the Trust
         Depositor. This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which
         the Trust Depositor is a party constitute the legal, valid and binding
         obligation of the Trust Depositor enforceable in accordance with their
         terms, except as enforcement of such terms may be limited by
         bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of
         creditors' rights generally and by the availability of equitable
         remedies.

                  (d) No Consent Required. The Trust Depositor is not required
         to obtain the consent of any other party or any consent, license,
         approval or authorization from, or registration or declaration with,
         any governmental authority, bureau or agency in connection with the
         execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this
         Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

                  (e) No Violations. The execution, delivery and performance of
         this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a
         party by the Trust Depositor, and the consummation of the transactions
         contemplated hereby and thereby, will not violate any provision of any
         existing law or regulation or any order or decree of any court or of
         any Federal or state regulatory body or administrative agency having
         jurisdiction over the Trust Depositor or any of its properties or the
         Articles of 

                          -26-

<PAGE>
         Incorporation or Bylaws of the Trust Depositor, or
         constitute a material breach of any mortgage, indenture, contract or
         other agreement to which the Trust Depositor is a party or by which the
         Trust Depositor or any of the Trust Depositor's properties may be
         bound, or result in the creation or imposition of any security
         interest, lien, charge, pledge, preference, equity or encumbrance of
         any kind upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such
         mortgage, indenture, contract or other agreement, other than as
         contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

                  (f) Litigation. No litigation or administrative proceeding of
         or before any court, tribunal or governmental body is currently
         pending, or to the knowledge of the Trust Depositor threatened, against
         the Trust Depositor or any of its properties or with respect to this
         Agreement, the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party or
         the Certificates (1) which, if adversely determined, would in the
         opinion of the Trust Depositor have a material adverse effect on the
         business, properties, assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of
         the Trust Depositor or the Trust or the transactions contemplated by
         this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to which the Trust
         Depositor is a party or (2) seeking to adversely affect the federal
         income tax or other federal, state or local tax attributes of the
         Certificates.

                  (g) Place of Business; No Changes. The Trust Depositor's sole
         place of business (within the meaning of Article 9 of the UCC) is as
         set forth in Section 12.09 below. The Trust Depositor has not changed
         its name, whether by amendment of its Articles of Incorporation, by
         reorganization or otherwise, and has not changed the location of its
         place of business, within the four months preceding the Closing Date.

Such representations speak as of the execution and delivery of this Agreement
and as of the Closing Date in the case of the Initial Contracts, and as of the
applicable Subsequent Transfer Date in the case of the Subsequent Contracts, but
shall survive the sale, transfer and assignment of the Contracts to the Trust.

         Section 3.02.     Representations and Warranties Regarding the
Servicer.  The Servicer represents and warrants to the Trustee and the
Certificateholders that:

                  (a) Organization and Good Standing. The Servicer is a
         corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under
         the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has the corporate
         power to own its assets and to transact the business in which it is
         currently engaged. The Servicer is duly qualified to do business as a
         foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in
         which the character of the business transacted by it or properties
         owned or leased by it requires such qualification and in which the
         failure so to qualify would have a material adverse effect on the
         business, properties, assets, or condition (financial or otherwise) of
         the Servicer or the 

                        -27-

<PAGE>
         Trust. The Servicer is properly licensed in each
         jurisdiction to the extent required by the laws of such jurisdiction to
         service the Contracts in accordance with the terms hereof.

                  (b) Authorization; Binding Obligations. The Servicer has the
         power and authority to make, execute, deliver and perform this
         Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Servicer is
         a party and all of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement
         and the other Transaction Documents to which the Servicer is a party,
         and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the
         execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other
         Transaction Documents to which the Servicer is a party. This Agreement
         and the other Transaction Documents to which the Servicer is a party
         constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Servicer
         enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as enforcement of
         such terms may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws
         affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by the
         availability of equitable remedies.

                  (c) No Consent Required. The Servicer is not required to
         obtain the consent of any other party or any consent, license, approval
         or authorization from, or registration or declaration with, any
         governmental authority, bureau or agency in connection with the
         execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this
         Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Servicer is
         a party.

                  (d) No Violations. The execution, delivery and performance of
         this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the
         Servicer is a party by the Servicer will not violate any provisions of
         any existing law or regulation or any order or decree of any court or
         of any Federal or state regulatory body or administrative agency having
         jurisdiction over the Servicer or any of its properties or the Articles
         of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Servicer, or constitute a material
         breach of any mortgage, indenture, contract or other agreement to which
         the Servicer is a party or by which the Servicer or any of the
         Servicer's properties may be bound, or result in the creation of or
         imposition of any security interest, lien, pledge, preference, equity
         or encumbrance of any kind upon any of its properties pursuant to the
         terms of any such mortgage, indenture, contract or other agreement,
         other than this Agreement.

                  (e) Litigation. No litigation or administrative proceeding of
         or before any court, tribunal or governmental body is currently
         pending, or to the knowledge of the Servicer threatened, against the
         Servicer or any of its properties or with respect to this Agreement,
         any other Transaction Document to which the Servicer is a party or the
         Certificates which, if adversely determined, would in the opinion of
         the Servicer have a material adverse effect on the business,
         properties, assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of the
         Servicer or the Trust or the transactions contemplated by this
         Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which the Servicer is a
         party.

                            -28-

<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE IV
           PERFECTION OF TRANSFER AND PROTECTION OF SECURITY INTERESTS;


         Section 4.01.     Custody of Contracts.  (a) Subject to the terms and
conditions of this Section 4.01, the contents of each Contract File shall be
held in the custody of the Servicer for the benefit of, and as agent for, the
Certificateholders and the Trustee as the owner thereof.

         (b) The Servicer agrees to maintain the related Contract Files at its
offices where they are currently maintained, or at such other offices of the
Servicer in the State of Nevada as shall from time to time be identified to the
Trustee by written notice. The Servicer may temporarily move individual Contract
Files or any portion thereof without notice as necessary to conduct collection
and other servicing activities in accordance with its customary practices and
procedures; provided, however, that the Servicer will take all action necessary
to maintain the perfection of the Trust's interest in the Contracts and the
proceeds thereof. It is intended that by the Servicer's agreement pursuant to
Section 4.01(a) above and this Section 4.01(b) the Trustee shall be deemed to
have possession of the Contract Files for purposes of Section 9-305 of the
Uniform Commercial Code of the State in which the Contract Files are located.

         (c)      As custodian, the Servicer shall have and perform the
following powers and duties:

                  (i) hold the Contract Files on behalf of the
         Certificateholders and the Trustee, maintain accurate records
         pertaining to each Contract to enable it to comply with the terms and
         conditions of this Agreement, maintain a current inventory thereof,
         conduct annual physical inspections of Contract Files held by it under
         this Agreement and certify to the Trustee annually that it continues to
         maintain possession of such Contract Files;

                  (ii) implement policies and procedures in writing and signed
         by a Servicing Officer with respect to persons authorized to have
         access to the Contract Files on the Servicer's premises and the
         receipting for Contract Files taken from their storage area by an
         employee of the Servicer for purposes of servicing or any other
         purposes;

                  (iii)    attend to all details in connection with maintaining
         custody of the Contract Files on behalf of the Certificateholders and
         the Trustee;

                  (iv)     at all times maintain the original of the fully
         executed Contract and store such original Contract in a fireproof
         vault;

                  (v) stamp each Contract on both the first and the signature
         page (if different) as of the Closing Date (or Subsequent Transfer
         Date, as the case may be) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit M;

                              -29-


<PAGE>
                  (vi) within 30 days of the Closing Date (or Subsequent
         Transfer Date, as the case may be) deliver an Officer's Certificate to
         the Trustee certifying that as of a date no earlier than the Closing
         Date (or Subsequent Transfer Date, as the case may be) it has conducted
         an inventory of the Contract Files (which in the case of Subsequent
         Contracts, need be only of the Contract Files related to such
         Subsequent Contracts) and that there exists a Contract File for each
         Contract and stating all exceptions to such statement, if any; and

                  (vii) within 185 days of the Closing Date (or Subsequent
         Transfer Date, as the case may be) deliver an Officer's Certificate to
         the Trustee listing each Contract with respect to which there did not
         exist as of 180 days of the Closing Date (or Subsequent Transfer Date,
         as the case may be) an original title certificate to the motorcycle and
         the certificate of lien recordation relating thereto.

         (d) In performing its duties under this Section 4.01, the Servicer
agrees to act with reasonable care, using that degree of skill and care that it
exercises with respect to similar contracts for the installment purchase of
consumer goods owned and/or serviced by it, and in any event with no less degree
of skill and care than would be exercised by a prudent servicer of motorcycle
conditional sales contracts. The Servicer shall promptly report to the Trustee
any failure by it to hold the Contract Files as herein provided and shall
promptly take appropriate action to remedy any such failure. In acting as
custodian of the Contract Files, the Servicer further agrees not to assert any
legal or beneficial ownership interest in the Contracts or the Contract Files,
except as provided in Section 5.06. The Servicer agrees to indemnify the
Certificateholders, the Trustee for any and all liabilities, obligations,
losses, damages, payments, costs, or expenses of any kind whatsoever which may
be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Certificateholders, or the
Trustee as the result of any act or omission by the Servicer relating to the
maintenance and custody of the Contract Files; provided, however, that the
Servicer will not be liable for any portion of any such amount resulting from
the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any Certificateholder, or the
Trustee. The Trustee shall have no duty to monitor or otherwise oversee the
Servicer's performance as custodian hereunder.

         Section 4.02. Filing. On or prior to the Closing Date, the Servicer
shall cause the UCC financing statement(s) referred to in Section 2.02(g) hereof
to be filed and from time to time the Servicer shall take and cause to be taken
such actions and execute such documents as are necessary or desirable or as the
Trustee may reasonably request to perfect and protect the Trust's first priority
perfected interest in the Trust Corpus against all other persons, including,
without limitation, the filing of financing statements, amendments thereto and
continuation statements, the execution of transfer instruments and the making of
notations on or taking possession of all records or documents of title.

                           -30-

<PAGE>
         Section 4.03. Name Change or Relocation. (a) During the term of this
Agreement, neither the Seller nor the Trust Depositor shall change its name,
identity or structure or relocate its chief executive office without first
giving at least 30 days' prior written notice to the Trustee.

         (b) If any change in either the Seller's or the Trust Depositor's name,
identity or structure or other action would make any financing or continuation
statement or notice of lien filed under this Agreement seriously misleading
within the meaning of applicable provisions of the UCC or any title statute,
the Servicer, no later than five days after the effective date of such change,
shall file such amendments as may be required to preserve and protect the
Trust's interests in the Trust Corpus and the proceeds thereof. In addition,
neither the Seller nor the Trust Depositor shall change its place of business
(within the meaning of Article 9 of the UCC) from the location specified in
Section 12.09 below unless it has first taken such action as is advisable or
necessary to preserve and protect the Trust's interest in the Trust Corpus.
Promptly after taking any of the foregoing actions, the Servicer shall deliver
to the Trustee an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee
stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all financing statements or
amendments necessary to preserve and protect the interests of the Trustee in
the Trust Corpus have been filed, and reciting the details of such filing.

         Section 4.04. Chief Executive Office. During the term of this
Agreement, the Trust Depositor will maintain its chief executive office in one
of the States of the United States, except Louisiana, Tennessee, Colorado,
Kansas, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Utah or Wyoming.

         Section 4.05. Costs and Expenses. The Servicer agrees to pay all
reasonable costs and disbursements in connection with the perfection and the
maintenance of perfection, as against all third parties, of the Trust's right,
title and interest in and to the Contracts (including, without limitation, the
security interest in the Motorcycles granted thereby).

                                    ARTICLE V
                             SERVICING OF CONTRACTS

         Section 5.01. Responsibility for Contract Administration. The Servicer
will have the sole obligation to manage, administer, service and make
collections on the Contracts and perform or cause to be performed all
contractual and customary undertakings of the holder of the Contracts to the
Obligor. The Trustee, at the written request of a Servicing Officer, shall
furnish the Servicer with any powers of attorney or other documents necessary or
appropriate in the opinion of the Trustee to enable the Servicer to carry out
its servicing and administrative duties hereunder. The Servicer is hereby
appointed the servicer hereunder until such time as any Service Transfer may be
effected under Article VII.

         Section 5.02. Standard of Care. In managing, administering, servicing
and making collections on the Contracts pursuant to this Agreement, the Servicer
will exercise that degree of skill and care consistent with the skill and care
that the Servicer exercises with respect to similar 

                                   -31-

<PAGE>
contracts serviced by the
Servicer, and, in any event no less degree of skill and care than would be
exercised by a prudent servicer of motorcycle conditional sales contracts;
provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Servicer shall not
release or waive the right to collect the unpaid balance on any Contract.

         Section 5.03. Records.  The Servicer shall, during the period it
is servicer hereunder, maintain such books of account and other records as will
enable the Trustee to determine the status of each Contract.

         Section 5.04. Inspection. (a) At all times during the term hereof, the
Servicer shall afford the Trustee and its respective authorized agents
reasonable access during normal business hours to the Servicer's records
relating to the Contracts and will cause its personnel to assist in any
examination of such records by the Trustee, or such authorized agents and allow
copies of the same to be made. The examination referred to in this Section will
be conducted in a manner which does not unreasonably interfere with the
Servicer's normal operations or customer or employee relations. Without
otherwise limiting the scope of the examination the Trustee may, using generally
accepted audit procedures, verify the status of each Contract and review the
Computer Disk and records relating thereto for conformity to Monthly Reports
prepared pursuant to Article VI and compliance with the standards represented to
exist as to each Contract in this Agreement.

         (b) At all times during the term hereof, the Servicer shall keep
available a copy of the List of Contracts at its principal executive office for
inspection by Certificateholders.

         Section 5.05. Trust Accounts. (a) On or before the Closing Date, the
Trust Depositor shall establish the Collection Account and the Special
Distribution Subaccount therein, each in the name of the Trustee for the benefit
of the Certificateholders. The Trustee is hereby required to ensure that each of
the Trust Accounts is established and maintained as an Eligible Account.

         (b) The Trustee shall deposit (or the Servicer shall deposit, with
respect to payments by or on behalf of the Obligors received directly by the
Servicer), without deposit into any intervening account, into the Collection
Account as promptly as practical (but in any case not later than the second
Business Day following the receipt thereof):

                  (i) With respect to principal and interest on the Contracts
         (as well as Late Payment Penalty Fees and Extension Fees) received on
         or after the Initial Cutoff Date or Subsequent Cutoff Date, as
         applicable (which for the purpose of this paragraph (b)(i) shall
         include those monies in the Lockbox Account allocable to principal and
         interest on the Contracts), all such amounts received by the Trustee or
         Servicer;

                  (ii)     All Net Liquidation Proceeds related to the
         Contracts;

                            -32-

<PAGE>
                  (iii)    The aggregate of the Repurchase Prices for Contracts
         repurchased by the Seller as described in Section 8.06;

                  (iv)     All Advances made by the Servicer pursuant to
         Section 8.03(a);

                  (v)      All amounts paid by the Seller in connection with an
         optional repurchase of the Contracts described in Section 8.08;

                  (vi)     All amounts realized in respect of Carrying Charges
         transferred from the Interest Reserve Account as contemplated in
         Section 8.03(b); and

                  (vii) All amounts received in respect of interest, dividends,
         gains, income and earnings on investments of funds in the Trust
         Accounts as contemplated in the last sentence of Section 5.05(d)
         hereof.

         (c) The Trustee shall, if amounts remain on deposit in the Pre-Funding
Account at the expiration of the Funding Period, make demand, immediately upon
expiration of the Funding Period, upon the Trust Depositor and the Collateral
Agent for the payment of Liquidated Damages as contemplated in Section 2.02 of
the Deposit Agreement and Section 3.03 of the Security Agreement. The Trustee
shall deposit the amounts received from the Deposit Collateral Agent in respect
of such Liquidated Damages into the Special Distribution Subaccount in the
Collection Account to be distributed on the next upcoming Payment Date as
contemplated in Section 8.04(b) hereof.

         (d) If the Servicer so directs, in writing, the Trustee shall in its
capacity as Trustee hereunder, invest the amounts in the Trust Accounts in
Eligible Investments that mature not later than one Business Day prior to the
next succeeding Payment Date. Once such funds are invested, the Trustee shall
not change the investment of such funds. Any loss on such investments shall be
deposited in the applicable Trust Account by the Servicer out of its own funds
immediately as realized. Funds in the Trust Accounts not so invested must be
insured to the extent permitted by law by the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings
Association Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Subject
to the restrictions herein, the Trustee may purchase an Eligible Investment from
itself or an Affiliate. Any investment of funds in the Trust Accounts shall be
made in Eligible Investments (a) held in the possession of the Trustee or
maintained with another institution as an Eligible Account with respect to which
such institution has noted the Trustee's interest therein on its books and
records and a confirmation of the Trustee's interest has been sent to the
Trustee by such institution, and (b) with respect to Eligible Investments
comprised of securities, the Trustee has purchased such securities for value in
good faith without notice of any adverse claim thereto, and which securities (A)
if certificated and in bearer form, have been delivered to the Trustee, or in
registered form, have been issued or endorsed to the Trustee or in blank, (B) if
uncertificated, the transfer of which is registered on the books of the issuer
thereof, or (C) have been transferred (x) 

                           -33-

<PAGE>
through acquisition or possession by a
financial intermediary of a certificated security specially endorsed to or
issued in the name of the Trustee, or (y) through confirmation by a financial
intermediary (not a clearing corporation) of the Trustee's purchase of a
certificated security and appropriate identification of its interest in the
records of such intermediary, or (z) through the making of appropriate entries
to the Trustee's (or its designee's) account on the books of a clearing
corporation in accordance with Section 8-320 of the applicable Uniform
Commercial Code. Subject to the other provisions hereof, the Trustee shall have
sole control over each such investment and the income thereon, and any
certificate or other instrument evidencing any such investment, if any, shall
be delivered directly to the Trustee or its agent, together with each document
of transfer, if any, necessary to transfer title to such investment to the
Trustee in a manner which complies with this Section 5.05(d). All interest,
dividends, gains upon sale and other income from, or earnings on, investments
of funds in the Trust Accounts shall be deposited in the Collection Account
pursuant to Section 5.05(b)(ii) and distributed on the next Payment Date
pursuant to Section 8.04(b).

         Section 5.06. Enforcement. (a) The Servicer will, consistent with
Section 5.02, act with respect to the Contracts in such manner as will maximize
the receipt of principal and interest on such Contracts. However, nothing
provided herein will give the Servicer the power to vary the investment of the
Certificateholders in such a way as to cause the trust not to be treated as an
investment trust under the regulations promulgated under Code Section 7701.

         (b) The Servicer may sue to enforce or collect upon Contracts, in its
own name, if possible, or as agent for the Trustee. If the Servicer elects to
commence a legal proceeding to enforce a Contract, the act of commencement shall
be deemed to be an automatic assignment of the Contract to the Servicer for
purposes of collection only. If, however, in any enforcement suit or legal
proceeding it is held that the Servicer may not enforce a Contract on the ground
that it is not a real party in interest or a holder entitled to enforce the
Contract, the Trustee on behalf of the Trust shall, at the Servicer's expense,
take such steps as the Servicer deems reasonably necessary to enforce the
Contract, including bringing suit in its name or the names of the
Certificateholders.

         (c) The Servicer shall exercise any rights of recourse against third
persons that exist with respect to any Contract in accordance with the
Servicer's usual practice. In exercising recourse rights, the Servicer is
authorized on the Trustee's behalf to reassign the defaulted Contract or the
related Motorcycle to the person against whom recourse exists at the price set
forth in the document creating the recourse; provided, however, the Servicer in
exercising recourse against any third persons as described in the immediately
preceding sentence shall do so in such manner as to maximize the aggregate
recovery with respect to the Contract; and provided further, however, that
notwithstanding the foregoing the Servicer in its capacity as such may exercise
such recourse only if such Contract was not required to be repurchased by the
Seller pursuant to the Transfer and Sale Agreement or was required to be
repurchased by the Seller and the Seller has defaulted on such repurchase
obligation.

                       -34-

<PAGE>
         (d)      The Servicer will not permit any rescission or cancellation
of any Contract due to the acts or omissions of the Servicer.

         (e) The Servicer may grant to the Obligor on any Contract an extension
of payments due under such Contract, provided that (i) the extension period is
limited to 45 days, (ii) the Obligor has been in good standing for the previous
twelve-month period, (iii) such extension is consistent with the Servicer's
customary servicing procedures and is consistent with Section 5.02, (iv) such
extension does not extend the maturity date of the Contract beyond the latest
maturity date of any of the Contracts as of the Initial Cutoff Date (or, if a
transfer of Subsequent Contracts to the Trust occurs, beyond the latest
maturity date of such Subsequent Contracts) and (v) the aggregate Principal
Balances of Contracts which have had extensions granted does not exceed more
than 3.00% of the aggregate of the Class A Initial Certificate Balance and the
Class B Initial Certificate Balance.

         (f) The Servicer will not add to the outstanding Principal Balance of
any Contract the premium of any physical damage or other individual insurance on
a Motorcycle securing such Contract it obtains on behalf of the Obligor under
the terms of such Contract, but may create a separate Obligor obligation with
respect to such premium if and as provided by the Contract.

         (g) If the Servicer shall have repossessed a Motorcycle on behalf of
the Trust, the Servicer shall either (i) maintain at its expense physical damage
insurance with respect to such Motorcycle, or (ii) indemnify the Trust against
any damage to such Motorcycle prior to resale or other disposition. The Servicer
shall not allow such repossessed Motorcycles to be used in an active trade or
business, but rather shall dispose of the Motorcycle in a reasonable time in
accordance with the Servicer's normal business practices.

         Section 5.07. Trustee to Cooperate. Upon payment in full on any
Contract, the Servicer will notify the Trustee and the Trust Depositor on the
next succeeding Payment Date by certification of a Servicing Officer (which
certification shall include a statement to the effect that all amounts received
in connection with such payments which are required to be deposited in the
Collection Account pursuant to Section 5.05 have been so deposited) and shall
(if the Servicer is not then in possession of the Contracts and Contract Files)
request delivery of the Contract and Contract File to the Servicer. Upon receipt
of such delivery and request, the Trustee shall promptly release or cause to be
released such Contract and Contract File to the Servicer. Upon receipt of such
Contract and Contract File, each of the Trust Depositor and the Servicer is
authorized to execute an instrument in satisfaction of such Contract and to do
such other acts and execute such other documents as the Servicer deems necessary
to discharge the Obligor thereunder and eliminate the security interest in the
Motorcycle related thereto. The Servicer shall determine when a Contract has
been paid in full; to the extent that insufficient payments are received on a
Contract credited by the Servicer as prepaid or paid in full and satisfied, the
shortfall shall be paid by the Servicer out of its own funds. From time to time
as appropriate for servicing and repossession in connection with any Contract,
if the Servicer is not then in 

                         -35-

<PAGE>
possession of the Contracts and Contract Files,
the Trustee shall, upon written request of a Servicing Officer and delivery to
the Trustee of a receipt signed by such Servicing Officer, cause the original
Contract and the related Contract File to be released to the Servicer and shall
execute such documents as the Servicer shall deem reasonably necessary to the
prosecution of any such proceedings. Such receipt shall obligate the Servicer to
return the original Contract and the related Contract File to the Trustee when
the need by the Servicer has ceased unless the Contract shall be repurchased as
described in Section 8.09. Upon request of a Servicing Officer, the Trustee
shall perform such other acts as reasonably requested by the Servicer and
otherwise cooperate with the Servicer in the enforcement of the
Certificateholders' rights and remedies with respect to Contracts.

         Section 5.08. Costs and Expenses. All costs and expenses incurred by
the Servicer in carrying out its duties hereunder, fees and expenses of
accountants and payments of all fees and expenses incurred in connection with
the enforcement of Contracts (including enforcement of defaulted Contracts and
repossessions of Motorcycles securing such Contracts when such Contracts are not
repurchased pursuant to Section 8.06) and all other fees and expenses not
expressly stated hereunder to be for the account of the Trust shall be paid by
the Servicer and the Servicer shall not be entitled to reimbursement hereunder.

         Section 5.09. Maintenance of Security Interests in Motorcycles. The
Servicer shall take such steps as are necessary to maintain continuous
perfection and the first priority of the security interest created by each
Contract in the related Motorcycle. The Trustee hereby authorizes the Servicer
to take such steps as are necessary to perfect such security interest and to
maintain the first priority thereof in the event of a relocation of a Motorcycle
or for any other reason.


                                   ARTICLE VI
                                     REPORTS

         Section 6.01. Monthly Reports. No later than 10:00 a.m. Chicago,
Illinois time two Business Days following each Determination Date, the Servicer
shall cause the Trustee and each Rating Agency to receive a "Monthly Report"
substantially in the form of Exhibit J hereto.

         Section 6.02. Officer's Certificate. Each Monthly Report delivered
pursuant to Section 6.01 shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Servicing
Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit F, certifying the accuracy of the
Monthly Report and that no Event of Termination or event that with notice or
lapse of time or both would become an Event of Termination has occurred, or if
such event has occurred and is continuing, specifying the event and its status.

         Section 6.03. Other Data. In addition, the Trust Depositor and the
Servicer shall, on request of the Trustee, Moody's or Standard & Poor's, furnish
the Trustee, Moody's or Standard & Poor's, as the case may be, such underlying
data as may be reasonably requested.

                      -36-

<PAGE>
         Section 6.04.     Annual Report of Accountants.

         (a) The Servicer shall cause a firm of nationally recognized
independent certified public accountants (the "Independent Accountants"), who
may also render other services to the Servicer, Eaglemark Financial or to the
Trust Depositor, to deliver to the Trustee, the Placement Agent and each Rating
Agency, on or before March 31 (or 90 days after the end of the Servicer's
fiscal year, if other than December 31) of each year, beginning on March 31,
1997, with respect to the twelve months ended the immediately preceding December
31 (or other applicable date), a statement (the "Accountant's Report") addressed
to the Board of Directors of the Servicer to the Trustee to the effect that such
firm has audited the financial statements of Eaglemark Financial and issued its
report thereon and that such audit

                  (1) was made in accordance with generally accepted auditing
         standards, and accordingly included such tests of the accounting
         records and such other auditing procedures as such firm considered
         necessary in the circumstances;

                  (2) included an examination of documents and records relating
         to the servicing of motorcycle conditional sales contracts under
         pooling and servicing agreements substantially similar to one another
         (such statement to have attached thereto a schedule setting forth the
         pooling and servicing agreements covered thereby, including this
         Agreement);

                  (3)      included an examination of the delinquency and loss
         statistics relating to Eaglemark Financial's portfolio of motorcycle
         conditional sales contracts; and

                  (4) except as described in the statement, disclosed no
         exceptions or errors in the records relating to motorcycle loans
         serviced for others that, in the firm's opinion, generally accepted
         auditing standards requires such firm to report.

The Accountant's Report shall further state that

                  (1)      a review in accordance with agreed upon procedures
         was made of one randomly selected Monthly Report and

                  (2)      except as disclosed in the Report, no exceptions or
         errors in the Monthly Report so examined were found.

         (b) The Accountant's Report shall also indicate that the firm is
independent of Eaglemark Financial within the meaning of the Code of
Professional Ethics of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

                          -37-

<PAGE>
         Section 6.05. Annual Statement of Compliance from Servicer. The
Servicer will deliver to the Trustee and each of the Rating Agencies, on or
before January 31 of each year commencing January 31, 19__, an Officer's
Certificate stating that (a) a review of the activities of the Servicer during
the prior calendar year and of its performance under this Agreement was made
under the supervision of the officer signing such certificate and (b) to such
officer's knowledge, based on such review, the Servicer has fully performed all
its obligations under this Agreement, or, if there has been a default in the
performance of any such obligation, specifying each such default known
to such officer and the nature and status thereof. A copy of such certificate
may be obtained by any Certificateholder by a request in writing to the Trustee.

         Section 6.06. Statements to Certificateholders. (a) On or before two
Business Days prior to each Payment Date, the Servicer shall prepare and,
concurrently with each distribution to Certificateholders pursuant to Article
VIII, the Trustee, in its capacity as Certificate Registrar and Paying Agent,
shall cause to be delivered and mailed to each Holder of a Class A Certificate
and each Holder of a Class B Certificate at the address appearing on the
Certificate Register a statement as of the related Payment Date setting forth:

                  (i)      the amount distributed on such date and allocable to
         principal of the Class A Certificates and the Class B Certificates;

                  (ii)     the amount distributed on such date and allocable to
         interest on the Class A Certificates and the Class B Certificates;

                  (iii) the amount of the Class A and Class B Principal and
         Interest Carryover Shortfalls, if any, for such Payment Date and the
         change in the Class A and Class B Principal and Interest Carryover
         Shortfalls from the immediately preceding Payment Date;

                  (iv)     the amount otherwise distributable to the Class B
         Certificateholders that will be distributed to the Class A
         Certificateholders on such Payment Date;

                  (v) the amount of the distributions described in (i) or (ii)
         above payable pursuant to a claim on the Reserve Fund or from any other
         source not constituting Available Funds and the amount remaining in the
         Reserve Fund after giving effect to all deposits and withdrawals from
         the Reserve Fund on such date;

                  (vi)     the amount of any Special Distribution to be made on
         such Payment Date;

                  (vii)    for each Payment Date during the Funding Period, the
         remaining Pre-Funded Amount;

                             -38-

<PAGE>
                  (viii) for each Payment Date to and including the Payment Date
         immediately following the end of the Funding Period, the Principal
         Balance and number of Subsequent Contracts conveyed to the Trust during
         the related Due Period;

                  (ix) the remaining Class A Certificate Balance and Class B
         Certificate Balance after giving effect to the distribution of
         principal (and Special Distribution, if any) to be made on such Payment
         Date;

                  (x)      the Pool Balance as of the close of business on the
         last day of the related Due Period;

                  (xi)     the Class A Pool Factor and the Class B Pool Factor
         immediately before and immediately after such Payment Date;

                  (xii)    the amount of fees payable out of the Trust,
         separately identifying the Monthly Servicing Fee and the Trustee Fee;

                  (xiii) the number and aggregate Principal Balance of Contracts
         delinquent 31-59 days, 60-89 days and 90 or more days, computed as of
         the end of the related Due Period;

                  (xiv) the number and aggregate Principal Balance of Contracts
         that became Liquidated Contracts during the immediately preceding Due
         Period, the amount of liquidation proceeds for such Due Period, the
         amount of liquidation expenses being deducted from liquidation proceeds
         for such Due Period, and the Net Liquidation Proceeds for such Due
         Period;

                  (xv)     the Loss Ratio, Average Loss Ratio, Cumulative Loss
         Ratio, Default Ratio, Average Default Ratio, Delinquency Ratio and
         Average Delinquency Ratio each as of such Payment Date;

                  (xvi) the number of Contracts and the aggregate Principal
         Balance of such Contracts, as of the first day of the Due Period
         relating to such Payment Date and as of the end of such Payment Date
         (after giving effect to payments received during such Due Period and to
         any transfers of Subsequent Contracts to the Trust occurring on or
         prior to such Payment Date);

                  (xvii) the aggregate Principal Balance and number of Contracts
         that were repurchased by the Seller pursuant to Section 8.06 with
         respect to the related Due Period, identifying such Contracts and the
         Repurchase Price for such Contracts; and

                          -39-

<PAGE>
                  (xix) such other customary factual information as is available
         to the Servicer as the Servicer deems necessary and can reasonably
         obtain from its existing data base to enable Certificateholders to
         prepare their tax returns.

         (b) Within 75 days after the end of each calendar year, the Servicer
shall prepare and the Certificate Registrar shall mail to each Certificateholder
of record at any time during such year a report as to the aggregate amounts
reported pursuant to subsections (a)(i), (ii) and (xii) of this Section 6.06,
attributable to such Certificateholder.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                     EVENTS OF TERMINATION; SERVICE TRANSFER

         Section 7.01.     Events of Termination.  "Event of Termination" means
the occurrence of any of the following:

                  (a) Any failure by the Servicer or the Seller to make any
         payment or deposit required to be made hereunder or in the Transfer and
         Sale Agreement (or in any Subsequent Purchase Agreement or Subsequent
         Transfer Agreement) and the continuance of such failure for a period of
         four Business Days after the date on which such payment or deposit was
         due;

                  (b) Failure on the Servicer's or the Seller's part to observe
         or perform in any material respect any covenant or agreement in the
         Certificates, this Agreement or in the Transfer and Sale Agreement (or
         in any Subsequent Purchase Agreement or Subsequent Transfer Agreement)
         (other than a covenant or agreement, the breach of which is
         specifically addressed elsewhere in this Section) which continues
         unremedied for 30 days after the date on which such failure commences;

                  (c) Any assignment by the Servicer or the Seller of its duties
         or rights hereunder or under the Transfer and Sale Agreement (or under
         any Subsequent Purchase Agreement or Subsequent Transfer Agreement),
         except as specifically permitted hereunder or thereunder, or any
         attempt to make such an assignment;

                  (d) An involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy,
         insolvency or other similar law shall have been commenced in respect of
         the Servicer or Trust Depositor and shall not have been dismissed
         within 90 days, or a court having jurisdiction in the premises shall
         have entered a decree or order for relief in respect of either the
         Servicer or Trust Depositor in an involuntary case under any applicable
         bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect,
         or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee,
         sequestrator (or similar official) of either the Servicer or Trust
         Depositor, or for any substantial liquidation or winding up of their
         respective affairs;
                
                             -40-

<PAGE>
                  (e) The Servicer or Trust Depositor shall have commenced a
         voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other
         similar law now or hereafter in effect, or shall have consented to the
         entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law,
         or shall have consented to the appointment of or taking possession by a
         receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian or sequestrator (or
         other similar official) of the Servicer or Trust Depositor, as the case
         may be, or for any substantial part of their respective property, or
         shall have made any general assignment for the benefit of their
         respective creditors, or shall have failed to, or admitted in writing
         its inability to, pay its debts as they become due, or shall have taken
         any corporate action in furtherance of the foregoing;

                  (f) Any failure by the Servicer to deliver to the Trustee the
         Monthly Report pursuant to the terms of this Agreement which remains
         uncured for five Business Days after the date which such failure
         commences;

                  (g) Any representation, warranty or statement of the Servicer
         made in this Agreement, in any Subsequent Transfer Agreement or any
         certificate, report or other writing delivered pursuant hereto shall
         prove to be incorrect in any material respect as of the time when the
         same shall have been made and the incorrectness of such representation,
         warranty or statement has a material adverse effect on the Trust and,
         within 30 days after written notice thereof shall have been given to
         the Servicer or the Trust Depositor by the Trustee, the circumstances
         or condition in respect of which such representation, warranty or
         statement was incorrect shall not have been eliminated or otherwise
         cured.

         Section 7.02. Service Transfer. (a) If an Event of Termination has
occurred and is continuing, (x) Certificateholders with aggregate Fractional
Interests representing 25% or more of the Trust or (y) the Trustee may, by
written notice delivered to the parties hereto, terminate all (but not less than
all) of the Servicer's management, administrative, servicing, custodial and
collection functions (such termination being herein called a "Service
Transfer").

         (b) Upon receipt of the notice required by Section 7.02(a) (or, if
later, on a date designated therein), all rights, benefits, fees, indemnities,
authority and power of the Servicer under this Agreement, whether with respect
to the Contracts, the Contract Files or otherwise, shall pass to and be vested
in the [ ] (the "Replacement Servicer") pursuant to and under this Section 7.02;
and, without limitation, the Replacement Servicer is authorized and empowered to
execute and deliver on behalf of the Servicer, as attorney-in-fact or otherwise,
any and all documents and other instruments, and to do any and all acts or
things necessary or appropriate to effect the purposes of such notice of
termination. The Servicer agrees to cooperate with the Replacement Servicer in
effecting the termination of the responsibilities and rights of the Servicer
hereunder, including, without limitation, the transfer to the Replacement
Servicer for administration by it of all cash amounts which shall at the time be
held by the Servicer for 

                      -41-

<PAGE>
deposit, or have been deposited by the Servicer, in the
Collection Account, or for its own account in connection with its services
hereafter or thereafter received with respect to the Contracts. The Servicer
shall transfer to the Replacement Servicer all records held by the Servicer
relating to the Contracts in such electronic form as the Replacement Servicer
may reasonably request and (ii) any Contract Files in the Servicer's possession.
In addition, the Servicer shall permit access to its premises (including all
computer records and programs) to the Replacement Servicer or its designee, and
shall pay the reasonable transition expenses of the Replacement Servicer. Upon a
Service Transfer, the Replacement Servicer shall also be entitled to receive the
Servicing Fee for performing the obligations of the Servicer.

         Section 7.03.     [Reserved]

         Section 7.04. Notification to Certificateholders. (a) Promptly
following the occurrence of any Event of Termination, the Servicer shall give
written notice thereof to the Trustee, the Trust Depositor, the Back-up Servicer
and each Rating Agency at the addresses described in Section 12.09 hereof and to
the Certificateholders at their respective addresses appearing on the
Certificate Register.

         (b) Within 10 days following any termination or appointment of a
Back-up Servicer pursuant to this Article VII, the Trustee shall give written
notice thereof to each Rating Agency and the Trust Depositor at the addresses
described in Section 12.09 hereof, and to the Certificateholders at their
respective addresses appearing on the Certificate Register.

         Section 7.05. Effect of Transfer. (a) After a Service Transfer, the
terminated Servicer shall have no further obligations with respect to the
management, administration, servicing, custody or collection of the Contracts
and the Replacement Servicer appointed pursuant to Section [___] shall have all
of such obligations, except that the terminated Servicer will transmit or cause
to be transmitted directly to the Replacement Servicer for its own account,
promptly on receipt and in the same form in which received, any amounts
(properly endorsed where required for the Replacement Servicer to collect them)
received as payments upon or otherwise in connection with the Contracts.

         (b) A Service Transfer shall not affect the rights and duties of the
parties hereunder (including but not limited to the indemnities of the Servicer
and the Seller pursuant to Article X and Section 11.06), other than those
relating to the management, administration, servicing, custody or collection of
the Contracts.

         Section 7.06. Database File. The Servicer will provide the Replacement
Servicer with a magnetic tape containing the database file for each Contract (i)
as of the Cutoff Date, (ii) the Subsequent Cutoff Date, (iii) thereafter, as of
the last day of the preceding Due Period on each Determination Date prior to a
Servicer Termination Event and (iv) on and as of the Business Day 

                      -42-

<PAGE>
before the actual commencement of servicing functions by the Replacement 
Servicer following the occurrence of a Servicer Termination Event.

         Section 7.07. Replacement Servicer Indemnification. The Servicer shall
defend, indemnify and hold the Replacement Servicer and any officers, directors,
employees or agents of the Replacement Servicer harmless against any and all
claims, losses, penalties, fines, forfeitures, legal fees and related costs,
judgments and any other costs, fees, and expenses that the Replacement Servicer
may sustain in connection with the claims asserted at any time by third parties
against the Replacement Servicer which result from (i) any willful or grossly
negligent act taken or omission by the Servicer or (ii) a breach of any
representations of the Servicer in Section 3.02 hereof. The indemnification
provided by this Section 7.07 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.


                                  ARTICLE VIII
                            PAYMENTS AND RESERVE FUND

         Section 8.01. Monthly Payments. (a) Each Certificateholder as of the
related Record Date shall be paid on the next succeeding Payment Date by check
mailed to such Certificateholder at the address for such Certificateholder
appearing on the Certificate Register or by wire transfer if such
Certificateholder provides written instructions to the Trustee at least ten days
prior to such Payment Date.

         (b) The Trustee shall serve as the paying agent hereunder (the "Paying
Agent") and shall make the payments to the Certificateholders required
hereunder. The Trustee hereby agrees that all amounts held by it for payment
hereunder will be held in trust for the benefit of the Certificateholders.

         Section 8.02. Fees. The Trustee shall be paid the Trustee's Fee and the
Servicer shall be paid the Monthly Servicing Fee, each of which shall be paid
solely from the monies and in accordance with the priorities described in
Section 8.04(b). No recourse may be had to the Seller, Trust Depositor, Trustee,
Servicer, or any of their respective Affiliates in the event that amounts
available under Section 8.04(b) are insufficient for payment of the Trustee Fee
and the Monthly Servicing Fee.

         Section 8.03. Advances; Realization of Carrying Charge. (a) On each
Determination Date, the Servicer shall compute the amount of Delinquent
Interest, if any, on the Contracts for the immediately preceding Due Period. Not
later than each Determination Date, the Servicer shall advance (each, an
"Advance") such Delinquent Interest by depositing the aggregate amount of such
Delinquent Interest in the Collection Account, provided, however, that the
Servicer shall be obligated to advance Delinquent Interest only to the extent
that the Servicer, in its sole discretion, expects that such Advance will not
become an Uncollectible Advance. The Servicer 

                       -43-

<PAGE>
shall indicate on each Monthly
Report (i) the amount of Delinquent Interest, if any, on the Contracts for the
related Due Period and (ii) the amount of the Advance, if any, made by the
Servicer in respect of such Delinquent Interest pursuant to this Section 8.03.
If the amount of such Advance is less than the amount of the Delinquent
Interest, the relevant Monthly Report shall be accompanied by a certificate of a
Servicing Officer setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for the
determination by the Servicer that the portion of the Delinquent Interest not
advanced would become an Uncollectible Advance. By each Determination Date, the
Servicer shall determine the amount of prior unreimbursed Advances for which it
desires to be reimbursed pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.03 (such
amount, the "Reimbursement Amount"). The Servicer shall be entitled to be
reimbursed for any outstanding Advance with respect to a Contract by means of a
first priority withdrawal from the Collection Account of such Reimbursement
Amount as provided in Section 8.04(b)(i).

         (b) The Servicer shall determine no later than 12:00 noon, New York
City time, on the second Business Day prior to a Payment Date the Carrying
Charges in respect of the upcoming Payment Date. To the extent of such amount,
the Trustee shall, pursuant to the Deposit Agreement, make demand upon the Trust
Depositor for payment of the Carrying Charges, to be satisfied from (and solely
to the extent of) the amount then on deposit in the Interest Reserve Account.
Such demand shall be effected by giving the notice to the Collateral Agent
described in Section 3.03 of the Security Agreement. Amounts realized from such
demand shall be deposited immediately into the Collection Account as
contemplated in Section 5.05(b)(vi) hereof.

         Section 8.04. Payments. (a) On each Determination Date, the Servicer
shall determine the amount of the Available Funds for the related Payment Date
and shall calculate the Available Interest, the Available Principal, the Class A
Distributable Amount, the Class B Distributable Amount, and all other
distributions to be made on the related Payment Date.

         (b) On each Payment Date, the Trustee will, based on the information in
the Monthly Report, distribute as a Special Distribution from the Special
Distribution Subaccount (a) to the Holders of the Class A Certificateholders,
pro rata, in an amount equal to the Class A Percentage multiplied by the amount
in the Special Distribution Subaccount and (b) to the Class B
Certificateholders, pro rata, in an amount equal to the Class B Percentage
multiplied by the amount in the Special Distribution Subaccount, and shall also
distribute the following amounts in the following order of priority:

                  (i)      from Available Funds, the Reimbursement Amount to
         the Servicer;

                  (ii)     from Available Interest, the Servicing Fee for the
         related Due Period to the Servicer;

                        -44-
                       
<PAGE>
                  (iii)    from Available Interest, the Trustee's Fee for the
         related Due Period to the Trustee;

                  (iv) to the Class A Certificateholders of record, from
         Available Interest, an amount equal to the Class A Interest
         Distributable Amount for such Payment Date and, if such Available
         Interest is insufficient, the Class A Certificateholders will receive
         such shortfall first, from the Class B Percentage of Available
         Principal and second, if such amounts are still insufficient, from
         monies on deposit in the Reserve Fund;

                  (v) to the Class B Certificateholders of record, from
         Available Interest, an amount equal to the Class B Interest
         Distributable Amount for such Payment Date and, if such Available
         Interest is insufficient, the Class B Certificateholders will receive
         such shortfall from monies on deposit in the Reserve Fund;

                  (vi) to the Class A Certificateholders of record, from
         Available Principal, an amount equal to the Class A Principal
         Distributable Amount for such Payment Date and, if such Available
         Principal is insufficient, the Class A Certificateholders will receive
         such shortfall first, from Available Interest, and second, if such
         amounts are still insufficient, from monies on deposit in the Reserve
         Fund;

                  (vii) to the Class B Certificateholders of record, from
         Available Principal, an amount equal to the Class B Principal
         Distributable Amount for such Payment Date and, if such Available
         Principal is insufficient, the Class B Certificateholders will receive
         such shortfall first, from Available Interest, and second, if such
         amounts are still insufficient, from monies on deposit in the Reserve
         Fund; and

                  (viii) any remaining Available Funds after the payments
         described in clauses (i) through (vii) above shall be paid to the
         Reserve Agent for deposit in the Reserve Fund.

         Any monies intended for the payment of Class A Distributable Amounts or
Class B Distributable Amounts but which remain unclaimed by Certificateholders
for a period of two years after the Final Scheduled Payment Date shall, upon the
written request of the Trust Depositor, be paid to the Trust Depositor, and such
Certificateholders shall thereafter look only to the Trust Depositor for
payment, and then only to the extent of the amounts so received without interest
thereon; provided, however, that within thirty days prior to the expiration of
the two-year period mentioned above, the Trustee, before being required to make
any such repayment, may, at the expense of the Trust Depositor, cause to be
published in a financial journal a notice that after a date named therein said
monies will be returned to the Trust Depositor.

         Section 8.05. Withdrawal from Reserve Fund to Cover a Shortfall. The
Trustee shall determine no later than 10:00 a.m., Chicago, Illinois time, on the
Payment Date (but after 

                       -45-

<PAGE>
making, and taking into account, the determination,
demand and transfer of funds contemplated in Section 8.03(b) above) whether
there exists a Shortfall with respect to the upcoming Payment Date. In the event
that the Trustee determines that there exists a Shortfall, the Trustee shall
furnish to the Reserve Agent no later than 12:00 noon, Chicago, Illinois time,
on such Payment Date a written notice specifying the Shortfall for such Payment
Date and directing the Reserve Agent to remit monies in respect of such
Shortfall (to the extent of funds available to be so distributed pursuant to the
Reserve Fund Agreement) to the Trustee for deposit in the Collection Account.
Upon receipt of any such funds the Trustee shall deposit such amounts into the
Collection Account.

         Section 8.06. Repurchases of Contracts for Breach of Representations
and Warranties. Upon a discovery by the Servicer, the Trust Depositor or the
Trustee of a breach of a representation or warranty of the Seller as set forth
in Exhibit K hereto or as made in any Subsequent Purchase Agreement relating to
Subsequent Contracts that materially adversely affects the Trust's interest in
such Contract (without regard to the benefits of the Reserve Fund),
the party discovering the breach shall give prompt written notice to the other
parties provided, that the Trustee shall have no duty or obligation to inquire
or to investigate the breach by the Seller of any of such representations or
warranties. The Seller, as provided in the Transfer and Sale Agreement and in
accordance with this Section 8.06, shall repurchase a Contract at its Repurchase
Price, two Business Days prior to the first Determination Date after the Seller
becomes aware, or should have become aware, or receives written notice from the
Trustee, the Servicer or the Trust Depositor of any breach of a representation
or warranty of the Seller set forth in Article III of the Transfer and Sale
Agreement that materially adversely affects such Contract or the Trust's
interest in such Contract and which breach has not been cured; provided,
however, that with respect to any Contract incorrectly described on the List of
Contracts with respect to unpaid Principal Balance which the Seller would
otherwise be required to repurchase under the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the
Seller may, in lieu of repurchasing such Contract, deposit in the Collection
Account not later than one Business Day after such Determination Date cash in an
amount sufficient to cure such deficiency or discrepancy, and provided further
that with respect to a breach of representation or warranty relating to the
Contracts in the aggregate and not to any particular Contract the Seller may
select Contracts (without adverse selection) to repurchase such that had such
Contracts not been included as part of the Trust Corpus there would have been no
breach of such representation or warranty; provided further that (a) the failure
of a Contract File to be complete or of the original certificate of title and
evidence of recordation of such certificate to be included in the Contract File
as of 180 days after the Closing Date (or Subsequent Transfer Date, in the case
of Subsequent Contracts) or (b) the failure to maintain perfection of the
security interest in the Motorcycle securing a Contract in accordance with
Section 5.09, shall be deemed to be a breach materially and adversely affecting
the Trust's interest in the Contract or in the related Contracts.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the obligation of the
Seller under the Transfer and Sale Agreement and described in this Section 8.06
shall not terminate or be deemed released by any party hereto upon a Service

                        -46-

<PAGE>
Transfer pursuant to Article VII. The repurchase obligation described in this
Section 8.06 is in no way to be satisfied with monies in the Reserve Fund.

         Section 8.07. Reassignment of Repurchased Contracts. Upon receipt by
the Trustee for deposit in the Collection Account of the Repurchase Price as
described in Section 8.06 or Section 8.08, and upon receipt of a certificate of
a Servicing Officer in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G, the Trustee shall
assign to the Seller all of the Trust's right, title and interest in the
repurchased Contract without recourse, representation or warranty, except as to
the absence of liens, charges or encumbrances created by or arising as a result
of actions of the Trustee.

         Section 8.08. Seller's Repurchase Option. As provided in the Transfer
and Sale Agreement, on written notice to the Trustee at least 20 days prior to a
Payment Date, and provided that aggregate of the Class A Certificate Balance and
Class B Certificate Balance is then less than 10% of the Class A Initial
Certificate Balance and Class B Initial Certificate Balance, and provided a
valuation letter is delivered as required in Section 5.02 of the Transfer and
Sale Agreement, the Seller may (but is not required to) repurchase on that
Payment Date all outstanding Contracts at a price equal to the aggregate of the
Class A and Class B Certificate Balance on the previous Payment Date plus the
aggregate of the Class A Interest Distributable Amount and the Class B Interest
Distributable Amount for the current Payment Date thereon, the Reimbursement
Amount (if any) as well as accrued and unpaid Monthly Servicing Fees and
Trustee Fees to the date of such repurchase. Such price is to be deposited in
the Collection Account one Business Day before such Payment Date, against the
Trustee's release of the Contracts and the Contract Files to the Seller in the
manner described in Section 8.07 above.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                THE CERTIFICATES

         Section 9.01 The Certificates. The Class A Certificates and the Class B
Certificates shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-2,
respectively. The Certificates shall be issued in fully registered form in
minimum denominations of $[ ] and integral multiples of $[ ] in excess thereof,
except that one Class A Certificate and one Class B Certificate may be issued in
a denomination representing the remainder of the Class A Certificate Balance or
Class B Certificate Balance, as applicable. The Certificates shall be executed
on behalf of the Trust by manual or facsimile signature of an authorized officer
of the Trustee. Certificates bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of
individuals who were, at the time when such signatures were affixed, authorized
to sign on behalf of the Trustee shall be validly issued and entitled to the
benefit of this Agreement, notwithstanding the fact that such individuals or any
of them have ceased to be so authorized prior to the authentication and delivery
of such Certificates or did not hold such offices at the date of authentication
and delivery of such Certificates.

         Section 9.02 Authentication of Certificates. Concurrently with the
conveyance of the Contracts to the Trust, the Trustee shall cause the
Certificates to be executed on behalf of the 

                          -47-

<PAGE>
Trust by an authorized Trust
officer, and authenticated and delivered to or upon the written order of the
Trust Depositor, without further corporate action by the Trust Depositor, in
authorized denominations. No Certificate shall entitle its Holder to any benefit
under this Agreement or be valid for any purpose unless there shall appear on
such Certificate a certificate of authentication, executed by the Trustee by
manual signature. Such authentication shall constitute conclusive evidence that
such Certificate shall have been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. All
Certificates shall be dated the date of their authentication.

         Section 9.03 Registration of Transfer and Exchange. (a) The Trustee
shall cause to be kept a register (the "Certificate Register") in which, subject
to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Trustee shall provide
for the registration of Certificates and the registration of transfers of
Certificates. The Trustee shall be the initial "Certificate Registrar" for the
purpose of registering Certificates and transfers of Certificates as herein
provided. Upon the resignation of any Certificate Registrar, the Trustee shall
promptly appoint a successor or, if it elects not to make such an appointment,
assume the duties of Certificate Registrar.

         If a Person other than the Trustee is appointed as Certificate
Registrar, the Trustee shall give prompt written notice of the appointment of
such Certificate Registrar and of the location, and any change in the location,
of the Certificate Register, and the Trustee shall have the right to inspect the
Certificate Register at all reasonable times, to obtain copies thereof and to
rely conclusively upon a certificate executed on behalf of the Certificate
Registrar by an authorized officer thereof as to the names and addresses of the
Certificateholders and the principal amounts and number of the Certificates.

         Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Certificate at the
office or agency of the Trustee to be maintained as provided in Section 6.08,
the Trustee shall execute, authenticate and deliver to the designated transferee
or transferees, one or more new Certificates in any authorized denominations of
a like aggregate principal amount.

         At the option of the Certificateholder, Certificates may be exchanged
for other Certificates in any authorized denominations of a like aggregate
principal amount. Whenever any Certificates are so surrendered for exchange, the
Trustee shall execute, authenticate and deliver to the Certificateholder the
Certificates that the Certificateholder making the exchange is entitled to
receive.

         All Certificates issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange
of Certificates shall be the valid obligations of the Trust, evidencing the same
interest in the Trust and entitled to the same benefits under this Agreement as
the Certificates surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

         (b) Every Certificate presented or surrendered for registration of
transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written
instrument of transfer in form 

                   -48-

<PAGE>
satisfactory to the Trustee duly executed by, the
holder thereof or such holder's attorney duly authorized in writing, with such
signature guaranteed by a commercial bank or trust company located or having a
correspondent located in [________] or the city in which the Corporate Trust
Office is located or by a member firm of a national securities exchange, and
such other documents as the Trustee may require.

         (c) No service charge shall be made to a Certificateholder for any
registration of transfer or exchange of Certificates, but the Trustee may
require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental
charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or
exchange of Certificates.

         Section 9.04       Certain Transfer Restrictions. [RESERVED]

         Section 9.05      Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates. 
If (a) any mutilated Certificate shall be surrendered to the Certificate
Registrar or if the Certificate Registrar shall receive evidence to its
satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Certificate and (b) there
shall be delivered to the Certificate Registrar and the Trustee such security
or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, then in
the absence of notice that such Certificate has been acquired by a bona fide
purchaser, the Trustee on behalf of the Trust shall execute, and the Trustee
shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate, a new Certificate of like
tenor and denomination. In connection with the issuance of any new Certificate
under this Section, the Trustee and the Certificate Registrar may require the
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that
may be imposed in connection therewith. Any duplicate Certificate issued
pursuant to this Section shall constitute conclusive evidence of ownership of a
beneficial interest in the Trust, as if originally issued, whether or not the
lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate shall be found at any time.

         Section 9.06 Persons Deemed Owners. Prior to due presentation of a
Certificate for registration of transfer, the Trustee or the Certificate
Registrar may treat the Person in whose name any Certificate is registered in
the Certificate Register as the owner of such Certificate for the purpose of
receiving distributions pursuant to Section 8.04 and for all other purposes
whatsoever, and neither the Trustee nor the Certificate Registrar shall be bound
by any notice to the contrary.

         Section 9.07 Access to List of Certificateholders' Names and Addresses.
The Certificate Registrar will furnish to the Trustee, the Trust Depositor and
the Servicer, within five days after receipt by the Certificate Registrar of a
request therefor from the Trustee or the Certificateholder in writing, a list,
in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses
of the Certificateholders as of the most recent Record Date. If Class A
Certificateholders or Class B Certificateholders with aggregate Fractional
Interests representing 25% or more of the Class A Certificate Balance or Class B
Certificate Balance, respectively, 

                   -49-


<PAGE>
(hereinafter referred to as "Applicants")
apply in writing to the Trustee, and such application states that the Applicants
desire to communicate with other Certificateholders with respect to their rights
under this Agreement or under the Certificates and is accompanied by a copy of
the communication which such Applicants propose to transmit, then the Trustee
shall, within five Business Days after the receipt of such application, afford
such Applicants access during normal business hours to the most recent list of
Certificateholders held by the Trustee. If such list is as of a date more than
90 days prior to the date of receipt of such Applicants' request, the Trustee
shall promptly request from the Certificate Registrar a current list as provided
above, and shall afford such Applicants access to such list promptly upon
receipt. Every Certificateholder, by receiving and holding a Certificate, agrees
with the Certificate Registrar and the Trustee that none of the Trust Depositor,
the Certificate Registrar or the Trustee shall be held accountable by reason of
the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the
Certificateholders

         Section 9.08 Book-Entry Certificates. Unless the Holder thereof
requests that Class A Certificates be delivered in definitive, fully registered
form ("Definitive Certificates"), the Class A Certificates, upon original
issuance, will be issued in the form of one or more typewritten Certificates
representing Book-Entry Certificates, to be delivered to the Depository Trust
Company, the initial Clearing Agency, by or on behalf of the Trust. The
Book-Entry Certificates shall be registered initially on the Certificate
Register in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of the initial Clearing Agency.
With respect to the Book-Entry Certificates:

         (1)      the provisions of this Section shall be in full force and
                  effect;

         (2)      the Depositor, the Servicer, the Certificate Registrar and the
                  Trustee may deal with the Clearing Agency for all purposes
                  (including the making of distributions on the Book-Entry
                  Certificates) as the sole Holder of such Book-Entry
                  Certificates and shall have no obligation to the related
                  Certificate Owner;

         (3)      to the extent that the provisions of this Section conflict
                  with any other provisions of this Agreement, the provisions of
                  this Section shall control;

         (4)      the rights of such Certificate Owners shall be exercised only
                  through the Clearing Agency and shall be limited to those
                  established by law and agreements between such Certificate
                  Owners and the Clearing Agency and/or the Clearing Agency
                  Participants pursuant to the Depository Agreement. The initial
                  Clearing Agency will make book-entry transfers among the
                  Clearing Agency Participants and receive and transmit
                  distributions of principal and interest on the Book-Entry
                  Certificates to such Clearing Agency Participants; and

         (5)      whenever this Agreement requires or permits actions to be
                  taken based upon instructions or directions of
                  Certificateholders evidencing a specified percentage 

                        -50-

<PAGE>
                  of the Certificate Balance, the Clearing Agency shall be 
                  deemed to represent such percentage only to the extent that 
                  it has received instructions to such effect from Certificate 
                  Owners and/or Clearing Agency Participants owning or 
                  representing, respectively, such required percentage of the 
                  beneficial interest in the Book-Entry Certificates and has 
                  delivered such instructions in writing to the Trustee.

Neither the Trustee nor the Certificate Registrar shall have any responsibility
to monitor or restrict the transfer of beneficial ownership in any Certificate
an interest in which is transferable through the facilities of the Depository.

         Section 9.09 Notices to Clearing Agency. Whenever a notice or other
communication to Holders of the Book-Entry Certificates is required under this
Agreement, the Trustee and the Servicer shall give all such notices and
communications specified herein to be given to Holders of Certificates to the
Clearing Agency.

                                    ARTICLE X
                                   INDEMNITIES

         Section 10.01. Servicer Indemnification. The Servicer agrees to defend
and indemnify the Trust, the Trustee the Paying Agent, the Certificateholders
and any agents of the Trustee, and the Certificateholders against any and all
costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims and liabilities, and shall also assume
the obligations of the Trust Depositor to pay expenses and costs incurred
pursuant to the terms of the Security Agreement (which expenses and costs shall
not be borne by the Collateral as defined therein), including reasonable fees
and expenses of counsel and expenses of litigation arising out of or resulting
from this Agreement or any of the related Transaction Documents, or the use,
ownership or operation of any Motorcycle by the Servicer or any Affiliate of the
Servicer. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the obligation
of the Servicer described in this Section 10.01 shall not terminate or be deemed
released upon a Service Transfer pursuant to Article VII and shall survive any
termination of this Agreement.

         Section 10.02. Liabilities to Obligors. No obligation or liability to
any Obligor under any of the Contracts is intended to be assumed by the Trust or
the Certificateholders under or as a result of this Agreement and the
transactions contemplated hereby and, to the maximum extent permitted and valid
under mandatory provisions of law, the Trust and the Certificateholders
expressly disclaim any such assumption.

                           -51-

<PAGE>
         Section 10.03. Tax Indemnification. As provided in the Transfer and
Sale Agreement, the Seller has agreed to pay, and to indemnify, defend and hold
harmless the Trust, the Trustee and the Certificateholders from, any taxes which
may at any time be asserted with respect to, and as of the date of, the transfer
of the Contracts to the Trust, including, without limitation, any sales, gross
receipts, general corporation, personal property, privilege or license taxes
(but not including any federal, state or other taxes arising out of the creation
of the Trust and the issuance of the Certificates) and costs, expenses and
reasonable counsel fees in defending against the same, whether arising by reason
of the acts to be performed by the Trust Depositor, the Seller or the original
Servicer under this Agreement or imposed against the Trust, a Certificateholder
or otherwise. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the
obligation of the Seller described in this Section 10.03 shall not terminate or
be deemed released upon a Service Transfer pursuant to Article VII and shall
survive any termination of this Agreement.

         Section 10.04. Servicer's Indemnities. The Servicer shall defend and
indemnify the Trust, the Trustee and the Certificateholders against any and all
costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims and liabilities, including reasonable
fees and expenses of counsel and expenses of litigation, in respect of any
action taken by such Servicer with respect to any Contract. This indemnity shall
survive any Service Transfer (but the original Servicer's obligations under this
Section 10.04 shall not relate to any actions of any subsequent Servicer after a
Service Transfer) and any payment of the amount owing under, or any repurchase
by the Seller of, any such Contract and shall survive any termination of this
Agreement.

         Section 10.05. Operation of Indemnities. Indemnification under this
Article X shall include, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of
counsel and expenses of litigation. If the Servicer has made any indemnity
payments to the Trustee pursuant to this Article X and the Trustee thereafter
collects any of such amounts from others, the Trust will repay such amounts
collected to the Servicer, without interest.


                                   ARTICLE XI
                                   THE TRUSTEE

         Section 11.01. Duties of Trustee. The Trustee, prior to the occurrence
of an Event of Termination and after the curing of all Events of Termination
which may have occurred, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties
as are specifically set forth in this Agreement. If an Event of Termination has
occurred (which has not been cured), the Trustee shall exercise such of the
rights and powers vested in it by this Agreement, and use the same degree of
care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use
under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

         The Trustee, upon receipt of all resolutions, certificates, statements,
opinions, reports, documents, orders or other instruments furnished to the
Trustee which are specifically required to 

                       -52-

<PAGE>
be furnished pursuant to any
provision of this Agreement, shall examine them to determine whether they
conform as to form to the requirements of this Agreement and shall promptly
notify the Servicer and each Certificateholder of any failure of any of the
foregoing to so conform.

         Subject to Section 11.03, no provision of this Agreement shall be
construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action,
its own negligent failure to act (including actions or omissions within its
control resulting in the failure of Certificateholders to receive timely payment
of either the Class A Distributable Amount or the Class B Distributable Amount)
or its own misconduct; provided, however, that:

                  (a) Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Termination, and
         after the curing of all such Events of Termination which may have
         occurred, the duties and obligations of the Trustee shall be determined
         solely by the express provisions of this Agreement, the Trustee shall
         not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations
         as are specifically set forth in this Agreement, no implied covenants
         or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Trustee
         and, in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, the
         Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and
         the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any
         certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the
         requirements of this Agreement;

                  (b) The Trustee shall not be liable for an error of judgment
         made in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, unless it
         shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the
         pertinent facts;

                  (c) The Trustee shall not be personally liable with respect to
         any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it in good faith
         in accordance with the direction of Certificateholders with aggregate
         Fractional Interests representing 25% or more of the Trust relating to
         the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy
         available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred
         upon the Trustee, under this Agreement; and

                  (d) The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any
         event referred to in Section 7.01 unless a Responsible Officer of the
         Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office obtains actual knowledge of such
         event or the Trustee receives written notice of such event from the
         Seller, the Trust Depositor, the Servicer or the Certificateholders
         with aggregate Fractional Interests representing 25% or more of the
         Trust.

         The Trustee shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds or
otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties
hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if there is
reasonable ground for believing that the repayment of such funds or adequate
indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it,
provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall relieve the Trustee of
the obligations, upon the 

                 -53-

<PAGE>
occurrence of an Event of Termination (which has not
been cured), to exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this
Agreement, and to use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a
prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of
his own affairs.

         None of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall in any event
require the Trustee to perform, or be responsible for the manner of performance
of, any of the obligations of the Seller, the Trust Depositor or the Servicer
under this Agreement.

         Without limiting the generality of this Section 11.01, the Trustee
shall have no duty (i) to see to any recording, filing or depositing of this
Agreement or any agreement referred to herein or any financing statement
evidencing a security interest in the Motorcycles or to see to the maintenance
of any such recording or filing or depositing or to any re-recording, refiling
or redepositing of any thereof, (ii) to see to any insurance of the Motorcycles
or Obligors or to effect or maintain any such insurance, (iii) to see to the
payment or discharge of any tax, assessment or other governmental charge or any
lien or encumbrance of any kind owing with respect to, assessed or levied
against any part of the Trust, (iv) to confirm or verify the contents of any
reports or certificates delivered to the Trustee pursuant to this Agreement
believed by the Trustee to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by
the proper party or parties, or (v) to inspect the Motorcycles at any time or
ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the Seller's
or the Servicer's representations, warranties or covenants or the Servicer's
duties and obligations as Servicer and as custodian of the Contract Files under
this Agreement.

         Section 11.02. Certain Matters Affecting the Trustee. Except as
otherwise provided in Section 11.01 and provided the Paying Agent shall also
benefit from the provisions of this Section 11.02:

         (a) The Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining
from acting upon any resolution, Officer's Certificate, certificate of a
Servicing Officer, certificate of auditors or any other certificate, statement,
instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, appraisal, bond or
other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or
presented by the proper party or parties;

         (b) The Trustee may consult with counsel and any opinion of any counsel
for the Seller, the Trust Depositor or the Servicer shall be full and complete
authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or suffered or
omitted by the Trustee hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such
opinion of counsel;

         (c) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the
rights or powers vested in it by this Agreement, or to institute, conduct or
defend any litigation hereunder or in relation hereto, at the request, order or
direction of any of the Certificateholders, pursuant to the provisions of this
Agreement, unless such Certificateholders shall have offered to the Trustee

                     -54-

<PAGE>
reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities
which may be incurred therein or thereby; provided, however, that nothing
contained herein shall relieve the Trustee of the obligations, upon the
occurrence of an Event of Termination (which has not been cured), to exercise
such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Agreement, and to use the
same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent man would exercise
or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs;

         (d) Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Termination and after the
curing of all Events of Termination which may have occurred, the Trustee shall
not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any
resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice,
request, consent, order, approval, bond or other paper or document, unless
requested in writing so to do by Certificateholders with aggregate Fractional
Interests representing 25% or more of the Trust; provided, however, that if the
payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee of the costs, expenses or
liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such investigation is,
in the opinion of the Trustee, not reasonably assured to the Trustee by the
security afforded to it by the terms of this Agreement, the Trustee may require
reasonable indemnity against such cost, expense or liability as a condition to
so proceeding. The reasonable expense of every such examination shall be paid by
the Servicer or, if paid by the Trustee, shall be reimbursed by the Servicer
upon demand; and

         (e) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or
perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or
attorneys or co-trustees or a custodian and shall not be liable for any acts or
omissions of such agents, attorneys or co-trustees or custodians if appointed by
it with due care hereunder; provided, however, if the Servicer is acting as
custodian, the Servicer is deemed by all parties to have been appointed with due
care.

         Section 11.03. Trustee Not Liable for Certificates or Contracts. The
Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the recitals contained
herein or in the Certificates (other than the Trustee's execution thereof). The
Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this
Agreement, the Trust or of the Certificates (other than its execution thereof)
or of any Contract, Contract File or related document. The Trustee shall not be
accountable for the use or application by the Servicer or the Trust Depositor of
funds paid to the Trust Depositor in consideration of conveyance of the
Contracts to the Trust by the Trust Depositor or deposited in or withdrawn from
the Collection Account by the Servicer.

         Section 11.04. Trustee May Own Certificates. The Trustee in its
individual or other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Certificates
representing less than all the beneficial interest in the Trust with the same
rights as it would have if it were not Trustee.

         Section 11.05. Rights to Direct Trustee and to Waive Events of
Termination. Certificateholders with aggregate Fractional Interests representing
25% or more of the Trust shall have the right to direct the time, method, and
place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy 

                        -55-

<PAGE>
available to the Trustee under
this Agreement or any Transaction Document assigned to the Trustee, or
exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee under this Agreement or
any Transaction Document assigned to the Trustee; provided, however, that,
subject to Section 11.01, the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow
any such direction if the Trustee being advised by counsel determines that the
action so directed may not lawfully be taken, or if the Trustee in good faith
shall, by a Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers of the Trustee,
determine that the proceedings so directed would be illegal or involve the
Trustee in personal liability or (in the case of directions by the
Certificateholders) be unduly prejudicial to the rights of Certificateholders
not parties to such direction; and provided further that nothing in this
Agreement shall impair the right of the Trustee to take any action deemed proper
by the Trustee and which is not inconsistent with such direction by the
Certificateholders. Certificateholders with aggregate Fractional Interests
representing 51% or more of the Trust may waive any past Event of Termination
hereunder and its consequences, and upon any such waiver, such Event of
Termination shall cease to exist and shall be deemed to have been cured for
every purpose of this Agreement; but no such waiver shall extend to any
subsequent or other Event of Termination or impair any right consequent thereon.
The Trustee shall have no liability for acting upon the direction of the
Certificateholders.

         Section 11.06.  The Servicer to Pay Trustee's Expenses.  The Servicer
agrees to indemnify the Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss,
liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on the Trustee's
part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of
this trust and its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of
defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise
or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.

         This Section 11.06 shall be for the benefit of the Trustee in its
capacities as Trustee, Paying Agent, and Certificate Registrar hereunder, and
shall not terminate or be deemed released upon a Service Transfer pursuant to
Article VII and shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

         Section 11.07. Eligibility Requirements for Trustee. The Trustee
hereunder shall at all times be a financial institution organized and doing
business under the laws of the United States of America or any state, authorized
under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, whose long term Unsecured
debt is rated at least Baa3 by Moody's and shall have a combined capital and
surplus of at least $50,000,000 or shall be a member of a bank holding system
the aggregate combined capital and surplus of which is $50,000,000 and subject
to supervision or examination by Federal or state authority, provided that the
Trustee's separate capital and surplus shall at all times be at least the amount
required by Section 310(a)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. If
such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or
to the requirements of a supervising or examining authority, then for the
purposes of this Section 11.07, the combined capital and surplus of such Person
shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most
recent report of condition so published. In case at any 

                  -56-

<PAGE>
time the Trustee shall
cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.07,
the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified
in Section 11.08.

         Section 11.08. Resignation or Removal of Trustee. The Trustee may at
any time resign and be discharged from the trusts hereby created by giving
written notice thereof to the Servicer with a copy to the Trust Depositor, the
Seller, and the Certificateholders. Upon receiving such notice of resignation,
the Servicer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee by written instrument,
in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to each of the
Trust Depositor, the Seller, and the Certificateholders and one copy to the
successor Trustee. If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed and
shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the giving of such
notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

         If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance
with the provisions of Section 11.07 and shall fail to resign after written
request therefor by the Servicer, or if at any time the Trustee shall be legally
unable to act, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of
the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall
take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the
purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, then the Servicer may
remove the Trustee. If the Servicer shall have removed the Trustee under the
authority of the immediately preceding sentence, the Servicer shall
promptly appoint a successor Trustee by written instrument one copy of which
instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed, the Trust Depositor and
the Seller and one copy to the successor trustee.

         Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a
successor Trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section 11.08 shall
not become effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee as
provided in Section 11.09.

         Any resigning or removed Trustee shall be entitled to payment of all
Trustee's Fees earned and reimbursement for all expenses incurred by it up to
the date of resignation. All indemnification obligations of the Servicer and the
Seller shall survive such resignation or removal.

         Section 11.09. Successor Trustee. Any successor Trustee appointed as
provided in Section 11.08 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the
Servicer, the Trust Depositor and to its predecessor Trustee, with a copy to the
Certificateholders, an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and
thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor Trustee shall become
effective and such successor trustee, without any further act, deed or
conveyance, shall become fully vested with all the rights, powers, duties and
obligations of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally
named as Trustee. The predecessor Trustee shall deliver or cause to be delivered
to the successor Trustee the Contracts and the Contract Files (if any such
Contracts and Contract Files are in the Trustee's possession) and any related
documents 

                       -57-

<PAGE>
and statements held by it hereunder; and, if the Contracts are then
held by a custodian pursuant to a custodial agreement, the predecessor Trustee
and the custodian shall amend such custodial agreement to make the successor
Trustee the successor to the predecessor Trustee thereunder; and the Servicer,
the Trust Depositor and the predecessor Trustee shall execute and deliver such
instruments and do such other things as may reasonably be required for fully and
certainly vesting and confirming in the successor Trustee all such rights,
powers, duties and obligations.

         No successor Trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this
Section 11.09 unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall
be eligible under the provisions of Section 11.07.

         Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee as provided in
this Section 11.09, the Servicer shall cause notice of the succession of such
Trustee hereunder to be mailed to each Rating Agency and to each
Certificateholder at their addresses as shown in the Certificate Register. If
the Servicer fails to mail such notice within ten days after acceptance of
appointment by the successor Trustee, the successor Trustee shall cause such
notice to be mailed at the expense of the Servicer.

         Section 11.10.  Merger or Consolidation of Trustee.  Any Person into
which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be
consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or
consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding
to the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the
Trustee hereunder, provided such Person shall be eligible under the provisions
of Section 11.07, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further
act on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary
notwithstanding. Upon such occasion, the Servicer shall cause notice thereof to
be mailed to each Rating Agency and each Certificateholder. If the Servicer
fails to mail such notice within ten days after such succession, the successor
Trustee shall cause such notice to be mailed at the expense of the Servicer
with a copy to each Certificateholder.

         Section 11.11.  Tax Returns.

          (a) The Servicer, on behalf of the Trust, shall request that the
Trustee furnish the Servicer with all such information in the Trustee's
possession as may be reasonably required in connection with the preparation of
all tax returns of the Trust and the Trustee shall, upon such request, furnish
such information and execute such returns; and

         (b) As directed by the Servicer in writing, the Trustee shall take all
action specified in such writing relating to (i) certain withholding
requirements applicable to non-U.S. persons; (ii) backup withholding
requirements; and (iii) certain taxpayer certification requirements relating to
clauses (i) and (ii) above.

                        -58-

<PAGE>
         Section 11.12. Obligor Claims. In connection with any offset defenses,
or affirmative claims for recovery, asserted in legal actions brought by
Obligors under one or more Contracts based upon provisions therein complying
with, or upon other rights or remedies arising from, any legal requirements
applicable to the Contracts, including, without limitation, the Federal Trade
Commission's Trade Regulation Rule Concerning Preservation of Consumers' Claims
and Defenses (16 C.F.R. ss.433) as amended from time to time:

                  (a) The Trustee is not, and shall not be deemed to be, either
         in any individual capacity, as trustee hereunder or otherwise, a
         creditor, or a joint venturer with or an Affiliate of, or acting in
         concert or cooperation with, any seller of Motorcycles, in the
         arrangement, origination or making of Contracts. The Trustee is the
         holder of the Contracts only as trustee on behalf of the
         Certificateholders, and not as a principal or in any individual or
         personal capacity;

                  (b) The Trustee shall not be personally liable for or
         obligated to pay Obligors any affirmative claims asserted thereby, or
         responsible to Certificateholders for any offset defense amounts
         applied against Contract payments pursuant to such legal actions;

                  (c) The Trustee will pay, solely from available Trust monies,
         affirmative claims for recovery by Obligors only pursuant to final
         judicial orders or judgments, or judicially approved settlement
         agreements, resulting from such legal actions; and

                  (d) The Servicer has agreed to indemnify, hold harmless and
         defend the Trustee and Certificateholders from and against any and all
         liability, loss, costs and expenses of the Trustee and
         Certificateholders resulting from any affirmative claims for recovery
         asserted or collected by Obligors under the Contracts. Notwithstanding
         any other provision of this Agreement, the obligation of the Servicer
         described in this Section 11.12(d) shall not terminate or be deemed
         released upon a Service Transfer pursuant to Article VII and shall
         survive termination of this Agreement.

         Section 11.13 Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee.
Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, at any time, for the purpose of
meeting any legal requirements of any jurisdiction having authority over the
Trust, the Contracts or the Obligors, the Servicer and Trustee acting jointly
shall have the power and shall execute and deliver all instruments to appoint
one or more Persons approved by the Trustee to act as co-trustee or co-trustees,
jointly with the Trustee, or separate trustee or separate trustees, of all or
any part of the Trust, and to vest in such Person or Persons, in such capacity,
such title to the Trust, or any part thereof, and, subject to the other
provisions of this Section 11.13, such powers, duties, obligations, rights and
trusts as the Servicer and the Trustee may consider necessary or desirable. If
the Servicer shall not have joined in such appointment within 15 days after the
receipt by it of a request to do so, or in case an Event of Termination shall
have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee alone shall have the power to make
such appointment. No co-trustee or separate trustee hereunder shall be 

                      -59-

<PAGE>
required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor trustee under Section 
11.07 hereunder and no notice to Certificateholders of the appointment of
co-trustee(s) or separate trustee(s) shall be required under Section 11.09
hereof; provided, however, that notice of appointment of any co-trustee or
separate trustee shall be provided to Moody's, and any co-trustee or separate
trustee shall have a long-term debt rating from Moody's of Baa3 or higher.

         In the case of any appointment of a co-trustee or separate trustee
pursuant to this Section 11.13, all rights, powers, duties and obligations
conferred or imposed upon the Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and
exercised or performed by the Trustee and such co-trustee or separate trustee
jointly, except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which
any particular act or acts are to be performed (whether as Trustee hereunder or
as successor to the Servicer hereunder), the Trustee shall be incompetent or
unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers,
duties and obligations (including the holding of title to the Trust or any
portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed by
such co-trustee or separate trustee at the direction of the Trustee.

         Any notice, request or other writing given to the Trustee shall be
deemed to have been given to each of the then co-trustees and separate trustees,
as effectively as if given to each of them. Every instrument appointing any
co-trustee or separate trustee shall refer to this Agreement and the conditions
of this Article XI. Each co-trustee and separate trustee, upon its acceptance of
the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified in
its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Trustee or separately, as
may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this Agreement,
specifically including every provision of this Agreement relating to the
conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the
Trustee. Every such instrument shall be filed with the Trustee.

         Any co-trustee or separate trustee may, at any time, constitute the
Trustee, its agent or attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority, to the
extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this
Agreement on its behalf and in its name. If any co-trustee or separate trustee
shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates,
properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the
Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or
successor trustee.

         Section 11.14     Representations and Warranties of Trustee.  The
Trustee, solely in its capacity as Trustee,  makes the following
representations and warranties:

                  (a) The Trustee is duly organized and validly existing as an
         Illinois banking corporation in good standing under the laws of the
         State of Illinois, with trust powers and with power and authority to
         own its properties and to conduct its business as such properties shall
         be currently owned and such business is presently conducted.

                               -60-

<PAGE>
                  (b) The Trustee has the power and authority to execute and
         deliver this Agreement and to carry out its terms; and the execution,
         delivery, and performance of this Agreement has been duly authorized by
         the Trustee by all necessary corporate action.

                  (c) This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid, and binding
         obligation of the Trustee, enforceable in accordance with its terms,
         except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
         reorganization, or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of
         creditors' rights in general and by general principles of equity,
         regardless of whether such enforceability shall be considered in a
         proceeding in equity or at law.

                  (d) The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
         Agreement, and the fulfillment of the terms hereof, do not conflict
         with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, nor
         constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under,
         the charter or by-laws of the Trustee or any indenture, agreement, or
         other instrument to which the Trustee is a party or by which it is
         bound; nor result in the creation or imposition of any lien upon any of
         its properties pursuant to terms of any such indenture, agreement, or
         other instrument; nor violate any law or any order, rule, or regulation
         applicable to the Trustee of any court or of any Federal or state
         regulatory body, administrative agency, or other governmental
         instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Trustee or its properties.

                  (e)      There are no proceedings or investigations pending
         or, to the best knowledge of the Trustee, threatened before any court,
         regulatory body, administrative agency, or other governmental
         instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Trustee or its properties
         (i) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement, or (ii) seeking to
         prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by
         this Agreement, or (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that
         might materially and adversely affect the performance by the Trustee
         of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this
         Agreement.

                  (f) In no event shall the Trustee be required to perform, or
         be responsible for the manner of performance of, any of the obligations
         of the Servicer, or any other party, under this Agreement.

                  (g) The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no
         representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Agreement, the
         Trust Corpus or the Certificates, it shall not be accountable for the
         Trust Depositor's use of the proceeds from the Certificates, and it
         shall not be responsible for any statement of the Trust Depositor in
         the Agreement or in any document issued in connection with the sale of
         the Certificates or in the Certificates other than the Trustee's
         certificate of authentication.


                              -61-

<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE XII
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         Section 12.01. Servicer Not to Resign. The Servicer shall not resign
from the obligations and duties hereby imposed on it except upon a determination
that the performance of its duties hereunder is no longer permissible under
applicable law. Any such determination permitting the resignation of the
Servicer shall be evidenced by an opinion of counsel for the Servicer to such
effect delivered to the Trustee. No such resignation shall become effective
until a Replacement Servicer shall have assumed the responsibilities and
obligations of the Servicer in accordance with Section 7.03.

         Section 12.02.  Prohibited Transactions with Respect to the Trust. 
Neither the Servicer nor the Trust Depositor shall:

                  (a)      Provide credit to any Certificateholder for the
         purpose of enabling such Certificateholder to purchase Certificates;

                  (b)      Purchase any Certificates in an agency or trustee
         capacity; or

                  (c)      Except as provided herein, lend any money to the
         Trust.

         Section 12.03. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Trustee shall
maintain an office or agency in Chicago, Illinois where Certificates may be
surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and
demands to or upon the Trustee in respect of the Certificates and this Agreement
may be served. On the date hereof the Trustee's office for such purposes is
located at the address set forth in Section 12.09. The Trustee will give prompt
written notice to Certificateholders of any change in the location of the
Certificate Register or any such office or agency.

         Section 12.04. Termination. This Agreement shall terminate (after
distribution of all Class A Distributable Amounts and Class B Distributable
Amounts due to Certificateholders pursuant to Sections 8.01 and 8.04) on the
Payment Date on which the Class A Certificate Balance and Class B Certificate
Balance is reduced to zero; provided, that in no event shall the trust created
hereby continue beyond the expiration of 21 years from the death of the last
survivor of the descendants of Joseph P. Kennedy, the late Ambassador of the
United States to the Court of St. James, living on the date hereof, and
provided, further, that the Servicer's and the Trust Depositor's representations
and warranties and the indemnities by the Seller and Servicer shall survive
termination. Upon such termination, the Trustee shall provide each Rating Agency
written notice of such termination. Additionally, upon such termination any
amounts remaining in the Collection Account after distribution of all amounts
payable to the Certificateholders in respect of Class A Distributable Amounts
and Class B Distributable 

                          -62-

<PAGE>
Amounts and payment of all other amounts owed to the
Certificateholders shall be paid to the Seller.

         Section 12.05. Acts of Certificateholders. (a) Except as otherwise
specifically provided herein, whenever Certificateholder approval,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action is required
hereunder, such approval, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or
other action shall be deemed to have been given or taken on behalf of, and shall
be binding upon, all Certificateholders if agreed to by Certificateholders with
aggregate Fractional Interests representing 51% or more of the Trust.

         (b) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
waiver or other action provided by this Agreement to be given or taken by
Certificateholders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments
of substantially similar tenor signed by such Certificateholders in person or by
an agent duly appointed in writing; and except as herein otherwise expressly
provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments
are delivered to the Trustee and, where required, to the Servicer. Proof of
execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall
be sufficient for any purpose of this Agreement and (subject to Section 11.01)
conclusive in favor of the Trustee, the Servicer, the Trust Depositor and the
Seller if made in the manner provided in this Section 12.05.

         (c) The fact and date of the execution by any Certificateholder of any
such instrument or writing may be proved in any reasonable manner which the
Trustee deems sufficient.

         (d)      The ownership of Certificates shall be proved by the
Certificate Register, absent manifest error.

         (e) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
waiver or other act by a Certificateholder shall bind every holder of every
Certificate issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange
therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of anything done, or omitted to be done
by the Trustee, the Servicer or the Trust Depositor in reliance thereon, whether
or not notation of such action is made upon such security.

         (f) The Trustee may require such additional proof of any matter
referred to in this Section 12.05 as it shall deem necessary.

         Section 12.06. Calculations. Except as otherwise provided in this
Agreement, all interest rate and basis point calculations under this Agreement
will be made on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months
and will be carried out to at least three decimal places.

                           -63-

<PAGE>
         Section 12.07. Assignment or Delegation by Trust Depositor. Except as
specifically authorized hereunder, the Trust Depositor may not convey and assign
or delegate any of its rights or obligations hereunder absent the prior written
consent of 100% of the Class A Certificateholders and the Class B
Certificateholders, and any attempt to do so without such consent shall be void.

         Section 12.08. Amendment. (a) This Agreement may be amended from time
to time by the Servicer, the Trust Depositor and the Trustee, without the
consent of any of the Certificateholders, to correct manifest error, to cure any
ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provisions herein or therein which may
be inconsistent with any other provisions herein or therein, as the case may be,
or to add any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising
under this Agreement which shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this
Agreement; provided, however, that such action shall not, as evidenced by an
opinion of Counsel for the Trust Depositor, adversely affect the interests of
any Certificateholder.

         (b) This Agreement may also be amended from time to time by the
Servicer, the Trust Depositor and the Trustee, with the consent of
Certificateholders with aggregate Fractional Interests representing 66-2/3% or
more of each Class voting as a separate Class, for the purpose of adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of
this Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the
Certificateholders; and any Event of Termination may be waived by the
Certificateholders with aggregate Fractional Interests representing 51% of the
Trust; provided, however, that no such amendment or waiver described above shall
(a) reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of, collections of
payments on the Contracts or distributions which are required to be made on any
Certificate or (b) reduce the aforesaid percentage required to consent to any
such amendment, without the consent of the holders of all Certificates then
outstanding. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the
Depositor may, from time to time after the date of this Agreement, request each
Rating Agency to approve a formula for determining the Reserve Fund Requisite
Amount that is different from that on the Closing Date and would result in a
decrease in the Reserve Fund Requisite Amount or the manner by which the
Reserve Fund is funded. In the event each Rating Agency delivers a letter to
the Trustee to the effect that the use of any such new formulation will not
result in a qualification, reduction or withdrawal of its then-current rating
of the Class A Certificates and the Class B Certificates, then either the
Reserve Fund Requisite Amount will be determined in accordance with such new
formula or the manner by which the Reserve Fund is funded will be modified.

         (c) Promptly after the execution of any amendment or consent pursuant
to this Section 12.08, the Trustee shall furnish written notification of the
substance of such amendment and a copy of such amendment to each
Certificateholder, and to each Rating Agency.

                          -64-

<PAGE>
         (d) It shall not be necessary for the consent of Certificateholders
under this Section 12.08 to approve the particular form of any proposed
amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the
substance thereof. The manner of obtaining such consents and of evidencing the
authorization of the execution thereof by Certificateholders shall be subject to
such reasonable requirements as the Trustee may prescribe.

         (e) The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such
amendment which affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under
this Agreement or otherwise.

         (f) In connection with any amendment pursuant to this Section 12.08,
the Trustee shall be entitled to receive an opinion of counsel to the Servicer
and acceptable to the Trustee to the effect that such amendment is authorized or
permitted by this Agreement.

         (g) Upon the execution of any amendment or consent pursuant to this
Section 12.08, this Agreement shall be modified in accordance therewith, and
such amendment or consent shall form a part of this Agreement for all purposes,
and every holder of Certificates theretofore or thereafter issued hereunder
shall be bound thereby.

         Section 12.09. Notices. All communications and notices pursuant hereto
to the Servicer, the Trust Depositor, the Servicer, the Trustee, the Seller,
Standard & Poor's, Moody's and the Placement Agent shall be in writing and
delivered or mailed to it at the appropriate following address:

If to the Servicer:             Eaglemark, Inc.
                                150 South Wacker Drive, Suite 3020
                                Chicago, Illinois  60606
                                Attention: Michael E. Sulentic

If to the Trust Depositor:      Eaglemark Customer Funding
                                Corporation-[___]
                                1179 Fairview Drive
                                Suite G
                                Carson City, Nevada 89701
                                Attention:  President

If to the Trustee:              Harris Trust and Savings Bank
                                311 West Monroe Street
                                12th Floor
                                Chicago, Illinois 60606
                                Attention: Indenture Trust Administration

If to the Seller:               Eaglemark, Inc.

                       -65-

<PAGE>
                                1179 Fairview Drive
                                Suite G
                                Carson City, Nevada 89701
                                Attention:  Michael G. Case

If to Moody's:                  Moody's Investors Service
                                99 Church Street
                                New York, New York 10007
                                Attention: ABS Monitoring Department

If to Standard & Poor's:        Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a
                                division of The McGraw Hill Company,
                                25 Broadway
                                New York, New York  10004
                                Attention: Asset Backed Securities
                                Surveillance

If to the Placement Agent       Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner and
                                Smith Incorporated
                                World Financial Center, North
                                Tower
                                New York, New York  10281-1317
                                Attention:  Robert D'Orio

or at such other address as the party may designate by notice to the other
parties hereto, which notice shall be effective when received.

         All communications and notices pursuant hereto to a Certificateholder
shall be in writing and delivered or mailed at the address shown in the
Certificate Register.

         Section 12.10. Merger and Integration. Except as specifically stated
otherwise herein, this Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the
parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and all prior understandings,
written or oral, are superseded by this Agreement. This Agreement may not be
modified, amended, waived, or supplemented except as provided herein.

         Section 12.11.  Headings.  The headings herein are for purposes of
reference only and shall not otherwise affect the meaning or interpretation of
any provision hereof.

         Section 12.12.  Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by,
and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of
Illinois.

                   -66-

<PAGE>
         Section 12.13. No Insolvency Petition. The Trustee and the Servicer
hereby covenant and agree that, prior to the date which is one year and one day
after the payment in full of the Certificates, they will not institute against,
or join with any other Person in instituting against the Trust Depositor or the
Trust any involuntary insolvency proceedings under any applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or requesting the
appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee,
sequestrator (or similar official), or for the substantial liquidation of their
respective affairs. This Section 12.13 shall survive the termination of this
Agreement.

         Section 12.14. Third Party Beneficiary. This Agreement shall inure to
the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective
successors and permitted assigns. Except as otherwise provided in this Article
XII, no other Person shall have any right or obligation hereunder.

         Section 12.15. No Additional Securities. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary contained herein, the Trust shall not issue any additional
Certificates or issue any other form of securities. Moreover, except as provided
for herein during the Funding Period or in Section 5.05(d), the Trust will not
purchase, or otherwise obtain any assets after the Closing Date or reinvest
amounts received with respect to the assets in the Trust.

         Section 12.16. No Additional Indebtedness by the Trust Depositor. The
Trust Depositor hereby covenants that it shall not incur any indebtedness other
than indebtedness necessary to meet its obligations under the Transaction
Documents or any other similar documentation relating to any future grantor
trusts in which the Trust Depositor participates.

                   -67-

<PAGE>
         In WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date
first above written.

                                    EAGLEMARK CUSTOMER FUNDING
                                    CORPORATION-III, as Trust Depositor

                                    By___________________________________
                                    Name:         Michael E. Sulentic
                                    Title:        Treasurer



                                    EAGLEMARK, INC.,
                                      as Servicer

                                    By___________________________________
                                    Name:         Michael E. Sulentic
                                    Title:        Vice President


                                    HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS
                                      BANK, an Illinois
                                      banking corporation, not
                                      in its individual
                                      capacity but solely as
                                      Trustee

                                    By_____________________________________
                                    Name:__________________________________
                                    Title:___________________________________




<PAGE>
                                   EXHIBIT A-1

              CERTIFICATE FOR HARLEY-DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLE CONTRACTS

                       Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Trust ___

                           ___.% Certificate, Class A

         This Class A Certificate does not represent an obligation of or an
interest in Eaglemark Customer Funding Corporation-__, Eaglemark, Inc. or any
affiliate thereof, except to the extent set forth in the Agreement. This Class A
Certificate has not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or any
state securities laws and may not be sold, transferred or pledged in the absence
of an effective Registration Statement under such Act and laws or unless the
conditions set forth in Section 9.02 of the Agreement have been complied with.

         The principal represented by this Class A Certificate is payable in
installments, as described herein and in the Agreement. Accordingly, the unpaid
Class A Certificate Balance of this Class A Certificate may be less than that
set forth below. Anyone acquiring this Class A Certificate may ascertain the
current unpaid Class A Certificate Balance represented by this certificate by
inquiry of the Trustee.

No.                    Class A Initial Certificate Principal Balance:$_________
                       Fractional Interest: ______%

This certifies that ____________________________ is the registered owner of the
undivided Fractional Interest represented by the Class A Initial Certificate
Principal Balance set forth above in Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Trust _____ (the
"Trust"), which includes among its assets a pool of fixed-rate, simple interest
Harley-Davidson motorcycle conditional sales contracts (including, without
limitation, all security interests and any and all rights to receive payments
which are collected pursuant thereto on or after the Initial Cutoff Date or the
related Subsequent Cutoff Date in respect of Subsequent Contracts as described
below) (the "Contracts") and rights under the Deposit Agreement described
herein. The Trust has been created pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing Agreement
(the "Agreement"), dated as of _______________, by and among Eaglemark Customer
Funding Corporation-__, as trust depositor (the "Trust Depositor"), Eaglemark,
Inc., as servicer (in such capacity, the "Servicer"), and Harris Trust and
Savings Bank, as Trustee of the Trust (in such capacity, the "Trustee"). This
Class A Certificate is one of the Class A Certificates described in the
Agreement and is issued, together with the Class B Certificates, pursuant and
subject to the Agreement. By acceptance of this Class A Certificate the holder
assents to and becomes bound by the Agreement. The Agreement provides that the
holder of a Class A Certificate agrees to report the income on the Class A
Certificate in a manner consistent with the intended characterization of the
Trust as a grantor trust. To the extent not defined herein, all capitalized
terms have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Agreement and all Section
references, unless otherwise specified, are to Sections of the Agreement.


<PAGE>


         It is contemplated by the Transaction Documents that the proceeds from
the issuance of the Certificates will be used in their entirety to purchase
Contracts, including the Subsequent Contracts. To the extent that proceeds from
the Certificates are intended to purchase Subsequent Contracts, those proceeds
shall be deposited at Closing in the Pre-Funding Account and will be withdrawn
therefrom from time to time during the Funding Period only to purchase
Subsequent Contracts. Any funds remaining in the Pre-Funding Account at the end
of the Funding Period shall be distributed as a Special Distribution of
principal to the Class A Certificateholders in an amount equal to the Class A
Percentage multiplied by the amount on deposit in the Special Distribution
Account. The Pre-Funding Account and the funds therein are not a part of the
Trust but will be held by the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee
pursuant to the Security Agreement.

         The Agreement contemplates, subject to its terms, payment on the
fifteenth day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding
Business Day) (each, a "Payment Date") of each calendar month commencing
_________, so long as the Agreement has not been terminated, by check from funds
drawn from the Collection Account (or in certain instances the Special
Distribution Account) to the registered Class A Certificateholder at the address
appearing on the Certificate Register (or by wire transfer if the Class A
Certificateholder delivers written instructions to the Trustee at least ten days
prior to such Payment Date) as of the last Business Day of the immediately
preceding calendar month (each such month during the term of the Agreement
constituting a "Due Period"), an amount equal to the Class A Certificateholder's
Fractional Interest of the Class A Principal Distributable Amount and the Class
A Interest Distributable Amount (as well as, in certain instances, the
Fractional Interest of Special Distributions). The final scheduled Payment Date
of this Certificate is_________________, which relates to the month following
the latest maturity date of the Contracts (including any Subsequent Contracts).

         This Class A Certificate does not represent an obligation of or an
interest in the Trust Depositor, the Servicer, the Back-up Servicer or the
Trustee and the Trustee in its individual capacity is not personally liable to
the Class A Certificateholder for any amounts payable under this Class A
Certificate or the Agreement or, except as expressly provided in the Agreement,
subject to any liability under the Agreement.

         This Class A Certificate does not purport to summarize the Agreement
and reference is made to the Agreement for information with respect to the
interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties evidenced hereby
and the rights, duties and immunities of the Trustee. Copies of the Agreement
and all amendments thereto will be provided to any Class A Certificateholder
free of charge upon a written request to the Trustee, at its Corporate Trust
Department, 311 West Monroe Street, 12th Floor, Chicago, Illinois 60606.

         "Class A Interest Distributable Amount" means, with respect to any
Payment Date (other than the first Payment Date), the sum of (i) the product of
(A) one-twelfth (or, with respect to the first Payment Date, a fraction, the
numerator of which equals the number of days from and including the Closing Date
to but excluding the first Payment Date and the denominator of which equals 360)
of the Class A Pass-Through Rate and (B) the Class A Certificate Balance as of
the immediately preceding Payment Date (after giving effect to distributions of
principal made on such immediately preceding Payment Date) or, in the case of
the first Payment Date, the Class A Initial Certificate


<PAGE>

Balance plus (ii) the Class A Interest Carryover Shortfall for such Payment
Date. "Class A Principal Distributable Amount" means, with respect to any
Payment Date, the sum of (i) the product of (a) the Class A Percentage and the
(b) Monthly Principal for such Payment Date plus (ii) the Class A Principal
Carryover Shortfall for such Payment Date. "Available Interest" means, with
respect to any Payment Date, the total (without duplication) of the following
amounts received by the Servicer on or in respect of the Contracts during the
related Due Period: (i) all amounts received in respect of interest on the
Contracts (as well as Late Payment Penalty Fees and Extension Fees), (ii) the
interest component of all Net Liquidation Proceeds, (iii) the interest component
of the aggregate of the Repurchase Prices for Contracts repurchased by the
Seller pursuant to Section 8.06, (iv) all Advances made by the Servicer pursuant
to Section 8.03, (v) the interest component of all amounts paid by the Seller in
connection with an optional repurchase of the Contracts pursuant to Section
8.08, (vi) all amounts received in respect of Carrying Charges transferred from
the Interest Reserve Account pursuant to Section 8.03, and (vii) all amounts
received in respect of interest, dividends, gains, income and earnings on
investment of funds in the Trust Accounts as contemplated in the last sentence
of Section 5.05(d). "Available Principal" means, with respect to any Payment
Date, the total (without duplication) of the following amounts received by the
Servicer on or in respect of the Contracts during the related Due Period: (i)
all amounts received in respect of principal on the Contracts, (ii) the
principal component of all Net Liquidation Proceeds, (iii) the principal
component of the aggregate of the Repurchase Prices for Contracts repurchased by
the Seller pursuant to Section 8.06, and (iv) the principal component of all
amounts paid by the Seller in connection with an optional repurchase of the
Contracts pursuant to Section 8.08. "Class A Interest Carryover Shortfall"
means, with respect to any Payment Date, (i) the excess of the Class A Interest
Distributable Amount for the preceding Payment Date over the amount of interest
that was actually distributed to Class A Certificateholders on such preceding
Payment Date, plus (ii) 30 days of interest on the amount specified in clause
(i), to the extent permitted by law, at the Class A Pass-Through Rate. "Class A
Principal Carryover Shortfall" means, with respect to any Payment Date, (i) the
excess of the Class A Principal Distributable Amount over (ii) the amount of
principal that was actually distributed to Class A Certificateholders on such
preceding Payment Date. "Principal Balance" means (a) with respect to any
Contract as of any date, an amount equal to the unpaid principal balance of such
Contract as of the opening of business on the Initial Cutoff Date or related
Subsequent Cutoff Date, as applicable, reduced by the sum of (x) all payments
received by the Servicer as of such date allocable to principal and (y) any Cram
Down Loss in respect of such Contract; provided, however, that (i) if (x) a
Contract is repurchased by the Seller pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Transfer
and Sale Agreement and Section 8.06 because of a breach of representation or
warranty or if (y) the Seller gives notice of its intent to purchase the
Contracts in connection with an optional termination of the Trust pursuant to
Section 5.02 of the Transfer and Sale Agreement and Section 8.08, in each case
the Principal Balance of such Contract or Contracts shall be deemed as of the
related Determination Date to be zero for the Due Period in which such event
occurs and for each Due Period thereafter, (ii) from and after the third Due
Period succeeding the final Due Period in which the Obligor is required to make
the final scheduled payment on a Contract, the Principal Balance, if any, of
such Contract shall be deemed to be zero, and (iii) from and after the Due
Period in which a Contract becomes a Liquidated Contract, the Principal Balance
of such Contract shall be deemed to be zero; and (b) where the context requires,
the aggregate of the Principal Balances described in clause (a) for all such
Contracts. "Monthly Principal" means, as to any Payment Date, the following
amount calculated as of the related Determination Date: the difference between
(i) the 


<PAGE>

sum of (A) the Principal Balance of the Contracts as of the first day of the 
Due Period preceding the Due Period in which such 
Payment Date occurs (or, in the case of
the first Payment Date, the Principal Balance of the Contracts as of the Initial
Cutoff Date), plus (B) the Pre-Funded Amount on such date (or, in the case of
the first Payment Date, the Pre-Funded Amount on the Closing Date) and (ii) the
sum of (A) the Principal Balance of the Contracts as of the first day of the Due
Period in which such Payment Date occurs, plus (B) the Pre-Funded Amount on such
day, plus (C) the amount of any Special Distribution occurring from the day
referred to in clause (i)(A) above to the day referred to in clause (ii)(A)
above; provided, that on the Final Scheduled Payment Date, Monthly Principal
shall equal the aggregate of the Class A Certificate Balance and the Class B
Certificate Balance. For purposes of determining the amount in clause (ii)(C)
above as to any particular Payment Date and with respect to the Due Period
preceding such Payment Date, if the Funding Period ends during such Due Period
and Liquidated Damages (as defined in the Security Agreement) are consequently
paid from the Pre- Funding Account during such Due Period but will not be
distributed as a Special Distribution until the Payment Date occurring in the
following Due Period (i.e., the particular Payment Date referred to above), then
the amount calculated in clause (ii)(C) for such preceding Due Period shall be
deemed to include such Special Distribution in such amount (although paid as a
Special Distribution on the Payment Date occurring during the following Due
Period) will not be included in the next calculation of clause (ii)(C) to be
made with respect to the following Due Period.

         On each Payment Date, the Trustee will cause to be distributed from
Available Funds, Available Interest and Available Principal for such Payment
Date in the Collection Account to the Certificateholders the following amounts
(after the payment of the Reimbursement Amount, the Servicing Fee, the Trustee's
Fee and the Back-up Servicer Fee) in the following priorities (which includes
the benefit of (a) the subordination (as described below) of the Class B
Percentage of Available Interest and Available Principal and (b) the Reserve
Fund) (l) to the Class A Certificateholders of record, from Available Interest,
an amount equal to the Class A Interest Distributable Amount for such Payment
Date and, if such Available Interest is insufficient, the Class A
Certificateholders will receive such shortfall first, from the Class B
Percentage of Available Principal and second, if such amounts are still
insufficient, from monies on deposit in the Reserve Fund; (2) to the Class B
Certificateholders of record, from Available Interest, an amount equal to the
Class B Interest Distributable Amount for such Payment Date and, if such
Available Interest is insufficient, the Class B Certificateholders will receive
such shortfall from monies on deposit in the Reserve Fund; (3) to the Class A
Certificateholders of record, from Available Principal, an amount equal to the
Class A Principal Distributable Amount for such Payment Date and, if such
Available Principal is insufficient, the Class A Certificateholders will receive
such shortfall first, from Available Interest, and second, if such amounts are
still insufficient, from monies on deposit in the Reserve Fund; and (4) to the
Class B Certificateholders of record, from Available Principal, an amount equal
to the Class B Principal Distributable Amount for such Payment Date and, if such
Available Principal is insufficient, the Class B Certificateholders will receive
such shortfall first, from Available Interest, and second, if such amounts are
still insufficient, from monies on deposit in the Reserve Fund. Any Available
Funds remaining in the Collection Account after such distributions will be paid
to the Trust Depositor subject to the conditions of the Reserve Fund Agreement.


<PAGE>

         The Seller will repurchase a Contract by depositing the 
Repurchase Price for such Contract into the Collection Account no later 
than two Business Days prior to the Determination Date which is more than 
ninety days after the Trust Depositor becomes aware, or should have
become aware or receives written notice from the Trustee, of breach of a
warranty of the Seller set forth in Article III of the Transfer and Sale
Agreement that materially adversely affects the Trust's interest in such
Contract, which breach has not been cured (the Seller's obligation to repurchase
such Contract constituting the Certificateholders' sole remedy with respect to
such a breach of a representation and warranty set forth in the Transfer and
Sale Agreement).

         The Agreement permits, with certain exceptions therein provided, the
amendment thereof and the modification of the rights of the Certificateholders
under the Agreement at any time by the Servicer, the Back-up Servicer, the Trust
Depositor, and the Trustee with the consent of the holders of Class A
Certificates evidencing Fractional Interests representing 66-2/3% or more of
such Class voting as a separate Class and holders of Class B Certificates
evidencing Fractional Interests representing 66-2/3% or more of the Class B
Certificates voting as a separate Class. Any such consent by the holder of this
Class A Certificate shall be conclusive and binding on such holder and upon all
future holders of this Class A Certificate and of any Class A Certificate issued
upon the transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof whether or not
notation of such consent is made upon this Class A Certificate. The Agreement
also permits the amendment thereof, in certain limited circumstances, without
the consent of any of the Certificateholders.

         As provided in the Agreement and subject to the limitations set forth
therein, the transfer of this Class A Certificate is registrable in the
Certificate Register of the Certificate Registrar upon surrender of this Class A
Certificate for registration of transfer at the office or agency maintained by
the Trustee in Chicago, Illinois as previously described, accompanied by a
written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee and the
Certificate Registrar duly executed by the holder thereof or his or her attorney
duly authorized in writing, and upon receipt by the Trustee of either (i)
evidence of the effectiveness or continued effectiveness of a registration
statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to this
Class A Certificate, and registration under the applicable state laws, or (ii) a
certificate in writing of the transferee satisfactory to the Trust Depositor
regarding the facts surrounding such disposition; provided, however, at the
election of the Trust Depositor, the Trust Depositor may, in addition, if such
certification is not substantially in the form of Exhibit H-2 to the Agreement,
require the delivery of an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Trustee (which
shall not be at the expense of the Trust Depositor or the Trustee) that no such
registration is required, and thereupon one or more new Class A Certificates
evidencing the same aggregate Fractional Interest will be issued to the
designated transferee or transferees.

         As provided in the Agreement and subject to certain limitations therein
set forth, Class A Certificates are exchangeable for new Class A Certificates of
authorized denominations evidencing the same aggregate Fractional Interest as
requested by the holder surrendering the same. No service charge will be made
for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Certificate Registrar
may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental
charge payable in connection therewith.

         The Trust Depositor, the Servicer, the Back-up Servicer, the Trustee,
the Paying Agent and 


<PAGE>

the Certificate Registrar and any agent of the Trust Depositor, 
the Servicer, the Back-up Servicer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or
the Certificate Registrar may treat the person in whose name this
Certificate is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, and neither the
Trust Depositor, the Servicer, the Back-up Servicer, the Trustee, the Paying
Agent, the Certificate Registrar nor any such agent shall be affected by any
notice to the contrary.

         The obligations and responsibilities created by the Agreement and the
Trust created thereby shall terminate (after distribution of all Class A
Distributable Amounts and Class B Distributable Amounts) on the Payment Date on
which the Class A Certificate Balance and Class B Certificate Balance is reduced
to zero; provided, that in no event shall the trust created thereby continue
beyond the expiration of 21 years from the death of the last survivor of the
descendants of Joseph P. Kennedy, the late Ambassador of the United States to
the Court of St. James, living on the date hereof.



<PAGE>


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Trust _____ has caused this Class
A Certificate to be duly executed by the manual signature of a duly authorized
officer of the Trustee or of a duly appointed Authenticating Agent.


                                     HARLEY-DAVIDSON EAGLEMARK TRUST ______
DATED: __________
                                     HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK, NOT IN ITS
                                     INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY BUT SOLELY AS TRUSTEE



                                     BY________________________________
                                            AUTHORIZED OFFICER



<PAGE>


FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto
_____________________________________________ the within ___% Certificate, Class
A for Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Contracts, Eaglemark Trust _____, and does
hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint _____________________________________
Attorney to transfer the said certificate on the Certificate Register maintained
by the Trustee, with full power of substitution in the premises.


                              --------------------------------
                                       Signature


<PAGE>




                                 EXHIBIT A-2

              CERTIFICATE FOR HARLEY-DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLE CONTRACTS

                      Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Trust ____

                           _____% Certificate, Class B

         This Class B Certificate does not represent an obligation of or an
interest in Eaglemark Customer Funding Corporation-___, Eaglemark, Inc. or any
affiliate thereof, except to the extent set forth in the Agreement. This Class B
Certificate has not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or any
state securities laws and may not be sold, transferred or pledged in the absence
of an effective Registration Statement under such Act and laws or unless the
conditions set forth in Section 9.02 of the Agreement have been complied with.
Distributions on this Class B Certificate are subordinate to distributions on
the Class A Certificates as described in the Agreement.

         The principal represented by this Class B Certificate is payable in
installments, as described herein and in the Agreement. Accordingly, the unpaid
Class B Certificate Balance of this Class B Certificate may be less than that
set forth below. Anyone acquiring this Class B Certificate may ascertain the
current unpaid Class B Certificate Balance represented by this certificate by
inquiry of the Trustee.

No.                 Class B Initial Certificate Principal Balance:$________
                    Fractional Interest: _______%

This certifies that ______________________________ is the registered owner of
the undivided Fractional Interest represented by the Class B Initial Certificate
Principal Balance set forth above in Eaglemark Trust _____ (the "Trust"), which
includes among its assets a pool of fixed-rate, simple interest Harley-Davidson
motorcycle conditional sales contracts (including, without limitation, all
security interests and any and all rights to receive payments which are
collected pursuant thereto on or after the Initial Cutoff Date or the related
Subsequent Cutoff Date in respect of Subsequent Contracts as described below)
(the "Contracts") and rights under the Deposit Agreement described herein. The
Trust has been created pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing Agreement (the
"Agreement"), dated as of ________, by and among Eaglemark Customer Funding
Corporation-___, as trust depositor (the "Trust Depositor"), Eaglemark, Inc., as
servicer (in such capacity, the "Servicer"), and Harris Trust and Savings Bank,
as Trustee of the Trust (the "Trustee"). This Class B Certificate is one of the
Class B Certificates described in the Agreement and is issued, together with the
Class A Certificates, pursuant and subject to the Agreement. By acceptance of
this Class B Certificate the holder assents to and becomes bound by the
Agreement. The Agreement provides that the holder of a Class B Certificate
agrees to report the income on the Class B Certificate in a manner consistent
with the intended characterization of the Trust as a grantor trust. To the
extent not defined herein, all capitalized terms have the meanings assigned to
such terms in the Agreement and all Section references, unless otherwise
specified, are to Sections of the Agreement.



<PAGE>


         It is contemplated by the Transaction Documents that the proceeds from
the issuance of the Certificates will be used in their entirety to purchase
Contracts, including the Subsequent Contracts. To the extent that proceeds from
the Certificates are intended to purchase Subsequent Contracts, those proceeds
shall be deposited at Closing in the Pre-Funding Account and will be withdrawn
therefrom from time to time during the Funding Period only to purchase
Subsequent Contracts. Any funds remaining in the Pre-Funding Account at the end
of the Funding Period shall be distributed as a Special Distribution of the
Class B percentage of principal to the Class B Certificateholders in an amount
equal to the Class B Percentage multiplied by the amount on deposit in the
Special Distribution Account. The Pre-Funding Account and the funds therein are
not a part of the Trust but will be held by the Collateral Agent for the benefit
of the Trustee pursuant to the Security Agreement.

         The Agreement contemplates, subject to its terms, payment on the
fifteenth day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding
Business Day) (each, a "Payment Date") of each calendar month commencing
__________, so long as the Agreement has not been terminated, by check from
funds drawn from the Collection Account (or in certain instances the Special
Distribution Account) to the registered Class B Certificateholder at the address
appearing on the Certificate Register (or by wire transfer, if the Class B
Certificateholder delivers written instructions to the Trustee at least ten days
prior to such Payment Date) as of the last Business Day of the immediately
preceding calendar month (each such month during the term of the Agreement
constituting a "Due Period"), an amount equal to the Class B Certificateholder's
Fractional Interest of the Class B Principal Distributable Amount and the Class
B Interest Distributable Amount (as well as, in certain instances, the
Fractional Interest of Special Distributions). The final scheduled Payment Date
of this Certificate is ____________, which relates to the month following the
latest maturity date of the Contracts (including any Subsequent Contracts).

         This Class B Certificate does not represent an obligation of or an
interest in the Trust Depositor, the Servicer, the Back-up Servicer or the
Trustee and the Trustee in its individual capacity is not personally liable to
the Class B Certificateholder for any amounts payable under this Class B
Certificate or the Agreement or, except as expressly provided in the Agreement,
subject to any liability under the Agreement.

         This Class B Certificate does not purport to summarize the Agreement
and reference is made to the Agreement for information with respect to the
interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties evidenced hereby
and the rights, duties and immunities of the Trustee. Copies of the Agreement
and all amendments thereto will be provided to any Class B Certificateholder
free of charge upon a written request to the Trustee, at its Corporate Trust
Department, 311 West Monroe Street, 12th Floor, Chicago, Illinois 60606.

         "Class B Interest Distributable Amount" means, with respect to any
Payment Date (other than the first Payment Date), the sum of (i) the product of
(A) one-twelfth (or, with respect to the first Payment Date, a fraction, the
numerator of which equals the number of days from and including the Closing Date
to but excluding the first Payment Date and the denominator of which equals 360)
of the Class B Pass-Through Rate and (B) the Class B Certificate Balance as of
the immediately preceding Payment Date (after giving effect to distributions of
principal made on such immediately 


<PAGE>

preceding Payment Date) or, in the case of the first 
Payment Date, the Class B Initial Certificate Balance 
plus (ii) the Class B Interest Carryover Shortfall for such Payment
Date. "Class B Principal Distributable Amount" means, with respect to any
Payment Date, the sum of (i) the product of (a) the Class B Percentage and (b)
the Monthly Principal for such Payment Date plus (ii) the Class B Principal
Carryover Shortfall for such Payment Date. "Available Interest" means, with
respect to any Payment Date, the total (without duplication) of the following
amounts received by the Servicer on or in respect of the Contracts during the
related Due Period: (i) all amounts received in respect of interest on the
Contracts (as well as Late Payment Penalty Fees and Extension Fees), (ii) the
interest component of all Net Liquidation Proceeds, (iii) the interest component
of the aggregate of the Repurchase Prices for Contracts repurchased by the
Seller pursuant to Section 8.06, (iv) all Advances made by the Servicer pursuant
to Section 8.03, (v) the interest component of all amounts paid by the Seller in
connection with an optional repurchase of the Contracts pursuant to Section
8.08, (vi) all amounts received in respect of Carrying Charges transferred from
the Interest Reserve Account pursuant to Section 8.03, and (vii) all amounts
received in respect of interest, dividends, gains, income and earnings on
investment of funds in the Trust Accounts as contemplated in the last sentence
of Section 5.05(d). "Available Principal" means, with respect to any Payment
Date, the total (without duplication) of the following amounts received by the
Servicer on or in respect of the Contracts during the related Due Period: (i)
all amounts received in respect of principal on the Contracts, (ii) the
principal component of all Net Liquidation Proceeds, (iii) the principal
component of the aggregate of the Repurchase Prices for Contracts repurchased by
the Seller pursuant to Section 8.06, and (iv) the principal component of all
amounts paid by the Seller in connection with an optional repurchase of the
Contracts pursuant to Section 8.08. "Class B Interest Carryover Shortfall"
means, with respect to any Payment Date, (i) the excess of the Class B Interest
Distributable Amount for the preceding Payment Date over the amount of interest
that was actually distributed to Class B Certificateholders on such preceding
Payment Date, plus (ii) 30 days of interest on the amount specified in clause
(i), to the extent permitted by law, at the Class B Pass-Through Rate. "Class B
Principal Carryover Shortfall" means, with respect to any Payment Date, (i) the
excess of the Class B Principal Distributable Amount over (ii) the amount of
principal that was actually distributed to Class B Certificateholders on such
preceding Payment Date. "Principal Balance" means (a) with respect to any
Contract as of any date, an amount equal to the unpaid principal balance of such
Contract as of the opening of business on the Initial Cutoff Date or related
Subsequent Cutoff Date, as applicable, reduced by the sum of (x) all payments
received by the Servicer as of such date allocable to principal and (y) any Cram
Down Loss in respect of such Contract; provided, however, that (i) if (x) a
Contract is repurchased by the Seller pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Transfer
and Sale Agreement and Section 8.06 because of a breach of representation or
warranty or if (y) the Seller gives notice of its intent to purchase the
Contracts in connection with an optional termination of the Trust pursuant to
Section 5.02 of the Transfer and Sale Agreement and Section 8.08, in each case
the Principal Balance of such Contract or Contracts shall be deemed as of the
related Determination Date to be zero for the Due Period in which such event
occurs and for each Due Period thereafter, (ii) from and after the third Due
Period succeeding the final Due Period in which the Obligor is required to make
the final scheduled payment on a Contract, the Principal Balance, if any, of
such Contract shall be deemed to be zero, and (iii) from and after the Due
Period in which a Contract becomes a Liquidated Contract, the Principal Balance
of such Contract shall be deemed to be zero; and (b) where the context requires,
the aggregate of the Principal Balances described in clause (a) for all such
Contracts. "Monthly Principal" means, as to any Payment Date, 


<PAGE>


the following amount calculated as of the related Determination Date: 
the difference between (i) the sum of (A) the
Principal Balance of the Contracts as of the first day of the Due Period
preceding the Due Period in which such Payment Date occurs (or, in the case of
the first Payment Date, the Principal Balance of the Contracts as of the Initial
Cutoff Date), plus (B) the Pre-Funded Amount on such date (or, in the case of
the first Payment Date, the Pre-Funded Amount on the Closing Date) and (ii) the
sum of (A) the Principal Balance of the Contracts as of the first day of the Due
Period in which such Payment Date occurs, plus (B) the Pre-Funded Amount on such
day, plus (C) the amount of any Special Distribution occurring from the day
referred to in clause (i)(A) above to the day referred to in clause (ii)(A)
above; provided, that on the Final Scheduled Payment Date, Monthly Principal
shall equal the aggregate of the Class A Certificate Balance and the Class B
Certificate Balance. For purposes of determining the amount in clause (ii)(C)
above as to any particular Payment Date and with respect to the Due Period
preceding such Payment Date, if the Funding Period ends during such Due Period
and Liquidated Damages (as defined in the Security Agreement) are consequently
paid from the Pre- Funding Account during such Due Period but will not be
distributed as a Special Distribution until the Payment Date occurring in the
following Due Period (i.e., the particular Payment Date referred to above), then
the amount calculated in clause (ii)(C) for such preceding Due Period shall be
deemed to include such Special Distribution in such amount (although paid as a
Special Distribution on the Payment Date occurring during the following Due
Period) will not be included in the next calculation of clause (ii)(C) to be
made with respect to the following Due Period

         On each Payment Date, the Trustee will cause to be distributed from
Available Funds, Available Interest and Available Principal for such Payment
Date in the Collection Account to the Certificateholders the following amounts
(after the payment of the Reimbursement Amount, the Servicing Fee, the Trustee's
Fee and the Back-up Servicer Fee) in the following priorities (subject to the
subordination of the Class B Certificates as described below but including the
benefit of the Reserve Fund) (l) to the Class A Certificateholders of record,
from Available Interest, an amount equal to the Class A Interest Distributable
Amount for such Payment Date and, if such Available Interest is insufficient,
the Class A Certificateholders will receive such shortfall first, from the Class
B Percentage of Available Principal and second, if such amounts are still
insufficient, from monies on deposit in the Reserve Fund; (2) to the Class B
Certificateholders of record, from Available Interest, an amount equal to the
Class B Interest Distributable Amount for such Payment Date and, if such
Available Interest is insufficient, the Class B Certificateholders will receive
such shortfall from monies on deposit in the Reserve Fund; (3) to the Class A
Certificateholders of record, from Available Principal, an amount equal to the
Class A Principal Distributable Amount for such Payment Date and, if such
Available Principal is insufficient, the Class A Certificateholders will receive
such shortfall first, from Available Interest, and second, if such amounts are
still insufficient, from monies on deposit in the Reserve Fund; and (4) to the
Class B Certificateholders of record, from Available Principal, an amount equal
to the Class B Principal Distributable Amount for such Payment Date and, if such
Available Principal is insufficient, the Class B Certificateholders will receive
such shortfall first, from Available Interest, and second, if such amounts are
still insufficient, from monies on deposit in the Reserve Fund. Any Available
Funds remaining in the Collection Account after such distributions will be paid
to the Trust Depositor subject to the conditions of the Reserve Fund Agreement.


<PAGE>

         The Seller will repurchase a Contract by depositing the Repurchase
Price for such Contract into the Collection Account no later than two Business
Days prior to the Determination Date which is more than ninety days after the
Trust Depositor becomes aware, or should have become aware or receives 
written notice from the Trustee, of breach of a warranty of the Seller
set forth in Article III of the Transfer and Sale Agreement that materially
adversely affects the Trust's interest in such Contract, which breach has not
been cured (the Seller's obligation to repurchase such Contract constituting the
Certificateholders' sole remedy with respect to such a breach of a
representation and warranty set forth in the Transfer and Sale Agreement).

         The Agreement permits, with certain exceptions therein provided, the
amendment thereof and the modification of the rights of the Certificateholders
under the Agreement at any time by the Servicer, the Back-up Servicer, the Trust
Depositor and the Trustee with the consent of the holders of Class B
Certificates evidencing Fractional Interests representing 66-2/3% or more of
such Class voting as a separate Class and holders of Class A Certificates
evidencing Fractional Interests representing 66-2/3% or more of the Class A
Certificates voting as a separate Class. Any such consent by the holder of this
Class B Certificate shall be conclusive and binding on such holder and upon all
future holders of this Class B Certificate and of any Class B Certificate issued
upon the transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof whether or not
notation of such consent is made upon this Class B Certificate. The Agreement
also permits the amendment thereof, in certain limited circumstances, without
the consent of any of the Certificateholders.

         As provided in the Agreement and subject to the limitations set forth
therein, the transfer of this Class B Certificate is registrable in the
Certificate Register of the Certificate Registrar upon surrender of this Class B
Certificate for registration of transfer at the office or agency maintained by
the Trustee in Chicago, Illinois as previously described, accompanied by a
written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee and the
Certificate Registrar duly executed by the holder thereof or his or her attorney
duly authorized in writing, and upon receipt by the Trustee of either (i)
evidence of the effectiveness or continued effectiveness of a registration
statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to this
Class B Certificate, and registration under the applicable state laws, or (ii) a
certificate in writing of the transferee satisfactory to the Trust Depositor
regarding the facts surrounding such disposition; provided, however, at the
election of the Trust Depositor, the Trust Depositor may, in addition, if such
certification is not substantially in the form of Exhibit H-2 to the Agreement,
require the delivery of an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Trustee (which
shall not be at the expense of the Trust Depositor or the Trustee) that no such
registration is required, and thereupon one or more new Class B Certificates
evidencing the same aggregate Fractional Interest will be issued to the
designated transferee or transferees.

         As provided in the Agreement and subject to certain limitations therein
set forth, Class B Certificates are exchangeable for new Class B Certificates of
authorized denominations evidencing the same aggregate Fractional Interest as
requested by the holder surrendering the same. No service charge will be made
for any such registration of transfer or exchange, but the Certificate Registrar
may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental
charge payable in connection therewith.

         The Trust Depositor, the Servicer, the Back-up Servicer, the Trustee,
the Paying Agent and 


<PAGE>

the Certificate Registrar and any agent of the Trust
Depositor, the Servicer, the Back-up Servicer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or
the Certificate Registrar may treat the person in whose name this Certificate is
registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, and neither the Trust
Depositor, the Servicer, the Back-up Servicer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, 
the Certificate Registrar nor any such agent shall be affected by any 
notice to the contrary.

         The obligations and responsibilities created by the Agreement and the
Trust created thereby shall terminate (after distribution of all Class A
Distributable Amounts and Class B Distributable Amounts on the Payment Date on
which the Class A Certificate Balance and Class B Certificate Balance is reduced
to zero; provided, that in no event shall the trust created thereby continue
beyond the expiration of 21 years from the death of the last survivor of the
descendants of Joseph P. Kennedy, the late Ambassador of the United States to
the Court of St. James, living on the date hereof.



<PAGE>


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Trust _____ has caused this Class
B Certificate to be duly executed by the manual signature of a duly authorized
officer of the Trustee or of a duly appointed Authenticating Agent.


                                  HARLEY-DAVIDSON EAGLEMARK TRUST _________
DATED:__________
                                  HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK, NOT IN ITS
                                  INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY BUT SOLELY AS TRUSTEE



                                  BY________________________________
                                          AUTHORIZED OFFICER



<PAGE>


FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto
_____________________________________________ the within ___% Certificate, Class
B for Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Contracts, Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Trust
_____, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint
_____________________________________ Attorney to transfer the said certificate
on the Certificate Register maintained by the Trustee, with full power of
substitution in the premises.


                                   --------------------------------
                                              Signature




<PAGE>

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


                  HARLEY-DAVIDSON EAGLEMARK OWNER TRUST___,
                                  as Issuer,


                                     and


                        HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK,
          
          not in its individual capacity but solely in its capacity
                             as Indenture Trustee

                     -----------------------------------


                                  INDENTURE

                              Dated as of ______


                     -----------------------------------


$[           ] Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Contract Backed Notes, Class A-1

$[           ] Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Contract Backed Notes, Class A-2


- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                               PAGE
        <S>                                                                                                    <C>  
         ARTICLE ONE

         DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
                  Section 1.01. Definitions.......................................................................1
                  Section 1.02. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.................................7
                  Section 1.03. Rules of Construction.............................................................7

         ARTICLE TWO

         THE NOTES
                  Section 2.01. Form..............................................................................9
                  Section 2.02. Execution, Authentication and Delivery............................................9
                  Section 2.03. Temporary Notes...................................................................9
                  Section 2.04. Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange...............................9
                  Section 2.05. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes.......................................11
                  Section 2.06. Persons Deemed Owner.............................................................12
                  Section 2.07. Payment of Principal and Interest; Defaulted Interest............................12
                  Section 2.08. Cancellation.....................................................................12
                  Section 2.09. Book-Entry Notes.................................................................13
                  Section 2.10. Notices to Clearing Agency.......................................................13
                  Section 2.11. Definitive Notes.................................................................13
                  Section 2.12. Release of Collateral............................................................14
                  Section 2.13. Tax Treatment....................................................................14

         ARTICLE THREE

         COVENANTS
                  Section 3.01. Payment of Principal and Interest................................................14
                  Section 3.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency..................................................14
                  Section 3.03. Money for Payments to be Held in Trust...........................................14
                  Section 3.04. Existence........................................................................15
                  Section 3.05. Protection of Collateral.........................................................16
                  Section 3.06. Opinions as to Collateral........................................................16
                  Section 3.07. Performance of Obligations; Servicing of Contracts...............................16
                  Section 3.08. Negative Covenants...............................................................17
                  Section 3.09. Annual Statement as to Compliance................................................18
                  Section 3.10. Issuer May Consolidate, etc. Only on Certain Terms...............................18
                  Section 3.11. Successor or Transferee..........................................................19
                  Section 3.12. No Other Business................................................................19
                  Section 3.13. No Borrowing.....................................................................19
                  Section 3.14. Servicer's Obligations...........................................................20
                  Section 3.15. Guarantees, Loans Advances and Other Liabilities.................................20
                  Section 3.16. Capital Expenditures.............................................................20
                  Section 3.17. Restricted Payments..............................................................20
                  Section 3.18. Notice of Events of Default......................................................20
                  Section 3.19. Further Instruments and Acts.....................................................20
                  Section 3.20. Compliance with Laws.............................................................20
                  Section 3.21. Amendments of Sale and Servicing Agreement and Trust Agreement...................20

                                                         i

<PAGE>

                  Section 3.22. Removal of Administrator.........................................................20

         ARTICLE FOUR

         SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
                  Section 4.01. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture..........................................21
                  Section 4.02. Application of Trust Money.......................................................21
                  Section 4.03. Repayment of Moneys Held by Paying Agent.........................................22

         ARTICLE FIVE

         REMEDIES
                  Section 5.01. Events of Default................................................................22
                  Section 5.02. Rights Upon Event of Default.....................................................23
                  Section 5.03. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Indenture Trustee; Authority of
                  Indenture Trustee..............................................................................23
                  Section 5.04. Remedies.........................................................................24
                  Section 5.05. Optional Preservation of the Contracts...........................................25
                  Section 5.06. Priorities.......................................................................25
                  Section 5.07. Limitation of Suits..............................................................26
                  Section 5.08. Unconditional Rights of Noteholders to Receive Principal and Interest............26
                  Section 5.09. Restoration of Rights and Remedies...............................................26
                  Section 5.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative...................................................27
                  Section 5.11. Delay or Omission Not a Waiver...................................................27
                  Section 5.12. Control by Noteholders...........................................................27
                  Section 5.13. Waiver of Past Defaults..........................................................27
                  Section 5.14. Undertaking for Costs............................................................27
                  Section 5.15. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.................................................28
                  Section 5.16. Action on Notes..................................................................28
                  Section 5.17. Performance and Enforcement of Certain Obligations...............................28

         ARTICLE SIX

         THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE
                  Section 6.01. Duties of Indenture Trustee......................................................28
                  Section 6.02. Rights of Indenture Trustee......................................................29
                  Section 6.03. Individual Rights of Indenture Trustee...........................................30
                  Section 6.04. Indenture Trustee's Disclaimer...................................................30
                  Section 6.05. Notice of Defaults...............................................................30
                  Section 6.06. Reports by Indenture Trustee to Holders..........................................30
                  Section 6.07. Compensation and Indemnity.......................................................31
                  Section 6.08. Replacement of Indenture Trustee.................................................31
                  Section 6.09. Successor Indenture Trustee by Merger............................................32
                  Section 6.10. Appointment of Co-Indenture Trustee or Separate Indenture Trustee................32
                  Section 6.11. Eligibility......................................................................33
                  Section 6.12. Pennsylvania Motor Vehicle Sales Finance Act Licenses............................33
                  Section 6.13. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer.................................33

         ARTICLE SEVEN

         NOTEHOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS
                  Section 7.01. Issuer to Furnish Indenture Trustee Names and Addresses of Noteholders...........34

                                                         ii

<PAGE>



                  Section 7.02. Preservation of Information: Communication to Noteholders........................34
                  Section 7.03. Reports by Issuer................................................................34
                  Section 7.04. Reports by Indenture Trustee.....................................................34

         ARTICLE EIGHT

         ACCOUNTS, DISBURSEMENTS AND RELEASES
                  Section 8.01. Collection of Money..............................................................35
                  Section 8.02. Trust Accounts...................................................................35
                  Section 8.03. General Provisions Regarding Accounts............................................36
                  Section 8.04.   Release of Collateral..........................................................36
                  Section 8.05.   Opinion of Counsel.............................................................36

         ARTICLE NINE

         SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
                  Section 9.01.   Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders.........................37
                  Section 9.02. Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Noteholders..............................38
                  Section 9.03. Execution of Supplemental Indentures.............................................39
                  Section 9.04. Effect of Supplemental Indenture.................................................39
                  Section 9.05. Conformity With Trust Indenture Act..............................................39
                  Section 9.06. Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures....................................39

         ARTICLE TEN

         REDEMPTION OF NOTES
                  Section 10.01.   Redemption....................................................................39
                  Section 10.02.   Form of Redemption Notice.....................................................40
                  Section 10.03.  Notes Payable on Redemption Date...............................................40

         ARTICLE ELEVEN

         MISCELLANEOUS
                  Section 11.01. Compliance Certificates and Opinions, etc.......................................41
                  Section 11.02. Form of Documents Delivered to Indenture Trustee................................42
                  Section 11.03. Acts of Noteholders.............................................................43
                  Section 11.04. Notices.........................................................................43
                  Section 11.05. Notices to Noteholders; Waiver..................................................45
                  Section 11.06.  Alternate Payment and Notice Provisions........................................45
                  Section 11.07. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents........................................45
                  Section 11.08. Successors and Assigns..........................................................45
                  Section 11.09. Separability....................................................................45
                  Section 11.10. Benefits of Indenture...........................................................45
                  Section 11.11. Legal Holidays..................................................................45
                  Section 11.12. Governing Law...................................................................46
                  Section 11.13. Counterparts....................................................................46
                  Section 11.14. Recording of Indenture..........................................................46
                  Section 11.15. Trust Obligation................................................................46
                  Section 11.16. No Petition.....................................................................46
                  Section 11.17. Inspection......................................................................46
                  Section 11.18. Conflict with Trust Indenture Act...............................................46


                                                         iii

<PAGE>

                                                     EXHIBITS

Exhibit A -    Form of Sale and Servicing Agreement.............................................................A-1
Exhibit B -    Form of Class A-1 Note...........................................................................B-1
Exhibit C -    Form of Class A-2 Note...........................................................................C-1
Exhibit D -    Form of Note Assignment..........................................................................D-1
Exhibit E -    Form of Note Depository Agreement................................................................E-1

</TABLE>
                                      iv

<PAGE>

         Indenture, dated as of________ (this "Indenture"), between
Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Owner Trust ____, a Delaware business trust (the
"Issuer") and Harris Trust and Savings Bank in its capacity as indenture trustee
(the "Indenture Trustee") and not in its individual capacity.

         Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and
for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Issuer's [ ]%
Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Contract Backed Notes, Class A-1 (the "Class A-1
Notes") and [ ]% Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Contract Backed Notes, Class A-2
(the "Class A-2 Notes" and, together with the Class A-1 Notes, the "Notes"):

                               GRANTING CLAUSE

         The Issuer hereby grants, transfers, assigns and otherwise conveys to
the Indenture Trustee on the Closing Date, on behalf of and for the benefit of
the Holders of the Notes, without recourse, all of the Issuer's right, title and
interest (exclusive of the amount, if any, allocable to any rebatable insurance
premium financed by any Contract) in, to and under (i) the Initial Contracts and
Subsequent Contracts secured by the Motorcycles (which Contracts shall be listed
in the List of Contracts and Subsequent List of Contracts); (ii) certain monies
due under the Initial Contracts and Subsequent Contracts on and after the
Initial Cut-Off Date and Subsequent Cut-Off Date, respectively, including,
without limitation, all payments of principal and interest with respect to any
Motorcycles to which a Contract relates received on or after the Initial Cut-Off
Date or Subsequent Cut-Off Date and all other proceeds received on or in respect
of such Contracts (other than payments of principal and interest due prior to
the Initial Cut-Off Date or Subsequent Cut-Off Date); (iii) security interests
in the Motorcycles; (iv) amounts on deposit in the Collection Account, the Note
Distribution Account, the Reserve Fund, the Pre- Funding Account and the
Interest Reserve Account, including all Eligible Investments therein and all
income from the investment of funds therein and all proceeds therefrom; (v)
proceeds from claims under certain insurance policies in respect of individual
Motorcycles or obligors under the Contracts; (vi) certain rights under the Sale
and Servicing Agreement; (vii) the protective security interest in certain of
the above-described property granted by the Trust Depositor in favor of the
Issuer; (viii) all present and future claims, demands, causes of and choses in
action in respect of any or all of the foregoing; and (ix) all payments on or
under and all proceeds of every kind and nature whatsoever in respect of any or
all of the foregoing, including all proceeds of the conversion, voluntary or
involuntary, into cash of other liquid property, all cash proceeds, accounts,
accounts receivable, notes, drafts, acceptances, chattel paper, checks, deposit
accounts, insurance proceeds, condemnation awards, rights to payment of any and
every kind and other forms of obligations and receivables, instruments and other
property which at any time constitute all or part of or are included in the
proceeds of any of the foregoing (as each such defined term is defined in
Section 1.01) (collectively, the "Collateral").

         The foregoing Grant is made in trust to secure the payment of principal
of and interest on, and any other amounts owing in respect of, the Notes,
equally and ratably without prejudice, priority or distinction and all other
sums owing by the Issuer hereunder or under any other Transaction Document, and
to secure compliance with the provisions of this Indenture, all as provided in
this Indenture.

         The Indenture Trustee, as Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Holders of
the Notes, acknowledges such Grant, accepts the trust under this Indenture in
accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and agrees to perform its
duties required in this Indenture to the best of its ability to the end that the
interests of the Holders of the Notes may be adequately and effectively
protected.


                               ARTICLE ONE

               DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

         Section 1.01. Definitions.

                  Except as otherwise specified herein or as the context may
otherwise require, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth
below for all purposes of this Indenture.


<PAGE>

         "Act" shall have the meaning specified in Section 11.03(a).

         "Administration Agreement" means the Administration Agreement, dated as
of the date hereof, among the Administrator, the Issuer, the Trust Depositor and
the Indenture Trustee.

         "Administrator" means Eaglemark, Inc. or any successor Administrator 
under the Administration Agreement.

         "Affiliate" means, with respect to any specified Person, any other
Person controlling or controlled by or under common control with such specified
Person. For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with respect to
any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person,
directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have
meanings correlative to the foregoing.

         "Authorized Officer" means, with respect to the Issuer, any officer of
the Owner Trustee who is authorized to act for the Owner Trustee in matters
relating to the Issuer and who is identified on the list of Authorized Officers
delivered by the Owner Trustee to the Indenture Trustee on the Closing Date (as
such list may be modified or supplemented from time to time thereafter) and, so
long as the Administration Agreement is in effect, any Vice President or more
senior officer of the Administrator who is authorized to act for the
Administrator in matters relating to the Issuer and to be acted upon by the
Administrator pursuant to the Administration Agreement and who is identified on
the list of Authorized Officers delivered by the Administrator to the Indenture
Trustee on the Closing Date (as such list may be modified or supplemented from
time to time thereafter).

         "Book Entry Notes" means a beneficial interest in the Notes, ownership
and transfers of which shall be made through book entries by a Clearing Agency
as described in Section 2.09.

         "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day
on which banking institutions in the city of Chicago, Illinois, Wilmington,
Delaware or New York, New York are authorized or obligated by law, executive
order or governmental decree to be closed.

         "Certificate Final Distribution Date" means the April 2004 
Distribution Date.

         "Certificate of Trust" means the Certificate of Trust of the Issuer
substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Trust Agreement.

         "Class" means all Notes whose form is identical except for variation in
denomination, principal amount or owner.

         "Class A-1 Final Distribution Date" means the April 2001 
Distribution Date.

         "Class A-1 Rate" means [ ]% per annum (computed on the basis of a
360-day year of twelve 30-day months).

         "Class A-1 Notes" means the Class A-1 Notes, substantially in the form
of Exhibit A.

         "Class A-2 Final Distribution Date" means the April 2003 
Distribution Date.

         "Class A-2 Rate" means [ ]% per annum (computed on the basis of a
360-day year of twelve 30-day months).

         "Class A-2 Notes" means the Class A-2 Notes, substantially in the form
of Exhibit B.

         "Clearing Agency" means an organization registered as a "clearing
agency" pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act.

                                      2

<PAGE>

         "Clearing Agency Participant" means a broker, dealer, bank, other
financial institution or other Person for whom from time to time a Clearing
Agency effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the
Clearing Agency.

         "Closing Date" means _____.

         "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         "Collateral" means the Collateral Granted to the Indenture Trustee
under this Indenture, including all proceeds thereof.

         "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         "Corporate Trust Office" means the principal office of the Indenture
Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trusts business shall be
administered which office at date of the execution of this Agreement is located
at 311 West Monroe Street, 12th Floor, Chicago, Illinois 60606, Attention:
Indenture Trust Administration; or at such other address as the Indenture
Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Noteholders and the
Issuer, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Indenture
Trustee (the address of which the successor Indenture Trustee will notify the
Noteholders and the Issuer).

         "Default" means any occurrence that is, or with notice or the lapse of
time or both would become, an Event of Default.

         "Definitive Notes" shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.09.

         "Distribution Date" means the fifteenth day of each month or, if such
date shall not be a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing
______.

         "DTC" means The Depository Trust Company, and its successors.

         "Eaglemark" means Eaglemark, Inc., and its successors and assigns.

         "ERISA" means the Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, 
as amended.

         "Event of Default" shall have the meaning specified in Section 5.01.

         "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

         "Executive Officer" means, with respect to any corporation, the Chief
Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President,
Executive Vice President, any Vice President, the Secretary or the Treasurer of
such corporation; and with respect to any partnership, any general partner
thereof.

         "General Partner" means each Certificateholder obligated to pay the
expenses of the Issuer pursuant to Section 2.07 of the Trust Agreement.

         "Grant" means mortgage, pledge, bargain, sell, warrant, alienate,
remise, release, convey, assign, transfer, create and grant a lien upon and a
security interest in and right of set-off against, deposit, set over and confirm
pursuant to this Indenture. A Grant of the Collateral or of any other agreement
or instrument shall include all rights, powers and options (but none of the
obligations) of the granting party thereunder, including the immediate and
continuing right to claim for, collect, receive and give receipt for principal
and interest payments in respect of the Collateral and all other moneys payable
thereunder, to give and receive notices and other communications, to make
waivers or other agreements, to exercise all rights and options, to bring
Proceedings in the name of the granting party or otherwise and 


                                      3

<PAGE>

generally to do and receive anything that the granting party is or may be 
entitled to do or receive thereunder or with respect thereto.

         "Holder" or "Noteholder" or "Note Owner" means, with respect to a
Book-Entry Note, the Person who is the owner of such Book-Entry Note, as
reflected on the books of the Clearing Agency, or on the books of a Person
maintaining an account with such Clearing Agency (directly as a Clearing Agency
participant or as an indirect participant, in each case in accordance with the
rules of such Clearing Agency) and with respect to a Definitive Note the Person
in whose name a Note is registered on the Note Register.

         "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person at any time, (i)
indebtedness or liability of such Person for borrowed money whether or not
evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other instruments, or for the deferred
purchase price of property or services (including trade obligations); (ii)
obligations of such Person as lessee under leases which should have been or
should be, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, recorded
as capital leases; (iii) current liabilities of such Person in respect of
unfunded vested benefits under plans covered by Title IV of ERISA; (iv)
obligations issued for or liabilities incurred on the account of such Person;
(v) obligations or liabilities of such Person arising under acceptance
facilities; (vi) obligations of such Person under any guaranties, endorsements
(other than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business) and
other contingent obligations to purchase, to provide funds for payment, to
supply funds to invest in any Person or otherwise to assure a creditor against
loss; (vii) obligations of such Person secured by any lien on property or assets
of such Person, whether or not the obligations have been assumed by such Person;
or (viii) obligations of such Person under any interest rate or currency
exchange agreement.

         "Indenture" means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from 
time to time.

         "Indenture Securities" means the Notes.

         "Indenture Security Holder" means a Noteholder.

         "Indenture Trustee" means Harris Trust and Savings Bank, as Indenture
Trustee under this Indenture, or any successor Indenture Trustee under this
Indenture.

         "Independent" means, when used with respect to any specified Person,
that the Person (i) is in fact independent of the Issuer, any other obligor upon
the Notes, the Trust Depositor, the Seller and any of their respective
Affiliates, (ii) does not have any direct financial interest or any material
indirect financial interest in the Issuer, any such other obligor, the Seller or
any of their respective Affiliates, and (iii) is not connected with the Issuer,
any such other obligor, the Seller or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing
Persons as an officer, employee, promoter, underwriter, trustee, partner,
director or person performing similar functions.

         "Independent Certificate" means a certificate or opinion to be
delivered to the Indenture Trustee under the circumstances described in, and
otherwise complying with, the applicable requirements of Section 11.01, made by
an Independent appraiser or other expert appointed by an Issuer Order and
approved by the Indenture Trustee in the exercise of reasonable care, and such
opinion or certificate shall state that the signer has read the definition of
"Independent" in this Indenture and that the signer is Independent within the
meaning thereof.

         "Interest Period" means, with respect to any Distribution Date and any
Class of Notes, the period from and including the fifteenth day of the month of
the Distribution Date immediately preceding such Distribution Date (or, in the
case of the first Distribution Date, the Closing Date) to but excluding the
fifteenth day of the month of such Distribution Date.

         "Interest Rate" means the Class A-1 Rate and the Class A-2 Rate, as
applicable.

                                      4

<PAGE>

         "Issuer" means Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Owner Trust _____ until a
successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor and, for purposes of
any provision contained herein and required by the TIA, each other obligor on
the Notes.

         "Issuer Order" and "Issuer Request" means a written order or request
signed in the name of the Issuer by any one of its Authorized Officers and
delivered to the Indenture Trustee.

         "Note" means a Class A-1 Note or a Class A-2 Note.

         "Note Depository Agreement" means the agreement dated as of the Closing
Date, among the Issuer, the Administrator, the Indenture Trustee and DTC, as the
initial Clearing Agency, relating to the Notes, substantially in the form of
Exhibit E hereto.

         "Note Register" and "Note Registrar" have the respective meanings
specified in Section 2.04.

         "Officer's Certificate" means a certificate signed by any Authorized
Officer of the Issuer, under the circumstances described in, and otherwise
complying with, the applicable requirements of Section 11.01, and delivered to,
the Indenture Trustee. Unless otherwise specified, any reference in this
Indenture to an Officer's Certificate shall be to an Officer's Certificate of
any Authorized Officer of the Issuer.

         "Opinion of Counsel" means one or more written opinions of counsel who
may, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, be employees of
or counsel to the Issuer and who shall be satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee
and which shall comply with any applicable requirements of Section 11.01, and
shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee.

         "Outstanding" means, as of the date of determination, all Notes
theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture except:

              (i)  Notes theretofore cancelled by the Note Registrar or 
         delivered to the Note Registrar for cancellation;

             (ii)  Notes or portions thereof the payment for which money
         in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the
         Indenture Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust for the Holders of such
         Notes (provided, however, that if such Notes are to be redeemed, notice
         of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or
         provision for such notice has been made, satisfactory to the Indenture
         Trustee, has been made); and

             (iii)   Notes in exchange for or in lieu of other Notes which
         have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture unless
         proof satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee is presented that any such
         Notes are held by a bona fide purchaser;

provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite
Outstanding Amount have given any request, demand, authorization, direction,
notice, consent or waiver hereunder or under any other Transaction Document,
Notes owned by the Issuer, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Trust
Depositor, Eaglemark or any of their respective Affiliates shall be disregarded
and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the
Indenture Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes that the
Indenture Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned
that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the
pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Indenture Trustee the pledgee's
right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the
Issuer, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Trust Depositor, Eaglemark or any
of their respective Affiliates.

                                      5

<PAGE>

         "Outstanding Amount" means the aggregate principal amount of all Notes
of one Class or of all Classes, as the case may be, Outstanding at the date of
determination.

         "Owner Trustee" means Wilmington Trust Company, not in its individual
capacity but solely as Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement, or any successor
trustee under the Trust Agreement.

         "Paying Agent" means the Indenture Trustee or any other Person that
meets the eligibility standards for the Indenture Trustee specified in Section
6.11 and is authorized by the Issuer to make the distributions from the Note
Distribution Account, including payment of principal of or interest on the Notes
on behalf of the Issuer.

         "Person" means any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint
venture, association, joint stock company, trust (including any beneficiary
thereof), unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political
subdivision thereof.

         "Predecessor Note" means, with respect to any particular Note, every
previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by
such particular Note; and for the purpose of this definition, any Note
authenticated and delivered under Section 2.05 in lieu of a mutilated, lost,
destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the
mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note.

         "Proceeding" means any suit in equity, action at law or other 
judicial or administrative proceeding.

         "Rating Agency" means each of Moody's and Standard & Poor's.

         "Rating Agency Condition" means, with respect to any action, that each
Rating Agency shall have been given ten days (or such shorter period as is
acceptable to each Rating Agency) prior notice thereof and that each Rating
Agency shall have notified the Trust Depositor, the Servicer and the Issuer in
writing that such action will not result in a qualification, reduction or
withdrawal of its then-current rating of any Class of Notes.

         "Rating Event" means the qualification, reduction or withdrawal by
either Rating Agency of its then-current rating of any Class of Notes.

         "Record Date" means, with respect to a Distribution Date or Redemption
Date, the close of business on the last Business Day of the immediately
preceding month.

         "Redemption Date" means (a) in the case of a redemption of the Notes
pursuant to Section 10.01(a) or a payment to Noteholders pursuant to Section
10.01(b), the Distribution Date specified by the Servicer or the Issuer pursuant
to Section 10.01(a) or 10.01(b), as the case may be and (b) in the case of a
redemption of Notes pursuant to Section 10.01, the Distribution Date specified
in Section 7.07 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement on which the Indenture
Trustee shall withdraw any amount remaining in the Pre-funding Account and
deposit the applicable amount in the Note Distribution Account.

         "Redemption Date Amount" means (i) in the case of a redemption of the
Notes pursuant to Section 10.01(a), an amount equal to the unpaid principal
amount of the Notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon at the
weighted average of the Interest Rate for each Class of Notes being so redeemed
to but excluding the Redemption Date, or (ii) in the case of a payment made to
Noteholders pursuant to Section 10.01(b), the amount on deposit in the Note
Distribution Account, but not in excess of the amount specified in clause (i)
above.

         "Registered Holder" means the Person in whose name a Note is registered
on the Note Register on the applicable Record Date.

         "Responsible Officer" means, with respect to the Indenture Trustee, any
officer within the Corporate Trust Office (or any successor group of the
Indenture Trustee), including any Vice President, assistant secretary or other


                                      6

<PAGE>

officer or assistant officer of the Indenture Trustee customarily performing
functions similar to those performed by the people who at such time shall be
officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred at the
Corporate Trust Office of the Indenture Trustee because of his knowledge of and
familiarity with the particular subject.

         "Sale and Servicing Agreement" means the Sale and Servicing Agreement,
dated as of the date hereof, among the Issuer, the Trust Depositor and the
Servicer, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

         "Seller" means Eaglemark, in its capacity as Seller under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement, and any successors and assigns.

         "Servicer" means Eaglemark, in its capacity as Servicer under the Sale
and Servicing Agreement, and any Successor Servicer thereunder.

         "State" means any one of the 50 states of the United States, or 
the District of Columbia or any of its territories.

         "Successor Servicer" shall have the meaning specified in Section 
3.07(e).

         "Termination Date" means the date on which the Indenture Trustee shall
have received payment and performance of all amounts and obligations which the
Issuer may owe to or on behalf of the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the
Noteholders under this Indenture or the Notes.

         "Trust Agreement" means the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated
as of the date hereof, between the Trust Depositor and the Owner Trustee.

         "Trust Depositor" shall mean Eaglemark Customer Funding
Corporation-___, in its capacity as trust depositor under the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, and its successors.

         "Trust Indenture Act" or "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.

         "UCC" means, unless the context otherwise requires, the Uniform
Commercial Code, as in effect in the relevant jurisdiction, as amended from time
to time.

         "United States" means the United States of America.

                  Except as otherwise specified herein or as the context may
otherwise require, capitalized terms used herein that are not otherwise defined
shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

         Section 1.02. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.
Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is
incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following
TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

         "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         "indenture securities" means the Notes.

         "indenture security holder" means a Noteholder.

         "indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture.

         "indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the 
Indenture Trustee.

         "obligor" on the indenture securities means the Issuer and any 
other obligor on the indenture securities.

                                      7

<PAGE>

         All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA,
defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule have
the meaing assigned to them by such definitions.

         Section 1.03. Rules of Construction.  Unless the context otherwise 
requires:

                   (i)  a term has the meaning assigned to it;

                  (ii)  an accounting term not otherwise defined has the 
          meaning assigned to it in accordance with
          generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from 
          time to time;


                 (iii)  "or" is not exclusive;

                  (iv)  "including" means including without limitation;

                   (v)  words in the singular include the plural and words 
         in the plural include the singular.

                  (vi)  any agreement, instrument or statute defined 
         or referred to herein or in any instrument
         or certificate delivered in connection herewith means such agreement,
         instrument or statute as from time to time amended, modified or
         supplemented and includes (in the case of agreements or instruments)
         references to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated
         therein; references to a Person are also to its permitted successors
         and assigns; and

                  (vii)  the words "hereof," "herein" and "hereunder" 
         and words of similar import when used in this 
         Indenture shall refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to
         any particular provision of this Indenture; Section, subsection and
         Schedule references contained in this Indenture are references to
         Sections, subsections and Schedules in or to this Indenture unless
         otherwise specified.


                                      8

<PAGE>


                                ARTICLE TWO

                                 THE NOTES

     Section 2.01. Form. The Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes, in each
case together with the Indenture Trustee's certificate of authentication, shall
be in substantially the forms set forth as Exhibits to this Indenture with such
appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are
required or permitted by this Indenture and may have such letters, numbers or
other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as
may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officers executing such Notes,
as evidenced by their execution of the Notes. Any portion of the text of any
Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference
thereto on the face of the Note.

     Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the
Notes set forth in Exhibits hereto are part of the terms of this Indenture.

     Section 2.02. Execution, Authentication and Delivery. The Notes shall be
executed on behalf of the Issuer by any of its Authorized Officers. The
signature of any such Authorized Officer on the Notes may be manual or
facsimile. Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signature of individuals who
were at any time Authorized Officers of the Issuer shall bind the Issuer,
notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such
offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold
such offices at the date of such Notes.

     The Indenture Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, authenticate
and deliver for original issue (i) Class A-1 Notes in an aggregate principal
amount of $[ ], and (ii) Class A-2 Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $[
]. The aggregate principal amount of Class A-1 Notes, and Class A-2 Notes
Outstanding at any time may not exceed such respective amounts, except as
otherwise provided in Section 2.05.

     Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be
issuable as registered Notes in the minimum denomination of $500,000 and in
integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

     No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid
or obligatory for any purpose, unless there appears on such Note a certificate
of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein by the Indenture
Trustee by the manual signature of one of its authorized signatories, and such
certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence,
that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.

     Section 2.03. Temporary Notes. Pending the preparation of Book-Entry Notes
or Definitive Notes, the Issuer may execute, and upon receipt of an Issuer Order
the Indenture Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Notes that are
printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, of the
tenor of the definitive Notes in lieu of which they are issued and with such
variations not inconsistent with the terms of this Indenture as the officers
executing such Notes may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such
Notes.

     If temporary Notes are issued, the Issuer will cause Book-Entry Notes or
Definitive Notes to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the
preparation of Book-Entry Notes or Definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall
be exchangeable for Book-Entry Notes or Definitive Notes upon surrender of the
temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Issuer to be maintained as
provided in Section 3.02, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for
cancellation of any one or more Notes, the Issuer shall execute and the
Indenture Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like
tenor and principal amount of definitive Notes of authorized denominations.
Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the
same benefits under this Indenture as Book-Entry Notes or Definitive Notes.

     Section 2.04. Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange. The
Issuer shall cause to be kept a register (the "Note Register") in which, subject
to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Issuer shall 


                                      9

<PAGE>

provide for the registration of Notes and the registration of transfers of
Notes. The Indenture Trustee shall be "Note Registrar" for the purpose of
registering Notes and transfers of Notes as herein provided. Upon any
resignation of any Note Registrar, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a
successor or, if it elects not to make such an appointment, assume the duties
of Note Registrar.

     If a Person other than the Indenture Trustee is appointed by the Issuer as
Note Registrar, the Issuer will give the Indenture Trustee prompt written notice
of the appointment of such Note Registrar and of the location, and any change in
the location, of the Note Register, and the Indenture Trustee shall have the
right to inspect the Note Register at all reasonable times and to obtain copies
thereof, and the Indenture Trustee shall have the right to rely upon a
certificate executed on behalf of the Note Registrar by an Executive Officer
thereof as to the names and addresses of the Holders of the Notes and the
principal amounts and the amounts and number of such Notes.

     Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or
agency of the Issuer to be maintained as provided in Section 3.02, the Issuer
shall execute, and the Indenture Trustee shall authenticate and the Noteholder
shall obtain from the Indenture Trustee, in the name of the designated
transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of the same Class in any
authorized denominations, of a like aggregate principal amount.

     At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of the
same Class in any authorized denominations, of a like aggregate amount, upon
surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any
Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the
Indenture Trustee shall authenticate and the Noteholder shall obtain from the
Indenture Trustee, the Notes which the Noteholder making the exchange is
entitled to receive.

     All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes
shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and
entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered
upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

     Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or
exchange shall be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument of
transfer in form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee duly executed by, the
Holder thereof or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing, with such
signature guaranteed by a commercial bank or trust company located, or having a
correspondent located in the city in which the Corporate Trust Office is
located, or by a member firm of a national securities exchange, and such other
documents as the Indenture Trustee may require.

     No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of
transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee may
require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental
charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or
exchange of Notes, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 2.03 not involving
any transfer.

     The preceding provisions of this Section notwithstanding, the Issuer shall
not be required to make and the Note Registrar need not register transfers or
exchanges of Notes selected for redemption or of any Note for a period of 15
days preceding the due date for any payment with respect to the Note.

     (i) the Note Registrar and the Trustee will be entitled to deal with the
Clearing Agency for all purposes of this Indenture (including the payment of
principal of and interest on the Notes and the giving of instructions or
directions hereunder) as the sole holder of the Notes, and shall have no
obligation to the Note Owners;

     (ii) the rights of Note Owners will be exercised only through the Clearing
Agency and will be limited to those established by law and agreements between
such Note Owners and the Clearing Agency and/or the Clearing Agency Participants
pursuant to the Depository Agreement;

                                      10

<PAGE>

     (iii) whenever this Indenture requires or permits actions to be taken based
upon instructions or directions of Holders of Notes evidencing a specified
percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, the Clearing Agency will be
deemed to represent such percentage only to the extent that it has received
instructions to such effect from Note Owners and/or Clearing Agency Participants
owning or representing, respectively, such required percentage of the beneficial
interest in the Notes and has delivered such instructions to the Trustee; and

     (iv) without the consent of the Issuer and the Trustee, no such Note may be
transferred by the Depository except to a successor Depository that agrees to
hold such Note for the account of the Owners or except upon the election of the
Owner thereof or a subsequent transferee to hold such Note in physical form.

Neither the Trustee nor the Registrar shall have any responsibility to monitor
or restrict the transfer of beneficial ownership in any Note an interest in
which is transferable through the facilities of the Depository.

     Section 2.05. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes. If (i) any
mutilated Note is surrendered to the Indenture Trustee, or the Indenture Trustee
receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any
Note, and (ii) there is delivered to the Indenture Trustee such security or
indemnity as may be required by them to hold the Issuer and the Indenture
Trustee, then, in the absence of notice to the Issuer, the Note Registrar or the
Indenture Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the
Issuer shall execute and upon its request the Indenture Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a replacement Note of the same Class; provided,
however, that if any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, but not a mutilated
Note, shall have become or within seven days shall be due and payable, or shall
have been called for redemption, instead of issuing a replacement Note, the
Issuer may pay such destroyed, lost or stolen Note when so due or payable or
upon the Redemption Date without surrender thereof. If, after the delivery of
such replacement Note or payment of a destroyed, lost or stolen Note pursuant to
the proviso to the preceding sentence, a bona fide purchaser of the original
Note in lieu of which such replacement Note was issued presents for payment such
original Note, the Issuer, and the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to
recover such replacement Note (or such payment) from the Person to whom it was
delivered or any Person taking such replacement Note from such Person to whom
such replacement Note was delivered or any assignee of such Person, except a
bona fide purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or
indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense
incurred by the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee in connection therewith.

     Upon the issuance of any replacement Note under this Section, the Issuer or
the Indenture Trustee may require the payment by the Holder of such Note of a
sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed
in relation thereto and any other reasonable expenses (including the fees and
expenses of the Indenture Trustee or the Note Registrar) connected therewith.

     Every replacement Note issued pursuant to this Section in replacement of
any mutilated, destroyed, lost of stolen Note shall constitute an original
additional contractual obligation of the Issuer, whether or not the mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and
shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and
proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

     The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the
extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or
payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

     Section 2.06. Persons Deemed Owner. Prior to due presentment for
registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, and any
of their respective agents may treat the Person in whose name any Note is
registered (as of the day of determination) as the owner of such Note for the
purpose of receiving payments of principal of and interest, if any, on such Note
and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note be overdue, and
none of the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee nor any of their respective agents
shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

     Section 2.07.  Payment of Principal and Interest; Defaulted Interest.

                                      11

<PAGE>

     (a) Each Class of Notes shall accrue interest at the related Interest Rate,
and such interest shall be payable on each Distribution Date as specified
therein, subject to Section 3.01. Any installment of interest or principal, if
any, payable on any Note which is punctually paid or duly provided for by the
Issuer on the applicable Distribution Date shall be paid to the Person in whose
name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered on the Record
Date, by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account designated
by such nominee and except for the final installment of principal payable with
respect to such Note on a Distribution Date or on the related Final Distribution
Date, as the case may be (and except for the Redemption Price for any Note
called for redemption pursuant to Section 10.01(a)), which shall be payable as
provided below. The funds represented by any such checks returned undelivered
shall be held in accordance with Section 3.03.

     (b) The principal of each Note shall be payable on each Distribution Date
to the extent provided in the form of the related Note set forth as an Exhibit
hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount of the
Notes shall be due and payable, if not previously paid, on the date on which an
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, unless the Holders of
Notes representing not less than 66-2/3% of the Outstanding Amount have waived
such Event of Default in the manner provided in Section 5.02. All principal
payments on each Class of Notes shall be made pro rata to the Noteholders of
such Class entitled thereto. The Indenture Trustee shall notify the Person in
whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on the Record Date
preceding the Distribution Date on which the Issuer expects that the final
installment of principal of and interest on such Note will be paid. Such notice
shall be mailed within five Business Days of receipt of notice of termination of
the Trust pursuant to Section 9.01(c) of the Trust Agreement and shall specify
that such final installment will be payable only upon presentation and surrender
of such Note and shall specify the place where such Note may be presented and
surrendered for payment of such installment. Notices in connection with
redemptions of Notes shall be mailed to Noteholders as provided in Section
10.02.

     (c) If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, the
Issuer shall pay defaulted interest (plus interest on such defaulted interest to
the extent lawful) at the applicable Interest Rate in any lawful manner. The
Issuer may pay such defaulted interest to the Persons who are Noteholders on a
subsequent special record date, which date shall be at least five Business Days
prior to the related payment date. The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed any
such special record date and payment date, and, at least 15 days before any such
special record date, the Issuer shall mail to the Indenture Trustee and each
Noteholder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and
the amount of defaulted interest to be paid.

     Section 2.08. Cancellation. All Notes surrendered for payment, registration
of transfer, exchange or redemption shall, if surrendered to any Person other
than the Indenture Trustee, be delivered to the Indenture Trustee and shall be
promptly cancelled by the Indenture Trustee. The Issuer may at any time deliver
to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and
delivered hereunder which the Issuer may have acquired in any manner whatsoever,
and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Indenture Trustee.
No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes
cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this
Indenture. All cancelled Notes may be held or disposed of by the Indenture
Trustee in accordance with its standard retention or disposal policy as in
effect at the time unless the Issuer shall direct by an Issuer Order that they
be destroyed or returned to it; provided that such Issuer Order is timely and
the Notes have not been previously disposed of by the Indenture Trustee.

     Section 2.09. Book-Entry Notes. The Notes, upon original issuance, will be
issued in the form of a typewritten Note or Notes representing the Book-Entry
Notes, to be delivered to DTC, the initial Depository, by, or on behalf of, the
Issuer. Such Notes shall initially be registered on the Note Register in the
name of Cede & Co., the nominee of the initial Clearing Agency, and no
Noteholder will receive a Definitive Note representing such Noteholder's
interest in such Note, except as provided in Section 2.11. Unless and until
definitive, fully registered Notes (the "Definitive Notes") have been issued to
Noteholders pursuant to Section 2.11:

            (i)  the provisions of this Section shall be in full force 
     and effect;

                                      12

<PAGE>

           (ii) the Note Registrar and the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled
     to deal with the Clearing Agency for all purposes of this Indenture
     (including the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes and the
     giving of instructions or directions hereunder) as the sole holder of the
     Notes, and shall have no obligation to the Noteholders;

          (iii) to the extent that the provisions of this Section conflict with
     any other provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Section
     shall control;

           (iv) the rights of Noteholders shall be exercised only through the
     Clearing Agency and shall be limited to those established by law and
     agreements between such Noteholders and the Clearing Agency and/or the
     Clearing Agency Participants. Pursuant to the Note Depository Agreement,
     unless and until Definitive Notes are issued pursuant to Section 2.11, the
     Clearing Agency will make book-entry transfers among the Clearing Agency
     Participants and receive and transmit payments of principal of and interest
     on the Notes to such Clearing Agency Participants; and

            (v) whenever this Indenture requires or permits actions to be taken
     based upon instructions or directions of Noteholders evidencing a specified
     percentage of the Outstanding Amount, the Clearing Agency shall be deemed
     to represent such percentage only to the extent that it has received
     instructions to such effect from Noteholders and/or Clearing Agency
     Participants owning or representing, respectively, such required percentage
     of the beneficial interest in the Notes and has delivered such instructions
     to the Indenture Trustee.

     Section 2.10. Notices to Clearing Agency. Whenever a notice or other
communication to the Noteholders is required under this Indenture, unless and
until Definitive Notes shall have been issued to Noteholders pursuant to Section
2.11, the Indenture Trustee shall give all such notices and communications
specified herein to be given to Noteholders of the Notes to the Clearing Agency,
and shall have no obligation to the Noteholders.

     Section 2.11. Definitive Notes. If (i)(A) the Administrator advises the
Indenture Trustee in writing that the Clearing Agency is no longer willing or
able to properly discharge its responsibilities as described in the Note
Depository Agreement, and (B) Indenture Trustee or the Administrator is unable
to locate a qualified successor, (ii) the Administrator at its option advises
the Indenture Trustee in writing that it elects to terminate the book-entry
system through the Clearing Agency, or (iii) after the occurrence of an Event of
Default, the Noteholders representing not less than 66 2/3% of the Outstanding
Amount of such Class of Notes advises the Indenture Trustee and the Clearing
Agency through the Clearing Agency Participants in writing that the continuation
of a book-entry system through the Clearing Agency is no longer in the best
interests of the related Noteholders, then the Indenture Trustee shall notify
all Noteholders of the related Class of Notes, through the Clearing Agency, of
the occurrence of any such event and of the availability of Definitive Notes of
the related Class of Notes to Noteholders requesting the same. Upon surrender to
the Indenture Trustee of the Note or Notes representing the Book-Entry Notes by
the Clearing Agency, accompanied by registration instructions, the Issuer shall
execute and the Indenture Trustee shall authenticate the Definitive Notes in
accordance with the instructions of the Clearing Agency. None of the Issuer, the
Note Registrar or the Indenture Trustee shall be liable for any delay in
delivery of such instructions and may conclusively rely on, and shall be
protected in relying on, such instructions. Upon the issuance of Definitive
Notes of a Class, the Indenture Trustee shall recognize the Noteholders of the
Definitive Notes as Noteholders hereunder.

     The Indenture Trustee shall not be liable if the Indenture Trustee or the
Administrator is unable to locate a qualified successor Clearing Agency. The
Definitive Notes shall be typewritten, printed, lithographed or engraved or
produced by any combination of these methods (with or without steel engraved
borders), all as determined by the officers executing such Notes, as evidenced
by their execution of such Notes.

     Section 2.12. Release of Collateral. Subject to Section 11.01 and the terms
of the Transaction Documents, the Indenture Trustee shall release property from
the lien of this Indenture only upon receipt of an Issuer Request accompanied by
an Officer's Certificate.

                                      13

<PAGE>

     Section 2.13. Tax Treatment. The Issuer has entered into this Indenture,
and the Notes will be issued, with the intention that, for federal, state and
local income, single business and franchise tax purposes, the Notes will qualify
as indebtedness of the Issuer secured by the Collateral. The Issuer, by entering
into this Indenture, and each Noteholder, by its acceptance of its Note agree to
treat the Notes for federal, state and local income, single business and
franchise tax purposes as indebtedness of the Issuer.


                               ARTICLE THREE

                                 COVENANTS

     Section 3.01. Payment of Principal and Interest. The Issuer will duly and
punctually pay the principal of and interest, if any, on the Notes in accordance
with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture. Without limiting the foregoing,
subject to Section 8.02(c), the Issuer will cause to be distributed all amounts
on deposit in the Note Distribution Account on a Distribution Date deposited
therein pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement (i) for the benefit of the
Class A-1 Notes, to the Class A-1 Noteholders, and (ii) for the benefit of the
Class A-2 Notes, to the Class A-2 Noteholders. Amounts properly withheld under
the Code by any Person from a payment to any Noteholder of interest and/or
principal shall be considered as having been paid by the Issuer to such
Noteholder for all purposes of this Indenture.

     Section 3.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Issuer will maintain in
Wilmington, Delaware, an office or agency where Notes may be surrendered for
registration of transfer or exchange, and where notices and demands to or upon
the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer
hereby initially appoints the Indenture Trustee to serve as its agent for the
foregoing purposes. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Indenture
Trustee of the location, and of any change in the location, of any such office
or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such office or
agency or shall fail to furnish the Indenture Trustee with the address thereof,
such surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate
Trust Office, and the Issuer hereby appoints the Indenture Trustee as its agent
to receive all such surrenders, notices and demands.

     Section 3.03. Money for Payments to be Held in Trust. As provided in
Section 8.02, all payments of amounts due and payable with respect to any Notes
that are to be made from amounts withdrawn from the Collection Account and the
Note Distribution Account pursuant to Section 8.02(b) shall be made on behalf of
the Issuer by the Indenture Trustee or by another Paying Agent, and no amounts
so withdrawn from the Collection Account and the Note Distribution Account for
payments of Notes shall be paid over to the Issuer except as provided in this
Section.

     On or before the Business Day immediately preceding each Distribution Date
and Redemption Date, the Issuer shall deposit or cause to be deposited in the
Note Distribution Account an aggregate sum sufficient to pay the amounts then
becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons
entitled thereto and (unless the Paying Agent is the Indenture Trustee) shall
promptly notify the Indenture Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

     The Issuer will cause each Paying Agent other than the Indenture Trustee to
execute and deliver to the Indenture Trustee an instrument in which such Paying
Agent shall agree with the Indenture Trustee (and if the Indenture Trustee acts
as Paying Agent, it hereby so agrees), subject to the provisions of this
Section, that such Paying Agent will:

            (i) hold all sums held by it for the payment of amounts due with
     respect to the Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled
     thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed
     of as herein provided and pay such sums to such Persons as herein provided;

           (ii) give the Indenture Trustee notice of any default by the Issuer
     (or any other obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any payment required
     to be made with respect to the Notes;

                                      14

<PAGE>

          (iii) at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the
     written request of the Indenture Trustee, forthwith pay to the Indenture
     Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent;

           (iv) immediately resign as a Paying Agent and forthwith pay to the
     Indenture Trustee all sums held by it in trust for the payment of Notes if
     at any time it ceases to meet the standards required to be met by a Paying
     Agent at the time of its appointment; and

            (v) comply with all requirements of the Code with respect to the
     withholding from any payments made by it on any Notes of any applicable
     withholding taxes imposed thereon and with respect to any applicable
     reporting requirements in connection therewith.

     The Issuer may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction
and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, by Issuer Order direct
any Paying Agent to pay to the Indenture Trustee all sums held in trust by such
Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Indenture Trustee upon the same trusts
as those upon which the sums were held by such Paying Agent; and upon such
payment by any Paying Agent to the Indenture Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be
released from all further liability with respect to such money.

     Subject to applicable laws with respect to escheat of funds, any money held
by the Indenture Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust for the payment of any
amount due with respect to any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after
such amount has become due and payable shall be discharged from such trust and
upon receipt of an Issuer Request shall be deposited by the Indenture Trustee in
the Collection Account; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an
unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all
liability of the Indenture Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such
trust money shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that if such money or any
portion thereof had been previously deposited by the Issuer with the Indenture
Trustee for the payment of principal or interest on the Notes, and provided,
further, that the Indenture Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required
to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be
published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily
published on each Business Day and of general circulation in The City of New
York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified
therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication,
any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to or for the
account of the Issuer. The Indenture Trustee may also adopt and employ, at the
expense of the Issuer, any other reasonable means of notification of such
repayment (including, but not limited to, mailing notice of such repayment to
Holders whose Notes have been called but not have not been surrendered for
redemption or whose right to or interest in moneys due and payable but not
claimed is determinable from the records of the Indenture Trustee or of any
Paying Agent, at the last address of record for each such Holder).

     Section 3.04. Existence. The Issuer will keep in full effect its existence,
rights and franchises as a business trust under the laws of the State of
Delaware (unless it becomes, or any successor Issuer hereunder is or becomes,
organized under the laws of any other state or of the United States, in which
case the Issuer will keep in full effect its existence, rights and franchises
under the laws of such other jurisdiction) and will obtain and preserve its
qualification to do business in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is
or shall be necessary to protect the validity and enforceability of this
Indenture, the Notes, the Collateral and each other instrument or agreement
included in the Collateral.

     Section 3.05. Protection of Collateral. The Issuer intends the security
interest Granted pursuant to this Indenture in favor of the Indenture Trustee on
behalf of the Noteholders to be prior to all other liens in respect of the
Collateral, and the Issuer shall take all actions necessary to obtain and
maintain, for the benefit of the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders,
a first lien on and a first priority, perfected security interest in the
Collateral. The Issuer will from time to time execute and deliver all such
supplements and amendments hereto and all such financing statements,
continuation statements, instruments of further assurance and other instruments,
all as prepared by the Servicer and delivered to the Issuer, and will take such
other action necessary or advisable to:

            (i)     Grant more effectively all or any portion of the Collateral;

                                      15

<PAGE>

           (ii) maintain or preserve the lien and security interest (and the
     priority thereof) created by this Indenture or carry out more effectively
     the purposes hereof;

          (iii)     perfect, publish notice of or protect the validity of any 
     Grant made or to be made by this Indenture;

           (iv)     enforce any of the Collateral;

            (v)     preserve and defend title to the Collateral and 
     the rights of the Indenture Trustee and
     the Noteholders in such Collateral against the claims of 
     all persons and parties; and

           (vi)     pay all taxes or assessments levied or assessed upon the 
     Collateral when due.

The Issuer hereby designates the Indenture Trustee its agent and
attorney-in-fact to execute all financing statements, continuation statements or
other instruments required to be executed pursuant to this Section.

     Section 3.06.  Opinions as to Collateral.

     (a) Promptly after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Issuer
shall furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that,
in the opinion of such counsel, either (i) all financing statements and
continuation statements have been executed and filed that are necessary to
create and continue the Indenture Trustee's first priority perfected security
interest in the collateral for the benefit of the Noteholders, and reciting the
details of such filings or referring to prior Opinions of Counsel in which such
details are given, or (ii) no such action shall be necessary to perfect such
security interest; and

     (b) Within 90 days after beginning of each calendar year beginning with the
first calendar year beginning more than three months after the Cut-Off Date, the
Issuer shall furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel, dated as of
a date during such 90-day period, to the effect that, in the opinion of such
counsel, either (i) all financing statements and continuation statements have
been executed and filed that are necessary to create and continue the Indenture
Trustee's first priority perfected security interest in the collateral (subject
to the rights of the Insurer under the Insurance Agreement) for the benefit of
the Noteholders, and reciting the details of such filings or referring to prior
Opinions of Counsel in which such details are given, or (ii) no such action
shall be necessary to perfect such security interest.

     Section 3.07.  Performance of Obligations; Servicing of Contracts.

     (a) The Issuer will not take any action and will use its best efforts not
to permit any action to be taken by others that would release any Person from
any such Person's material covenants or obligations under any instrument or
agreement included in the Collateral or that would result in the amendment,
hypothecation, subordination, termination or discharge of, or impair the
validity or effectiveness of, any such instrument or agreement, except as
expressly provided in the Transaction Documents or such other instrument or
agreement.

     (b) The Issuer may contract with other Persons to assist it in performing
its duties and obligations under this Indenture, and any performance of such
duties by a Person identified to the Indenture Trustee in an Officer's
Certificate shall be deemed to be action taken by the Issuer. The Indenture
Trustee shall not be responsible for the action or inaction of the Servicer or
the Administrator. Initially, the Issuer has contracted with the Servicer and
the Administrator to assist the Issuer in performing its duties under this
Indenture.

     (c) The Issuer will punctually perform and observe all of its obligations
and agreements contained in this Indenture, the other Transaction Documents and
in the instruments and agreements included in the Collateral, including but not
limited to filing or causing to be filed all UCC financing statements and
continuation statements required to be filed by the terms of this Indenture and
the Sale and Servicing Agreement in accordance with and within the time periods

                                      16

<PAGE>

provided for herein and therein. Except as otherwise expressly provided therein,
the Issuer shall not waive, amend, modify, supplement or terminate any
Transaction Document or any provision thereof without the consent of the
Indenture Trustee or the Holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding
Amount.

     (d) If the Issuer shall have knowledge of the occurrence of an Event of
Termination, the Issuer shall promptly notify the Indenture Trustee and each
Rating Agency thereof. Upon any termination of the Servicer's rights and powers
pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Issuer shall promptly notify
the Indenture Trustee. As soon as a successor Servicer is appointed, the Issuer
shall notify the Indenture Trustee and the Rating Agencies of such appointment,
specifying in such notice the name and address of such successor Servicer.

     (e) The Issuer agrees that it will not waive timely performance or
observance by the Servicer or the Seller of their respective duties under the
Transaction Documents if the effect thereof would adversely affect the Holders
of the Notes.

     Section 3.08.  Negative Covenants.  Until the Termination Date, the 
Issuer shall not:

            (i) except as expressly permitted by the Transaction Documents,
     sell, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of the properties or
     assets of the Issuer, including those included in the Collateral, unless
     directed to do so by the Indenture Trustee;

           (ii) claim any credit on, or make any deduction from the principal or
     interest payable in respect of, the Notes (other than amounts properly
     withheld from such payments under the Code or applicable state law) or
     assert any claim against any present or former Noteholder by reason of the
     payment of the taxes levied or assessed upon any part of the Collateral; or

          (iii) (A) permit the validity or effectiveness of this Indenture to be
     impaired, or permit the lien created by this Indenture to be amended,
     hypothecated, subordinated, terminated or discharged, or permit any Person
     to be released from any covenant; or obligations with respect to the Notes
     under this Indenture except as may be expressly permitted hereby, (B)
     permit any lien, charge, excise, claim, security interest, mortgage or
     other encumbrance (other than the lien of this Indenture) to be created on
     or extend to or otherwise arise upon or burden the Collateral or any part
     thereof or any interest therein or the proceeds thereof (other than tax
     liens, mechanics' liens and other liens that arise by operation of law, in
     each case on a Motorcycle and arising solely as a result of an action or
     omission of the related Obligor), (C) permit the lien created by this
     Indenture not to constitute a valid first priority (other than with respect
     to any such tax, mechanics' or other lien) security interest in the
     Collateral, or (D) amend, modify or fail to comply with the provisions of
     the Transaction Documents without the prior written consent of the
     Indenture Trustee, except where the Transaction Documents allow for
     amendment or modification without the consent or approval of the Indenture
     Trustee; or

           (iv)     dissolve or liquidate in whole or in part.

     Section 3.09. Annual Statement as to Compliance. The Issuer will deliver to
the Indenture Trustee, on or before 120 days after the end of each fiscal year
of the Issuer (commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996), an
Officer's Certificate stating, as to the Authorized Officer signing such
Officer's Certificate, that:

            (i) a review of the activities of the Issuer during such year and of
     performance under this Indenture has been made under such Authorized
     Officer's supervision; and

           (ii) to the best of such Authorized Officer's knowledge, based on
     such review, the Issuer has complied with all conditions and covenants
     under this Indenture throughout such year, or, if there has been a default
     in the compliance of any such condition or covenant, specifying each such
     default known to such Authorized Officer and the nature and status thereof.

                                      17

<PAGE>

     Section 3.10.  Issuer May Consolidate, etc. Only on Certain Terms.

     (a) The Issuer shall not consolidate or merge with or into any other
Person, unless:

            (i) the Person (if other than the Issuer) formed by or surviving
     such consolidation or merger shall be a Person organized and existing under
     the laws of the United States or any State and shall expressly assume, by
     an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Indenture
     Trustee, in form and substance satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, the
     due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest on all Notes and
     the performance or observance of every agreement and covenant of this
     Indenture and each other Transaction Document on the part of the Issuer to
     be performed or observed, all as provided herein;

           (ii)     immediately after giving effect to such transaction, 
     no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

          (iii)     the Rating Agency Condition shall have been 
     satisfied with respect to such transaction;

           (iv) the Issuer shall have received an Opinion of Counsel which shall
     be delivered to and shall be satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee to the
     effect that such transaction will not have any material adverse tax
     consequence to the Trust, any Noteholder or any Certificateholder;

            (v)     any action as is necessary to maintain the lien and 
     security interest created by this Indenture shall have been taken;

           (vi) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Indenture Trustee an
     Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which shall describe the
     actions taken as required by clause (v) above or that no such actions will
     be taken) each stating that such consolidation or merger and such
     supplemental indenture comply with this Article Three and that all
     conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have
     been compiled with; and

          (vii) the Person (if other than the Issuer) formed by or surviving
     such consolidation or merger has a net worth, immediately after such
     consolidation or merger, that is (A) greater than zero and (B) not less
     than the net worth of the Issuer immediately prior to giving effect to such
     consolidation or merger.

     (b) The Issuer shall not convey or transfer all or substantially all of its
properties or assets, including those included in the Collateral, to any Person
(except as expressly permitted by the Transaction Documents), unless:

            (i) the Person that acquires by conveyance to transfer the
     properties and assets of the Issuer shall (A) be a United States citizen or
     a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States or any
     State, (B) expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed
     and delivered to the Indenture Trustee, in form and substance satisfactory
     to the Indenture Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of
     and interest on all Notes and the performance or observance of every
     agreement and covenant of this Indenture and each other Transaction
     Document on the part of the Issuer to be performed or observed, all as
     provided herein, (C) expressly agree by means of such supplemental
     indenture that all right, title and interest so conveyed or transferred
     shall be subject and subordinate to the rights of Holders of the Notes and
     (D) unless otherwise provided in such supplemental indenture, expressly
     agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Issuer against and from
     any loss, liability or expense arising under or related to this Indenture
     and the Notes.

           (ii)     immediately after giving effect to such transaction, 
     no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

                                      18

<PAGE>

          (iii)     the Rating Agency Condition shall have been 
     satisfied with respect to such transaction;

           (iv) the Issuer shall have received an Opinion of Counsel which shall
     be delivered to and shall be satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee to the
     effect that such transaction will not have any material adverse tax
     consequence to the Trust, any Noteholder or any Certificateholder;

            (v)     any action as is necessary to maintain the lien and 
     security interest created by this Indenture shall have been taken;

           (vi) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Indenture Trustee an
     Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which shall describe the
     actions taken as required by clause (v) above or that no such actions will
     be taken) each stating that such conveyance or transfer and such
     supplemental indenture comply with this Article Three and that all
     conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have
     been complied with (including any filings required by Exchange Act); and

          (vii) the Issuer has a net worth, immediately after such conveyance or
     transfer, that is (A) greater than zero and (B) not less than the net worth
     of the Issuer immediately prior to giving effect to such conveyance or
     transfer.

     Section 3.11.  Successor or Transferee.

     (a) Upon any consolidation or merger of the Issuer in accordance with
Section 3.10(a), the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger
(if other than the Issuer) shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may
exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under this Indenture with same
effect as if such Person has been named as the Issuer herein.

     (b) Upon a conveyance or transfer of all or substantially all the assets or
properties of the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.10(b), the Issuer will be
released from every covenant and agreement of this Indenture to be observed or
performed on the part of the Issuer with respect to the Notes immediately upon
the delivery of written notice to the Indenture Trustee stating that the Issuer
is to be so released.

     Section 3.12. No Other Business. The Issuer shall not engage in any
business other than financing, purchasing, owning, selling and managing the
Contracts in the manner contemplated by this Indenture and the other Transaction
Documents and activities incidental thereto.

     Section 3.13. No Borrowing. The Issuer shall not issue, incur, assume,
guarantee or otherwise become liable, directly or indirectly, for any
Indebtedness except for (i) the Notes and (ii) any other Indebtedness permitted
by or arising under the other Transaction Documents. The proceeds of the Notes
and the Certificates shall be used exclusively to fund the Issuer's purchase of
the Contracts and the other assets specified in the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, to fund the Reserve Fund and to pay the transactional expenses of the
Issuer.

     Section 3.14. Servicer's Obligations. The Issuer shall cause the Servicer
to comply with Sections 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, as well as Article Five and Article
Nine of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     Section 3.15. Guarantees, Loans Advances and Other Liabilities. Except as
otherwise contemplated by the Transaction Documents, the Issuer shall not make
any loan or advance or credit to, or guarantee (directly or indirectly or by an
instrument having the effect of assuming another's payment or performance on any
obligation or capability of so doing or otherwise), endorse or otherwise become
contingently liable, directly or indirectly, in connection with the obligations,
stocks or dividends of, or own, purchase, repurchase or acquire (or agree
contingently to do so) any stock, obligations, assets or securities of, any
other interest in, or make any capital contribution to, any other Person.

                                      19

<PAGE>

     Section 3.16.  Capital Expenditures.  The Issuer shall not make 
any expenditure (by long-term or operating lease or otherwise) for 
capital assets (either reality or personalty).

     Section 3.17. Restricted Payments. Except as permitted by the Transaction
Documents, the Issuer shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) pay any dividend or
make any distribution (by reduction of capital or otherwise), whether in cash,
property, securities or a combination thereof, to the Owner Trustee or any owner
of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or otherwise with respect to any
ownership or equity interest or security in or of the Issuer or to the Servicer,
(ii) redeem, purchase, retire or otherwise acquire for value any such ownership
or equity interest or security or (iii) set aside or otherwise segregate any
amounts for any such purpose; provided, however, that the Issuer may make, or
cause to be made, (A) distributions to the Servicer, the Owner Trustee and the
Certificateholders as contemplated by, and to the extent funds are available for
such purpose under, the Sale and Servicing Agreement or the Trust Agreement and
(B) payments to the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee pursuant to Section
1(a)((ii) of the Administration Agreement. The Issuer will not, directly or
indirectly, make payments to or distributions from the Collection Account except
in accordance with this Indenture and the other Transaction Documents.

     Section 3.18. Notice of Events of Default. The Issuer agrees to give the
Indenture Trustee and each Rating Agency prompt written notice of each Event of
Default hereunder and an Event of Termination under the Sale and Servicing
Agreement.

     Section 3.19. Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Indenture
Trustee, the Issuer will execute and deliver such further instruments and do
such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more
effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

     Section 3.20. Compliance with Laws. The Issuer shall comply with the
requirements of all applicable laws, the non-compliance with which would,
individually or in the aggregate, materially and adversely affect the ability of
the Issuer to perform its obligations under the Notes, this Indenture or any
other Transaction Document.

     Section 3.21. Amendments of Sale and Servicing Agreement and Trust
Agreement. The Issuer shall not agree to any amendment to Section 11.01 of the
Trust Agreement to eliminate the requirements thereunder that the Indenture
Trustee or the Holders of the Notes consent to amendments thereto as provided
therein.

     Section 3.22. Removal of Administrator. So long as any Notes are issued and
outstanding, the Issuer shall not remove the Administrator without cause unless
the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied in connection with such
removal.





                               ARTICLE FOUR

                        SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

     Section 4.01. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. This Indenture shall
cease to be of further effect with respect to the Notes except as to (i) rights
of registration of transfer and exchange, (ii) substitution of mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, (iii) rights of Noteholders to receive payments
of principal thereof and interest thereon, 


                                      20

<PAGE>

(iv) Sections 3.01, 3.03, 3.04, 3.05, 3.07, 3.08, 3.10, 3.12, 3.13, 3.20  and
3.21, (v) the rights, obligations and immunities of the Indenture Trustee
hereunder (including the rights of the Indenture Trustee under Section 6.07 and
the obligations of the Indenture Trustee under Section 4.02) and (vi) the
rights of Noteholders as beneficiaries hereof with respect to the property so
deposited with the Indenture Trustee payable to all or any of them, and the
Indenture Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute
proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture
with respect to the Notes, when

          (A)  either

               (1) all Notes therefore authenticated and delivered (other than
          (i) Notes that have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that have been
          replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.05 and (ii) Notes for whose
          payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated
          and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or
          discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 3.03) have been
          delivered to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation and the Note
          Policy has expired and been returned to the Insurer for cancellation;

               (2)  all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Indenture 
          Trustee for cancellation

                      (i)     have become due and payable, or

                     (ii)     will become due and payable at the 
               Class A-2 Final Distribution Date within one year, or

                    (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under
               arrangements satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee for the giving
               of notice of redemption by the Indenture Trustee in the name, and
               at the expense, of the Issuer,

          and the Issuer, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has
          irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the
          Indenture Trustee cash or direct obligations of or obligations
          guaranteed by the United States (which will mature prior to the date
          such amounts are payable), in trust in an Eligible Account for such
          purpose, in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire
          indebtedness on such Note not theretofore delivered to the Indenture
          Trustee for cancellation when due to the final scheduled Distribution
          Date (if Notes shall have been called for redemption pursuant to
          Section 10.01(a)), as the case may be;

          (B) the Issuer has paid or performed or caused to be paid or performed
     all amounts and obligations which the Issuer may owe to or on behalf of the
     Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders under this Indenture
     or the Notes; and

          (C) the Issuer has delivered to the Indenture Trustee an Officer's
     Certificate, stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for
     relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have bene
     complied with and the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied.

     Section 4.02. Application of Trust Money. All moneys deposited with the
Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 4.01 shall be held in trust and applied by
it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the
payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent, as the Indenture Trustee
may determine, to the Holders of the particular Notes for the payment or
redemption of which such moneys have been deposited with the Indenture Trustee,
of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal and interest; but such
moneys need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required
herein or in the Sale and Servicing Agreement or required by law.

     Section 4.03. Repayment of Moneys Held by Paying Agent. In connection with
the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Notes, all
moneys then held by any Paying Agent other than the Indenture 

                                      21

<PAGE>

Trustee under the
provisions of this Indenture with respect to such Notes shall, upon demand of
the Issuer, be paid to the Indenture Trustee to be held and applied according to
Section 3.03 and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further
liability with respect to such moneys.

     Section 4.04. Release of Collateral. Subject to Section 11.01 and the terms
of the Transaction Documents, the Indenture Trustee shall release property from
the lien of this Indenture only upon receipt of an Issuer Request accompanied by
an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel and Independent Certificates
in accordance with TIA SS.314(c) and 314(d)(1) or an Opinion of Counsel in lieu
of such Independent Certificates to the effect that the TIA does not require any
such Independent Certificates.


                               ARTICLE FIVE

                                 REMEDIES

     Section 5.01. Events of Default. "Event of Default," wherever used herein,
means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of
Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by
operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or
any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

            (i)     default in the payment of any interest on any 
     Note when the same becomes due and
     payable, and such default shall continue for a period of five days;

           (ii)     default in the payment of the principal 
     of or any installment of the principal of any Note
     when the same becomes due and payable;

          (iii) default in the observance or performance of any covenant or
     agreement of the Issuer made in this Indenture (other than a covenant or
     agreement, a default in the observance or performance of which is elsewhere
     in this Section specifically dealt with), or any representation or warranty
     of the Issuer made in this Indenture or in any certificate or other writing
     delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith proving to have been
     incorrect in any material respect as of the time when the same shall have
     been made, and such default shall continue or not be cured, or the
     circumstance or condition in respect of which such misrepresentation or
     warranty was incorrect shall not have been eliminated or otherwise cured,
     for a period of 30 days after there shall have been given, by registered or
     certified mail, to the Indenture Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% of
     the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, taken together as a single class, a
     written notice specifying such default or incorrect representation or
     warranty and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a
     "Notice of Default" hereunder;

           (iv) the filing of a decree or order for relief by a court having
     jurisdiction in the premises in respect of the Issuer or any substantial
     part of the Collateral in an involuntary case under any applicable federal
     or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in
     effect, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee,
     sequestrator or similar official of the Issuer or for any substantial part
     of the Collateral, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of the
     Issuer's affairs, and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in
     effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

            (v)     the commencement by the Issuer of a 
     voluntary case under any applicable federal or
     state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in
     effect, or the consent by the Issuer to the entry of an order for relief in
     an involuntary case under any such law, or the consent by the Issuer to the
     appointment or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee,
     custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Issuer or for
     any substantial part of the Collateral, or the making by the Issuer of any
     general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the failure by the
     Issuer generally to pay its debts as such debts become due, or the taking
     of action by the Issuer in furtherance of any of the foregoing.

                                      22
<PAGE>

     The Issuer shall deliver to the Indenture Trustee within five days after
obtaining knowledge of the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an
Officer's Certificate of any event which with the giving of notice and the lapse
of time would become an Event of Default under clause (iii) above, its status
and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

     Section 5.02.  Rights Upon Event of Default

     If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Notes
shall become immediately due and payable at par, together with accrued interest
thereon, unless Holders holding Notes representing at least 66-2/3% of the
aggregate Outstanding Amount shall, upon prior written notice to each Rating
Agency, waive such Event of Default.

     Section 5.03.  Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for 
Enforcement by Indenture Trustee; Authority of Indenture Trustee.

     (a) The Issuer covenants that if the Notes are accelerated following the
occurrence of an Event of Default, the Issuer will, upon demand of the Indenture
Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, the whole
amount then due and payable on such Notes for principal and interest, with
interest, with interest upon the overdue principal, and, to the extent payment
at such rate of interest shall be legally enforceable, upon overdue installments
of interest, at the applicable Interest Rate and in addition thereto such
further amount as shall be sufficient to cover costs and expenses of collection,
including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of
the Indenture Trustee and its agents and counsel.

     (b) The Indenture Trustee following the occurrence of an Event of Default,
shall have full right, power and authority to take, or defer from taking, any
and all acts with respect to the administration, maintenance or disposition of
the Collateral.

     (c) If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Indenture Trustee
may in its discretion (except as provided in Section 5.03(d)), proceed to
protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Noteholders, by such
appropriate Proceedings as the Indenture Trustee shall deem most effective to
protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any
covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power
granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy or legal or equitable
right vested in the Indenture Trustee by this Indenture or by law.

     (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture if
an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, if the Issuer fails
to perform its obligations under Section 10.01(b) when and as due, the Indenture
Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the
rights of the Noteholders by such appropriate proceedings as the Indenture
Trustee shall deem most effective to protect and enforce any such rights,
whether for specific performance of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture
or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other
proper remedy or legal or equitable right vested in the Indenture Trustee by
this Indenture or by law, provided that the Indenture Trustee shall only be
entitled to take any such actions to the extent such actions (i) are taken only
to enforce the Issuer's obligations to redeem the principal amount of Notes, and
(ii) are taken only against the Collateral any investments therein and any
proceeds thereof.

     (e) In case there shall be pending, relative to the Issuer or any other
obligor upon the Notes or any Person having or claiming an ownership interest in
the Collateral, Proceedings under Title 11 of the United States Code or any
other applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law,
or in case a receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization,
liquidator, sequestrator or similar official shall have been appointed for or
taken possession of the Issuer or its property or such other obligor or Person,
or in case of any other comparable judicial Proceedings relative to the Issuer
or other obligor upon the Notes, or to the creditors or property of the Issuer
or such other obligor, the Indenture Trustee, irrespective of whether the
principal of any Notes shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by
declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Indenture Trustee shall
have made 

                                      23

<PAGE>

any demand pursuant to the provisions of this Section, shall be
entitled and empowered, by intervention in such Proceedings or otherwise:

            (i) to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of
     principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes and to file
     such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to
     have the claims of the Indenture Trustee (including any claim for
     reasonable compensation to the Indenture Trustee and each predecessor
     Indenture Trustee, and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and
     for reimbursement of all expenses and liabilities incurred, and all
     advances made, by the Indenture Trustee and each predecessor Indenture
     Trustee, except as a result of negligence or bad faith) and of the
     Noteholders allowed in such Proceedings;

           (ii) unless prohibited by applicable law and regulations, to vote on
     behalf of the Holders of Notes in any election of a trustee, a standby
     trustee or Person performing similar functions in any such Proceedings;

          (iii) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or
     deliverable on any such claims and to distribute all amounts received with
     respect to the claims of the Noteholders and of the Indenture Trustee on
     their behalf; and

           (iv) to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as
     may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Indenture
     Trustee or the Holders of Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings
     relative to the Issuer, its creditors and its property;

and any trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official in
any such Proceeding is hereby authorized by each of such Noteholders to make
payments to the Indenture Trustee, and, in the event that the Indenture Trustee
shall consent to the making of payments directly to such Noteholders, to pay to
the Indenture Trustee such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable
compensation to the Indenture Trustee, each predecessor Indenture Trustee and
their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other expenses and
liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Indenture Trustee and each
predecessor Trustee except as a result of negligence or bad faith.

     (f) Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Indenture
Trustee to authorize or consent to or vote for or accept or adopt on behalf of
any Noteholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or
compensation affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to
authorize the Indenture Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any
Noteholder in any such proceeding except, as aforesaid, to vote for the election
of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar Person.

     (g) All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture or
under any of the Notes, may be enforced by the Indenture Trustee without the
possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any trial or other
Proceedings relative thereto, and any such action or Proceedings instituted by
the Indenture Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express
trust, and any recovery of judgment, subject to the payment of the expenses,
disbursements and compensation of the Indenture Trustee, each predecessor
Indenture Trustee and their respective agents and attorneys, shall be for the
ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

     (h)  In any Proceedings brought by the Indenture Trustee (including any 
Proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture),
the Indenture Trustee shall be held to represent all of the Holders of the
Notes, and it shall not be necessary to make any Noteholder a party to any such
proceedings.

     Section 5.04.  Remedies.  If an Event of Default shall have occurred and 
be continuing the Indenture Trustee (subject to Section 5.05) shall:

            (i) institute Proceedings in its own name and as or on behalf of a
     trustee of an express trust for the collection of all amounts then payable
     on the Notes or under this Indenture with respect thereto, 

                                      24
<PAGE>

     whether by declaration or otherwise, enforce any judgment obtained, 
     and collect from the Issuer and any other obligor upon such 
     Notes moneys adjudged due;

           (ii)  institute Proceedings from time to time for the complete or 
     partial foreclosure of this Indenture with respect to the Collateral;

          (iii) exercise any remedies of a secured party under the UCC and any
     other remedy available to the Indenture Trustee and take any other
     appropriate action to protect and enforce the rights and remedies of the
     Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders under this Indenture or the
     Notes; and

           (iv) direct the Owner Trustee to sell the Collateral or any portion
     thereof or rights or interest therein, at one or more public or private
     sales called and conducted in any manner permitted by law; provided,
     however, that the Indenture Trustee may not sell or otherwise liquidate the
     Collateral following an Event of Default, other than an Event of Default
     described in Section 5.01(i) or (ii), unless (A) the Holders of 100% of the
     Outstanding Amount of the Notes, consent thereto, (B) the proceeds of such
     sale or liquidation distributable to the Noteholders are sufficient to
     discharge in full all amounts then due and unpaid upon such Notes for
     principal and interest or (C) the Indenture Trustee determines that the
     Collateral will not continue to provide sufficient funds for the payment of
     principal of and interest on the Notes as they would have become due if the
     Notes had not been declared due and payable, and the Indenture Trustee
     provides prior written notice to each Rating Agency and obtains the consent
     of Holders of 66-2/3% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes. In
     determining such sufficiency or insufficiency with respect to clauses (B)
     and (C), the Indenture Trustee may, but need not, obtain and rely upon an
     opinion of an Independent investment banking or accounting firm or national
     reputation as to the feasibility of such proposed action and as to the
     sufficiency of the Collateral for such purpose.

     Section 5.05. Optional Preservation of the Contracts. Following an Event of
Default and such Event of Default has not been rescinded and annulled, the
Indenture Trustee may, but need not, elect to maintain possession of the
Collateral,. It is the desire of the parties hereto and the Noteholders that
there be at all times sufficient funds for the payment of principal and interest
on the Notes, and the Indenture Trustee shall take such desire into account when
determining whether or not to maintain possession of the Collateral. In
determining whether to maintain possession of the Collateral, the Indenture
Trustee may, but need not, obtain and rely upon an opinion of an Independent
investing banking or accounting firm of national reputation as to the
feasibility of such proposed action and as to the sufficiency of the Collateral
for such purpose.

     Section 5.06.  Priorities.

     (a) If the Indenture Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to
this Article Five, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order
and priority:

            (i)  amounts due and owing and required to be distributed 
     to the Servicer, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee, 
     respectively, pursuant to priorities
     described in Section 7.05(a) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and not
     previously distributed, in the order of such priorities and without
     preference or priority of any kind within such priorities;

           (ii)  to the Holders of the Class A-1 Notes and Class A-2 Notes for
     amounts representing due and unpaid interest thereon;

          (iii) to Holders of the Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes
     for principal, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind,
     according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, until
     the Outstanding Amount of the Notes is reduced to zero;

                                      25
<PAGE>

           (iv)     amounts due and unpaid on the Certificates 
     for interest and principal, to the Owner
     Trustee for distribution to Certificateholders in 
     accordance with Section 5.02(a) of the Trust Agreement; and


            (v) any excess amounts remaining after making the distributions
     described in paragraphs (i) through (iv) above shall be distributed in the
     following order of priority: into the Reserve Fund, until the amounts on
     deposit therein equal the Specified Reserve Fund Balance, with any excess
     being distributed to the Trust Depositor.

     (b) The Indenture Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any
payment to Noteholders pursuant to this Section. At least 15 days before such
record date, the Issuer shall mail to each Noteholder and the Indenture Trustee
a notice that states the record date, the payment date and the amount to be
paid.

     Section 5.07. Limitation of Suits. No Holder of any Note shall have any
right to institute any Proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this
Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other
remedy hereunder, unless:

            (i)     such Holder has previously given written notice 
     to the Indenture Trustee of a continuing Event of Default;

           (ii) the Holders of not less than 25% of the Outstanding Amount of
     the Notes have made written request to the Indenture Trustee to institute
     such Proceeding in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as
     Indenture Trustee hereunder;

          (iii) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Indenture Trustee
     reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be
     incurred in complying with such request;

           (iv)     the Indenture Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of 
     such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute such 
     Proceedings; and

            (v) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been
     given to the Indenture Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of
     a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, voting together as a
     single class.

It is understood and intended that no one or more Holders of Notes shall have
any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision
of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other
Holders of Notes or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over
any other Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the
manner herein provided.

     In the event the Indenture Trustee shall receive conflicting or
inconsistent requests and indemnity from two or more groups of Holders of Notes,
each representing less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes,
the Indenture Trustee in its sole discretion may determine that action, if any,
shall be taken, notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture.

     Section 5.08. Unconditional Rights of Noteholders to Receive Principal and
Interest. Notwithstanding any other provisions in the Indenture, the Holder of
any Note shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive
payment of the principal of and interest on such Note on or after the respective
due dates thereof expressed in such Note or in this Indenture (or, in the case
of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date) and to institute suit for the
enforcement of any such payment, and such right shall not be impaired without
the consent of such Holder.

     Section 5.09. Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Indenture Trustee
or any Noteholders has instituted any Proceeding to enforce any right or remedy
under this Indenture and such proceeding has been 

                                      26

<PAGE>

discontinued or abandoned for any reason or has been determined adversely to
the Indenture Trustee or to such Noteholder, then and in every such case the
Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders shall, subject to any determination in
such Proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former
positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Indenture
Trustee and the Noteholders shall continue as through no such Proceeding had
been instituted.

     Section 5.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. No right or remedy herein
conferred upon or reserved to the Indenture Trustee or to the Noteholders is
intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and
remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to
every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law
or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy
hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or
employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

     Section 5.11. Delay or Omission Not a Waiver. No delay or omission of the
Indenture Trustee or any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy
accruing upon any Default of Event of Default shall impair any such right or
remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Default or Event of Default or an
acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article Five or by
law to the Indenture Trustee or to the Noteholders may be exercised from time to
time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Indenture Trustee or by
the Noteholders, as the case may be.

     Section 5.12. Control by Noteholders. The Holders of a majority of the
Outstanding Amount of the Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method
and place of conducting any Proceeding for any remedy available to the Indenture
Trustee with respect to the Notes or exercising any trust or power conferred on
the Indenture Trustee; provided that:

            (i)     such direction shall not be in conflict with 
     any rule of law or with this Indenture;

           (ii) subject to the terms of Section 5.04, any direction to the
     Indenture Trustee to sell or liquidate the Collateral shall be by the
     Holders of Notes representing not less than 100% of the Outstanding Amount
     of the Notes;

          (iii) if the conditions set forth in Section 5.05 have been satisfied
     and the Indenture Trustee elects to retain the Collateral pursuant to such
     Section, then any direction to the Indenture Trustee by Holders of Notes
     representing less than 100% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes to sell
     or liquidate the Collateral shall be of no force and effect; and

           (iv) the Indenture Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by
     the Indenture Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction.

Notwithstanding the rights of Noteholders set forth in this Section, subject to
Section 6.01, the Indenture Trustee need not take any action that it determines
might involve it in liability or might materially and adversely affect the
rights of any Noteholders not consenting to such action.

     Section 5.13. Waiver of Past Defaults. In the case of any waiver of an
Event of Default, the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Holders of the notes
shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively;
but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any
right consequent thereto. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to
exist and be deemed to have been cured and not to have occurred, for every
purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or
other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

     Section 5.14. Undertaking for Costs. All parties to this Indenture agree,
and each Holder of any Note by such Holder's acceptance thereof shall be deemed
to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit 


                                      27

<PAGE>

for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit
against the Indenture Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as
Indenture Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an
undertaking to pay the costs of such suit and that such court may in its
discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees,
against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and
good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the
provisions of this Section shall not apply to (i) any suit instituted by the
Indenture Trustee, (ii) any suit instituted by any Noteholder, or group of
Noteholders, in each case holding in the aggregate more than 10% of the
Outstanding Amount of the Notes or (iii) any suit instituted by any Noteholder
for the enforcement of the payment of principal of or interest on any Note on or
after the respective due dates expressed in such Note and in this Indenture (or,
in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date).

     Section 5.15. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. The Issuer covenants (to
the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon,
or plead or in any manner whatsoever, claim or take the benefit or advantage of,
any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in
force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and
the Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waivers
all benefit or advantages of any such law, and covenants that it will not
hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the
Indenture Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power
as though no such law had been enacted.

     Section 5.16. Action on Notes. The Indenture Trustee's right to seek and
recover judgment on the Notes or under this Indenture shall not be affected by
the seeking, obtaining or application of any other relief under or with respect
to this Indenture. Neither the lien of this Indenture nor any rights or remedies
of the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders shall be impaired by the recovery of
any judgment by the Indenture Trustee against the Issuer or by the levy of any
execution under such judgment upon any portion of the Collateral or upon any of
the assets of the Issuer. Any money or property collected by the Indenture
Trustee shall be applied in accordance with Section 5.06.

     Section 5.17.  Performance and Enforcement of Certain Obligations.

     (a) Promptly following a request from the Indenture Trustee to do so and at
the Administrator's expense, the Issuer shall take all such lawful action as the
Indenture Trustee may request to compel or secure the performance and observance
by the Trust Depositor and the Servicer as applicable, of each of their
obligations to the Issuer under or in connection with the Sale and Servicing
Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof, and to exercise any and all
rights, remedies, powers and privileges lawfully available to the Issuer under
or in connection with the Sale and Servicing Agreement to the extent and in the
manner directed by the Indenture Trustee, including the transmission of notices
of default on the part of the Trust Depositor or the Servicer thereunder and the
institution of legal of administrative actions or proceedings to compel or
secure performance by the Trust Depositor or the Servicer of each of their
obligations under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     (b) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Indenture
Trustee may, and at the direction (which direction shall be in writing,
including facsimile) of the Holders of 66-2/3% of the Outstanding Amount of the
Notes shall exercise all rights, remedies, powers, privileges and claims of the
Issuer against the Trust Depositor or the Servicer under or in connection with
the Sale and Servicing Agreement, including the right or power to take any
action to compel or secure performance or observance by the Trust Depositor or
the Servicer of each of their obligations to the Issuer thereunder and to give
any consent, request, notice, direction, approval, extension or waiver under the
Sale and Servicing Agreement, and any right of the Issuer to take such action
shall be suspended.


                                ARTICLE SIX

                           THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

     Section 6.01.  Duties of Indenture Trustee.

                                      28

<PAGE>

     (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Indenture
Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and
in the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would
exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person's own
affairs.

     (b)  Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

            (i) the Indenture Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only
     such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied
     covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the
     Indenture Trustee; and

           (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Indenture Trustee
     may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
     correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or
     opinions furnished to the Indenture Trustee and conforming to the
     requirements of this Indenture; however, the Indenture Trustee shall
     examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they
     conform to the requirements of this Indenture and the other Transaction
     Documents to which the Indenture Trustee is a party.

     (c) The Indenture Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own
negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own wilful misconduct,
except that:

            (i)     this paragraph does not limit the effect of Section 6.01(b);

           (ii) the Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for any error of
     judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer unless it is proved
     that the Indenture Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent
     facts; and

          (iii) the Indenture Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any
     action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a
     direction received by it pursuant to Section 5.12.

     (d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the
Indenture Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section.

     (e) The Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money
received by it except as the Indenture Trustee may agree in writing with the
Issuer.

     (f) Money held in trust by the Indenture Trustee need not be segregated
from other funds except to the extent required by law or the terms of this
Indenture or the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     (g) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Indenture Trustee to
expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the
performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its
rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayments
of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not
reasonably assured to it.

     (h) The Indenture Trustee shall have no discretionary duties other than
performing those ministerial acts set forth above necessary to accomplish the
purpose of this Trust as set forth in this Indenture.

     (i) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting
the liability of or affording protection to the Indenture Trustee shall be
subject to the provisions of this section and to the provisions of the TIA.

     Section 6.02.  Rights of Indenture Trustee.

                                      29
<PAGE>

     (a) The Indenture Trustee may rely on any document believed by it to be
genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Indenture
Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

     (b) Before the Indenture Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may
require an Officer's Certificate (with respect to factual matters) or an Opinion
of Counsel, as applicable. The Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for any
action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officer's
Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

     (c) The Indenture Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder
or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or
attorneys or a custodian or nominee, and the Indenture Trustee shall not be
responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of, or for the
supervision of, any such agent, attorney, custodian or nominee appointed with
due care by it hereunder.

     (d) The Indenture Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or
omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its
rights or powers; provided, however, that the Indenture Trustee's conduct does
not constitute wilful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

     (e) The Indenture Trustee may consult with counsel, and the advice or
opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and
the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability
in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good
faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

     (f) The Indenture Trustee shall be under no obligation to institute,
conduct or defend any litigation under this Indenture or in relation to this
Indenture, at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders of Notes,
pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Holders of Notes shall
have offered to the Indenture Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against
the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred therein or thereby;
provided, however, that the Indenture Trustee shall, upon the occurrence of an
Event of Default (that has not been cured), exercise the rights and powers
vested in it by this Indenture in a manner consistent with Section 6.01.

     (g) The Indenture Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into
the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement,
instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond or
other paper or document, unless so requested by the Holders of Notes evidencing
not less than 25% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes; provided, however,
that if the payment within a reasonable time to the Indenture Trustee of the
costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such
investigation is, in the opinion of the Indenture Trustee, not reasonably
assured to the Indenture Trustee by the security afforded to it by the terms of
this Indenture or the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Indenture Trustee may
require reasonable indemnity against such cost, expense or liability as a
condition to so proceeding; the reasonable expense of every such examination
shall be paid by the Person making such request, or, if paid by the Indenture
Trustee, shall be reimbursed by the Person making such request upon demand.

     Section 6.03. Individual Rights of Indenture Trustee. The Indenture Trustee
in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes
and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it
would have if it were not Indenture Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Note Registrar,
co-registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the
Indenture Trustee is required to comply with Section 6.11.

     Section 6.04. Indenture Trustee's Disclaimer. The Indenture Trustee shall
not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or
adequacy of this Indenture, the Collateral or the Notes, it shall not be
accountable for the Issuer's use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall
not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer in this Indenture or in any
document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other
than the Indenture Trustee's certificate of authentication.

     Section 6.05.  Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing 
and if it is known to a Responsible Officer of the Indenture Trustee, the
Indenture Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder notice of the Default 

                                      30

<PAGE>

within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default in payment of
principal of or interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to the
redemption of such Notes), the Indenture Trustee may withhold the notice if and
so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines
that withholding the notice is in the interests of Noteholders.

     Section 6.06. Reports by Indenture Trustee to Holders. The Indenture
Trustee shall deliver to each Noteholder such information as may be required to
enable such holder to prepare its federal and state income tax returns.

     Section 6.07. Compensation and Indemnity. The Issuer shall pay or shall
cause the Administrator to pay to the Indenture Trustee from time to time
reasonable compensation for its services. The Indenture Trustee's compensation
shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express
trust. The Issuer shall or shall cause the Administrator to reimburse the
Indenture Trustee for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by
it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its
services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Indenture Trustee's agents, counsel,
accountants and experts. The Issuer shall indemnify or shall cause the
Administrator to indemnify the Indenture Trustee against any and all loss,
liability or expense (including attorneys' fees) incurred by it in connection
with the administration of this trust and the performance of its duties
hereunder. The Indenture Trustee shall notify the Issuer and the Administrator
promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Indenture
Trustee to so notify the Issuer and the Administrator shall not relieve the
issuer or the Administrator of its obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall
defend or shall cause the Administrator to defend any such claim, and the
Indenture Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay or shall
cause the Administrator to pay the fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither
the Issuer nor the Administrator need reimburse any expense or indemnify against
any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Indenture Trustee through the
Indenture Trustee's own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

     The issuer's payment obligations to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this
Section shall survive the discharge of this Indenture. When the Indenture
Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section
5.01(iv) or (v) with respect to the Issuer, the expenses are intended to
constitute expenses of administration under Title 11 of the United States Code
or any other applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

     Section 6.08.  Replacement of Indenture Trustee.  The Indenture Trustee 
may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer and the Servicer.  The Issuer
may remove the Indenture Trustee if:

            (i)     the Indenture Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.11;

           (ii) a court having jurisdiction in the premises in respect of the
     Indenture Trustee in an involuntary case or proceeding under federal or
     state banking or bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter constituted, or any
     other applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar
     law, shall have entered a decree or order granting relief or appointing a
     receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, conservator,
     sequestrator (or similar official) for the Indenture Trustee or for any
     substantial part of the Indenture Trustee's property, or ordering the
     winding-up or liquidation of the Indenture Trustee's affairs, provided any
     such decree or order shall have continued unstayed and in effect for a
     period of 30 consecutive days;

          (iii)  the Indenture Trustee commences a voluntary case under any
     federal or state banking or bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter
     constituted, or any other applicable federal or state bankruptcy,
     insolvency or other similar law, or consents to the appointment of or
     taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee,
     conservator, sequestrator or other similar official for the Indenture
     Trustee or for any substantial part of the Indenture Trustee's property, or
     makes any assignment for the benefit of creditors or fails generally to pay
     its debts as such debts become due or takes any corporate action in
     furtherance of any of the foregoing; or

           (iv)   the Indenture Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

                                      31

<PAGE>

     A successor Indenture Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its
appointment to the retiring Indenture Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon the
resignation or removal of the retiring Indenture Trustee shall become effective,
and the successor Indenture Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties
of the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture. The Issuer or the successor
Indenture Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Noteholders. The
retiring Indenture Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as
Indenture Trustee to the successor Indenture Trustee.

     If a successor Indenture Trustee does not take office within 60 days after
the retiring Indenture Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Indenture
Trustee, the Issuer or the Holders of a majority in Outstanding Amount of the
Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a
successor Indenture Trustee.

     If the Indenture Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.11, any Noteholder
may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the
Indenture Trustee and the appointment of a successor Indenture Trustee.

     Any resignation or removal of the Indenture Trustee and appointment of a
successor Indenture Trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section
shall not become effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor
Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Section and payment of all fees and expenses
owed to the outgoing Indenture Trustee. Notwithstanding the replacement of the
Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Section, the retiring Indenture Trustee shall
be entitled to payment or reimbursement of such amounts as such Person is
entitled pursuant to Section 6.07.

     Section 6.09. Successor Indenture Trustee by Merger. If the Indenture
Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or
substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation
or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation
without any further act shall be the successor Indenture Trustee; provided, that
such corporation or banking association shall be otherwise qualified and
eligible under Section 6.11. The Indenture Trustee shall provide the Insurer and
each Rating Agency prompt notice of any such transaction.

     In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or
consolidation to the Indenture Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by
this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered,
any such successor to the Indenture Trustee may adopt the certificate of
authentication of any predecessor Indenture Trustee, and deliver such Notes so
authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been
authenticated, any successor to the Indenture Trustee may authenticate such
Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the
successor to the Indenture Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates
shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture
provided that the certificate of the Indenture Trustee shall have.

     Section 6.10.  Appointment of Co-Indenture Trustee or Separate 
Indenture Trustee.

     (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, at any time, for
the purpose of meeting any legal requirement of any jurisdiction in which any
part of the Collateral may at the time be located, the Indenture Trustee and the
Administrator acting jointly shall have the power and may execute and deliver
all instruments to appoint one or more Persons to act as a co-Indenture Trustee
or co-Indenture Trustees, jointly with the Indenture Trustee, or separate
Indenture Trustee or separate Indenture Trustees, of all or any part of the
Trust, and to vest in such Person or Persons, in such capacity and for the
benefit of the Noteholders, such title to the Collateral, or any part hereof,
and, subject to the other provisions of this Section, such powers, duties,
obligations, rights and trusts as the Indenture Trustee and the Administrator
may consider necessary or desirable. If the Administrator shall not have joined
in such appointment within 15 days after the receipt by it of a request so to
do, the Indenture Trustee alone shall have the power to make such appointment.
No co-Indenture Trustee or separate Indenture Trustee hereunder shall be
required to meet the terms of eligibility of a successor Indenture Trustee under
Section 6.11 and no notice to Noteholders of the appointment of any co-Indenture
Trustee or separate Indenture Trustee shall be required under Section 6.08

                                      32

<PAGE>

     (b) Every separate Indenture Trustee and co-Indenture Trustee shall, to the
extent permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the following
provisions and conditions:

            (i) all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed
     upon the Indenture Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised
     or performed by the Indenture Trustee and such separate Indenture Trustee
     or co-Indenture Trustee jointly (it being understood that such separate
     Indenture Trustee or co- Indenture Trustee is not authorized to act
     separately without the Indenture Trustee joining in such act), except to
     the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular
     act or acts are to be performed the Indenture Trustee shall be incompetent
     or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights,
     powers, duties and obligations (including the holding of title to the Trust
     or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and
     performed singly by such separate Indenture Trustee or co-Indenture
     Trustee, but solely at the direction of the Indenture Trustee;

           (ii)     no Indenture Trustee hereunder shall be 
     personally liable by reason of any act or
     omission of any other Indenture Trustee hereunder; and

          (iii) the Indenture Trustee and the Administrator may at any time
     accept the resignation of or remove any separate Indenture Trustee or
     co-Indenture Trustee.

     (c) Any notice, request or other writing given to the Indenture Trustee
shall be deemed to have been given to each of the then separate Indenture
Trustees and co-Indenture Trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them.
Every instrument appointing any separate Indenture Trustee or co-Indenture
Trustee shall refer to this Agreement and the conditions of this Article. Each
separate Indenture Trustee and co-Indenture Trustee, upon its acceptance of the
trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified in its
instrument of co-appointment, either jointly with the Indenture Trustee or
separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this
Indenture, specifically including every provision of this Indenture relating to
the conduct of, affecting the liability of or affording protection to, the
Indenture Trustee. Every such instrument shall be filed with the Indenture
Trustee and a copy thereof given to the Administrator.

     (d) Any separate Indenture Trustee or co-Indenture Trustee may at any time
constitute the Indenture Trustee, its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power
and authority, to the extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under
or in respect of this Agreement on its behalf and in its name. If any separate
Indenture Trustee or co-Indenture Trustee shall die, become incapable of acting,
resign or be removed, all of its estates, properties, rights, remedies and
trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the Indenture Trustee, to the extent
permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or successor Indenture
Trustee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, the
appointment of any separate Indenture Trustee or co-Indenture Trustee shall not
relieve the Indenture Trustee of its obligations and duties under this
Indenture.

     Section 6.11. Eligibility. The Indenture Trustee shall at all times satisfy
the requirements of TIA S.310(a). The Indenture Trustee hereunder shall at all
times be a financial institution organized and doing business under the laws of
the United States of America or any state, authorized under such laws to
exercise corporate trust powers, whose long term unsecured debt is rated at
least Baa3 by Moody's and shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least
$[ ] or shall be a member of a bank holding system the aggregate combined
capital and surplus of which is $[ ] and subject to supervision or examination
by federal or state authority, provided that the Trustee's separate capital and
surplus shall at all times be at least the amount required by Section 310(a)(2)
of the TIA. If such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually,
pursuant to law or to the requirements of a supervising or examining authority,
then for the purposes of this Section 6.ll, the combined capital and surplus of
such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth
in its most recent report of condition so published. In case at any time the
Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this
Section 6.ll, the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the
effect specified in Section 6.08. The Indenture Trustee shall comply with TIA 
S.310(b); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of
TIA S.310(b)(1) any indenture or 

                                      33

<PAGE>

indentures under which other securities of the
Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in 
TIA S.310(b)(1) are met.

     Section 6.12.  Pennsylvania Motor Vehicle Sales Finance Act Licenses. 
The Indenture Trustee shall use its best efforts to maintain the effectiveness
of all licenses required under the Pennsylvania Motor Vehicle Sales Finance Act
in connection with this Indenture and the transactions contemplated hereby
until the lien and security interest of this Indenture shall no longer be in
effect in accordance with the terms hereof.

     Section 6.13. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer. The
Indenture Trustee shall comply with TIA S.311(a), excluding any creditor
relationship listed in TIA S.311(b). An Indenture Trustee who has resigned or
been removed shall be subject to TIA S.311(a) to the extent indicated.

                               ARTICLE SEVEN

                      NOTEHOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS

     Section 7.01. Issuer to Furnish Indenture Trustee Names and Addresses of
Noteholders. The Issuer will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Indenture
Trustee (i) not more than five days after the earlier of (a) each Record Date
and (b) three months after the last Record Date, a list, in such form as the
Indenture Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the
Noteholders as of such Record Date and (ii) at such other times as the Indenture
Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after receipt by the Issuer of
any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than
ten days prior to the time such list is furnished; provided, however, that so
long as the Indenture Trustee is the Note Registrar, no such list shall be
required to be furnished.

     Section 7.02.  Preservation of Information: Communication to Noteholders.

     (a) The Indenture Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is
reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of the Noteholders contained in
the most recent list furnished to the Indenture Trustee as provided in Section
7.01 and the names and addresses of Noteholders received by the Indenture
Trustee in its capacity as Note Registrar and shall otherwise comply with TIA 
S.312(a). The Indenture Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as 
provided in such Section 7.01 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

     (b) Noteholders may communicate pursuant to TIA S. 312(b) with other
Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the
Notes.

     (c) The Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Note Registrar shall have the
protection of TIA S. 312(c).

     Section 7.03.  Reports by Issuer.  (a) The Issuer shall:

     (i) file with the Indenture Trustee, within 15 days after the Issuer is
required (if at all) to file the same with the Commission, copies of the annual
reports and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such
portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may from time to time by
rules and regulations prescribe) that the Issuer may be required to file with
the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

     (ii) file with the Indenture Trustee and the Commission in accordance with
rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission such
additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by the
Issuer with the conditions and covenants of this Indenture as may be required
from time to time by such rules and regulations;

     (iii) supply to the Indenture Trustee (and the Indenture Trustee shall
transmit by mail to all Noteholders described in TIA S.313(c)) such summaries of
any information, documents and reports required to be filed by the issuer

                                      34
<PAGE>

pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 7.03(a) and by rules and
regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission.

     (b)  Unless the Issuer otherwise determines, the fiscal year of the 
Issuer shall end on December 31 of each year.

     Section 7.04. Reports by Indenture Trustee. If required by TIA S.313(a),
within 60 days after [February 1] beginning with [February 1, _____], the
Indenture Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder as required by TIA S.313(c) a
brief report dated as of such date that complies with TIA S.313(a). The 
Indenture Trustee also shall comply with TIA S.313(b).

     A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Noteholders shall be
filed by the Indenture Trustee with the Commission and each stock exchange, if
any, on which the Notes are listed. The Issuer shall notify the Indenture
Trustee if and when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.


                               ARTICLE EIGHT

                   ACCOUNTS, DISBURSEMENTS AND RELEASES

     Section 8.01. Collection of Money. Except as otherwise expressly provided
herein, the Indenture Trustee may demand payment or delivery of, and shall
receive and collect, directly and without intervention or assistance of any
fiscal agent or other intermediary, all money and other property payable to or
receivable by the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Indenture. The Indenture
Trustee shall apply all such money received by it as provided in this Indenture.
Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, if any default occurs
in the making of any payment or performance under any agreement or instrument
that is part of the Collateral, the Indenture Trustee may take such action as
may be appropriate to enforce such payment or performance, including the
institution and prosecution of appropriate Proceedings. Any such action shall be
without prejudice to any right to claim a Default or Event of Default under this
Indenture and any right to proceed thereafter as provided in Article Five.

     Section 8.02.  Trust Accounts.

     (a) On or prior to the Closing Date, the Issuer shall cause the Servicer to
establish and maintain, in the name of the Indenture Trustee, for the benefit of
the Noteholders and the Certificateholders, the Trust Accounts as provided in
Section 5.05 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     (b) All Available Monies with respect to each Due Period will be deposited
in the Collection Account as provided in Section 5.05 of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement. On or before each Distribution Date, all amounts required to be
deposited in the Note Distribution Account with respect to the preceding Due
Period pursuant to Section 5.05 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement will be
transferred from the Collection Account and/or the Reserve Account to the Note
Distribution Account.

     (c) On each Distribution Date, the Indenture Trustee shall distribute all
amounts on deposit in the Note Distribution Account to Noteholders in respect of
the Notes to the extent of amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal and
interest as follows:

            (i) to the Class A-1 Noteholders, accrued and unpaid interest on the
     outstanding principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes at the Class A-1 Rate
     and to the Class A-2 Noteholders, accrued and unpaid interest on the
     outstanding principal amount of the Class A-2 Notes at the Class A-2 Rate;

                                      35

<PAGE>

           (ii) only to the extent of funds withdrawn from the Pre-Funding
     Account and deposited in the Note Distribution Account by the Indenture
     Trustee pursuant to Section 7.07 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement:

                    (A) if the amount of such funds is equal to or less than
     $150,000, to the Holders of the Class A-1 Notes on account of principal up
     to the Outstanding Amount thereof; and

                    (B) if the amount of such funds is greater than $150,000,
     pro rata, calculated on the then current principal balance of the Class A-1
     and Class A-2 Notes, to the Holders of the Class A-1 Notes and the Holders
     of the Class A-2 Notes;

          (iii) to the Class A-1 Noteholders in reduction of the Outstanding
     Amount of the Class A-1 Notes until the Outstanding Amount of the Class A-1
     Notes is reduced to zero; and

           (iv) to the Class A-2 Noteholders in reduction of the Outstanding
     Amount of the Class A-2 Notes until the Outstanding Amount of the Class A-2
     Notes is reduced to zero.



     Section 8.03.  General Provisions Regarding Accounts.

     (a) So long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, all or a portion of the funds in the Trust Accounts shall be
invested in Eligible Investments and reinvested by the Indenture Trustee upon
receipt of an Issuer Order, subject to the provisions of Section 5.05 of the
Sale and Servicing Agreement. Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.05 of
the Sale and Servicing Agreement, all income or other gain from investments of
moneys deposited in such Trust Accounts shall be deposited by the Indenture
Trustee in the Collection Account, and any loss resulting from such investments
shall be charged to the related Trust Account. The Issuer will not direct the
Indenture Trustee to make any investment of any funds or to sell any investment
held in any of the Trust Accounts unless the security interest granted and
perfected in such account will continue to be perfected in such investment or
the proceeds of such sale, in either case without any further action by any
Person, and, in connection with any direction to the Indenture Trustee to make
any such investment or sale, if requested by the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer
shall deliver to the Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel, acceptable to the
Indenture Trustee, to such effect.

     (b) Subject to Section 6.01(c), the Indenture Trustee shall not in any way
be held liable by reason of any insufficiency in any of the Trust Accounts
resulting from any loss on any Eligible Investment included therein except for
losses attributable to the Indenture Trustee's failure to make payments on such
Eligible Investments issued by the Indenture Trustee, in its commercial capacity
as principal obligor and not as Indenture Trustee, in accordance with their
terms.

     (c) If (i) the Issuer shall have failed to give investment directions for
any funds on deposit in the Trust Accounts to the Indenture Trustee by 11:00
a.m., New York City time (or such other time as may be agreed by the Issuer and
Indenture Trustee), on any Business Day or (ii) a Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Notes but the Notes
shall not have been declared due and payable pursuant to Section 5.02 or (iii)
if such Notes shall have been declared due and payable following an Event of
Default, amounts collected or receivable from the Collateral are being applied
in accordance with Section 5.05 as if there had not been such a declaration,
then the Indenture Trustee shall, to the fullest extent practicable, invest and
reinvest funds in the Trust Accounts in one or more Eligible Investments.

                                      36

<PAGE>

     Section 8.04.  Release of Collateral.

     (a) Subject to the payment of its fees and expenses pursuant to Section
6.07, the Indenture Trustee may, and when required by the provisions of this
Indenture shall, execute instruments to release property from the lien of this
Indenture, or convey the Indenture Trustee's interest in the same, in a manner
and under circumstances that are not inconsistent with the provisions of this
Indenture. No party relying upon an instrument executed by the Indenture Trustee
as provided in this Article shall be bound to ascertain the Indenture Trustee's
authority, inquire into the satisfaction of any conditions precedent or see to
the application of any moneys.

     (b) The Indenture Trustee shall, at such time as there are no Notes
Outstanding and all sums due the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 6.07 have
been paid, release any remaining portion of the Collateral that secured the
Notes from the lien of this Indenture and release to the Issuer or any other
Person entitled thereto any funds then on deposit in the Trust Accounts. The
Indenture Trustee shall release property from the lien of this Indenture
pursuant to this Section 8.04(b) only upon receipt of an Issuer Request
accompanied by an Officer's Certificate, an Opinion of Counsel and (if required
by the TIA) Independent Certificates in accordance with TIA SS.314(c) and
314(d)(1) meeting the applicable requirements of Section 11.01..

     Section 8.05. Opinion of Counsel. The Indenture Trustee shall receive at
least seven days notice when requested by the Issuer to take any action pursuant
to Section 8.04(a), accompanied by copies of any instruments involved, and the
Indenture Trustee shall also require, as a condition to such action, an Opinion
of Counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, stating
the legal effect of any such action, outlining the steps required to complete
the same, and concluding that all conditions precedent to the taking of such
action have been complied with and such action will not materially and adversely
impair the security for the Notes or the rights of the Noteholders in
contravention of the provisions for this Indenture; provided, however, that such
Opinion of Counsel shall not be required to express an opinion as to the fair
value of the Collateral. Counsel rendering any such opinion may rely, without
independent investigation, on the accuracy and validity of any certificate or
other instrument delivered to the Indenture Trustee in connection with any such
action.


                               ARTICLE NINE

                          SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

     Section 9.01.   Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders.

     (a) Without the consent of the Holders of any Notes and with prior notice
to each Rating Agency, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, when authorized by
an Issuer Order, and the other parties hereto at any time from time to time, may
enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto (which shall conform to
the provisions of the TIA as in force at the date of the execution thereof), in
form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

            (i) to correct or amplify the description of any property at any
     time subject to the lien of this Indenture, or better to assure, convey and
     confirm unto the Indenture Trustee any property subject or required to be
     subjected to the lien created by this Indenture, or to subject to the lien
     created by this Indenture additional property;

           (ii) to evidence the succession, in compliance with the applicable
     provisions hereof, of another Person to the Issuer, and the assumption by
     any such successor of the covenants of the Issuer herein and in the Notes
     contained;

          (iii)  to add to the covenants of the Issuer, for the benefit of the
     Holders of the Notes, or to surrender any right or power herein conferred
     upon the Issuer;

                                      37

<PAGE>

           (iv)  to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge any property 
     to or with the Indenture Trustee;

            (v) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision
     herein or in any supplemental indenture which may be inconsistent with any
     other provision herein or in any supplemental indenture or the Transaction
     Documents or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or
     questions arising under this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture;
     provided that such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the
     Holders of the Notes;

           (vi) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of the appointment
     hereunder by a successor Indenture Trustee with respect to the Notes and to
     add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be
     necessary to facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more
     than one Indenture Trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Article Six;

          (vii) to modify, eliminate or add to the provisions of this Indenture
     to such extent as shall be necessary to effect the qualification of this
     Indenture under the TIA or under any similar federal statute hereafter
     enacted and to add to this Indenture such other provisions as may be
     expressly required by the TIA. The Indenture Trustee is hereby authorized
     to join in the exemption of any such supplemental indenture and to make
     any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein 
     contained.

     (b) The Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer
Order, may, also without the consent of any of the Holders of the Notes and with
prior notice to each Rating Agency, enter into an indenture or indentures
supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to, or changing in
any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of, this Indenture or of
modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes under this
Indenture; provided, however, that such action shall not, as evidenced by an
Opinion of Counsel, adversely affect in any material respect the interests of
any Noteholder.

     Section 9.02. Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Noteholders. The
Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order, also may,
with prior notice to each Rating Agency, and with the consent of the Holders of
not less than 66 2/3% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, by Act of such
Holders delivered to the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, enter into an
indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any
provisions to, or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions
of, this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of
the Notes under this Indenture; provided, however, that, no such supplemental
indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note
affected thereby:

            (i) change the date of payment of any installment of principal of or
     interest on any Note, or reduce the principal amount thereof, the interest
     rate thereon or the Redemption Date Amount with respect thereto, change the
     provisions of this Indenture relating to the application of collections on,
     or the proceeds of the sale of, the Collateral to payment of principal of
     or interest on the Notes, or change any place of payment where, or the coin
     or currency in which, any Note or the interest thereon is payable, or
     impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of the provisions of
     this Indenture requiring the application of funds available therefor, as
     provided in Article Five, to the payment of any such amount due on the
     Notes on or after the respective due dates thereof (or, in the case of
     redemption, on or after the Redemption Date);

           (ii) reduce the percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes,
     the consent of the Holders of which is required for any such supplemental
     indenture, or the consent of the Holders of which is required for any
     waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain
     defaults hereunder and their consequences provided for in this Indenture;

          (iii)  modify or alter the provisions of the second proviso to the 
     definition of the term "Outstanding";

                                      38

<PAGE>

           (iv) reduce the percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes
     required to direct the Indenture Trustee to sell or liquidate the
     Collateral pursuant to Section 5.04 or amend the provisions of this Article
     which specify the percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes
     required to amend this Indenture or the other Transaction Documents;

            (v) modify any provision of this Section except to increase any
     percentage specified herein or to provide that certain additional
     provisions of this Indenture or the other Transaction Documents cannot be
     modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding
     Note affected thereby; or

           (vi) permit the creation of any lien ranking prior to or on a parity
     with the lien created by this Indenture with respect to any part of the
     Collateral or, except as otherwise permitted or contemplated herein,
     terminate the lien created by this Indenture on any property at any time
     subject hereto or deprive the Holder of any Note of the security provided
     by the lien created by this Indenture.

     The Indenture Trustee may in its discretion determine whether or not any
Notes would be affected by any supplemental indenture and any such determination
shall be conclusive upon the Holders of the Notes, whether theretofore or
thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder. The Indenture Trustee shall
not be liable for any such determination made in good faith.

     It shall not be necessary for any Act of Noteholders under this Section to
approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall
be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

     Promptly after the execution by the parties hereto of any supplemental
indenture pursuant to this Section, the Indenture Trustee shall mail to the
Holders of the Notes to which such amendment or supplemental indenture relates a
notice setting forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental
indenture. Any failure of the Indenture Trustee to mail such notice, or any
defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of
any such supplemental indenture.

     Section 9.03. Execution of Supplemental Indentures. In executing, or
permitting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture
permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by
this Indenture, the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and subject
to Sections 6.01 and 6.02 shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion
of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is
authorized or permitted by this Indenture. The Indenture Trustee may, but shall
not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture that affects the
Indenture Trustee's own rights, duties, liabilities or immunities under this
Indenture or otherwise.

     Section 9.04. Effect of Supplemental Indenture. Upon the execution of any
supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions hereof, this Indenture shall
be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith with respect
to the Notes affected thereby, and the respective rights, limitations of rights,
obligations, duties, liabilities and immunities under this Indenture of the
parties hereto and the Holders of the Notes shall thereafter be determined,
exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications
and amendments, and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental
indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this
Indenture for any and all purposes.

     Section 9.05.  Conformity With Trust Indenture Act.  Every amendment of 
this Indenture and every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this
Article shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in
effect so long as this Indenture shall then be qualified under the Trust
Indenture Act.

     Section 9.06. Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures. Notes
authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture
pursuant to this Article may, and if required by the Indenture Trustee shall,
bear a notation in form approved by the Indenture Trustee as to any matter
provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Issuer or the Indenture
Trustee shall so determine, new notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion
of the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer, to any such supplemental indenture. 

                                      39

<PAGE>

If the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee shall so determine, new notes so
modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer,
to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Issuer
and authenticated and delivered by the Indenture Trustee in exchange for
Outstanding Notes.


                                ARTICLE TEN

                            REDEMPTION OF NOTES

     Section 10.01. Redemption.

     (a) In the event that the Seller pursuant to Section 7.10 of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement purchases the corpus of the Trust, the Class A-2 Notes are
subject to redemption in whole, but not in part, on the Distribution Date on
which such repurchase occurs, for a purchase price equal to the outstanding
principal, and accrued interest on the Class A-2 Notes; provided, however, that
the Issuer has available funds sufficient to pay such amounts. Seller, the
Servicer or the Issuer shall furnish each Rating Agency notice of such
redemption. If the Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to this Section 10.01(a),
the Servicer or the Issuer shall furnish notice of such election to the
Indenture Trustee not later than 20 days prior to the Redemption Date and the
Issuer shall deposit with the Indenture Trustee in the Note Distribution Account
the Redemption Price of the Notes to be redeemed whereupon all such Notes shall
be due and payable on the Redemption Date upon the furnishing of a notice
complying with Section 10.02 to each Holder of the Notes.

     (b) In the event that the assets of the Trust are sold pursuant to Section
9.02 of the Trust Agreement or Section 5.02(b) of this Indenture, the proceeds
of such sale shall be distributed as provided in Section 5.06. If amounts are to
be paid to Noteholders pursuant to this Section 10.01(b), the Servicer or the
Issuer shall, to the extent practicable, furnish notice of such event to the
Indenture Trustee not later than 20 days prior to the Redemption Date whereupon
all such amounts shall be payable on the Redemption Date.

     (c) If (x) the Pre-funded Amount has not been reduced to zero on the
Distribution Date on which the Funding Period ends (or, if the funding Period
does not end on a Distribution Date, on the first Distribution Date following
the end of the Funding Period) or (y) the Pre-Funded Amount has been reduced to
$150,000 or less on any Distribution Date, in either case after giving effect to
any reductions in the Pre-funded Amount on such Distribution Date pursuant to
Section 7.07 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, one or more classes of Notes
then outstanding will be redeemed, in whole or in part, as described in Section
8.02(c) in a principal amount described therein.

     Section 10.02. Form of Redemption Notice.

     (a) Notice of redemption under section 10.01(a) shall be given by the
Indenture Trustee by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than
five days prior to the applicable Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes, as of
the close of business on the Record Date preceding the applicable Redemption
Date, at such Holder's address appearing in the Note Register.

     All notices of redemption shall state:

            (i)     the Redemption Date;

           (ii)     the Redemption Date Amount; and

          (iii) the place where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of
     the Redemption Date Amount (which shall be the office or agency of the
     Issuer to be maintained as provided in Section 3.02).

                                      40

<PAGE>

     Notice of redemption of the Notes shall be given by the Indenture Trustee
in the name and at the expense of the Issuer. Failure to give notice of
redemption, or any defect therein, to any Holder of any Note shall not impair or
affect the validity of the redemption of any other Note.

     (b)  Prior notice of redemption under Section 10.01(b) is not required 
to be given to Noteholders.

     Section 10.03. Notes Payable on Redemption Date. The Notes or portions
thereof to be redeemed shall, following notice of redemption (if any) as
required by Section 10.02, on the Redemption Date become due and payable at the
Redemption Date Amount and (unless the Issuer shall default in the payment of
the Redemption Date Amount) no interest shall accrue on the Redemption Date
Amount for any period after the date to which accrued interest is calculated for
purposes of calculating the Redemption Date Amount.


                              ARTICLE ELEVEN

                               MISCELLANEOUS

     Section 11.01. Compliance Certificates and Opinions, etc.

     (a) Upon any application or request by the Issuer to the Indenture Trustee
to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Issuer shall
furnish to the Indenture Trustee (i) an Officer's Certificate stating that all
conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the
proposed action have been complied with, (ii) an Opinion of Counsel stating that
in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been
complied with, and (iii) (if required by the TIA) an Independent Certificate
from a firm of certified public accountants meeting the applicable requirements
of this section and TIA S.314(c), except that, in the case of any such
application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is
specifically required by any provision of this Indenture, no additional
certificate or opinion need be furnished. No additional certificate or opinion
need be furnished.

     Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or
covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

     (i) a statement that each signatory of such certificate or opinion has read
or has caused to be read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein
relating thereto;

     (ii) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or
investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such
certificate or opinion are based;

     (iii) a statement that, in the opinion of each such signatory, such
signatory has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable
such signatory to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant
or condition has been complied with; and

     (iv) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such signatory, such
condition or covenant has been complied with.

     (b) (i) Prior to the deposit of any Collateral or other property or
securities with the Indenture Trustee that is to be made the basis for
authentication and delivery of the Notes or the release of any property subject
to the lien created by this Indenture, the Issuer shall, in addition to any
obligation imposed in Section 11.01(a) or elsewhere in this Indenture, furnish
to the Indenture Trustee an Officer's Certificate certifying or stating the
opinion of the signer thereof such certificate as to the fair value (within 90
days of such deposit) to the Issuer of the Collateral or other property or
securities to be so deposited.

                                      41

<PAGE>

          (ii) Whenever the Issuer is required to furnish to the Indenture
Trustee an Officer's Certificate certifying or stating the opinion of any signer
thereof as to the matters described in clause (i) above, the Issuer shall also
deliver to the Indenture Trustee an Independent Certificate as to the named
matters, if the fair value to the Issuer of the property to be so deposited and
of all other such property made the basis of any such withdrawal or release
since the commencement of the then-current fiscal year of the Issuer, as set
forth in the certificates delivered pursuant to clause (i) above and this clause
(ii), is 10% or more of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, but such a
certificate need not be furnished with respect to any property so deposited, if
the fair value thereof to the Issuer as set forth in the related Officer's
Certificate is less than $25,000 or less than one percent of the Outstanding
Amount of the Notes.

          (iii) Other than with respect to any release described in clause (A)
or (B) of Section 11.01(b)(v), whenever any property or securities are to be
released from the lien created by this Indenture, the Issuer shall also furnish
to the Indenture Trustee an Officer's Certificate certifying or stating the
opinion of each person signing such certificate as to the fair value (within 90
days of such release) of the property or securities proposed to be released and
stating that in the opinion of such person the proposed release will not impair
the security created by this Indenture in contravention of the provisions
hereof.

          (iv) Whenever the Issuer is required to furnish to the Indenture 
Trustee an Officer's Certificate certifying or stating the opinion of any
signer thereof as to the matters described in clause (iii) above, the Issuer
shall also furnish to the Indenture Trustee an Independent Certificate as to
the same matters if the fair value of the property or securities and of all
other property or securities (other than property described in clauses (A) or
(B) of Section 11.01(b)(v)) released from the lien created by this Indenture
since the commencement of the then current fiscal year, as set forth in the
certificates required by clause (iii) above and this clause (iv), equals 10% or
more of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, but such certificate need not be
furnished in the case of any release of property or securities if the fair
value thereof as set forth in the related Officer's Certificate is less than
$25,000 or less than one percent of the then Outstanding Amount of the Notes.

          (v) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, the Issuer
may, without compliance with the other provisions of this Section, (A) collect,
liquidate, sell or otherwise dispose of the Contracts as and to the extent
permitted or required by the Transaction Documents, (B) make cash payments out
of the Trust Accounts as and to the extent permitted or required by the
Transaction Documents, so long as the Issuer shall deliver to the Indenture
Trustee every six months, commencing December 15, 1996, an Officer's Certificate
stating that all the dispositions of Collateral described in clauses (A) or (B)
that occurred during the preceding six calendar months were in the ordinary
course of the Issuer's business and that the proceeds thereof were applied in
accordance with the Transaction Documents.

     Section 11.02. Form of Documents Delivered to Indenture Trustee. In any
case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an
opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be
certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they
be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify
or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such
Person as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or given an opinion
as to such matters in one or several documents.

     Any certificate or opinion of an Authorized Officer of the Issuer may be
based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of,
or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of
reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations
with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are
erroneous. Any such certificate of an Authorized Officer or Opinion of Counsel
may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or
opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Servicer, the
Seller or the Issuer, stating that the information with respect to such factual
matters is in the possession of the Servicer, the Seller or the Issuer, unless
such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the
certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are
erroneous.

                                      42

<PAGE>

     Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more
applications, requests, consents, certificates, opinions or other instruments
under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one
instrument.

     Whenever in this Indenture, in connection with any application or
certificate or report to the Indenture Trustee, it is provided that the Issuer
shall deliver any document as a condition of the granting of such application,
or as evidence of the Issuer's compliance with any term hereof, it is intended
that the truth and accuracy, at the time of the granting of such application or
at the effective date of such certificate or report (as the case may be), of the
facts and opinions stated in such document shall in such case be conditions
precedent to the right of the Issuer to have such application granted or to the
sufficiency of such certificate or report. The foregoing shall not, however, be
construed to affect the Indenture Trustee's right to rely upon the truth and
accuracy of any statement or opinion contained in any such document as provided
in Article Six.

     Section 11.03.  Acts of Noteholders.

     (b) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver
or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Noteholders
may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially
similar tenor signed by such Noteholders in person or by agents duly appointed
in writing; and except as herein otherwise expressly provided such action shall
become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the
Indenture Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer.
Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced
thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the "Act" of the Noteholders
signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such
instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any
purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 6.01) conclusive in favor of
the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this
Section.

     (c) The fact and date of the execution by any person of any such instrument
or writing may be proved in any manner that the Indenture Trustee deems
sufficient.

     (d)  The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

     (e) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver
or other action by the Holder of any Notes shall bind the Holder of every Note
issued upon the registration thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof,
in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Indenture
Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such
action is made upon such Note.

     Section 11.04. Notices. All notices, demands, certificates, requests and
communications hereunder ("notices") shall be in writing and shall be effective
(a) upon receipt when sent through the U.S. mails, registered or certified mail,
return receipt requested, postage prepaid, with such receipt to be effective the
date of delivery indicated on the return receipt, or (b) one Business Day after
delivery to an overnight courier, or (c) on the date personally delivered to an
Authorized Officer of the party to which sent, or (d) on the date transmitted by
legible telecopier transmission with a confirmation of receipt, in all cases
addressed to the recipient as follows:

               (i)  If to the Servicer or Seller:

                    Eaglemark, Inc.
                    150 South Wacker Drive, Suite 3020
                    Chicago, Illinois 60606
                    Attention: Michael E. Sulentic
                    Telecopier No.: (312) 368-4372

                                      43

<PAGE>

               (ii) If to the Trust Depositor:

                    Eaglemark Customer Funding Corporation-___
                    1179 Fairview Drive, Suite G
                    Carson City, Nevada 89701
                    Telecopier No.: (702) 884-4469

               (iii)     If to the Indenture Trustee:

                    Harris Trust and Savings Bank
                    311 West Monroe Street
                    12th Floor
                    Chicago, Illinois 60606
                    Attention: Indenture Trust Administration
                    Telecopier No.: (312) 461-3525

               (iv) If to the Owner Trustee or the Issuer:

                    Wilmington Trust Company
                    Rodney Square North
                    1100 North Market Street
                    Wilmington, Delaware 19890
                    Attention: Corporate Trust Administration
                    Telecopier No.: (302) 651-1576

               (v)  If to Moody's:

                    Moody's Investor's Service, Inc.
                    99 Church Street
                    New York, New York 10007
                    Attention: ABS Monitoring Department
                    Telecopier No.: (212) 553-0344

               (vi) If to Standard & Poor's:

                    Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, A
                       Division of The McGraw Hill Companies
                    25 Broadway
                    New York, New York 10004
                    Telecopier No.: (212) 208-1582

               (vii)     If to the Initial Purchaser:

                    Salomon Brothers Inc
                    Seven World Trade Center
                    New York, New York 10048
                    Attention: Asset-Backed Securities Group
                    Telecopier No.: (212) 783-3848

Each party hereto may, by notice given in accordance herewith to each of the
other parties hereto, designate any further or different address to which
subsequent notices shall be sent.

                                      44

<PAGE>

     Section 11.05. Notices to Noteholders; Waiver. Where this Indenture
provides for notice to Noteholders of any event, such notice shall be
sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing
and mailed, first-class, postage prepaid to each Noteholder affected by such
event, at his address as it appears on the Note Register, not later than the
latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving
of such notice. In any case where notice to Noteholders is given by mail,
neither the failure to mail such notice nor any defect in any notice so mailed
to any particular Noteholder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with
respect to other Noteholders, and any notice that is mailed in the manner herein
provided shall conclusively be presumed to have been duly given.

     Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be
waived in writing by any Person entitled to receive such notice, either before
or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice.
Waivers of notice by Noteholders shall be filed with the Indenture Trustee but
such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action
taken in reliance upon such a waiver.

     In case, by reason of the suspension of regular mail service as a result of
a strike, work stoppage or similar activity, it shall be impractical to mail
notice of any event of Noteholders when such notice is required to be given
pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any manner of giving such
notice as shall be satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee shall be deemed to be a
sufficient giving of such notice.

     Where this Indenture provides for notice to the Rating Agencies, failure to
give such notice shall not affect any other rights or obligations created
hereunder, and shall not under any circumstance constitute a Default or Event of
Default.

     Section 11.06. Alternate Payment and Notice Provisions. Notwithstanding any
provisions of this Indenture or any of the Notes to the contrary, the Issuer may
enter into any agreement with any Holder of a Note providing for a method of
payment, or notice by the Indenture Trustee or any Paying Agent to such Holder,
that is different from the methods provided for in this Indenture for such
payments or notices. The Issuer will furnish to the Indenture Trustee a copy of
each such agreement and the Indenture Trustee will cause payments to be made and
notices to be given in accordance with such agreements.

     Section 11.07. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents. The Article and
Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and
shall not affect the construction hereof.

     Section 11.08. Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements in this
Indenture and the Notes by the Issuer shall bind its successors and assigns,
whether so expressed or not. All agreements of the Indenture Trustee in this
Indenture shall bind its successors, co-Indenture Trustees and agents.

     Section 11.09. Separability. In case any provision in this Indenture or in
the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or
impaired thereby.

     Section 11.10. Benefits of Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture or in the
Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties
hereto and their successors hereunder, and the Noteholders, and any other party
secured hereunder, and any other Person with an ownership interest in any part
of the Collateral, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim
under this Indenture.

     Section 11.11. Legal Holidays. In any case where the date on which any
payment is due shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other
provision of the Notes or this Indenture) payment need not be made on such date,
but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and
effect as if made on the date on which nominally due, and no interest shall
accrue for the period from and after any such nominal date.

                                      45

<PAGE>

     Section 11.12. Governing Law. THIS INDENTURE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS,
AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES UNDER THE AGREEMENT SHALL BE DETERMINED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

     Section 11.13. Counterparts.  This Indenture may be executed in several 
counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which shall 
constitute but one and the same instrument.

     Section 11.14. Recording of Indenture. If this Indenture is subject to
recording in any appropriate public recording offices, such recording is to be
effected by the Issuer and at its expense accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel
(which may be counsel to the Indenture Trustee or any other counsel reasonably
acceptable to the Indenture Trustee and the Insurer) to the effect that such
recording is necessary either for the protection of the Noteholders or any other
Person secured hereunder or for the enforcement of any right or remedy granted
to the Indenture Trustee under this Indenture.

     Section 11.15. Trust Obligation. No recourse may be taken, directly or
indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or
the Indenture Trustee on the Notes or under Indenture or any certificate or
other writing delivered in connection herewith or therewith, against (i) the
Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii) any
owner of a beneficiary interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner,
beneficiary, agent, officer, director, employee or agent of the Indenture
Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a
beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee or
of any successor or assign of the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its
individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it
being understood that the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee have no such
obligations in their individual capacity) and except that any such partner,
owner or beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable
law, for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or
failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity. For all purposes of
this Indenture, in the performance of any duties or obligations of the Issuer
hereunder, the Owner Trustee shall be subject to, and entitled to the benefits
of, the terms and provisions of Article Six, Seven and Eight of the Trust
Agreement.

     Section 11.16. No Petition. The parties hereto, by entering into this
Indenture, and each Noteholder, by accepting a Note or a beneficial interest in
a Note, hereby covenant and agree that they will not at any time institute
against the Seller, the Issuer or any General Partner, or join in any
institution against the Seller, the Issuer or any General Partner of, any
bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings,
or other proceedings under any United States federal or state bankruptcy or
similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, this
Indenture or any of the other Transaction Documents.

     Section 11.17. Inspection. The Issuer agrees that, on reasonable prior
notice, it will permit any representative of the Indenture Trustee, during the
Issuer's normal business hours, to examine all the books of account, records,
reports and other papers of the Issuer, to make copies and extracts therefrom,
to cause such books to be audited by independent certified public accountants,
and to discuss the Issuer's affairs, finances and accounts with the Issuer's
officers, employees and independent certified public accountants, all at such
reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested, the Indenture
Trustee shall and shall cause its representatives to hold in confidence all such
information except to the extent disclosure may be required by law (and all
reasonable applications for confidential treatment are unavailing) and except to
the extent that the Indenture Trustee may reasonably determine that such
disclosure is consistent with its obligations hereunder.

     Section 11.18. Conflict with Trust Indenture Act. If any provision hereof
limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision hereof that is required to
be included in this Indenture by any of the provisions of the Trust Indenture
Act, such required provision shall control.

     The provisions of TIA SS.310 through 317 that impose duties on any person
(including the provisions automatically deemed included herein unless expressly
excluded by this Indenture) are a part of and govern this Indenture, whether or
not physically contained herein.

                                      46

<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be
duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

                      HARLEY-DAVIDSON EAGLEMARK OWNER TRUST _____



                      By:  WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, not in its
                      individual capacity but solely on behalf of the Issuer as
                      Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement



                            By: __________________________________
                                Printed Name:_____________________
                                Title:____________________________



                      HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK, not in its individual
                      capacity but solely as Indenture Trustee


                              By: _________________________________
                                     Printed Name: Robert D. Foltz
                                     Title: Vice President



                                      47

<PAGE>



STATE OF ILLINOIS   )
                    ) ss
COUNTY OF           )


     On              before me,                                           ,
          [insert date]            [Here insert name and title of notary]


personally appeared                                                       ,

/ /   personally known to me, or

/ /   proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) 
      whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument,

and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their
authorized capacity(ties), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the
instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which such person(s)
acted, executed the instrument.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.


Signature                               [Seal]


                                      48

<PAGE>

STATE OF ILLINOIS   )
                    ) ss
COUNTY OF           )


     On              before me,                                           ,
          [insert date]             [Here insert name and title of notary]


personally appeared                                                       ,

/ /     personally known to me, or

/ /     proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s)
        whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument,

and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their
authorized capacity(ties), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the
instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which such person(s)
acted, executed the instrument.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.


Signature                               [Seal]


<PAGE>

                                                                  EXHIBIT A


                   FORM OF SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

<PAGE>


                                                                  EXHIBIT B

                          FORM OF CLASS A-1 NOTE

     THIS SECURITY IS NOT A SAVINGS ACCOUNT OR DEPOSIT AND IT IS NOT INSURED BY
THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OF FUND OF THE UNITED STATES.

     THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE IN FULL ON THE DATE SET FORTH HEREIN.
ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE 
LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

                HARLEY-DAVIDSON EAGLEMARK OWNER TRUST_____

          [     ]% HARLEY-DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLE CONTRACT, CLASS A-1

REGISTERED                                        $

No. R-

    Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Owner Trust _____, a business trust organized and
existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the
"Issuer"), for value received, hereby promises to pay to [________], or
registered assigns, the principal sum of ___________ ($_____) payable on the
earlier of _______, 199__ (the "Class A-1 Final Distribution Date").

    The Issuer will pay interest on this Note at the rate per annum shown above
on each Distribution Date until the principal of this Note is paid or made
available for payment, on the principal amount of this Note outstanding on the
preceding Distribution Date (after giving effect to all payments of principal
made on the preceding Distribution Date), subject to certain limitations
contained on Section 3.01 of the Indenture. Interest on this Note will accrue
for each Distribution Date from the most recent Distribution Date on which
interest has been paid to but excluding such Distribution Date or, if no
interest has yet been paid, from the Closing Date. Interest will be computed on
the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. Such principal of and
interest on this Note shall be paid the manner specified on the reverse hereof.

     The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or
currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal
tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer
with respect to this Note shall be applied first to interest due and payable on
this Note as provided above and then to the unpaid principal of this Note.

     Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the
reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on
the face of this Note.

     Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the
Indenture Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall
not be entitled to any benefit under the indenture referred to on the reverse
hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

                                     A-1
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed,
manually or in facsimile, by an Authorized Officer, as of the date set forth
below.

Date: _______                 HARLEY-DAVIDSON EAGLEMARK OWNER TRUST ____


                              By:  WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, not in its
                                   individual capacity but solely on behalf 
                                   of the Issuer as Owner Trustee, under the 
                                   Trust Agreement


                                   By:  ____________________________________
                                          Printed Name:_____________________
                                          Title:_____________________________

                                     A-2
<PAGE>


             INDENTURE TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

     This is one of the Notes designated above and referred to in the
within-mentioned Indenture.


                                  HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK
                                  not in its individual capacity but solely as
                                  Indenture Trustee


                                   By: __________________________________
                                           Authorized Signatory

                                     A-3
<PAGE>



                        [REVERSE OF CLASS A-1 NOTE]


     This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer,
designated as its [ ]% Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Contract Backed Notes, Class
A-1 (the "Class A-1 Notes"), all issued under an Indenture, dated as of _____
(the "Indenture"), among the Issuer and Harris Trust and Savings Bank, as
Indenture Trustee (the "Indenture Trustee"), to which Indenture and all
indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the
respective rights and obligations thereunder of the Issuer, the Indenture
Trustee and the Holders of the Notes. The Class A-1 Notes are subject to all
terms of the Indenture. All terms used in this Note that are defined in the
Indenture, as supplemented or amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them
in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented or amended.

     The Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes (collectively, the "Notes") are
and will be equally and ratably secured by the collateral pledged as security
therefor as provided in the Indenture subject to the subordination of the Class
A-2 Notes under certain circumstances.

     Principal of the Class A-1 Notes will be payable on the earlier of the
Class A-1 Final Distribution Date and the Redemption Date, if any, selected
pursuant to the Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid
principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes shall be due and payable on the date on
which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the
Indenture Trustee or the Holders of the Notes representing not less than 66 -
2/3% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, voting together as a single class,
have declared the Notes to be immediately due and payable in the manner provided
in the Indenture. All principal payments on the Class A-1 Notes shall be made
pro rata to the Class A-1 Noteholders entitled thereto.

     Payments of interest on this Note due and payable on each Distribution Date
shall be made by wire transfer to the account to the Person whose name appears
as the Registered Holder of this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) on the
Note Register as of the close of business on each Record Date, payments will be
made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account designated
by such nominee. Such checks shall be mailed to the Person entitled thereto at
the address of such Person as it appears on the Note Register as of the
applicable Record Date without requiring that this Note be submitted for
notation of payment. Any reduction in the principal amount of this Note (or any
one or more Predecessor Notes) affected by any payments made on any Distribution
Date shall be binding upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note
issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu
hereof, whether or not noted hereon. If funds are expected to be available, as
provided in the Indenture, for payment in full of the then remaining unpaid
principal amount of this Note on a Distribution Date, then the Indenture
Trustee, in the name of and on behalf of the Issuer, will notify the Person who
was the Registered Holder hereof as of the Record Date preceding such
Distribution Date by notice mailed within five days of such Distribution Date
and the amount then due and payable shall be payable only upon presentation and
surrender of this Note at the Corporate Trust Office of the Indenture Trustee or
at the office of the Indenture Trustee's agent appointed for such purposes
located in the City of Chicago, Illinois.

     The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the
Class A-1 Rate to the extent lawful.

     As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth
therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register upon
surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency
designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or
accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the
Indenture Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly
authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an eligible guarantor
institution which is a participant in the Securities Transfer Agent's Medallion
Program (STAMP) or similar signature guarantee program, and such other documents
as the Indenture Trustee may require, and thereupon one or more new program, and
such other documents as the Indenture Trustee may require, and thereupon one or
more new Notes of authorized denominations and in the same aggregate principal
amount will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. No service
charge will be charged for any registration of transfer or exchange of this
Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any
tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such
registration of transfer or exchange.

                                     A-4
<PAGE>

     Each Noteholder by acceptance of a Note or a beneficial interest in a Note
covenants and agrees that no recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with
respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture
Trustee on the Notes or under the Indenture or any certificate or other writing
delivered in connection therewith, against (i) the Indenture Trustee or the
Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii) any owner of a beneficial
interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer,
director or employee of the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its
individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the
Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee or of any successor or assign of the
Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any
such Person may have expressly agreed and except that any such partner, owner or
beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for
any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure to
pay any installment or call owing to such entity.

     Each Noteholder, by acceptance of a Note or a beneficial interest in a Note
covenants and agrees that by accepting the benefits of the Indenture and such
Note that such Noteholder will not at any time institute against the Seller or
the Issuer, or join in any institution against the Trust Depositor or the Issuer
of, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation
proceedings under any United States federal or state bankruptcy or similar law
in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, the Indenture or the
Transaction Documents.

     The Issuer has entered into the Indenture, and this Note is issued with the
intention that, for federal, state and local income, single business and
franchise tax purposes, the Notes will qualify as indebtedness of the Issuer
secured by the Collateral. Each Noteholder, by acceptance of a Note (and each
Noteholder by acceptance of a beneficial interest in a Note), agrees to treat
the Notes for the federal, state and local income, single business and franchise
tax purposes as indebtedness of the Issuer.

     Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note, the
Issuer and the Indenture Trustee and any agent of the Issuer and the Indenture
Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note (as of the day of
determination or as of such other date as may be specified in the Indenture) is
registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be
overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee nor any such agent shall
be affected by notice to the contrary.

     The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the
amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the
Issuer and the rights of the Noteholders under the Indenture at any time by the
Issuer and the Noteholders representing 66 2/3% of the Outstanding Amount of the
Notes. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Noteholders
representing specified percentages of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, on
behalf of the Noteholders, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain
provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and
their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Noteholder (or any one of
more Predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holders and
upon all future Noteholders and of any Note issued upon the registration of
transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation
of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note. The Indenture also permits the
Indenture Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set forth in
the Indenture without the consent of Noteholders issued thereunder.

     The Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided
in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

     This Note and the Indenture shall be construed in accordance with the laws
of the State of Illinois, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the
parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such
laws.

     No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of
the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is
absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at
the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

                                     A-5
<PAGE>


                                                                  EXHIBIT C


                          FORM OF CLASS A-2 NOTE


     THIS SECURITY IS NOT A SAVINGS ACCOUNT OR DEPOSIT AND IT IS NOT INSURED BY
THE UNITED STATES OR ANY AGENCY OF FUND OF THE UNITED STATES.

     THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE IN FULL ON THE DATE SET FORTH HEREIN.
ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE 
LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.

               HARLEY-DAVIDSON EAGLEMARK OWNER TRUST_______

            __% HARLEY-DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLE CONTRACT, CLASS A-2

REGISTERED                                           $

No. R-

     Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Owner Trust____, a business trust organized and
existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the
"Issuer"), for value received, hereby promises to pay to [___________], or
registered assigns, the principal sum of ___________ ($__________) payable on
the earlier of _______, ____ (the "Class A-2 Final Distribution Date") and the
Redemption Date, if any, pursuant to Sections 10.01(a) and (b) of the Indenture
referred to on the reverse hereof. No payments of principal of the Class A-2
Notes shall be made until the principal on the Class A-1 Notes have been paid 
in full.

    The Issuer will pay interest on this Note at the rate per annum shown above
on each Distribution Date until the principal of this Note is paid or made
available for payment, on the principal amount of this Note outstanding on the
preceding Distribution Date (after giving effect to all payments of principal
made on the preceding Distribution Date), subject to certain limitations
contained in the Indenture. Interest on this Note will accrue for each
Distribution Date from the most recent Distribution Date on which interest has
been paid to but excluding such Distribution Date or, if no interest has yet
been paid, from the Closing Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a
360-day year of twelve 30-day months. Such principal of and interest on this
Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof.

     The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or
currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal
tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer
with respect to this Note shall be applied first to interest due and payable on
this Note as provided above and then to the unpaid principal of this Note.

     Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the
reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on
the face of this Note.

     Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the
Indenture Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall
not be entitled to any benefit under the indenture referred to on the reverse
hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.


                                     B-1
<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed,
manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.

Date:_________                     HARLEY-DAVIDSON EAGLEMARK OWNER TRUST _____


                              By:  WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, not in its
                                   individual capacity but solely on behalf of
                                   the Issuer as Owner Trustee, under the 
                                   Trust Agreement


                                   By: _____________________________________
                                          Printed Name:_____________________
                                          Title:_____________________________


             INDENTURE TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

     This is one of the Notes designated above and referred to in the
within-mentioned Indenture.


                                   HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK
                                   not in its individual capacity but solely 
                                   as Indenture Trustee


                                   By: _______________________________________
                                                    Authorized Signatory

                                     B-2

<PAGE>


                        [REVERSE OF CLASS A-2 NOTE]

     This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer,
designated as its [ ]% Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Contract, Class A-2 (the
"Class A-2 Notes"), all issued under an Indenture, dated as of ______ (the
"Indenture"), among the Issuer and Harris Trust and Savings Bank, as Indenture
Trustee (the "Indenture Trustee"), to which Indenture and all indentures
supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective
rights and obligations thereunder of the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the
Holders of the Notes. The Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All
terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented or
amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the
Indenture, as so supplemented or amended.

     The Class A-2 Notes and the Class A-1 Notes (collectively, the "Notes") are
and will be equally and ratably secured by the collateral pledged as security
therefor as provided in the Indenture subject to no payment of principal on the
Class A-2 Notes until all principal has been paid on the Class A-1 Notes.

     Principal of the Class A-2 Notes will be payable on the earlier of the
Class A-2 Final Distribution Date and the Redemption Date, if any, pursuant to
Section 10.01(a) or 10.01(b) of the Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the entire unpaid principal amount of the Class A-2 Notes shall be due and
payable on the date on which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing unless the Holders of the Notes representing not less than 66 2/3 of
the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, voting together as a single class, waive
such Event of Default. All principal payments on the Class A-2 Notes shall be
made pro rata to the Class A-2 Noteholders entitled thereto.

     Payments of interest on this Note due and payable on each Distribution Date
shall be made by check mailed to the Person whose name appears as the Registered
Holder of this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) on the Note Register as
of the close of business on each Record Date, except that with respect to Notes
registered on the Record Date in the name of nominee of the Clearing Agency
(initially, such nominee to be Cede & Co.), payments will be made by wire
transfer in immediately available funds to the account designated by such
nominee. Such checks shall be mailed to the Person entitled thereto at the
address of such Person as it appears on the Note Register as of the applicable
Record Date without requiring that this Note be submitted for notation of
payment. Any reduction in the principal amount of this Note (or any one or more
Predecessor Notes) affected by any payments made on any Distribution Date shall
be binding upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the
registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether
or not noted hereon. If funds are expected to be available, as provided in the
Indenture, for payment in full of the then remaining unpaid principal amount of
this Note on a Distribution Date, then the Indenture Trustee, in the name of and
on behalf of the Issuer, will notify the Person who was the Registered Holder
hereof as of the Record Date preceding such Distribution Date by notice mailed
within five days of such Distribution Date and the amount then due and payable
shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the
Indenture Trustee's principal Corporate Trust Office or at the office of the
Indenture Trustee's agent appointed for such purposes located in the City of
Chicago, Illinois.

     The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the
Class A-2 Rate to the extent lawful.

     As provided in the Indenture, the Notes may be redeemed pursuant to Section
10.01(a) of the Indenture, in whole, but not in part, at the option of the
Seller, any Distribution Date on or after the date on which the Pool Balance is
less than 10% of the Initial Pool Balance.

     As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth
therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register upon
surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency
designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly endorsed by, or
accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the
Indenture Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly
authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by an eligible guarantor
institution which is a participant in the Securities Transfer Agent's Medallion
Program (STAMP) or similar signature guarantee program, and such other documents
as the Indenture Trustee may require, and thereupon one or more new program, and
such other documents as the Indenture Trustee may require, and thereupon one or
more new Class A-2 Notes of authorized denomination and in the same 


                                     B-3
<PAGE>

aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated transferee or
transferees. No service charge will be charged for any registration of transfer
or exchange of this Note, but the transferor may be required to pay a sum
sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in
connection with any such registration of transfer or exchange.

     Each Noteholder, by acceptance of a Note or a beneficial interest in a Note
covenants and agrees that no recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with
respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture
Trustee on the Notes or under the Indenture or any certificate or other writing
delivered in connection therewith, against (i) the Indenture Trustee or the
Owner Trustee in their individual capacities, (ii) any owner of a beneficial
interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer,
director or employee of the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee in their
individual capacities, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the
Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee or of any successor or assign of the
Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee in their individual capacities, except as
any such Person may have expressly agreed and except that any such partner,
owner or beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable
law, for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or
failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity.

     Each Noteholder, by acceptance of a Note or a beneficial interest in a Note
covenants and agrees that by accepting the benefits of the Indenture and such
Note that such Noteholder will not at any time institute against the Seller or
the Issuer, or join in any institution against the Trust Depositor or the Issuer
of any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation
proceedings under any United States federal or state bankruptcy or similar law
in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, the Indenture or the
Transaction Documents.

     The Issuer has entered into the Indenture, and this Note is issued with the
intention that, for federal, state and local income, single business and
franchise tax purposes, the Notes will qualify as indebtedness of the Issuer
secured by the Collateral. Each Noteholder, by acceptance of a Note or of a
beneficial interest in a Note, agrees to treat the Notes for the federal, state
and local income, single business and franchise tax purposes as indebtedness of
the Issuer.

     Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note, the
Issuer and the Indenture Trustee and any agent of the Issuer, the Indenture
Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note (as of the day of
determination or as of such other date as may be specified in the Indenture) is
registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be
overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee nor any such agent shall
be affected by notice to the contrary.

     The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the
amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the
Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture at any
time by the Issuer with the consent of the of Holders of Notes representing 66
2/3% of the Outstanding Amount of all of the Notes at the time Outstanding. The
Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of Notes representing
specified percentages of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, on behalf of the
Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain
provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and
their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note (or
any one of more Predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such
Holders and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the
registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether
or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note. The Indenture
also permits the Indenture Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and
conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the
Notes issued thereunder.

     The Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided
in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

     This Note and the Indenture shall be construed in accordance with the laws
of the State of Illinois, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the
parties hereunder and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such
laws.

                                     B-4

<PAGE>

     No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of
the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is
absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at
the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.


                                     B-5

<PAGE>
                                                                  EXHIBIT D

                            FORM OF ASSIGNMENT


    FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR
OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE


_______________________________________________________________________________
(Please print or type name and address, including postal zip code, of assignee)



_______________________________________________________________________________
the within Note, and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting 
and appointing




_______________________________________________________________________________
to transfer said Note on the books kept for registration thereof, with full
power of substitution in the premises.


Dated: _______________


Signature Guaranteed:



_______________________________________________________________________________
Signature must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution which is a
participant in the Securities Transfer Agent's Medallion Program (STAMP) or
similar signature guarantee program.

_________________________________________
          (Authorized Officer)


_______________________________________________________________________________
Notice: The signature(s) on this assignment must correspond with the name(s) as
it appears on the face of the within Note in every particular, without
alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.


                                     C-1

<PAGE>


                                                                  EXHIBIT E


                     FORM OF NOTE DEPOSITORY AGREEMENT


                                     C-2

<PAGE>

                                                      EXHIBIT 5.1


                           [LETTERHEAD OF WINSTON & STRAWN]

                                   March 28, 1997


Eaglemark, Inc.
4150 Technology Way
Carson City, Nevada 89706

         Re:  HARLEY-DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLE CONTRACT BACKED NOTES AND
              HARLEY-DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLE CONTRACT BACKED CERTIFICATES

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         We have acted as special counsel to the Harley-Davidson Eaglemark
Motorcycle Trusts (each, a "TRUST") referred to below in connection with the
filing by Eaglemark, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the "COMPANY"), as sponsor of
the Trusts, of the registration statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-21793) (such
registration statement, together with the exhibits and any amendments thereto,
the "REGISTRATION STATEMENT"), registering up to $600 million aggregate
principal amount of asset-backed notes (the "NOTES") and asset-backed
certificates (the "CERTIFICATES" and, together with the Notes, the
"SECURITIES").  The Registration Statement has been filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"SECURITIES ACT").  As described in the Registration Statement, the Securities
will be issued from time to time in one or more series (each, a "SERIES").  Each
Series of Securities is to be issued under and pursuant to the terms of a
separate Pooling and Servicing Agreement or Sale and Servicing Agreement, Trust
Agreement and Indenture and sold from time to time pursuant to certain
underwriting agreements (collectively, the "AGREEMENTS" and each, individually,
an "AGREEMENT").  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the
meanings given to them in the Registration Statement.

         This opinion is being delivered to you pursuant to the requirements of
Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act.

         We are familiar with the proceedings to date with respect to the
proposed issuance and delivery of the Securities and have examined copies of the
Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Company, the Registration
Statement, the Prospectus and the form of Prospectus Supplements included
therein, the form of each Agreement and such other documents, records and


<PAGE>

March ____, 1997
Page 2


questions of law, and satisfied ourselves as to such matters of fact, as we have
considered relevant and necessary as a basis for this opinion.

         In our examination, we have assumed the legal capacity of all natural
persons, the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents
submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all
documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies and the
authenticity of the originals of such latter documents.  In making our
examination of documents that have been or will be executed in connection with
the issuance of each Series of Securities, we have assumed that the parties to
such documents had or will have at the time of execution of such documents, the
power, corporate or other, to enter into and perform all obligations thereunder
and have also assumed the due authorization by all requisite action, corporate
or other, and execution and delivery by such parties of such documents and the
validity and binding effect of such documents.  As to any facts material to the
opinions expressed herein which we did not independently establish or verify, we
have relied upon oral and written statements and representations of officers and
other representatives of the Company and others.  In addition, we have also
relied upon the accuracy and completeness of all certificates and other
statements, representations, documents, records, financial statements and papers
reviewed by us, and the accuracy and completeness of all representations,
warranties, schedules and exhibits  contained in such documents, with respect to
the factual matters set forth therein.

         Based on the foregoing, and assuming that the terms of each Series of
Securities are otherwise in compliance with applicable law at the time of
issuance of such Securities, we are of the opinion that:

    1.   When (i) the Registration Statement, as finally amended, has become
effective under the Securities Act, (ii) the amount, price, interest rate and
other principal terms of the Notes relating to such Series have been duly
approved by Board of Directors of the Company, (iii) the applicable Agreements
relating to such Series have been duly executed and delivered by the parties
thereto in substantially the form filed as exhibits to the Registration
Statement, (iv) the related Certificate of Trust has been duly executed and
filed by the OwnerTrustee with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware,
(v)  the Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended, and (vi) the Notes have been duly executed and authenticated  in
accordance with the applicable Agreements, the Notes will constitute valid and
binding obligations of the related Trust as issuer thereof enforceable in
accordance with their terms, and entitled to the benefits of the applicable
Agreements (subject to the effect of bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance or
transfer, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, liquidation, conservatorship
and moratorium laws and subject to the limitations imposed by other laws and
judicial decisions relating to or affecting the rights of creditors generally,
to general principles of equity, regardless of whether enforcement is considered
in proceedings in equity or at law, and to an implied covenant of good faith and
fair dealing).

<PAGE>

March ____, 1997
Page 3


    2.   When (i) the Registration Statement, as finally amended, has become
effective under the Securities Act, (ii) the amount, price, interest rate and
other principal terms of the Certificates relating to such Series have been duly
approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, (iii) the applicable
Agreements relating to such Series have been duly executed and delivered by the
parties thereto in substantially the form filed as exhibits to the Registration
Statement, and (iv) the Certificates have been duly and validly executed in
accordance with the applicable Agreements, the Certificates will constitute
valid and binding obligations of the applicable Trust as issuer thereof
enforceable in accordance with their terms, and entitled to the benefits of the
applicable Agreements (subject to the effect of bankruptcy, fraudulent
conveyance or transfer, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, liquidation,
conservatorship and moratorium laws and subject to the limitations imposed by
other laws and judicial decisions relating to or affecting the rights of
creditors generally, to general principles of equity, regardless of whether
enforcement is considered in proceedings in equity or at law, and to an implied
covenant of good faith and fair dealing).

         We do not find it necessary for the purposes of this opinion to cover,
and accordingly we express no opinion as to, the application of the securities
or blue sky laws of the various states to the offer and exchange of the
Securities

         This opinion is limited to the laws of the United States of America,
the State of Illinois and the State of Delaware, and we express no opinion with
respect to the laws of any state or other jurisdiction.

         Our opinions set forth in this letter are based on the facts in
existence and the laws in effect on the date hereof and we expressly disclaim
any obligation to update our opinions herein, regardless of whether changes in
such facts or laws come to our attention after the delivery hereof.

         We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an Exhibit to the
Registration Statement and to all references to our firm included in or made a
part of the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not concede
that we are experts within the meaning of the Securities Act or the rules and
regulations thereunder or that this consent is required by Section 7 of the
Securities Act.

                                  Very truly yours,


                                  /s/ Winston & Strawn




<PAGE>
                                   Exhibit 8.1
                       Form of Opinion of Winston & Strawn
                           with respect to Tax Matters


                                                  March 28, 1997





         Re:      Eaglemark, Inc.
                  Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Reg. No. 333-21793)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

                  We have acted as special federal tax counsel to Eaglemark,
Inc., a Nevada corporation (the "Registrant"), in connection with the proposed
issuance and sale of its Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Contract Backed Notes (the
"Notes") and Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Contract Backed Certificates (the
"Certificates" and, together with the Notes, the "Securities"), to be issued
from time to time in one or more series. Each series of Securities will be
issued by either (a) a trust formed by the Registrant (or a special purpose
finance subsidiary) pursuant to a trust agreement (each, a "Trust Agreement")
between the Registrant (or a special purpose finance subsidiary) and a trustee
or (b) a trust formed pursuant to a pooling and servicing agreement (each, a
"Pooling and Servicing Agreement") among the Registrant (or a special purpose
finance subsidiary), a servicer, and a trustee. The property of each trust will
include Harley-Davidson motorcycle retail installment sale contracts and certain
other property. Each series of securities issued under a Trust Agreement may
include one or more classes of Notes, which will be issued pursuant to an
indenture (each, an "Indenture") between the related trust and an indenture
trustee. Each series may include one or more classes of Certificates, which will
be issued pursuant to a Trust Agreement or a Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

                  We have advised the Registrant with respect to the material
federal income tax consequences of the proposed issuance of the Securities to
the holders thereof. This advice is described under the headings "Summary of
Terms -- Tax Status" and "Federal Income Tax Consequences" in the prospectus
relating to the Securities (the "Prospectus"), all a part of the Registration
Statement on Form S-3 (the "Registration Statement") filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") initially on February 13, 1997, under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), for the registration of the
Securities under the Act. Such description does not purport to discuss all
possible federal income tax ramifications of the proposed issuance of the
Securities to the holders thereof in light of their own investment or tax
circumstances, but with respect to those tax consequences that are discussed, in
our opinion, the description fairly summarizes the federal income tax
considerations that are likely to be material to a holder of Securities.
Furthermore, we hereby confirm that, as specified in the Prospectus, we will
provide an opinion to the trust specified in the related prospectus supplement
that, for federal income tax


<PAGE>


purposes, (i) with respect to a trust characterized as an Owner Trust, the trust
will not be classified as an association (or a publicly traded partnership)
taxable as a corporation, (ii) with respect to a trust characterized as a
Grantor Trust, the trust will be classified as a grantor trust under the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and not as an association taxable as
a corporation, and each Certificateholder in such trust will be treated as the
owner of a pro rata undivided interest in the income and assets of such trust,
and (iii) unless otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, the
Notes will be classified as debt.

                  Our opinions are based upon the current provisions of the
Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, current administrative
rulings, judicial decisions, and other applicable authorities, all as in effect
on the date of such opinions. All of the foregoing authorities are subject to
change or new interpretation, both prospectively and retroactively, and such
changes or interpretation, as well as the changes in the facts as they have been
represented to us or assumed by us, could affect our opinions. Our opinions do
not foreclose the possibility of a contrary determination by the Internal
Revenue Service (the "IRS") or by a court of competent jurisdiction, or of a
contrary position by the IRS or Treasury Department in regulations or rulings
issued in the future. Furthermore, our opinions assume that all the transactions
contemplated by the Prospectus will be consummated in accordance with the terms
of the Prospectus and applicable prospectus supplement, including without
limitation, that (i) holders of Notes will treat such Notes as indebtedness,
(ii) holders of Certificates in an Owner Trust will treat such Certificates as
partnership interests, and (iii) holders of Certificates in a grantor trust will
treat such Certificates as representing an undivided ownership interest in the
income and assets of the applicable trust.

                  We hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit
to the Registration Statement and to a reference to this firm (as counsel to the
Registrant) under the headings "Summary of Terms --Tax Status" and "Legal
Matters" in the Prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement, without
implying or admitting that we are "experts" within the meaning of the Act or the
rules and regulations of the Commission issued thereunder, with respect to any
part of the Registration Statement, including this exhibit.


                                                     Very truly yours,


                                                     /s/ Winston & Strawn





<PAGE>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------





                          SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT


                                      among


                  HARLEY-DAVIDSON EAGLEMARK OWNER TRUST[ ___],
                                   as Issuer,


                  EAGLEMARK CUSTOMER FUNDING CORPORATION-[___],
                               as Trust Depositor,


                                 EAGLEMARK, INC,
                                   as Servicer

                                       and


                          HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK
                              as Indenture Trustee




                              Dated as of [_______]




- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               Page
                                                                                                               ----
<S>                                                                                                            <C>
ARTICLE ONE

         DEFINITIONS..............................................................................................1
         Section 1.01.     Definitions............................................................................1
         Section 1.02.     Usage of Terms........................................................................14
         Section 1.03.     Section References....................................................................14
         Section 1.04.     Calculations..........................................................................14
         Section 1.05.     Accounting Terms......................................................................14

ARTICLE TWO

         ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST; TRANSFER OF CONTRACTS...........................................................15
         Section 2.01.     Closing...............................................................................15
         Section 2.02.     Conditions to the Closing.............................................................16
         Section 2.03.     Acceptance by Owner Trustee...........................................................17
         Section 2.04.     Conveyance of Subsequent Contracts....................................................17

ARTICLE THREE

         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES..........................................................................20
         Section 3.01.     Representations and Warranties Regarding the Trust Depositor..........................20
         Section 3.02.     Representations and Warranties Regarding the Servicer.................................21

ARTICLE FOUR

         PERFECTION OF TRANSFER AND PROTECTION OF SECURITY INTERESTS.............................................23
         Section 4.01.     Custody of Contracts..................................................................23
         Section 4.02.     Filing................................................................................24
         Section 4.03.     Name Change or Relocation.............................................................24
         Section 4.04.     Chief Executive Office................................................................24
         Section 4.05.     Costs and Expenses....................................................................24

ARTICLE FIVE

         SERVICING OF CONTRACTS..................................................................................25
         Section 5.01.     Responsibility for Contract Administration............................................25
         Section 5.02.     Standard of Care......................................................................25
         Section 5.03.     Records...............................................................................25
         Section 5.04.     Inspection............................................................................25
         Section 5.05.     Trust Accounts........................................................................25
         Section 5.06.     Enforcement...........................................................................26
         Section 5.07.     Trustees to Cooperate.................................................................27
         Section 5.08.     Costs and Expenses....................................................................27
         Section 5.09.     Maintenance of Security Interests in Motorcycles......................................28
                                                   i

<PAGE>

         Section 5.10.     Successor Servicer/Lockbox Agreements.................................................28

ARTICLE SIX

         THE TRUST DEPOSITOR.....................................................................................29
         Section 6.01.     Corporate Existence...................................................................29
         Section 6.02.     Liability of Trust Depositor; Indemnities.............................................29
         Section 6.03.     Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of,
                           Trust Depositor; Certain Limitations..................................................30
         Section 6.04.     Limitation on Liability of Trust Depositor and Others.................................30
         Section 6.05.     Trust Depositor Not to Resign.........................................................31
         Section 6.06.     Trust Depositor Will Own Certificates.................................................31

ARTICLE SEVEN

         DISTRIBUTIONS; RESERVE FUND.............................................................................32
         Section 7.01.     Monthly Distributions.................................................................32
         Section 7.02.     Fees..................................................................................32
         Section 7.03.     Advances; Realization of Carrying Charge..............................................32
         Section 7.04.     Interest Reserve Account..............................................................32
         Section 7.05.     Distributions.........................................................................33
         Section 7.06.     Reserve Fund; Certificate Reserve Amount..............................................34
         Section 7.07.     Establishment of Pre-Funding Account..................................................34
         Section 7.08.     Repurchases of Contracts for Breach of Representations and Warranties.................35
         Section 7.09.     Reassignment of Repurchased Contracts.................................................36
         Section 7.10.     Seller's Repurchase Option............................................................36

ARTICLE EIGHT

         EVENTS OF TERMINATION; SERVICE TRANSFER.................................................................37
         Section 8.01.     Events of Termination.................................................................37
         Section 8.02.     Service Transfer......................................................................38
         Section 8.03.     Successor Servicer to Act; Appointment of Successor Servicer..........................38
         Section 8.04.     Notification to Certificateholders....................................................38
         Section 8.05.     Effect of Transfer....................................................................38
         Section 8.06.     Database File.........................................................................39
         Section 8.07.     Successor Servicer Indemnification....................................................39
         Section 8.08.     Responsibilities of the Successor Servicer............................................39

ARTICLE NINE

         REPORTS.................................................................................................40
         Section 9.01.     Monthly Reports.......................................................................40
         Section 9.02.     Officer's Certificate.................................................................40
         Section 9.03.     Other Data............................................................................40
         Section 9.04.     Annual Report of Accountants..........................................................40
         Section 9.05.     Annual Statement of Compliance from Servicer..........................................41
         Section 9.06.     Monthly Reports to Securityholders....................................................41
                                                       ii
<PAGE>

ARTICLE TEN

         TERMINATION.............................................................................................43
         Section 10.01.  Sale of Trust Assets....................................................................43

ARTICLE ELEVEN

         MISCELLANEOUS...........................................................................................44
         Section 11.01.  Amendment...............................................................................44
         Section 11.02.  Protection of Title to Trust............................................................44
         Section 11.03.  Governing Law...........................................................................46
         Section 11.04.  Notices.................................................................................46
         Section 11.05.  Severability of Provisions..............................................................47
         Section 11.06.   Assignment.............................................................................47
         Section 11.07.  Third Party Beneficiaries...............................................................47
         Section 11.08.  Counterparts............................................................................47
         Section 11.09.  Headings................................................................................47
</TABLE>


                                    EXHIBITS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               Page
                                                                                                               ----
<S>                                                                                                            <C>
Exhibit A                  Form of Assignment ..................................................................A-1
Exhibit B                  Form of Closing Certificate of Trust Depositor ......................................B-1
Exhibit C                  Form of Closing Certificate of Seller/Servicer.......................................C-1
Exhibit D                  Form of Opinion of Counsel for Trust Depositor regarding
                           general corporate matters (including perfection opinion) ............................D-1
Exhibit E                  Form of Opinion of Counsel for Trust Depositor regarding
                           the "true sale" nature of the transaction ...........................................E-1
Exhibit F                  Form of Opinion of Counsel for Trust Depositor regarding
                           non-consolidation ...................................................................F-1
Exhibit G                  Form of Certificate Regarding Repurchased Contracts..................................G-1
Exhibit H                  List of Contracts....................................................................H-1
Exhibit I                  Form of Monthly Report to Noteholders and Certificateholders.........................I-1
Exhibit J                  Seller's Representations and Warranties .............................................J-1
Exhibit K                  Lockbox Bank and Lockbox Account.....................................................K-1
Exhibit L                  Form of Contract Stamp...............................................................L-1
Exhibit M                  Form of Subsequent Transfer Agreement................................................M-1
                                                     iii

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

         SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, dated as of [_____], among
Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Owner Trust [___] (together with its successors and
assigns, the "Issuer" or the "Trust"), Eaglemark Customer Funding Corporation-
[___] (together with its successor and assigns, the "Trust Depositor"), Harris
Trust and Savings Bank (solely in its capacity as Indenture Trustee together
with its successors and assigns, the "Indenture Trustee") and Eaglemark, Inc.
(solely in its capacity as Servicer together with its successor and assigns,
"Eaglemark" or the "Servicer").

         WHEREAS the Issuer desires to purchase from the Trust Depositor an
initial and subsequent pool of fixed-rate, simple interest motorcycle
conditional sales contracts relating to Harley-Davidson motorcycles or, in
certain limited instances motorcycles manufactured by an affiliate of
Harley-Davidson, Buell Motorcycle Company (collectively, the "Contracts")
originated by Eaglemark and subsequently sold by Eaglemark to the Trust
Depositor;

         WHEREAS the Trust Depositor is willing to sell the Contracts to the
Issuer pursuant to the terms hereof; and

         WHEREAS the Servicer is willing to service the Contracts pursuant to
the terms hereof;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                                ARTICLE ONE

                                DEFINITIONS

         Section 1.01.     Definitions.  Whenever used in this Agreement, the
following words and phrases, unless the context otherwise requires, shall have
the following meanings:

         "Addition Notice" means, with respect to any transfer of Subsequent
Contracts to the Issuer pursuant to Section 2.04 and the Trust Depositor's
corresponding prior purchase of such Contracts from the Seller, a notice, which
shall be given at least 10 days prior to the related Subsequent Transfer Date,
identifying the Subsequent Contracts to be transferred and the aggregate
Principal Balance of such Subsequent Contracts.

         "Advance" means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the amounts, if
any, deposited by the Servicer in the Collection Account for such Distribution
Date pursuant to Section 7.03.

         "Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person controlling
or controlled by, or under common control with, such specified Person. For the
purposes of this definition, "control" when used with respect to any specified
Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person,
directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" or "controlled" have meanings
correlative to the foregoing.

         "Agreement" means this Sale and Servicing Agreement, as amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the
terms hereof.

         "Aggregate Principal Balance" will equal the sum of the Principal
Balances of each outstanding Contract. At the time of initial issuance of the
Securities, the initial aggregate principal amount of the Securities will equal
the Aggregate Principal Balance plus the initial Pre-Funded Amount.

         "Aggregate Principal Balance Decline" means, with respect to any
Distribution Date, the amount by which the Aggregate Principal Balance as of the
Distribution Date immediately preceding such Distribution Date (or as of the
Cutoff Date in the case of the first Distribution Date) exceeds the Aggregate
Principal Balance as of such Distribution Date.

<PAGE>

         "Available Amount" means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the
amount of funds on deposit in the Reserve Fund on such Distribution Date less
the Certificate Reserve Amount with respect to such Distribution Date before
giving effect to any reduction thereto on such date.

         "Available Monies" means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the
sum of the Available Interest and the Available Principal for such Distribution
Date.

         "Available Interest" means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the
total (without duplication) of the following amounts received by the Servicer on
or in respect of the Contracts during the related Due Period: (i) all amounts
received in respect of interest on the Contracts (as well as Late Payment
Penalty Fees and Extension Fees), (ii) the interest component of all Net
Liquidation Proceeds, (iii) the interest component of the aggregate of the
Repurchase Prices for Contracts repurchased by the Trust Depositor pursuant to
Section 7.08, (iv) all Advances made by the Servicer pursuant to Section 7.03,
(v) the interest component of all amounts paid by the Trust Depositor in
connection with an optional repurchase of the Contracts pursuant to Section
7.10, (vi) all amounts received in respect of Carrying Charges transferred from
the Interest Reserve Account pursuant to Section 7.03, and (vii) all amounts
received in respect of interest, dividends, gains, income and earnings on
investment of funds in the Trust Accounts as contemplated in the last sentence
of Section 5.05(d).

         "Available Principal" means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the
total (without duplication) of the following amounts received by the Servicer on
or in respect of the Contracts during the related Due Period: (i) all amounts
received in respect of principal on the Contracts, (ii) the principal component
of all Net Liquidation Proceeds, (iii) the principal component of the aggregate
of the Repurchase Prices for Contracts repurchased by the Trust Depositor
pursuant to Section 7.08, and (iv) the principal component of all amounts paid
by the Trust Depositor in connection with an optional repurchase of the
Contracts pursuant to Section 7.10.

         "Average Default Ratio" means, for any Distribution Date, the
arithmetic average of the Default Ratios for such Distribution Dates and the two
immediately preceding Distribution Dates.

         "Average Delinquency Ratio" means, the arithmetic average of the
Delinquency Ratios for that Distribution Date and the two immediately preceding
Distribution Dates.

         "Average Loss Ratio" means, for a Distribution Date is equal to the
arithmetic average of the Loss Ratios for such Distribution Date and the two
immediately preceding Distribution Dates.

         "Base Prospectus" means the Prospectus dated [_____] relating to the
Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Motorcycle Trusts.

         "Buell" means Buell Motorcycle Company.

         "Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday or a Sunday, or
another day on which banking institutions in the city of Chicago, Illinois,
Wilmington, Delaware or New York, New York are authorized or obligated by law,
executive order, or governmental decree to be closed.

         "Calculation Day" means the last day of each calendar month.

         "Carrying Charges" means (i) the product of (x) the weighted average of
the Class A-1 Rate, the Class A-2 Rate and the Pass-Through Rate and (y) the
undisbursed funds (excluding investment earnings) in the Pre-Funding Account (as
of the last day of the related due period) over (ii) the amount of any
investment earnings on funds in the Pre-Funding Account which was transferred to
the Interest Reserve Account, as well as interest earnings on amounts in the
Interest Reserve Account.
                                       2
<PAGE>

         "Certificate Balance" equals $[ ] on the Closing Date, and, thereafter,
equals the Initial Certificate Balance, reduced by all amounts allocable to
principal previously distributed to Certificateholders.

         "Certificate Depository Agreement" has the meaning specified in the
Trust Agreement.

         "Certificate Distributable Amount" means, with respect to any
Distribution Date, the sum of the Certificate Principal Distributable Amount and
the Certificate Interest Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date.

         "Certificate Distribution Account" shall have the meaning specified in
the Trust Agreement.

         "Certificate Final Distribution Date" means the April 2004
Distribution Date.

         "Certificate Interest Carryover Shortfall" means, with respect to any
Distribution Date, the excess of the sum of the Certificate Monthly Interest
Distributable Amount for the immediately preceding Distribution Date and any
outstanding Certificate Interest Carryover Shortfall on such preceding
Distribution Date, over the amount in respect of interest on the Certificates
that is actually deposited in the Certificate Distribution Account on such
preceding Distribution Date, plus interest on such excess, to the extent
permitted by law, at the Pass-Through Rate for the related Interest Period.

         "Certificate Interest Distributable Amount" means, with respect to any
Distribution Date, the sum of the Certificate Monthly Interest Distributable
Amount for such Distribution Date and the Certificate Interest Carryover
Shortfall for such Distribution Date.

         "Certificate Monthly Principal Distributable Amount" will mean, with
respect to any Distribution Date, the Certificate Percentage of the Principal
Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date.

         "Certificate Percentage" means (i) for each Distribution Date to but
excluding the Distribution Date on which the principal amount of the Class A-2
Notes is reduced to zero, 0%, (ii) on the Distribution Date on which the
principal amount of the Class A-2 Notes is reduced to zero, 0% until the
principal amount of the Class A-2 Notes has been reduced to zero and (iii) 100%
thereafter.

         "Certificate Pool Factor" means, as of the close of business on any
Distribution Date, a seven-digit decimal figure equal to the Certificate Balance
(after giving effect to any reductions therein to be made on such Distribution
Date) divided by the Certificate Initial Balance. The Certificate Pool Factor
will be 1.0000000 as of the Closing Date; thereafter, the Certificate Pool
Factor will decline to reflect reductions in the Certificate Balance.

         "Certificate Principal Carryover Shortfall" means, as of the close of
any Distribution Date, the excess of the sum of the Certificate Monthly
Principal Distributable Amount and any outstanding Certificate Principal
Carryover Shortfall from the immediately preceding Distribution Date, over the
amount in respect of principal that is actually deposited in the Certificate
Distribution Account on such Distribution Date.

         "Certificate Register" shall have the meaning specified in the Trust
Agreement.

         "Certificate Reserve Amount" means $[               ], as such amount
may be reduced or restored from time to time pursuant to Section 7.05.

         "Certificateholders" shall have the meaning specified in the Trust
Agreement.

         "Certificates" means the Trust Certificates (as such term is defined
in the Trust Agreement).

                                      3
<PAGE>


         "Class" means all Notes whose form is identical except for variation in
denomination, principal amount or owner.

         "Class A-1 Final Distribution Date" means the April 2001 Distribution
Date.

         "Class A-1 Noteholder" means the Person in whose name a Class A-1 Note
is registered in the Note Register, as such term is defined in the Indenture.

         "Class A-1 Rate" means [     ]% per annum.

         "Class A-2 Final Distribution Date" means the April 2003 Distribution
Date.

         "Class A-2 Noteholder" means the Person in whose name a Class A-2 Note
is registered in the Note Register.

         "Class A-2 Rate" means [    ]% per annum.

         "Closing Date" means [____].

         "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         "Collateral" means as defined in the "granting clause" of the
Indenture.

         "Collection Account" means a trust account as described in Section 5.05
maintained in the name of the Indenture Trustee and which shall be an Eligible
Account.

         "Computer Disk" means the computer disk generated by the Servicer which
provides information relating to the Contracts and which was used by the Seller
in selecting the Contracts sold to the Trust Depositor pursuant to the Transfer
and Sale Agreement (and any Subsequent Purchase Agreement) by the Trust
Depositor in selecting the Contracts sold to the Trust pursuant to this
Agreement (and any Subsequent Transfer Agreement), and includes the master file
and the history file as well as servicing information with respect to the
Contracts.

         "Contract Assets" has the meaning assigned in Section 2.01 (and 2.04,
as applicable in the case of Subsequent Contracts) of the Transfer and Sale
Agreement.

         "Contract File" means, as to each Contract, (a) the original copy of
the Contract, including the executed conditional sales contract or other
evidence of the obligation of the Obligor, (b) the original title certificate to
the Motorcycle and, where applicable, the certificate of lien recordation, or,
if such title certificate has not yet been issued, an application for such title
certificate, or other appropriate evidence of a security interest in the covered
Motorcycle; (c) the assignments of the Contract; (d) the original copy of any
agreement(s) modifying the Contract including, without limitation, any extension
agreement(s) and (e) documents evidencing the existence of physical damage
insurance covering such Motorcycle.

         "Contract Rate" means, as to any Contract, the annual rate of interest
specified in the Contract.

         "Contracts" means the motorcycle conditional sales contracts described
in the List of Contracts and constituting part of the Trust Corpus (as such list
may be supplemented from time to time to reflect transfers of Subsequent
Contracts), and includes, without limitation, all related security interests and
any and all rights to receive payments which are collected pursuant thereto on
or after the Initial Cutoff Date or, with respect to any Subsequent Contracts,
any related Subsequent Cutoff Date, but excluding any rights to receive payments
which are collected pursuant thereto prior to the Initial Cutoff Date, or with
respect to any Subsequent Contracts, any related Subsequent Cutoff Date.


                                    4
<PAGE>

         "Corporate Trust Office" means the office of the Indenture Trustee at
which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally
administered, which office at the date of the execution of this Agreement is
located at the address set forth in Section 11.04.

         "Cram Down Loss" means, with respect to a Contract, if a court of
appropriate jurisdiction in an insolvency proceeding shall have issued an order
reducing the Principal Balance of such Contract the amount of such reduction
(with a "Cram Down Loss" being deemed to have occurred on the date of issuance
of such order).

         "Cumulative Loss Ratio" means, as of any Distribution Date, the
fraction (expressed as a percentage) computed by the Servicer by dividing (i)
the aggregate Net Liquidation Losses for all Contracts since the Cutoff Date
through the end of the related Due Period by (ii) the sum of (A) the Principal
Balance of the Contracts as of the Cutoff Date plus (B) the Principal Balance of
any Subsequent Contracts as of the related Subsequent Cutoff Date.

         "Cutoff Date" means either or both (as the context may require) the
Initial Cutoff Date and any Subsequent Cutoff Date.

         "Defaulted Contract" means a Contract with respect to which there has
occurred one or more of the following: (i) all or some portion of any payment
under the Contract is 120 days or more delinquent, (ii) repossession (and
expiration of any redemption period) of a Motorcycle securing a Contract or
(iii) the Servicer has determined in good faith that an Obligor is not likely to
resume payment under a Contract.

         "Default Ratio" means, as of any Distribution Date, the fraction
(expressed as a percentage) derived by dividing (x) the Principal Balance for
all Contracts that become Defaulted Contracts during the immediately preceding
Due Period multiplied by twelve by (y) the outstanding Principal Balances of all
Contracts as of the beginning of the related Due Period.

         "Delinquency Amount" means, as of any Distribution Date means the
Principal Balance of all Contracts that were delinquent 60 days or more as of
the end of the related Due Period (including Contracts in respect of which the
related Motorcycles have been repossessed and are still inventory).

         "Delinquent Interest" means, for each Contract and each Determination
Date as to which the full payment due in the related Due Period has not been
paid (any such payment being "delinquent" for purposes of this definition), all
interest accrued on such Contract from the Due Date in the Due Period one month
prior to the Due Period in which the payment is delinquent.

         "Delinquency Ratio" means, for any Distribution Date, the fraction
(expressed as a percentage) computed by dividing (a) the Delinquency Amount
during the immediately preceding Due Period by (b) the Principal Balance of the
Contracts as of the beginning of the related Due Period.

         "Determination Date" means the fourth Business Day following the
conclusion of a Due Period during the term of this Agreement.

         "Distribution Date" means the fifteenth day of each calendar month
during the term of this Agreement, or if such day is not a Business Day, the
next succeeding Business Day, with the first such Distribution Date hereunder
being [____].

         "Due Date" means, with respect to any Contract, the day of the month on
which each scheduled payment of principal and interest is due on such Contract,
exclusive of days of grace.

         "Due Period" means a calendar month during the term of this Agreement,
and the Due Period related to a Determination Date or Distribution Date shall be
the calendar month immediately preceding such date; provided,

                                    5
<PAGE>

however, that with
respect to the Initial Determination Date or Initial Distribution Date, the Due
Period shall be the period from the Initial Cutoff Date to and including [____]

         "Eaglemark Financial" has the meaning assigned in Section 5.10 hereof.

         "Eligible Account" means a segregated direct deposit account maintained
with a depository institution or trust company organized under the laws of the
United States of America, or any of the States thereof, or the District of
Columbia, having a certificate of deposit, short-term deposit or commercial
paper rating of at least A-1+ by Standard & Poor's and P-1 by Moody's.

         "Eligible Investments" means any one or more of the following types of
investments:

                  (a) (i) direct interest-bearing obligations of, and
         interest-bearing obligations guaranteed as to timely payment of
         principal and interest by, the United States or any agency or
         instrumentality of the United States the obligations of which are
         backed by the full faith and credit of the United States; and (ii)
         direct interest-bearing obligations of, and interest-bearing
         obligations guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and
         interest by, the Federal National Mortgage Association or the Federal
         Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, but only if, at the time of investment,
         such obligations are assigned the highest credit rating by each Rating
         Agency; and

                  (b) demand or time deposits in, certificates of deposit of, or
         bankers' acceptances issued by any depositary institution or trust
         company organized under the laws of the United States or any State and
         subject to supervision and examination by federal and/or State banking
         authorities (including, if applicable, the Trustee or any agent of the
         Trustee acting in their respective commercial capacities); provided
         that the short-term unsecured debt obligations of such depositary
         institution or trust company at the time of such investment, or
         contractual commitment providing for such investment, are assigned the
         highest credit rating by each Rating Agency.

         "Event of Termination" means an event specified in Section 8.01.

         "Excess Amounts" shall have the meaning specified in Section 7.06(b).

         "Final Distribution Date" means with respect to (i) the Notes, the
Class A-1 Final Distribution Date or the Class A-2 Final Distribution Date, as
the case may be or (ii) the Certificates, the Certificate Final Distribution
Date.

         "Funding Period" means the period beginning on the Closing Date and
ending on the first to occur of (a) the Distribution Date on which the amount on
deposit in the Pre-Funding Account (after giving effect to any transfers
therefrom in connection with the transfer of Subsequent Contracts to the Trust
on such Distribution Date) is less than $150,000, (b) the date on which an Event
of Termination occurs, (c) the date on which an Insolvency Event occurs with
respect to the Trust Depositor and (d) the close of business on the date which
is 90 days from and including the Closing Date.

         "Holder" means, with respect to a (i) Certificate, the Person in whose
name such Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register and (ii) Note,
the Person in whose name such Note is registered in the Note Register.

         "Indenture" means the Indenture, dated as of the date hereof, between
the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee.

                                    6
<PAGE>

         "Indenture Trustee" means the Person acting as Indenture Trustee under
the Indenture, its successors in interest and any successor trustee under the
Indenture.

         "Indenture Trustee Fee" means, with respect to any Distribution Date,
one-twelfth of the product of .018% and the sum of (i) the Principal Balance of
the Contracts as of the beginning of the related Due Period and (ii) the
Pre-Funded Amount as of the beginning of such period; provided, however, in no
event shall such fee be less than $200.00 per month.

         "Independent", when used with respect to any specified Person, means
such a Person who (i) is in fact independent of the Issuer, the Trust Depositor
or the Servicer, (ii) is not a director, officer or employee of any Affiliate of
the Issuer, the Trust Depositor or the Servicer, (iii) is not a person related
to any officer or director of the Issuer, the Trust Depositor or the Servicer or
any of their respective Affiliates, (iv) is not a holder (directly or
indirectly) of more than 10% of any voting securities of Issuer, the Trust
Depositor or the Servicer or any of their respective Affiliates, and (v) is not
connected with the Issuer, the Trust Depositor or the Servicer as an officer,
employee, promoter, underwriter, trustee, partner, director or person performing
similar functions.

         "Initial Class A-1 Note Balance" means $[               ].

         "Initial Class A-2 Note Balance" means $[               ].

         "Initial Certificate Balance" means $[               ].

         "Initial Contracts" means those Contracts conveyed to the Trust on the
Closing Date.

         "Initial Cutoff Date" means [ ___  ].

         "Initial Pool Balance" means the Principal Balance of the Contracts as
of the Initial Cutoff Date and on each Subsequent Cutoff Date the Principal
Balance of the Contracts on such subsequent Cutoff Date.

         "Insolvency Event" means, with respect to a specified Person, (i) the
entry of a decree or order for relief by a court or regulatory authority having
jurisdiction in respect of such Person in an involuntary case under the federal
bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter in effect, or any other present or future,
federal or state, bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, or appointing a
receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or other
similar official for such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or
ordering the winding-up or liquidation of such Person's affairs, and the
continuance of any such decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of
60 consecutive days; (ii) the commencement of an involuntary case under the
federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereinafter in effect, or another present or
future federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law and such case is
not dismissed within 60 days; or (iii) the commencement by such Person of a
voluntary case under the federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereinafter in
effect, or any other present or future federal or state, bankruptcy, insolvency
or similar law, or the consent by such Person to the appointment of or taking
possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator
or other similar official for such Person or for any substantial part of its
property, or the making by such Person of an assignment for the benefit of
creditors or the failure by such Person generally to pay its debts as such debts
become due or the taking of corporate action by such Person in furtherance of
any the foregoing.

         "Interest Period" means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the
period from and including the fifteenth day of the month of the Distribution
Date immediately preceding such Distribution Date (or, in the case of the first
Distribution Date, the Closing Date) to but excluding the fifteenth day of the
month of such Distribution Date.

         "Interest Rate" means the Class A-1 Rate or the Class A-2 Rate, as
applicable.

                                    7
<PAGE>

         "Interest Reserve Account" means the account designated as the Interest
Reserve Account in, and which is established and maintained pursuant to, Section
7.04 hereof.

         "Interest Reserve Amount" means, as of any date of determination, the
amount on deposit in the Interest Reserve Account on such date, and as of the
Closing Date shall be $[ ].

         "Investment Earnings" means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the
investment earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) on amounts on
deposit in the Trust Accounts, other than the Pre-Funding Account, to be
deposited into the Collection Account on such Distribution Date pursuant to
Section 5.05(b).

         "Issuer" means the Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Owner Trust [___]

         "Late Payment Penalty Fees" means any late payment fees paid by
Obligors on Contracts after all sums received have been allocated first to
regular installments due or overdue and all such installments are then paid in
full.

         "Lien" means a security interest, lien, charge, pledge, equity or
encumbrance of any kind, other than tax liens, mechanics' liens and any liens
that attach to the respective Contract by operation of law.

         "Liquidated Contract" means a Contract with respect to which there has
occurred one or more of the following: (i) 90 days have elapsed following the
date of repossession (and expiration of any redemption period) with respect to
the Motorcycle securing such Contract, (ii) such Contract is a Defaulted
Contract with respect to which the Servicer has determined in good faith that
all amounts expected to be recovered have been received, or (iii) all or any
portion of any payment is delinquent 150 days or more.

         "List of Contracts" means the list identifying each Contract
constituting part of the Trust Corpus, which list shall consist of the initial
List of Contracts reflecting the Initial Contracts transferred to the Trust on
the Closing Date, together with any Subsequent List of Contracts reflecting the
Subsequent Contracts transferred to the Trust on the related Subsequent Transfer
Date, and which list (a) identifies each Contract and (b) sets forth as to each
Contract (i) the Principal Balance as of the applicable Cutoff Date, (ii) the
amount of monthly payments due from the Obligor, (iii) the Contract Rate and
(iv) the maturity date, and which list (as in effect on the Closing Date) is
attached to this Agreement as Exhibit J.

         "Lockbox" means the Lockbox maintained by the Lockbox Bank identified
on Exhibit K hereto.

         "Lockbox Account" means the account maintained with the Lockbox Bank
and identified on Exhibit K hereto.

         "Lockbox Agreement" means the Third Amended and Restated Lockbox
Administration Agreement dated as of March 1, 1996 by and among the Servicer,
the Trust Depositor, Eaglemark Customer Funding Corporation-II, NBD Bank, N.A.,
Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association ("BofA"), Norwest Bank
Minnesota, National Association (the "Predecessor Trustee"), the Trustee,
Financial Security Assurance Inc. ("FSA," with respect to certain prior trusts,
the "Prior Trusts"), with respect to the Lockbox Account, unless such agreement
shall be terminated in accordance with its terms, in which event "Lockbox
Agreement" shall mean such other agreement, in form and substance acceptable to
the above-described parties and FSA, or if an Insurer Default (as defined in
FSA's documentation relating to such Prior Trusts) shall have occurred and be
continuing or FSA is owed no obligation with respect to such Prior Trusts, the
majority of the Certificateholders with respect to such Prior Trusts), the
Servicer, the Trustee and the Lockbox Bank.

         "Lockbox Bank" means the financial institution maintaining the Lockbox
Account and identified on Exhibit K hereto or any successor thereto acceptable
to a majority of the Certificateholders.

         "Loss Ratio" means, for any Distribution Date, the fraction (expressed
as a percentage) derived by dividing (x) Net Liquidation Losses for all
Contracts that became Liquidated Contracts during the immediately preceding Due
Period multiplied by twelve by (y) the outstanding Principal Balances of all
Contracts as of the beginning of the Due Period.

                                    8
<PAGE>

         "Mandatory Special Redemption" means the prepayment, in part, made to
the Class A-1 Noteholders and Class A-2 Noteholders without premium made on the
Distribution Date on or immediately following the last day of the Funding Period
in the event that any amount remains on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account after
giving effect to the purchase of all Subsequent Contracts, including any such
purchase on such date.

         "Monthly Report" shall have the meaning specified in Section 9.06.

         "Monthly Servicing Fee" means, as to any Distribution Date, one-twelfth
of the product of 1% and the Principal Balance of the Contracts as of the
beginning of the related Due Period.

         "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or any successor
thereto.

         "Motorcycle" means a motorcycle manufactured by Harley-Davidson, Inc.
(or in certain limited instances Buell) securing a Contract.

         "Net Liquidation Losses" means, as of any Distribution Date, with
respect to a Liquidated Contract, the amount, if any, by which (a) the
outstanding Principal Balance of such Liquidated Contract plus accrued and
unpaid interest thereon at the Contract Rate to the date on which such
Liquidated Contract became a Liquidated Contract exceeds (b) the Net Liquidation
Proceeds for such Liquidated Contract.

         "Net Liquidation Proceeds" means, as to any Liquidated Contract, the
proceeds realized on the sale or other disposition of the related Motorcycle,
including proceeds realized on the repurchase of such Motorcycle by the
originating dealer for breach of warranties, and the proceeds of any insurance
relating to such Motorcycle, after payment of all reasonable expenses incurred
thereby, together, in all instances, with the expected or actual proceeds of any
recourse rights relating to such Contract as well as any post-disposition
proceeds received by the Servicer.

         "Note Depository Agreement" shall have the meaning specified in the
Indenture.

         "Note Distributable Amount" means, with respect to any Distribution
Date, the sum of the Note Principal Distributable Amount and the Note Interest
Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date.

         "Note Distribution Account" means the account established and
maintained as such pursuant to Section 5.05.

         "Note Interest Carryover Shortfall" means, with respect to any
Distribution Date and a Class of Notes, the excess, if any, of the sum of the
Note Interest Distributable Amount for such Class for the immediately preceding
Distribution Date plus any outstanding Note Interest Carryover Shortfall for
such Class on such preceding Distribution Date, over the amount in respect of
interest that is actually deposited in the Note Distribution Account with
respect to such Class on such preceding Distribution Date, plus, to the extent
permitted by applicable law, interest on the amount of interest due but not paid
to Noteholders of such Class on the preceding Distribution Date at the related
Interest Rate for the related Interest Period.

         "Note Interest Distributable Amount" means, with respect to any
Distribution Date and a Class of Notes, the sum of the Note Monthly Interest
Distributable Amount and the Note Interest Carryover Shortfall for such Class of
Notes for such Distribution Date.

         "Note Monthly Interest Distributable Amount" means, with respect to any
Distribution Date, interest accrued from and including the fifteenth day of the
month of the preceding calendar month to, but excluding, the fifteenth day of
the calendar month in which such Distribution Date occurs (or in the case of the
first Distribution Date, interest accrued from and including the Closing Date to
but excluding such Distribution Date) at the related Interest Rate for each
Class of Notes on the outstanding principal amount of the Notes of such Class on
the immediately preceding 

                                    9
<PAGE>

Distribution Date, after giving effect to all payments
of principal to Noteholders of such Class on or prior to such Distribution Date
(or, in the case of the first Distribution Date, on the original principal
amount of such Class of Notes).

         "Note Monthly Principal Distributable Amount" means, with respect to
any Distribution Date, the Note Percentage of the Principal Distributable Amount
for such Distribution Date.

         "Note Percentage" means, (i) for each Distribution Date to but
excluding the Distribution Date on which the principal amount of the Class A-2
Notes is reduced to zero, 100%; (ii) on the Distribution Date on which the
principal amount of the Class A-2 Notes is reduced to zero, 100% until the
principal amount of the Class A-2 Notes has been reduced to zero and (iii) 0.0%
thereafter.

         "Note Pool Factor" means with the respect to any Class of Notes as of
the close of business on any Distribution Date, a seven-digit decimal figure
equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Class of Notes (after giving
effect to any reductions thereof to be made on such Distribution Date) divided
by the original outstanding principal amount of such Class of Notes.

         "Note Principal Carryover Shortfall" means, as of the close of any
Distribution Date, the excess of the sum of the Note Monthly Principal
Distributable Amount and any outstanding Note Principal Carryover Shortfall from
the immediately preceding Distribution Date over the amount in respect of
principal that is actually deposited in the Note Distribution Account on such
Distribution Date.

         "Note Principal Distributable Amount" means, with respect to any
Distribution Date, the sum of the Note Principal Distributable Amount for such
Distribution Date and the Note Principal Carryover Shortfall as of the close of
the immediately preceding Distribution Date; provided, however, that the Note
Principal Distributable Amount shall not exceed the outstanding principal amount
of the Notes; and provided, further, that the Note Principal Distributable
Amount (i) on the Class A-1 Final Distribution Date shall not be less than the
amount that is necessary (after giving effect to other amounts to be deposited
in the Note Distribution Account on such Distribution Date and allocable to
principal) to reduce the outstanding principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes to
zero, and (ii) on the Class A-2 Final Distribution Date shall not be less than
the amount that is necessary (after giving effect to other amounts to be
deposited in the Note Distribution Account on such Distribution Date and
allocable to principal) to reduce the outstanding principal amount of the Class
A-2 Notes to zero.

         "Note Register" shall have the meaning specified in the Indenture.

         "Obligee" means the Person to whom an Obligor is indebted under a
Contract.

         "Obligor" means a Motorcycle buyer or other person who owes payments
under a Contract.

         "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by the Chairman, the
President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the
Controller, an Assistant Controller, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of
any Person delivering such certificate and delivered to the Person to whom such
certificate is required to be delivered. In the case of an Officers' Certificate
of the Servicer, at least one of the signing officers must be a Servicing
Officer. Unless otherwise specified, any reference herein to an Officers'
Certificate shall be to an Officers' Certificate of the Servicer.

         "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion of counsel (who may be
counsel to the Trust Depositor or the Servicer) acceptable to the Indenture
Trustee or the Owner Trustee, as the case may be.

         "Owner Trustee" means the Person acting, not in its individual
capacity, but solely as Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement, its successors
in interest and any successor owner trustee under the Trust Agreement.

                                    10
<PAGE>

         "Owner Trustee's Fee" means $208.33 per month.

         "Pass-Through Rate" means [    ]% per annum.

         "Paying Agent" means as described in Section 6.11 of  the Indenture
and Section 3.10 of the Trust Agreement.

         "Person" means any individual, corporation, estate, partnership, joint
venture, association, joint stock company, trust (including any beneficiary
thereof), unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political
subdivision thereof.

         "Pool Balance" means as of any date, the Principal Balance of Contracts
as of the close of business on such date.

         "Pre-Funded Amount" means as of any date, the amount on deposit in the
Pre-Funding Account at the close of business on such date.

         "Pre-Funding Account" means the account designated as the Pre-Funding
Account in, and which is established and maintained pursuant to Section 7.07.

         "Principal Balance" means (a) with respect to any Contract as of any
date, an amount equal to the unpaid principal balance of such Contract as of the
opening of business on the Initial Cutoff Date or related Subsequent Cutoff
Date, as applicable, reduced by the sum of (x) all payments received by the
Servicer as of such date allocable to principal and (y) any Cram Down Loss in
respect of such Contract; provided, however, that (i) if (x) a Contract is
repurchased by the Trust Depositor pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Transfer and
Sale Agreement and Section 7.08 hereof because of a breach of representation or
warranty, or if (y) the Trust Depositor gives notice of its intent to purchase
the Contracts in connection with an optional termination of the Trust pursuant
to Section 5.02 of the Transfer and Sale Agreement and Section 7.10 hereof, in
each case the Principal Balance of such Contract or Contracts shall be deemed as
of the related Determination Date to be zero for the Due Period in which such
event occurs and for each Due Period thereafter, (ii) from and after the third
Due Period succeeding the final Due Period in which the Obligor is required to
make the final scheduled payment on a Contract, the Principal Balance, if any,
of such Contract shall be deemed to be zero, and (iii) from and after the Due
Period in which a Contract becomes a Liquidated Contract, the Principal Balance
of such Contract shall be deemed to be zero; and (b) where the context requires,
the aggregate of the Principal Balances described in clause (a) for all such
Contracts.

         "Principal Distributable Amount" means, with respect to any
Distribution Date, the Aggregate Principal Balance Decline for such
Distribution Date.

         "Prospectus" means the Base Prospectus dated [___] and the Supplement
dated [_____].

         "Qualified Eligible Investments" means Eligible Investments acquired by
the Indenture Trustee in its name and in its capacity as Indenture Trustee,
which are held by the Indenture Trustee in the Pre-Funding Account, the Interest
Reserve Account or the Reserve Fund and with respect to which (a) the Indenture
Trustee has noted its interest therein on its books and records, and (b) the
Indenture Trustee has purchased such investments for value without notice of any
adverse claim thereto (and, if such investments are securities or other
financial assets or interests therein, within the meaning of Section 8-102 of
the UCC as enacted in Illinois, without acting in collusion with a securities
intermediary in violating such securities intermediary's obligations to
entitlement holders in such assets, under Section 8-504 of such UCC, to maintain
a sufficient quantity of such assets in favor of such entitlement holders), and
(c) either (i) such investments are in the possession of the Indenture Trustee,
or (ii) such investments, (A) if certificated securities and in bearer form,
have been delivered to the Indenture Trustee, or in registered form, have been
delivered to the Indenture Trustee and either registered by the issuer in the
name of the Indenture Trustee or endorsed by effective endorsement to the
Indenture Trustee or in blank; (B) if uncertificated securities, the ownership
of which has been registered to the 

                                    11
<PAGE>

Indenture Trustee on the books of the issuer
thereof (or another person, other than a securities intermediary, either becomes
the registered owner of the uncertified security on behalf of the Indenture
Trustee or, having previously become the registered owner, acknowledges that it
holds for the Indenture Trustee); or (C) if securities entitlements (within the
meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC as enacted in Illinois) representing
interests in securities or other financial assets (or interests therein) held by
a securities intermediary (within the meaning of said Section 8-102), a
securities intermediary indicates by book entry that a security or other
financial asset has been credited to the Indenture Trustee's securities account
with such securities intermediary. Any such Qualified Eligible Investment may be
purchased by or through the Indenture Trustee or any of its affiliates.

         "Rating Agency" means each of Moody's and Standard & Poor's, so long as
such Persons maintain a rating on the Certificates; and if either Moody's or
Standard & Poor's no longer maintains a rating on the Certificates, such other
nationally recognized statistical rating organization selected by the Trust
Depositor.

         "Record Date" means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the last
Business Day of the preceding calendar month.

         "Reimbursement Amount" has the meaning assigned in Section 7.03 hereof.

         "Repurchase Price" means, with respect to a Contract to be repurchased
hereunder an amount equal to (a) the remaining principal balance of such
Contract, plus (b) accrued and unpaid interest at the Contract Rate on such
Contract through the end of the immediately preceding Due Period.

         "Reserve Fund" means the Reserve Fund established and maintained
pursuant to Section 7.06 hereof.

         "Reserve Fund Additional Deposit" means, with respect to any transfer
of Subsequent Contracts to the Trust, one percent (1.00%) of the Principal
Balance on the date of such transfer.

         "Reserve Fund Initial Deposit" means $[                   ].

         "Reserve Fund Deposits" means all moneys deposited in the Reserve Fund
from time to time including, but not limited to, the Reserve Fund Initial
Deposit and the Reserve Fund Additional Deposits as well as any monies deposited
therein pursuant to Section 7.05(b), all investments and reinvestments thereof,
earnings thereon, and proceeds of the foregoing, whether now or hereafter
existing.

         "Reserve Fund Trigger Event" means as of any particular Distribution
Date (i) the Average Delinquency Ratio is equal to or greater than 2.50%; (ii)
the Average Loss Ratio is equal to or greater than 1.75%, (iii) the Cumulative
Loss Ratio is equal to or greater than (a) 0.75% with respect to any
Distribution Date which occurs within the period from the Closing Date to, and
inclusive of, the first anniversary of the Closing Date, (b) 1.50% with respect
to any Distribution Date which occurs within the period from the day after the
first anniversary of the Closing Date to, and inclusive of, the second
anniversary of the Closing Date, or (c) 1.75% for any Distribution Date
following the second anniversary of the Closing Date or (iv) the Average Default
Ratio is equal to or greater than 7.00%.

         "Responsible Officer" means, with respect to the Owner Trustee, any
officer in its Corporate Trust Administration Department (or any similar group
of a successor Owner Trustee) and with respect to the Indenture Trustee, the
chairman and any vice chairman of the board of directors, the president, the
chairman and vice chairman of any executive committee of the board of directors,
every vice president, assistant vice president, the secretary, every assistant
secretary, cashier or any assistant cashier, controller or assistant controller,
the treasurer, every assistant treasurer, every trust officer, assistant trust
officer and every other officer or assistant officer of the Trustee customarily
performing functions similar to those performed by persons who at the time shall
be such officers, respectively, or to whom a corporate trust matter is referred
because of knowledge of, familiarity with, and authority to act with respect to
a particular matter.

                                    12
<PAGE>

         "Securities" means the Notes and the Certificates.

         "Securityholders" means the Holders of the Notes and the Certificates.

         "Seller" means Eaglemark, Inc., a Nevada corporation, or its successor,
in its capacity as Seller of Contract Assets under the Transfer and Sale
Agreement and any Subsequent Purchase Agreement.

         "Servicer" means Eaglemark, Inc., a Nevada corporation, or its
successor, until any Service Transfer hereunder and thereafter means the
Successor Servicer appointed pursuant to Article VIII below with respect to the
duties and obligations required of the Servicer under this Agreement.

         "Service Transfer" has the meaning assigned in Section 8.02(a).

         "Servicing Fee" means, on any Determination Date, the sum of (a) the
Monthly Servicing Fee payable on the related Distribution Date, (b) Late Payment
Penalty Fees received by the Servicer during the related Due Period, and (c)
extension fees received by the Servicer during the related Due Period.

         "Servicing Officer" means any officer of the Servicer involved in, or
responsible for, the administration and servicing of Contracts whose name
appears on a list of servicing officers appearing in an Officer's Certificate
furnished to the Indenture Trustee by the Servicer, as the same may be amended
from time to time.

         "Shortfall" means, with respect to a Distribution Date as determined in
accordance with Section 7.05, the amounts described in clauses (v) through
(viii) thereof over Available Monies (after the payment of amounts described in
clauses (i) through (iv) of Section 7.05 on such Distribution Date) in the
Collection Account with respect to the related Due Period.

         "Specified Reserve Fund Balance" means with respect to any Distribution
Date will be an amount equal to the sum of (i) [ ]% of the Principal Balance of
the Contracts in the Trust as of the first day of the immediately preceding Due
Period and (ii) $[ ]; provided, however, in the event a Reserve Fund Trigger
Event occurs with respect to a Distribution Date and has not terminated for
three consecutive Distribution Dates (inclusive of the respective Distribution
Date), the Specified Reserve Fund Balance shall be equal to the sum of (i) [ ]%
of the Principal Balance of the Contracts in the Trust as of the first day of
the immediately preceding Due Period and (ii) $[ ]. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, in no event shall the Specified Reserve Fund Balance be less than the
sum of (i) 1.00% of the aggregate of the Initial Class A- 1 Note Balance,
Initial Class A-2 Note Balance and the Initial Certificate Balance and (ii) $[
]. As of any Distribution Date, the amount of funds actually on deposit in the
Reserve Fund may, in certain circumstances, be less than the Specified Reserve
Fund Balance.

         "Standard & Poor's" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, A
Division of The McGraw Hill Companies or any successor thereto.

         "Subsequent Contracts" means all Contracts sold and transferred to the
Trust pursuant to Section 2.04.

         "Subsequent Cutoff Date" means the date specified as such for
Subsequent Contracts in the related Subsequent Transfer Agreement.

         "Subsequent List of Contracts" means a list, in the form of the initial
List of Contracts delivered on the Closing Date, but listing each Subsequent
Contract transferred to the Trust pursuant to the related Subsequent Transfer
Agreement.

                                    13
<PAGE>

         "Subsequent Purchase Agreement" means, with respect to any Subsequent
Contracts, the agreement between the Seller and the Trust Depositor pursuant to
which the Seller will transfer the Subsequent Contracts to the Trust Depositor,
the form of which is attached to the Transfer and Sale Agreement as Exhibit C.

         "Subsequent Reserve Fund Amount" means the amount on each Subsequent
Transfer Date equal to 1.00% of the aggregate balance of the Subsequent
Contracts conveyed to the Trust.

         "Subsequent Transfer Agreement" means the agreement described in
Section 2.04 hereof.

         "Subsequent Transfer Date" means any date during the Funding Period on
which Subsequent Contracts are transferred to the Trust.

         "Successor Servicer" means a servicer described in Section 8.02(b).

         "Supplement" means the Prospectus Supplement dated [___].

         "Transaction Documents" means this Agreement, the Transfer and Sale
Agreement, the Lockbox Agreement, the Indenture, the Trust Agreement, the
Administration Agreement, the Note Depository Agreement, the Certificate
Depository Agreement, any Subsequent Transfer Agreement and any Subsequent
Purchase Agreement.

         "Transfer and Sale Agreement" means the Transfer and Sale Agreement
dated as of [___] by and between the Seller and the Trust Depositor, as amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

         "Trust" means the trust created by this Agreement, comprised of the
Trust Corpus.

         "Trust Accounts" means, collectively, the Collection Account, the
Pre-Funding Account, the Note Distribution Account and the Reserve Fund, or any
of them.

         "Trust Account Property" means the Trust Accounts, all amounts and
investments held from time to time in any Trust Account (whether in the form of
deposit accounts, physical property, book-entry securities, uncertificated
securities or otherwise), including the Reserve Fund Initial Deposit, and all
proceeds of the foregoing.

         "Trust Agreement" means the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated
as of the date hereof, among the Trust Depositor and the Owner Trustee.

         "Trust Corpus" has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.01(b)
hereof (and in Section 2.04(a) hereof in respect of Subsequent Contracts and
related assets transferred to the Trust pursuant to Subsequent Transfer
Agreements).

         "Trust Depositor" has the meaning assigned such term in the preamble
hereunder or any successor thereto.

         "Trust Estate" shall have the meaning specified in the Trust Agreement.

         "Trustees" means the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee.

         "Trustees' Fees" means the Owner Trustee's Fee and the Indenture
Trustee's Fee.

         "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in Illinois or
Nevada, as applicable.

         "Uncollectible Advance" means with respect to any Determination Date
and any Contract, the amount, if any, advanced by the Servicer pursuant to
Section 7.03 which the Servicer has as of such Determination Date determined 

                                    14
<PAGE>

in good faith will not be ultimately recoverable by the Servicer from insurance
policies on the related Motorcycle, the related Obligor or out of Net
Liquidation Proceeds with respect to such Contract. The determination by the
Servicer that it has made an Uncollectible Advance shall be evidenced by an
Officer's Certificate delivered to the Trustee.

         "Underwriter" means, Salomon Brothers Inc.

         "United States" means the United States of America.

         "Vice President" of any Person means any vice president of such Person,
whether or not designated by a number or words before or after the title "Vice
President," who is a duly elected officer of such Person.

         "WTC" means Wilmington Trust Company, in its individual capacity.

         Section 1.02. Usage of Terms. With respect to all terms in this
Agreement, the singular includes the plural and the plural the singular; words
importing any gender include the other genders; references to "writing" include
printing, typing, lithography and other means of reproducing words in a visible
form; references to agreements and other contractual instruments include all
amendments, modifications and supplements thereto or any changes therein entered
into in accordance with their respective terms and not prohibited by this
Agreement; references to Persons include their permitted successors and assigns;
and the term "including" means "including without limitation."

         Section 1.03.     Section References.  All section references, unless
otherwise indicated, shall be to Sections in this Agreement.

         Section 1.04. Calculations. Except as otherwise provided herein, all
interest rate and basis point calculations hereunder will be made on the basis
of a 360-day year and twelve 30-day months and will be carried out to at least
three decimal places.

         Section 1.05.     Accounting Terms. All accounting terms used but not
specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles in the United States.

                                    15
<PAGE>


                                 ARTICLE TWO

                 ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST; TRANSFER OF CONTRACTS

         Section 2.01. Closing. (a) There is hereby created by the Trust
Depositor, as settlor, a separate trust which shall be known as the
Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Owner Trust [___]. The Trust shall be administered
pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement for the benefit of the Noteholders
and Certificateholders. The Owner Trustee is hereby specifically empowered to
conduct business dealings on behalf of the Trust in accordance with the terms
hereof.

         (b) On the Closing Date, the Trust Depositor shall sell, transfer,
assign, set over and otherwise convey to the Trust by execution of an assignment
substantially in the form of Exhibit J hereto, without recourse other than as
expressly provided herein, (i) all the right, title and interest of the Trust
Depositor in and to the Initial Contracts listed on the initial List of
Contracts delivered on the Closing Date (including, without limitation, all
security interests and all rights to receive payments which are collected
pursuant thereto on or after the Initial Cutoff Date, including any liquidation
proceeds therefrom, but excluding any rights to receive payments which were
collected pursuant thereto prior to the Initial Cutoff Date), (ii) all rights of
the Trust Depositor under any physical damage or other individual insurance
policy (and rights under a "forced placed" policy, if any) relating to any such
Contract, an Obligor or a Motorcycle securing such Contract, (iii) all security
interests in each such Motorcycle, (iv) all documents contained in the related
Contract Files, (v) all rights (but not the obligations) of the Trust Depositor
under any related motorcycle dealer agreements between dealers (i.e., the
originators of such Contracts) and the Trust Depositor, (vi) all rights of the
Trust Depositor in the Lockbox, the Lockbox Account and related Lockbox
Agreement to the extent they relate to such Contracts, (vii) all rights (but not
the obligations) of the Trust Depositor under the Transfer and Sale Agreement,
including but not limited to the Trust Depositor's rights under Article V
thereof, (viii) the remittances, deposits and payments made into the Trust
Accounts from time to time and amounts in the Trust Accounts (other than the
Reserve Fund) from time to time (and any investments of such amounts), and (ix)
all proceeds and products of the foregoing (the property in clauses (i)-(ix)
above, being the "Trust Corpus"). Although the Trust Depositor and the Owner
Trustee agree that such transfer is intended to be a sale of ownership of the
Trust Corpus, rather than the granting of a security interest to secure a
borrowing, and that the Trust Corpus shall not be property of the Trust
Depositor, in the event such transfer is deemed to be of a mere security
interest to secure a borrowing, the Trust Depositor shall be deemed to have
granted the Owner Trustee for the benefit of the Trust a perfected first
priority security interest in such Trust Corpus and this Agreement shall
constitute a security agreement under applicable law.

         (c) The Trust Depositor also hereby pledges and grants a first priority
perfected security interest in, in favor of the Indenture Trustee for the
benefit of the Securityholders, all its right, title and interest in and to the
following (all being collectively referred to herein as the "Other Collateral"):

                  (i) the Reserve Fund (including the Certificate Reserve
         Amount) established pursuant to Section 7.06 hereof (including, without
         limitation, the initial deposit of $[ ], as well as the $[ ]
         representing the Certificate Reserve Amount, made therein by the Trust
         Depositor on the Closing Date, and all additional monies, checks,
         securities, investments and other items or documents at any time held
         in or evidencing the Reserve Fund, including all rights to receive any
         amounts to be deposited from time to time therein);

                  (ii)     all of the Trust Depositor's right, title and
         interest in and to investments made with proceeds of the property
         described in clause (i) above; and

                  (iii)    all distributions, revenues, products,
         substitutions, benefits, profits and proceeds, in whatever form, of
         any of the foregoing;

                                    16
<PAGE>

in each case as collateral security for the obligations of the Trust in respect
of the Notes and the Certificates which, in accordance with and subject to the
limitations and provisions hereof, may be satisfied or paid from such Other
Collateral.

         Section 2.02. Conditions to the Closing. On or before the Closing Date,
the Trust Depositor shall deliver or cause to be delivered the following
documents to the Owner Trustee:

                  (a) The initial List of Contracts, certified by the Chairman
         of the Board, President or any Vice President of the Trust Depositor,
         together with an assignment substantially in the form of Exhibit A
         hereto.

                  (b) A certificate of an officer of the Seller substantially in
         the form of Exhibit B to the Transfer and Sale Agreement and of an
         officer of the Trust Depositor substantially in the form of Exhibit B
         hereto.

                  (c) Opinions of counsel for the Seller and the Trust Depositor
         substantially in the form of Exhibits D, E and F hereto (and including
         as an addressee thereof each Rating Agency).

                  (d) A letter from Arthur Andersen LLP, or another nationally
         recognized accounting firm, addressed to the Seller and Initial
         Purchaser and stating that such firm has reviewed a sample of the
         Initial Contracts and performed specific procedures for such sample
         with respect to certain contract terms and which identifies those
         Initial Contracts which do not conform.

                  (e) Copies of resolutions of the Board of Directors of each of
         the Seller/Servicer and the Trust Depositor or of the Executive
         Committee of the Board of Directors of each of the Seller/Servicer and
         the Trust Depositor approving the execution, delivery and performance
         of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which any of
         them is a party, as applicable, and the transactions contemplated
         hereunder and thereunder, certified in each case by the Secretary or an
         Assistant Secretary of the Seller/Servicer and the Trust Depositor.

                  (f) Officially certified, recent evidence of due incorporation
         and good standing of each of the Seller and the Trust Depositor under
         the laws of Nevada.

                  (g) Evidence of proper filing with the appropriate offices in
         Nevada and Illinois of UCC financing statements executed by the Seller,
         as debtor, naming the Trust Depositor as secured party (and the Owner
         Trustee as assignee) and identifying the Contract Assets as collateral;
         and evidence of proper filing with the appropriate offices in Nevada
         and Illinois of UCC financing statements executed by the Trust
         Depositor, as debtor, naming the Owner Trustee as secured party and
         identifying the Trust Corpus as collateral; and evidence of proper
         filing with appropriate officers in Delaware of UCC financing
         statements executed by the Trust and naming the Indenture Trustee, as
         secured party and identifying the Collateral, as collateral; and
         evidence of proper filing with the appropriate offices in Nevada and
         Illinois of UCC financing statements executed by the Trust Depositor,
         as debtor, naming the Indenture Trustee, as secured party and
         identifying the Other Collateral, as collateral.

                  (h)      An Officer's Certificate listing the Servicer's
         Servicing Officers.

                  (i) Evidence of deposit in the Collection Account of all funds
         received with respect to the Initial Contracts on or after the Initial
         Cutoff Date to the Closing Date, together with an Officer's Certificate
         from the Trust Depositor to the effect that such amount is correct.

                  (j)      The Officer's Certificate of the Seller specified in
         Section 2.02(h) of the Transfer and Sale Agreement.

                                    17
<PAGE>

                  (k)      Evidence of deposit in the Reserve Fund of the
         Reserve Fund Initial Deposit by the Trust Depositor.

                  (l)      A fully executed Transfer and Sale Agreement.

                  (m)      A fully executed Trust Agreement.

                  (n)      A fully executed Administration Agreement.

                  (o)      A fully executed Indenture.

         Section 2.03. Acceptance by Owner Trustee. On the Closing Date, if the
conditions set forth in Section 2.02 have been satisfied, the Owner Trustee
shall issue on behalf of the Trust to, or upon the order of, the Trust Depositor
the Certificates representing ownership of a beneficial interest in 100% of the
Trust and the Indenture Trustee shall issue to, or upon the order of, the Trust
Depositor the Notes secured by the Collateral.

         Section 2.04. Conveyance of Subsequent Contracts. (a) Subject to the
conditions set forth in paragraph (b) below, the Trust Depositor, shall sell,
transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to the Trust, without recourse
other than as expressly provided herein and therein, (i) all the right, title
and interest of the Trust Depositor in and to the Subsequent Contracts
(including, without limitation, all security interests and all rights to receive
payments which are collected pursuant thereto on or after the related Subsequent
Cutoff Date, including any liquidation proceeds therefrom, but excluding any
rights to receive payments which were collected pursuant thereto prior to such
Subsequent Cutoff Date), (ii) all rights of the Trust Depositor under any
physical damage or other individual insurance policy (or a "forced placed"
policy, if any) relating to any such Contract, an Obligor or a Motorcycle
securing such Contract, (iii) all security interests in each such Motorcycle,
(iv) all documents contained in the related Contract Files, (v) all rights (but
not the obligations) of the Trust Depositor under any related motorcycle dealer
agreements between dealers (i.e., the originators of such Contracts) and the
Trust Depositor, (vi) all rights of the Trust Depositor in the Lockbox, the
Lockbox Account and related Lockbox Agreement to the extent they relate to such
Contracts, (vii) all rights (but not the obligations) of the Trust Depositor
under the Transfer and Sale Agreement related to such Contracts (to the extent
not already conveyed under Section 2.01(b)), including but not limited to the
Trust Depositor's related rights under Article V thereof, as well as all rights,
but not the obligations, of the Trust Depositor under the Subsequent Purchase
Agreement related to such Contracts, (viii) the remittances, deposits and
payments made into the Trust Accounts from time to time and amounts in the Trust
Accounts from time to time related to such Contracts (to the extent not already
conveyed under Section 2.01(b)) (and any investments of such amounts), and (ix)
all proceeds and products of the foregoing (the property in clauses (i)-(ix)
above, upon such transfer, becoming part of the "Trust Corpus"). Although the
Trust Depositor and the Owner Trustee agree that such transfer is intended to be
a sale of ownership, rather than the granting of a security interest to secure a
borrowing, and that the Trust Corpus following such transfer shall not be
property of the Trust Depositor, in the event such transfer is deemed to be of a
mere security interest to secure a borrowing, the Trust Depositor shall be
deemed to have granted the Owner Trustee for the benefit of the Trust a
perfected first priority security interest in such Trust Corpus and this
Agreement shall constitute a security agreement under applicable law.

         (b) The Trust Depositor shall transfer to the Trust the Subsequent
Contracts and the other property and rights related thereto described in
paragraph (a) above only upon the satisfaction of each of the following
conditions on or prior to the related Subsequent Transfer Date:

                  (i) The Trust Depositor shall have provided the Owner Trustee,
         the Indenture Trustee, the Initial Purchaser and the Rating Agencies
         with a timely Addition Notice and shall have provided any information
         reasonably requested by any of the foregoing with respect to the
         Subsequent Contracts;

                  (ii)     the Funding Period shall not have terminated;

                                    18
<PAGE>

                  (iii) the Trust Depositor shall have delivered to the Owner
         Trustee a duly executed written assignment (including an acceptance by
         the Owner Trustee) in substantially the form of Exhibit O hereto (the
         "Subsequent Transfer Agreement"), which shall include a Subsequent List
         of Contracts listing the Subsequent Contracts;

                  (iv) the Trust Depositor shall have deposited or caused to be
         deposited in the Collection Account all collections received with
         respect to the Subsequent Contracts on or after the related Subsequent
         Cutoff Date;

                  (v) as of each Subsequent Transfer Date, neither the Seller
         nor the Trust Depositor was insolvent nor will either of them have been
         made insolvent by such transfer nor is either of them aware of any
         pending insolvency;

                  (vi)  the applicable Reserve Fund Additional Deposit for such
         Subsequent Transfer Date (if any is required) shall have been made;

                  (vii) each Rating Agency shall have notified the Trust
         Depositor, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee in writing that
         following such transfer the Class A-1 Notes and Class A-2 Notes will be
         rated in the highest rating category by such Rating Agency and the
         Certificates will be rated at least "A" by Standard & Poor's and Baa2
         by Moody's;

                  (viii) such addition will not result in a material adverse tax
         consequence to the Trust or the Certificateholders as evidenced by an
         Opinion of Counsel to be delivered by the Trust Depositor to the Owner
         Trustee, Indenture Trustee, the Rating Agencies and the Initial
         Purchaser;

                  (ix) the Trust Depositor shall have delivered to the Owner
         Trustee and the Indenture Trustee an Officers' Certificate confirming
         the satisfaction of each condition precedent specified in this
         paragraph (b);

                  (x) the Trust Depositor shall have delivered to the Rating
         Agencies and the Initial Purchaser one or more opinions of counsel with
         respect to the transfer of the Subsequent Contracts substantially in
         the form of the opinions of counsel delivered to such Persons on the
         Closing Date;

                  (xi) no selection procedures believed by the Trust Depositor
         to be adverse to the interests of the Noteholders or Certificateholders
         shall have been utilized in selecting the Subsequent Contracts;

                  (xii) the Trust Depositor shall have delivered to the Rating
         Agencies evidence that (A) the weighted average annual percentage rate
         of the Contracts collectively, following the transfer of the Subsequent
         Contracts, is not less than 12.25%, (B) that the weighted average
         calculated remaining term to maturity of the Contracts collectively,
         following the transfer of the Subsequent Contracts, does not exceed 66
         months, and (C) the Principal Balance of all Contracts Buell
         motorcycles as conveyed to the Trust (including all Subsequent
         Contracts) does not exceed 2.5% of the Principal Balance of all
         Contracts conveyed by the Trust;

                  (xiii) the Trust Depositor shall have delivered to the Rating
         Agencies, a report with respect to certain agreed-upon procedures
         relating to the Subsequent Contracts being transferred, confirming that
         procedures were performed substantially similar to such procedures as
         were performed in connection with the transfer of the Initial
         Contracts;

                  (xiv) each of the representations and warranties made by the
         Seller pursuant to Section 3.01 of the Transfer and Sale Agreement with
         respect to the Subsequent Receivables shall be true and correct as of
         the related Subsequent Transfer Date, and the Seller shall have
         performed all obligations to be performed by it hereunder on or prior
         to such Subsequent Transfer Date;

                                    19
<PAGE>

                  (xv) the Seller shall, at its own expense, on or prior to the
         Subsequent Transfer Date indicate in its Computer Disk that the
         Subsequent Receivables identified in the Subsequent Transfer Agreement
         have been sold to the Issuer pursuant to this Agreement and the
         Transfer and Sale Agreement;

                  (xvi) the Seller shall have taken any action required to
         maintain the first perfected ownership interest of the Issuer in the
         Owner Trust Estate and the first perfected security interest of the
         Indenture Trustee in the Collateral; and

                  (xvii) the Indenture Trustee shall transfer an amount equal to
         one percent (1.00%) of the Principal Balance of the Subsequent
         Contracts conveyed to the Trust on a Subsequent Transfer Date from the
         Pre-Funding Account to the Reserve Fund.

         (c) The Trust Depositor covenants to transfer (at or prior to the end
of the Funding Period) to the Trust pursuant thereto Subsequent Contracts with
an aggregate Principal Balance equal to $[ ]; provided, however, that in
complying with such covenant the Trust Depositor agrees to make no more than one
separate transfer of Subsequent Contracts per monthly period (as measured by the
corresponding Distribution Dates). In the event that the Trust Depositor shall
fail to deliver and sell to the Trust any or all of such Subsequent Receivables
by the date on which the Funding Period ends and the Pre-Funded Amount is
greater than $150,00 on such date, the Trust Depositor shall cause to be
deposited into the Collection Account the amount then on deposit in the
Pre-Funding Account; provided, however, that the foregoing shall be the sole
remedy of the Trust, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee or the
Securityholders with respect to a failure of the Trust Depositor to comply with
such covenant.


                            ARTICLE THREE

                   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         The Seller under the Transfer and Sale Agreement has made, and upon
execution of each Subsequent Purchase Agreement is deemed to remake, each of the
representations and warranties set forth in Exhibit J hereto and has consented
to the assignment by the Trust Depositor to the Issuer of the Trust Depositor's
rights with respect thereto. Such representations speak as of the execution and
delivery of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date in the case of the Initial
Contracts, and as of the applicable Subsequent Transfer Date in the case of the
Subsequent Contracts, but shall survive the sale, transfer and assignment of the
Contracts to the Trust. Pursuant to Section 2.01 of this Agreement, the Trust
Depositor has sold, assigned, transferred and conveyed to the Issuer as part of
the Trust Corpus its rights under the Transfer and Sale Agreement, including
without limitation, the representations and warranties of the Seller therein as
set forth in Exhibit J attached hereto, together with all rights of the Trust
Depositor with respect to any breach thereof including any right to require the
Seller to repurchase any Contract in accordance with the Transfer and Sale
Agreement. It is understood and agreed that the representations and warranties
set forth or referred to in this Section shall survive delivery of the Contract
Files to the Owner Trustee or any custodian.

         The Trust Depositor hereby represents and warrants to the Owner Trustee
that it has entered into the Transfer and Sale Agreement with the Seller, that
the Seller has made the representations and warranties in the Transfer and Sale
Agreement as set forth in Exhibit J hereto, that such representations and
warranties run to and are for the benefit of the Trust Depositor, and that
pursuant to Section 2.01 of this Agreement the Trust Depositor has transferred
and assigned to the Owner Trustee all rights of the Trust Depositor to cause the
Seller under the Transfer and Sale Agreement to repurchase Contracts in the
event of a breach of such representations and warranties.

         Section 3.01. Representations and Warranties Regarding the Trust
Depositor. By its execution of this Agreement and each Subsequent Transfer
Agreement, the Trust Depositor represents and warrants to the Owner Trustee, the
Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders and the Certificateholders that:

                  (a)      Assumption of Trust Depositor's Representations and
         Warranties.  The representations and warranties set forth in Exhibit J
         are true and correct.

                  (b) Organization and Good Standing. The Trust Depositor is a
         corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under
         the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has the corporate
         power to own its assets and to transact the business in which it is
         currently engaged. The Trust Depositor is duly qualified to do business
         as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction
         in which the character of the business transacted by it or properties
         owned or leased by it requires such qualification and in which the
         failure so to qualify would have a material adverse effect on the
         business, properties, assets, or condition (financial or other) of the
         Trust Depositor or the Trust.

                  (c) Authorization; Valid Sale; Binding Obligations. The Trust
         Depositor has the power and authority to make, execute, deliver and
         perform this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it
         is a party and all of the transactions contemplated under this
         Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party,
         and to create the Trust and cause it to make, execute, deliver and
         perform its obligations under this Agreement and the other Transaction
         Documents to which it is a party and has taken all necessary corporate
         action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this
         Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party
         and to cause the Trust to be created. This Agreement and the related
         Subsequent Transfer Agreement, if any, shall effect a valid sale,
         transfer and assignment of the Trust Corpus, enforceable against the
         Trust Depositor and creditors of and purchasers from the Trust
         Depositor. This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which
         the Trust Depositor is a party constitute the legal, valid and binding
         obligation of the Trust Depositor enforceable in accordance with their
         terms, except as 

                                    21
<PAGE>
         enforcement of such terms may be limited by
         bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of
         creditors' rights generally and by the availability of equitable
         remedies.

                  (d) No Consent Required. The Trust Depositor is not required
         to obtain the consent of any other party or any consent, license,
         approval or authorization from, or registration or declaration with,
         any governmental authority, bureau or agency in connection with the
         execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this
         Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

                  (e) No Violations. The execution, delivery and performance of
         this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a
         party by the Trust Depositor, and the consummation of the transactions
         contemplated hereby and thereby, will not violate any provision of any
         existing law or regulation or any order or decree of any court or of
         any Federal or state regulatory body or administrative agency having
         jurisdiction over the Trust Depositor or any of its properties or the
         Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Trust Depositor, or
         constitute a material breach of any mortgage, indenture, contract or
         other agreement to which the Trust Depositor is a party or by which the
         Trust Depositor or any of the Trust Depositor's properties may be
         bound, or result in the creation or imposition of any security
         interest, lien, charge, pledge, preference, equity or encumbrance of
         any kind upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such
         mortgage, indenture, contract or other agreement, other than as
         contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

                  (f) Litigation. No litigation or administrative proceeding of
         or before any court, tribunal or governmental body is currently
         pending, or to the knowledge of the Trust Depositor threatened, against
         the Trust Depositor or any of its properties or with respect to this
         Agreement, the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party or
         the Certificates (1) which, if adversely determined, would in the
         opinion of the Trust Depositor have a material adverse effect on the
         business, properties, assets or condition (financial or otherwise) of
         the Trust Depositor or the Trust or the transactions contemplated by
         this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to which the Trust
         Depositor is a party or (2) seeking to adversely affect the federal
         income tax or other federal, state or local tax attributes of the
         Certificates or Notes.

                  (g) Place of Business; No Changes. The Trust Depositor's sole
         place of business (within the meaning of Article 9 of the UCC) is as
         set forth in Section 11.04 below. The Trust Depositor has not changed
         its name, whether by amendment of its Articles of Incorporation, by
         reorganization or otherwise, and has not changed the location of its
         place of business, within the four months preceding the Closing Date.

                  (h) The Trust Depositor will always own a Certificate equal to
         at least one percent (1.00%) of the outstanding certificate balance and
         have assets of $[ ] (inclusive of the Demand Note).

Such representations speak as of the execution and delivery of this Agreement
and as of the Closing Date in the case of the Initial Contracts, and as of the
applicable Subsequent Transfer Date in the case of the Subsequent Contracts, but
shall survive the sale, transfer and assignment of the Contracts to the Trust.

         Section 3.02.     Representations and Warranties Regarding the
Servicer.  The Servicer represents and warrants to the Owner Trustee, the
Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders and the Certificateholders that:

                  (a) Organization and Good Standing. The Servicer is a
         corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under
         the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has the corporate
         power to own its assets and to transact the business in which it is
         currently engaged. The Servicer is duly qualified to do business as a
         foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in
         which the character of the business transacted by it or properties
         owned or leased by it requires such qualification and in which the
         failure so to qualify would have a material adverse effect on the
         business, properties, assets, or condition (financial or otherwise) of
         the Servicer or the Trust. The Servicer is properly licensed in each
         jurisdiction to the extent required by the laws of such jurisdiction to
         service the Contracts in accordance with the terms hereof.

                                    22
<PAGE>

                  (b) Authorization; Binding Obligations. The Servicer has the
         power and authority to make, execute, deliver and perform this
         Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Servicer is
         a party and all of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement
         and the other Transaction Documents to which the Servicer is a party,
         and has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the
         execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other
         Transaction Documents to which the Servicer is a party. This Agreement
         and the other Transaction Documents to which the Servicer is a party
         constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Servicer
         enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as enforcement of
         such terms may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws
         affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by the
         availability of equitable remedies.

                  (c) No Consent Required. The Servicer is not required to
         obtain the consent of any other party or any consent, license, approval
         or authorization from, or registration or declaration with, any
         governmental authority, bureau or agency in connection with the
         execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this
         Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Servicer is
         a party.

                  (d) No Violations. The execution, delivery and performance of
         this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the
         Servicer is a party by the Servicer will not violate any provisions of
         any existing law or regulation or any order or decree of any court or
         of any Federal or state regulatory body or administrative agency having
         jurisdiction over the Servicer or any of its properties or the Articles
         of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Servicer, or constitute a material
         breach of any mortgage, indenture, contract or other agreement to which
         the Servicer is a party or by which the Servicer or any of the
         Servicer's properties may be bound, or result in the creation of or
         imposition of any security interest, lien, pledge, preference, equity
         or encumbrance of any kind upon any of its properties pursuant to the
         terms of any such mortgage, indenture, contract or other agreement,
         other than this Agreement.

                  (e) Litigation. No litigation or administrative proceeding of
         or before any court, tribunal or governmental body is currently
         pending, or to the knowledge of the Servicer threatened, against the
         Servicer or any of its properties or with respect to this Agreement,
         any other Transaction Document to which the Servicer is a party which,
         if adversely determined, would in the opinion of the Servicer have a
         material adverse effect on the business, properties, assets or
         condition (financial or otherwise) of the Servicer or the Trust or the
         transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction
         Document to which the Servicer is a party.

                                    23
<PAGE>

                                ARTICLE FOUR

         PERFECTION OF TRANSFER AND PROTECTION OF SECURITY INTERESTS;

         Section 4.01. Custody of Contracts. (a) Subject to the terms and
conditions of this Section 4.01, the contents of each Contract File shall be
held in the custody of the Servicer for the benefit of, and as agent for, the
Noteholders, the Certificateholders, the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee
as the owner thereof.

         (b) The Servicer agrees to maintain the related Contract Files at its
offices where they are currently maintained, or at such other offices of the
Servicer in the State of Nevada as shall from time to time be identified to the
Trustees by written notice. The Servicer may temporarily move individual
Contract Files or any portion thereof without notice as necessary to conduct
collection and other servicing activities in accordance with its customary
practices and procedures; provided, however, that the Servicer will take all
action necessary to maintain the perfection of the Trust's interest in the
Contracts and the proceeds thereof. It is intended that by the Servicer's
agreement pursuant to Section 4.01(a) above and this Section 4.01(b) the
Trustees shall be deemed to have possession of the Contract Files for purposes
of Section 9-305 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State in which the
Contract Files are located.

         (c)      As custodian, the Servicer shall have and perform the
following powers and duties:

                  (i) hold the Contract Files on behalf of the Noteholders and
         the Certificateholders and the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee,
         maintain accurate records pertaining to each Contract to enable it to
         comply with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, maintain a
         current inventory thereof, conduct annual physical inspections of
         Contract Files held by it under this Agreement and certify to the Owner
         Trustee and the Indenture Trustee annually that it continues to
         maintain possession of such Contract Files;

                  (ii) implement policies and procedures in writing and signed
         by a Servicing Officer with respect to persons authorized to have
         access to the Contract Files on the Servicer's premises and the
         receipting for Contract Files taken from their storage area by an
         employee of the Servicer for purposes of servicing or any other
         purposes;

                  (iii) attend to all details in connection with maintaining
         custody of the Contract Files on behalf of the Noteholders and the
         Certificateholders, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee;

                  (iv)  at all times maintain the original of the fully
         executed Contract and store such original Contract in a fireproof
         vault;

                  (v) stamp each Contract on both the first and the signature
         page (if different) as of the Closing Date (or Subsequent Transfer
         Date, as the case may be) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit L;

                  (vi) within 30 days of the Closing Date (or Subsequent
         Transfer Date, as the case may be) deliver an Officer's Certificate to
         the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee certifying that as of a
         date no earlier than the Closing Date (or Subsequent Transfer Date, as
         the case may be) it has conducted an inventory of the Contract Files
         (which in the case of Subsequent Contracts, need be only of the
         Contract Files related to such Subsequent Contracts) and that there
         exists a Contract File for each Contract and stating all exceptions to
         such statement, if any; and

                  (vii) within 185 days of the Closing Date (or Subsequent
         Transfer Date, as the case may be) deliver an Officer's Certificate to
         the Owner Trustee listing each Contract with respect to which there did
         not exist as of 180 days of the Closing Date (or Subsequent Transfer
         Date, as the case may be) an original title certificate to the
         motorcycle and the certificate of lien recordation relating thereto.

                                    24
<PAGE>

         (d) In performing its duties under this Section 4.01, the Servicer
agrees to act with reasonable care, using that degree of skill and care that it
exercises with respect to similar contracts for the installment purchase of
consumer goods owned and/or serviced by it, and in any event with no less degree
of skill and care than would be exercised by a prudent servicer of motorcycle
conditional sales contracts. The Servicer shall promptly report to the Owner
Trustee and the Indenture Trustee any failure by it to hold the Contract Files
as herein provided and shall promptly take appropriate action to remedy any such
failure. In acting as custodian of the Contract Files, the Servicer further
agrees not to assert any legal or beneficial ownership interest in the Contracts
or the Contract Files, except as provided in Section 5.06. The Servicer agrees
to indemnify the Noteholders, the Certificateholders, the Owner Trustee and the
Indenture Trustee for any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages,
payments, costs, or expenses of any kind whatsoever which may be imposed on,
incurred by or asserted against the Noteholders, the Certificateholders, the
Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee as the result of any act or omission by
the Servicer relating to the maintenance and custody of the Contract Files;
provided, however, that the Servicer will not be liable for any portion of any
such amount resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any
Noteholder, Certificateholder, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee. The
Trustees shall have no duty to monitor or otherwise oversee the Servicer's
performance as custodian hereunder.

         Section 4.02. Filing. On or prior to the Closing Date, the Servicer
shall cause the UCC financing statement(s) referred to in Section 2.02(g) hereof
to be filed and from time to time the Servicer shall take and cause to be taken
such actions and execute such documents as are necessary or desirable or as the
Owner Trustee or Indenture Trustee may reasonably request to perfect and protect
the Trust's first priority perfected interest in the Trust Corpus against all
other persons, including, without limitation, the filing of financing
statements, amendments thereto and continuation statements, the execution of
transfer instruments and the making of notations on or taking possession of all
records or documents of title.

         Section 4.03. Name Change or Relocation. (a) During the term of this
Agreement, neither the Seller nor the Trust Depositor shall change its name,
identity or structure or relocate its chief executive office without first
giving at least 30 days' prior written notice to the Owner Trustee and the
Indenture Trustee.

         (b) If any change in either the Seller's or the Trust Depositor's name,
identity or structure or other action would make any financing or continuation
statement or notice of lien filed under this Agreement seriously misleading
within the meaning of applicable provisions of the UCC or any title statute, the
Servicer, no later than five days after the effective date of such change, shall
file such amendments as may be required to preserve and protect the Trust's
interests in the Trust Corpus and the proceeds thereof. In addition, neither the
Seller nor the Trust Depositor shall change its place of business (within the
meaning of Article 9 of the UCC) from the location specified in Section 11.04
below unless it has first taken such action as is advisable or necessary to
preserve and protect the Trust's interest in the Trust Corpus. Promptly after
taking any of the foregoing actions, the Servicer shall deliver to the Owner
Trustee and the Indenture Trustee an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to
the Owner Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all financing
statements or amendments necessary to preserve and protect the interests of the
Owner Trustee in the Trust Corpus have been filed, and reciting the details of
such filing.

         Section 4.04. Chief Executive Office. During the term of this
Agreement, the Trust Depositor will maintain its chief executive office in one
of the States of the United States, except Louisiana, Tennessee, Colorado,
Kansas, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Utah or Wyoming.

         Section 4.05. Costs and Expenses. The Servicer agrees to pay all
reasonable costs and disbursements in connection with the perfection and the
maintenance of perfection, as against all third parties, of the Trust's right,
title and interest in and to the Contracts (including, without limitation, the
security interest in the Motorcycles granted thereby).

                                    25
<PAGE>


                               ARTICLE FIVE

                          SERVICING OF CONTRACTS

         Section 5.01. Responsibility for Contract Administration. The Servicer
will have the sole obligation to manage, administer, service and make
collections on the Contracts and perform or cause to be performed all
contractual and customary undertakings of the holder of the Contracts to the
Obligor. The Owner Trustee, at the written request of a Servicing Officer, shall
furnish the Servicer with any powers of attorney or other documents necessary or
appropriate in the opinion of the Owner Trustee to enable the Servicer to carry
out its servicing and administrative duties hereunder. The Servicer is hereby
appointed the servicer hereunder until such time as any Service Transfer may be
effected under Article VIII.

         Section 5.02. Standard of Care. In managing, administering, servicing
and making collections on the Contracts pursuant to this Agreement, the Servicer
will exercise that degree of skill and care consistent with the skill and care
that the Servicer exercises with respect to similar contracts serviced by the
Servicer, and, in any event no less degree of skill and care than would be
exercised by a prudent servicer of motorcycle conditional sales contracts;
provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Servicer shall not
release or waive the right to collect the unpaid balance on any Contract.

         Section 5.03. Records. The Servicer shall, during the period it is
servicer hereunder, maintain such books of account and other records as will
enable the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee to determine the status of
each Contract.

         Section 5.04. Inspection. (a) At all times during the term hereof, the
Servicer shall afford the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee and their
respective authorized agents reasonable access during normal business hours to
the Servicer's records relating to the Contracts and will cause its personnel to
assist in any examination of such records by the Owner Trustee or the Indenture
Trustee, or such authorized agents and allow copies of the same to be made. The
examination referred to in this Section will be conducted in a manner which does
not unreasonably interfere with the Servicer's normal operations or customer or
employee relations. Without otherwise limiting the scope of the examination the
Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee may, using generally accepted audit
procedures, verify the status of each Contract and review the Computer Disk and
records relating thereto for conformity to Monthly Reports prepared pursuant to
Article IX and compliance with the standards represented to exist as to each
Contract in this Agreement.

         (b) At all times during the term hereof, the Servicer shall keep
available a copy of the List of Contracts at its principal executive office for
inspection by Certificateholders.

         Section 5.05. Trust Accounts. (a) On or before the Closing Date, the
Trust Depositor shall establish the Collection Account, Note Distribution
Account, Pre-Funding Account and Reserve Fund, each in the name of the Indenture
Trustee for the benefit of the Certificateholders and the Noteholders,
respectively. The Indenture Trustee is hereby required to ensure that each of
the Trust Accounts is established and maintained as an Eligible Account.

         (b) The Indenture Trustee shall deposit (or the Servicer shall deposit,
with respect to payments by or on behalf of the Obligors received directly by
the Servicer), without deposit into any intervening account, into the Collection
Account as promptly as practical (but in any case not later than the second
Business Day following the receipt thereof):

                  (i) With respect to principal and interest on the Contracts
         (as well as Late Payment Penalty Fees and Extension Fees) received on
         or after the Initial Cutoff Date or Subsequent Cutoff Date, as
         applicable 
                                    26
<PAGE>

         (which for the purpose of this paragraph (b)(i) shall
         include those monies in the Lockbox Account allocable to principal and
         interest on the Contracts), all such amounts received by the Owner
         Trustee or Servicer;

                  (ii)     All Net Liquidation Proceeds related to the
         Contracts;

                  (iii)    The aggregate of the Repurchase Prices for Contracts
         repurchased by the Trust Depositor as described in Section 7.08;

                  (iv)     All Advances made by the Servicer pursuant to
         Section 7.03(a);

                  (v)      All amounts paid by the Trust Depositor in
         connection with an optional repurchase of the Contracts described in
         Section 7.10;

                  (vi)  All amounts realized in respect of Carrying Charges
         transferred from the Interest Reserve Account as contemplated in
         Section 7.03(b); and

                  (vii) All amounts received in respect of interest, dividends,
         gains, income and earnings on investments of funds in the Trust
         Accounts (except the Reserve Fund and Pre-Funding Account) as
         contemplated herein.

         (c) The Indenture Trustee shall, if amounts remain on deposit in the
Pre-Funding Account at the expiration of the Funding Period, make demand,
immediately upon expiration of the Funding Period, upon the Trust Depositor to
cause to be deposited into the Collection Account the amount then in deposit in
the Pre-Funding Account.

         (d) If the Servicer so directs, in writing, the Indenture Trustee shall
invest the amounts in the Trust Accounts in Qualified Eligible Investments that
mature not later than one Business Day prior to the next succeeding Distribution
Date. Once such funds are invested, the Indenture Trustee shall not change the
investment of such funds. Any loss on such investments shall be deposited in the
applicable Trust Account by the Servicer out of its own funds immediately as
realized. Funds in the Trust Accounts not so invested must be insured to the
extent permitted by law by the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings Association
Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Subject to the
restrictions herein, the Indenture Trustee may purchase a Qualified Eligible
Investment from itself or an Affiliate. Subject to the other provisions hereof,
the Indenture Trustee shall have sole control over each such investment and the
income thereon, and any certificate or other instrument evidencing any such
investment, if any, shall be delivered directly to the Indenture Trustee or its
agent, together with each document of transfer, if any, necessary to transfer
title to such investment to the Indenture Trustee in a manner which complies
with this Section 5.05(d). All interest, dividends, gains upon sale and other
income from, or earnings on, investments of funds in the Trust Accounts shall be
deposited in the Collection Account pursuant to Section 5.05(b) and distributed
on the next Distribution Date pursuant to Section 7.05. The Trust Depositor and
the Trust agree and acknowledge that the Indenture Trustee is to have "control"
(within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC as enacted in Illinois) of
collateral comprised of "Investment Property" (within the meaning of Section
9-115 of the UCC as enacted in Illinois) for all purposes of this Agreement.

         Section 5.06.  Enforcement.  (a) The Servicer will, consistent with
Section 5.02, act with respect to the Contracts in such manner as will maximize
the receipt of principal and interest on such Contracts.

         (b) The Servicer may sue to enforce or collect upon Contracts, in its
own name, if possible, or as agent for the Trustees. If the Servicer elects to
commence a legal proceeding to enforce a Contract, the act of commencement shall
be deemed to be an automatic assignment of the Contract to the Servicer for
purposes of collection only. If, however, in any enforcement suit or legal
proceeding it is held that the Servicer may not enforce a Contract on the ground
that it is not a real party in interest or a holder entitled to enforce the
Contract, the Owner Trustee (or the Indenture Trustee) on behalf of the Trust
shall, at the Servicer's expense, take such steps as the Servicer deems


                                    27
<PAGE>

reasonably necessary to enforce the Contract, including bringing suit in its
name or the names of the Noteholders and Certificateholders.

         (c) The Servicer shall exercise any rights of recourse against third
persons that exist with respect to any Contract in accordance with the
Servicer's usual practice. In exercising recourse rights, the Servicer is
authorized on the Owner Trustee's behalf to reassign the defaulted Contract or
the related Motorcycle to the person against whom recourse exists at the price
set forth in the document creating the recourse; provided, however, the Servicer
in exercising recourse against any third persons as described in the immediately
preceding sentence shall do so in such manner as to maximize the aggregate
recovery with respect to the Contract; and provided further, however, that
notwithstanding the foregoing the Servicer in its capacity as such may exercise
such recourse only if such Contract was not required to be repurchased by the
Seller pursuant to the Transfer and Sale Agreement or was required to be
repurchased by the Seller and the Seller has defaulted on such repurchase
obligation.

         (d) The Servicer will not permit any rescission or cancellation of any
Contract due to the acts or omissions of the Trust Depositor.

         (e) The Servicer may grant to the Obligor on any Contract an extension
of payments due under such Contract, provided that (i) the extension period is
limited to 45 days, (ii) the Obligor has been in good standing for the previous
twelve-month period, (iii) such extension is consistent with the Servicer's
customary servicing procedures and is consistent with Section 5.02, (iv) such
extension does not extend the maturity date of the Contract beyond the latest
maturity date of any of the Contracts as of the Initial Cutoff Date (or, if a
transfer of Subsequent Contracts to the Trust occurs, beyond the latest maturity
date of such Subsequent Contracts) and (v) the aggregate Principal Balances of
Contracts which have had extensions granted does not exceed more than 3.00% of
the aggregate of the Initial Class A-1 Note Balance, the Initial Class A-2 Note
Balance and the Initial Certificate Balance.

         (f) The Servicer will not add to the outstanding Principal Balance of
any Contract the premium of any physical damage or other individual insurance on
a Motorcycle securing such Contract it obtains on behalf of the Obligor under
the terms of such Contract, but may create a separate Obligor obligation with
respect to such premium if and as provided by the Contract.

         (g) If the Servicer shall have repossessed a Motorcycle on behalf of
the Trust, the Servicer shall either (i) maintain at its expense physical damage
insurance with respect to such Motorcycle, or (ii) indemnify the Trust against
any damage to such Motorcycle prior to resale or other disposition. The Servicer
shall not allow such repossessed Motorcycles to be used in an active trade or
business, but rather shall dispose of the Motorcycle in a reasonable time in
accordance with the Servicer's normal business practices.

         Section 5.07. Trustees to Cooperate. Upon payment in full on any
Contract, the Servicer will notify the Trustees and the Trust Depositor on the
next succeeding Distribution Date by certification of a Servicing Officer (which
certification shall include a statement to the effect that all amounts received
in connection with such payments which are required to be deposited in the
Collection Account pursuant to Section 5.05 have been so deposited) and shall
(if the Servicer is not then in possession of the Contracts and Contract Files)
request delivery of the Contract and Contract File to the Servicer. Upon receipt
of such delivery and request, the Trustees shall promptly release or cause to be
released such Contract and Contract File to the Servicer. Upon receipt of such
Contract and Contract File, each of the Trust Depositor and the Servicer is
authorized to execute an instrument in satisfaction of such Contract and to do
such other acts and execute such other documents as the Servicer deems necessary
to discharge the Obligor thereunder and eliminate the security interest in the
Motorcycle related thereto. The Servicer shall determine when a Contract has
been paid in full; to the extent that insufficient payments are received on a
Contract credited by the Servicer as prepaid or paid in full and satisfied, the
shortfall shall be paid by the Servicer out of its own funds. From time to time
as appropriate for servicing and repossession in connection with any Contract,
if the Servicer is not then in possession of the Contracts and Contract Files,
the Indenture Trustee shall, upon written request of a Servicing Officer and
delivery to the Indenture Trustee of a receipt signed by such Servicing Officer,
cause the original Contract and the related Contract File to be released to the
Servicer and shall execute such documents as the Servicer shall deem reasonably
necessary to the prosecution of any such proceedings. Such receipt shall
obligate the Servicer to return the original Contract and the related 

                                    28
<PAGE>

Contract
File to the Indenture Trustee when the need by the Servicer has ceased unless
the Contract shall be repurchased as described in Section 7.10. Upon request of
a Servicing Officer, the Indenture Trustee shall perform such other acts as
reasonably requested by the Servicer and otherwise cooperate with the Servicer
in the enforcement of the Certificateholders' rights and remedies with respect
to Contracts.

         Section 5.08. Costs and Expenses. All costs and expenses incurred by
the Servicer in carrying out its duties hereunder, fees and expenses of
accountants and payments of all fees and expenses incurred in connection with
the enforcement of Contracts (including enforcement of defaulted Contracts and
repossessions of Motorcycles securing such Contracts when such Contracts are not
repurchased pursuant to Section 7.08) and all other fees and expenses not
expressly stated hereunder to be for the account of the Trust shall be paid by
the Servicer and the Servicer shall not be entitled to reimbursement hereunder.

         Section 5.09. Maintenance of Security Interests in Motorcycles. The
Servicer shall take such steps as are necessary to maintain continuous
perfection and the first priority of the security interest created by each
Contract in the related Motorcycle. The Owner Trustee hereby authorizes the
Servicer to take such steps as are necessary to perfect such security interest
and to maintain the first priority thereof in the event of a relocation of a
Motorcycle or for any other reason.

         Section 5.10. Successor Servicer/Lockbox Agreements. The Servicer shall
use its best efforts to cause Obligors to make all payments on the Contracts
directly to one or more Lockbox Banks, acting as agent for the Trust pursuant to
a Lockbox Agreement. In the event the Servicer shall for any reason no longer be
acting as such, the Successor Servicer shall thereupon assume all of the rights
and obligations of the outgoing servicer under the Lockbox Agreement; provided,
however, that the Successor Servicer shall not be liable for any acts or
obligations of the Servicer prior to such succession. In such event, the
Successor Servicer shall be deemed to have assumed all of the outgoing
Servicer's interest therein and to have replaced the outgoing Servicer as a
party to each such Lockbox Agreement to the same extent as if such Lockbox
Agreement had been assigned to the Successor Servicer, except that the outgoing
Servicer shall not thereby be relieved of any liability or obligations on the
part of the outgoing Servicer to the Lockbox Bank under such Lockbox Agreement.
The outgoing Servicer shall, upon the request of the Owner Trustee, but at the
expense of the outgoing Servicer, deliver to the Successor Servicer all
documents and records relating to each such Lockbox Agreement and an accounting
of amounts collected and held by the Lockbox Bank and otherwise use its best
efforts to effect the orderly and efficient transfer of any Lockbox Agreement to
the Successor Servicer. In connection with its assumption of all of the rights
and obligations of the outgoing Servicer, the Successor Servicer shall deliver a
written notice to Norwest Financial Information Services Group to the effect
that the outgoing Servicer has been terminated as Servicer or has resigned as
Servicer hereunder. Such notice shall also include a request to Norwest
Financial Information Services Group to assign to the Successor Servicer the
rights under that certain Agreement between Norwest Financial Information
Services Group and Eaglemark Financial Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation
("Eaglemark Financial"), dated as of November 4, 1992 (the "Norwest Agreement")
insofar as such rights relate to the Contracts, and an agreement on the part of
the Successor Servicer to assume the obligations under the Norwest Agreement
insofar as such obligations relate to the servicing of the Contracts. No such
assignment and assumption will relieve the Trust Depositor or Eaglemark
Financial of its obligations under the Norwest Agreement.

                                    29
<PAGE>


                               ARTICLE SIX

                         THE TRUST DEPOSITOR

         Section 6.01. Corporate Existence. During the term of this Agreement,
the Trust Depositor will keep in full force and effect its existence, rights and
franchises as a corporation under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
incorporation and will obtain and preserve its qualification to do business in
each jurisdiction in which such qualification is or shall be necessary to
protect the validity and enforceability of this Agreement, the other Transaction
Documents and each other instrument or agreement necessary or appropriate to the
proper administration of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated
hereby. In addition, all transactions and dealings between the Trust Depositor
and its Affiliates will be conducted on an arm's-length basis.

         Section 6.02. Liability of Trust Depositor; Indemnities. The Trust
Depositor shall be liable in accordance herewith only to the extent of the
obligations specifically undertaken by the Trust Depositor under this Agreement.

         The Trust Depositor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the
Issuer, the Owner Trustee, WTC, the Indenture Trustee and the Servicer from and
against any taxes that may at any time be asserted against any such Person with
respect to the transactions contemplated herein and in the other Transaction
Documents, including any sales, gross receipts, general corporation, tangible
personal property, Illinois personal property replacement privilege or license
taxes (but, in the case of the Issuer, not including any taxes asserted with
respect to, and as of the date of, the sale of the Contracts to the Issuer or
the issuance and original sale of the Securities, or asserted with respect to
ownership of the Contracts, or federal or other income taxes arising out of
distributions on the Certificates or the Notes) and costs and expenses in
defending against the same.

         The Trust Depositor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the
Issuer, the Owner Trustee, WTC, the Indenture Trustee and the Securityholders
from and against any loss, liability or expense incurred by reason of the Trust
Depositor's willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence (other than errors in
judgment) in the performance of its duties under this Agreement, or by reason of
reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement.

         The Trust Depositor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the
Issuer, the Owner Trustee, WTC and the Indenture Trustee from and against all
costs, expenses, losses, claims, damages and liabilities arising out of or
incurred in connection with the acceptance or performance of the trusts and
duties herein and, in the case of the Owner Trustee, in the Trust Agreement and,
in the case of the Indenture Trustee, in the Indenture, except to the extent
that such cost, expense, loss, claim, damage or liability in the case of (i) the
Owner Trustee or WTC, as the case may be, shall be due to the willful
misfeasance, bad faith or negligence of the Owner Trustee or WTC, as the case
may be, or shall arise from the breach by the Owner Trustee or WTC, as the case
may be, of any of its representations or warranties set forth in Section 7.03 of
the Trust Agreement, or (ii) the Indenture Trustee, shall be due to the willful
misfeasance, bad faith or negligence of the Indenture Trustee.

         The Trust Depositor shall be liable directly to and will indemnify any
injured party or any other creditor of the Trust for all losses, claims,
damages, liabilities and expenses of the Trust to the extent that Trust
Depositor would be liable if the Trust were a partnership under the Delaware
Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act in which Trust Depositor were a general
partner; provided, however, that Trust Depositor shall not be liable for any
losses incurred by a Certificateholder in the capacity of an investor in the
Trust Certificates or a Noteholder in the capacity of an investor in the Notes.
In addition, any third party creditors of the Trust (other than in connection
with the obligations described in the immediately preceding sentence for which
Trust Depositor shall not be liable) shall be deemed third party beneficiaries
of this paragraph. The obligations of Trust Depositor under this paragraph shall
be evidenced by the Trust Certificates described in the Trust Agreement, which
for purposes of the Business Trust Statute shall be deemed to be a separate
class of Trust Certificates from all other Trust Certificates issued by the
Trust; provided that the rights and obligations evidenced by all Trust
Certificates, regardless of class, shall, except as provided in this Section, be
identical.

                                    30
<PAGE>

         Indemnification under this Section shall include, without limitation,
reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and expenses of litigation. If the Trust
Depositor shall have made any indemnity payments pursuant to this Section and
the Person to or on behalf of whom such payments are made thereafter shall
collect any of such amounts from others, such Person shall promptly repay such
amounts to the Trust Depositor, without interest.

         Section 6.03.  Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the
Obligations of, Trust Depositor; Certain Limitations.

         (a) The Trust Depositor shall not consolidate with or merge into any
other corporation or convey, transfer or lease substantially all of its assets
as an entirety to any Person unless the corporation formed by such consolidation
or into which the Trust Depositor has merged or the Person which acquires by
conveyance, transfer or lease substantially all the assets of the Trust
Depositor as an entirety, can lawfully perform the obligations of the Trust
Depositor hereunder and executes and delivers to the Owner Trustee and the
Indenture Trustee an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee which contains an assumption by such
successor entity of the due and punctual performance and observance of each
covenant and condition to be performed or observed by the Trust Depositor under
this Agreement. The Trust Depositor shall provide notice of any merger,
consolidation or succession pursuant to this Section to each Rating Agency and
shall receive from each Rating Agency a letter to the effect that such merger,
consolidation or succession will not result in a qualification, downgrading or
withdrawal of the then-current ratings of each Class of Notes or the
Certificates. The Trust Depositor and Eaglemark shall maintain separate
corporate offices.

         (b)      Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section and any
provision of law, the Trust Depositor shall not do any of the following:

                  (i)  engage in any business or activity other than as set
         forth in its Articles of Incorporation;

                  (ii) without the affirmative vote of a majority of the members
         of the Board of Directors of the Trust Depositor (which must include
         the affirmative vote of at least two duly appointed Independent
         directors) (A) dissolve or liquidate, in whole or in part, or institute
         proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, (B) consent to the
         institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, (C)
         file a petition seeking or consent to reorganization or relief under
         any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, (D) consent
         to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee,
         sequestrator (or other similar official) of the corporation or a
         substantial part of its property, (E) make a general assignment for the
         benefit of creditors, (F) admit in writing its inability to pay its
         debts generally as they become due, or (G) take any corporate action in
         furtherance of the actions set forth in clauses (A) through (F) above;
         provided, however, that no director may be required by any shareholder
         of the Trust Depositor to consent to the institution of bankruptcy or
         insolvency proceedings against the Trust Depositor so long as it is
         solvent; or

                  (iii) merge or consolidate with any other corporation, company
         or entity or sell all or substantially all of its assets or acquire all
         or substantially all of the assets or capital stock or other ownership
         interest of any other corporation, company or entity.

         Section 6.04. Limitation on Liability of Trust Depositor and Others.
The Trust Depositor and any director or officer or employee or agent of the
Trust Depositor may rely in good faith on any document of any kind, prima facie
properly executed and submitted by any Person respecting any matters arising
hereunder. The Trust Depositor and any director or officer or employee or agent
of the Trust Depositor shall be reimbursed by Owner Trustee or the Indenture
Trustee, as the case may be, for any contractual damages, liability or expense
incurred by reason of the Owner Trustee's or the Indenture Trustee's willful
misfeasance, bad faith or negligence (except errors in judgment) in the
performance of their respective duties hereunder, or by reason of reckless
disregard of their respective obligations and duties hereunder. The Trust
Depositor shall not be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend
any legal action that 

                                    31
<PAGE>

shall not be incidental to its obligations under this
Agreement, and that in its opinion may involve it in any expense or liability.

         Section 6.05.  Trust Depositor Not to Resign.  Subject to the
provisions of Section 6.03, the Trust Depositor shall not resign from the
obligations and duties hereby imposed on it as Trust Depositor hereunder.

         Section 6.06. Trust Depositor Will Own Certificates. The Trust
Depositor and any Affiliate thereof will in its individual or any other capacity
become the owner or pledgee of Certificates with the same rights as it would
have if it were not the Trust Depositor or an Affiliate thereof, except as
expressly provided herein or in any Transaction Document. Certificates so owned
by or pledged to the Trust Depositor or such Affiliate shall have an equal and
proportionate benefit under the provisions of this Agreement, without
preference, priority or distinction as among all of the Certificates, as the
case may be.

                                    32
<PAGE>


                               ARTICLE SEVEN

                        DISTRIBUTIONS; RESERVE FUND

         Section 7.01. Monthly Distributions. (a) Each Noteholder and
Certificateholder as of the related Record Date shall be paid on the next
succeeding Distribution Date by check mailed to such Noteholder or
Certificateholder at the address for such Noteholder or Certificateholder
appearing on the Note Register or Certificate Register or by wire transfer if
such Noteholder or Certificateholder provides written instructions to the
Indenture Trustee, respectively, at least ten days prior to such Distribution
Date.

         (b) The Indenture Trustee shall serve as the paying agent hereunder
(the "Paying Agent") and shall make the payments to the Noteholders and
Certificateholders required hereunder. The Indenture Trustee hereby agrees that
all amounts held by it for payment hereunder will be held in trust for the
benefit of the Noteholders and Certificateholders.

         Section 7.02. Fees. The Trustees shall be paid the Trustees' Fees and
the Servicer shall be paid the Monthly Servicing Fee, each of which shall be
paid solely from the monies and in accordance with the priorities described in
Section 7.05(a). No recourse may be had to the Seller, Trust Depositor,
Trustees, Servicer, or any of their respective Affiliates in the event that
amounts available under Section 7.05(a) are insufficient for payment of the
Trustees Fee and the Monthly Servicing Fee.

         Section 7.03. Advances; Realization of Carrying Charge. (a) On each
Determination Date, the Servicer shall compute the amount of Delinquent
Interest, if any, on the Contracts for the immediately preceding Due Period. Not
later than each Determination Date, the Servicer shall advance (each, an
"Advance") such Delinquent Interest by depositing the aggregate amount of such
Delinquent Interest in the Collection Account, provided, however, that the
Servicer shall be obligated to advance Delinquent Interest only to the extent
that the Servicer, in its sole discretion, expects that such Advance will not
become an Uncollectible Advance. The Servicer shall indicate on each Monthly
Report (i) the amount of Delinquent Interest, if any, on the Contracts for the
related Due Period and (ii) the amount of the Advance, if any, made by the
Servicer in respect of such Delinquent Interest pursuant to this Section 7.03.
If the amount of such Advance is less than the amount of the Delinquent
Interest, the relevant Monthly Report shall be accompanied by a certificate of a
Servicing Officer setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for the
determination by the Servicer that the portion of the Delinquent Interest not
advanced would become an Uncollectible Advance. By each Determination Date, the
Servicer shall determine the amount of prior unreimbursed Advances for which it
desires to be reimbursed pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.03 (such
amount, the "Reimbursement Amount"). The Servicer shall be entitled to be
reimbursed for any outstanding Advance with respect to a Contract by means of a
first priority withdrawal from the Collection Account of such Reimbursement
Amount as provided in Section 7.05(a)(ii).

         (b) The Servicer shall determine no later than 12:00 noon, New York
City time, on the second Business Day prior to a Distribution Date the Carrying
Charges in respect of the upcoming Distribution Date. To the extent of such
amount, the Indenture Trustee shall transfer an amount equal to the Carrying
Charges from the Interest Reserve Account (solely to the extent of the amount
then on deposit) into the Collection Account as contemplated in Section
5.05(b)(vi) hereof.

         Section 7.04.     Interest Reserve Account.

         (a) On or prior to the Closing Date, the Trust Depositor shall
establish in the name of the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Securityholders,
an Eligible Account designated "Eaglemark Customer Funding-IV Interest Reserve
Account - Harley Davidson Eaglemark Owner Trust [___] - Harris Trust and Savings
Bank, as Indenture Trustee" (such account being the "Interest Reserve Account").

                                    33
<PAGE>

         (b) No withdrawals may be made of funds in the Interest Reserve Account
except as provided in (c) below. Except as specifically provided, funds in the
Interest Reserve Account shall not be commingled with funds in any other account
established with respect to the Notes, Certificates or with any other monies.

         (c) All investment earnings realized in respect of amounts in the
Pre-Funding Account shall be deposited when and as received in the Interest
Reserve Account, such that the Pre-Funded Amount shall never exceed the amount
initially deposited into the Pre-Funding Account on the Closing Date. With
respect to amounts on deposit in the Interest Reserve Account, the Indenture
Trustee shall disburse from such funds the amount specified in respect of
Carrying Charges in accordance with Section 7.03 herein. In addition, on the
Payment Date with respect to which such disbursement of Carrying Charges was
made, and following such disbursement and the distribution thereof, the
Indenture Trustee shall release to the Trust Depositor an amount equal to the
excess (if any) of the Interest Reserve Amount at such time over the Requisite
Interest Reserve Amount for such Payment Date. In the event that (i) the Funding
Period has terminated, (ii) all amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account
have been disbursed, (iii) a Payment Date has elapsed following the occurrence
of both (i) and (ii), and (iv) all amounts referred to in clause (ii) have been
applied, then any amounts remaining in the Interest Reserve Account shall be
distributed to the Trust Depositor.

         Section 7.05.     Distributions.

         (a) On each Distribution Date, the Servicer will allocate Available
Monies in the following order of priority:

         (i) to the Mandatory Special Redemption Subaccount in the Note
Distribution Account to the Class A-1 Noteholders and Class A-2 Noteholders, the
amount of any Mandatory Special Redemption, pro rata, calculated on the then
current principal balance of the Class A-1 and Class A-2 Notes with the amounts
derived from draws on the Pre-Funding Account (which amounts are available for
payment of such Mandatory Special Redemptions and not for any other purpose), to
be distributed (i) to the Class A-1 Noteholders, in an amount equal to the Class
A-1 Percentage multiplied by the amount in the Mandatory Special Redemption
Subaccount and (ii) to the Class A-2 Noteholders, in an amount equal to the
Class A-2 Percentage multiplied by the amount in the Mandatory Special
Redemption Subaccount with the amounts derived from draws on the Pre-Funding
Account (which amounts are available solely for payment of such Mandatory
Special Redemptions and not for any other purpose); provided, however, in the
event the amount in the Mandatory Special Redemption Account is less than
$150,000 such amount shall be distributed solely to the Class A-1 Noteholders;

         (ii)  to the Servicer from Available Monies, reimbursement to the
Servicer for Advances previously made;

         (iii) to the Servicer from Available Monies, the Servicing Fee,
including any unpaid Servicing Fee with respect to one or more prior Due
Periods;

         (iv) to the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee from Available
Monies, any accrued and unpaid Indenture Trustee's Fees and Owner Trustee's
Fees, respectively, with respect to one or more prior Due Periods;

         (v)  to the Note Distribution Account from Available Monies, the Note
Interest Distributable Amount to the holders of the Notes at their respective
Interest Rates;

         (vi) to the Note Distribution Account from Available Monies, the Note
Principal Distributable Amount to the holders of the Class A-1 Notes until the
principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes has been reduced to zero, and second to
the holders of the Class A-2 Notes until the principal amount of the Class A-2
Notes has been reduced to zero;

                                    34
<PAGE>

         (vii) to the Certificate Distribution Account from Available Interest,
the Certificate Interest Distributable Amount to the holders of the
Certificates; provided, however, in the event Available Interest is insufficient
to make such payment, from such other monies as may be available to the Trust.

         (viii) to the Certificate Distribution Account from Available
Principal, the Certificate Principal Distributable Amount to the holders of the
Certificates; provided, however, in the event Available Principal is
insufficient to make such payment, from such monies as may be available to the
Trust; and

         (b) in the event that the distributions described in clauses (i)
through (viii) above have been funded exclusively from Available Monies, any
remaining Available Monies ("Excess Amounts") will be deposited into the Reserve
Fund, until the amount on deposit therein equals the Specified Reserve Fund
Balance, with any excess over the Specified Reserve Fund Balance being
distributed to the Trust Depositor shall at the written direction of the Trust
Depositor invest the funds in the Reserve Fund in Qualified Eligible
Investments. Funds in the Reserve Fund shall be invested in investments that
mature on or before the Business day prior to each Distribution Date. Once such
funds are invested, the Indenture Trustee shall not change the investment of
such funds prior to maturity. Upon any such investment, the Indenture Trustee
shall consistent with the definition of Qualified Eligible Investment herein,
make an appropriate notation of security interest in such Qualified Eligible
Investment on the Indenture Trustee's records, by book entry or otherwise. All
income and gain realized from any such investments as well as any interest
earned on Reserve Fund Deposits shall be deposited and retained in the Reserve
Fund (subject to clause 7.6(e)). Losses, if any, realized on amounts in the
Reserve Fund invested pursuant to this paragraph shall first be credited against
undistributed investment earnings on amounts in the Reserve Fund invested
pursuant to this paragraph, and shall thereafter be deemed to reduce the amount
on deposit in the Reserve Fund. The Trust Depositor and the Indenture Trustee
shall not be liable for the amount of any loss incurred in respect of any
investment, or lack of investment, of funds held in the Reserve Fund. All income
or loss on funds held in the Reserve Fund shall be taxable to the Trust
Depositor.

         Section 7.06.     Reserve Fund; Certificate Reserve Amount.

         (a) On or prior to the Closing Date, the Owner Trustee, on behalf of
the Trust Depositor shall deposit the Reserve Fund Initial Deposit into the
Reserve Fund held from the net proceeds of the Securities. The Reserve Fund will
be held by the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Securityholders in order
to effectuate the subordination of the rights of the Securityholders to the
extent described above.

         (b) The Indenture Trustee shall determine no later than 10:00 a.m.,
Chicago, Illinois time, on the Distribution Date (but after making, and taking
into account, the determination, demand and transfer of funds contemplated in
Section 7.05 above) whether there exists a Shortfall with respect to the
upcoming Distribution Date. In the event that the Indenture Trustee determines
that there exists a Shortfall, the Indenture Trustee shall no later than 12:00
noon, Chicago, Illinois time, on such Distribution Date remit monies from the
Reserve Fund in respect of such Shortfall for deposit in the Collection Account.

         (c) If funds, up to the Available Amount, in the Reserve Fund are
insufficient to distribute the interest or principal due on the Certificates,
funds available from the Certificate Reserve Amount will be withdrawn from the
Reserve Fund and deposited into the Collection Account, solely to distribute
interest or principal on the Certificates.

         (d) Any Excess Amounts will be applied first to the Specified Reserve
Fund Balance (other than the Certificate Reserve Amount) and second to restore
the Certificate Reserve Amount to $[ ].

         (e) On each Distribution Date on which the amount on deposit in the
Reserve Fund (after giving effect to all deposits thereto and withdrawals
therefrom on such Distribution Date) is greater than the Specified Spread
Account Balance, the Indenture Trustee shall release its lien on any remaining
amounts to the Trust Depositor.

         Section 7.07.     Establishment of Pre-Funding Account.

                                    35
<PAGE>

         (a) On or prior to the Closing Date, the Trust Depositor shall
establish in the name of the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Securityholders,
an Eligible Account designated "Eaglemark Customer Funding-[__] Pre-Funding
Account - Harley Davidson Eaglemark Owner Trust [___] - Harris Trust and Savings
Bank, as Indenture Trustee" (such account being the "Pre-Funding Account").

         (b) During the Funding Period, following receipt from the Trust
Depositor of an Addition Notice, and upon further receipt of a written demand
from the Trust Depositor for a disbursement of funds from the Pre-Funding
Account to be made on or before the date on which the Funding Period terminates
(which written demand must be delivered not later than one Business Day prior to
the requested date of funding , and must be accompanied by the written consent
of the Indenture Trustee), the Indenture Trustee will disburse the amount
demanded from the Pre-Funding Account to Eaglemark upon the order of the Trust
Depositor for the purpose of purchasing Subsequent Contracts form Eaglemark
pursuant to a Subsequent Purchase Agreement. With respect to amounts still
remaining on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account on the date upon which the
Funding Period ends (and provided a timely written demand for funding as
described above has not been received requesting funding on such date) the
Indenture Trustee shall immediately transfer all funds remaining in the Pre-
Funding Account to the Note Distribution Account.

         (c) If (x) the Pre-Funded Amount has not been reduced to zero on the
Distribution Date on which the Funding Period ends (or, if the Funding Period
does not end on a Distribution Date, on the first Distribution Date following
the end of the Funding Period) or (y) the Pre-Funded Amount has been reduced to
$150,000 or less on any Determination Date, in either case after giving effect
to any reductions in the Pre-Funded Amount on such Distribution Date or
Determination Date pursuant to paragraph (a) above, the Trust Depositor shall
instruct the Indenture Trustee to withdraw from the Pre-Funding Account the
Pre-Funded Amount and, in the case of (x), on such Distribution Date or, in the
Determination Date (i) if the Pre-Funded Amount is equal to or less than
$150,000, deposit the Pre-Funded Amount in the Note Distribution Account for
payment as principal of the Class A-1 Notes up to the Outstanding Amount thereof
and then for payment of principal of the Class A-2 Notes and (ii) if the
Pre-Funded Amount is greater than $150,000, deposit the Pre-Funded Amount in the
Note Distribution Account for payment as principal of the Class A-1 Notes and
Class A-2 Notes, pro rata, calculated on the then current principal balance of
the Class A-1 and Class A-2 Notes.

         Section 7.08.  Repurchases of Contracts for Breach of Representations
and Warranties.

         Upon a discovery by the Servicer, the Trust Depositor or the Trustees
of a breach of a representation or warranty of the Seller as set forth in
Exhibit J hereto or as made in any Subsequent Purchase Agreement relating to
Subsequent Contracts that materially adversely affects the Trust's interest in
such Contract (without regard to the benefits of the Reserve Fund), the party
discovering the breach shall give prompt written notice to the other parties
provided, that the Trustees shall have no duty or obligation to inquire or to
investigate the breach by the Seller of any of such representations or
warranties. The Seller, as provided in the Transfer and Sale Agreement and in
accordance with this Section 7.08, shall repurchase a Contract at its Repurchase
Price, two Business Days prior to the first Determination Date after the Seller
becomes aware, or should have become aware, or receives written notice from the
Trustee, the Servicer or the Trust Depositor of any breach of a representation
or warranty of the Seller set forth in Article III of the Transfer and Sale
Agreement that materially adversely affects such Contract or the Trust's
interest in such Contract and which breach has not been cured; provided,
however, that with respect to any Contract incorrectly described on the List of
Contracts with respect to unpaid Principal Balance which the Seller would
otherwise be required to repurchase under the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the
Seller may, in lieu of repurchasing such Contract, deposit in the Collection
Account not later than one Business Day after such Determination Date cash in an
amount sufficient to cure such deficiency or discrepancy, and provided further
that with respect to a breach of representation or warranty relating to the
Contracts in the aggregate and not to any particular Contract the Seller may
select Contracts (without adverse selection) to repurchase such that had such
Contracts not been included as part of the Trust Corpus there would have been no
breach of such representation or warranty; provided further that (a) the failure
of a Contract File to be complete or of the original certificate of title and
evidence of recordation of such certificate to be included in the Contract File
as of 180 days after the Closing Date (or Subsequent Transfer Date, in the case
of Subsequent Contracts)

                                    36
<PAGE>

or (b) the failure to maintain perfection of the
security interest in the Motorcycle securing a Contract in accordance with
Section 5.09, shall be deemed to be a breach materially and adversely affecting
the Trust's interest in the Contract or in the related Contracts.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the obligation of the
Seller under the Transfer and Sale Agreement and described in this Section 7.08
shall not terminate or be deemed released by any party hereto upon a Service
Transfer pursuant to Article VIII. The repurchase obligation described in this
Section 7.08 is in no way to be satisfied with monies in the Reserve Fund.

         Section 7.09. Reassignment of Repurchased Contracts. Upon receipt by
the Indenture Trustee for deposit in the Collection Account of the Repurchase
Price as described in Section 7.08 or Section 7.10, and upon receipt of a
certificate of a Servicing Officer in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G, the
Indenture Trustee shall assign to the Seller all of the Trust's right, title and
interest in the repurchased Contract without recourse, representation or
warranty, except as to the absence of liens, charges or encumbrances created by
or arising as a result of actions of the Trustee.

         Section 7.10. Seller's Repurchase Option. As provided in the Transfer
and Sale Agreement, on written notice to the Indenture Trustee at least 20 days
prior to a Distribution Date, and provided that the Pool Balance is then less
than 10% of the Initial Pool Balance, and provided a valuation letter is
delivered as required in Section 5.02 of the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the
Seller may (but is not required to) repurchase on that Distribution Date all
outstanding Contracts at a price equal to the aggregate of the Class A-2
Principal Balance and the Certificate Balance on the previous Distribution Date
plus the aggregate of the Note Interest Distributable Amount and the Certificate
Interest Distributable Amount for the current Distribution Date thereon, the
Reimbursement Amount (if any) as well as accrued and unpaid Monthly Servicing
Fees and Trustees' Fees to the date of such repurchase. Such price is to be
deposited in the Collection Account one Business Day before such Distribution
Date, against the Owner Trustee's and Indenture Trustee's release of the
Contracts and the Contract Files to the Seller.

                                    37
<PAGE>


                                ARTICLE EIGHT

                                 ARTICLE VII
                 EVENTS OF TERMINATION; SERVICE TRANSFER

         Section 8.01.  Events of Termination.  "Event of Termination" means
the occurrence of any of the following:

                  (a) Any failure by the Servicer or the Seller to make any
         payment or deposit required to be made hereunder or in the Transfer and
         Sale Agreement (or in any Subsequent Purchase Agreement or Subsequent
         Transfer Agreement) and the continuance of such failure for a period of
         four Business Days after the date on which such payment or deposit was
         due;

                  (b) Failure on the Servicer's or the Seller's part to observe
         or perform in any material respect any covenant or agreement in the
         Certificates, this Agreement or in the Transfer and Sale Agreement (or
         in any Subsequent Purchase Agreement or Subsequent Transfer Agreement)
         (other than a covenant or agreement, the breach of which is
         specifically addressed elsewhere in this Section) which continues
         unremedied for 30 days after the date on which such failure commences;

                  (c) Any assignment by the Servicer or the Seller of its duties
         or rights hereunder or under the Transfer and Sale Agreement (or under
         any Subsequent Purchase Agreement or Subsequent Transfer Agreement),
         except as specifically permitted hereunder or thereunder, or any
         attempt to make such an assignment;

                  (d) An involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy,
         insolvency or other similar law shall have been commenced in respect of
         the Servicer or Trust Depositor and shall not have been dismissed
         within 90 days, or a court having jurisdiction in the premises shall
         have entered a decree or order for relief in respect of either the
         Servicer or Trust Depositor in an involuntary case under any applicable
         bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect,
         or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee,
         sequestrator (or similar official) of either the Servicer or Trust
         Depositor, or for any substantial liquidation or winding up of their
         respective affairs;

                  (e) The Servicer or Trust Depositor shall have commenced a
         voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other
         similar law now or hereafter in effect, or shall have consented to the
         entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law,
         or shall have consented to the appointment of or taking possession by a
         receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian or sequestrator (or
         other similar official) of the Servicer or Trust Depositor, as the case
         may be, or for any substantial part of their respective property, or
         shall have made any general assignment for the benefit of their
         respective creditors, or shall have failed to, or admitted in writing
         its inability to, pay its debts as they become due, or shall have taken
         any corporate action in furtherance of the foregoing;

                  (f) Any failure by the Servicer to deliver to the Trustee the
         Monthly Report pursuant to the terms of this Agreement which remains
         uncured for five Business Days after the date which such failure
         commences;

                  (g) Any representation, warranty or statement of the Servicer
         made in this Agreement, in any Subsequent Transfer Agreement or any
         certificate, report or other writing delivered pursuant hereto shall
         prove to be incorrect in any material respect as of the time when the
         same shall have been made and the incorrectness of such representation,
         warranty or statement has a material adverse effect on the Trust and,
         within 30 days after written notice thereof shall have been given to
         the Servicer or the Trust Depositor by the Trustee, the 

                                    38
<PAGE>
         circumstances or condition in respect of which such representation, 
         warranty or statement was incorrect shall not have been eliminated 
         or otherwise cured.

         Section 8.02. Service Transfer. (a) If an Event of Termination has
occurred and is continuing, (x) Noteholders representing 51% of the outstanding
balance of the Notes voting as a single class and Certificateholders with
aggregate fractional interests representing 51% or more of the Trust or (y) the
Indenture Trustee may, by written notice delivered to the parties hereto,
terminate all (but not less than all) of the Servicer's management,
administrative, servicing, custodial and collection functions (such termination
being herein called a "Service Transfer").

         (b) Upon receipt of the notice required by Section 8.02(a) (or, if
later, on a date designated therein), all rights, benefits, fees, indemnities,
authority and power of the Servicer under this Agreement, whether with respect
to the Contracts, the Contract Files or otherwise, shall pass to and be vested
in the Indenture Trustee (the "Successor Servicer") pursuant to and under this
Section 8.02; and, without limitation, the Successor Servicer is authorized and
empowered to execute and deliver on behalf of the Servicer, as attorney-in-fact
or otherwise, any and all documents and other instruments, and to do any and all
acts or things necessary or appropriate to effect the purposes of such notice of
termination. The Servicer agrees to cooperate with the Successor Servicer in
effecting the termination of the responsibilities and rights of the Servicer
hereunder, including, without limitation, the transfer to the Successor Servicer
for administration by it of all cash amounts which shall at the time be held by
the Servicer for deposit, or have been deposited by the Servicer, in the
Collection Account, or for its own account in connection with its services
hereafter or thereafter received with respect to the Contracts. The Servicer
shall transfer to the Successor Servicer all records held by the Servicer
relating to the Contracts in such electronic form as the Successor Servicer may
reasonably request and (ii) any Contract Files in the Servicer's possession. In
addition, the Servicer shall permit access to its premises (including all
computer records and programs) to the Successor Servicer or its designee, and
shall pay the reasonable transition expenses of the Successor Servicer. Upon a
Service Transfer, the Successor Servicer shall also be entitled to receive the
Servicing Fee for performing the obligations of the Servicer.

         Section 8.03. Successor Servicer to Act; Appointment of Successor
Servicer. On or after a Service Transfer pursuant to Section 8.02, the Successor
Servicer shall be the successor in all respects to the Servicer in its capacity
as servicer under this Agreement and the transactions set forth or provided for
herein and shall be subject to all the responsibilities, duties and liabilities
relating thereto placed on the Servicer by the terms and provisions hereof, and
the terminated Servicer shall be relieved of such responsibilities, duties and
liabilities arising after such Service Transfer; provided, however, that (i) the
Successor Servicer will not assume any obligations of the Servicer described in
Section 8.03 and (ii) the Successor Servicer shall not be liable for any acts or
omissions of the Servicer occurring prior to such Service Transfer or for any
breach by the Servicer of any of its representations and warranties contained
herein or in any related document or agreement. Notwithstanding the above, if
the Successor Servicer is legally unable or unwilling to act as Servicer,
Noteholders representing 51% or more of the outstanding balance of each Class of
Notes and Certificateholders with aggregate fractional interests representing
51% or more of the Trust, may appoint a successor servicer (other than the
original Servicer or an Affiliate of the original Servicer) to act as Servicer.
As compensation therefor, the successor servicer shall be entitled to receive
reasonable compensation equal to the Monthly Servicing Fee. The Owner Trustee,
Noteholders and the Indenture Trustee and such successor shall take such action,
consistent with this Agreement, as shall be necessary to effectuate any such
succession. To the extent the terminated Servicer has made Advances, it shall be
entitled to reimbursement of the same notwithstanding its termination hereunder,
to the same extent as if it had continued to service the Contracts hereunder.

         Section 8.04. Notification to Certificateholders. (a) Promptly
following the occurrence of any Event of Termination, the Servicer shall give
written notice thereof to the Trustees, the Trust Depositor and each Rating
Agency at the addresses described in Section 11.04 hereof and to the Noteholders
and Certificateholders at their respective addresses appearing on the Note
Register and the Certificate Register, respectively.

         (b) Within 10 days following any termination or appointment of a
Successor Servicer pursuant to this Article VIII, the Indenture Trustee shall
give written notice thereof to each Rating Agency and the Trust Depositor at 

                                    39
<PAGE>
the addresses described in Section 11.04 hereof, and to the Noteholders and
Certificateholders at their respective addresses appearing on the Note Register
and the Certificate Register, respectively.

         Section 8.05.  Effect of Transfer.  (a)  After a Service Transfer, the
terminated Servicer shall have no further obligations with respect to the
management, administration, servicing, custody or collection of the Contracts
and the Successor Servicer appointed pursuant to Section 8.03 shall have all of
such obligations, except that the terminated Servicer will transmit or cause to
be transmitted directly to the Successor Servicer for its own account, promptly
on receipt and in the same form in which received, any amounts (properly
endorsed where required for the Successor Servicer to collect them) received as
payments upon or otherwise in connection with the Contracts.

         (b) A Service Transfer shall not affect the rights and duties of the
parties hereunder (including but not limited to the indemnities of the Servicer)
other than those relating to the management, administration, servicing, custody
or collection of the Contracts.

         Section 8.06. Database File. The Servicer will provide the Successor
Servicer with a magnetic tape containing the database file for each Contract (i)
as of the Cutoff Date, (ii) the Subsequent Cutoff Date, (iii) thereafter, as of
the last day of the preceding Due Period on each Determination Date prior to a
Servicer Termination Event and (iv) on and as of the Business Day before the
actual commencement of servicing functions by the Successor Servicer following
the occurrence of a Servicer Termination Event.

         Section 8.07. Successor Servicer Indemnification. The Servicer shall
defend, indemnify and hold the Successor Servicer and any officers, directors,
employees or agents of the Successor Servicer harmless against any and all
claims, losses, penalties, fines, forfeitures, legal fees and related costs,
judgments and any other costs, fees, and expenses that the Successor Servicer
may sustain in connection with the claims asserted at any time by third parties
against the Successor Servicer which result from (i) any willful or grossly
negligent act taken or omission by the Servicer or (ii) a breach of any
representations of the Servicer in Section 3.02 hereof. The indemnification
provided by this Section 8.07 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

         Section 8.08. Responsibilities of the Successor Servicer. The Successor
Servicer will not be responsible for delays attributable to the Servicer's
failure to deliver information, defects in the information supplied by the
Servicer or other circumstances beyond the control of the Successor Servicer.

         The Successor Servicer will make arrangements with the Servicer for the
prompt and safe transfer of, and the Servicer shall provide to the Successor
Servicer, all necessary servicing files and records, including (as deemed
necessary by the Successor Servicer at such time): (i) microfiche loan
documentation, (ii) servicing system tapes, (iii) Contract payment history, (iv)
collections history and (v) the trial balances, as of the close of business on
the day immediately preceding conversion to the Successor Servicer, reflecting
all applicable loan information.

         The Successor Servicer shall have no responsibility and shall not be in
default hereunder nor incur any liability for any failure, error, malfunction or
any delay in carrying out any of its duties under this Agreement if any such
failure or delay results from the Successor Servicer acting in accordance with
information prepared or supplied by a Person other than the Successor Servicer
or the failure of any such Person to prepare or provide such information. The
Successor Servicer shall have no responsibility, shall not be in default and
shall incur no liability (i) for any act or failure to act by any third party,
including the Servicer, the Trust Depositor or the Trustees or for any
inaccuracy or omission in a notice or communication received by the Successor
Servicer from any third party or (ii) which is due to or results from the
invalidity, unenforceability of any Contract with applicable law or the breach
or the inaccuracy of any representation or warrant made with respect to any
Contract.

                                    40
<PAGE>


                                 ARTICLE IX
                                   REPORTS

         Section 9.01. Monthly Reports. No later than 10:00 a.m. Chicago,
Illinois time two Business Days following each Determination Date, the Servicer
shall cause the Trustees and each Rating Agency to receive a "Monthly Report"
substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto.

         Section 9.02. Officer's Certificate. Each Monthly Report delivered
pursuant to Section 9.01 shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Servicing
Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit C, certifying the accuracy of the
Monthly Report and that no Event of Termination or event that with notice or
lapse of time or both would become an Event of Termination has occurred, or if
such event has occurred and is continuing, specifying the event and its status.

         Section 9.03. Other Data. In addition, the Trust Depositor and the
Servicer shall, upon the request of the Trustees, Moody's or Standard & Poor's,
furnish the Trustees, Moody's or Standard & Poor's, as the case may be, such
underlying data as may be reasonably requested.

         Section 9.04.     Annual Report of Accountants.

         (a) The Servicer shall cause a firm of nationally recognized
independent certified public accountants (the "Independent Accountants"), who
may also render other services to the Servicer, Eaglemark Financial or to the
Trust Depositor, to deliver to the Trustees, the Initial Purchaser and each
Rating Agency, on or before March 31 (or 90 days after the end of the Servicer's
fiscal year, if other than December 31) of each year, beginning on March 31,
19__, with respect to the twelve months ended the immediately preceding December
31 (or other applicable date), a statement (the "Accountant's Report") addressed
to the Board of Directors of the Servicer and to the Trustees to the effect that
such firm has audited the financial statements of Eaglemark Financial and issued
its report thereon and that such audit:

                  (1) was made in accordance with generally accepted auditing
         standards, and accordingly included such tests of the accounting
         records and such other auditing procedures as such firm considered
         necessary in the circumstances;

                  (2) included an examination of documents and records relating
         to the servicing of motorcycle conditional sales contracts under
         pooling and servicing agreements substantially similar to one another
         (such statement to have attached thereto a schedule setting forth the
         pooling and servicing agreements covered thereby, including this
         Agreement);

                  (3) included an examination of the delinquency and loss
         statistics relating to Eaglemark Financial's portfolio of motorcycle
         conditional sales contracts; and

                  (4) except as described in the statement, disclosed no
         exceptions or errors in the records relating to motorcycle loans
         serviced for others that, in the firm's opinion, generally accepted
         auditing standards requires such firm to report.

The Accountant's Report shall further state that

                  (1) a review in accordance with agreed upon procedures was
         made of one randomly selected Monthly Report and

                  (2) except as disclosed in the Report, no exceptions or

                                    41
<PAGE>

         errors in the Monthly Report so examined were found.

         (b) The Accountant's Report shall also indicate that the firm is
independent of Eaglemark Financial within the meaning of the Code of
Professional Ethics of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

         Section 9.05. Annual Statement of Compliance from Servicer. The
Servicer will deliver to the Trustees, the Initial Purchaser and each of the
Rating Agencies, on or before January 31 of each year commencing January 31,
19__, an Officer's Certificate stating that (a) a review of the activities of
the Servicer during the prior calendar year and of its performance under this
Agreement was made under the supervision of the officer signing such certificate
and (b) to such officer's knowledge, based on such review, the Servicer has
fully performed all its obligations under this Agreement, or, if there has been
a default in the performance of any such obligation, specifying each such
default known to such officer and the nature and status thereof. A copy of such
certificate may be obtained by any Certificateholder by a request in writing to
the Trustee.

         Section 9.06. Monthly Reports to Securityholders. (a) On or before two
Business Days prior to each Distribution Date, the Servicer shall prepare and,
concurrently with each distribution to Certificateholders and Noteholders
pursuant to Article VII, deliver to the Indenture Trustee, in its capacity as
Note Registrar and Certificate Registrar and Paying Agent, shall cause to be
delivered and mailed to each Holder of a Class A-1 Notes, Class A-2 Notes and
each Certificateholder at the address appearing on the Note Register and
Certificate Register, respectively a statement as of the related Distribution
Date setting forth (the "Monthly Report"):

                  (i)  the amount of Certificateholder's distribution allocable
         to principal of the Certificates and the amount of Noteholder's
         principal distribution;

                  (ii) the amount of the Certificateholder's distribution
         allocable to interest and the amount of Noteholder's interest
         distribution;

                  (iii) the amount of fees payable out of the Trust, 
         separately identifying the Monthly Servicing Fee and the Trustees'
         Fees;

                  (iv) the amount of any Note Interest Carryover Shortfall, Note
         Principal Carryover Shortfall, Certificate Interest Carryover Shortfall
         and Certificate Principal Carryover Shortfall on such Distribution Date
         and the change in such amounts from those with respect to the
         immediately preceding Distribution Date;

                  (v)  the Note Pool Factor for each Class of Notes and the
         Certificate Pool Factor, in each case of such Distribution Date;

                  (vi) the amount of the distributions described in (i) or (ii)
         above payable pursuant to a claim on the Reserve Fund or from any other
         source not constituting Available Monies and the amount remaining in
         the Reserve Fund after giving effect to all deposits and withdrawals
         from the Reserve Fund on such date;

                  (vii)  the amount of any Mandatory Special Redemption to be
         made on such Distribution Date;

                  (viii) for each Distribution Date during the Funding Period,
         the remaining Pre-Funded Amount;

                  (ix) for each Distribution Date during the Funding Period to

                                    42
<PAGE>

         and including the Distribution Date immediately following the end of
         the Funding Period, the Principal Balance and number of Subsequent
         Contracts conveyed to the Trust during the related Due Period;

                  (x) the remaining Principal Balance after giving effect to the
         distribution of principal (and Mandatory Special Redemption, if any) to
         each class of Notes and Certificates to be made on such Distribution
         Date;

                  (xi) the number and aggregate principal balance of Contracts
         delinquent 31-59 days, 60-89 days and 90 or more days, computed as of
         the end of the related Due Period;

                  (xii) the number and aggregate principal balance of Contracts
         that became Liquidated Contracts during the immediately preceding Due
         Period, the amount of liquidation proceeds for such Due Period, the
         amount of liquidation expenses being deducted from liquidation proceeds
         for such Due Period, the Net Liquidation Proceeds and the Net
         Liquidation Losses for such Due Period;

                  (xiii) the Loss Ratio, Average Loss Ratio, Cumulative Loss
         Ratio, the Delinquency Ratio, the Average Delinquency Ratio, the
         Default Ratio and the Average Default Ratio as of such Distribution
         Date;

                  (xiv) the number of Contracts and the aggregate Principal
         Balance of such Contracts, as of the first day of the Due Period
         relating to such Distribution Date (after giving effect to payments
         received during such Due Period and to any transfers of Subsequent
         Contracts to the Trust occurring on or prior to such Distribution
         Date);

                  (xv) the aggregate Principal Balance and number of Contracts
         that were repurchased by the Seller pursuant to the Agreement with
         respect to the related Due Period, identifying such Contracts and the
         Repurchase Price for such Contracts; and

                  (xvi) such other customary factual information as is available
         to the Servicer as the Servicer deems necessary and can reasonably
         obtain from its existing data base to enable the Noteholders and
         Certificateholders to prepare their tax returns.

         (b) Within 75 days after the end of each calendar year, the Servicer
shall prepare and the Note Register and Certificate Registrar, respectively
shall mail to each Noteholder or Certificateholder of record at any time during
such year a report as to the aggregate amounts reported pursuant to subsections
(i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) of this Section 9.06, attributable to such Noteholder
or Certificateholder.

                                    43
<PAGE>


                               ARTICLE TEN

                               TERMINATION

         Section 10.01.  Sale of Trust Assets.

         (a) Upon any sale of the assets of the Trust pursuant to Section 9.02
of the Trust Agreement, the Servicer shall instruct the Indenture Trustee to
deposit the proceeds from such sale after all payments and reserves therefrom
have been made (the "Insolvency Proceeds") in the Collection Account. On the
Distribution Date on which the Insolvency Proceeds are deposited in the
Collection Account (or, if such proceeds are not so deposited on a Distribution
Date, on the Distribution Date immediately following such deposit), the Servicer

                                    44
<PAGE>

shall instruct the Indenture Trustee to make the following deposits (after the
application on such Distribution Date of Available Monies and funds on deposit
in the Reserve Fund pursuant to Section 7.06) from the Insolvency Proceeds and
any funds remaining on deposit in the Reserve Fund (including the proceeds of
any sale of investments therein as described in the following sentence):

                (i) to the Note Distribution Account, any portion of the Note
         Interest Distributable Amount not otherwise deposited into the Note
         Distribution Account on such Distribution Date;

               (ii) to the Note Distribution Account, the outstanding principal
         amount of the Notes (after giving effect to the reduction in the
         outstanding principal amount of the Notes to result from the deposits
         made in the Note Distribution Account on such Distribution Date and on
         prior Distribution Dates);

              (iii) to the Certificate Distribution Account, any portion of the
         Certificate Interest Distributable Amount not otherwise deposited into
         the Certificate Distribution Account on such Distribution Date; and

               (iv) to the Certificate Distribution Account, the Certificate
         Balance (after giving effect to the reduction in the Certificate
         Balance to result from the deposits made in the Certificate
         Distribution Account on such Distribution Date).

         (b) As described in Article Nine of the Trust Agreement, notice of any
termination of the Trust shall be given by the Servicer to the Owner Trustee and
the Indenture Trustee as soon as practicable after the Servicer has received
notice thereof.

         (c) Following the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture and the
payment in full of the principal of and interest on the Notes, the
Certificateholders will succeed to the rights of the Noteholders hereunder and
the Owner Trustee will succeed to the rights of, and assume the obligations of,
the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Agreement.

                                    44
<PAGE>



                               ARTICLE ELEVEN

                               MISCELLANEOUS

         Section 11.01.  Amendment.

         (a) This Agreement may be amended by the Trust Depositor, the Servicer,
the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Issuer,
collectively, without the consent of any Securityholders, (i) to cure any
ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provisions in this Agreement which are
inconsistent with the provisions herein, or to add any other provisions with
respect to matters or questions arising under this Agreement that shall not be
inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, (ii) to add or provide any
credit enhancement for any Class of Notes or the Certificates and (iii) to
change any provision applicable for determining the Specified Reserve Fund
Balance or the manner in which the Reserve Fund is funded (in each case with the
approval of the Insurer); provided, however that any such action shall not, as
evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel, adversely affect in any material respect the
interests of any Securityholder and provided, further, that in connection with
any amendment pursuant to clause (iii) above, the Servicer shall deliver to the
Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee a letter from Standard & Poor's (so long
as Standard & Poor's is a Rating Agency) and Moody's (so long as Moody's is a
Rating Agency) to the effect that such amendment will not cause its then-current
rating on any Class of Notes or the Certificates to be qualified, reduced or
withdrawn.

         (b) This Agreement may also be amended from time to time by the Trust
Depositor, the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee on behalf
of the Issuer, with the consent of the Holders of Notes evidencing not less than
51% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, and the consent of
Certificateholders evidencing not less than 51% of the Certificate Balance, for
the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating
any of the provisions of this Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights
of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders; provided, however, that no such
amendment shall increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or
delay the timing of (i)(a) collections of payments on the Contracts or
distributions that shall be required to be made on any Note or Certificate or
any Interest Rate or the Pass-Through Rate, (b) except as otherwise provided in
Section 10.01(a), the Specified Reserve Fund Balance or the manner in which the
Reserve Fund is funded or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage of the
Outstanding Amount of the Notes and the Certificate Balance, the Holders of
which are required to consent to any such amendment, without the consent of the
Holders of all Notes and Certificates of the relevant Class then outstanding.

         (c) Prior to the execution of any such amendment or consent, the
Indenture Trustee shall furnish written notification of the substance of such
amendment or consent, together with a copy thereof, to each Rating Agency.

         (d) Promptly after the execution of any such amendment or consent, the
Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee, as the case may be, shall furnish
written notification of the substance of such amendment or consent to each
Certificateholder and Noteholder, respectively. It shall not be necessary for
the consent of Noteholders and Certificateholders pursuant to Section 11.01(b)
to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or consent, but it
shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof. The
manner of obtaining such consents and of evidencing the authorization by
Noteholders and Certificateholders of the execution thereof shall be subject to
such reasonable requirements as the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee may
prescribe.

         (e) Prior to the execution of any amendment to this Agreement, the
Owner Trustee shall be entitled to receive and rely upon an Opinion of Counsel
stating that the execution of such amendment is authorized or permitted by this
Agreement. The Owner Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any
such amendment which affects the Owner Trustee's own rights, duties or
immunities under this Agreement or otherwise.

         Section 11.02.  Protection of Title to Trust.

                                    45
<PAGE>

         (f) The Servicer shall execute and file such financing statements and
cause to be executed and filed such continuation statements, all in such manner
and in such places as may be required by law fully to preserve, maintain and
protect the interest of the Issuer, the Securityholders, the Indenture Trustee
and the Owner Trustee in the Contracts and in the proceeds thereof. The Servicer
shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture
Trustee file-stamped copies of, or filing receipts for, any document filed as
provided above, as soon as available following such filing.

         (g) Neither the Seller, the Trust Depositor nor the Servicer shall
change its name, identity or corporate structure in any manner that would, could
or might make any financing statement or continuation statement filed in
accordance with Section 10.02(a) seriously misleading within the meaning of ss.
9-402(7) of the UCC, unless it shall have given the Issuer, the Owner Trustee
and the Indenture Trustee at least 60 days' prior written notice thereof and
shall have promptly filed appropriate amendments to all previously filed
financing statements or continuation statements.

         (h) The Seller, the Trust Depositor and the Servicer shall give the
Issuer, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee at least 60 days' prior
written notice of any relocation of the principal executive office of Eaglemark
or the Trust Depositor and the Servicer (in the case of notice provided by the
Servicer) if, as a result of such relocation, the applicable provisions of the
UCC would require filing of any amendment of any previously filed financing or
continuation statement or of any new financing statement and shall promptly file
any such amendment or new financing statement. The Servicer shall at all times
maintain each office from which it shall service Contracts, and its principal
executive office, within the United States.

         (i) The Servicer shall maintain or cause to be maintained accounts and
records as to each Contract accurately and in sufficient detail to permit (i)
the reader thereof to know at any time the status of such Contract, including
payments and recoveries made and payments owing (and the nature of each) and
(ii) reconciliation between payments or recoveries on (or with respect to) each
Contract and the amounts from time to time deposited in or credited to the
Collection Account in respect of each Contract.

         (j) The Servicer shall maintain or cause to be maintained its computer
systems so that, from and after the time of sale under this Agreement of the
Contracts, the Servicer's master computer records (including any backup
archives) that shall refer to a Contract indicate clearly the interest of the
Issuer and the Indenture Trustee in such Contract and that such Contract is
owned by the Issuer and has been pledged to the Indenture Trustee. Indication of
the Issuer's ownership of and the Indenture Trustee's interest in a Contract
shall be deleted from or modified on the Servicer's computer systems when, and
only when, the related Contract shall have been paid in full or repurchased or
shall have become a Liquidated Contract.

         (k) If at any time the Trust Depositor or the Servicer shall propose to
sell, grant a security interest in, or otherwise transfer any interest in
automotive retail installment sales contracts to any prospective purchaser,
lender or other transferee, the Servicer shall give or cause to be given to such
prospective purchaser, lender or other transferee computer tapes, records or
print-outs (including any restored from back-up archives) that, if they shall
refer in any manner whatsoever to any Contract, shall indicate clearly that such
Contract has been sold and is owned by the Issuer and has been pledged to the
Indenture Trustee.

         (l) The Servicer shall permit the Owner Trustee and the Insurer and its
agents, at any time during normal business hours, to inspect, audit and make
copies of and abstracts from the Servicer's records regarding any Contract.

         (m) Upon request, the Servicer shall furnish to the Owner Trustee and
the Indenture Trustee, within five Business Days, a list of all Contracts then
held as part of the Trust Estate, together with a reconciliation of such list to
the Schedule of Contracts and to each of the Monthly Reports furnished before
such request indicating removal of Contracts from the Trust.

                                    46
<PAGE>

         (n) The Servicer shall deliver to the Owner Trustee, the Indenture
Trustee and each Rating Agency promptly after the execution and delivery of this
Agreement and of each amendment hereto, an Opinion of Counsel either (A) stating
that, in the opinion of such counsel, all financing statements and continuation
statements have been executed and filed that are necessary fully to preserve and
protect the interest of the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee and reciting
the details of each filings or referring to prior Opinions of Counsel in which
such details are given, or (B) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, no
such action shall be necessary to preserve and protect such interest.

         Section 11.03. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois and the obligations, rights,
and remedies of the parties under the Agreement shall be determined in
accordance with such laws, except that the duties of the Owner Trustee shall be
governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

         Section 11.04. Notices. All notices, demands, certificates, requests
and communications hereunder ("notices") shall be in writing and shall be
effective (a) upon receipt when sent through the U.S. mails, registered or
certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, with such receipt to
be effective the date of delivery indicated on the return receipt, or (b) one
Business Day after delivery to an overnight courier, or (c) on the date
personally delivered to an Authorized Officer of the party to which sent, or (d)
on the date transmitted by legible telecopier transmission with a confirmation
of receipt, in all cases addressed to the recipient as follows:

                           (i)      If to the Servicer or Seller:

                                    Eaglemark, Inc.
                                    150 South Wacker Drive, Suite 3020
                                    Chicago, Illinois 60606
                                    Attention: Michael E. Sulentic

                                    Telecopier No.: (312) 368-4372

                           (ii)     If to the Trust Depositor:

                                    Eaglemark Customer Funding Corporation-[___]
                                    1179 Fairview Drive, Suite G
                                    Carson City, Nevada 89701

                                    Telecopier No.: (702) 884-4469

                           (iii)    If to the Indenture Trustee:

                                    Harris Trust and Savings Bank
                                    311 West Monroe Street
                                    12th Floor
                                    Chicago, Illinois 60606
                                    Attention: Indenture Trust Administration

                                    Telecopier No.: (312) 461-3525


                                    47
<PAGE>
                           (iv)     If to the Owner Trustee:

                                    Wilmington Trust Company
                                    Rodney Square North
                                    1100 North Market Street
                                    Wilmington, Delaware 19890
                                    Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

                                    Telecopier No.: (302) 651-1576



                           (v)      If to Moody's:
                                    Moody's Investor's Service, Inc.
                                    99 Church Street
                                    New York, New York 10007
                                    Attention: ABS Monitoring Department

                                    Telecopier No.: (212) 553-0344

                           (vi)     If to Standard & Poor's:

                                    Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, A
                                       Division of The McGraw Hill Companies
                                    25 Broadway
                                    New York, New York 10004

                                    Telecopier No.: (212) 208-1582

                           (vii)    If to the Initial Purchaser:

                                    Salomon Brothers Inc
                                    Seven World Trade Center
                                    New York, New York 10048
                                    Attention: Asset-Backed Securities Group

                                    Telecopier No.: (212) 783-3848

Each party hereto may, by notice given in accordance herewith to each of the
other parties hereto, designate any further or different address to which
subsequent notices shall be sent.

         Section 11.05. Severability of Provisions. If one or more of the
covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall be for any
reason whatsoever held invalid, then such covenants, agreements, provisions or
terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements,
provisions or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or
enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement or of the Notes or
Certificates or the rights of the Holders thereof.

         Section 11.06. Assignment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained herein, as provided in Sections 6.03 and 7.02, this Agreement may not
be assigned by the Trust Depositor or the Servicer without the prior 


                                    48
<PAGE>

written consent of Holders of Notes aggregating not less than 66% of each 
Class and Certificateholders evidencing not less than 66-2/3% of the 
Certificate Balance.

         Section 11.07. Third Party Beneficiaries. Except as otherwise
specifically provided herein, the parties hereto hereby manifest their intent
that no third party other than the Insurer shall be deemed a third party
beneficiary of this Agreement, and specifically that the Obligors are not third
party beneficiaries of this Agreement.

         Section 11.08.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in
several counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which shall
together constitute but one and the same instrument.

         Section 11.09.  Headings.  The headings of the various Articles and
Sections herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or
limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed by their respective officers as of the day and year first above
written.

                            HARLEY-DAVIDSON EAGLEMARK OWNER TRUST [___]

                            By:      Wilmington Trust Company, not in its
                                     individual capacity but solely as Owner 
                                     Trustee on behalf of the Trust


                            By:      ______________________________________
                                     Printed Name:_________________________
                                     Title:________________________________


                            EAGLEMARK CUSTOMER FUNDING CORPORATION-
                            [___], as Trust Depositor


                            By:      ______________________________________
                                     Printed Name:  Michael E. Sulentic
                                     Title: Treasurer


                            EAGLEMARK INC, as Servicer


                            By:      ______________________________________
                                     Printed Name: Michael E. Sulentic
                                     Title: Vice President


                                    49
<PAGE>


                            HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK, not in its
                            individual capacity but solely as Indenture Trustee

                            By:      ______________________________________
                                     Printed Name: Robert D. Foltz
                                     Title: Vice President



                                    50
<PAGE>


                                     EXHIBIT A


                               [Form of Assignment]

         In accordance with the Sale and Servicing Agreement (the "Sale and
Servicing Agreement") dated as of[___] made by and between the undersigned, as
Trust Depositor ("Trust Depositor"), and Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Owners Trust
[___] (the "Trust"), as assignee thereunder, the undersigned does hereby sell,
transfer, convey and assign, set over and otherwise convey to the Trust (i) all
right, title and interest in and to the Initial Contracts (including, without
limitation, all security interests and any and all rights to receive payments
which are collected pursuant thereto on or after [___] (including liquidation
proceeds therefrom) but excluding any rights to receive payments which were
collected pursuant thereto prior to [___]) identified in the initial List of
Contracts delivered pursuant to Section 2.02(a) of the Transfer and Sale
Agreement, (ii) all rights under any physical damage or other individual
insurance policy (including a "forced placed" policy, if any) relating to any
such Contract, an Obligor or a Motorcycle securing a Contract, (iii) all
security interests in each Motorcycle, (iv) all documents contained in the
Contract Files, (v) all rights of the Trust Depositor in the Lockbox, Lockbox
Account and related Lockbox Agreement, (vi) all rights (but not the obligations)
of the Trust Depositor under any motorcycle dealer agreements between the
dealers originating the Contracts and the Trust Depositor, and (vii) all
proceeds and products of the foregoing.

         This Assignment is made pursuant to and in reliance upon the
representation and warranties on the part of the undersigned contained in
Article III of the Agreement and no others.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Assignment to be
duly executed this _____ day of _____, 19___.


                                  EAGLEMARK CUSTOMER FUNDING CORPORATION-IV


                                  By: ________________________________________
                                      Printed Name:     Michael E. Sulentic
                                      Title:            Vice President


                                    A-1
<PAGE>


                                  EXHIBIT B

                [Form of Closing Certificate of Trust Depositor]

                   EAGLEMARK CUSTOMER FUNDING CORPORATION-IV

                           PRESIDENT'S CERTIFICATE

         The undersigned certifies that he is President of Eaglemark Customer
Funding Corporation-IV, a Nevada corporation (the "Trust Depositor"), and that
as such is duly authorized to execute and deliver this certificate on behalf of
the Trust Depositor in connection with the Sale and Servicing Agreement (the
"Agreement") dated as of [___] (the "Effective Date") by and among the Trust
Depositor, Eaglemark, Inc. ("Eaglemark"), as Servicer, and Harley-Davidson
Eaglemark Owner Trust [ ___] ("Issuer") (all capitalized terms used herein
without definition have the respective meanings set forth in the Agreement), and
further certifies as follows:

                  (1) Attached hereto as Exhibit I is a true and correct copy of
         the Articles of Incorporation of the Trust Depositor, together with all
         amendments thereto as in effect on the date hereof.

                  (2) There has been no other amendment or other document filed
         affecting the Articles of Incorporation of the Trust Depositor since
         [___], and no such amendment has been authorized by the Board of
         Directors or shareholders of the Trust Depositor.

                  (3) Attached hereto as Exhibit II is a Certificate of the
         Secretary of State of the State of Nevada dated [___] stating that the
         Trust Depositor is duly incorporated under the laws of the State of
         Nevada and is in good standing.

                  (4) Attached hereto as Exhibit III is a true and correct copy
         of the By-laws of the Trust Depositor, as amended, which were in full
         force and effect on [___], and at all times subsequent thereto.

                  (5) Attached hereto as Exhibit IV is a true and correct copy
         of resolutions adopted pursuant to the unanimous written consent of the
         Board of Directors of the Trust Depositor relating to the execution,
         delivery and performance of the Agreement; the Transfer and Sale
         Agreement dated as of the Effective Date between the Trust Depositor
         and Eaglemark; the Trust Agreement dated as of the Effective Date
         between the Trust Depositor and the Issuer; the Administrative
         Agreement dated as of the Effective Date between the Trust Depositor,
         the Issuer, Harris Trust and Savings Bank, as Indenture Trustee,
         Eaglemark, as Administrator; the Purchase Agreement dated [___] among
         the Trust Depositor, Eaglemark and Salomon Brothers Inc dated [___]
         (collectively, the "Program Agreements"). Said resolutions have not
         been amended, modified, annulled or revoked, and are on the date hereof
         in full force and effect and are the only resolutions relating to these
         matters which have been adopted by the Board of Directors.

                  (6) No event with respect to the Trust Depositor has occurred
         and is continuing which would constitute an Event of Termination or an
         event that, with notice or the passage of time or both, would become an
         Event of Termination under the Agreement. To the best of my knowledge
         after reasonable investigation, there has been no material adverse
         change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or the earnings,
         business affairs or business prospects of the Trust Depositor, whether
         or not arising in the ordinary course of business since the respective
         dates as of which information is given in the Offering Memorandum and
         except as set forth therein.

                  (7) All federal, state and local taxes of the Trust Depositor
         due and owing as of the date hereof have been paid.

                                    B-1
<PAGE>

                  (8) All representations and warranties of the Trust Depositor
         contained in the Program Agreements or any other related documents, or
         in any document, certificate or financial or other statement delivered
         in connection therewith are true and correct as of the date hereof.

                  (9) There is no action, investigation or proceeding pending
         or, to our knowledge, threatened against the Trust Depositor before any
         court, administrative agency or other tribunal (a) asserting the
         invalidity of the Program Agreements; (b) seeking to prevent the
         consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by the Program
         Agreements; or (c) which is likely materially and adversely to affect
         the Trust Depositor's performance of its obligations under, or the
         validity or enforceability of, the Program Agreements.

                  (10) No consent, approval, authorization or order of, and no
         notice to or filing with, any governmental agency or body or state or
         federal court is required to be obtained by the Trust Depositor for the
         Trust Depositor's consummation of the transactions contemplated by the
         Program Agreements, except such as have been obtained or made and such
         as may be required under the blue sky laws of any jurisdiction in
         connection with the issuance and sale of the Certificates.

                  (11) The Trust Depositor is not a party to any agreements or
         instruments evidencing or governing indebtedness for money borrowed or
         by which the Trust Depositor or its property is bound (other than the
         Program Agreements). Neither Eaglemark's transfer and assignment of the
         Contract Assets to the Trust Depositor, the Trust Depositor's
         concurrent transfer and assignment of the Trust Corpus to the Trust,
         nor the concurrent transfer and assignment of the Collateral by the
         Trust to the Indenture Trustee nor the issuance and sale of the
         Certificates and the Notes, nor the execution and delivery of the
         Program Agreements, nor the consummation of any other of the
         transactions contemplated therein, will violate or conflict with any
         agreement or instrument to which the Trust Depositor is a party or by
         which it is otherwise bound.

                  (12) In connection with the transfer of Contracts and related
         collateral contemplated in the Agreement, (a) the Trust Depositor has
         not made such transfer with actual intent to hinder, delay or defraud
         any creditor of the Trust Depositor, and (b) the Trust Depositor has
         not received less than a reasonably equivalent value in exchange for
         such transfer, is not on the date thereof insolvent (nor will become
         insolvent as a result thereof), is not engaged (or about to engage) in
         a business or transaction for which it has unreasonably small capital,
         and does not intend to incur or believe it will incur debts beyond its
         ability to pay when matured.

                  (13) Each of the agreements and conditions of the Trust
         Depositor to be performed on or before the Closing Date pursuant to the
         Program Agreements have been performed in all material respects.



                                  * * * *


                                    B-2


<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have affixed my signature hereto this ___ day of
___, 19 ___.


                                         By:  ________________________________
                                              Printed Name:  Steven F. Deli
                                              Title:         President



<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT C

                [Form of Closing Certificate of Servicer/seller]

                                  EAGLEMARK, INC.

                             PRESIDENT'S CERTIFICATE

         The undersigned certifies that he is President of Eaglemark, Inc.
("Eaglemark"), and that as such he is duly authorized to execute and deliver
this certificate on behalf of Eaglemark, as Servicer, in connection with the
Sale and Servicing Agreement (the "Sale and Servicing Agreement") dated as of
April 1, 1997 (the "Effective Date") by and among Eaglemark, as Servicer,
Eaglemark Customer Funding Corporation-IV ("CFC"), and Harley-Davidson Eaglemark
Owner Trust 1997-1 ("Issuer"), in connection with the Transfer and Sale
Agreement dated as of the Effective Date (the "Transfer and Sale Agreement") by
and between Eaglemark and CFC (all capitalized terms used herein without
definition having the respective meanings set forth in the Sale and Servicing
Agreement), and further certifies as follows:

                  (1) Attached hereto as Exhibit I is a true and correct copy of
         the Articles of Incorporation of Eaglemark, together with all
         amendments thereto as in effect on the date hereof.

                  (2) There has been no other amendment or other document filed
         affecting the Articles of Incorporation of Eaglemark since July 6,
         1995, and no such amendment has been authorized by the Board of
         Directors or shareholders of Eaglemark.

                  (3) Attached hereto as Exhibit II is a Certificate of the
         Secretary of State of the State of Nevada dated April __, 1997 stating
         that Eaglemark is duly incorporated under the laws of the State of
         Nevada and is in good standing.

                  (4) Attached hereto as Exhibit III is a true and correct copy
         of the By-laws of Eaglemark which were in full force and effect on
         November 5, 1992 and at all times subsequent thereto.

                  (5) Attached hereto as Exhibit IV is a true and correct copy
         of resolutions adopted pursuant to a unanimous written consent of the
         Board of Directors of Eaglemark and relating to the authorization,
         execution, delivery and performance of the Transfer and Sale Agreement;
         the Sale and Servicing Agreement; the Purchase Agreement dated April
         __, 1997 among Eaglemark, CFC and Salomon Brothers Inc (the "Purchase
         Agreement"); and the Administration Agreement dated April 1, 1997 among
         Eaglemark, CFC, the Issuer and Harris Trust and Savings Bank, as
         Indenture Trustee (the "Indenture Trustee") (the "Administration
         Agreement"). Said resolutions have not been amended, modified, annulled
         or revoked, and are on the date hereof in full force and effect and are
         the only resolutions relating to these matters which have been adopted
         by the Board of Directors.

                  (6) No event with respect to Eaglemark has occurred and is
         continuing which would constitute an Event of Termination or an event
         that, with notice or the passage of time, would constitute an Event of
         Termination under the Sale and Servicing Agreement. To the best of my
         knowledge after reasonable investigation, there has been no material
         adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or the
         earnings, business affairs or business prospects of Eaglemark, whether
         or not arising in the ordinary course of business, since the respective
         dates as of which information is given in the Offering Memorandum and
         except as set forth therein.

                  (7) All federal, state and local taxes of Eaglemark due and
         owing as of the date hereof have been paid.

                                    C-1
<PAGE>

                  (8) All representations and warranties of Eaglemark contained
         in the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the Sale and Servicing Agreement,
         the Purchase Agreement and the Administration Agreement (collectively,
         the "Program Agreements") or in any document, certificate or financial
         or other statement delivered in connection therewith are true and
         correct as of the date hereof.

                  (9) There is no action, investigation or proceeding pending
         or, to my knowledge, threatened against Eaglemark before any court,
         administrative agency or other tribunal (a) asserting the invalidity of
         any Program Agreement to which Eaglemark is a party; or (b) which is
         likely materially and adversely to affect Eaglemark's performance of
         its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, the
         Program Agreements.

                  (10) No consent, approval, authorization or order of, and no
         notice to or filing with, any governmental agency or body or state or
         federal court is required to be obtained by Eaglemark for Eaglemark's
         consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Program
         Agreements, except such as have been obtained or made and such as may
         be required under the blue sky laws of any jurisdiction in connection
         with the issuance and sale of the Notes or Certificates.

                  (11) Schedule A hereto contains a complete list of all
         material agreements (other than the Transfer and Sale Agreement) or
         instruments evidencing or governing indebtedness for money borrowed to
         which Eaglemark is a party or by which Eaglemark or its property is
         bound. Neither Eaglemark's transfer and assignment of the Contract
         Assets to CFC, CFC's concurrent transfer and assignment of the Trust
         Corpus to the Trust, nor the concurrent transfer and assignment by the
         Trust of the Collateral to the Indenture Trustee, nor the issuance and
         sale of the Notes or Certificates or the entering into of the Program
         Agreements, nor the consummation of any other of the transactions
         contemplated therein, will violate or conflict with any agreement or
         instrument to which Eaglemark is a party or by which it is otherwise
         bound.

                  (12) In connection with the transfers of Contracts and related
         assets contemplated in the Transfer and Sale Agreement, (a) Eaglemark
         has not made such transfer with actual intent to hinder, delay or
         defraud any creditor of Eaglemark, and (b) Eaglemark has not received
         less than a reasonably equivalent value in exchange for such transfer,
         is not on the date hereof insolvent (nor will Eaglemark become
         insolvent as a result thereof), is not engaged (or about to engage) in
         a business or transaction for which it has unreasonably small capital,
         and does not intend to incur or believe it will incur debts beyond its
         ability to pay when matured.

                  (13) The sole shareholder of Eaglemark is Eaglemark Financial
         Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which has its chief executive
         office and only office in Chicago, Illinois, and has no other offices
         in any other state.

                  (14) Each of the agreements and conditions of Eaglemark to be
         performed or satisfied on or before the Closing Date under the Program
         Agreements has been performed or satisfied in all material respects.

                  (15) Each Contract being transferred pursuant to the Transfer
         and Sale Agreement is evidenced by a written agreement providing for a
         repayment obligation as well as a security interest in the related
         Motorcycle securing such obligation, and conforms as to these matters
         in all material respects with the form of written Contract provided as
         Exhibit A hereto (with such minor variations as to specific terms as
         may be required or deemed desirable in respect of the laws or
         requirements of particular states).

                  (16) Eaglemark has not executed for filing any UCC financing
         statements listing the Contract Assets as collateral other than
         financing statements relating to the transactions contemplated in the
         Transfer and Sale Agreement and in the agreements listed on Schedule A
         hereto.

                               *   *   *   *   *   *

                                    C-2
<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have affixed my signature hereto this
___ day of _____, 19__.



                                       By:  _________________________________
                                            Printed Name:  Michael G. Case
                                            Title:         President


                                    C-3
<PAGE>


                                    EXHIBIT D

                 [Form of Opinion of Counsel for Trust Depositor
                      Regarding General Corporate Matters
                         (Including Perfection Opinion)


                                    D-1
<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT E

                      [Form of Opinion of Counsel for Trust
                    Depositor Regarding the "True Sale" Nature
                                of the Transaction


                                    E-1
<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT F

                      [Form of Opinion of Counsel for Trust
                      Depositor Regarding Non-consolidation]



                                    F-1
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT G

             [Form of Certificate Regarding Repurchased Contracts]

                                Eaglemark, Inc.

                  Certificate Regarding Repurchased Contracts

         The undersigned certifies that s/he is a ____________________________
of Eaglemark, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the "Servicer"), and that as such is
duly authorized to execute and deliver this certificate on behalf of the
Servicer pursuant to Section 7/08 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement (the
"Agreement") dated as of April 1, 1997 by and among Eaglemark Customer Funding
Corporation-[___], as Trust Depositor, the Servicer, Harris Trust and Savings
Bank, as Indenture Trustee and Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Owner Trust 1997-1 (all
capitalized terms used herein without definition having the respective meanings
specified in the Agreement), and further certifies that:

         1.       The Contracts on the attached schedule are to be repurchased
                  by the Seller on the date hereof pursuant to section 7.08 of
                  the Agreement and Section 5.01 of the Transfer and Sale
                  Agreement.

         2.       Upon deposit of the Repurchase Price for such Contracts, such
                  Contracts may, pursuant to Section 7.08 of the Agreement, be
                  assigned by the Trustee to the Seller.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have affixed hereunto my signature this ______
day of April, 1997.

                                   Eaglemark, Inc.


                                   By: ___________________________________
                                       Printed Name: Michael E. Sulentic
                                       Title: Vice President


                                    G-1

<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT H

                            [List of Contracts]


                                    H-1


<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT I

         [Form of Monthly Report to Noteholders And Certificateholders]

                  Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Owner Trust 1997-1
$[         ] [   ]%  Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Contract Backed Notes, Class A-1
$[         ] [   ]% Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Contract Backed Notes, Class A-2
$[         ] [   ]% Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Contract Backed Certificates

                               Monthly Report
                   For the [              ] Distribution Date


<TABLE>
<S>       <C>                                                                        <C>
A.        Calculation of Available Monies

          1.       Available Principal (as defined in Article I of the Sale and
                   Servicing Agreement)                                              $____________

          2.       Available Interest (as defined in Article I of the Sale and
                   Servicing Agreement)                                              $____________

          3.       Available Monies (l. plus 2.)                                     $____________

B.        Calculation of Principal Distributable Amount (as defined in Article I of
          the Sale and Servicing Agreement)                                          $____________


C.        Calculation of Available Interest (as defined in Article I of  the Sale and
          Servicing Agreement).                                                      $____________

D.        Calculation of Note Monthly Principal Distributable Amount                 $____________

          1.       Note Percentage for such Distribution Date

                   (a)      for each Distribution Date to but excluding the
                            Distribution Date on which the principal amount of the
                            Class A-1 Notes is reduced to zero                       100.00%

                   (b)      on the Distribution Date on which the principal
                            amount of the Class A-1 Notes is reduced to zero,
                            100% until the principal amount of the Class A-2
                            Notes has been reduced to zero 100.00%

                   (c)      after the principal amount of the Class A-2 Notes have
                            been reduced to zero                                        0.00%

          2.       Principal Distributable Amount (from B)                           $____________

                                    I-1
<PAGE>

          3.       Note Monthly Principal Distributable Amount for

                   (a)      Class A-1 Notes (D.1(a)  multiplied by D.2 until
                            Principal Balance of Class A-1 Notes Principal Balance
                            is zero)                                                 $____________

                   (b)      Class A-2 Notes (D.1(b) multiplied by D.2 until Class
                            A-2 Notes Principal Balance is zero)                     $____________

                   (c)      Note Principal Carryover Shortfall                       $____________

                   (d)      Special Mandatory Redemption Amounts (from Pre-
                            Funding Account as defined in Article I of the Sale and  $____________
                            Servicing Agreement)

                   (e)      Note Monthly Principal Distributable Amount (the sum     $____________
                            of items 3(a), 3(b) and 3(c)

E.        Calculation of Note Monthly Interest Distributable Amount.

          1.       Class A-l Interest Rate                                           [     ]%

          2.       Class A-2 Interest Rate                                           [     ]%

          3.       One-twelfth of the Class A-1 Interest Rate times the Class
                   A-1 Note Balance from and including the fifteenth day of the
                   month based on a 360-day year of 12 months of 30 days each
                   (or from and including the Closing Date with respect to the
                   first Distribution Date) to but excluding the fifteenth day
                   of the month of the current Distribution Date                     $____________

          4.       One-twelfth of the Class A-2 Note Interest Rate times the
                   Class A-2 Note Balance from and including the fifteenth day
                   of the month based on a 360-day year of 12 months of 30 days
                   each (or from and including the Closing Date with respect to
                   the first Distribution Date) to but excluding the fifteenth
                   day of the month of the current Distribution Date                 $_____________

          5.       Interest Carryover Shortfall for such Distribution Date           $_____________

          6.       Note Monthly Interest Distributable Amount (the sum of items 3,
                   4 and 5)                                                          $_____________

F.        Calculation of Note Monthly Distributable Amount (sum of D.3(e) plus
          E.6.)                                                                      $_____________

                                    I-2
<PAGE>

G.        Calculation of Certificate Principal Distributable Amount

          1.       Certificate Balance                                               $____________

          2.       Available Principal                                               $____________

          3.       Certificate Percentage for each respective Distribution Date

          3(a).    for each Distribution Date to but excluding the Distribution Date
                   on which the Principal Amount of the Class A-2 Notes is reduced
                   to zero                                                             0.00%

          3(b).    on any Distribution Date until the Principal Amount of the Class
                   A-2 Notes is reduced to zero                                        0.00%

          3(c).    thereafter                                                        100.00%

          4(a).    Available Principal multiplied by the Certificate Percentage for
                   such Distribution Date                                            $____________

          4(b).    Certificate Principal Carryover Shortfall for such
                      Distribution Date                                              $____________

          5.       Certificate Principal Distributable Amount (the sum of  4.(a) and
                   4.(b))                                                            $____________


H.        Calculation of Certificate Interest Distributable Amount

          1.         Certificate Pass-Through Rate                                    [    ]%

          2(a).      One-twelfth of the Certificate Pass-Through Rate times the
                     Certificate Balance on the immediately preceding Distribution
                     Date, after giving effect to all payments of principal to the
                     Certificateholders and such preceding Distribution Date (or in
                     case of the first Distribution Date on the original Principal
                     Amount of the Certificates) based on a 360-day year of 12
                     months of 30 days each.                                          $__________

          2(b).      Certificate Interest Carryover Shortfall for such Distribution Date
                                                                                      $__________

                                                                                      $_________
          3.         Certificate Interest Distributable Amount (sum of 2.(a) and
                     2.(b))
                                                                                      $----------

I.        Calculation of Certificate Distributable Amount (sum of G.5 and H.3)        $__________


J.        Fees

          1.         The Monthly Servicing Fee for such Distribution Date (1/12 of
                     the product of 1% and the Principal Balance of the Contracts as
                     of the beginning of the related Due Period)                      $____________

                                    I-3
<PAGE>

          2.         Late Payment Penalty Fees for such Distribution Date             $____________

          3.         Extension Fees for such Distribution Date                        $____________

          4.         Owner Trust Fee equal to 220.00 per month                        $220.00

          5.         Trustee's Fee for such Distribution Date excluding expense
                     component (1/12 of the product of .018% and the sum of (i)
                     the Principal Balance of the Contracts as of the beginning
                     of the related Due Period and (ii) the Pre-Funded Amount as
                     of the beginning of such Period; provided, however, in no
                     event shall such fee be less than $200.00 per month)             $____________


K.        CALCULATION OF THE AVAILABLE MONIES FOR SUCH
          DISTRIBUTION DATE

          1.          The amount of funds deposited into the Collection Account
                      pursuant to Section 5.05(b) of the Sale and Servicing
                      Agreement with respect  to the related Due Period               $_____________

                      a.    All amounts received by the Indenture Trustee or the
                            Servicer with respect to principal and interest on the
                            Contracts, as well as Late Payment Penalty Fees and
                            Extensions Fees for the related Due Period                $_____________

                      b.    All Net Liquidation Proceeds                              $_____________

                      c.    The aggregate of the Repurchase Prices for Contracts
                            required to be repurchased by the Seller as described in
                            Section 7.08 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement          $_____________

                      d.    All Advances made by Servicer pursuant to Section
                            7.03(a) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement               $_____________

                      e.    All amounts paid by the Seller in connection with an
                            optional repurchase of the Contracts described in Section
                            7.10 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement                  $_____________

                      f.    All amounts obtained from the Indenture Trustee in
                            respect of Carrying Charges to be deposited into the
                            Collection Account for the upcoming Distribution Date
                            as contemplated in Section 7.03(b) of the Sale and
                            Servicing Agreement                                       $_____________

                      g.    All amounts received in respect of interest, dividends,
                            gains, income and earnings on investments of funds in
                            the Trust Accounts as contemplated in Section
                            5.05(b)(viii) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement         $_____________

                                    I-4
<PAGE>

                      h.    Total amount of funds deposited into the Collection
                            Account pursuant to Section 5.05(b) (the sum of a.
                            through g.)                                               $_____________


          2.          The amount of funds permitted to be withdrawn from the
                      Collection Account pursuant to clauses (ii) through (iv) of
                      Section 7.05(a) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement with
                      respect to the related Due Period                              $_____________

                      a.    Amounts to be paid to the Servicer as the
                            Reimbursement Amount in accordance with Section
                            7.03(a) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement              $_____________

                      b.    Amounts to be paid to the Servicer in respect to the
                            Servicing Fee for the related Due Period                 $_____________

                      c.    Amounts to be paid to the Indenture Trustee in respect
                            of the IndentureTrustee's  Fee for the related Due Period
                                                                                     $-------------
                      d.    Amounts to be paid to the Owner Trustee in respect of
                            the Owner Trustee Fee for the related Due Period         $_____________

                      e.    Total amount of funds permitted to be withdrawn from
                            the Collection Account pursuant to clauses (ii) through
                            (iv) Section 7.05(a) of the Sale and Servicing
                            Agreement with respect to the related Due Period (sum
                            of a. through d.)                                        $_____________


          3.          The Available Monies (not including amounts from Reserve
                      Fund Account) for such Distribution Date available to pay
                      Note Distributable Amounts  and Certificate Distributable
                      Amounts  (1(h) minus 2(e))                                     $_____________

          4.          The Available Monies otherwise distributable to the
                      Certificateholders that will be distributed to the Noteholders
                      on such Distribution Date                                      $____________

L.        The shortfall of Available Monies for such Distribution Date to pay either
          the Note Distributable Amount or the Certificate Distributable Amount (the
          Available Monies for such Distribution Date minus the sum of the Note
          Distributable Amount as set forth in F. and the Certificate Distributable
          Amount as set forth in I.)                                                 $____________

M.        The amount to be withdrawn from the Reserve Fund (or Certificate
          Reserve Fund) on such Distribution Date to cover the Note Distributable
          Amount or the Certificate Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date
                                                                                     $------------
N.        Interest Earnings on the Reserve Fund.                                     $____________

                                    I-5
<PAGE>

O.        The amount on deposit in the Reserve Fund after giving
          effect to deposits and withdrawals therefrom on such Distribution Date     $____________

P.        The Reserve Fund Requisite Amount for such Distribution Date 3.50% of
          the Principal Balance of the Contracts in the Trust as of the first
          day of the immediately preceding Due Period; provided, however, in the
          event a Reserve Fund Trigger Event occurs with respect to a
          Distribution Date and has not terminated for three (3) consecutive
          Distribution Dates (inclusive) such amount shall be equal to 7.00% of
          the Principal Balance of the Contracts in the Trust as of the first
          day of the immediately preceding Due Period)                               $____________

Q.        The Pool Factor


          1.         The Class A-1 Note Pool Factor immediately before such
                     Distribution Date                                                ____________

          2.         The Class A-2 Note Pool Factor immediately after such
                     Distribution Date                                                ____________

          3.         The Certificate Pool Factor immediately after such Distribution
                     Date                                                             ____________

          4.         The Class A-1 Note Pool Factor immediately before such
                     Distribution Date                                                ____________

          5.         The Class A-2 Note Pool Factor immediately after such
                     Distribution Date                                                ____________


          6.             The Certificate Pool Factor immediately after such
                          Distribution Date                                          ____________

R.        Delinquent Contracts


          1.         31-59 Days                                       #______         $____________

          2.         60-89 Days                                       #______         $____________

          3.         90 or More Days                                  #______         $____________


S.        Liquidated Contracts


          1.         Total Liquidated Contracts                       #______         $____________

          2.         Identity (attach)

          3.         Liquidation proceeds for the Due Period                          $____________

          4.         Liquidation expenses for the Due Period                          $____________

                                    I-6
<PAGE>

          5.         Net Liquidation Proceeds for the Due Period                      $____________

          6.         Net Liquidation Losses for the Due Period                        $____________




T.        Advances


          1.         Unreimbursed Advances prior to such Distribution Date            $____________

          2.         Amount paid to Servicer on such Distribution Date to reimburse
                     Servicer for such unreimbursed Advances                          $____________

          3.         Amount of Delinquent Interest for such Distribution Date         $____________

          4.         Amount of new Advances on such Distribution Date (if such
                     amount is less than the amount of Delinquent Interest, attach the
                     certificate required by Section 7.03 of the Sale and Servicing
                     Agreement)                                                       $____________

          5.         Total of unreimbursed Advances after new Advances on such
                     Distribution Date                                                $____________


U.        Repurchased Contracts


          1.         Number of Contracts to be repurchased by the Seller pursuant to
                     Section 7.08 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement                 $____________

          2.         Principal Amount of such Contracts                               $____________

          3.         Related Repurchase Price of such Contracts                       $____________


V.        Contracts


          1.         Number of Contracts as of beginning of Due Period                $____________

          2.         Principal Balance of Contracts as of beginning of Due Period     $____________

          3.         Number of Contracts as of end of Due Period                      $____________

          4.         Principal Balance of Contracts as of end of Due Period           $____________

          5.         Pre-Funded Amount as of beginning of Due Period                  $____________

          6.         Pre-Funded Amount as of end of Due Period                        $____________


W.        Interest Reserve Account


          1.         Interest Reserve Amount as of previous Distribution Date         $____________

                                    I-7
<PAGE>

          2.         Carrying Charges (if any) to be paid on upcoming Distribution
                     Date                                                             $____________

          3.         Interest Reserve Amount as of upcoming Distribution Date         $____________

X.        Ratios

          1.         Cumulative Loss Ratio

                     a.       The aggregate Net Liquidation Losses for all Contracts
                              since the Cutoff Date through the end of the related Due
                              Period                                                  $_____________

                     b.       The sum of the Principal Balance of the Contracts as of
                              the Cutoff Date plus the Principal Balance of any
                              Subsequent Contracts as of the related Subsequent
                              Cutoff Date                                             $_____________

                     c.       The Cumulative Loss Ratio for such Distribution Date
                              (the quotient of a. divided by b., expressed as a
                              percentage)                                             $_____________

          2.         Average Default Ratio for such Distribution Date

                     (a)      The Default Ratio (the fraction (expressed as a
                              percentage) derived by dividing (x) the Principal
                              Balance for all Contracts that become Defaulted
                              Contracts during the immediately preceding Due
                              Period multiplied by twelve by (y) the outstanding
                              Principal Balances of all Contracts as of the
                              beginning of the related Due Period) for such
                              Distribution Date
                                                                                      -----%

                     (b)      The Default Ratio for the prior Distribution Date       _____%

                     (c)      The Default Ratio for the second prior Distribution
                              Date                                                    _____%

                     (d)      The Average Default Ratio (the arithmetic average of a.
                              through c.)                                             _____ %

          3.         Average Delinquency Ratio for such Distribution Date

                     (a)      The Delinquency Amount (the Principal Balance of all
                              Contracts that were delinquent 60 days or more as of
                              the end of the Due Period)                              $__________

                                    I-8
<PAGE>

                     (b)      The Delinquency Ratio (the fraction (expressed as
                              a percentage) computed by dividing (a) the
                              Delinquency Amount during the immediately
                              preceding Due Period multiplied by twelve by (b)
                              the Principal Balance of the Contracts as of the
                              beginning of the related Due Period) for such
                              Distribution Date _____%

                     (c)      The Delinquency Ratio for the prior Distribution Date   _____%

                     (d)      The Delinquency Ratio for the second prior
                              Distribution Date                                       _____%

                     (e)      The Average Delinquency Ratio (the arithmetic average
                              of a. through c.)                                       _____%

          4.         Average Loss Ratio for such Distribution Date

                     (a)      Net Liquidation Losses                                  $________

                     (b)      The Loss Ratio for (the fraction (expressed as a
                              percentage) derived by dividing (x) Net
                              Liquidation Losses for all Contracts that became
                              Liquidated Contracts during the immediately
                              preceding Due Period multiplied by twelve by (y)
                              the outstanding Principal Balances of all
                              Contracts as of the beginning of the Due Period)
                              such Distribution Date _____%

                     (c)      The Loss Ratio for the prior Distribution Date          _____%

                     (d)      The Loss Ratio for the second prior Distribution Date   _____%

                     (e)      The Average Loss Ratio (the arithmetic average of a.
                              through c.)                                             _____%

          5.         Computation of Reserve Fund Requisite Amount

                     Trigger Events

                     (1)      Average Delinquency Ratio (if Average Delinquency
                              Ratio>= 2.50%, then a Reserve Fund Trigger Event)       _____%

                     (2)      Average Loss Ratio (if Average Loss Ratio is  Ratio>=
                              1.75%, then a Reserve Fund Trigger Event)               _____%

                                    I-9
<PAGE>

                     (3)      Cumulative Loss Ratio (if Cumulative Loss Ratio is
                              Ratio >= (i) .75% with respect to any Distribution
                              Date which occurs within the period from the
                              Closing Date to, and inclusive of, the first
                              anniversary of the Closing Date, (ii) 1.50% with
                              respect to any Distribution Date which occurs
                              within the period from the day after the first
                              anniversary of the Closing Date to, and inclusive
                              of, the second anniversary of the Closing Date, or
                              (iii) 1.75% for any Distribution Date following
                              the second anniversary of the Closing Date Ratio>=
                              than a Reserve Fund Trigger Event). _____%

                     (4)      Average Default Ratio (If Average Default Ratio is
                              Ratio>= 7.00% than a Reserve Fund Trigger Event).       _____%
</TABLE>

                                    I-10
<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT J

                  [Seller's Representations and Warranties]


         (1)      Representations and Warranties Regarding Seller.  Seller
represents and warrants, as of the execution and delivery of this Agreement and
as of the Closing Date, in the case of the Initial Contracts, and as of the
applicable Subsequent Transfer Date, in the case of Subsequent Contracts, that:

                  (a) Organization and Good Standing. Seller is a corporation
         duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of
         the jurisdiction of its organization and has the corporate power to own
         its assets and to transact the business in which it is currently
         engaged. Seller is duly qualified to do business as a foreign
         corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the
         character of the business transacted by it or properties owned or
         leased by it requires such qualification and in which the failure so to
         qualify would have a material adverse effect on the business,
         properties, assets, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Seller or
         Trust Depositor. Seller is properly licensed in each jurisdiction to
         the extent required by the laws of such jurisdiction to service the
         Contracts in accordance with the terms of the Sale and Servicing
         Agreement.

                  (b) Authorization; Binding Obligation. Seller has the power
         and authority to make, execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and
         the other Transaction Documents to which the Seller is a party and all
         of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement and the other
         Transaction Documents to which the Seller is a party, and has taken all
         necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and
         performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to
         which the Seller is a party. This Agreement and the other Transaction
         Documents to which the Seller is a party constitute the legal, valid
         and binding obligation of Seller enforceable in accordance with their
         terms, except as enforcement of such terms may be limited by
         bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of
         creditors' rights generally and by the availability of equitable
         remedies.

                  (c) No Consent Required. Seller is not required to obtain the
         consent of any other party or any consent, license, approval or
         authorization from, or registration or declaration with, any
         governmental authority, bureau or agency in connection with the
         execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this
         Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Seller is a
         party.

                  (d) No Violations. Seller's execution, delivery and
         performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to
         which the Seller is a party will not violate any provision of any
         existing law or regulation or any order or decree of any court or the
         Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of Seller, or constitute a material
         breach of any mortgage, indenture, contract or other agreement to which
         Seller is a party or by which Seller or any of Seller's properties may
         be bound.

                  (e) Litigation. No litigation or administrative proceeding of
         or before any court, tribunal or governmental body is currently
         pending, or to the knowledge of Seller threatened, against Seller or
         any of its properties or with respect to this Agreement or any other
         Transaction Document to which the Seller is a party which, if adversely
         determined, would in the opinion of Seller have a material adverse
         effect on the business, properties, assets or condition (financial or
         other) of Seller or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or
         any other Transaction Document to which the Seller is a party.

                  (f)  Place of Business; No Changes.  Seller's sole place of
         business (within the meaning of Article 9 of the UCC) is as follows:

                                       Eaglemark, Inc.

                                    J-1

<PAGE>

                                       1179 Fairview Drive, Suite G
                                       Carson City, Nevada 89701


         Seller has not changed its name whether by amendment of its Articles of
         Incorporation, by reorganization or otherwise, and has not changed the
         location of its place of business, within the four months preceding the
         Closing Date.

         (2) Representations and Warranties Regarding Each Contract. Seller
represents and warrants as to each Contract as of the execution and delivery of
this Agreement and as of the Closing Date, in the case of the Initial Contracts,
and as of the applicable Subsequent Transfer Date, in the case of Subsequent
Contracts, that:

                  (a) List of Contracts. The information set forth in the List
         of Contracts (or Subsequent List of Contracts, in the case of
         Subsequent Contracts) is true, complete and correct as of the Initial
         Cutoff Date or applicable Subsequent Cutoff Date, as the case may be.

                  (b) Payments. As of the Initial Cutoff Date or applicable
         Subsequent Cutoff Date, as the case may be, the most recent scheduled
         payment with respect to any Contract either had been made or was not
         delinquent for more than 30 days. To the best of Seller's knowledge,
         all payments made on each Contract were made by the respective Obligor.

                  (c) No Waivers. As of the Closing Date (or the applicable
         Subsequent Transfer Date, in the case of Subsequent Contracts), the
         terms of the Contracts have not been waived, altered or modified in any
         respect, except by instruments or documents included in the related
         Contract File.

                  (d) Binding Obligation.  Each Contract is the genuine, legal,
         valid and binding obligation of the Obligor thereunder and is
         enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such
         enforceability may be limited by laws affecting the enforcement of
         creditors' rights generally.

                  (e) No Defenses. No Contract is subject to any right of
         rescission, setoff, counterclaim or defense, including the defense of
         usury, and the operation of any of the terms of such Contract or the
         exercise of any right thereunder will not render the Contract
         unenforceable in whole or in part or subject to any right of
         rescission, setoff, counterclaim or defense, including the defense of
         usury, and no such right of rescission, setoff, counterclaim or defense
         has been asserted with respect thereto.

                  (f) Insurance. As of the Closing Date (or the applicable
         Subsequent Transfer Date in the case of Subsequent Contracts), the
         related Motorcycle securing each Contract is covered by physical damage
         insurance (i) in an amount not less than the value of the Motorcycle at
         the time of origination of the Contract, (ii) naming Seller as a loss
         payee and (iii) insuring against loss and damage due to fire, theft,
         transportation, collision and other risks covered by comprehensive
         coverage, and all premiums due on such insurance have been paid in full
         from the date of the Contract's origination.

                  (g) Origination. Each Contract was originated by a
         Harley-Davidson motorcycle dealer in the regular course of its business
         which dealer had all necessary licenses and permits to originate the
         Contracts in the state where such dealer was located, was fully and
         properly executed by the parties thereto, and has been purchased by
         Seller in the regular course of its business. Each Contract was sold by
         such motorcycle dealer to the Seller without any fraud or
         misrepresentation on the part of such motorcycle dealer.

                  (h) Lawful Assignment. No Contract was originated in or is
         subject to the laws of any jurisdiction whose laws would make the sale,
         transfer and assignment of the Contract under this Agreement 

                                    J-2

<PAGE>

         or under the Sale and Servicing Agreement or under the Indenture or 
         pursuant to transfers of the Certificates unlawful, void or voidable.

                  (i) Compliance with Law. None of the Contracts, the
         origination of the Contracts by the dealers, the purchase of the
         Contracts by the Seller, the sale of the Contracts by the Seller to the
         Trust Depositor or by the Trust Depositor to the Trust, or any
         combination of the foregoing, violated as of the Closing Date or as of
         any Subsequent Transfer Date, as applicable, any requirement of any
         federal, state or local law and regulations thereunder, including,
         without limitation, usury, truth in lending, motor vehicle installment
         loan and equal credit opportunity laws, applicable to the Contracts and
         the sale of Motorcycles. Seller shall, for at least the period of this
         Agreement, maintain in its possession, available for the Trust
         Depositor's, and theTrustee's inspection, and shall deliver to Trust
         Depositor or the Trustee upon demand, evidence of compliance with all
         such requirements.

                  (j) Contract in Force. As of the Closing Date (or the
         applicable Subsequent Transfer Date in the case of Subsequent
         Contracts), no Contract has been satisfied or subordinated in whole or
         in part or rescinded, and the related Motorcycle securing any Contract
         has not been released from the lien of the Contract in whole or in
         part.

                  (k) Valid Security Interest. Each Contract creates a valid,
         subsisting and enforceable first priority perfected security interest
         in favor of Seller in the Motorcycle covered thereby, and such security
         interest has been assigned by Seller to the Trust Depositor. The
         original certificate of title, certificate of lien or other
         notification (the "Lien Certificate") issued by the body responsible
         for the registration of, and the issuance of certificates of title
         relating to, motor vehicles and liens thereon (the "Registrar of
         Titles") of the applicable state to a secured party which indicates the
         lien of the secured party on the Motorcycle is recorded on the original
         certificate of title, and original certificate of title for each
         Motorcycle, show, or if a new or replacement Lien Certificate is being
         applied for with respect to such Motorcycle the Lien Certificate will
         be received within 180 days of the Closing Date (or the applicable
         Subsequent Transfer Date in the case of Subsequent Contracts) and will
         show, the Seller as original secured party under each Contract as the
         holder of a first priority security interest in such Motorcycle. With
         respect to each Contract for which the Lien Certificate has not yet
         been returned from the Registrar of Titles, the Seller has received
         written evidence from the related dealer that such Lien Certificate
         showing the Seller as lienholder has been applied for, the Seller's
         security interest has been validly assigned by the Seller to the Trust
         Depositor and by the Trust Depositor to the Issuer and Owner Trustee
         pursuant to this Agreement. Immediately after the sale, each Contract
         will be secured by an enforceable and perfected first priority security
         interest in the Motorcycle in favor of the Trust as secured party,
         which security interest is prior to all other liens upon and security
         interests in such Motorcycle which now exist or may hereafter arise or
         be created (except, as to priority, for any lien for taxes, labor,
         materials or of any state law enforcement agency affecting a
         Motorcycle).

                  (1) Capacity of Parties. All parties to any Contract had
         capacity to execute such Contract and all other documents related
         thereto and to grant the security interest purported to be granted
         thereby.

                  (m) Good Title. Each Contract was purchased by Seller for
         value and taken into possession prior to the Cutoff Date (or the
         applicable Subsequent Cutoff Date in the case of Subsequent Contracts)
         in the ordinary course of its business, without knowledge that the
         Contract was subject to a security interest. Except with respect to (i)
         the security interest of NBD Bank, N.A. individually and as agent for
         certain other lenders, which security interest is released and of no
         further force and effect by its terms upon the transfer of such
         Contract pursuant hereto, and (ii) the security interest of Bank of
         America National Trust and Savings Association ("BofA") as
         administrator for the Second Parties under the Security Agreement dated
         as of March 15, 1996 between Eaglemark and BofA, which security
         interest shall be released (A) in the case of the Initial Contracts,
         concurrently with the issuance of the Certificates upon receipt by BofA
         of monies in the amount described in a release agreement provided by
         BofA and (B) in the case of Subsequent Contracts, concurrently 

                                    J-3
<PAGE>
         with the Subsequent Transfer Date upon receipt by 
         BofA of monies in the amount
         described in a similar release agreement to be provided by BofA, no
         Contract has been sold, assigned or pledged to any person other than
         Trust Depositor and the Trustee as the transferee of Trust Depositor,
         and prior to the transfer of the Contract to Trust Depositor, Seller
         had good and marketable title to each Contract free and clear of any
         encumbrance, equity, loan, pledge, charge, claim or security interest
         (other than the self-extinguishing interest of NBD Bank, N.A. described
         above and the extinguished interest of BofA described above) and was
         the sole owner thereof and had full right to transfer the Contract to
         Trust Depositor and to permit Trust Depositor to transfer the same to
         the Issuer and Owner Trustee, and, as of the Closing Date (or the
         applicable Subsequent Transfer Date in the case of Subsequent
         Contracts), the Issuer and the Owner Trustee will have a first
         priority perfected security interest therein.

                  (n) No Defaults. As of the Initial Cutoff Date (or the
         applicable Subsequent Cutoff Date in the case of Subsequent Contracts),
         no default, breach, violation or event permitting acceleration existed
         with respect to any Contract and no event had occurred which, with
         notice and the expiration of any grace or cure period, would constitute
         such a default, breach, violation or event permitting acceleration
         under such Contract. Seller has not waived any such default, breach,
         violation or event permitting acceleration, and Seller has not granted
         any extension of payment terms on any Contract. As of the Initial
         Cutoff Date (or the applicable Subsequent Cutoff Date in the case of
         Subsequent Contracts), no Motorcycle had been repossessed.

                  (o) No Liens. As of the Closing Date (or the applicable
         Subsequent Transfer Date in the case of Subsequent Contracts) there
         are, to the best of Seller's knowledge, no liens or claims which have
         been filed for work, labor or materials affecting the Motorcycle
         securing any Contract which are or may be liens prior to, or equal
         with, the lien of such Contract.

                  (p) Installments. Each Contract has a fixed Contract Rate and
         provides for monthly payments of principal and interest which, if
         timely made, would fully amortize the loan on a simple-interest basis
         over its term.

                  (q) Enforceability. Each Contract contains customary and
         enforceable provisions such as to render the rights and remedies of the
         holder thereof adequate for the realization against the collateral of
         the benefits of the security.

                  (r) One Original. Each Contract is evidenced by only one
         original executed Contract, which original has been delivered to the
         Issuer and the Owner Trustee or its designee on or before the Closing
         Date (or the applicable Subsequent Transfer Date in the case of
         Subsequent Contracts).

                  (s) No Government Contracts.  No Obligor is the United States
         government or an agency, authority, instrumentality or other political
         subdivision of the United States government.

                  (t) Lockbox Bank. The Lockbox Bank is the only institution
         holding any Lockbox Account for receipt of payments from Obligors, and
         all Obligors, and only such Obligors, have been instructed to make
         payments to the Lockbox Account, and no person claiming through or
         under Seller has any claim or interest in the Lockbox Account other
         than the Lockbox Bank; provided, however, NBD Bank, N.A. ("NBD"), Eagle
         Credit Trust 1994-1, Eagle Credit Trust 1994-2, Eagle Credit Trust
         1994-3, Eagle Credit Trust 1994-4, Eaglemark Trust 1995-1, Eaglemark
         Trust 1995-2, Eaglemark Trust 1996-1, Eaglemark Trust 1996-2 and any
         other Trusts (as that term is defined in the Third Amended and Restated
         Lockbox Agreement dated as of February 1, 1996 by and among Seller,
         Eaglemark Customer Funding Corporation-II, Purchaser, NBD and BofA and
         acknowledged by Norwest in its capacity as Trustee of Eagle Credit
         Trust 1994-1, Eagle Credit Trust 1994-2, Eagle Credit Trust 1994-3,
         Eagle Credit Trust 1994-4 and Eaglemark Trust 1995-1, Eaglemark Trust
         1995-2 and Harris Trust and Savings Bank with respect to Future Trusts
         (as defined therein))., shall have an interest in certain other
         collections therein not related to the Contracts.

                                    J-4
<PAGE>

                  (u) Obligor Bankruptcy.  At the Cutoff Date (or the
         applicable Subsequent Cutoff Date in the case of Subsequent
         Contracts), no Obligor was subject to a bankruptcy proceeding within
         the one year preceding such Cutoff Date.

                  (v) Chattel Paper.  The Contracts constitute chattel paper
         within the meaning of the UCC as in effect in the States of Nevada and
         Illinois.

                  (w) No Impairment. Neither the Seller nor the Trust Depositor
         has done anything to convey any right to any Person that would result
         in such Person having a right to payments due under the Contract or
         otherwise to impair the rights of the Trust and the Certificateholders
         in any Contract or the proceeds thereof.

                  (x) Contract Not Assumable.  No Contract is assumable by
         another Person in a manner which would release the Obligor thereof
         from such Obligor's obligations to the Trust Depositor with respect to
         such Contract.

         (3) Representations and Warranties Regarding the Contracts in the
Aggregate. Seller represents and warrants, as of the execution and delivery of
this Agreement and as of the Closing Date, in the case of the Initial Contracts,
and as of the applicable Subsequent Transfer Date, in the case of Subsequent
Contracts, that:

                  (a) Amounts. The sum of the aggregate Principal Balances
         payable by Obligors under the Contracts as of the Initial Cutoff Date
         (or the applicable Subsequent Cutoff Date in the case of Subsequent
         Contracts), plus the Pre-Funded Amount as of such date, equals the sum
         of the principal balance of the Class A-1 Certificate Notes, the Class
         A-2 Notes and Certificates on the Closing Date or the related
         Subsequent Transfer Date, as applicable.

                  (b) Characteristics. The Initial Contracts have the following
         characteristics: (i) all the Contracts are secured by Motorcycles; (ii)
         no Initial Contract has a remaining maturity of more than 72 months;
         and (iii) the final scheduled Distribution Date on the Initial Contract
         with the latest maturity is not later than April 2003. Approximately
         65% of the Principal Balance of the Initial Contracts as of the Initial
         Cutoff Date is attributable to loans for purchases of new Motorcycles
         and approximately 35% is attributable to loans for purchases of used
         Motorcycles. No Initial Contract was originated after the Initial
         Cutoff Date. No Initial Contract has a Contract Rate less than 8.50%.
         The first payment on each Initial Contract is due on or before May 15,
         1997.

                  (c) Marking Records. As of the Closing Date (or the applicable
         Subsequent Transfer Date in the case of Subsequent Contracts), Seller
         has caused the Computer Disk relating to the Contracts sold hereunder
         and concurrently reconveyed by Trust Depositor to the Trust and by the
         Trust to the Indenture Trustee to be clearly and unambiguously marked
         to indicate that such Contracts constitute part of the Trust, are owned
         by the Trust and constitute security for the Notes.

                  (d) No Adverse Selection.  No selection procedures adverse to
         Noteholders and Certificateholders have been employed in selecting the
         Contracts.

                  (e) True Sale. The transaction contemplated by this Agreement
         constitutes a valid sale, transfer and assignment from Seller to Trust
         Depositor and from Trust Depositor to the Trust of all of Seller's
         right, title and interest in the Contract Assets as of the Closing Date
         and any Subsequent Transfer Date, as applicable.

                  (f) All Filings Made. All filings (including, without
         limitation, UCC filings) required to be made by any Person and actions
         required to be taken or performed by any Person in any jurisdiction to
         give the Trustee a first priority perfected lien on, or ownership
         interest in, the Contracts and the proceeds thereof and the rest of the
         Trust Corpus have been made, taken or performed.

                                    J-5
<PAGE>

         (4)      Representations and Warranties Regarding the Contract Files. 
Seller represents and warrants as of the execution and delivery of this
Agreement and as of the Closing Date, in the case of the Initial Contracts, and
as of the applicable Subsequent Transfer Date, in the case of Subsequent
Contracts, that:

                  (a) Possession. Immediately prior to the Closing Date or any
         Subsequent Transfer Date, Seller will have possession of each original
         Contract and the related complete Contract File, and there are and
         there will be no custodial agreements relating to the same in effect.
         Each of such documents which is required to be signed by the Obligor
         has been signed by the Obligor in the appropriate spaces. All blanks on
         any form have been properly filled in and each form has otherwise been
         correctly prepared. The complete Contract File for each Contract
         currently is in the possession of the Servicer.

                  (b) Bulk Transfer Laws. The transfer, assignment and
         conveyance of the Contracts and the Contract Files by Seller pursuant
         to this Agreement or any Subsequent Purchase Agreement and by Trust
         Depositor pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement is not subject
         to the bulk transfer or any similar statutory provisions in effect in
         any applicable jurisdiction.


                                    J-6
<PAGE>


                                 EXHIBIT K

                      [Lockbox Bank and Lockbox Account]


                                 Lockbox

                        Eaglemark, Inc. O. Box 52220
                        Phoenix, Arizona 85072-2220



                                 Lockbox Bank

                        National City Processing Company
                        d/b/a NPC
                        1231 Durrett Lane
                        Louisville, Kentucky  40285-0001


                                    K-1
<PAGE>


                                   EXHIBIT L

                            [Form of Contract Stamp]

         This Contract/Note is subject to a security interest granted to
Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Owner Trust 1997-1. UCC-1 Financing Statements
covering this Contract/Note have been filed with the Secretary of State of the
State of Nevada and the Secretary of State of the State of Illinois. Such lien
will be released only in connection with appropriate filings in such offices.
Consequently, potential purchasers of this Contract/Note must refer to such
filings to determine whether such lien has been released.


                                    L-1
<PAGE>



                                  EXHIBIT M

                    [Form of Subsequent Transfer Agreement]

               [see Exhibit C of the Transfer and Sale Agreement]


                                    M-1


<PAGE>




                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



             CERTIFICATES FOR HARLEY-DAVIDSON MOTORCYCLE CONTRACTS
                             [_____] GRANTOR TRUST
                          [___]% CLASS A CERTIFICATES
                          [___]% CLASS B CERTIFICATES


                        POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT


                                 BY AND AMONG


                  EAGLEMARK CUSTOMER FUNDING CORPORATION-[___]
                              as Trust Depositor


                               EAGLEMARK, INC.
                                 as Servicer

                                      AND

                        HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK
              not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee of, and
                             Back-up Servicer for,


                             EAGLEMARK TRUST [___]


                            Dated as of [________]



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>
                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS


ARTICLE I

           DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
           Section 1.01.  General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
           Section 1.02.  Specific Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

ARTICLE II 
           ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST; TRANSFER OF CONTRACTS . . . . . . . . . . .19
           Section 2.01.  Closing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
           Section 2.02.  Conditions to the Closing. . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
           Section 2.03.  Acceptance by Trustee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
           Section 2.04.  Conveyance of Subsequent Contracts . . . . . . . . .21
           Section 2.05.  Tax Treatment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24

ARTICLE III
           REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
           Section 3.01.  Representations and Warranties Regarding the Trust 
                          Depositor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
           Section 3.02.  Representations and Warranties Regarding the 
                          Servicer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26

ARTICLE IV
           PERFECTION OF TRANSFER AND PROTECTION OF SECURITY INTERESTS . . . .28
           Section 4.01.  Custody of Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
           Section 4.02.  Filing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
           Section 4.03.  Name Change or Relocation. . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
           Section 4.04.  Chief Executive Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
           Section 4.05.  Costs and Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30

ARTICLE V
           SERVICING OF CONTRACTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
           Section 5.01.  Responsibility for Contract Administration . . . . .30
           Section 5.02.  Standard of Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
           Section 5.03.  Records. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
           Section 5.04.  Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
           Section 5.05.  Trust Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
           Section 5.06.  Enforcement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
           Section 5.07.  Trustee to Cooperate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
           Section 5.08.  Costs and Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
           Section 5.09.  Maintenance of Security Interests in Motorcycles . .35


                                      -i-

<PAGE>

           Section 5.10.  Representations of Back-up Servicer. . . . . . . . .35
           Section 5.11.  Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the 
                          Obligations of, Back-up Servicer . . . . . . . . . .36
           Section 5.12.  Review of Monthly Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
           Section 5.13.  Back-up Servicer Compensation. . . . . . . . . . . .37
           Section 5.14.  Back-up Servicer Not to Resign . . . . . . . . . . .38
           Section 5.15.  Back-up Servicer/Lockbox Agreements. . . . . . . . .38

ARTICLE VI 
           REPORTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
           Section 6.01.  Monthly Reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
           Section 6.02.  Officer's Certificate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
           Section 6.03.  Other Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
           Section 6.04.  Annual Report of Accountants . . . . . . . . . . . .39
           Section 6.05.  Annual Statement of Compliance from Servicer . . . .40
           Section 6.06.  Statements to Certificateholders . . . . . . . . . .40

ARTICLE VII
           EVENTS OF TERMINATION; SERVICE TRANSFER . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
           Section 7.01.  Events of Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
           Section 7.02.  Service Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
           Section 7.03.  Back-up Servicer to Act; Appointment of Back-up 
                          Servicer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
           Section 7.04.  Notification to Certificateholders . . . . . . . . .45
           Section 7.05.  Effect of Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
           Section 7.06.  Database File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
           Section 7.07.  Back-up Servicer Indemnification . . . . . . . . . .45
           Section 7.07.  Responsibilities of the Back-up Servicer . . . . . .46

ARTICLE VIII
           PAYMENTS AND RESERVE FUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
           Section 8.01.  Monthly Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
           Section 8.02.  Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
           Section 8.03.  Advances; Realization of Carrying Charge . . . . . .47
           Section 8.04.  Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
           Section 8.05.  Withdrawal from Reserve Fund to Cover a Shortfall. .49
           Section 8.06.  Repurchases of Contracts for Breach of 
                          Representations and Warranties . . . . . . . . . . .49
           Section 8.07.  Reassignment of Repurchased Contracts. . . . . . . .50
           Section 8.08.  Seller's Repurchase Option . . . . . . . . . . . . .50

ARTICLE IX
           THE CERTIFICATES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50


                                     -ii-

<PAGE>

           Section 9.01.  The Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
           Section 9.02.  Registration of Transfer and Exchange of 
                          Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
           Section 9.03.  No Charge; Disposition of Void Certificates. . . . .52
           Section 9.04.  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificate . .52
           Section 9.05.  Persons Deemed Owners. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
           Section 9.06.  Access to List of Certificateholders' Names and 
                          Addresses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
           Section 9.07.  Authenticating Agents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53

ARTICLE X
           INDEMNITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
           Section 10.01.  Servicer Indemnification. . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
           Section 10.02.  Liabilities to Obligors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
           Section 10.03.  Tax Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
           Section 10.04.  Servicer's Indemnities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
           Section 10.05.  Operation of Indemnities. . . . . . . . . . . . . .55

ARTICLE XI
           THE TRUSTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
           Section 11.01.  Duties of Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
           Section 11.02.  Certain Matters Affecting the Trustee . . . . . . .57
           Section 11.03.  Trustee not Liable for Certificates or Contracts. .58
           Section 11.04.  Trustee May Own Certificates. . . . . . . . . . . .58
           Section 11.05.  Rights to Direct Trustee and to Waive Events of 
                           Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
           Section 11.06.  The Servicer to Pay Trustee's Expenses. . . . . . .58
           Section 11.07.  Eligibility Requirements for Trustee. . . . . . . .59
           Section 11.08.  Resignation or Removal of Trustee . . . . . . . . .59
           Section 11.09.  Successor Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
           Section 11.10.  Merger or Consolidation of Trustee. . . . . . . . .60
           Section 11.11.  Tax Returns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
           Section 11.12.  Obligor Claims. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
           Section 11.13.  Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee . . .62
           Section 11.14.  Representations and Warranties of Trustee . . . . .63

ARTICLE XII
           Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
           Section 12.01.  Servicer Not to Resign. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
           Section 12.02.  Prohibited Transactions with Respect to the Trust .64
           Section 12.03.  Maintenance of Office or Agency . . . . . . . . . .64
           Section 12.04.  Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
           Section 12.05.  Acts of Certificateholders. . . . . . . . . . . . .65
           Section 12.06.  Calculations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
           Section 12.07.  Assignment or Delegation by Trust Depositor . . . .66


                                    -iii-

<PAGE>

           Section 12.08.  Amendment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
           Section 12.09.  Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
           Section 12.10.  Merger and Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
           Section 12.11.  Headings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
           Section 12.12.  Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
           Section 12.13.  No Insolvency Petition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
           Section 12.14.  Third Party Beneficiary . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
           Section 12.15.  No Additional Securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
           Section 12.16.  No additional Indebtedness by the Trust Depositor .69







                                     -iv-

<PAGE>

Exhibit A-1  --  Form of Certificate for Motorcycle Contracts [_____] Grantor
                 Trust Class A Certificates
Exhibit A-2  --  Form of Certificate for Motorcycle Contracts [_____] Grantor
                 Trust Class B Certificates
EXHIBIT B    --  Form of Assignment
EXHIBIT C-1  --  Form of Closing Certificate of Trust Depositor
EXHIBIT C-2  --  Form of Closing Certificate of Servicer/Seller
EXHIBIT D-1  --  Form of Opinion of Counsel for Trust Depositor regarding
                 general corporate matters (including perfection opinion)
EXHIBIT D-2  --  Form of Opinion of Counsel for Trust Depositor Regarding the
                 "true sale" nature of the transaction
EXHIBIT D-3  --  Form of Opinion of Counsel for Trust Depositor regarding
                 non-consolidation
EXHIBIT E    --  Form of Reserve Account Agreement
EXHIBIT F    --  Form of Certificate of Servicing Officer
EXHIBIT G    --  Form of Certificate Regarding Repurchased Contracts
EXHIBIT H-1  --  Form of Representation Letter of Certificateholder (Class A
                 Certificates or Class B Certificates) (Non-Rule 144A)
EXHIBIT H-2  --  Form of Representation Letter of Certificateholder (Class A
                 Certificates or Class B Certificates)  (Rule 144A)
EXHIBIT I    --  List of Contracts
EXHIBIT J    --  Form of Monthly Report to Certificateholders
EXHIBIT K    --  Seller's Representations and Warranties
EXHIBIT L    --  Lockbox Bank and Lockbox Account
EXHIBIT M    --  Form of Contract Stamp
EXHIBIT N    --  Form of Subsequent Transfer Agreement






                                      -v-

<PAGE>

    This Agreement, dated as of [_____], is made by and among Eaglemark
Customer Funding Corporation-[___], a Nevada corporation (the "TRUST
DEPOSITOR"), Eaglemark, Inc., a Nevada corporation, as Servicer (in such
capacity, the "SERVICER"), Harris Trust and Savings Bank, as Back-up Servicer
(in such capacity, the "Back-up Servicer") and Harris Trust and Savings Bank, an
Illinois banking corporation ("HARRIS") not in its individual capacity but
solely as Trustee (in such capacity, the "TRUSTEE") of Eaglemark Trust [_____]
(the "TRUST").

    In consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements hereinafter set
forth, the Trust Depositor, the Servicer, the Back-up Servicer and the Trustee
agree as provided herein:

                                  ARTICLE I
                                 DEFINITIONS

    SECTION 1.01.  GENERAL.  For the purpose of this Agreement, except as
otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires, the terms
defined in this Article include the plural as well as the singular, the words
"herein," "hereof" and "hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to
this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular article, section or other
subdivision, and Section references refer to Sections of this Agreement.

    SECTION 1.02.  SPECIFIC TERMS.

    "ACT" HAS THE MEANING ASSIGNED IN SECTION 9.02(b).

    "ADDITION NOTICE" means, with respect to any transfer of Subsequent
Contracts to the Trust pursuant to Section 2.04 and the Deposit Agreement and
the Trust Depositor's corresponding prior purchase of such Contracts from the
Seller, a notice, which shall be given at least 10 days prior to the related
Subsequent Transfer Date, identifying the Subsequent Contracts to be transferred
and the aggregate Principal Balance of such Subsequent Contracts.

    "ADVANCE" means, with respect to any Payment Date, the amounts, if any,
deposited by the Servicer in the Collection Account for such Payment Date
pursuant to Section 8.03.

    "AFFILIATE" of any specified Person means any other Person controlling or
controlled by, or under common control with, such specified Person.  For the
purposes of this definition, "CONTROL" when used with respect to any specified
Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person,
directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
contract or otherwise; and the terms "CONTROLLING" or "CONTROLLED" have meanings
correlative to the foregoing.

    "AGREEMENT" means this Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the
terms hereof.


                                     -1-

<PAGE>

    "APPLICANTS" has the meaning assigned in Section 9.06.

    "AUTHENTICATING AGENT" means any authenticating agent appointed pursuant to
Section 9.07.

    "AVAILABLE FUNDS" means, with respect to any Payment Date, the sum of the
Available Interest and the Available Principal for such Payment Date.

    "AVAILABLE INTEREST" means, with respect to any Payment Date, the total
(without duplication) of the following amounts received by the Servicer on or in
respect of the Contracts during the related Due Period: (i) all amounts received
in respect of interest on the Contracts (as well as Late Payment Penalty Fees
and Extension Fees), (ii) the interest component of all Net Liquidation
Proceeds, (iii) the interest component of the aggregate of the Repurchase Prices
for Contracts repurchased by the Seller pursuant to Section 8.06, (iv) all
Advances made by the Servicer pursuant to Section 8.03, (v) the interest
component of all amounts paid by the Seller in connection with an optional
repurchase of the Contracts pursuant to Section 8.08, (vi) all amounts received
in respect of Carrying Charges transferred from the Interest Reserve Account
pursuant to Section 8.03, and (vii) all amounts received in respect of interest,
dividends, gains, income and earnings on investment of funds in the Trust
Accounts as contemplated in the last sentence of Section 5.05(d).

    "AVAILABLE PRINCIPAL" means, with respect to any Payment Date, the total
(without duplication) of the following amounts received by the Servicer on or in
respect of the Contracts during the related Due Period: (i) all amounts received
in respect of principal on the Contracts, (ii) the principal component of all
Net Liquidation Proceeds, (iii) the principal component of the aggregate of the
Repurchase Prices for Contracts repurchased by the Seller pursuant to 
Section 8.06, and (iv) the principal component of all amounts paid by the Seller
in connection with an optional repurchase of the Contracts pursuant to 
Section 8.08.

    "AVERAGE DEFAULT RATIO" means, for any Payment Date, the arithmetic average
of the Default Ratios for such Payment Dates and the two immediately preceding
Payment Dates.

    "AVERAGE DELINQUENCY RATIO" means, the arithmetic average of the
Delinquency Ratios for that Payment Date and the two immediately preceding
Payment Dates.

    "AVERAGE LOSS RATIO" means, for a Payment Date is equal to the arithmetic
average of the Loss Ratios for such Payment Date and the two immediately
preceding Payment Dates.

    "BACK-UP SERVICER" means Harris Trust and Savings Bank or its successors
and assigns with respect to the duties and obligations required of the Back-up
Servicer under this Agreement.


                                      -2-

<PAGE>

    "BACK-UP SERVICER FEE" means, as to any Payment Date, one-twelfth of the
product of 0.03% and the Principal Balance of the Contracts as of the beginning
of the related Due Period; provided, however, in no event shall such fee be less
than $750.00 per month.

    "BUELL" means Buell Motorcycle Company.

    "BUSINESS DAY" means any day other than (a) a Saturday or a Sunday, or (b)
another day on which banking institutions in the city of Chicago, Illinois are
authorized or obligated by law, executive order, or governmental decree to be
closed.

    "CARRYING CHARGES" means the sum of (i) the product of (A) one-twelfth of
the sum of (x) the Class A Pass-Through Rate and (y) 0.018% times (B) the Class
A Percentage of the Pre-Funded Amount as of the beginning of the related Due
Period plus (ii) the product of (A) one-twelfth of the sum of (x) the Class B
Pass-Through Rate and (y) .018% times (B) the Class B Percentage of the 
Pre-Funded Amount as of the beginning of the related Due Period.

    "CERTIFICATEHOLDER" or "HOLDER" means the person in whose name either a
Class A Certificate or a Class B Certificate is registered on the Certificate
Register, except that, solely for the purposes of giving any consent, waiver,
request or demand pursuant to this Agreement, any Certificate registered in the
name of the Trust Depositor or any Affiliate of the Trust Depositor shall be
deemed not to be outstanding and the Fractional Interest evidenced thereby shall
not be taken into account in determining whether the requisite Fractional
Interest necessary to effect any such consent, request, waiver or demand has
been obtained; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in determining whether the Trustee shall
be protected in relying upon any such consent, waiver, request or demand only
Certificates which the Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded.

    "CERTIFICATE REGISTER" means the register maintained pursuant to 
Section 9.02(a).

    "CERTIFICATE REGISTRAR" or "REGISTRAR" means the registrar appointed
pursuant to Section 9.02.

    "CERTIFICATES" means the Class A Certificates and the Class B Certificates.

    "CLASS" means all Certificates whose form is identical except for variation
in denomination, principal amount or Holder.

    "CLASS A CERTIFICATE" means a Certificate for Harley-Davidson Motorcycle
Contracts evidencing a Fractional Interest executed and delivered by the Trustee
substantially in the form of EXHIBIT A-1.


                                      -3-

<PAGE>

    "CLASS A CERTIFICATE BALANCE" shall initially equal the Class A Initial
Certificate Balance and, on any date thereafter, shall equal the Class A
Certificate Balance, reduced by all amounts previously distributed to Class A
Certificateholders and allocable to principal.

    "CLASS A DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT" means, with respect to any Payment Date, the
sum of the Class A Principal Distributable Amount and the Class A Interest
Distributable Amount.

    "CLASS A INITIAL CERTIFICATE BALANCE" means $[_____], which is equal to the
aggregate Principal Balance of the Initial Contracts as of the Initial Cutoff
Date plus the Pre-Funded Amount as of the Closing Date multiplied by the Class A
Percentage, and with respect to a particular Certificate means the amount set
forth on the face thereof.

    "CLASS A INTEREST CARRYOVER SHORTFALL" means, with respect to any Payment
Date, (i) the excess of the Class A Interest Distributable Amount for the
preceding Payment Date over the amount of interest that was actually distributed
to Class A Certificateholders on such preceding Payment Date, plus (ii) 30 days
of interest on the amount specified in clause (i), to the extent permitted by
law, at the Class A Pass-Through Rate.

    "CLASS A INTEREST DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT" means, with respect to any Payment
Date (other than the first Payment Date), the sum of (i)  the product of (A)
one-twelfth (or, with respect to the first Payment Date, a fraction, the
numerator of which equals the number of days from and including the Closing Date
to but excluding the first Payment Date and the denominator of which equals 360)
of the Class A Pass-Through Rate and (B) the Class A Certificate Balance as of
the immediately preceding Payment Date (after giving effect to distributions of 
principal made on such immediately preceding Payment Date) or, in the case of
the first Payment Date, the Class A Initial Certificate Balance plus (ii) the
Class A Interest Carryover Shortfall for such Payment Date.

    "CLASS A PASS-THROUGH RATE" means [___]% per annum computed on the basis of
a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

    "CLASS A PERCENTAGE" means [___]%.

    "CLASS A POOL FACTOR" means, at any time, the percentage (carried out to
seven decimal places) derived from a fraction, the numerator of which is the
Class A Certificate Balance at such time and the denominator of which is the
Class A Initial Certificate Balance.

    "CLASS A PRINCIPAL CARRYOVER SHORTFALL" means, with respect to any Payment
Date, (i) the excess of the Class A Principal Distributable Amount over (ii) the
amount of principal that was actually distributed to Class A Certificateholders
on such preceding Payment Date.


                                      -4-

<PAGE>

    "CLASS A PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT" means, with respect to any Payment
Date, the sum of (i) the product of (a) the Class A Percentage and (b) the
Monthly Principal for such Payment Date plus (ii) the Class A Principal
Carryover Shortfall for such Payment Date.

    "CLASS B CERTIFICATE" means a Certificate for Harley-Davidson Motorcycle
Contracts evidencing a Fractional Interest executed and delivered by the Trustee
substantially in the form of EXHIBIT A-2.

    "CLASS B CERTIFICATE BALANCE" shall initially equal the Class B Initial
Certificate Balance and, on any Payment Date (after giving effect to all
payments made to Certificateholders on such date) shall equal the amount by
which the sum of (i) the Pool Balance as of the last day of the related Due
Period and (ii) the Pre-Funded Amount as of such day exceeds the Class A
Certificate Balance on such Payment Date (after giving effect to all payments
made to the Class A Certificateholders on such date).

    "CLASS B DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT" means, with respect to any Payment Date, the
sum of the Class B Principal Distributable Amount and the Class B Interest
Distributable Amount.

    "CLASS B INITIAL CERTIFICATE BALANCE" means $[____], which is equal to the
aggregate Principal Balance of the Initial Contracts as of the Initial Cutoff
Date plus the Pre-Funded Amount as of the Closing Date multiplied by the Class B
Percentage, and with respect to a particular Certificate means the amount set
forth on the face thereof.

    "CLASS B INTEREST CARRYOVER SHORTFALL" means, with respect to any Payment
Date, (i) the excess of the Class B Interest Distributable Amount for the
preceding Payment Date over the amount of interest that was actually distributed
to Class B Certificateholders on such preceding Payment Date, plus (ii) 30 days
of interest on the amount specified in clause (i), to the extent permitted by
law, at the Class B Pass-Through Rate.

    "CLASS B INTEREST DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT" means, with respect to any Payment
Date (other than the first Payment Date), the sum of (i) the product of 
(A) one-twelfth (or, with respect to the first Payment Date, a fraction the 
numerator of which equals the number of days from and including the Closing Date
to but excluding the first Payment Date and the denominator of which equals 360)
of the Class B Pass-Through Rate and (B) the Class B Certificate Balance as of 
the immediately preceding Payment Date (after giving effect to distributions of
principal made on such immediately preceding Payment Date) or, in the case of
the first Payment Date, the Class B Initial Certificate Balance plus (ii) the
Class B Interest Carryover Shortfall for such Payment Date.

    "CLASS B PRINCIPAL CARRYOVER SHORTFALL" means, with respect to any Payment
Date, (i) the excess of the Class B Principal Distributable Amount over (ii) the
amount of principal that was actually distributed to Class B Certificateholders
on such preceding Payment Date.


                                      -5-

<PAGE>

    "CLASS B PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT" means, with respect to any Payment
Date, the sum of (i) the product of (A) the Class B Percentage and (B) the
Monthly Principal for such Payment Date plus (ii) the Class B Principal
Carryover Shortfall for such Payment Date.

    "CLASS B PASS-THROUGH RATE" means [___]% per annum computed on the basis of
a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.  The Class B Pass-Through
Rate includes (i) at any time during the Funding Period, the sum of (a) the
Class A Pass-Through Rate multiplied by the Class B Percentage multiplied by the
Pool Balance, (b) 1.75 basis points on the Pool Balance and (c) a portion of the
amount deposited to the Collection Account from the Interest Reserve Account
during the Funding Period equal to the difference between the Class B 
Pass-Through Rate multiplied by the Class B Certificate Balance and the sum of 
items (a) and (b) above and (ii) at any time after the Funding Period, the sum 
of (a) the Class A Pass-Through Rate multiplied by the Class B Certificate 
Balance and (b) 1.75 basis points on the Pool Balance.  In no event will the 
Class B Pass-Through Rate exceed 7.00% per annum.

    "CLASS B PERCENTAGE" means [___]%

    "CLASS B POOL FACTOR" means, at any time, the percentage (carried out to
seven decimal places) derived from a fraction, the numerator of which is the
Class B Certificate Balance at such time and the denominator of which is the
Class B Initial Certificate Balance.

    "CLOSING DATE" means [_______].

    "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

    "COLLATERAL AGENT" means the Collateral Agent named in the Security
Agreement and any successor thereto pursuant to the terms of the Security
Agreement.

    "COLLECTION ACCOUNT" means a trust account as described in Section 5.05
maintained in the name of the Trust which shall be an Eligible Account.

    "COMPUTER DISK" means the computer disk generated by the Servicer which
provides information relating to the Contracts and which was used by the Seller
in selecting the Contracts sold to the Trust Depositor pursuant to the Transfer
and Sale Agreement (and any Subsequent Purchase Agreement) by the Trust
Depositor in selecting the Contracts sold to the Trust pursuant to this
Agreement (and any Subsequent Transfer Agreement), and includes the master file
and the history file as well as servicing information with respect to the
Contracts.

    "CONTRACT ASSETS" has the meaning assigned in Section 2.01 (and 2.04, as
applicable in the case of Subsequent Contracts) of the Transfer and Sale
Agreement.


                                      -6-

<PAGE>

    "CONTRACT FILE" means, as to each Contract, (a) the original copy of the
Contract, including the executed conditional sales contract or other evidence of
the obligation of the Obligor, (b) the original title certificate to the
Motorcycle and, where applicable, the certificate of lien recordation, or, if
such title certificate has not yet been issued, an application for such title
certificate, or other appropriate evidence of a security interest in the covered
Motorcycle; (c) the assignments of the Contract; (d) the original copy of any
agreement(s) modifying the Contract including, without limitation, any extension
agreement(s) and (e) documents evidencing the existence of physical damage
insurance covering such Motorcycle.

    "CONTRACT RATE" means, as to any Contract, the annual rate of interest
specified in the Contract.

    "CONTRACTS" means the motorcycle conditional sales contracts described in
the List of Contracts and constituting part of the Trust Corpus (as such list
may be supplemented from time to time to reflect transfers of Subsequent
Contracts), and includes, without limitation, all related security interests and
any and all rights to receive payments which are collected pursuant thereto on
or after the Initial Cutoff Date or, with respect to any Subsequent Contracts,
any related Subsequent Cutoff Date, but excluding any rights to receive payments
which are collected pursuant thereto prior to the Initial Cutoff Date, or with
respect to any Subsequent Contracts, any related Subsequent Cutoff Date.

    "CORPORATE TRUST OFFICE" means the office of the Trustee at which at any
particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered,
which office at the date of the execution of this Agreement is located at the
address set forth in Section 12.09.

    "CRAM DOWN LOSS" means, with respect to a Contract, if a court of
appropriate jurisdiction in an insolvency proceeding shall have issued an order
reducing the Principal Balance of such Contract the amount of such reduction
(with a "CRAM DOWN LOSS"  being deemed to have occurred on the date of issuance
of such order).

    "CUMULATIVE LOSS RATIO" means, as of any Payment Date,  the fraction
(expressed as a percentage) computed by the Servicer by dividing (i) the
aggregate Net Liquidation Losses for all Contracts since the Cutoff Date through
the end of the related Due Period by (ii)  the sum of (A) the Principal Balance
of the Contracts as of the Cutoff Date plus (B) the Principal Balance of any
Subsequent Contracts as of the related Subsequent Cutoff Date.

    "CUTOFF DATE" means either or both (as the context may require) the Initial
Cutoff Date and any Subsequent Cutoff Date.

    "DEFAULTED CONTRACT" means a Contract with respect to which there has
occurred one or more of the following: (i) all or some portion of any payment
under the Contract is 120 days or more delinquent, (ii) repossession (and
expiration of any redemption period) of a Motorcycle


                                      -7-

<PAGE>

securing a Contract or (iii) the Servicer has determined in good faith that an 
Obligor is not likely to resume payment under a Contract.

    "DEFAULT RATIO" means, as of any Payment Date, the fraction (expressed as a
percentage) derived by dividing (x) the Principal Balance for all Contracts that
become Defaulted Contracts during the immediately preceding Due Period
multiplied by twelve by (y) the outstanding Principal Balances of all Contracts
as of the beginning of the related Due Period.

    "DELINQUENCY AMOUNT" means, as of any Payment Date means the Principal
Balance of all Contracts that were delinquent 60 days or more as of the end of
the related Due Period (including Contracts in respect of which the related
Motorcycles have been repossessed and are still inventory).

    "DELINQUENT INTEREST" means, for each Contract and each Determination Date
as to which the full payment due in the related Due Period has not been paid
(any such payment being "DELINQUENT" for purposes of this definition), all
interest accrued on such Contract from the Due Date in the Due Period one month
prior to the Due Period in which the payment is delinquent.

    "DELINQUENCY RATIO" means, for any Payment Date, the fraction (expressed as
a percentage) computed by dividing (a) the Delinquency Amount during the
immediately preceding Due Period multiplied by twelve by (b) the Principal
Balance of the Contracts as of the beginning of the related Due Period.

    "DEPOSIT AGREEMENT" means the Agreement to Deposit Contracts, dated as of
[___], from the Trust Depositor in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the
Trust, which comprises part of the Trust Corpus.

    "DETERMINATION DATE" means the fourth Business Day following the conclusion
of a Due Period during the term of this Agreement.

    "DUE DATE" means, with respect to any Contract, the day of the month on
which each scheduled payment of principal and interest is due on such Contract,
exclusive of days of grace.

    "DUE PERIOD" means a calendar month during the term of this Agreement, and
the Due Period related to a Determination Date or Payment Date shall be the
calendar month immediately preceding such date; PROVIDED, however, that with
respect to the Initial Determination Date or Initial Payment Date, the Due
Period shall be the period from the Initial Cutoff Date to and including
[_____].

    "EAGLEMARK FINANCIAL" has the meaning assigned in Section 5.15.


                                      -8-

<PAGE>

    "ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT" means a segregated direct deposit account maintained
with a depository institution or trust company organized under the laws of the
United States of America, or any of the States thereof, or the District of
Columbia, having a certificate of deposit, short-term deposit or commercial
paper rating of at least A-1+ by Standard & Poor's and P-1 by Moody's.

    "ELIGIBLE INVESTMENTS" means any one or more of the following types of
investments:

         (a)  (i)   direct interest-bearing obligations of, and interest-bearing
    obligations guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by,
    the United States or any agency or instrumentality of the United States the
    obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United
    States; and (ii) direct interest-bearing obligations of, and
    interest-bearing obligations guaranteed as to timely payment of principal
    and interest by, the Federal National Mortgage Association or the Federal
    Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, but only if, at the time of investment,
    such obligations are assigned the highest credit rating by each Rating
    Agency;

         (b)  demand or time deposits in, certificates of deposit of, or
    bankers' acceptances issued by any depositary institution or trust company
    organized under the laws of the United States or any State and subject to
    supervision and examination by federal and/or State banking authorities
    (including, if applicable, the Trustee or any agent of the Trustee acting
    in their respective commercial capacities); PROVIDED that the short-term
    unsecured debt obligations of such depositary institution or trust company
    at the time of such investment, or contractual commitment providing for
    such investment, are assigned the highest credit rating by each Rating
    Agency;

         (c)  repurchase obligations pursuant to a written agreement (i) with
    respect to any obligation described in clause (a) above, where the Trustee
    has taken actual or constructive delivery of such obligation in accordance
    with Section 5.05, and (ii) entered into with a depositary institution or
    trust company organized under the laws of the United States or any State
    thereof, the deposits of which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance
    Corporation and the short-term unsecured debt obligations of which are
    rated "A-1+" by Standard & Poor's and "P-1" by Moody's (including, if
    applicable, the Trustee or any agent of the Trustee acting in their
    respective commercial capacities);

         (d)  securities bearing interest or sold at a discount issued by any
    corporation incorporated under the laws of the United States or any State
    whose long-term unsecured debt obligations are assigned the highest credit
    rating by each Rating Agency at the time of such investment or contractual
    commitment providing for such investment; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
    securities issued by any particular corporation will not be Eligible
    Investments to the extent that an investment therein will cause the then
    outstanding principal amount of securities issued by such corporation and
    held as part of the Trust


                                      -9-

<PAGE>

    to exceed 10% of the Eligible Investments held in the Trust (with Eligible
    Investments valued at par);

         (e)  commercial paper that (i) is payable in United States dollars and
    (ii) is rated in the highest credit rating category by each Rating Agency;

         (f)  money market mutual funds registered under the Investment Company
    Act of 1940, as amended, having a rating, at the time of such investment,
    from each of the Rating Agencies in the highest investment category granted
    thereby; and

         (g)  any other demand or time deposit, obligation, security or
    investment as may be acceptable to each Rating Agency and as may from time
    to time be confirmed in writing to the Trustee by each Rating Agency;

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that securities issued by any entity (except as provided in
paragraph (a)) will not be Eligible Investments to the extent that an investment
therein will cause the then outstanding principal amount of securities issued by
such entity and held in the Pre-Funding Account to exceed $10 million (with
Eligible Investments held in the Pre-Funding Account valued at par).

    "EVENT OF TERMINATION" has the meaning assigned to such term in 
Section 7.01.

    "EXTENSION FEE" means any extension fee paid by the Obligor on a Contract.

    "FINAL SCHEDULED PAYMENT DATE" means November 15, 2002.

    "FRACTIONAL INTEREST" means an undivided interest in the Trust and, as to a
particular Certificateholder, means the undivided interest in the Trust owned by
that Certificateholder equal to the percentage obtained by dividing (a) the
Certificate Balance of all Certificates held by such Certificateholder at the
time of determination by (b) the aggregate of the Certificate Balance of all of
the Certificates held by all Certificateholders at such time.

    "FUNDING PERIOD" means the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending
on the first to occur of (a) the Payment Date on which the amount on deposit in
the Pre-Funding Account (after giving effect to any transfers therefrom in
connection with the transfer of Subsequent Contracts to the Trust on such
Payment Date) is less than $100,000, (b) the date on which an Event of
Termination occurs, (c) the date on which an Insolvency Event occurs with
respect to the Seller and (d) the close of business on the date which is 90 days
from and including the Closing Date.

    "HOLDER" means a Person in whose name a Certificate is registered in the
Certificate Register.


                                     -10-

<PAGE>

    "INITIAL CONTRACTS" means those Contracts conveyed to the Trust on the
Closing Date.

    "INITIAL CUTOFF DATE" means [_____]. 

    "INSOLVENCY EVENT" means with respect to a specified Person, (a) the filing
of a decree or order for relief by a court having jurisdiction in the premises
in respect of such Person or any substantial part of its property in an
involuntary case under any applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or
other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver,
liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official for
such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or ordering the
winding-up or liquidation of such Person's affairs, and such decree or order
shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or (b)
the commencement by such Person of a voluntary case under any applicable Federal
or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect,
or the consent by such Person to the entry of an order for relief in an
involuntary case under any such law, or the consent by such Person to the
appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee,
custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official for such Person or for any
substantial part of its property, or the making by such Person of any general
assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the failure by such Person generally
to pay its debts as such debts become due, or the taking of action by such
Person in furtherance of any of the foregoing.
    
    "INTEREST RESERVE ACCOUNT" means the account designated as the Interest
Reserve Account in, and which is established and maintained pursuant to, 
Section 3.01 of the Security Agreement.

    "INTEREST RESERVE AMOUNT" means, as of any date of determination, the
amount on deposit in the Interest Reserve Account on such date, and as of the
Closing Date shall be $[___].

    "Late Payment Penalty Fees" means any late payment fees paid by Obligors on
Contracts after all sums received have been allocated first to regular
installments due or overdue and all such installments are then paid in full.

    "LIQUIDATED CONTRACT" means a Contract with respect to which there has
occurred one or more of the following: (i) 90 days have elapsed following the
date of repossession (and expiration of any redemption period) with respect to
the Motorcycle securing such Contract, (ii) such Contract is a Defaulted
Contract with respect to which the Servicer has determined in good faith that
all amounts expected to be recovered have been received, or (iii) all or any
portion of any payment is delinquent 150 days or more.

    "LIQUIDATED DAMAGES" means the amounts payable by the Trust Depositor to
the Trust upon the end of the Funding Period under Section 2.02 of the Deposit
Agreement, to be derived from any remaining Pre-Funded Amount at the end of the
Funding Period, and described as "Liquidated Damages" in Section 2.02 of the
Deposit Agreement.


                                     -11-

<PAGE>

    "LIST OF CONTRACTS" means the list identifying each Contract constituting
part of the Trust Corpus, which list shall consist of the initial List of
Contracts reflecting the Initial Contracts transferred to the Trust on the
Closing Date, together with any Subsequent List of Contracts reflecting the
Subsequent Contracts transferred to the Trust on the related Subsequent Transfer
Date, and which list (a) identifies each Contract and (b) sets forth as to each
Contract (i) the Principal Balance as of the applicable Cutoff Date, (ii) the
amount of monthly payments due from the Obligor, (iii) the Contract Rate and
(iv) the maturity date, and which list (as in effect on the Closing Date) is
attached to this Agreement as EXHIBIT I.

    "LOCKBOX" means the Lockbox maintained by the Lockbox Bank identified on 
EXHIBIT L hereto.

    "LOCKBOX ACCOUNT" means the account maintained with the Lockbox Bank and
identified on EXHIBIT L hereto.

    "LOCKBOX AGREEMENT" means the Third Amended and Restated Lockbox
Administration Agreement dated as of March 1, 1996 by and among the Servicer,
the Trust Depositor, Eaglemark Customer Funding Corporation-II, NBD Bank, N.A.,
Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association ("BOFA"), Norwest Bank
Minnesota, National Association (the "PREDECESSOR TRUSTEE"), the Trustee,
Financial Security Assurance Inc. ("FSA," with respect to certain prior trusts,
the "PRIOR TRUSTS"), with respect to the Lockbox Account, unless such agreement
shall be terminated in accordance with its terms, in which event "LOCKBOX
AGREEMENT" shall mean such other agreement, in form and substance acceptable to
the above-described parties and  FSA, or if an Insurer Default (as defined in
FSA's documentation relating to such Prior Trusts) shall have occurred and be
continuing or FSA is owed no obligation with respect to such Prior Trusts, the
majority of the Certificateholders with respect to such Prior Trusts), the
Servicer, the Trustee and the Lockbox Bank.

    "LOCKBOX BANK" means the financial institution maintaining the Lockbox
Account and identified on EXHIBIT L hereto or any successor thereto acceptable
to a majority of the Certificateholders.

    "LOSS RATIO" means, for any Payment Date, the fraction (expressed as a
percentage) derived by dividing (x) Net Liquidation Losses for all Contracts
that became Liquidated Contracts during the immediately preceding Due Period
multiplied by twelve by (y) the outstanding Principal Balances of all Contracts
as of the beginning of the Due Period.

    "MONTHLY PRINCIPAL" means, as to any Payment Date, the following amount
calculated as of the related Determination Date: the difference between (i) the
sum of (A) the Principal Balance of the Contracts as of the first day of the Due
Period preceding the Due Period in which such Payment Date occurs (or, in the
case of the first Payment Date, the Principal Balance of the Contracts as of the
Initial Cutoff Date), plus (B) the Pre-Funded Amount on such date (or, in the


                                     -12-

<PAGE>

case of the first Payment Date, the Pre-Funded Amount on the Closing Date)  and
(ii) the sum of (A) the  Principal Balance of the Contracts as of the first day
of the Due Period in which such Payment Date occurs, plus (B) the Pre-Funded
Amount on such day, plus (C) the amount of any Special Distribution occurring
from the day referred to in clause (i)(A) above to the day referred to in 
clause (ii)(A) above; provided, that on the Final Scheduled Payment Date, 
Monthly Principal shall equal the aggregate of the Class A Certificate Balance 
and the Class B Certificate Balance.  For purposes of determining the amount in 
clause (ii)(C) above as to any particular Payment Date and with respect to the 
Due Period preceding such Payment Date, if the Funding Period ends during such 
Due Period and Liquidated Damages (as defined in the Security Agreement) are
consequently paid from the Pre-Funding Account during such Due Period but will
not be distributed as a Special Distribution until the Payment Date occurring in
the following Due Period (i.e., the particular Payment Date referred to above),
then the amount calculated in clause (ii)(C) for such preceding Due Period shall
be deemed to include such Special Distribution, in such amount (although paid as
a Special Distribution) on the Payment Date occurring during the following Due
Period) will not be included in the next calculation of clause (ii)(C) to be
made with respect to the following Due Period.

    "MONTHLY REPORT" has the meaning assigned in Section 6.01.

    "MONTHLY SERVICING FEE" means, as to any Payment Date, one-twelfth of the
product of 1% and the Principal Balance of the Contracts as of the beginning of
the related Due Period.

    "MOODY'S" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or any successor thereto.

    "MOTORCYCLE" means a motorcycle manufactured by Harley-Davidson, Inc. (or
in certain limited instances Buell) securing a Contract.

    "NET LIQUIDATION LOSSES" means, as of any Payment Date, with respect to a
Liquidated Contract, the amount, if any, by which (a) the outstanding Principal
Balance of such Liquidated Contract plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon at
the Contract Rate to the date on which such Liquidated Contract became a
Liquidated Contract exceeds (b) the Net Liquidation Proceeds for such Liquidated
Contract.

    "NET LIQUIDATION PROCEEDS" means, as to any Liquidated Contract, the
proceeds realized on the sale or other disposition of the related Motorcycle,
including proceeds realized on the repurchase of such Motorcycle by the
originating dealer for breach of warranties, and the proceeds of any insurance
relating to such Motorcycle, after payment of all reasonable expenses incurred
thereby, together, in all instances, with the expected or actual proceeds of any
recourse rights relating to such Contract as well as any post-disposition
proceeds received by the Servicer.

    "OBLIGOR" means a Motorcycle buyer or other person who owes payments under
a Contract.


                                     -13-

<PAGE>

    "OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE" means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the
Board, President, or any Vice President of the Seller, the Trust Depositor or 
the Servicer and delivered to the Trustee.

    "PAYING AGENT" has the meaning assigned in Section 8.01(b).

    "PAYMENT DATE" means the fifteenth day of each calendar month during the
term of this Agreement, or if such day is not a Business Day, the next
succeeding Business Day, with the first such Payment Date hereunder being
[_____]. 

    "PERSON" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture,
association, joint stock company, trust (including any beneficiary thereof),
unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof.

    "PLACEMENT AGENT" has the meaning assigned in Section 6.01.

    "POOL BALANCE" means, as of any date, the aggregate Principal Balance of
Contracts as of the close of business on such date.

    "PRE-FUNDED AMOUNT" means as of any date, the amount on deposit in the
Pre-Funding Account at the close of business on such date.

    "PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT" means the account designated as the Pre-Funding
Account in, and which is established and maintained pursuant to, Section 3.01 of
the Security Agreement.

    "PRINCIPAL BALANCE" means (a) with respect to any Contract as of any date,
an amount equal to the unpaid principal balance of such Contract as of the
opening of business on the Initial Cutoff Date or related Subsequent Cutoff
Date, as applicable, reduced by the sum of (x) all payments received by the
Servicer as of such date allocable to principal and (y) any Cram Down Loss in
respect of such Contract; provided, however, that (i) if (x) a Contract is
repurchased by the Seller pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Transfer and Sale
Agreement and Section 8.06 hereof because of a breach of representation or
warranty, or if (y) the Seller gives notice of its intent to purchase the
Contracts in connection with an optional termination of the Trust pursuant to
Section 5.02 of the Transfer and Sale Agreement and Section 8.08 hereof, in each
case the Principal Balance of such Contract or Contracts shall be deemed as of
the related Determination Date to be zero for the Due Period in which such event
occurs and for each Due Period thereafter, (ii) from and after the third Due
Period succeeding the final Due Period in which the Obligor is required to make
the final scheduled payment on a Contract, the Principal Balance, if any, of
such Contract shall be deemed to be zero, and (iii) from and after the Due
Period in which a Contract becomes a Liquidated Contract, the Principal Balance
of such Contract shall be deemed to be zero; and (b) where the context requires,
the aggregate of the Principal Balances described in clause (a) for all such
Contracts.


                                     -14-

<PAGE>

    "RATING AGENCY" means each of Moody's and Standard & Poor's, so long as
such Persons maintain a rating on the Certificates; and if either Moody's or
Standard & Poor's no longer maintains a rating on the Certificates, such other
nationally recognized statistical rating organization selected by the Trust
Depositor.

    "RECORD DATE" means, with respect to any Payment Date, the last Business
Day of the preceding calendar month.

    "REIMBURSEMENT AMOUNT" has the meaning assigned in Section 8.03 hereof.

    "REPURCHASE PRICE" means, with respect to a Contract to be repurchased
hereunder, an amount equal to (a) the remaining principal balance of such
Contract, plus (b) accrued and unpaid interest at the Contract Rate on such
Contract through the end of the immediately preceding Due Period.

    "REQUISITE INTEREST RESERVE AMOUNT" means, as of the Closing Date, $[_____]
and as of any Payment Date thereafter during the Funding Period an amount equal
to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which equals the difference
between (x) the sum of the weighted average of the Class A Pass-Through Rate and
the Class B Pass-Through Rate and .018% and (y) 2.5%, and the denominator of
which equals 360, times (ii) the Pre-Funded Amount on such date times (iii) the
number of days remaining in the Funding Period.  The Requisite Interest Reserve
Amount for any Subsequent Transfer Date shall be calculated after taking into
account the transfer of Subsequent Contracts to the Trust on such Payment Date.

    "RESERVE AGENT" means the Reserve Agent named in the Reserve Fund
Agreement, and any successor thereto pursuant to the terms of the Reserve Fund
Agreement.

    "RESERVE FUND" means with respect to the Trust, the Reserve Fund
established and maintained pursuant to the Reserve Fund Agreement.  The Reserve
Fund shall in no event be deemed part of the Trust Corpus.

    "RESERVE FUND ADDITIONAL DEPOSITS" means, with respect to any transfer of
Subsequent Contracts to the Trust, the amount (if any) required to be deposited
in the Reserve Fund on or prior to such transfer in satisfaction of the
condition set forth in Section 2.04(b)(vi) hereof.

    "RESERVE FUND AGREEMENT" means the Reserve Fund Agreement, dated as of
[____] among the Trust Depositor, the Reserve Agent and the Trustee (as amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time).

    "RESERVE FUND DEPOSITS" shall have the meaning provided in the Reserve Fund
Agreement.


                                     -15-

<PAGE>

    "RESERVE FUND INITIAL DEPOSIT" means $[____].

    "RESERVE FUND TRIGGER EVENT" means as of any particular Payment Date (i)
the Average Delinquency Ratio is equal to or greater than 2.50%; (ii) the
Average Loss Ratio is equal to or greater than 1.75%, (iii) the Cumulative Loss
Ratio is equal to or greater than (a) .75% with respect to any Payment Date
which occurs within the period from the Closing Date to, and inclusive of, the
first anniversary of the Closing Date, (b) 1.50% with respect to any Payment
Date which occurs within the period from the day after the first anniversary of
the Closing Date to, and inclusive of, the second anniversary of the Closing
Date, or (c) 1.75% for any Payment Date following the second anniversary of the
Closing Date or (iv) the Average Default Ratio is equal to or greater than
7.00%.

    "RESERVE FUND REQUISITE AMOUNT" means, with respect to any Payment Date, an
amount equal to 4.50% of the Principal Balance of the Contracts in the Trust as
of the first day of the immediately preceding Due Period or, upon the occurrence
of a Reserve Fund Trigger Event which has not terminated for three consecutive
Payment Dates (inclusive of the respective Payment Date), an amount equal to
9.00% of the Principal Balance of the Contracts in the Trust as of the first day
of the immediately preceding Due Period; provided, however, in no event, after
the Funding Period, shall the Reserve Fund Requisite Amount be less than 2.00%
of the aggregate of the Initial Class A Certificate Balance and Initial Class B
Certificate Balance.

    "RESPONSIBLE OFFICER" means, with respect to the Trustee, the chairman and
any vice chairman of the board of directors, the president, the chairman and
vice chairman of any executive committee of the board of directors, every vice
president, assistant vice president, the secretary, every assistant secretary,
cashier or any assistant cashier, controller or assistant controller, the
treasurer, every assistant treasurer, every trust officer, assistant trust
officer and every other officer or assistant officer of the Trustee customarily
performing functions similar to those performed by persons who at the time shall
be such officers, respectively, or to whom a corporate trust matter is referred
because of knowledge of, familiarity with, and authority to act with respect to
a particular matter.

    "SECURITY AGREEMENT" means the Security Agreement, dated as of [____] among
the Trust Depositor, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee, securing the Trust
Depositor's obligations to the Trust under the Deposit Agreement.

    "SELLER" means Eaglemark, Inc., a Nevada corporation, or its successor, in
its capacity as Seller of Contract Assets under the Transfer and Sale Agreement
and any Subsequent Purchase Agreement.

    "SERVICER" means Eaglemark, Inc., a Nevada corporation, or its successor,
until any Service Transfer hereunder and thereafter means the Back-up Servicer
appointed pursuant to


                                     -16-

<PAGE>

Article VII below with respect to the duties and obligations required of the 
Servicer under this Agreement.

    "SERVICE TRANSFER" has the meaning assigned in Section 7.02(a).

    "SERVICING FEE" means, on any Determination Date, the sum of (a) the
Monthly Servicing Fee payable on the related Payment Date, (b) Late Payment
Penalty Fees received by the Servicer during the related Due Period, and (c)
Extension Fees received by the Servicer during the related Due Period.

    "SERVICING OFFICER" means any officer of the Servicer involved in, or
responsible for, the administration and servicing of Contracts whose name
appears on a list of servicing officers appearing in an Officer's Certificate
furnished to the Trustee by the Servicer, as the same may be amended from time
to time.

    "SHORTFALL" means, with respect to a Payment Date as determined in
accordance with Section 8.04(b), the amounts described in clauses  (v) through
(viii) thereof over Available Funds (after the payment of amounts described in
clauses (i) through (iv) of Section 8.04(b) on such Payment Date) in the
Collection Account with respect to the related Due Period.

    "SPECIAL DISTRIBUTION" means a distribution on a Payment Date of amounts
deposited in the Special Distribution Subaccount derived from the payment of
Liquidated Damages under the Deposit Agreement, which shall be deemed a
distribution of principal with respect to the Certificates.

    "SPECIAL DISTRIBUTION SUBACCOUNT" means the account described in 
Section 5.05(a) established for the purpose of Special Distributions.

    "STANDARD & POOR'S" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division of
The McGraw Hill Company or any successor thereto.

    "SUBSEQUENT CONTRACTS" means all Contracts sold and transferred to the
Trust pursuant to Section 2.04 hereof and Section 2.01 of the Deposit Agreement.

    "SUBSEQUENT CUTOFF DATE" means the date specified as such for Subsequent
Contracts in the related Subsequent Transfer Agreement.

    "SUBSEQUENT LIST OF CONTRACTS" means a list, in the form of the initial
List of Contracts delivered on the Closing Date, but listing each Subsequent
Contract transferred to the Trust pursuant to the related Subsequent Transfer
Agreement.


                                     -17-

<PAGE>

    "SUBSEQUENT PURCHASE AGREEMENT" means, with respect to any Subsequent
Contracts, the agreement between the Seller and the Trust Depositor pursuant to
which the Seller transferred the Subsequent Contracts to the Trust Depositor,
the form of which is attached to the Transfer and Sale Agreement as EXHIBIT C.

    "SUBSEQUENT TRANSFER AGREEMENT" means the agreement described in 
Section 2.04 hereof and Section 2.01 of the Deposit Agreement.

    "SUBSEQUENT TRANSFER DATE" means any date during the Funding Period on
which Subsequent Contracts are transferred to the Trust.

    "TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS" means this Agreement, the Transfer and Sale
Agreement, the Reserve Fund Agreement, the Deposit Agreement, the Security
Agreement, the Lockbox Agreement, any Subsequent Transfer Agreement and  any
Subsequent Purchase Agreement.

    "TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENT" means the Transfer and Sale Agreement dated
as of [____] by and between the Trust Depositor and the Seller, as amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

    "TRUST" means the trust created by this Agreement, comprised of the Trust
Corpus.

    "TRUST ACCOUNTS" means, collectively, the Collection Account and the
Special Distribution Subaccount therein, or any of them.

    "TRUST CORPUS" has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.01(b) hereof
(and in Section 2.04(a) hereof in respect of Subsequent Contracts and related
assets transferred to the Trust pursuant to Subsequent Transfer Agreements). 
Although the Trust Depositor has pledged the Reserve Fund to the Trustee
pursuant to the Reserve Fund Agreement, the Reserve Fund shall not under any
circumstances be deemed to be a part of or otherwise includable in the Trust or
the Trust Corpus.

    "TRUST DEPOSITOR" has the meaning assigned such term in the preamble
hereunder or any successor thereto.

    "TRUSTEE'S FEE" means, with respect to any Payment Date, one-twelfth of the
product of .018% and the sum of (i) the Principal Balance of the Contracts as of
the beginning of the related Due Period and (ii) the Pre-Funded Amount as of the
beginning of such period; provided, however, in no event shall such fee be less
than $200.00 per month.

    "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in Illinois or Nevada,
as applicable.


                                     -18-

<PAGE>

    "UNCOLLECTIBLE ADVANCE" means with respect to any Determination Date and
any Contract, the amount, if any, advanced by the Servicer pursuant to 
Section 8.03 which the Servicer has as of such Determination Date determined in 
good faith will not be ultimately recoverable by the Servicer from insurance 
policies on the related Motorcycle, the related Obligor or out of Net 
Liquidation Proceeds with respect to such Contract.  The determination by the 
Servicer that it has made an Uncollectible Advance shall be evidenced by an 
Officer's Certificate delivered to the Trustee.









                                     -19-

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE II

                ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST; TRANSFER OF CONTRACTS

    SECTION 2.01.  CLOSING.  (a) There is hereby created by the Trust
Depositor, as settlor, a separate trust which shall be known as the Eaglemark
Trust [_____].  The Trust shall be administered pursuant to the provisions of
this Agreement for the benefit of the Certificateholders.  The Trustee is hereby
specifically empowered to conduct business dealings on behalf of the Trust in
accordance with the terms hereof.

    (b)  On the Closing Date, the Trust Depositor shall sell, transfer, assign,
set over and otherwise convey to the Trust by execution of an assignment
substantially in the form of EXHIBIT B hereto, without recourse other than as
expressly provided herein, (i) all the right, title and interest of the Trust
Depositor in and to the Initial Contracts listed on the initial List of
Contracts delivered on the Closing Date (including, without limitation, all
security interests and all rights to receive payments which are collected
pursuant thereto on or after the Initial Cutoff Date, including any liquidation
proceeds therefrom, but excluding any rights to receive payments which were
collected pursuant thereto prior to the Initial Cutoff Date), (ii) all rights of
the Trust Depositor under any physical damage or other individual insurance
policy (and rights under a "forced placed" policy, if any) relating to any such
Contract, an Obligor or a Motorcycle securing such Contract, (iii) all security
interests in each such Motorcycle, (iv) all documents contained in the related
Contract Files, (v) all rights (but not the obligations) of the Trust Depositor
under any related motorcycle dealer agreements between dealers (i.e., the
originators of such Contracts) and the Seller, (vi) all rights of the Trust
Depositor in the Lockbox, the Lockbox Account and related Lockbox Agreement to
the extent they relate to such Contracts, (vii) all rights (but not the
obligations) of the Trust Depositor under the Transfer and Sale Agreement,
including but not limited to the Trust Depositor's rights under Article V
thereof, (viii) the remittances, deposits and payments made into the Trust
Accounts from time to time and amounts in the Trust Accounts from time to time
(and any investments of such amounts), and (ix) all proceeds and products of the
foregoing (the property in clauses (i)-(ix) above, along with the Deposit
Agreement (which has been executed directly in favor of the Trustee for the
benefit of the Trust), being the "TRUST CORPUS").  Although the Trust Depositor
and the Trustee agree that such transfer is intended to be a sale of ownership
of the Trust Corpus, rather than the granting of a security interest to secure a
borrowing, and that the Trust Corpus shall not be property of the Trust
Depositor, in the event such transfer is deemed to be of a mere security
interest to secure a borrowing, the Trust Depositor shall be deemed to have
granted the Trustee for the benefit of the Trust a perfected first priority
security interest in such Trust Corpus and this Agreement shall constitute a
security agreement under applicable law.

    SECTION 2.02.  CONDITIONS TO THE CLOSING.  On or before the Closing Date,
the Trust Depositor shall deliver or cause to be delivered the following
documents to the Trustee:


                                     -20-

<PAGE>

         (a)  The initial List of Contracts, certified by the Chairman of the
    Board, President or any Vice President of the Trust Depositor, together
    with an assignment substantially in the form of EXHIBIT B hereto.

         (b)  A certificate of an officer of the Seller substantially in the
    form of EXHIBIT B to the Transfer and Sale Agreement and of an Officer of
    the Trust Depositor substantially in the form of EXHIBIT C hereto.

         (c)  Opinions of counsel for the Seller and the Trust Depositor
    substantially in the form of EXHIBITS D-1, D-2 and D-3 hereto (and
    including as an addressee thereof each Rating Agency).

         (d)  A letter from Arthur Andersen LLP, or another nationally
    recognized accounting firm, addressed to the Trustee and stating that such
    firm has reviewed a sample of the Initial Contracts and performed specific
    procedures for such sample with respect to certain contract terms and which
    identifies those Initial Contracts which do not conform.

         (e)  Copies of resolutions of the Board of Directors of each of the
    Seller/Servicer and the Trust Depositor or of the Executive Committee of
    the Board of Directors of each of the Seller/Servicer and the Trust
    Depositor approving the execution, delivery and performance of this
    Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which any of them is a
    party, as applicable, and the transactions contemplated hereunder and
    thereunder, certified in each case by the Secretary or an Assistant
    Secretary of the Seller/Servicer and the Trust Depositor.

         (f)  Officially certified recent evidence of due incorporation and
    good standing of each of the Seller and the Trust Depositor under the laws
    of Nevada.

         (g)  Evidence of proper filing with the appropriate offices in Nevada
    and Illinois of UCC financing statements executed by the Seller, as debtor,
    naming the Trust Depositor as secured party (and the Trustee as assignee)
    and identifying the Contract Assets as collateral; and evidence of proper
    filing with the appropriate offices in Nevada and Illinois of UCC financing
    statements executed by the Trust Depositor, as debtor, (i) naming the
    Trustee as secured party and identifying the Trust Corpus as collateral,
    and (ii) naming the Trustee as secured party and identifying the Reserve
    Fund Deposits therein as collateral, and (iii) naming the Trustee as
    secured party and identifying the Collateral (as defined in the Security
    Agreement) as collateral.
    
         (h)  An Officer's Certificate listing the Servicer's Servicing
    Officers.


                                     -21-

<PAGE>

         (i)  Evidence of deposit in the Collection Account of all funds
    received with respect to the Initial Contracts on or after the Initial
    Cutoff Date to the Closing Date, together with an Officer's Certificate
    from the Seller to the effect that such amount is correct.

         (j)  The Officer's Certificate of the Seller specified in 
    Section 2.02(i) of the Transfer and Sale Agreement.

         (k)  A fully executed copy of the Reserve Fund Agreement, together
    with evidence of deposit in the Reserve Fund of the Reserve Fund Initial
    Deposit by the Depositor in accordance with the Reserve Fund Agreement.

         (l)  Evidence of deposit in the Interest Reserve Account of $[_____]. 
    
         (m)  A fully executed Deposit Agreement.

         (n)  A fully executed Security Agreement.

         (o)  A fully executed Transfer and Sale Agreement.

    SECTION 2.03.  ACCEPTANCE BY TRUSTEE.  On the Closing Date, if the
conditions set forth in Section 2.02 have been satisfied, the Trustee shall
issue on behalf of the Trust to, or upon the order of, the Trust Depositor the
Class A Certificates and Class B Certificates representing ownership of a
beneficial interest in 100% of the Trust.

    SECTION 2.04.  CONVEYANCE OF SUBSEQUENT CONTRACTS.  (a) Subject to the
conditions set forth in paragraph (b) below, the Trust Depositor, pursuant to
the mutually agreed upon terms contained in the Deposit Agreement and pursuant
to one or more Subsequent Transfer Agreements, shall sell, transfer, assign, set
over and otherwise convey to the Trust, without recourse other than as expressly
provided herein and therein, (i) all the right, title and interest of the Trust
Depositor in and to the Subsequent Contracts (including, without limitation, all
security interests and all rights to receive payments which are collected
pursuant thereto on or after the related Subsequent Cutoff Date, including any
liquidation proceeds therefrom, but excluding any rights to receive payments
which were collected pursuant thereto prior to such Subsequent Cutoff Date),
(ii) all rights of the Trust Depositor under any physical damage or other
individual insurance policy (or a "forced placed" policy, if any) relating to
any such Contract, an Obligor or a Motorcycle securing such Contract, (iii) all
security interests in each such Motorcycle, (iv) all documents contained in the
related Contract Files, (v) all rights (but not the obligations) of the Trust
Depositor under any related motorcycle dealer agreements between dealers (i.e.,
the originators of such Contracts) and the Seller, (vi) all rights of the Trust
Depositor in the Lockbox, the Lockbox Account and related Lockbox Agreement to
the extent they relate to such Contracts, (vii) all rights (but not the
obligations) of the Trust Depositor under the Transfer and


                                     -22

<PAGE>

Sale Agreement related to such Contracts (to the extent not already conveyed 
under Section 2.01(b)), including but not limited to the Trust Depositor's 
related rights under Article V thereof, as well as all rights, but not the 
obligations, of the Trust Depositor under the Subsequent Purchase Agreement 
related to such Contracts, (viii) the remittances, deposits and payments made 
into the Trust Accounts from time to time and amounts in the Trust Accounts from
time to time related to such Contracts (to the extent not already conveyed under
Section 2.01(b)) (and any investments of such amounts), and (ix) all proceeds 
and products of the foregoing (the property in clauses (i)-(ix) above, upon such
transfer, becoming part of the "TRUST CORPUS").  Although the Trust Depositor
and the Trustee agree that such transfer is intended to be a sale of ownership,
rather than the granting of a security interest to secure a borrowing, and that
the Trust Corpus following such transfer shall not be property of the Trust
Depositor, in the event such transfer is deemed to be of a mere security
interest to secure a borrowing, the Trust Depositor shall be deemed to have
granted the Trustee for the benefit of the Trust a perfected first priority
security interest in such Trust Corpus and this Agreement shall constitute a
security agreement under applicable law.

    (b)  The Trust Depositor shall transfer to the Trust the Subsequent
Contracts and the other property and rights related thereto described in
paragraph (a) above only upon the satisfaction of each of the following
conditions on or prior to the related Subsequent Transfer Date:

         (i)    The Seller shall have provided the Trustee, the Placement Agent
    and the Rating Agencies with a timely Addition Notice and shall have
    provided any information reasonably requested by any of the foregoing with
    respect to the Subsequent Contracts;

         (ii)   the Funding Period shall not have terminated;

         (iii)  the Trust Depositor shall have delivered to the Trustee a
    duly executed written assignment (including an acceptance by the Trustee)
    in substantially the form of EXHIBIT N hereto (the "SUBSEQUENT TRANSFER
    AGREEMENT"), which shall include a Subsequent List of Contracts listing the
    Subsequent Contracts;

         (iv)   the Trust Depositor shall have deposited or caused to be
    deposited in the Collection Account all collections received with respect
    to the Subsequent Contracts on or after the related Subsequent Cutoff Date;
    
         (v)    as of each Subsequent Transfer Date, neither the Seller nor the
    Trust Depositor was insolvent nor will either of them have been made
    insolvent by such transfer nor is either of them aware of any pending
    insolvency;

         (vi)   the applicable Reserve Fund Additional Deposit for such
    Subsequent Transfer Date (if any is required) shall have been made;


                                     -23-

<PAGE>

         (vii)  each Rating Agency shall have notified the Trust Depositor
    and the Trustee in writing that following such transfer the Class A
    Certificates will be rated in the highest rating category by such Rating
    Agency and the Class B Certificates will be rated at least "BBB" by
    Standard & Poor's and Baa2 by Moody's;

         (viii) such addition will not result in a material adverse tax
    consequence to the Trust or the Certificateholders as evidenced by an
    Opinion of Counsel to be delivered by the Seller to the Trustee, the Rating
    Agency and the Placement Agent;

         (ix)   the Trust Depositor shall have delivered to the Trustee an
    Officers' Certificate confirming the satisfaction of each condition
    precedent specified in this paragraph (b);

         (x)    the Trust Depositor shall have delivered to the Rating Agencies
    and the Placement Agent one or more opinions of counsel with respect to the
    transfer of the Subsequent Contracts substantially in the form of the
    opinions of counsel delivered to such Persons on the Closing Date;

         (xi)   the Trust Depositor shall have taken any action necessary to
    maintain the first perfected ownership interest of the Trust in the Trust
    Corpus and the first perfected security interest of the Reserve Agent in
    the Reserve Fund Deposits;

         (xii)  no selection procedures believed by the Trust Depositor to
    be adverse to the interests of the Certificateholders shall have been
    utilized in selecting the Subsequent Contracts; 

         (xiii) the Trust Depositor shall have delivered to the Rating
    Agencies evidence that (A) the weighted average annual percentage rate of
    the Contracts collectively, following the transfer of the Subsequent
    Contracts, is not less than 12.25%, and (B) that the weighted average
    calculated remaining term to maturity of the Contracts collectively,
    following the transfer of the Subsequent Contracts, does not exceed 66
    months; and

         (xiv)  the Trust Depositor shall have delivered to the Rating
    Agencies, a report with respect tocertain agreed-upon procedures relating
    to the Subsequent Contracts being transferred, confirming that procedures
    were performed substantially similar to such procedures as were performed
    in connection with the transfer of the Initial Contracts.

    (c)  As provided in the Deposit Agreement, the Trust Depositor covenants to
transfer (at or prior to the end of the Funding Period) to the Trust pursuant
thereto Subsequent Contracts with an aggregate Principal Balance equal to
$[_____];  PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in complying with such covenant the Trust
Depositor agrees to make no more than one separate transfer of Subsequent
Contracts per monthly period (as measured by the corresponding Payment Dates),


                                     -24-

<PAGE>

and PROVIDED FURTHER, HOWEVER, that the sole remedy of the Trust or the
Certificateholders with respect to a failure to comply with such covenant shall
be to enforce the provisions of Section 2.02 of the Deposit Agreement by
demanding the payment of Liquidated Damages thereunder.

    SECTION 2.05.  TAX TREATMENT.  It is the intention of the Trust Depositor
that, for federal income tax purposes, the Trust will be classified as a grantor
trust and not as an association taxable as a corporation.  The Trust Depositor
and the Servicer by entering into this Agreement, and each Certificateholder by
the purchase of a Certificate, agree to report such transactions for federal
income tax purposes in a manner consistent with such characterization.


                                 ARTICLE III
                        REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Seller under the Transfer and Sale Agreement has made, and upon execution of
each Subsequent Purchase Agreement is deemed to remake, each of the
representations and warranties set forth in EXHIBIT K hereto and has consented
to the assignment by the Trust Depositor to the Trustee of the Trust Depositor's
rights with respect thereto.  Such representations speak as of the execution and
delivery of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date in the case of the Initial
Contracts, and as of the applicable Subsequent Transfer Date in the case of the
Subsequent Contracts, but shall survive the sale, transfer and assignment of the
Contracts to the Trust.  Pursuant to Section 2.01 of this Agreement, the Trust
Depositor has sold, assigned, transferred and conveyed to the Trustee as part of
the Trust Corpus its rights under the Transfer and Sale Agreement, including
without limitation, the representations and warranties of the Seller therein as
set forth in EXHIBIT K attached hereto, together with all rights of the Trust
Depositor with respect to any breach thereof including any right to require the
Seller to repurchase any Contract in accordance with the Transfer and Sale
Agreement.  It is understood and agreed that the representations and warranties
set forth or referred to in this Section shall survive delivery of the Contract
Files to the Trustee or any custodian.

    The Trust Depositor hereby represents and warrants to the Trustee that it
has entered into the Transfer and Sale Agreement with the Seller, that the
Seller has made the representations and warranties in the Transfer and Sale
Agreement as set forth in EXHIBIT K hereto, that such representations and
warranties run to and are for the benefit of the Trust Depositor, and that
pursuant to Section 2.01 of this Agreement the Trust Depositor has transferred
and assigned to the Trustee all rights of the Trust Depositor to cause the
Seller under the Transfer and Sale Agreement to repurchase Contracts in the
event of a breach of such representations and warranties.

    SECTION 3.01.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES REGARDING THE TRUST
DEPOSITOR.  By its execution of this Agreement and each Subsequent Transfer
Agreement, the Trust Depositor represents and warrants to the Trustee and the
Certificateholders that:


                                     -25-

<PAGE>

         (a)  ASSUMPTION OF SELLER'S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  The
    representations and warranties set forth in EXHIBIT K are true and correct.

         (b)  ORGANIZATION AND GOOD STANDING.  The Trust Depositor is a
    corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the
    laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has the corporate power to
    own its assets and to transact the business in which it is currently
    engaged.  The Trust Depositor is duly qualified to do business as a foreign
    corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the
    character of the business transacted by it or properties owned or leased by
    it requires such qualification and in which the failure so to qualify would
    have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, assets, or
    condition (financial or other) of the Trust Depositor or the Trust.

         (c)  AUTHORIZATION; VALID SALE; BINDING OBLIGATIONS.  The Trust
    Depositor has the power and authority to make, execute, deliver and perform
    this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party
    and all of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement and the other
    Transaction Documents to which it is a party, and to create the Trust and
    cause it to make, execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this
    Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and
    has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution,
    delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction
    Documents to which it is a party and to cause the Trust to be created. 
    This Agreement and the related Subsequent Transfer Agreement, if any, shall
    effect a valid sale, transfer and assignment of the Trust Corpus,
    enforceable against the Trust Depositor and creditors of and purchasers
    from the Trust Depositor.  This Agreement and the other Transaction
    Documents to which the Trust Depositor is a party constitute the legal,
    valid and binding obligation of the Trust Depositor enforceable in
    accordance with their terms, except as enforcement of such terms may be
    limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement
    of creditors' rights generally and by the availability of equitable
    remedies.

         (d)  NO CONSENT REQUIRED.  The Trust Depositor is not required to
    obtain the consent of any other party or any consent, license, approval or
    authorization from, or registration or declaration with, any governmental
    authority, bureau or agency in connection with the execution, delivery,
    performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the other
    Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

         (e)  NO VIOLATIONS.  The execution, delivery and performance of this
    Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party by the
    Trust Depositor, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated
    hereby and thereby, will not violate any provision of any existing law or
    regulation or any order or decree of any court or of any Federal or state
    regulatory body or administrative agency having jurisdiction over the Trust
    Depositor or any of its properties or the Articles of


                                     -26-

<PAGE>

    Incorporation or Bylaws of the Trust Depositor, or constitute a material 
    breach of any mortgage, indenture, contract or other agreement to which the 
    Trust Depositor is a party or by which the Trust Depositor or any of the 
    Trust Depositor's properties may be bound, or result in the creation or
    imposition of any security interest, lien, charge, pledge, preference,
    equity or encumbrance of any kind upon any of its properties pursuant to
    the terms of any such mortgage, indenture, contract or other agreement,
    other than as contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

         (f)  LITIGATION.  No litigation or administrative proceeding of or
    before any court, tribunal or governmental body is currently pending, or to
    the knowledge of the Trust Depositor threatened, against the Trust
    Depositor or any of its properties or with respect to this Agreement, the
    other Transaction Documents to which it is a party or the Certificates (1)
    which, if adversely determined, would in the opinion of the Trust Depositor
    have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, assets or
    condition (financial or otherwise) of the Trust Depositor or the Trust or
    the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction
    Documents to which the Trust Depositor is a party or (2) seeking to
    adversely affect the federal income tax or other federal, state or local
    tax attributes of the Certificates.

         (g)  PLACE OF BUSINESS; NO CHANGES.  The Trust Depositor's sole place
    of business (within the meaning of Article 9 of the UCC) is as set forth in
    Section 12.09 below.  The Trust Depositor has not changed its name, whether
    by amendment of its Articles of Incorporation, by reorganization or
    otherwise, and has not changed the location of its place of business,
    within the four months preceding the Closing Date.

Such representations speak as of the execution and delivery of this Agreement
and as of the Closing Date in the case of the Initial Contracts, and as of the
applicable Subsequent Transfer Date in the case of the Subsequent Contracts, but
shall survive the sale, transfer and assignment of the Contracts to the Trust.

    SECTION 3.02.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES REGARDING THE SERVICER.  The
Servicer represents and warrants to the Trustee and the Certificateholders that:

         (a)  ORGANIZATION AND GOOD STANDING.  The Servicer is a corporation
    duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
    jurisdiction of its organization and has the corporate power to own its
    assets and to transact the business in which it is currently engaged.  The
    Servicer is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is
    in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the character of the
    business transacted by it or properties owned or leased by it requires such
    qualification and in which the failure so to qualify would have a material
    adverse effect on the business, properties, assets, or condition (financial
    or otherwise) of the Servicer or the


                                     -27-

<PAGE>

    Trust.  The Servicer is properly licensed in each jurisdiction to the extent
    required by the laws of such jurisdiction to service the Contracts in 
    accordance with the terms hereof.

         (b)  AUTHORIZATION; BINDING OBLIGATIONS.  The Servicer has the power
    and authority to make, execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and the
    other Transaction Documents to which the Servicer is a party and all of the
    transactions contemplated under this Agreement and the other Transaction
    Documents to which the Servicer is a party, and has taken all necessary
    corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of
    this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Servicer is
    a party.  This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the
    Servicer is a party constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of
    the Servicer enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as
    enforcement of such terms may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or
    similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and
    by the availability of equitable remedies.

         (c)  NO CONSENT REQUIRED.  The Servicer is not required to obtain the
    consent of any other party or any consent, license, approval or
    authorization from, or registration or declaration with, any governmental
    authority, bureau or agency in connection with the execution, delivery,
    performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement and the other
    Transaction Documents to which the Servicer is a party.

         (d)  NO VIOLATIONS.  The execution, delivery and performance of this
    Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Servicer is a
    party by the Servicer will not violate any provisions of any existing law
    or regulation or any order or decree of any court or of any Federal or
    state regulatory body or administrative agency having jurisdiction over the
    Servicer or any of its properties or the Articles of Incorporation or
    Bylaws of the Servicer, or constitute a material breach of any mortgage,
    indenture, contract or other agreement to which the Servicer is a party or
    by which the Servicer or any of the Servicer's properties may be bound, or
    result in the creation of or imposition of any security interest, lien,
    pledge, preference, equity or encumbrance of any kind upon any of its
    properties pursuant to the terms of any such mortgage, indenture, contract
    or other agreement, other than this Agreement.

         (e)  LITIGATION.  No litigation or administrative proceeding of or
    before any court, tribunal or governmental body is currently pending, or to
    the knowledge of the Servicer threatened, against the Servicer or any of
    its properties or with respect to this Agreement, any other Transaction
    Document to which the Servicer is a party or the Certificates which, if
    adversely determined, would in the opinion of the Servicer have a material
    adverse effect on the business, properties, assets or condition (financial
    or otherwise) of the Servicer or the Trust or the transactions contemplated
    by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which the Servicer
    is a party.


                                     -28-

<PAGE>

         (f)  INFORMATION TO BACK-UP SERVICER.  The Servicer represents and
    warrants to the Back-up Servicer that the database and information
    furnished to the Back-up Servicer hereunder concerning the Contracts is
    accurate and complete in all material respects.

                                  ARTICLE IV
              PERFECTION OF TRANSFER AND PROTECTION OF SECURITY INTERESTS;

    SECTION 4.01.  CUSTODY OF CONTRACTS.  (a) Subject to the terms and
conditions of this Section 4.01, the contents of each Contract File shall be
held in the custody of the Servicer for the benefit of, and as agent for, the
Certificateholders and the Trustee as the owner thereof.
    
    (b)  The Servicer agrees to maintain the related Contract Files at its
offices where they are currently maintained, or at such other offices of the
Servicer in the State of Nevada as shall from time to time be identified to the
Trustee by written notice.  The Servicer may temporarily move individual
Contract Files or any portion thereof without notice as necessary to conduct
collection and other servicing activities in accordance with its customary
practices and procedures; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Servicer will take all
action necessary to maintain the perfection of the Trust's interest in the
Contracts and the proceeds thereof.  It is intended that by the Servicer's
agreement pursuant to Section 4.01(a) above and this Section 4.01(b) the Trustee
shall be deemed to have possession of the Contract Files for purposes of 
Section 9-305 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State in which the Contract 
Files are located.

    (c)  As custodian, the Servicer shall have and perform the following powers
and duties:

         (i)    hold the Contract Files on behalf of the Certificateholders and
    the Trustee, maintain accurate records pertaining to each Contract to
    enable it to comply with the terms and conditions of this Agreement,
    maintain a current inventory thereof, conduct annual physical inspections
    of Contract Files held by it under this Agreement and certify to the
    Trustee annually that it continues to maintain possession of such Contract
    Files;

         (ii)   implement policies and procedures in writing and signed by a
    Servicing Officer with respect to persons authorized to have access to the
    Contract Files on the Servicer's premises and the receipting for Contract
    Files taken from their storage area by an employee of the Servicer for
    purposes of servicing or any other purposes; 

         (iii)  attend to all details in connection with maintaining custody
    of the Contract Files on behalf of the Certificateholders and the Trustee;

         (iv)   at all times maintain the original of the fully executed 
    Contract and store such original Contract in a fireproof vault; 


                                     -29-

<PAGE>

         (v)    stamp each Contract on both the first and the signature page (if
    different) as of the Closing Date (or Subsequent Transfer Date, as the case
    may be) in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT M; 

         (vi)   within 30 days of the Closing Date (or Subsequent Transfer Date,
    as the case may be) deliver an Officer's Certificate to the Trustee
    certifying that as of a date no earlier than the Closing Date (or
    Subsequent Transfer Date, as the case may be) it has conducted an inventory
    of the Contract Files (which in the case of Subsequent Contracts, need be
    only of the Contract Files related to such Subsequent Contracts) and that
    there exists a Contract File for each Contract and stating all exceptions
    to such statement, if any; and

         (vii)  within 185 days of the Closing Date (or Subsequent Transfer
    Date, as the case may be) deliver an Officer's Certificate to the Trustee
    listing each Contract with respect to which there did not exist as of 180
    days of the Closing Date (or Subsequent Transfer Date, as the case may be)
    an original title certificate to the motorcycle and the certificate of lien
    recordation relating thereto.

    (d)  In performing its duties under this Section 4.01, the Servicer agrees
to act with reasonable care, using that degree of skill and care that it
exercises with respect to similar contracts for the installment purchase of
consumer goods owned and/or serviced by it, and in any event with no less degree
of skill and care than would be exercised by a prudent servicer of motorcycle
conditional sales contracts.  The Servicer shall promptly report to the Trustee
any failure by it to hold the Contract Files as herein provided and shall
promptly take appropriate action to remedy any such failure.  In acting as
custodian of the Contract Files, the Servicer further agrees not to assert any
legal or beneficial ownership interest in the Contracts or the Contract Files,
except as provided in Section 5.06.  The Servicer agrees to indemnify the
Certificateholders, the Trustee for any and all liabilities, obligations,
losses, damages, payments, costs, or expenses of any kind whatsoever which may
be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Certificateholders, or the
Trustee as the result of any act or omission by the Servicer relating to the
maintenance and custody of the Contract Files; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the
Servicer will not be liable for any portion of any such amount resulting from
the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any Certificateholder, or the
Trustee.  The Trustee shall have no duty to monitor or otherwise oversee the
Servicer's performance as custodian hereunder.

    SECTION 4.02.  FILING.  On or prior to the Closing Date, the Servicer shall
cause the UCC financing statement(s) referred to in Section 2.02(g) hereof to be
filed and from time to time the Servicer shall take and cause to be taken such
actions and execute such documents as are necessary or desirable or as the
Trustee may reasonably request to perfect and protect the Trust's first priority
perfected interest in the Trust Corpus against all other persons, including,
without limitation, the filing of financing statements, amendments thereto and
continuation statements,


                                     -30-

<PAGE>

the execution of transfer instruments and the making of notations on or taking 
possession of all records or documents of title.

    SECTION 4.03.  NAME CHANGE OR RELOCATION.  (a) During the term of this
Agreement, neither the Seller nor the Trust Depositor shall change its name,
identity or structure or relocate its chief executive office without first
giving at least 30 days' prior written notice to the Trustee.

    (b)  If any change in either the Seller's or the Trust Depositor's name,
identity or structure or other action would make any financing or continuation
statement or notice of lien filed under this Agreement seriously misleading
within the meaning of applicable provisions of the UCC or any title statute, the
Servicer, no later than five days after the effective date of such change, shall
file such amendments as may be required to preserve and protect the Trust's
interests in the Trust Corpus and the proceeds thereof.  In addition, neither
the Seller nor the Trust Depositor shall change its place of business (within
the meaning of Article 9 of the UCC) from the location specified in 
Section 12.09 below unless it has first taken such action as is advisable or 
necessary to preserve and protect the Trust's interest in the Trust Corpus.  
Promptly after taking any of the foregoing actions, the Servicer shall deliver 
to the Trustee an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee 
stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all financing statements or 
amendments necessary to preserve and protect the interests of the Trustee in the
Trust Corpus have been filed, and reciting the details of such filing.

    SECTION 4.04.  CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICE.  During the term of this Agreement,
the Trust Depositor will maintain its chief executive office in one of the
States of the United States, except Louisiana, Tennessee, Colorado, Kansas, New
Mexico, Oklahoma, Utah or Wyoming.

    SECTION 4.05.  COSTS AND EXPENSES.  The Servicer agrees to pay all
reasonable costs and disbursements in connection with the perfection and the
maintenance of perfection, as against all third parties, of the Trust's right,
title and interest in and to the Contracts (including, without limitation, the
security interest in the Motorcycles granted thereby).

                                  ARTICLE V
                            SERVICING OF CONTRACTS

    SECTION 5.01.  RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION.  The Servicer
will have the sole obligation to manage, administer, service and make
collections on the Contracts and perform or cause to be performed all
contractual and customary undertakings of the holder of the Contracts to the
Obligor.  The Trustee, at the written request of a Servicing Officer, shall
furnish the Servicer with any powers of attorney or other documents necessary or
appropriate in the opinion of the Trustee to enable the Servicer to carry out
its servicing and administrative duties hereunder.  The Servicer is hereby
appointed the servicer hereunder until such time as any Service Transfer may be
effected under Article VII.


                                     -31-

<PAGE>

    SECTION 5.02.  STANDARD OF CARE.  In managing, administering, servicing and
making collections on the Contracts pursuant to this Agreement, the Servicer
will exercise that degree of skill and care consistent with the skill and care
that the Servicer exercises with respect to similar contracts serviced by the
Servicer, and, in any event no less degree of skill and care than would be
exercised by a prudent servicer of motorcycle conditional sales contracts;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Servicer shall not
release or waive the right to collect the unpaid balance on any Contract.

    SECTION 5.03.  RECORDS.  The Servicer shall, during the period it is
servicer hereunder, maintain such books of account and other records as will
enable the Trustee or the Back-up Servicer to determine the status of each
Contract.

    SECTION 5.04.  INSPECTION.  (a) At all times during the term hereof, the
Servicer shall afford the Trustee, the Back-up Servicer and their respective
authorized agents reasonable access during normal business hours to the
Servicer's records relating to the Contracts and will cause its personnel to
assist in any examination of such records by the Trustee, or such authorized
agents and allow copies of the same to be made.  The examination referred to in
this Section will be conducted in a manner which does not unreasonably interfere
with the Servicer's normal operations or customer or employee relations. 
Without otherwise limiting the scope of the examination the Trustee may, using
generally accepted audit procedures, verify the status of each Contract and
review the Computer Disk and records relating thereto for conformity to Monthly
Reports prepared pursuant to Article VI and compliance with the standards
represented to exist as to each Contract in this Agreement.

    (b)  At all times during the term hereof, the Servicer shall keep available
a copy of the List of Contracts at its principal executive office for inspection
by Certificateholders.

    SECTION 5.05.  TRUST ACCOUNTS.  (a) On or before the Closing Date, the
Trust Depositor shall establish the Collection Account and the Special
Distribution Subaccount therein, each in the name of the Trustee for the benefit
of the Certificateholders.  The Trustee is hereby required to ensure that each
of the Trust Accounts is established and maintained as an Eligible Account.

    (b)  The Trustee shall deposit (or the Servicer shall deposit, with respect
to payments by or on behalf of the Obligors received directly by the Servicer),
without deposit into any intervening account, into the Collection Account as
promptly as practical (but in any case not later than the second Business Day
following the receipt thereof):

         (i)    With respect to principal and interest on the Contracts (as well
    as Late Payment Penalty Fees and Extension Fees) received on or after the
    Initial Cutoff Date or Subsequent Cutoff Date, as applicable (which for the
    purpose of this paragraph (b)(i) shall include those monies in the Lockbox
    Account allocable to principal and interest on the Contracts), all such
    amounts received by the Trustee or Servicer;


                                     -32-

<PAGE>

         (ii)   All Net Liquidation Proceeds related to the Contracts;

         (iii)  The aggregate of the Repurchase Prices for Contracts repurchased
    by the Seller as described in Section 8.06;

         (iv)   All Advances made by the Servicer pursuant to Section 8.03(a); 

         (v)    All amounts paid by the Seller in connection with an optional
    repurchase of the Contracts described in Section 8.08;

         (vi)   All amounts realized in respect of Carrying Charges transferred
    from the Interest Reserve Account as contemplated in Section 8.03(b); and

         (vii)  All amounts received in respect of interest, dividends, gains, 
    income and earnings on investments of funds in the Trust Accounts as
    contemplated in the last sentence of Section 5.05(d) hereof.

    (c)  The Trustee shall, if amounts remain on deposit in the Pre-Funding
Account at the expiration of the Funding Period, make demand, immediately upon
expiration of the Funding Period, upon the Trust Depositor and the Collateral
Agent for the payment of Liquidated Damages as contemplated in Section 2.02 of
the Deposit Agreement and Section 3.03 of the Security Agreement.  The Trustee
shall deposit the amounts received from the Deposit Collateral Agent in respect
of such Liquidated Damages into the Special Distribution Subaccount in the
Collection Account to be distributed on the next upcoming Payment Date as
contemplated in Section 8.04(b) hereof.

    (d)  If the Servicer so directs, in writing, the Trustee shall in its
capacity as Trustee hereunder, invest the amounts in the Trust Accounts in
Eligible Investments that mature not later than one Business Day prior to the
next succeeding Payment Date.  Once such funds are invested, the Trustee shall
not change the investment of such funds.  Any loss on such investments shall be
deposited in the applicable Trust Account by the Servicer out of its own funds
immediately as realized.  Funds in the Trust Accounts not so invested must be
insured to the extent permitted by law by the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings
Association Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. 
Subject to the restrictions herein, the Trustee may purchase an Eligible
Investment from itself or an Affiliate.  Any investment of funds in the Trust
Accounts shall be made in Eligible Investments (a) held in the possession of the
Trustee or maintained with another institution as an Eligible Account with
respect to which such institution has noted the Trustee's interest therein on
its books and records and a confirmation of the Trustee's interest has been sent
to the Trustee by such institution, and (b) with respect to Eligible Investments
comprised of securities, the Trustee has purchased such securities for value in
good faith without notice of any adverse claim thereto, and which securities 
(A) if certificated and in bearer form, have been delivered to the Trustee, or 
in


                                     -33-

<PAGE>

registered form, have been issued or endorsed to the Trustee or in blank, (B) if
uncertificated, the transfer of which is registered on the books of the issuer
thereof, or (C) have been transferred (x) through acquisition or possession by a
financial intermediary of a certificated security specially endorsed to or
issued in the name of the Trustee, or (y) through confirmation by a financial
intermediary (not a clearing corporation) of the Trustee's purchase of a
certificated security and appropriate identification of its interest in the
records of such intermediary, or (z) through the making of appropriate entries
to the Trustee's (or its designee's) account on the books of a clearing
corporation in accordance with Section 8-320 of the applicable Uniform
Commercial Code.  Subject to the other provisions hereof, the Trustee shall have
sole control over each such investment and the income thereon, and any
certificate or other instrument evidencing any such investment, if any, shall be
delivered directly to the Trustee or its agent, together with each document of
transfer, if any, necessary to transfer title to such investment to the Trustee
in a manner which complies with this Section 5.05(d).  All interest, dividends,
gains upon sale and other income from, or earnings on, investments of funds in
the Trust Accounts shall be deposited in the Collection Account pursuant to
Section 5.05(b)(ii) and distributed on the next Payment Date pursuant to 
Section 8.04(b).

    SECTION 5.06.  ENFORCEMENT.  (a) The Servicer will, consistent with 
Section 5.02, act with respect to the Contracts in such manner as will maximize 
the receipt of principal and interest on such Contracts.  However, nothing 
provided herein will give the Servicer the power to vary the investment of the
Certificateholders in such a way as to cause the trust not to be treated as an
investment trust under the regulations promulgated under Code Section 7701.

    (b)  The Servicer may sue to enforce or collect upon Contracts, in its own
name, if possible, or as agent for the Trustee.  If the Servicer elects to
commence a legal proceeding to enforce a Contract, the act of commencement shall
be deemed to be an automatic assignment of the Contract to the Servicer for
purposes of collection only.  If, however, in any enforcement suit or legal
proceeding it is held that the Servicer may not enforce a Contract on the ground
that it is not a real party in interest or a holder entitled to enforce the
Contract, the Trustee on behalf of the Trust shall, at the Servicer's expense,
take such steps as the Servicer deems reasonably necessary to enforce the
Contract, including bringing suit in its name or the names of the
Certificateholders.

    (c)  The Servicer shall exercise any rights of recourse against third
persons that exist with respect to any Contract in accordance with the
Servicer's usual practice.  In exercising recourse rights, the Servicer is
authorized on the Trustee's behalf to reassign the defaulted Contract or the
related Motorcycle to the person against whom recourse exists at the price set
forth in the document creating the recourse; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, the Servicer in
exercising recourse against any third persons as described in the immediately
preceding sentence shall do so in such manner as to maximize the aggregate
recovery with respect to the Contract; and PROVIDED FURTHER, HOWEVER, that
notwithstanding the foregoing the Servicer in its capacity as such may exercise
such recourse only if such Contract was not required to be repurchased by the
Seller


                                     -34-

<PAGE>

pursuant to the Transfer and Sale Agreement or was required to be repurchased by
the Seller and the Seller has defaulted on such repurchase obligation.

    (d)  The Servicer will not permit any rescission or cancellation of any
Contract due to the acts or omissions of the Servicer.

    (e)  The Servicer may grant to the Obligor on any Contract an extension of
payments due under such Contract, PROVIDED that (i) the extension period is
limited to 45 days, (ii) the Obligor has been in good standing for the previous
twelve-month period, (iii) such extension is consistent with the Servicer's
customary servicing procedures and is consistent with Section 5.02, (iv) such
extension does not extend the maturity date of the Contract beyond the latest
maturity date of any of the Contracts as of the Initial Cutoff Date (or, if a
transfer of Subsequent Contracts to the Trust occurs, beyond the latest maturity
date of such Subsequent Contracts) and (v) the aggregate Principal Balances of
Contracts which have had extensions granted does not exceed more than 3.00% of
the aggregate of the Class A Initial Certificate Balance and the Class B Initial
Certificate Balance.

    (f)  The Servicer will not add to the outstanding Principal Balance of any
Contract the premium of any physical damage or other individual insurance on a
Motorcycle securing such Contract it obtains on behalf of the Obligor under the
terms of such Contract, but may create a separate Obligor obligation with
respect to such premium if and as provided by the Contract.

    (g)  If the Servicer shall have repossessed a Motorcycle on behalf of the
Trust, the Servicer shall either (i) maintain at its expense physical damage
insurance with respect to such Motorcycle, or (ii) indemnify the Trust against
any damage to such Motorcycle prior to resale or other disposition.  The
Servicer shall not allow such repossessed Motorcycles to be used in an active
trade or business, but rather shall dispose of the Motorcycle in a reasonable
time in accordance with the Servicer's normal business practices.

    SECTION 5.07.  TRUSTEE TO COOPERATE.  Upon payment in full on any Contract,
the Servicer will notify the Trustee, the Back-up Servicer and the Trust
Depositor on the next succeeding Payment Date by certification of a Servicing
Officer (which certification shall include a statement to the effect that all
amounts received in connection with such payments which are required to be
deposited in the Collection Account pursuant to Section 5.05 have been so
deposited) and shall (if the Servicer is not then in possession of the 
Contracts and Contract Files) request delivery of the Contract and Contract 
File to the Servicer.  Upon receipt of such delivery and request, the Trustee 
shall promptly release or cause to be released such Contract and Contract File 
to the Servicer.  Upon receipt of such Contract and Contract File, each of the 
Trust Depositor and the Servicer is authorized to execute an instrument in 
satisfaction of such Contract and to do such other acts and execute such other 
documents as the Servicer deems necessary to discharge the Obligor thereunder 
and eliminate the security interest in the Motorcycle related thereto.  The 
Servicer shall determine when a Contract has been paid in full; to the extent 
that


                                     -35-

<PAGE>

insufficient payments are received on a Contract credited by the Servicer as 
prepaid or paid in full and satisfied, the shortfall shall be paid by the 
Servicer out of its own funds.  From time to time as appropriate for servicing 
and repossession in connection with any Contract, if the Servicer is not then in
possession of the Contracts and Contract Files, the Trustee shall, upon written 
request of a Servicing Officer and delivery to the Trustee of a receipt signed 
by such Servicing Officer, cause the original Contract and the related Contract 
File to be released to the Servicer and shall execute such documents as the 
Servicer shall deem reasonably necessary to the prosecution of any such 
proceedings.  Such receipt shall obligate the Servicer to return the original 
Contract and the related Contract File to the Trustee when the need by the 
Servicer has ceased unless the Contract shall be repurchased as described in 
Section 8.09.  Upon request of a Servicing Officer, the Trustee shall perform 
such other acts as reasonably requested by the Servicer and otherwise cooperate 
with the Servicer in the enforcement of the Certificateholders' rights and 
remedies with respect to Contracts.

    SECTION 5.08.  COSTS AND EXPENSES.  All costs and expenses incurred by the
Servicer in carrying out its duties hereunder, fees and expenses of accountants
and payments of all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the
enforcement of Contracts (including enforcement of defaulted Contracts and
repossessions of Motorcycles securing such Contracts when such Contracts are not
repurchased pursuant to Section 8.06) and all other fees and expenses not
expressly stated hereunder to be for the account of the Trust shall be paid by
the Servicer (or, in the event that the Back-up Servicer is appointed Servicer,
by Eaglemark, Inc.) and the Servicer shall not be entitled to reimbursement
hereunder. 

    SECTION 5.09.  MAINTENANCE OF SECURITY INTERESTS IN MOTORCYCLES. The
Servicer shall take such steps as are necessary to maintain continuous
perfection and the first priority of the security interest created by each
Contract in the related Motorcycle.  The Trustee hereby authorizes the Servicer
to take such steps as are necessary to perfect such security interest and to
maintain the first priority thereof in the event of a relocation of a Motorcycle
or for any other reason.

    SECTION 5.10.  REPRESENTATIONS OF BACK-UP SERVICER.  The Back-up Servicer
makes the following representations and warranties to the Trustee and the
Certificateholders:

         (a)  The Back-up Servicer has been duly organized and is validly
    existing as an Illinois banking corporation in good standing under the laws
    of the United States of America, with power and authority to own its
    properties and to conduct its business as such properties shall be
    currently owned and such business is presently conducted.  The Back-up
    Servicer is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is
    in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the character of the
    business transacted by it or properties owned or leased by it requires such
    qualification and in which the failure so to qualify would have a material
    adverse effect on the business, properties, assets, or condition (financial
    or otherwise) of the Back-up Servicer.


                                     -36-

<PAGE>

         (b)  The Back-up Servicer has the power and authority to execute and
    deliver this Agreement and to carry out its terms; and the execution,
    delivery, and performance of this Agreement has been duly authorized by the
    Back-up Servicer by all necessary corporate action.

         (c)  This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid, and binding obligation
    of the Back-up Servicer enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as
    enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or
    other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights in
    general and by general principles of equity, regardless of whether such
    enforceability shall be considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

         (d)  The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
    Agreement, and the fulfillment of the terms hereof do not conflict with,
    result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, nor constitute
    (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under, the charter or
    by-laws of the Back-up Servicer, or any indenture, agreement or other
    instrument to which the Back-up Servicer is a party or by which it is
    bound; nor result in the creation or imposition of any lien upon any of its
    properties pursuant to terms of any such indenture, agreement, or other
    instrument; nor violate any law or any order, rule, or regulation
    applicable to the Back-up Servicer of any court or of any Federal or state
    regulatory body, administrative agency, or other governmental
    instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Back-up Servicer or its
    properties.

         (e)  There are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to the
    Back-up Servicer's best knowledge, threatened before any court, regulatory
    body, administrative agency, or other governmental instrumentality having
    jurisdiction over the Back-up Servicer or its properties (i) asserting the
    invalidity of this Agreement (ii) seeking to prevent the consummation of
    any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (iii) seeking any
    determination or ruling that might materially and adversely affect the
    performance by the Back-up Servicer of its obligations under, or the
    validity or enforceability of, this Agreement.

    Such representations speak as of the execution and delivery of this
Agreement and as of the Closing Date in the case of the Initial Contracts, and
as of the applicable Subsequent Transfer Date in the case of the Subsequent
Contracts, but shall survive the sale, transfer and assignment of the Contracts
to the Trust.

    SECTION 5.11.  MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION OF, OR ASSUMPTION OF THE 
OBLIGATIONS OF, BACK-UP SERVICER.  Any Person (a) into which the Back-up 
Servicer may be merged or consolidated, (b) which may result from any merger 
or consolidation to which the Back-up Servicer shall be a party, or (c) which 
may succeed to the properties and assets of the Back-up Servicer 
substantially as a whole, in any of the foregoing cases shall execute an 
agreement of assumption to perform every obligation of the Back-up Servicer 
hereunder and, whether or not such assumption

                                     -37-

<PAGE>

agreement is executed, shall be the successor to the Back-up Servicer under 
this Agreement without further act on the part of any of the parties to this 
Agreement, anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding.  Upon 
the occurrence of an event described in clauses (a), (b) or (c) of this 
Section 5.11, the Rating Agencies shall receive written notice within 
thirty (30) days of the completion of such event.

    SECTION 5.12.  REVIEW OF MONTHLY REPORT.  (a)  Prior to each Payment Date,
the Back-up Servicer shall review the Monthly Report related thereto and shall:

         (i)    confirm that such Monthly Report has been completed;

         (ii)   load the Computer Disk (which shall be in a format acceptable to
    the Back-up Servicer) received from the Servicer pursuant to Section 6.01
    hereof, confirm that such Computer Disk is in readable form and calculate
    and confirm the Monthly Principal for such Payment Date;

         (iii)  confirm that the items set forth as items (C)(3)(a),
    (C)(3)(b), (C)(4)(a), (C)(4)(b), (D)(1), (D)(2), (F)(1), (F)(4), (F)(5),
    (H), (I), (L), (M)(1), (M)(2), (M)(3), (M)(4), and (T) in the Monthly
    Report as set forth in EXHIBIT J hereto are consistent with the Monthly
    Report based solely on the recalculation of the Servicer's Monthly Report;
    and

         (iv)   calculate and confirm that the Delinquency Ratio, Average
    Delinquency Ratio, Default Ratio, Average Default Ratio, Loss Ratio,
    Average Loss Ratio and Cumulative Loss Ratio as of such Payment Date and
    the number, identity and principal balance of Liquidated Contracts.

    (b)  In the event of any discrepancy between the information set forth in
subparagraphs (a) (ii), (a) (iii) or (a)(iv) as calculated by the Servicer from
that determined or calculated by the Back-up Servicer, the Back-up Servicer
shall promptly notify the Servicer and the Trustee of such discrepancy.  In the
event of a discrepancy as described in the preceding sentence, payments to
Certificateholders on the related Payment Date shall be made by the Trustee
consistent with the information provided by the Servicer.  If within 30 days of
such notice being provided to the Servicer, the Back-up Servicer and the
Servicer are unable to resolve such discrepancy, the Back-up Servicer shall
promptly notify the Rating Agencies, and the Trustee of such discrepancy and the
Back-up Servicer shall appoint an independent certified public accountant (at
the Servicer's expense and which independent certified public accountant shall
be acceptable to the Back-up Servicer) to review and resolve any such
discrepancy.

    (c)  Other than as specifically set forth in this Agreement, the Back-up
Servicer shall have no obligation to supervise, verify, monitor or administer
the performance of the Servicer and shall have no liability or responsibility
for any action taken or omitted by the Servicer.  The 


                                     -38-

<PAGE>

duties and obligations of the Back-up Servicer shall be determined solely by the
express provisions of this Agreement and no implied covenants or obligations 
shall be read into this Agreement against the Back-up Servicer.

    (d)  The Back-up Servicer shall consult fully with the Servicer as may be
necessary from time to time to perform or carry out the Back-up Servicer's
obligations hereunder, including the obligation to succeed at any time to the
duties and obligations of the Servicer as servicer under Section 7.02.

    SECTION 5.13.  BACK-UP SERVICER COMPENSATION.  As compensation for the
performance of its obligations as Back-up Servicer under this Agreement, the
Back-up Servicer shall be entitled to receive the Back-up Servicer Fee which
shall be paid as provided herein.

    SECTION 5.14.  BACK-UP SERVICER NOT TO RESIGN.  Subject to the provisions
of Section 5.11, the Back-up Servicer shall not resign from the obligations and
duties imposed on it by this Agreement as Back-up Servicer or, in the event of a
Service Transfer, as Back-up Servicer, except upon a determination that by
reason of a change in legal requirements the performance of its duties under
this Agreement would cause the Back-up Servicer to be in violation of such legal
requirements in a manner which would have a material adverse effect on the
Back-up Servicer.  Any such determination permitting the resignation of the
Back-up Servicer shall be evidenced by an opinion of counsel to such effect
delivered and acceptable to the Trustee.  No resignation of the Back-up Servicer
shall become effective until an entity acceptable to the Trustee shall have
assumed the responsibilities and obligations of the Back-up Servicer; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that in the event a successor Back-up Servicer is not appointed within
60 days after the Back-up Servicer has given notice of its resignation as
permitted by this Section 5.14, the Back-up Servicer may petition a court for
its removal.  In the event the Back-up Servicer resigns, the Trustee shall
provide the Rating Agencies written notice of such resignation.

    SECTION 5.15.  BACK-UP SERVICER/LOCKBOX AGREEMENTS.  The Servicer shall use
its best efforts to cause Obligors to make all payments on the Contracts
directly to one or more Lockbox Banks, acting as agent for the Trust pursuant to
a Lockbox Agreement.  In the event the Servicer shall for any reason no longer
be acting as such, the Back-up Servicer shall thereupon assume all of the rights
and obligations of the outgoing servicer under the Lockbox Agreement; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the Back-up Servicer shall not be liable for any acts or
obligations of the Servicer prior to such succession.  In such event, the 
Back-up Servicer shall be deemed to have assumed all of the outgoing Servicer's
interest therein and to have replaced the outgoing Servicer as a party to each
such Lockbox Agreement to the same extent as if such Lockbox Agreement had been
assigned to the Back-up Servicer, except that the outgoing Servicer shall not
thereby be relieved of any liability or obligations on the part of the outgoing
Servicer to the Lockbox Bank under such Lockbox Agreement.  The outgoing
Servicer shall, upon the request of the Trustee, but at the expense of the
outgoing Servicer, deliver to the Back-up Servicer all documents and records
relating to each such Lockbox Agreement and an accounting of amounts collected
and 


                                     -39-

<PAGE>

held by the Lockbox Bank and otherwise use its best efforts to effect the 
orderly and efficient transfer of any Lockbox Agreement to the Back-up Servicer.
In connection with its assumption of all of the rights and obligations of the
outgoing Servicer, the Back-up Servicer shall deliver a written notice to
Norwest Financial Information Services Group to the effect that the outgoing
Servicer has been terminated as Servicer or has resigned as Servicer hereunder. 
Such notice shall also include a request to Norwest Financial Information
Services Group to assign to the Back-up Servicer the rights under that certain
Agreement between Norwest Financial Information Services Group and Eaglemark
Financial Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("EAGLEMARK FINANCIAL"), dated
as of November 4, 1992 (the "NORWEST AGREEMENT") insofar as such rights relate
to the Contracts, and an agreement on the part of the Back-up Servicer to assume
the obligations under the Norwest Agreement insofar as such obligations relate
to the servicing of the Contracts.  No such assignment and assumption will
relieve the Seller or Eaglemark Financial of its obligations under the Norwest
Agreement.


                                  ARTICLE VI
                                   REPORTS

    SECTION 6.01.  MONTHLY REPORTS.  No later than 10:00 a.m. Chicago, Illinois
time two Business Days following each Determination Date, the Servicer shall
cause the Trustee, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (the
"PLACEMENT AGENT"), the Back-up Servicer  and each Rating Agency to receive a
"Monthly Report" substantially in the form of EXHIBIT J hereto.

    SECTION 6.02.  OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE.  Each Monthly Report delivered
pursuant to Section 6.01 shall be accompanied by a certificate of a Servicing
Officer substantially in the form of EXHIBIT F, certifying the accuracy of the
Monthly Report and that no Event of Termination or event that with notice or
lapse of time or both would become an Event of Termination has occurred, or if
such event has occurred and is continuing, specifying the event and its status. 

    SECTION 6.03.  OTHER DATA.  In addition, the Trust Depositor and the
Servicer shall, on request of the Trustee, the Back-up Servicer, Moody's or
Standard & Poor's, furnish the Trustee, the Back-up Servicer, Moody's or
Standard & Poor's, as the case may be, such underlying data as may be reasonably
requested.

    SECTION 6.04.  ANNUAL REPORT OF ACCOUNTANTS.

    (a)  The Servicer shall cause a firm of nationally recognized independent
certified public accountants (the "INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS"), who may also
render other services to the Servicer, Eaglemark Financial or to the Trust
Depositor, to deliver to the Trustee, the Placement Agent and each Rating
Agency, on or before March 31 (or 90 days after the end of the Servicer's fiscal
year, if other than December 31) of each year, beginning on March 31, 1997, with
respect to the twelve months ended the immediately preceding December 31 (or
other applicable date), a 


                                     -40-

<PAGE>

statement (the "ACCOUNTANT'S REPORT") addressed to the Board of Directors of the
Servicer to the Trustee to the effect that such firm has audited the financial 
statements of Eaglemark Financial and issued its report thereon and that such 
audit 
         (1)    was made in accordance with generally accepted auditing
    standards, and accordingly included such tests of the accounting records
    and such other auditing procedures as such firm considered necessary in the
    circumstances;

         (2)    included an examination of documents and records relating to the
    servicing of motorcycle conditional sales contracts under pooling and
    servicing agreements substantially similar to one another (such statement
    to have attached thereto a schedule setting forth the pooling and servicing
    agreements covered thereby, including this Agreement);

         (3)    included an examination of the delinquency and loss statistics
    relating to Eaglemark Financial's portfolio of motorcycle conditional sales
    contracts; and

         (4)    except as described in the statement, disclosed no exceptions or
    errors in the records relating to motorcycle loans serviced for others
    that, in the firm's opinion, generally accepted auditing standards requires
    such firm to report.

The Accountant's Report shall further state that

         (1)    a review in accordance with agreed upon procedures was made of
    one randomly selected Monthly Report and

         (2)    except as disclosed in the Report, no exceptions or errors in 
    the Monthly Report so examined were found.

    (b)  The Accountant's Report shall also indicate that the firm is
independent of Eaglemark Financial within the meaning of the Code of
Professional Ethics of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

    SECTION 6.05.  ANNUAL STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE FROM SERVICER.  The Servicer
will deliver to the Trustee, the Back-up Servicer, the Placement Agent and each
of the Rating Agencies, on or before January 31 of each year commencing 
January 31, 1997, an Officer's Certificate stating that (a) a review of the 
activities of the Servicer during the prior calendar year and of its performance
under this Agreement was made under the supervision of the officer signing such 
certificate and (b) to such officer's knowledge, based on such review, the 
Servicer has fully performed all its obligations under this Agreement, or, if 
there has been a default in the performance of any such obligation, specifying 
each such default known to such officer and the 


                                     -41-

<PAGE>

nature and status thereof.  A copy of such certificate may be obtained by any 
Certificateholder by a request in writing to the Trustee.

    SECTION 6.06.  STATEMENTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS.  (a)  On or before two
Business Days prior to each Payment Date, the Servicer shall prepare and,
concurrently with each distribution to Certificateholders pursuant to 
Article VIII, the Trustee, in its capacity as Certificate Registrar and Paying 
Agent, shall cause to be delivered and mailed to each Holder of a Class A 
Certificate and each Holder of a Class B Certificate at the address appearing on
the Certificate Register a statement as of the related Payment Date setting 
forth:

         (i)    the amount distributed on such date and allocable to principal 
    of the Class A Certificates and the Class B Certificates;

         (ii)   the amount distributed on such date and allocable to interest on
    the Class A Certificates and the Class B Certificates;

         (iii)  the amount of the Class A and Class B Principal and Interest
Carryover Shortfalls, if any, for such Payment Date and the change in the 
Class A and Class B Principal and Interest Carryover Shortfalls from the 
immediately preceding Payment Date;

         (iv)   the amount otherwise distributable to the Class B
Certificateholders that will be distributed to the Class A Certificateholders on
such Payment Date;

         (v)    the amount of the distributions described in (i) or (ii) above
    payable pursuant to a claim on the Reserve Fund or from any other source
    not constituting Available Funds and the amount remaining in the Reserve
    Fund after giving effect to all deposits and withdrawals from the Reserve
    Fund on such date;

         (vi)   the amount of any Special Distribution to be made on such 
    Payment Date;

         (vii)  for each Payment Date during the Funding Period, the
    remaining Pre-Funded Amount;

         (viii) for each Payment Date to and including the Payment Date
    immediately following the end of the Funding Period, the Principal Balance
    and number of Subsequent Contracts conveyed to the Trust during the related
    Due Period;

         (ix)   the remaining Class A Certificate Balance and Class B 
    Certificate Balance after giving effect to the distribution of principal 
    (and Special Distribution, if any) to be made on such Payment Date;


                                     -42-

<PAGE>

         (x)    the Pool Balance as of the close of business on the last day of
    the related Due Period;

         (xi)   the Class A Pool Factor and the Class B Pool Factor immediately
    before and immediately after such Payment Date;

         (xii)  the amount of fees payable out of the Trust, separately
    identifying the Monthly Servicing Fee, the Back-up Servicer Fee and the
    Trustee Fee;

         (xiii) the number and aggregate Principal Balance of Contracts
    delinquent 31-59 days, 60-89 days and 90 or more days, computed as of the
    end of the related Due Period;

         (xiv)  the number and aggregate Principal Balance of Contracts that
    became Liquidated Contracts during the immediately preceding Due Period,
    the amount of liquidation proceeds for such Due Period, the amount of
    liquidation expenses being deducted from liquidation proceeds for such Due
    Period, and the Net Liquidation Proceeds for such Due Period;

         (xv)   the Loss Ratio, Average Loss Ratio, Cumulative Loss Ratio,
    Default Ratio, Average Default Ratio, Delinquency Ratio and Average
    Delinquency Ratio each as of such Payment Date;

         (xvi)  the number of Contracts and the aggregate Principal Balance
    of such Contracts, as of the first day of the Due Period relating to such
    Payment Date and as of the end of such Payment Date (after giving effect to
    payments received during such Due Period and to any transfers of Subsequent
    Contracts to the Trust occurring on or prior to such Payment Date);

         (xvii) the aggregate Principal Balance and number of Contracts that
    were repurchased by the Seller pursuant to Section 8.06 with respect to the
    related Due Period, identifying such Contracts and the Repurchase Price for
    such Contracts; and

         (xix)  such other customary factual information as is available to
    the Servicer as the Servicer deems necessary and can reasonably obtain from
    its existing data base to enable Certificateholders to prepare their tax
    returns.

    (b)  Within 75 days after the end of each calendar year, the Servicer shall
prepare and the Certificate Registrar shall mail to each Certificateholder of
record at any time during such year a report as to the aggregate amounts
reported pursuant to subsections (a)(i), (ii) and (xii) of this Section 6.06,
attributable to such Certificateholder.

                                 ARTICLE VII


                                     -43-

<PAGE>

                    EVENTS OF TERMINATION; SERVICE TRANSFER

    SECTION 7.01.  EVENTS OF TERMINATION.  "EVENT OF TERMINATION" means the
occurrence of any of the following:

         (a)  Any failure by the Servicer or the Seller to make any payment or
    deposit required to be made hereunder or in the Transfer and Sale Agreement
    (or in any Subsequent Purchase Agreement or Subsequent Transfer Agreement)
    and the continuance of such failure for a period of four Business Days
    after the date on which such payment or deposit was due;

         (b)  Failure on the Servicer's or the Seller's part to observe or
    perform in any material respect any covenant or agreement in the
    Certificates, this Agreement or in the Transfer and Sale Agreement (or in
    any Subsequent Purchase Agreement or Subsequent Transfer Agreement) (other
    than a covenant or agreement, the breach of which is specifically addressed
    elsewhere in this Section) which continues unremedied for 30 days after the
    date on which such failure commences;

         (c)  Any assignment by the Servicer or the Seller of its duties or
    rights hereunder or under the Transfer and Sale Agreement (or under any
    Subsequent Purchase Agreement or Subsequent Transfer Agreement), except as
    specifically permitted hereunder or thereunder, or any attempt to make such
    an assignment;

         (d)  An involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency
    or other similar law shall have been commenced in respect of the Servicer
    or Trust Depositor and shall not have been dismissed within 90 days, or a
    court having jurisdiction in the premises shall have entered a decree or
    order for relief in respect of either the Servicer or Trust Depositor in an
    involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other
    similar law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver,
    liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar
    official) of either the Servicer or Trust Depositor, or for any substantial
    liquidation or winding up of their respective affairs;

         (e)  The Servicer or Trust Depositor shall have commenced a voluntary
    case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now
    or hereafter in effect, or shall have consented to the entry of an order
    for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or shall have
    consented to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver,
    liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian or sequestrator (or other similar
    official) of the Servicer or Trust Depositor, as the case may be, or for
    any substantial part of their respective property, or shall have made any
    general assignment for the benefit of their respective creditors, or shall
    have failed to, or admitted in writing its inability to, pay its debts as
    they become due, or shall have taken any corporate action in furtherance of
    the foregoing;


                                     -44-

<PAGE>

         (f)  Any failure by the Servicer to deliver to the Trustee the Monthly
    Report pursuant to the terms of this Agreement which remains uncured for
    five Business Days after the date which such failure commences;

         (g)  Any representation, warranty or statement of the Servicer made in
    this Agreement, in any Subsequent Transfer Agreement or any certificate,
    report or other writing delivered pursuant hereto shall prove to be
    incorrect in any material respect as of the time when the same shall have
    been made and the incorrectness of such representation, warranty or
    statement has a material adverse effect on the Trust and, within 30 days
    after written notice thereof shall have been given to the Servicer or the
    Trust Depositor by the Trustee, the circumstances or condition in respect
    of which such representation, warranty or statement was incorrect shall not
    have been eliminated or otherwise cured.

    SECTION 7.02.  SERVICE TRANSFER.  (a)  If an Event of Termination has
occurred and is continuing,  (x) Certificateholders with aggregate Fractional
Interests representing 25% or more of the Trust or (y) the Trustee may, by
written notice delivered to the parties hereto, terminate all (but not less than
all) of the Servicer's management, administrative, servicing, custodial and
collection functions (such termination being herein called a "SERVICE
TRANSFER").

    (b)  Upon receipt of the notice required by Section 7.02(a) (or, if later,
on a date designated therein), all rights, benefits, fees, indemnities,
authority and power of the Servicer under this Agreement, whether with respect
to the Contracts, the Contract Files or otherwise, shall pass to and be vested
in the Back-up Servicer (the "BACK-UP SERVICER") pursuant to and under this
Section 7.02; and, without limitation, the Back-up Servicer is authorized and
empowered to execute and deliver on behalf of the Servicer, as attorney-in-fact
or otherwise, any and all documents and other instruments, and to do any and all
acts or things necessary or appropriate to effect the purposes of such notice of
termination.  The Servicer agrees to cooperate with the Back-up Servicer in
effecting the termination of the responsibilities and rights of the Servicer
hereunder, including, without limitation, the transfer to the Back-up Servicer
for administration by it of all cash amounts which shall at the time be held by
the Servicer for deposit, or have been deposited by the Servicer, in the
Collection Account, or for its own account in connection with its services
hereafter or thereafter received with respect to the Contracts.  The Servicer
shall transfer to the Back-up Servicer all records held by the Servicer relating
to the Contracts in such electronic form as the Back-up Servicer may reasonably
request and (ii) any Contract Files in the Servicer's possession.  In addition,
the Servicer shall permit access to its premises (including all computer records
and programs) to the Back-up Servicer or its designee, and shall pay the
reasonable transition expenses of the Back-up Servicer.  Upon a Service
Transfer, the Back-up Servicer shall also be entitled to receive the Servicing
Fee for performing the obligations of the Servicer (but shall no longer receive
the Back-up Servicer Fee)


                                     -45-

<PAGE>

    SECTION 7.03.  BACK-UP SERVICER TO ACT; APPOINTMENT OF BACK-UP SERVICER. 
Subject to Section 5.14 on  and after a Service Transfer pursuant to 
Section 7.02, the Back-up Servicer shall be the successor in all respects to the
Servicer in its capacity as servicer under this Agreement and the transactions
set forth or provided for herein and shall be subject to all the
responsibilities, duties and liabilities relating thereto placed on the Servicer
by the terms and provisions hereof, and the terminated Servicer shall be
relieved of such responsibilities, duties and liabilities arising after such
Service Transfer; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) the Back-up Servicer will not
assume any obligations of the Servicer described in Section 8.03 and (ii) the
Back-up Servicer shall not be liable for any acts or omissions of the Servicer
occurring prior to such Service Transfer or for any breach by the Servicer of
any of its representations and warranties contained herein or in any related
document or agreement. Notwithstanding the above, if the Back-up Servicer is
legally unable or unwilling to act as Servicer, Certificateholders with
aggregate Fractional Interests representing 50% or more of the Trust, may
appoint a successor servicer (other than the original Servicer or an Affiliate
of the original Servicer) to act as Servicer.  As compensation therefor, the
successor servicer shall be entitled to receive reasonable compensation equal to
the Monthly Servicing Fee.  The Trustee and such successor shall take such
action, consistent with this Agreement, as shall be necessary to effectuate any
such succession.  To the extent the terminated Servicer has made Advances, it
shall be entitled to reimbursement of the same notwithstanding its termination
hereunder, to the same extent as if it had continued to service the Contracts
hereunder.

    SECTION 7.04.  NOTIFICATION TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS.  (a)  Promptly following
the occurrence of any Event of Termination, the Servicer shall give written
notice thereof to the Trustee, the Trust Depositor, the Back-up Servicer  and
each Rating Agency at the addresses described in Section 12.09 hereof and to the
Certificateholders at their respective addresses appearing on the Certificate
Register.

    (b)  Within 10 days following any termination or appointment of a Back-up
Servicer pursuant to this Article VII, the Trustee shall give written notice
thereof to each Rating Agency and the Trust Depositor at the addresses described
in Section 12.09 hereof, and to the Certificateholders at their respective
addresses appearing on the Certificate Register.

    SECTION 7.05.  EFFECT OF TRANSFER.  (a)  After a Service Transfer, the
terminated Servicer shall have no further obligations with respect to the
management, administration, servicing, custody or collection of the Contracts
and the Back-up Servicer appointed pursuant to Section 7.03 shall have all of
such obligations, except that the terminated Servicer will transmit or cause to
be transmitted directly to the Back-up Servicer for its own account, promptly on
receipt and in the same form in which received, any amounts (properly endorsed
where required for the Back-up Servicer to collect them) received as payments
upon or otherwise in connection with the Contracts.


                                     -46-

<PAGE>

    (b)  A Service Transfer shall not affect the rights and duties of the
parties hereunder (including but not limited to the indemnities of the Servicer
and the Seller pursuant to Article X and Section 11.06), other than those
relating to the management, administration, servicing, custody or collection of
the Contracts.

    SECTION 7.06.  DATABASE FILE.  The Servicer will provide the Back-up
Servicer with a magnetic tape containing the database file for each Contract (i)
as of the Cutoff Date, (ii) the Subsequent Cutoff Date, (iii) thereafter, as of
the last day of the preceding Due Period on each Determination Date prior to a
Servicer Termination Event and (iv) on and as of the Business Day before the
actual commencement of servicing functions by the Back-up Servicer following the
occurrence of a Servicer Termination Event.

    SECTION 7.07.  BACK-UP SERVICER INDEMNIFICATION.  The Servicer shall
defend, indemnify and hold the Back-up Servicer and any officers, directors,
employees or agents of the Back-up Servicer harmless against any and all claims,
losses, penalties, fines, forfeitures, legal fees and related costs, judgments
and any other costs, fees, and expenses that the Back-up Servicer may sustain in
connection with the claims asserted at any time by third parties against the
Back-up Servicer which result from (i) any willful or grossly negligent act
taken or omission by the Servicer or (ii) a breach of any representations of the
Servicer in Section 3.02 hereof.  The indemnification provided by this 
Section 7.07 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

    SECTION 7.08.  RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE BACK-UP SERVICER.  The Back-up
Servicer will not be responsible for delays attributable to the Servicer's
failure to deliver information, defects in the information supplied by the
Servicer or other circumstances beyond the control of the Back-up Servicer.

    The Back-up Servicer will make arrangements with the Servicer for the
prompt and safe transfer of, and the Servicer shall provide to the Back-up
Servicer, all necessary servicing files and records, including (as deemed
necessary by the Back-up Servicer at such time): (i) microfiche loan
documentation, (ii) servicing system tapes, (iii) Contract payment history, (iv)
collections history and (v) the trial balances, as of the close of business on
the day immediately preceding conversion to the Back-up Servicer, reflecting all
applicable loan information.

    The Back-up Servicer shall have no responsibility and shall not be in
default hereunder nor incur any liability for any failure, error, malfunction or
any delay in carrying out any of its duties under this Agreement if any such
failure or delay results from the Back-up Servicer acting in accordance with
information prepared or supplied by a Person other than the Back-up Servicer or
the failure of any such Person to prepare or provide such information.  The
Back-up Servicer shall have no responsibility, shall not be in default and shall
incur no liability (i) for any act or failure to act by any third party,
including the Servicer, the Trust Depositor or the Trustee or for any inaccuracy
or omission in a notice or communication received by the Back-up Servicer from
any third party or (ii) which is due to or results from the invalidity,
unenforceability of any 


                                     -47-

<PAGE>

Contract with applicable law or the breach or the inaccuracy of any 
representation or warrant made with respect to any Contract.

                                 ARTICLE VIII
                          PAYMENTS AND RESERVE FUND

    SECTION 8.01.  MONTHLY PAYMENTS.  (a)  Each Certificateholder as of the
related Record Date shall be paid on the next succeeding Payment Date by check
mailed to such Certificateholder at the address for such Certificateholder
appearing on the Certificate Register or by wire transfer if such
Certificateholder provides written instructions to the Trustee at least ten days
prior to such Payment Date.

    (b)  The Trustee shall serve as the paying agent hereunder (the "PAYING
AGENT") and shall make the payments to the Certificateholders required
hereunder.  The Trustee hereby agrees that all amounts held by it for payment
hereunder will be held in trust for the benefit of the Certificateholders.

    SECTION 8.02.  FEES.  The Trustee shall be paid the Trustee's Fee, the
Back-up Servicer shall be paid the Back-up Servicer Fee and the Servicer shall
be paid the Monthly Servicing Fee, each of which shall be paid solely from the
monies and in accordance with the priorities described in Section 8.04(b).  No
recourse may be had to the Seller, Trust Depositor, Trustee, Servicer, or any of
their respective Affiliates in the event that amounts available under 
Section 8.04(b) are insufficient for payment of the Trustee Fee, the Back-up 
Servicer Fee and the Monthly Servicing Fee.

    SECTION 8.03.  ADVANCES; REALIZATION OF CARRYING CHARGE.  (a) On each
Determination Date, the Servicer shall compute the amount of Delinquent
Interest, if any, on the Contracts for the immediately preceding Due Period. 
Not later than each Determination Date, the Servicer shall advance (each, an
"ADVANCE") such Delinquent Interest by depositing the aggregate amount of such
Delinquent Interest in the Collection Account, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the
Servicer shall be obligated to advance Delinquent Interest only to the extent
that the Servicer, in its sole discretion, expects that such Advance will not
become an Uncollectible Advance.  The Servicer shall indicate on each Monthly
Report (i) the amount of Delinquent Interest, if any, on the Contracts for the
related Due Period and (ii) the amount of the Advance, if any, made by the
Servicer in respect of such Delinquent Interest pursuant to this Section 8.03. 
If the amount of such Advance is less than the amount of the Delinquent
Interest, the relevant Monthly Report shall be accompanied by a certificate of a
Servicing Officer setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for the
determination by the Servicer that the portion of the Delinquent Interest not
advanced would become an Uncollectible Advance.  By each Determination Date, the
Servicer shall determine the amount of prior unreimbursed Advances for which it
desires to be reimbursed pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.03 (such
amount, the "REIMBURSEMENT AMOUNT").  The Servicer shall be entitled to be
reimbursed for any outstanding Advance with respect to a 


                                     -48-

<PAGE>

Contract by means of a first priority withdrawal from the Collection Account of 
such Reimbursement Amount as provided in Section 8.04(b)(i).

    (b)  The Servicer shall determine no later than 12:00 noon, New York City
time, on the second Business Day prior to a Payment Date the Carrying Charges in
respect of the upcoming Payment Date.  To the extent of such amount, the Trustee
shall, pursuant to the Deposit Agreement, make demand upon the Trust Depositor
for payment of the Carrying Charges, to be satisfied from (and solely to the
extent of) the amount then on deposit in the Interest Reserve Account.  Such
demand shall be effected by giving the notice to the Collateral Agent described
in Section 3.03 of the Security Agreement.  Amounts realized from such demand
shall be deposited immediately into the Collection Account as contemplated in
Section 5.05(b)(vi) hereof.

    SECTION 8.04.  PAYMENTS.  (a) On each Determination Date, the Servicer
shall determine the amount of the Available Funds for the related Payment Date
and shall calculate the Available Interest, the Available Principal, the Class A
Distributable Amount, the Class B Distributable Amount, and all other
distributions to be made on the related Payment Date.

    (b)  On each Payment Date, the Trustee will, based on the information in
the Monthly Report, distribute as a Special Distribution from the Special
Distribution Subaccount  (a) to the Holders of the Class A Certificateholders,
pro rata, in an amount equal to the Class A Percentage multiplied by the amount
in the Special Distribution Subaccount and (b) to the Class B
Certificateholders, pro rata, in an amount equal to the Class B Percentage
multiplied by the amount in the Special Distribution Subaccount, and shall also
distribute the following amounts in the following order of priority:

         (i)    from Available Funds, the Reimbursement Amount to the Servicer;

         (ii)   from Available Interest, the Servicing Fee for the related Due
    Period to the Servicer;

         (iii)  from Available Interest, the Trustee's Fee for the related
    Due Period to the Trustee;

         (iv)   from Available Interest, the Back-up Servicer Fee for the 
    related Due Period to the Back-up Servicer;

         (v)    to the Class A Certificateholders of record, from Available
    Interest, an amount equal to the Class A Interest Distributable Amount for
    such Payment Date and, if such Available Interest is insufficient, the
    Class A Certificateholders will receive such shortfall first, from the
    Class B Percentage of Available Principal and second, if such amounts are
    still insufficient, from monies on deposit in the Reserve Fund;


                                     -49-

<PAGE>

         (vi)   to the Class B Certificateholders of record, from Available
    Interest, an amount equal to the Class B Interest Distributable Amount for
    such Payment Date and, if such Available Interest is insufficient, the
    Class B Certificateholders will receive such shortfall from monies on
    deposit in the Reserve Fund;

         (vii)  to the Class A Certificateholders of record, from Available
    Principal, an amount equal to the Class A Principal Distributable Amount
    for such Payment Date and, if such Available Principal is insufficient, the
    Class A Certificateholders will receive such shortfall first, from
    Available Interest, and second, if such amounts are still insufficient,
    from monies on deposit in the Reserve Fund;

         (viii) to the Class B Certificateholders of record, from Available
    Principal, an amount equal to the Class B Principal Distributable Amount
    for such Payment Date and, if such Available Principal is insufficient, the
    Class B Certificateholders will receive such shortfall first, from
    Available Interest, and second, if such amounts are still insufficient,
    from monies on deposit in the Reserve Fund; and

         (ix)   any remaining Available Funds after the payments described in
    clauses (i) through (viii) above shall be paid to the Reserve Agent for
    deposit in the Reserve Fund.

    Any monies intended for the payment of Class A Distributable Amounts or
Class B Distributable Amounts but which remain unclaimed by Certificateholders
for a period of two years after the Final Scheduled Payment Date shall, upon the
written request of the Trust Depositor, be paid to the Trust Depositor, and such
Certificateholders shall thereafter look only to the Trust Depositor for
payment, and then only to the extent of the amounts so received without interest
thereon; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that within thirty days prior to the expiration of
the two-year period mentioned above, the Trustee, before being required to make
any such repayment, may, at the expense of the Trust Depositor, cause to be
published in a financial journal a notice that after a date named therein said
monies will be returned to the Trust Depositor.

    SECTION 8.05.  WITHDRAWAL FROM RESERVE FUND TO COVER A SHORTFALL.  The
Trustee shall determine no later than 10:00 a.m., Chicago, Illinois time, on the
Payment Date  (but after making, and taking into account, the determination,
demand and transfer of funds contemplated in Section 8.03(b) above) whether
there exists a Shortfall with respect to the upcoming Payment Date.  In the
event that the Trustee determines that there exists a Shortfall, the Trustee
shall furnish to the Reserve Agent no later than 12:00 noon, Chicago, Illinois
time, on such Payment Date a written notice specifying the Shortfall for such
Payment Date and directing the Reserve Agent to remit monies in respect of such
Shortfall (to the extent of funds available to be so distributed pursuant to the
Reserve Fund Agreement) to the Trustee for deposit in the Collection 


                                     -50-

<PAGE>

Account.  Upon receipt of any such funds the Trustee shall deposit such amounts 
into the Collection Account.

    SECTION 8.06.  REPURCHASES OF CONTRACTS FOR BREACH OF REPRESENTATIONS AND
WARRANTIES.  Upon a discovery by the Servicer, the Trust Depositor or the
Trustee of a breach of a representation or warranty of the Seller as set forth
in EXHIBIT K hereto or as made in any Subsequent Purchase Agreement relating to
Subsequent Contracts that materially adversely affects the Trust's interest in
such Contract (without regard to the benefits of the Reserve Fund), the party
discovering the breach shall give prompt written notice to the other parties
PROVIDED, that the Trustee shall have no duty or obligation to inquire or to
investigate the breach by the Seller of any of such representations or
warranties.  The Seller, as provided in  the Transfer and Sale Agreement and in
accordance with this Section 8.06, shall repurchase a Contract at its Repurchase
Price, two Business Days prior to the first Determination Date after the Seller
becomes aware, or should have become aware, or receives written notice from the
Trustee, the Servicer or the Trust Depositor of any breach of a representation
or warranty of the Seller set forth in Article III of the Transfer and Sale
Agreement that materially adversely affects such Contract or the Trust's
interest in such Contract and which breach has not been cured; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that with respect to any Contract incorrectly described on the List of
Contracts with respect to unpaid Principal Balance which the Seller would
otherwise be required to repurchase under the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the
Seller may, in lieu of repurchasing such Contract, deposit in the Collection
Account not later than one Business Day after such Determination Date cash in an
amount sufficient to cure such deficiency or discrepancy, and PROVIDED FURTHER
that with respect to a breach of representation or warranty relating to the
Contracts in the aggregate and not to any particular Contract the Seller may
select Contracts (without adverse selection) to repurchase such that had such
Contracts not been included as part of the Trust Corpus there would have been no
breach of such representation or warranty; PROVIDED FURTHER that (a) the failure
of a Contract File to be complete or of the original certificate of title and
evidence of recordation of such certificate to be included in the Contract File
as of 180 days after the Closing Date (or Subsequent Transfer Date, in the case
of Subsequent Contracts) or (b) the failure to maintain perfection of the
security interest in the Motorcycle securing a Contract in accordance with
Section 5.09, shall be deemed to be a breach materially and adversely affecting
the Trust's interest in the Contract or in the related Contracts. 
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the obligation of the
Seller under the Transfer and Sale Agreement and described in this Section 8.06
shall not terminate or be deemed released by any party hereto upon a Service
Transfer pursuant to Article VII.  The repurchase obligation described in this
Section 8.06 is in no way to be satisfied with monies in the Reserve Fund.

    SECTION 8.07.  REASSIGNMENT OF REPURCHASED CONTRACTS.  Upon receipt by the
Trustee for deposit in the Collection Account of the Repurchase Price as
described in Section 8.06 or Section 8.08, and upon receipt of a certificate of
a Servicing Officer in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT G, the Trustee shall
assign to the Seller all of the Trust's right, title and interest in the


                                     -51-

<PAGE>

repurchased Contract without recourse, representation or warranty, except as to
the absence of liens, charges or encumbrances created by or arising as a result
of actions of the Trustee.

    SECTION 8.08.  SELLER'S REPURCHASE OPTION.  As provided in the Transfer and
Sale Agreement, on written notice to the Trustee at least 20 days prior to a
Payment Date, and provided that aggregate of the Class A Certificate Balance and
Class B Certificate Balance is then less than 10% of the Class A Initial
Certificate Balance and Class B Initial Certificate Balance, and provided a
valuation letter is delivered as required in Section 5.02 of the Transfer and
Sale Agreement, the Seller may (but is not required to) repurchase on that
Payment Date all outstanding Contracts at a price equal to the aggregate of the
Class A and Class B Certificate Balance on the previous Payment Date plus the
aggregate of the Class A Interest Distributable Amount and the Class B Interest
Distributable Amount for the current Payment Date thereon, the Reimbursement
Amount (if any) as well as accrued and unpaid Monthly Servicing Fees, Back-up
Servicing Fees and Trustee Fees to the date of such repurchase.  Such price is
to be deposited in the Collection Account one Business Day before such Payment
Date, against the Trustee's release of the Contracts and the Contract Files to
the Seller in the manner described in Section 8.07 above.

                                  ARTICLE IX
                               THE CERTIFICATES

    SECTION 9.01.  THE CERTIFICATES.  The Certificates shall be substantially
in the form of EXHIBIT A.  Certificates shall be issued in denominations of
$[____] and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, except that one
Certificate may be issued in a denomination representing the remainder of the
Class A Initial Certificate Balance and the remainder of the Class B Initial
Certificate Balance.  Each Certificate shall be executed by the Trustee on
behalf of the Trust by the manual signature of a duly authorized Responsible
Officer or authorized signatory of the Trustee.  Certificates bearing the
signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers or authorized
signatories of the Trustee shall bind the Trust, notwithstanding that such
individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices or positions prior
to the delivery of such Certificates or did not hold such offices or positions
at the date of such Certificates.  All Certificates shall be dated the date of
their execution.

    SECTION 9.02.  REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF CERTIFICATES.  
(a) The Trustee shall keep at the office or agency to be maintained by it in
accordance with Section 12.03 a "Certificate Register" in which the Trustee
shall provide for the registration of Certificates and of transfers and
exchanges of Certificates as herein provided.  The Trustee initially appoints
itself to be the "Certificate Registrar" and transfer agent for the purpose of
registering Certificates and transfers and exchanges of Certificates as provided
herein.  The Trustee will give prompt written notice to Certificateholders and
the Servicer of any change in the Certificate Registrar.


                                     -52-

<PAGE>

    (b)  (1)  No transfer of a Certificate shall be made by the Trust Depositor
or any other Person unless such transfer is exempt from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 (the "ACT"), as amended, and any
applicable state securities laws or is made in accordance with the Act and laws.
Except in the case of a transfer permitted by clause (2) below, in the event
that any such transfer is to be made, (A) the Trustee may require a written
opinion of counsel acceptable to, and in form and substance satisfactory to, the
Trustee that such transfer may be made pursuant to, an exemption, describing the
applicable exemption and the basis therefor, from the Act and any applicable
state securities laws or is being made pursuant to the Act and any applicable
state securities laws, which opinion of counsel shall not be an expense of the
Trustee or the Trust Depositor, and (B) the Trustee shall require the transferee
to execute an investment letter substantially in the form of EXHIBIT H-1
attached hereto, which investment letter shall not be an expense of the Trustee
or the Trust Depositor.  Except as provided in clause (2) below, any transfer,
sale or other disposition not in compliance with the provisions of this 
Section 9.02(b)(1) shall be deemed to be void and of no legal force or effect 
whatsoever and such transferee shall be deemed to not be the Certificateholder 
for any purpose hereunder, including, but not limited to, the receipt of 
distributions on the Certificate, and shall be deemed to have no interest 
whatsoever in the Certificate.  The Certificateholder desiring to effect such 
transfer shall, and does hereby agree to, indemnify the Trustee, the Trust 
Depositor, and the Certificate Registrar against any liability that may result 
if the transfer is not so exempt or is not made in accordance with such federal 
and state laws.

    (2)  Except in the case of a transfer permitted by clause (1) above, no
transfer of a Certificate shall be made by any Person other than the Trust
Depositor unless the prospective transferee of a Certificate provides the
Trustee and the Trust Depositor with an investment letter substantially in the
form of EXHIBIT H-2 attached hereto, which investment letter shall not be an
expense of the Trustee or the Trust Depositor, and which investment letter
states that, among other things, such transferee (A) is a "qualified
institutional buyer" as defined under Rule 144A of the Act, acting for its own
account or the accounts of other "qualified institutional buyers" as defined
under Rule 144A, and (B) is aware that the proposed transferor intends to rely
on the exemption from registration requirements under the Act provided by 
Rule 144A.  Except in the case of a transfer permitted by clause (1) above, any
transfer, sale or other disposition not in compliance with the provisions of
this Section 9.02(b)(2) shall be deemed to be void and of no legal force or
effect whatsoever and such transferee shall be deemed to not be the
Certificateholder for any purpose hereunder, including, but not limited to, the
receipt of distributions on the Certificate, and shall be deemed to have no
interest whatsoever in the Certificate.  Any Certificateholder desiring to
effect such transfer does hereby agree to indemnify the Trustee, the Trust
Depositor and the Certificate Registrar against any liability that may result if
the transfer is not made in accordance with Rule 144A.

    (c)  At the option of a Certificateholder, Certificates may be exchanged
for other Certificates of authorized denominations of a like aggregate original
denomination, upon surrender of the Certificates to be exchanged at the office
of the Trustee referred to in Subsection 


                                     -53-

<PAGE>

(a) above.  Whenever any Certificates are so surrendered for exchange, the 
Trustee shall execute and deliver the Certificates which the Certificateholder 
making the exchange is entitled to receive.  Every Certificate presented or 
surrendered for transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed by, or shall be 
accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the 
Trustee and the Certificate Registrar duly executed by, the holder thereof or 
his or her attorney duly authorized in writing.

    (d)  The Trust Depositor and the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, shall
provide to any Certificateholder or any Person designated by such
Certificateholder such financial or other information as such Certificateholder
may reasonably determine is required to permit such Certificateholder to comply
with the requirements of Rule 144A of the Act in connection with the resale of
the Certificates.

    SECTION 9.03.  NO CHARGE; DISPOSITION OF VOID CERTIFICATES.  No service
charge shall be made to a Certificateholder for any transfer or exchange of
Certificates, but the Certificate Registrar or the Trustee may require payment
of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be
imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of Certificates.  All
Certificates surrendered for transfer and exchange shall be disposed of in a
manner approved by the Trustee.

    SECTION 9.04.  MUTILATED, DESTROYED, LOST OR STOLEN CERTIFICATES.  If (a)
any mutilated Certificate is surrendered to the Certificate Registrar, or the
Certificate Registrar receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction,
loss or theft of any Certificate, and (b) the Certificateholder delivers to the
Certificate Registrar, the Trust Depositor and the Trustee (at the expense of
the Certificateholder) such security or indemnity as may be required by each to
save it harmless, then in the absence of notice to the Certificate Registrar or
the Trustee that such Certificate has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser,
the Trustee shall execute and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate, a new Certificate of like
tenor and original denomination.  Upon the issuance of any new Certificate under
this Section 9.04, the Trustee may require the payment of a sum sufficient to
cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation
thereto.  Any duplicate Certificate issued pursuant to this Section 9.04 shall
constitute complete and indefeasible evidence of ownership of the related
Fractional Interest, as if originally issued, whether or not the mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate shall be found at any later time.

    SECTION 9.05.  PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS.  Prior to due presentation of a
Certificate for registration of transfer, the Trustee and the Certificate
Registrar may treat the person in whose name any Certificate is registered on
the Certificate Register as the owner of such Certificate for the purpose of
receiving remittances pursuant to Section 8.01 and for all other purposes
whatsoever, and none of the Trustee, the Certificate Registrar, the Paying Agent
or any agent of the Trustee, the Paying Agent, or the Certificate Registrar
shall be affected by notice to the contrary.


                                     -54-

<PAGE>

    SECTION 9.06.  ACCESS TO LIST OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS' NAMES AND ADDRESSES. 
The Certificate Registrar will furnish to the Trustee, the Trust Depositor, the
Back-up Servicer and the Servicer, within five days after receipt by the
Certificate Registrar of a request therefor from the Trustee or the
Certificateholder in writing, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably
require, of the names and addresses of the Certificateholders as of the most
recent Record Date.  If Class A Certificateholders or Class B Certificateholders
with aggregate Fractional Interests representing 25% or more of the Class A
Certificate Balance or Class B Certificate Balance, respectively, (hereinafter
referred to as "APPLICANTS") apply in writing to the Trustee, and such
application states that the Applicants desire to communicate with other
Certificateholders with respect to their rights under this Agreement or under
the Certificates and is accompanied by a copy of the communication which such
Applicants propose to transmit, then the Trustee shall, within five Business
Days after the receipt of such application, afford such Applicants access during
normal business hours to the most recent list of Certificateholders held by the
Trustee.  If such list is as of a date more than 90 days prior to the date of
receipt of such Applicants' request, the Trustee shall promptly request from the
Certificate Registrar a current list as provided above, and shall afford such
Applicants access to such list promptly upon receipt.  Every Certificateholder,
by receiving and holding a Certificate, agrees with the Certificate Registrar
and the Trustee that none of the Trust Depositor, the Certificate Registrar or
the Trustee shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such
information as to the names and addresses of the Certificateholders hereunder,
regardless of the source from which such information was derived.

    SECTION 9.07.  AUTHENTICATING AGENTS.  By written instrument, the Trustee
may appoint one or more Authenticating Agents (each, an "AUTHENTICATING AGENT")
with power to act on its behalf and subject to its direction in the execution
and delivery of the Certificates.  For all purposes of this Agreement, the
execution and delivery of Certificates by an Authenticating Agent pursuant to
this Section 9.07 shall be deemed to be the execution and delivery of
Certificates "by the Trustee."


                                  ARTICLE X
                                 INDEMNITIES

    SECTION 10.01.  SERVICER INDEMNIFICATION.  The Servicer agrees to defend
and indemnify the Trust, the Trustee, the Back-up Servicer, the Paying Agent,
the Certificateholders and any agents of the Trustee,  and the
Certificateholders against any and all costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims
and liabilities, and shall also assume the obligations of the Trust Depositor to
pay expenses and costs incurred pursuant to the terms of the Security Agreement
(which expenses and costs shall not be borne by the Collateral as defined
therein), including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and expenses of
litigation arising out of or resulting from this Agreement or any of the related
Transaction Documents, or the use, ownership or operation of any Motorcycle by
the Servicer or any Affiliate of the Servicer.  Notwithstanding any other


                                     -55-

<PAGE>

provision of this Agreement, the obligation of the Servicer described in this
Section 10.01 shall not terminate or be deemed released upon a Service Transfer
pursuant to Article VII and shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

    SECTION 10.02.  LIABILITIES TO OBLIGORS.  No obligation or liability to any
Obligor under any of the Contracts is intended to be assumed by the Trust or the
Certificateholders under or as a result of this Agreement and the transactions
contemplated hereby and, to the maximum extent permitted and valid under
mandatory provisions of law, the Trust and the Certificateholders expressly
disclaim any such assumption.

    SECTION 10.03.  TAX INDEMNIFICATION.  As provided in the Transfer and Sale
Agreement, the Seller has agreed to pay, and to indemnify, defend and hold
harmless the Trust, the Trustee and the Certificateholders from, any taxes which
may at any time be asserted with respect to, and as of the date of, the transfer
of the Contracts to the Trust, including, without limitation, any sales, gross
receipts, general corporation, personal property, privilege or license taxes
(but not including any federal, state or other taxes arising out of the creation
of the Trust and the issuance of the Certificates) and costs, expenses and
reasonable counsel fees in defending against the same, whether arising by reason
of the acts to be performed by the Trust Depositor, the Seller or the original
Servicer under this Agreement or imposed against the Trust, a Certificateholder
or otherwise.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the
obligation of the Seller described in this Section 10.03 shall not terminate or
be deemed released upon a Service Transfer pursuant to Article VII and shall
survive any termination of this Agreement.

    SECTION 10.04.  SERVICER'S INDEMNITIES.  The Servicer shall defend and
indemnify the Trust, the Trustee and the Certificateholders against any and all
costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims and liabilities, including reasonable
fees and expenses of counsel and expenses of litigation, in respect of any
action taken by such Servicer with respect to any Contract.  This indemnity
shall survive any Service Transfer (but the original Servicer's obligations
under this Section 10.04 shall not relate to any actions of any subsequent
Servicer after a Service Transfer) and any payment of the amount owing under, or
any repurchase by the Seller of, any such Contract and shall survive any
termination of this Agreement.

    SECTION 10.05.  OPERATION OF INDEMNITIES.  Indemnification under this
Article X shall include, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of
counsel and expenses of litigation.  If the Servicer has made any indemnity
payments to the Trustee pursuant to this Article X and the Trustee thereafter
collects any of such amounts from others, the Trust will repay such amounts
collected to the Servicer, without interest.


                                     -56-

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE XI
                                  THE TRUSTEE

    SECTION 11.01.  DUTIES OF TRUSTEE.  The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of
an Event of Termination and after the curing of all Events of Termination which
may have occurred, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are
specifically set forth in this Agreement.  If an Event of Termination has
occurred (which has not been cured), the Trustee shall exercise such of the
rights and powers vested in it by this Agreement, and use the same degree of
care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use
under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

    The Trustee, upon receipt of all resolutions, certificates, statements,
opinions, reports, documents, orders or other instruments furnished to the
Trustee which are specifically required to be furnished pursuant to any
provision of this Agreement, shall examine them to determine whether they
conform as to form to the requirements of this Agreement and shall promptly
notify the Servicer, the Back-up Servicer and each Certificateholder of any
failure of any of the foregoing  to so conform.

    Subject to Section 11.03, no provision of this Agreement shall be construed
to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own
negligent failure to act (including actions or omissions within its control
resulting in the failure of Certificateholders to receive timely payment of
either the Class A Distributable Amount or the Class B Distributable Amount) or
its own misconduct; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that:

         (a)  Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Termination, and after the
    curing of all such Events of Termination which may have occurred, the
    duties and obligations of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the
    express provisions of this Agreement, the Trustee shall not be liable
    except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are
    specifically set forth in this Agreement, no implied covenants or
    obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Trustee and, in
    the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may
    conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of
    the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished
    to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Agreement;

         (b)  The Trustee shall not be liable for an error of judgment made in
    good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, unless it shall be
    proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

         (c)  The Trustee shall not be personally liable with respect to any
    action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in
    accordance with the direction of Certificateholders with aggregate
    Fractional Interests representing 25% or more of the Trust relating to the
    time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy


                                     -57-

<PAGE>

    available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon
    the Trustee, under this Agreement; and

         (d)  The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any event
    referred to in Section 7.01 unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at
    the Corporate Trust Office obtains actual knowledge of such event or the
    Trustee receives written notice of such event from the Seller, the Trust
    Depositor, the Servicer, the Back-up Servicer or the Certificateholders
    with aggregate Fractional Interests representing 25% or more of the Trust.

    The Trustee shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds or
otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties
hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if there is
reasonable ground for believing that the repayment of such funds or adequate
indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it,
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that nothing contained herein shall relieve the Trustee of
the obligations, upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination (which has not
been cured), to exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this
Agreement, and to use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a
prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of
his own affairs.

    None of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall in any event
require the Trustee to perform, or be responsible for the manner of performance
of, any of the obligations of the Seller, the Trust Depositor or the Servicer
under this Agreement.

    Without limiting the generality of this Section 11.01, the Trustee shall
have no duty (i) to see to any recording, filing or depositing of this Agreement
or any agreement referred to herein or any financing statement evidencing a
security interest in the Motorcycles or to see to the maintenance of any such
recording or filing or depositing or to any re-recording, refiling or
redepositing of any thereof, (ii) to see to any insurance of the Motorcycles or
Obligors or to effect or maintain any such insurance, (iii) to see to the
payment or discharge of any tax, assessment or other governmental charge or any
lien or encumbrance of any kind owing with respect to, assessed or levied
against any part of the Trust, (iv) to confirm or verify the contents of any
reports or certificates delivered to the Trustee pursuant to this Agreement
believed by the Trustee to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by
the proper party or parties, or (v) to inspect the Motorcycles at any time or
ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the Seller's
or the Servicer's representations, warranties or covenants or the Servicer's
duties and obligations as Servicer and as custodian of the Contract Files under
this Agreement.

    SECTION 11.02.  CERTAIN MATTERS AFFECTING THE TRUSTEE.  Except as otherwise
provided in Section 11.01 and provided the Paying Agent shall also benefit from
the provisions of this Section 11.02:


                                     -58-

<PAGE>

    (a)  The Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining
from acting upon any resolution, Officer's Certificate, certificate of a
Servicing Officer, certificate of auditors or any other certificate, statement,
instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, appraisal, bond or
other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or
presented by the proper party or parties;

    (b)  The Trustee may consult with counsel and any opinion of any counsel
for the Seller, the Trust Depositor or the Servicer shall be full and complete
authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or suffered or
omitted by the Trustee hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such
opinion of counsel;

    (c)  The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights
or powers vested in it by this Agreement, or to institute, conduct or defend any
litigation hereunder or in relation hereto, at the request, order or direction
of any of the Certificateholders, pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement,
unless such Certificateholders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable
security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be
incurred therein or thereby; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that nothing contained herein
shall relieve the Trustee of the obligations, upon the occurrence of an Event of
Termination (which has not been cured), to exercise such of the rights and
powers vested in it by this Agreement, and to use the same degree of care and
skill in their exercise as a prudent man would exercise or use under the
circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs;

    (d)  Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Termination and after the
curing of all Events of Termination which may have occurred, the Trustee shall
not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any
resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice,
request, consent, order, approval, bond or other paper or document, unless
requested in writing so to do by Certificateholders with aggregate Fractional
Interests representing 25% or more of the Trust; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the
payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee of the costs, expenses or
liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of such investigation is,
in the opinion of the Trustee, not reasonably assured to the Trustee by the
security afforded to it by the terms of this Agreement, the Trustee may require
reasonable indemnity against such cost, expense or liability as a condition to
so proceeding.  The reasonable expense of every such examination shall be paid
by the Servicer or, if paid by the Trustee, shall be reimbursed by the Servicer
upon demand; and

    (e)  The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or
perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or
attorneys or co-trustees or a custodian and shall not be liable for any acts or
omissions of such agents, attorneys or co-trustees or custodians if appointed by
it with due care hereunder; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if the Servicer is acting as
custodian, the Servicer is deemed by all parties to have been appointed with due
care.


                                     -59-

<PAGE>

    SECTION 11.03.  TRUSTEE NOT LIABLE FOR CERTIFICATES OR CONTRACTS.  The
Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the recitals contained
herein or in the Certificates (other than the Trustee's execution thereof).  The
Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this
Agreement, the Trust or of the Certificates (other than its execution thereof)
or of any Contract, Contract File or related document.  The Trustee shall not be
accountable for the use or application by the Servicer or the Trust Depositor of
funds paid to the Trust Depositor in consideration of conveyance of the
Contracts to the Trust by the Trust Depositor or deposited in or withdrawn from
the Collection Account by the Servicer.

    SECTION 11.04.  TRUSTEE MAY OWN CERTIFICATES.  The Trustee in its
individual or other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Certificates
representing less than all the beneficial interest in the Trust with the same
rights as it would have if it were not Trustee.

    SECTION 11.05.  RIGHTS TO DIRECT TRUSTEE AND TO WAIVE EVENTS OF
TERMINATION.  Certificateholders with aggregate Fractional Interests
representing 25% or more of the Trust shall have the right to direct the time,
method, and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the
Trustee under this Agreement or any Transaction Document assigned to the
Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee under this
Agreement or any Transaction Document assigned to the Trustee; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that, subject to Section 11.01, the Trustee shall have the right to
decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee being advised by counsel
determines that the action so directed may not lawfully be taken, or if the
Trustee in good faith shall, by a Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers of
the Trustee, determine that the proceedings so directed would be illegal or
involve the Trustee in personal liability or (in the case of directions by the
Certificateholders) be unduly prejudicial to the rights of Certificateholders
not parties to such direction; and PROVIDED FURTHER that nothing in this
Agreement shall impair the right of the Trustee to take any action deemed proper
by the Trustee and which is not inconsistent with such direction by the
Certificateholders.  Certificateholders with aggregate Fractional Interests
representing 51% or more of the Trust may waive any past Event of Termination
hereunder and its consequences, and upon any such waiver, such Event of
Termination shall cease to exist and shall be deemed to have been cured for
every purpose of this Agreement; but no such waiver shall extend to any
subsequent or other Event of Termination or impair any right consequent thereon.
The Trustee shall have no liability for acting upon the direction of the
Certificateholders.

    SECTION 11.06.  THE SERVICER TO PAY TRUSTEE'S EXPENSES.  The Servicer
agrees to indemnify the Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss,
liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on the Trustee's
part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of
this trust and its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of
defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise
or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.


                                     -60-

<PAGE>

    This Section 11.06 shall be for the benefit of the Trustee in its
capacities as Trustee, Paying Agent, and Certificate Registrar hereunder, and
shall not terminate or be deemed released upon a Service Transfer pursuant to
Article VII and shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

    SECTION 11.07.  ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR TRUSTEE.  The Trustee
hereunder shall at all times be a financial institution organized and doing
business under the laws of the United States of America or any state, authorized
under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, whose long term Unsecured
debt is rated at least Baa3 by Moody's and shall have a combined capital and
surplus of at least $50,000,000 or shall be a member of a bank holding system
the aggregate combined capital and surplus of which is $50,000,000 and subject
to supervision or examination by Federal or state authority, PROVIDED that the
Trustee's separate capital and surplus shall at all times be at least the amount
required by Section 310(a)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. 
If such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law
or to the requirements of a supervising or examining authority, then for the
purposes of this Section 11.07, the combined capital and surplus of such Person
shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most
recent report of condition so published.  In case at any time the Trustee shall
cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.07,
the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified
in Section 11.08.

    SECTION 11.08.  RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE.  The Trustee may at any
time resign and be discharged from the trusts hereby created by giving written
notice thereof to the Servicer with a copy to the Trust Depositor, the Seller,
and the Certificateholders.  Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the
Servicer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee by written instrument, in
duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to each of the Trust
Depositor, the Seller, and the Certificateholders and one copy to the successor
Trustee.  If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed and shall have
accepted such appointment within 30 days after the giving of such notice of
resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

    If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with
the provisions of Section 11.07 and shall fail to resign after written request
therefor by the Servicer, or if at any time the Trustee shall be legally unable
to act, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of the
Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take
charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose
of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, then the Servicer may remove the
Trustee.  If the Servicer shall have removed the Trustee under the authority of
the immediately preceding sentence, the Servicer shall promptly appoint a
successor Trustee by written instrument one copy of which instrument shall be
delivered to the Trustee so removed, the Trust Depositor, the Back-up Servicer
and the Seller and one copy to the successor trustee. 


                                     -61-

<PAGE>

    Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor
Trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section 11.08 shall not become
effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee as provided
in Section 11.09.

    Any resigning or removed Trustee shall be entitled to payment of all
Trustee's Fees earned and reimbursement for all expenses incurred by it up to
the date of resignation.  All indemnification obligations of the Servicer and
the Seller shall survive such resignation or removal.

    SECTION 11.09.  SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE.  Any successor Trustee appointed as
provided in Section 11.08 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the
Servicer, the Back-up Servicer, the Trust Depositor and to its predecessor
Trustee, with a copy to the Certificateholders, an instrument accepting such
appointment hereunder, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the
predecessor Trustee shall become effective and such successor trustee, without
any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become fully vested with all the
rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor hereunder, with like
effect as if originally named as Trustee.  The predecessor Trustee shall deliver
or cause to be delivered to the successor Trustee the Contracts and the Contract
Files (if any such Contracts and Contract Files are in the Trustee's possession)
and any related documents and statements held by it hereunder; and, if the
Contracts are then held by a custodian pursuant to a custodial agreement, the
predecessor Trustee and the custodian shall amend such custodial agreement to
make the successor Trustee the successor to the predecessor Trustee thereunder;
and the Servicer, the Back-up Servicer, the Trust Depositor and the predecessor
Trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments and do such other things as
may reasonably be required for fully and certainly vesting and confirming in the
successor Trustee all such rights, powers, duties and obligations.

    No successor Trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this 
Section 11.09 unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall
be eligible under the provisions of Section 11.07.

    Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor Trustee as provided in this
Section 11.09, the Servicer shall cause notice of the succession of such Trustee
hereunder to be mailed to each Rating Agency and to each Certificateholder at
their addresses as shown in the Certificate Register.  If the Servicer fails to
mail such notice within ten days after acceptance of appointment by the
successor Trustee, the successor Trustee shall cause such notice to be mailed at
the expense of the Servicer.

    SECTION 11.10.  MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION OF TRUSTEE.  Any Person into which
the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or
any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the
Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to the corporate trust
business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder,
provided such Person shall be eligible under the provisions of Section 11.07,
without 


                                     -62-

<PAGE>

the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of
any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding. 
Upon such occasion, the Servicer shall cause notice thereof to be mailed to each
Rating Agency and each Certificateholder.  If the Servicer fails to mail such
notice within ten days after such succession, the successor Trustee shall cause
such notice to be mailed at the expense of the Servicer with a copy to each
Certificateholder.

    SECTION 11.11.  TAX RETURNS.

    (a)  The Servicer, on behalf of the Trust, shall request that the Trustee
furnish the Servicer with all such information in the Trustee's possession as
may be reasonably required in connection with the preparation of all tax returns
of the Trust and the Trustee shall, upon such request, furnish such information
and execute such returns; and

    (b)  As directed by the Servicer in writing, the Trustee shall take all
action specified in such writing relating to (i) certain withholding
requirements applicable to non-U.S. persons; (ii) backup withholding
requirements; and (iii) certain taxpayer certification requirements relating to
clauses (i) and (ii) above.

    SECTION 11.12.  OBLIGOR CLAIMS.  In connection with any offset defenses, or
affirmative claims for recovery, asserted in legal actions brought by Obligors
under one or more Contracts based upon provisions therein complying with, or
upon other rights or remedies arising from, any legal requirements applicable to
the Contracts, including, without limitation, the Federal Trade Commission's
Trade Regulation Rule Concerning Preservation of Consumers' Claims and Defenses
(16 C.F.R. Section 433) as amended from time to time:

         (a)  The Trustee is not, and shall not be deemed to be, either in any
    individual capacity, as trustee hereunder or otherwise, a creditor, or a
    joint venturer with or an Affiliate of, or acting in concert or cooperation
    with, any seller of Motorcycles, in the arrangement, origination or making
    of Contracts.  The Trustee is the holder of the Contracts only as trustee
    on behalf of the Certificateholders, and not as a principal or in any
    individual or personal capacity;

         (b)  The Trustee shall not be personally liable for or obligated to
    pay Obligors any affirmative claims asserted thereby, or responsible to
    Certificateholders for any offset defense amounts applied against Contract
    payments pursuant to such legal actions;

         (c)  The Trustee will pay, solely from available Trust monies,
    affirmative claims for recovery by Obligors only pursuant to final judicial
    orders or judgments, or judicially approved settlement agreements,
    resulting from such legal actions; and

         (d)  The Servicer has agreed to indemnify, hold harmless and defend
    the Trustee and Certificateholders from and against any and all liability,
    loss, costs and 


                                     -63-

<PAGE>

    expenses of the Trustee and Certificateholders resulting from any 
    affirmative claims for recovery asserted or collected by Obligors under 
    the Contracts.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, 
    the obligation of the Servicer described in this Section 11.12(d) shall 
    not terminate or be deemed released upon a Service Transfer pursuant to 
    Article VII and shall survive termination of this Agreement.

    SECTION 11.13  APPOINTMENT OF CO-TRUSTEE OR SEPARATE TRUSTEE. 
Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, at any time, for the purpose of
meeting any legal requirements of any jurisdiction having authority over the
Trust, the Contracts or the Obligors, the Servicer and Trustee acting jointly
shall have the power and shall execute and deliver all instruments to appoint
one or more Persons approved by the Trustee to act as co-trustee or co-trustees,
jointly with the Trustee, or separate trustee or separate trustees, of all or
any part of the Trust, and to vest in such Person or Persons, in such capacity,
such title to the Trust, or any part thereof, and, subject to the other
provisions of this Section 11.13, such powers, duties, obligations, rights and
trusts as the Servicer and the Trustee may consider necessary or desirable.  If
the Servicer shall not have joined in such appointment within 15 days after the
receipt by it of a request to do so, or in case an Event of Termination shall
have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee alone shall have the power to make
such appointment.  No co-trustee or separate trustee hereunder shall be required
to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor trustee under Section 11.07
hereunder and no notice to Certificateholders of the appointment of
co-trustee(s) or separate trustee(s) shall be required under Section 11.09
hereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that notice of appointment of any co-trustee or
separate trustee shall be provided to Moody's, and any co-trustee or separate
trustee shall have a long-term debt rating from Moody's of Baa3 or higher.

    In the case of any appointment of a co-trustee or separate trustee pursuant
to this Section 11.13, all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or
imposed upon the Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or
performed by the Trustee and such co-trustee or separate trustee jointly, except
to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act
or acts are to be performed (whether as Trustee hereunder or as successor to the
Servicer hereunder), the Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform
such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations
(including the holding of title to the Trust or any portion thereof in any such
jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed by such co-trustee or separate
trustee at the direction of the Trustee.

    Any notice, request or other writing given to the Trustee shall be deemed
to have been given to each of the then co-trustees and separate trustees, as
effectively as if given to each of them.  Every instrument appointing any
co-trustee or separate trustee shall refer to this Agreement and the conditions
of this Article XI.  Each co-trustee and separate trustee, upon its acceptance
of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified
in its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Trustee or separately,
as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this Agreement,
specifically including every provision of 


                                     -64-

<PAGE>

this Agreement relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or 
affording protection to, the Trustee.  Every such instrument shall be filed with
the Trustee.

    Any co-trustee or separate trustee may, at any time, constitute the
Trustee, its agent or attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority, to the
extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this
Agreement on its behalf and in its name.  If any co-trustee or separate trustee
shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates,
properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the
Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or
successor trustee.

    SECTION 11.14  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF TRUSTEE.  The Trustee,
solely in its capacity as Trustee,  makes the following representations and
warranties:

         (a)  The Trustee is duly organized and validly existing as an Illinois
    banking corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of
    Illinois, with trust powers and with power and authority to own its
    properties and to conduct its business as such properties shall be
    currently owned and such business is presently conducted.

         (b)  The Trustee has the power and authority to execute and deliver
    this Agreement and to carry out its terms; and the execution, delivery, and
    performance of this Agreement has been duly authorized by the Trustee by
    all necessary corporate action.

         (c)  This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid, and binding obligation
    of the Trustee, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as
    enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or
    other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights in
    general and by general principles of equity, regardless of whether such
    enforceability shall be considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

         (d)  The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
    Agreement, and the fulfillment of the terms hereof, do not conflict with,
    result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, nor constitute
    (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under, the charter or
    by-laws of the Trustee or any indenture, agreement, or other instrument to
    which the Trustee is a party or by which it is bound; nor result in the
    creation or imposition of any lien upon any of its properties pursuant to
    terms of any such indenture, agreement, or other instrument; nor violate
    any law or any order, rule, or regulation applicable to the Trustee of any
    court or of any Federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency, or
    other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Trustee or
    its properties.

         (e)  There are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to the
    best knowledge of the Trustee, threatened before any court, regulatory
    body, administrative agency, or other governmental instrumentality having
    jurisdiction over the Trustee or its 


                                     -65-

<PAGE>

    properties (i) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement, or (ii) seeking 
    to prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this 
    Agreement, or (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that might 
    materially and adversely affect the performance by the Trustee of its 
    obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement.

         (f)  In no event shall the Trustee be required to perform, or be
    responsible for the manner of performance of, any of the obligations of the
    Servicer, or any other party, under this Agreement except that Harris Trust
    and Savings Bank solely in its capacity as Back-up Servicer shall perform
    and be responsible for such obligations during such time, if any, as the
    Back-up Servicer shall be the successor to, and be vested with the rights,
    powers, duties and privileges of the Servicer in accordance with the terms
    of the Agreement.

         (g)  The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no
    representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Agreement, the Trust
    Corpus or the Certificates, it shall not be accountable for the Trust
    Depositor's use of the proceeds from the Certificates, and it shall not be
    responsible for any statement of the Trust Depositor in the Agreement or in
    any document issued in connection with the sale of the Certificates or in
    the Certificates other than the Trustee's certificate of authentication.

                                 ARTICLE XII
                                MISCELLANEOUS

    SECTION 12.01.  SERVICER NOT TO RESIGN.  The Servicer shall not resign from
the obligations and duties hereby imposed on it except upon a determination that
the performance of its duties hereunder is no longer permissible under
applicable law.  Any such determination permitting the resignation of the
Servicer shall be evidenced by an opinion of counsel for the Servicer to such
effect delivered to the Trustee.  No such resignation shall become effective
until a Back-up Servicer shall have assumed the responsibilities and obligations
of the Servicer in accordance with Section 7.03.

    SECTION 12.02.  PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE TRUST.  Neither
the Servicer nor the Trust Depositor shall:

         (a)  Provide credit to any Certificateholder for the purpose of
    enabling such Certificateholder to purchase Certificates;

         (b)  Purchase any Certificates in an agency or trustee capacity; or

         (c)  Except as provided herein, lend any money to the Trust.


                                     -66-

<PAGE>

    SECTION 12.03.  MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY.  The Trustee shall
maintain an office or agency in Chicago, Illinois where Certificates may be
surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and
demands to or upon the Trustee in respect of the Certificates and this Agreement
may be served.  On the date hereof the Trustee's office for such purposes is
located at the address set forth in Section 12.09.  The Trustee will give prompt
written notice to Certificateholders of any change in the location of the
Certificate Register or any such office or agency.

    SECTION 12.04.  TERMINATION.  This Agreement shall terminate (after
distribution of all Class A Distributable Amounts and Class B Distributable
Amounts due to Certificateholders pursuant to Sections 8.01 and 8.04) on the
Payment Date on which the Class A Certificate Balance and Class B Certificate
Balance is reduced to zero; PROVIDED, that in no event shall the trust created
hereby continue beyond the expiration of 21 years from the death of the last
survivor of the descendants of Joseph P. Kennedy, the late Ambassador of the
United States to the Court of St. James, living on the date hereof, and
PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Servicer's and the Trust Depositor's representations
and warranties and the indemnities by the Seller and Servicer shall survive
termination.  Upon such termination, the Trustee shall provide each Rating
Agency written notice of such termination.  Additionally, upon such termination
any amounts remaining in the Collection Account after distribution of all
amounts payable to the Certificateholders in respect of Class A Distributable
Amounts and Class B Distributable Amounts and payment of all other amounts owed
to the Certificateholders shall be paid to the Seller.

    SECTION 12.05.  ACTS OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS.  (a)  Except as otherwise
specifically provided herein, whenever Certificateholder approval,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action is required
hereunder, such approval, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or
other action shall be deemed to have been given or taken on behalf of, and shall
be binding upon, all Certificateholders if agreed to by Certificateholders with
aggregate Fractional Interests representing 51% or more of the Trust.

    (b)  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver
or other action provided by this Agreement to be given or taken by
Certificateholders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments
of substantially similar tenor signed by such Certificateholders in person or by
an agent duly appointed in writing; and except as herein otherwise expressly
provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments
are delivered to the Trustee and, where required, to the Servicer.  Proof of
execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall
be sufficient for any purpose of this Agreement and (subject to Section 11.01)
conclusive in favor of the Trustee, the Servicer, the Trust Depositor and the
Seller if made in the manner provided in this Section 12.05.

    (c)  The fact and date of the execution by any Certificateholder of any
such instrument or writing may be proved in any reasonable manner which the
Trustee deems sufficient.


                                     -67-

<PAGE>

    (d)  The ownership of Certificates shall be proved by the Certificate
Register, absent manifest error.

    (e)  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver
or other act by a Certificateholder shall bind every holder of every Certificate
issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in
lieu thereof, in respect of anything done, or omitted to be done by the Trustee,
the Servicer or the Trust Depositor in reliance thereon, whether or not notation
of such action is made upon such security.

    (f)  The Trustee may require such additional proof of any matter referred
to in this Section 12.05 as it shall deem necessary.

    SECTION 12.06.  CALCULATIONS.  Except as otherwise provided in this
Agreement, all interest rate and basis point calculations under this Agreement
will be made on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months
and will be carried out to at least three decimal places.

    SECTION 12.07.  ASSIGNMENT OR DELEGATION BY TRUST DEPOSITOR.  Except as
specifically authorized hereunder, the Trust Depositor may not convey and assign
or delegate any of its rights or obligations hereunder absent the prior written
consent of 100% of the Class A Certificateholders and the Class B
Certificateholders, and any attempt to do so without such consent shall be void.

    SECTION 12.08.  AMENDMENT.  (a) This Agreement may be amended from time to
time by the Servicer, the Back-up Servicer, the Trust Depositor and the Trustee,
without the consent of any of the Certificateholders, to correct manifest error,
to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provisions herein or therein
which may be inconsistent with any other provisions herein or therein, as the
case may be, or to add any other provisions with respect to matters or questions
arising under this Agreement which shall not be inconsistent with the provisions
of this Agreement; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such action shall not, as evidenced
by an opinion of Counsel for the Trust Depositor, adversely affect the interests
of any Certificateholder.

    (b)  This Agreement may also be amended from time to time by the Servicer,
the Back-up Servicer, the Trust Depositor and the Trustee, with the consent of
Certificateholders with aggregate Fractional Interests representing 66-2/3% or
more of each Class voting as a separate Class, for the purpose of adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of
this Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the
Certificateholders; and any Event of Termination may be waived by the
Certificateholders with aggregate Fractional Interests representing 51% of the
Trust; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such amendment or waiver described above shall
(a) reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of, collections of
payments on the Contracts or distributions which are required to be made on any
Certificate or (b) reduce the aforesaid percentage required to consent to any
such amendment, without the consent of the holders of all Certificates then
outstanding.  


                                     -68-

<PAGE>

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Depositor may, 
from time to time after the date of this Agreement, request each Rating Agency 
to approve a formula for determining the Reserve Fund Requisite Amount that is 
different from that on the Closing Date and would result in a decrease in the 
Reserve Fund Requisite Amount or the manner by which the Reserve Fund is funded.
In the event each Rating Agency delivers a letter to the Trustee to the effect 
that the use of any such new formulation will not result in a qualification, 
reduction or withdrawal of its then-current rating of the Class A Certificates 
and the Class B Certificates, then either the Reserve Fund Requisite Amount will
be determined in accordance with such new formula or the manner by which the 
Reserve Fund is funded will be modified.

    (c)  Promptly after the execution of any amendment or consent pursuant to
this Section 12.08, the Trustee shall furnish written notification of the
substance of such amendment and a copy of such amendment to each
Certificateholder, and to each Rating Agency.

    (d)  It shall not be necessary for the consent of Certificateholders under
this Section 12.08 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but
it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.  The
manner of obtaining such consents and of evidencing the authorization of the
execution thereof by Certificateholders shall be subject to such reasonable
requirements as the Trustee may prescribe.

    (e)  The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such
amendment which affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under
this Agreement or otherwise.

    (f)  In connection with any amendment pursuant to this Section 12.08, the
Trustee shall be entitled to receive an opinion of counsel to the Servicer and
acceptable to the Trustee to the effect that such amendment is authorized or
permitted by this Agreement.

    (g)  Upon the execution of any amendment or consent pursuant to this
Section 12.08, this Agreement shall be modified in accordance therewith, and
such amendment or consent shall form a part of this Agreement for all purposes,
and every holder of Certificates theretofore or thereafter issued hereunder
shall be bound thereby.

    SECTION 12.09.  NOTICES.  All communications and notices pursuant hereto to
the Servicer, the Trust Depositor, the Servicer, the Trustee, the Back-up
Servicer, the Seller, Standard & Poor's, Moody's and the Placement Agent shall
be in writing and delivered or mailed to it at the appropriate following
address:

    If to the Servicer:               Eaglemark, Inc.
                                      150 South Wacker Drive, Suite 3020
                                      Chicago, Illinois  60606
                                      Attention: Michael E. Sulentic


                                     -69-

<PAGE>

    If to the Trust Depositor:        Eaglemark Customer Funding Corporation-III
                                      1179 Fairview Drive
                                      Suite G
                                      Carson City, Nevada 89701
                                      Attention: President

    If to the Trustee:                Harris Trust and Savings Bank
                                      311 West Monroe Street
                                      12th Floor
                                      Chicago, Illinois 60606
                                      Attention: Indenture Trust Administration

    If to the Back-up Servicer:       Harris Trust and Savings Bank
                                      311 West Monroe Street
                                      12th Floor
                                      Chicago, Illinois 60606
                                      Attention: Indenture Trust Administration


    If to the Seller:                 Eaglemark, Inc.
                                      1179 Fairview Drive
                                      Suite G
                                      Carson City, Nevada 89701
                                      Attention: Michael G. Case

    If to Moody's:                    Moody's Investors Service
                                      99 Church Street
                                      New York, New York  10007
                                      Attention: ABS Monitoring Department

    If to Standard & Poor's:          Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a 
                                       division of The McGraw Hill Company,
                                      25 Broadway    
                                      New York, New York  10004     
                                      Attention: Asset Backed Securities 
                                      Surveillance


                                     -70-

<PAGE>

    If to the Placement Agent         Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner and 
                                      Smith Incorporated
                                      World Financial Center, North Tower
                                      New York, New York  10281-1317
                                      Attention: Robert D'Orio

or at such other address as the party may designate by notice to the other
parties hereto, which notice shall be effective when received.

    All communications and notices pursuant hereto to a Certificateholder shall
be in writing and delivered or mailed at the address shown in the Certificate
Register.

    SECTION 12.10.  MERGER AND INTEGRATION.  Except as specifically stated
otherwise herein, this Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the
parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and all prior understandings,
written or oral, are superseded by this Agreement.  This Agreement may not be
modified, amended, waived, or supplemented except as provided herein.
    
    SECTION 12.11.  HEADINGS.  The headings herein are for purposes of
reference only and shall not otherwise affect the meaning or interpretation of
any provision hereof.

    SECTION 12.12.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and
construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Illinois.

    SECTION 12.13.  NO INSOLVENCY PETITION.  The Trustee, the Back-up Servicer 
and the Servicer hereby covenant and agree that, prior to the date which is one
year and one day after the payment in full of the Certificates, they will not
institute against, or join with any other Person in instituting against the
Trust Depositor or the Trust any involuntary insolvency proceedings under any
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in
effect, or requesting the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee,
custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official), or for the substantial
liquidation of their respective affairs.  This Section 12.13 shall survive the
termination of this Agreement.

    SECTION 12.14.  THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY.  This Agreement shall inure to the
benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective
successors and permitted assigns.  Except as otherwise provided in this Article
XII, no other Person shall have any right or obligation hereunder.

    SECTION 12.15.  NO ADDITIONAL SECURITIES.  Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained herein, the Trust shall not issue any additional Certificates
or issue any other form of securities.  Moreover, except as provided for herein
during the Funding Period or in 


                                     -71-

<PAGE>

Section 5.05(d), the Trust will not purchase, or otherwise obtain any assets 
after the Closing Date or reinvest amounts received with respect to the assets 
in the Trust.

    SECTION 12.16.   NO ADDITIONAL INDEBTEDNESS BY THE TRUST DEPOSITOR.  The
Trust Depositor hereby covenants that it shall not incur any indebtedness other
than indebtedness necessary to meet its obligations under the Transaction
Documents or any other similar documentation relating to any future grantor
trusts in which the Trust Depositor participates.






                                     -72-

<PAGE>

    In WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date
first above written.

                                    EAGLEMARK CUSTOMER FUNDING
                                     CORPORATION-III, as Trust Depositor

                                    By__________________________________________
                                    Name:      Michael E. Sulentic
                                    Title:     Treasurer



                                    EAGLEMARK, INC.,
                                     as Servicer

                                    By__________________________________________
                                    Name:      Michael E. Sulentic
                                    Title:     Treasurer


                                    HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK,
                                     an Illinois banking corporation, not in its
                                     individual capacity but solely as Trustee

                                    By__________________________________________
                                    Name:_______________________________________
                                    Title:______________________________________


                                    HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK,
                                     an Illinois banking corporation, not in its
                                     individual capacity but solely as Back-up
                                     Servicer

                                    By__________________________________________
                                    Name:_______________________________________
                                    Title:______________________________________




                                     -73-


<PAGE>




                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.3
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------




                         TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENT


                                by and between


                                EAGLEMARK, INC.
                             as Seller and Servicer


                                       AND


                 EAGLEMARK CUSTOMER FUNDING CORPORATION-[  ]
                                 as Purchaser








                           Dated as of April 1, 1997




- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


ARTICLE I

     DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

ARTICLE II
     
     TRANSFER OF CONTRACTS; ASSIGNMENT OF AGREEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
     Section 2.01.  Closing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
     Section 2.02.  Conditions to the Closing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
     Section 2.03.  Assignment of Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
     Section 2.04.  Subsequent Contracts.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

ARTICLE III
  
     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
     Section 3.01.  Representations and Warranties Regarding Seller. . . . . . 4
     Section 3.02.  Representations and Warranties Regarding Each Contract.. . 5
     Section 3.03.  Representations and Warranties Regarding the Contracts in
                    the Aggregate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
     Section 3.04.  Representations and Warranties Regarding the Contract 
                    Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

ARTICLE IV

     PERFECTION OF TRANSFER AND PROTECTION OF SECURITY INTERESTS . . . . . . . 9
     Section 4.01.  Custody of Contracts.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
     Section 4.02.  Filing.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
     Section 4.03.  Name Change or Relocation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
     Section 4.04.  Chief Executive Office.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
     Section 4.05.  Costs and Expenses.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
     Section 4.06.  Sale Treatment.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10

ARTICLE V

     REMEDIES UPON MISREPRESENTATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
     Section 5.01.  Repurchases of Contracts for Breach of Representations and
                    Warranties.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
     Section 5.02.  Seller's Repurchase Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11

ARTICLE VI
 
     INDEMNITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
     Section 6.01.  Seller Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
     Section 6.02.  Liabilities to Obligors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
     Section 6.03.  Tax Indemnification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
     Section 6.04.  Operation of Indemnities.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11

ARTICLE VII

     MISCELLANEOUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
     Section 7.01.  Prohibited Transactions with Respect to the Trust. . . . .12
     Section 7.02.  Merger or Consolidation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
     Section 7.03.  Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
     Section 7.04.  Assignment or Delegation by Seller.. . . . . . . . . . . .12


<PAGE>

     Section 7.05.  Amendment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
     Section 7.06.  Notices.   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
     Section 7.07.  Merger and Integration.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
     Section 7.08.  Headings.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
     Section 7.09.  Governing Law. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14


EXHIBITS
- --------

Exhibit A           Form of Assignment
Exhibit B           Form of Officer's Certificate
Exhibit C           Form of Subsequent Purchase Agreement






<PAGE>

     THIS AGREEMENT, dated as of [          ], is made by and between
Eaglemark, Inc., a Nevada corporation, as seller hereunder (together with its
successors and assigns "EAGLEMARK" or "SELLER"), and Eaglemark Customer Funding
Corporation-[   ], a Nevada corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Seller
(together with its successors and assigns "TRUST DEPOSITOR"), as purchaser
hereunder.

     WHEREAS, in the regular course of its business, Seller purchases and
services motorcycle conditional sales contracts from Harley-Davidson motorcycle
retailers, each of which contracts provides for installment payment obligations
by or on behalf of the retailer's customer/purchaser and grants a security
interest in a Harley-Davidson motorcycle in order to secure such obligations;

     WHEREAS, Seller and Trust Depositor wish to set forth the terms and
conditions pursuant to which Trust Depositor will acquire from time to time the
"CONTRACT ASSETS," as hereinafter defined; and

     WHEREAS, Trust Depositor intends concurrently with its purchases from time
to time of Contract Assets hereunder to convey all right, title and interest in
such Contract Assets to Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Owner Trust [    ] (the
"TRUST") pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement dated as of [          ]
by and among Trust Depositor, Eaglemark, as Servicer,  and Harley-Davidson
Eaglemark Owner Trust [    ], as issuer (the "ISSUER")  (as amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the "SALE AND SERVICING
AGREEMENT"), executed concurrently herewith;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements
hereinafter set forth, Seller and Trust Depositor agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE I

                                  DEFINITIONS

     SECTION 1.01.  GENERAL.  Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement,
capitalized terms used herein (including in the preamble above) shall have the
meanings assigned to them in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE II

                 TRANSFER OF CONTRACTS; ASSIGNMENT OF AGREEMENT

     SECTION 2.01.  CLOSING.  Subject to and upon the terms and conditions set
forth in this Agreement, Seller hereby sells, transfers, assigns, sets over and
otherwise conveys to Trust Depositor, in consideration of Trust Depositor's
payment of $______________  in cash as the Purchase Price therefor, (i) all the
right, title and interest of Seller in and to the Initial Contracts listed on
the initial List of Contracts in effect on the Closing Date (including, without
limitation, all security interests and all rights to receive payments which are
collected pursuant thereto on or after the Cutoff Date, including any
liquidation proceeds therefrom, but excluding any rights to receive payments
which were collected pursuant thereto prior to the Cutoff Date), (ii) all rights
of Seller under any physical damage or other individual insurance policy
(including a "FORCED PLACED" policy, if any) relating to any such Contract, an
Obligor or a Motorcycle securing such Contract, (iii) all security interests in
each such Motorcycle, (iv) all documents contained in the related Contract
Files, (v) all rights of Seller in the Lockbox, Lockbox Account and related
Lockbox Agreement to the extent they relate to the Contracts, (vi) all rights
(but not the obligations) of the Seller under any motorcycle dealer agreements
between the dealers (i.e. the originators of the Contracts) and the Seller, and
(vii) all proceeds and products of the foregoing (items (i) - (vii), together
with the additional assets referred to in Section 2.04 below which may be
transferred from time to time in respect of Subsequent Contracts, being
collectively referred to herein as the "CONTRACT ASSETS").  Although Seller and
Trust Depositor agree that any such transfer is intended to be a sale of
ownership in the Contract Assets, rather than the mere granting of a security
interest to secure a borrowing, in the event such transfer is deemed to be of a
mere security interest to secure indebtedness, Seller shall be deemed to have
granted Trust Depositor a 


                                       1

<PAGE>

perfected first priority security interest in such Contract Assets and this 
Agreement shall constitute a security agreement under applicable law.  If such 
transfer is deemed to be the mere granting of a security interest to secure a 
borrowing, Trust Depositor may, to secure Trust Depositor's own borrowing under 
the Sale and Servicing Agreement (to the extent that the transfer of the 
Contract Assets thereunder is deemed to be a mere granting of a security 
interest to secure a borrowing) repledge and reassign (i) all or a portion of 
the Contract Assets pledged to Trust Depositor and not released from the 
security interest of this Agreement at the time of such pledge and assignment, 
and (ii) all proceeds thereof.  Such repledge and reassignment may be made by 
Trust Depositor with or without a repledge and reassignment by Trust Depositor 
of its rights under this Agreement, and without further notice to or 
acknowledgment from Seller.  Seller waives, to the extent permitted by 
applicable law, all claims, causes of action and remedies, whether legal or 
equitable (including any right of setoff), against Trust Depositor or any 
assignee of Trust Depositor relating to such action by Trust Depositor in
connection with the transactions contemplated by the Sale and Servicing
Agreement.

     SECTION 2.02.  CONDITIONS TO THE CLOSING.  On or before the Closing Date,
Seller shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Trust Depositor each of the
documents, certificates and other items as follows:

            (a)     The initial List of Contracts, certified by the Chairman of 
     the Board, President or any Vice President of Seller together with an
     Assignment substantially in the form attached as EXHIBIT A hereto.

            (b)     A certificate of an officer of Seller substantially in the 
     form of EXHIBIT B hereto.

            (c)     An opinion of counsel for Seller substantially in the form 
     of EXHIBIT D to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

            (d)     A letter from Arthur Andersen LLP, or another nationally
     recognized accounting firm, addressed to Trust Depositor and the Issuer and
     the Trustees and stating that such firm has reviewed a sample of the
     Initial Contracts and performed specific procedures for such sample with
     respect to certain contract terms and identifying those Initial Contracts
     which do not so conform.

            (e)     Copies of resolutions of the Board of Directors of Seller or
     of the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors of Seller approving 
     the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the 
     transactions contemplated hereunder, certified in each case by the 
     Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of Seller.

             (f)    Officially certified recent evidence of due incorporation 
     and good standing of Seller under the laws of Nevada.

             (g)    Evidence of proper filing with the appropriate offices in 
     Nevada and Illinois of UCC financing statements executed by Seller as
     debtor/seller, naming Trust Depositor as secured party/purchaser and the
     Owner Trust as assignee, and listing the Contract Assets as collateral as
     well as evidence of proper filing with the appropriate offices in Delaware
     of UCC Financing statements executed by the Issuer as debtor, naming the
     Indenture Trustee, as assignee, and listing the Contract Assets as
     collateral.

             (h)    An Officer's Certificate from Seller confirming that 
     Seller's compliance officer has reviewed the original of each Initial 
     Contract and each related Contract File, that each Initial Contract and 
     related Contract File conforms in all material respects with the initial 
     List of Contracts and each such Contract File is complete, that each 
     document required be an original, and that the face of each original 
     Initial Contract has been stamped with the following notation:

                    "This Contract/Note is subject to a security interest 
             granted to Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Owner Trust 1997-1, as Owner 
             Trustee.  UCC-1 Financing Statements covering this Contract/Note 
             have been filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada 
             and the Secretary of State of the State of Illinois.  Such lien 
             will be released only in connection with appropriate filings in 
             such offices.  


                                       2

<PAGE>

             Consequently, potential purchasers of this Contract/Note must refer
             to such filings to determine whether such lien has been released."


             (i)    The documents, certificates and other items described in 
     Section 2.02 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, to the extent not already
     described above.

     SECTION 2.03.  ASSIGNMENT OF AGREEMENT.  Trust Depositor has the right to
assign its interest under this Agreement to the Issuer and Owner Trustee as may
be required to effect the purposes of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, without
further notice to, or consent of, Seller, and the Issuer and the Trustees shall
succeed to such of the rights of Trust Depositor hereunder as shall be so
assigned.  Seller acknowledges that, pursuant to the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, Trust Depositor will assign all of its right, title and interest in
and to the Contract Assets and its right to exercise the remedies created by
Section 5.01 hereof for breaches of representations and warranties of Seller
contained in Sections 3.01, 3.02, 3.03 and 3.04 hereof to the Issuer and the
Trustees for the benefit of the Noteholders and Certificateholders.  Seller
agrees that, upon such assignment to the Issuer and the Trustees, such
representations will run to and be for the benefit of the Issuer and the
Trustees  and the Issuer and the Trustees may enforce directly without joinder
of Trust Depositor, the repurchase obligations of Seller set forth herein with
respect to breaches of such representations and warranties as set forth herein
and in Section 7.08 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     SECTION 2.04.  SUBSEQUENT CONTRACTS.  (a) Subject to and upon the terms and
conditions set forth in paragraph (b) below and in the related Subsequent
Purchase Agreement, Seller hereby agrees to sell, transfer, assign, set over and
otherwise convey to Trust Depositor, in consideration of Trust Depositor's
payment on the related Subsequent Transfer Date of the purchase price therefor
(as set forth in the related Subsequent Purchase Agreement), and Trust Depositor
hereby agrees to purchase, (i) all the right, title and interest of Seller in
and to the Subsequent Contracts listed on the related Subsequent List of
Contracts (including, without limitation, all security interests and all rights
to receive payments which are collected pursuant thereto on or after the
applicable Subsequent Cutoff Date, including any liquidation proceeds therefrom,
but excluding any rights to receive payments which were collected pursuant
thereto prior to such Subsequent Cutoff Date), (ii) all rights of Seller under
any physical damage or other individual insurance policy (including a "FORCED
PLACED" policy, if any) relating to any such Contract, an Obligor or a
Motorcycle securing such Contract, (iii) all security interests in each such
Motorcycle, (iv) all documents contained in the related Contract Files, (v) all
rights of Seller in the Lockbox, Lockbox Account and related Lockbox Agreement
to the extent they relate to the Contracts, (vi) all rights (but not the
obligations) of the Seller under any motorcycle dealer agreements between the
dealers (I.E. the originators of such Subsequent Contracts) and the Seller, and
(vii) all proceeds and products of the foregoing (items (i) - (vii), upon
consummation of any above-described purchase, becoming part of the "CONTRACT
ASSETS").  Seller agrees, subject to the terms and conditions herein applicable
to transfers of Subsequent Contracts, to sell an aggregate Principal Balance of
Subsequent Contracts at or prior to the end of the Funding Period equal to the
Pre-Funded Amount on the Closing Date.

             (b)    Seller shall transfer to Trust Depositor, and Trust 
Depositor shall purchase, the Subsequent Contracts and related assets to be 
transferred on any Subsequent Transfer Date only upon the satisfaction of each 
of the following conditions on or prior to the Subsequent Transfer Date:

             (i)    The Seller shall have provided the Trustees, the Initial
     Purchaser and the Rating Agencies with a timely Addition Notice and shall
     have provided any information reasonably requested by any of the foregoing
     with respect to the Subsequent Contracts;

             (ii)   the Funding Period shall not have terminated;

             (iii)  the Seller shall have delivered to the Trust Depositor a
     duly executed Purchase Agreement and Assignment in substantially the form
     of EXHIBIT C hereto (the "SUBSEQUENT PURCHASE AGREEMENT"), which 


                                       3

<PAGE>

     shall include a Subsequent List of Contracts listing the Subsequent 
     Contracts being purchased;

             (iv)   as of each Subsequent Transfer Date, neither the Seller nor 
     the Trust Depositor was insolvent nor will either of them have been made
     insolvent by such transfer nor is either of them aware of any pending
     insolvency;

             (v)    each Rating Agency shall have notified the Trust Depositor 
     and the Trustees in writing that following such transfer, and the transfer
     immediately thereafter of the Subsequent Contracts to the Trust, the 
     Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes will be rated in the highest rating
     category by such Rating Agency and the Certificates will be rated at least
     "A" by Standard & Poor's and BAA2 by Moody's.

             (vi)   such addition will not result in a material adverse tax
     consequence to the Issuer,  the Noteholders or the Certificateholders as
     evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel to be delivered by the Seller to the
     Issuer, the Trustees, and the Initial Purchaser;

             (vii)  the Seller shall have delivered to the Rating Agencies and
     to the Initial Purchaser one or more opinions of counsel with respect to 
     the transfer of the Subsequent Contracts substantially in the form of the
     opinions of counsel delivered to such Persons on the Closing Date;

             (viii) the Seller shall have taken any action necessary to maintain
     the first perfected ownership interest of the Trust in the Trust Corpus and
     the first perfected security interest of the Trust Depositor in the
     Contract Assets, the Trust in the Trust Corpus and the Indenture Trustee in
     the Reserve Fund Deposits;

             (ix)   there shall have been delivered to Seller  any release 
     agreement of BofA (as defined and contemplated in Section 3.02(m) below) 
     required in connection with the transfer of Subsequent Contracts; and

             (x)    no selection procedures believed by the Seller to be adverse
     to the interests of the Noteholders and Certificateholders shall have been
     utilized in selecting the Subsequent Contracts.

     (c)  Seller agrees to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in
connection with any request for the conveyance of Subsequent Contracts, whether
or not such conveyance is actually consummated.

                                 ARTICLE III

                       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     Seller makes the following representations and warranties, on which Trust
Depositor will rely in purchasing the initial Contract Assets on the Closing
Date (and any Subsequent Contracts on the related Subsequent Transfer Date) and
concurrently reconveying the same to the Trust, and on which the Trust, the
Noteholders and Certificateholders will rely under the Sale and Servicing
Agreement.  Such representations speak as of the execution and delivery of this
Agreement and as of the Closing Date in the case of the Initial Contracts, and
as of the applicable Subsequent Transfer Date in the case of Subsequent
Contracts, but shall survive the sale, transfer and assignment of the Contracts
to the Trust.  The repurchase obligation of Seller set forth in Section 5.01
below and in Section 7.08 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement constitutes the
sole remedy available for a breach of a representation or warranty of Seller set
forth in Section 3.02, 3.03 or 3.04 of this Agreement.

     SECTION 3.01.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES REGARDING SELLER.  Seller
represents and warrants, as of the execution and delivery of this Agreement and
as of the Closing Date, in the case of the Initial Contracts, and as of the
applicable Subsequent Transfer Date, in the case of Subsequent Contracts, that:


                                       4

<PAGE>

             (a)    ORGANIZATION AND GOOD STANDING.  Seller is a corporation 
     duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
     jurisdiction of its organization and has the corporate power to own its
     assets and to transact the business in which it is currently engaged. 
     Seller is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in
     good standing in each jurisdiction in which the character of the business
     transacted by it or properties owned or leased by it requires such
     qualification and in which the failure so to qualify would have a material
     adverse effect on the business, properties, assets, or condition (financial
     or otherwise) of Seller or Trust Depositor.  Seller is properly licensed in
     each jurisdiction to the extent required by the laws of such jurisdiction
     to service the Contracts in accordance with the terms of the Sale and
     Servicing Agreement.

             (b)    AUTHORIZATION; BINDING OBLIGATION.  Seller has the power and
     authority to make, execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and the
     other Transaction Documents to which the Seller is a party and all of the
     transactions contemplated under this Agreement and the other Transaction
     Documents to which the Seller is a party, and has taken all necessary
     corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of
     this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Seller is a
     party.  This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the
     Seller is a party constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of
     Seller enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as enforcement of
     such terms may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws
     affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by the
     availability of equitable remedies.

             (c)    NO CONSENT REQUIRED.  Seller is not required to obtain the
     consent of any other party or any consent, license, approval or
     authorization from, or registration or declaration with, any governmental
     authority, bureau or agency in connection with the execution, delivery,
     performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement and the other
     Transaction Documents to which the Seller is a party.

             (d)    NO VIOLATIONS.  Seller's execution, delivery and performance
     of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Seller 
     is a party will not violate any provision of any existing law or regulation
     or any order or decree of any court or the Articles of Incorporation or 
     Bylaws of Seller, or constitute a material breach of any mortgage, 
     indenture, contract or other agreement to which Seller is a party or by 
     which Seller or any of Seller's properties may be bound.

             (e)    LITIGATION.  No litigation or administrative proceeding of 
     or before any court, tribunal or governmental body is currently pending, or
     to the knowledge of Seller threatened, against Seller or any of its 
     properties or with respect to this Agreement or any other Transaction 
     Document to which the Seller is a party which, if adversely determined, 
     would in the opinion of Seller have a material adverse effect on the 
     business, properties, assets or condition (financial or other) of Seller or
     the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction
     Document to which the Seller is a party.

             (f)    PLACE OF BUSINESS; NO CHANGES.  Seller's sole place of 
     business (within the meaning of Article 9 of the UCC) is as set forth in 
     Section 7.06 below.  Seller has not changed its name whether by amendment 
     of its Articles of Incorporation, by reorganization or otherwise, and has 
     not changed the location of its place of business, within the four months
     preceding the Closing Date.

     SECTION 3.02.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES REGARDING EACH CONTRACT. 
Seller represents and warrants as to each Contract as of the execution and
delivery of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date, in the case of the
Initial Contracts, and as of the applicable Subsequent Transfer Date, in the
case of Subsequent Contracts, that:

             (a)    LIST OF CONTRACTS.  The information set forth in the List of
     Contracts (or Subsequent List of Contracts, in the case of Subsequent
     Contracts) is true, complete and correct as of the Initial Cutoff Date or
     applicable Subsequent Cutoff Date, as the case may be.


                                       5

<PAGE>

             (b)    PAYMENTS.  As of the Initial Cutoff Date or applicable 
     Subsequent Cutoff Date, as the case may be, the most recent scheduled 
     payment with respect to any Contract either had been made or was not 
     delinquent for more than 30 days.  To the best of Seller's knowledge, all 
     payments made on each Contract were made by the respective Obligor.

             (c)    NO WAIVERS.  As of the Closing Date (or the applicable 
     Subsequent Transfer Date, in the case of Subsequent Contracts), the terms 
     of the Contracts have not been waived, altered or modified in any respect,
     except by instruments or documents included in the related Contract File.

             (d)    BINDING OBLIGATION.  Each Contract is the genuine, legal, 
     valid and binding obligation of the Obligor thereunder and is enforceable 
     in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited 
     by laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally.

             (e)    NO DEFENSES.  No Contract is subject to any right of 
     rescission, setoff, counterclaim or defense, including the defense of 
     usury, and the operation of any of the terms of such Contract or the 
     exercise of any right thereunder will not render the Contract unenforceable
     in whole or in part or subject to any right of rescission, setoff, 
     counterclaim or defense, including the defense of usury, and no such right 
     of rescission, setoff, counterclaim or defense has been asserted with 
     respect thereto.

             (f)    INSURANCE.  As of the Closing Date (or the applicable 
     Subsequent Transfer Date in the case of Subsequent Contracts), the related 
     Motorcycle securing each Contract is covered by physical damage insurance 
     (i) in an amount not less than the value of the Motorcycle at the time of 
     origination of the Contract, (ii) naming Seller as a loss payee and 
     (iii) insuring against loss and damage due to fire, theft, transportation, 
     collision and other risks covered by comprehensive coverage, and all 
     premiums due on such insurance have been paid in full from the date of the 
     Contract's origination.

             (g)    ORIGINATION.  Each Contract was originated by a 
     Harley-Davidson motorcycle dealer in the regular course of its business 
     which dealer had all necessary licenses and permits to originate the 
     Contracts in the state where such dealer was located, was fully and 
     properly executed by the parties thereto, and has been purchased by Seller 
     in the regular course of its business.  Each Contract was sold by such 
     motorcycle dealer to the Seller without any fraud or misrepresentation on 
     the part of such motorcycle dealer.

             (h)    LAWFUL ASSIGNMENT.  No Contract was originated in or is 
     subject to the laws of any jurisdiction whose laws would make the sale, 
     transfer and assignment of the Contract under this Agreement or under the 
     Sale and Servicing Agreement or under the Indenture or pursuant to 
     transfers of the Certificates unlawful, void or voidable.

             (i)    COMPLIANCE WITH LAW.  None of the Contracts, the origination
     of the Contracts by the dealers, the purchase of the Contracts by the 
     Seller, the sale of the Contracts by the Seller to the Trust Depositor or 
     by the Trust Depositor to the Trust, or any combination of the foregoing, 
     violated as of the Closing Date or as of any Subsequent Transfer Date, as
     applicable, any requirement of any federal, state or local law and
     regulations thereunder, including, without limitation, usury, truth in
     lending, motor vehicle installment loan and equal credit opportunity laws,
     applicable to the Contracts and the sale of Motorcycles.  Seller shall, for
     at least the period of this Agreement, maintain in its possession,
     available for the Trust Depositor's and the Trustees'  inspection, and
     shall deliver to Trust Depositor or  the Trustee  upon demand, evidence of
     compliance with all such requirements.

             (j)    CONTRACT IN FORCE.  As of the Closing Date (or the 
     applicable Subsequent Transfer Date in the case of Subsequent Contracts), 
     no Contract has been satisfied or subordinated in whole or in part or 
     rescinded, and the related Motorcycle securing any Contract has not been 
     released from the lien of the Contract in whole or in part.


                                       6

<PAGE>

             (k)    VALID SECURITY INTEREST.  Each Contract creates a valid,
     subsisting and enforceable first priority perfected security interest in
     favor of Seller in the Motorcycle covered thereby, and such security
     interest has been assigned by Seller to the Trust Depositor.  The original
     certificate of title, certificate of lien or other notification (the "LIEN
     CERTIFICATE") issued by the body responsible for the registration of, and
     the issuance of certificates of title relating to, motor vehicles and liens
     thereon (the "REGISTRAR OF TITLES") of the applicable state to a secured
     party which indicates the lien of the secured party on the Motorcycle is
     recorded on the original certificate of title, and original certificate of
     title for each Motorcycle, show, or if a new or replacement Lien
     Certificate is being applied for with respect to such Motorcycle the Lien
     Certificate will be received within 180 days of the Closing Date (or the
     applicable Subsequent Transfer Date in the case of Subsequent Contracts)
     and will show, the Seller as original secured party under each Contract as
     the holder of a first priority security interest in such Motorcycle.  With
     respect to each Contract for which the Lien Certificate has not yet been
     returned from the Registrar of Titles, the Seller has received written
     evidence from the related dealer that such Lien Certificate showing the
     Seller as lienholder has been applied for.  The Seller's security interest
     has been validly assigned by the Seller to the Trust Depositor and by the
     Trust Depositor to the Issuer and Owner Trustee pursuant to this Agreement.
     Immediately after the sale, each Contract will be secured by an enforceable
     and perfected first priority security interest in the Motorcycle in favor
     of the Trust as secured party, which security interest is prior to all
     other liens upon and security interests in such Motorcycle which now exist
     or may hereafter arise or be created (except, as to priority, for any lien
     for taxes, labor, materials or of any state law enforcement agency
     affecting a Motorcycle).

             (l)    CAPACITY OF PARTIES.  All parties to any Contract had 
     capacity to execute such Contract and all other documents related thereto 
     and to grant the security interest purported to be granted thereby.

             (m)    GOOD TITLE.  Each Contract was purchased by Seller for value
     and taken into possession prior to the Cutoff Date (or the applicable
     Subsequent Cutoff Date in the case of Subsequent Contracts) in the ordinary
     course of its business, without knowledge that the Contract was subject to
     a security interest.  Except with respect to (i) the security interest of
     NBD Bank, N.A. individually and as agent for certain other lenders, which
     security interest is released and of no further force and effect by its
     terms upon the transfer of such Contract pursuant hereto, and (ii) the
     security interest of Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association
     ("BOFA")  as administrator for the Secured Parties under the Security
     Agreement dated as of March 5, 1996 between Eaglemark and BofA, which
     security interest shall be released (A) in the case of the Initial
     Contracts, concurrently with the issuance of the Certificates upon receipt
     by BofA of  monies in the amount described in a release agreement provided
     by BofA, and (B) in the case of Subsequent Contracts, concurrently with the
     Subsequent Transfer Date upon receipt by BofA of monies in the amount
     described in a similar release agreement to be provided by BofA, no
     Contract has been sold, assigned or pledged to any person other than Trust
     Depositor and the Trustee as the transferee of Trust Depositor, and prior
     to the transfer of the Contract to Trust Depositor, Seller had good and
     marketable title to each Contract free and clear of any encumbrance,
     equity, loan, pledge, charge, claim or security interest (other than the
     self-extinguishing interest of NBD Bank, N.A. described above and the
     extinguished interest of BofA described above) and was the sole owner
     thereof and had full right to transfer the Contract to Trust Depositor and
     to permit Trust Depositor to transfer the same to the Issuer and the Owner
     Trustee, and, as of the Closing Date (or the applicable Subsequent Transfer
     Date in the case of Subsequent Contracts), the Issuer and the Owner Trustee
     will have a first priority perfected security interest therein.

             (n)    NO DEFAULTS.  As of the Initial Cutoff Date (or the 
     applicable Subsequent Cutoff Date in the case of Subsequent Contracts), no 
     default, breach, violation or event permitting acceleration existed with 
     respect to any Contract and no event had occurred which, with notice and 
     the expiration of any grace or cure period, would constitute such a 
     default, breach, violation or event permitting acceleration under such 
     Contract.  Seller has not waived any such default, breach, violation or 
     event permitting acceleration, and Seller has not granted any extension of
     payment terms on any Contract.  As of the Initial Cutoff Date (or the
     applicable Subsequent Cutoff Date in the case of Subsequent Contracts), no
     Motorcycle had been repossessed.


                                       7
<PAGE>

             (o)    NO LIENS.  As of the Closing Date (or the applicable 
     Subsequent Transfer Date in the case of Subsequent Contracts) there are, 
     to the best of Seller's knowledge, no liens or claims which have been filed
     for work, labor or materials affecting the Motorcycle securing any Contract
     which are or may be liens prior to, or equal with, the lien of such 
     Contract.

             (p)    INSTALLMENTS.  Each Contract has a fixed Contract Rate and
     provides for monthly payments of principal and interest which, if timely
     made, would fully amortize the loan on a simple-interest basis over its
     term.

             (q)    ENFORCEABILITY.  Each Contract contains customary and 
     enforceable provisions such as to render the rights and remedies of the 
     holder thereof adequate for the realization against the collateral of the 
     benefits of the security.

             (r)    ONE ORIGINAL.  Each Contract is evidenced by only one 
     original executed Contract, which original has been delivered to the Issuer
     and the Owner Trustee or its designee on or before the Closing Date (or the
     applicable Subsequent Transfer Date in the case of Subsequent Contracts).

             (s)    NO GOVERNMENT CONTRACTS.  No Obligor is the United States
     government or an agency, authority, instrumentality or other political
     subdivision of the United States government.

             (t)    LOCKBOX BANK.  The Lockbox Bank is the only institution 
     holding any Lockbox Account for receipt of payments from Obligors, and all
     Obligors, and only such Obligors, have been instructed to make payments to
     the Lockbox Account, and no person claiming through or under Seller has any
     claim or interest in the Lockbox Account other than the Lockbox Bank;
     PROVIDED, HOWEVER, NBD Bank, N.A. ("NBD"), Eagle Credit Trust 1994-1, Eagle
     Credit Trust 1994-2, Eagle Credit Trust 1994-3, Eagle Credit Trust 1994-4,
     Eaglemark Trust 1995-1,  Eaglemark Trust 1995-2, Eaglemark Trust 1996-1,
     Eaglemark Trust 1996-2, Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Owner Trust 1997-1 and
     any other Trusts (as that term is defined in the Third Amended and Restated
     Lockbox Agreement dated as of February 1, 1996 by and among Seller,
     Eaglemark Customer Funding Corporation - II,  Purchaser, NBD and BofA and
     acknowledged by Norwest in its capacity as Trustee of Eagle Credit Trust
     1994-1, Eagle Credit Trust 1994-2, Eagle Credit Trust 1994-3,  Eagle Credit
     Trust 1994-4,  Eaglemark Trust 1995-1, Eaglemark Trust 1995-2 and Harris
     Trust and Savings Bank with respect to Future Trusts (as defined therein))
     shall have an interest in certain other collections therein not related to
     the Contracts.

             (u)    OBLIGOR BANKRUPTCY.  At the Cutoff Date (or the applicable
     Subsequent Cutoff Date in the case of Subsequent Contracts), no Obligor was
     subject to a bankruptcy proceeding within the one year preceding such
     Cutoff Date.

             (v)    CHATTEL PAPER.  The Contracts constitute chattel paper 
     within the meaning of the UCC as in effect in the States of  Nevada and 
     Illinois.

             (w)    NO IMPAIRMENT.  Neither the Seller nor the Trust Depositor 
     has done anything to convey any right to any Person that would result in 
     such Person having a right to payments due under the Contract or otherwise 
     to impair the rights of the Trust and the Certificateholders in any 
     Contract or the proceeds thereof.

             (x)    CONTRACT NOT ASSUMABLE.  No Contract is assumable by another
     Person in a manner which would release the Obligor thereof from such
     Obligor's obligations to the Trust Depositor with respect to such Contract.

     SECTION 3.03.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES REGARDING THE CONTRACTS IN
THE AGGREGATE.  Seller represents 


                                       8

<PAGE>

and warrants, as of the execution and delivery of this Agreement and as of the 
Closing Date, in the case of the Initial Contracts, and as of the applicable 
Subsequent Transfer Date, in the case of Subsequent Contracts, that:

             (a)    AMOUNTS.  The sum of the aggregate Principal Balances 
     payable by Obligors under the Contracts as of the Initial Cutoff Date (or 
     the applicable Subsequent Cutoff Date in the case of Subsequent Contracts),
     plus the Pre-Funded Amount as of such date, equals the sum of the principal
     balance of  the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes  and Certificates on
     the Closing Date or the related Subsequent Transfer Date, as applicable.

             (b)    CHARACTERISTICS. The Initial Contracts have the following
     characteristics: (i) all the Contracts are secured by Motorcycles; (ii) no
     Initial Contract has a remaining maturity of more than 72 months; and (iii)
     the final scheduled Distribution Date on the Initial Contract with the
     latest maturity is not later than April 2003.  Approximately [     ]% of
     the Principal Balance of the Initial Contracts as of the Initial Cutoff
     Date is attributable to loans for purchases of new Motorcycles and
     approximately [   ]% is attributable to loans for purchases of used
     Motorcycles.  No Initial Contract was originated after the Initial Cutoff
     Date.  No Initial Contract has a Contract Rate less than 8.50%.  The first
     payment on each Initial Contract is due on or before [May] 1997.

             (c)    MARKING RECORDS.  As of the Closing Date (or the applicable
     Subsequent Transfer Date in the case of Subsequent Contracts), Seller has
     caused the Computer Disk relating to the Contracts sold hereunder and
     concurrently reconveyed by Trust Depositor to the Trust and by the Trust to
     the Indenture Trustee to be clearly and unambiguously marked to indicate
     that such Contracts constitute part of the Trust, are owned by the Trust
     and constitute security for the Notes.

             (d)    NO ADVERSE SELECTION.  No selection procedures adverse to
     Noteholders and Certificateholders have been employed in selecting the
     Contracts.

             (e)    TRUE SALE.  The transaction contemplated by this Agreement
     constitutes a valid sale, transfer and assignment from Seller to Trust
     Depositor and from Trust Depositor to the Trust of all of Seller's right,
     title and interest in the Contract Assets as of the Closing Date and any
     Subsequent Transfer Date, as applicable.

             (f)    ALL FILINGS MADE.  All filings (including, without 
     limitation, UCC filings) required to be made by any Person and actions 
     required to be taken or performed by any Person in any jurisdiction to give
     the Trustee a first priority perfected lien on, or ownership interest in, 
     the Contracts and the proceeds thereof and the rest of the Trust Corpus 
     have been made, taken or performed.

     SECTION 3.04.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES REGARDING THE CONTRACT FILES.
Seller represents and warrants as of the execution and delivery of this
Agreement and as of the Closing Date, in the case of the Initial Contracts, and
as of the applicable Subsequent Transfer Date, in the case of Subsequent
Contracts, that:

             (a)    POSSESSION.  Immediately prior to the Closing Date or any
     Subsequent Transfer Date, Seller will have possession of each original
     Contract and the related complete Contract File, and there are and there
     will be no custodial agreements relating to the same in effect.  Each of
     such documents which is required to be signed by the Obligor has been
     signed by the Obligor in the appropriate spaces.  All blanks on any form
     have been properly filled in and each form has otherwise been correctly
     prepared.  The complete Contract File for each Contract currently is in the
     possession of the Servicer.

             (b)    BULK TRANSFER LAWS.  The transfer, assignment and conveyance
     of the Contracts and the Contract Files by Seller pursuant to this 
     Agreement or any Subsequent Purchase Agreement and by Trust Depositor 
     pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement is not subject to the bulk 
     transfer or any similar statutory provisions in effect in any applicable 
     jurisdiction.


                                       9
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE IV

         PERFECTION OF TRANSFER AND PROTECTION OF SECURITY INTERESTS

     SECTION 4.01.  CUSTODY OF CONTRACTS.  Subject to the terms and conditions
of this Section 4.01, the contents of each Contract File shall be held in the
custody of Seller in its capacity as Servicer for the benefit of the Owner
Trustee as the owner thereof.  Seller agrees to comply with all its obligations
under the Sale and Servicing Agreement in respect of the Contract Assets, which
agreement it is executing concurrently herewith in its capacity as Servicer
thereunder, and acknowledges and consents to the transactions contemplated
therein.

     SECTION 4.02.  FILING.  On or prior to the Closing Date and each Subsequent
Transfer Date, Seller shall cause the UCC financing statement(s) referred to in
Section 2.02(g) hereof and in Section 2.02(h) of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement to be filed and from time to time Seller shall take and cause to be
taken such actions and execute such documents as are necessary or desirable or
as Trust Depositor or the Owner Trustee may reasonably request to perfect and
protect the Owner Trustee's ownership interest in the Trust against all other
persons, including, without limitation, the filing of financing statements,
amendments thereto and continuation statements, the execution of transfer
instruments and the making of notations on or taking possession of all records
or documents of title.


     SECTION 4.03.  NAME CHANGE OR RELOCATION.  (a) During the term of this
Agreement, Seller shall not change its name, identity or structure or relocate
its chief executive office without first giving at least 30 days' prior written
notice to Trust Depositor and to the Trustees.

     (b)  If any change in Seller's name, identity or structure or other action
would make any financing or continuation statement or notice of ownership
interest or lien filed under this Agreement seriously misleading within the
meaning of applicable provisions of the UCC or any title statute, Seller, no
later than five days after the effective date of such change, shall file such
amendments as may be required to preserve and protect the Trustees' interests in
the Trust and proceeds thereof.  In addition, Seller shall not change its place
of business or its chief executive office (within the meaning of Article 9 of
the UCC) from the location specified in Section 7.06 below unless it has first
taken such action as is advisable or necessary to preserve and protect the
Issuer's and Trustees' interest in the Contract Assets.  Promptly after taking
any of the foregoing actions, Seller shall deliver to Trust Depositor and the
Trustees an opinion of counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all
financing statements or amendments necessary to preserve and protect the
interests of the Trustees in the Contract Assets have been filed, and reciting
the details of such filing.

     SECTION 4.04.  CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICE.  During the term of this Agreement,
Seller will maintain its chief executive office in one of the States of the
United States, except Louisiana, Tennessee, Colorado, Kansas, New Mexico,
Oklahoma, Utah or Wyoming.

     SECTION 4.05.  COSTS AND EXPENSES.  Seller agrees to pay all reasonable
costs and disbursements in connection with the perfection and the maintenance of
perfection, as against all third parties, of (i) Trust Depositor's and the
Trustees' right, title and interest in and to the Contract Assets (including,
without limitation, the security interest in the Motorcycles related thereto)
and (ii) the security interests provided for in the Indenture.

     SECTION 4.06.  SALE TREATMENT.  Each of Seller and Trust Depositor shall
treat the transfer of Contract Assets made hereunder (including in respect of
Subsequent Contracts) for all purposes (including tax and financial accounting
purposes) as a sale and purchase on all of its relevant books, records,
financial statements and other applicable documents.


                                      10

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE V

                       REMEDIES UPON MISREPRESENTATION

     SECTION 5.01.  REPURCHASES OF CONTRACTS FOR BREACH OF REPRESENTATIONS AND
WARRANTIES.  Seller hereby agrees, for the benefit of the Trustees and the Trust
Depositor, that it shall repurchase a Contract including any Subsequent
Contracts (together with all related Contract Assets), at its Repurchase Price,
not later than two Business Days prior to the first Determination Date after
Seller becomes aware, or should have become aware, or receives written notice
from Trust Depositor, either of the Trustees or the Servicer of any breach of a
representation or warranty of Seller set forth in Article III of this Agreement
that materially adversely affects Trust Depositor's or the Trust's interest in
such Contract (without regard to the benefits of the Reserve Fund) and which
breach has not been cured; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that with respect to any Contract
incorrectly described on the List of Contracts with respect to unpaid Principal
Balance which Seller would otherwise be required to repurchase pursuant to this
Section 5.01 and Section 7.08 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, Seller may,
in lieu of repurchasing such Contract, deposit in the Collection Account not
later than two Business Days prior to such Determination Date cash in an amount
sufficient to cure such deficiency or discrepancy, and PROVIDED FURTHER that
with respect to a breach of representation or warranty relating to the Contracts
in the aggregate and not to any particular Contract, Seller may select Contracts
(without adverse selection) to repurchase such that had such Contracts not been
reconveyed by Trust Depositor and included as part of the Trust there would have
been no breach of such representation or warranty; PROVIDED FURTHER that (a) the
failure of a Contract File to be complete or of the original certificate of
title and evidence of recordation of such certificate to be included in the
Contract File as of 180 days after the Closing Date (or Subsequent Transfer
Date, in the case of Subsequent Contracts), or (b) the failure to maintain
perfection of the security interest in the Motorcycle securing a Contract in
accordance with the Sale and Servicing Agreement, shall be deemed to be a breach
materially and adversely affecting the Trust's interest in the Contracts or in
the related Contracts.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,
the obligation of Seller under this Section 5.01 and under Section 7.08 of the
Sale and Servicing Agreement shall not terminate upon a Service Transfer
pursuant to Article VIII of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     SECTION 5.02.  SELLER'S REPURCHASE OPTION.  On written notice to the Owner
Trustee and the Indenture Trustee at least 20 days prior to a Distribution Date,
provided the Pool Balance is then less than 10% of the Initial Pool Balance,
Seller may (but is not required to) repurchase from the Trust on that
Distribution Date all outstanding Contracts (and related Contract Assets) at a
price equal to the Class A-2 Notes and the principal balance of the Certificates
on the previous Distribution Date plus the aggregate of the Note Interest
Distributable Amount and the Certificate Interest Distributable Amount for the
current Distribution Date as well as the accrued and unpaid Monthly Servicing
Fee and Trustees' Fees to the date of such repurchase, provided the Seller is in
receipt of a valuation letter by the Seller's financial advisor that the
Seller's repurchase is for fair and adequate consideration.  Such price will be
deposited in the Collection Account not later than one Business Day before such
Distribution Date, against the Trustees' release of the Contracts and Contract
Files as described in Section 7.10 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

                                  ARTICLE VI

                                  INDEMNITIES

     SECTION 6.01.  SELLER INDEMNIFICATION.  Seller will defend and indemnify
Trust Depositor, the Trust, the Trustees, any agents of the Trustees and the
Certificateholders and Noteholders against any and all costs, expenses, losses,
damages, claims and liabilities, joint or several, including reasonable fees and
expenses of counsel and expenses of litigation arising out of or resulting from
(i) this Agreement or the use, ownership or operation of any Motorcycle by
Seller or the Servicer or any Affiliate of either, (ii) any representation or
warranty or covenant made by Seller in this Agreement being untrue or incorrect
(subject to the second sentence of the preamble to Article III of this Agreement
above), and (iii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material
fact contained in the Offering Memorandum or in any amendment thereto or the
omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make
the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made,
not misleading, in each case to 


                                      11

<PAGE>

the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement was made in conformity with information furnished to Trust Depositor 
by Seller specifically for use therein.  Notwithstanding any other provision of 
this Agreement, the obligation of Seller under this Section 6.01 shall not 
terminate upon a Service Transfer pursuant to Article VIII of the Sale and 
Servicing Agreement and shall survive any termination of that agreement or this 
Agreement.

     SECTION 6.02.  LIABILITIES TO OBLIGORS.  No obligation or liability to any
Obligor under any of the Contracts is intended to be assumed by the Trustees,
the Trust, the Noteholders  or the Certificateholders under or as a result of
this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

     SECTION 6.03.  TAX INDEMNIFICATION.  Seller agrees to pay, and to
indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Trust Depositor, the Trust, the
Trustees, the Noteholders or the Certificateholders from, any taxes which may at
any time be asserted with respect to, and as of the date of, the transfer of the
Contracts to Trust Depositor hereunder and the concurrent reconveyance to the
Trust and the further pledge by the Trust to the Indenture Trustee, including,
without limitation, any sales, gross receipts, general corporation, personal
property, privilege or license taxes (but not including any federal, state or
other taxes arising out of the creation of the Trust and the issuance of the
Notes and Certificates) and costs, expenses and reasonable counsel fees in
defending against the same, whether arising by reason of the acts to be
performed by Seller or the Servicer under this Agreement or the Sale and
Servicing Agreement or imposed against the Trust, a Noteholder, a
Certificateholder or otherwise.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Agreement, the obligation of Seller under this Section 6.03 shall not terminate
upon a Service Transfer pursuant to Article VIII of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement and shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

     SECTION 6.04.  OPERATION OF INDEMNITIES.  Indemnification under this
Article VI shall include, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of
counsel and expenses of litigation.  If Seller has made any indemnity payments
to Trust Depositor or the Trustees pursuant to this Article VI and Trust
Depositor or the Trustees thereafter collects any of such amounts from others,
Trust Depositor or the Trustees will repay such amounts collected to Seller,
except that any payments received by Trust Depositor or the Trustees from an
insurance provider as a result of the events under which the Seller's indemnity
payments arose shall be repaid prior to any repayment of the Seller's indemnity
payment.

                                 ARTICLE VII

                                MISCELLANEOUS

     SECTION 7.01.PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE TRUST.  Seller
shall not:

             (a)    Provide credit to any Noteholder or Certificateholder for 
     the purpose of enabling such Noteholder or Certificateholder to purchase 
     Notes or Certificates, respectively;

             (b)    Purchase any Notes or Certificates in an agency or trustee
     capacity; or

             (c)    Except in its capacity as Servicer as provided in the Sale 
     and Servicing Agreement, lend any money to the Trust.

     SECTION 7.02.  MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION.  (a) Except as otherwise provided
in this Section 7.02, Seller will keep in full force and effect its existence,
rights and franchises as a Nevada corporation, and will obtain and preserve its
qualification to do business as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in
which such qualification is or shall be necessary to protect the validity and
enforceability of this Agreement and of any of the Contracts and to perform its
duties under this Agreement.

     (b)     Any person into which Seller may be merged or consolidated, or any
corporation resulting from such 


                                     12

<PAGE>

merger or consolidation to which Seller is a party, or any person succeeding to 
the business of Seller, shall be the successor to Seller hereunder, without the 
execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the 
parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding.

     (c)     Upon the merger or consolidation of the Seller as described in this
Section 7.02, the Seller shall provide Standard & Poor's and Moody's notice of
such merger or consolidation within thirty (30) days after completion of the
same.

     SECTION 7.03.  TERMINATION.  This Agreement shall terminate (after
distribution of any Note Distributable Amount and Certificate Distributable
Amount due pursuant to Section 7.05  of the Sale and Servicing Agreement) on the
Distribution Date on which the principal balance of the Class A-1 Notes,  
Class A-2 Notes and the Certificates is reduced to zero; PROVIDED, that Seller's
representations and warranties and indemnities by Seller shall survive
termination.

     SECTION 7.04.  ASSIGNMENT OR DELEGATION BY SELLER.  Except as specifically
authorized hereunder, Seller may not convey and assign or delegate any of its
rights or obligations hereunder absent the prior written consent of Trust
Depositor and the Trustees, and any attempt to do so without such consent shall
be void.

     SECTION 7.05.  AMENDMENT.  (a) This Agreement may be amended from time to
time by Seller and Trust Depositor, with notice to the Rating Agencies, but
without the consent of the Trustees or any of the Noteholders or
Certificateholders, to correct manifest error, to cure any ambiguity, to correct
or supplement any provisions herein or therein which may be inconsistent with
any other provisions herein or therein, as the case may be, or to add any other
provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Agreement
which shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that such action shall not, as evidenced by an opinion of Counsel for
Seller acceptable to the Trustees, adversely affect the interests of any
Noteholder or Certificateholder.

     (b)     This Agreement may also be amended from time to time by Seller and
Trust Depositor, with consent of Certificateholders with aggregate fractional
interests representing beneficial interests of 66-2/3% or more and aggregate
principal of the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes representing 66-2/3% or
more of each Class voting as a separate Class, for the purpose of adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of
this Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Trustees for the
benefit of Noteholders or Certificateholders; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such
amendment or waiver shall (a) reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the
timing of, collections of payments on the Contracts or distributions which are
required to be made on any Note or Certificate or (b) reduce the aforesaid
percentage required to consent to any such amendment, without the consent of the
holders of all Certificates then outstanding.

     (c)     Promptly after the execution of any amendment or consent pursuant 
to this Section 7.05, Trust Depositor shall furnish written notification of the
substance of such amendment and a copy of such amendment to each Trustee,
Moody's and Standard & Poor's.

     (d)     It shall not be necessary for the consent of Noteholders or
Certificateholders under this Section 7.05 to approve the particular form of any
proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the
substance thereof.  The manner of obtaining such consents and of evidencing the
authorization of the execution thereof by Noteholders and Certificateholders
shall be subject to such reasonable requirements as the Trustees may prescribe.

     (e)     Upon the execution of any amendment or consent pursuant to this
Section 7.05, this Agreement shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such
amendment or consent shall form a part of this Agreement for all purposes, and
every holder of Notes and Certificates theretofore or thereafter issued
hereunder shall be bound thereby.

     SECTION 7.06.  NOTICES.  All notices, demands, certificates, requests and
communications hereunder ("notices") shall be in writing and shall be effective
(a) upon receipt when sent through the U.S. mails, registered or 


                                      13

<PAGE>

certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, with such receipt to 
be effective the date of delivery indicated on the return receipt, or (b) one 
Business Day after delivery to an overnight courier, or (c) on the date 
personally delivered to an Authorized Officer of the party to which sent, or 
(d) on the date transmitted by legible telecopier transmission with a 
confirmation of receipt, in all cases addressed to the recipient as follows:

               (i)     If to the Seller:

                       Eaglemark, Inc.
                       150 South Wacker Drive, Suite 3020
                       Chicago, Illinois 60606
                       Attention: Michael E. Sulentic

                       Telecopier No.: (312) 368-4372

               (ii)    If to the Trust Depositor:

                       Eaglemark Customer Funding Corporation-[   ]
                       1179 Fairview Drive, Suite G
                       Carson City, Nevada 89701

                       Telecopier No.: (702) 884-4469

               (iii)   If to the Indenture Trustee:

                       Harris Trust and Savings Bank
                       311 West Monroe Street
                       12th Floor
                       Chicago, Illinois 60606
                       Attention: Indenture Trust Administration

                       Telecopier No.: (312) 461-3525

               (iv)    If to the Owner Trustee:

                       Wilmington Trust Company
                       Rodney Square North
                       1100 North Market Street
                       Wilmington, Delaware 19890
                       Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

                       Telecopier No.: (302) 651-1576

               (v)     If to Moody's:

                       Moody's Investor's Service, Inc.
                       99 Church Street
                       New York, New York 10007
                       Attention: ABS Monitoring Department

                       Telecopier No.: (212) 553-0344


                                      14

<PAGE>

               (vi)    If to Standard & Poor's:

                       Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a
                        division of The McGraw Hill Companies
                       25 Broadway
                       New York, New York 10004

                       Telecopier No.: (212) 208-1582

Each party hereto may, by notice given in accordance herewith to each of the
other parties hereto, designate any further or different address to which
subsequent notices shall be sent.

     All communications and notices pursuant hereto to a Noteholders or
Certificateholder shall be in writing and delivered or mailed at the address
shown in the Note Register or Certificate Register, respectively.

     SECTION 7.07.  MERGER AND INTEGRATION.  Except as specifically stated
otherwise herein, this Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the
parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and all prior understandings,
written or oral, are superseded by this Agreement.  This Agreement may not be
modified, amended, waived, or supplemented except as provided herein.

     SECTION 7.08.  HEADINGS.  The headings herein are for purposes of reference
only and shall not otherwise affect the meaning or interpretation of any
provision hereof.

     SECTION 7.09.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and
construed and enforced in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of
Illinois.





                                      15

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date
first written above.


                    EAGLEMARK CUSTOMER FUNDING CORPORATION-[   ]


                    By:________________________________________________
                           Printed Name: Michael E. Sulentic
                           Title: Treasurer



                    EAGLEMARK, INC.


                    By:________________________________________________
                           Printed Name: Michael E. Sulentic
                           Title: Vice President






                                      16

<PAGE>

                                                                       Exhibit A
                                                               Transfer and Sale
                                                                       Agreement


                              FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

     In accordance with the Transfer and Sale Agreement (the "AGREEMENT") dated
as of  [        ] made by and between the undersigned, as seller thereunder
("SELLER"), and Eaglemark Customer Funding Corporation-[   ], a Nevada
corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of Seller ("TRUST DEPOSITOR"), as
purchaser thereunder, the undersigned does hereby sell, transfer, convey and
assign, set over and otherwise convey to Trust Depositor (i) all right, title
and interest in and to the Initial Contracts (including, without limitation, all
security interests and any and all rights to receive payments which are
collected pursuant thereto on or after [          ] (including liquidation
proceeds therefrom) but excluding any rights to receive payments which were
collected pursuant thereto prior to [           ]) identified in the initial
List of Contracts delivered pursuant to Section 2.02(a) of the Agreement, (ii)
all rights under any physical damage or other individual insurance policy
(including a "FORCED PLACED" policy, if any) relating to any such Contract, an
Obligor or a Motorcycle securing a Contract, (iii) all security interests in
each Motorcycle, (iv) all documents contained in the Contract Files, (v) all
rights of the Seller in the Lockbox, Lockbox Account and related Lockbox
Agreement, (vi) all rights (but not the obligations) of the Seller under any
motorcycle dealer agreements between the dealers originating the Contracts and
the Seller, and (vii) all proceeds and products of the foregoing.

     This Assignment is made pursuant to and in reliance upon the representation
and warranties on the part of the undersigned contained in Article III of the
Agreement and no others.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Assignment to be duly
executed this ___ day of [         ].


                                    EAGLEMARK, INC.



                                    By:___________________________________
                                       Printed Name: Michael E. Sulentic
                                       Title: Vice President



<PAGE>

                                                                       Exhibit B
                                                               Transfer and Sale
                                                                       Agreement


                         FORM OF OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE


            (See Exhibit C-2 to the Sale and Servicing Agreement)







<PAGE>
                                                                       Exhibit C
                                                               Transfer and Sale
                                                                       Agreement

                         FORM OF SUBSEQUENT PURCHASE AGREEMENT


     SUBSEQUENT PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the "AGREEMENT"), dated as of [        ],
 by and among Eaglemark Customer Funding Corporation-[   ], a Nevada
corporation (the "TRUST DEPOSITOR"), and Eaglemark , Inc., a  Nevada corporation
(the "SELLER"), pursuant to the Transfer and Sale Agreement referred to below.

                                   WITNESSETH:

     WHEREAS, the Trust Depositor and the Seller are parties to the Transfer and
Sale Agreement, dated as of [         ] (the "TRANSFER AND SALE AGREEMENT");

     WHEREAS, pursuant to the Transfer and Sale Agreement, the Seller wishes to
sell the Subsequent Contracts to the Trust Depositor, and the Trust Depositor
wishes to purchase the same, for the purchase price set forth in SECTION 3
below; and

     WHEREAS, the Seller has timely delivered an Addition Notice related to such
conveyance as required in the Sale and Servicing Agreement dated as of [      ]
among the Seller (in the capacity of Servicer thereunder), the Trust
Depositor and the Trustee as defined therein (the "SALE AND SERVICING
AGREEMENT").

     NOW, THEREFORE, the Trust Depositor and the Seller hereby agree as follows:

     SECTION 1.  Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed
to them in the Sale and Servicing Agreement unless otherwise defined herein.

               "SUBSEQUENT CUTOFF DATE" shall mean, with respect to
          the Subsequent Contracts transferred hereby, [_________],
          1997.

               "SUBSEQUENT CONTRACTS" shall mean, for purposes of this
          Agreement, the Subsequent Contracts listed in the Subsequent
          List of Contracts attached hereto as Exhibit A.

               "SUBSEQUENT TRANSFER DATE" shall mean, with respect to
          the Subsequent Contracts transferred hereby, [__________],
          1997.

     SECTION 2. SUBSEQUENT LIST OF CONTRACTS.  THE SUBSEQUENT LIST OF CONTRACTS
ATTACHED HERETO AS EXHIBIT A is a supplement to the initial List of Contracts
attached as EXHIBIT I to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  The Contracts listed
in the Subsequent List of Contracts constitute the Subsequent Contracts to be
transferred pursuant to this Agreement on the subsequent Transfer Date.

     SECTION 3. TRANSFER OF SUBSEQUENT CONTRACTS.  Subject to and upon the
terms and conditions set forth in Section 2.04(b) of the Transfer and Sale
Agreement and this Agreement, Seller hereby sells, transfers, assigns, sets over
and otherwise conveys to Trust Depositor, in consideration of Trust Depositor's
payment of $[_____________] as the purchase price therefor, (i) all the right,
title and interest of Seller in and to the Subsequent Contracts listed on the
Subsequent List of Contracts (including, without limitation, all security
interests and all rights to receive payments which are collected pursuant
thereto on or after the Subsequent Cutoff Date, including any liquidation
proceeds therefrom, but excluding any rights to receive payments which were
collected pursuant thereto prior to the Subsequent Cutoff Date), (ii) all rights
of Seller under any physical damage or other individual insurance policy (and
rights under a "FORCED PLACED" policy, if any) relating to any such Contracts,
an Obligor or a Motorcycle securing such Contract, (ii) all security interests
in each such Motorcycle, (iv) all documents contained in the related Contract
Files, (v) all rights 


<PAGE>

of the Seller in the Lockbox, the Lockbox Account and the related Lockbox 
Agreement to the extent they relate to such Contracts, (vi) all rights (but not 
the obligations) of Seller under any related motorcycle dealer agreements 
between dealers (i.e., the originators of such Contracts) and the Seller, and 
(vii) all proceeds and products of the foregoing.  It is the intention of the 
Seller and the Trust Depositor that the transfer contemplated by this Agreement 
shall constitute a sale of the Subsequent Contracts from the Seller to the Trust
Depositor, conveying good title thereto free and clear of any Liens, and that 
the Subsequent Contracts shall not be part of the Seller's estate in the event 
of the filing of a bankruptcy petition by or against Seller under any bankruptcy
or similar law.

     SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER.  (a) Seller hereby
represents and warrants to the Trust Depositor that the representations and 
warranties of Seller in Section 3.01 of the Transfer and Sale Agreement are true
and correct as of the Subsequent Transfer Date.

     (b)     Seller hereby repeats and remakes with respect to the Subsequent
Contracts as of the Subsequent Transfer Date (i) the representations and
warranties of Seller in Sections 3.02, 3.03 and 3.04 of the Transfer and Sale
Agreement, except that, with respect to subsection (b) of Section 3.03, 
(A) approximately _____% of the Principal Balance of the Contracts as of the
Subsequent Cutoff Date is attributable to loans for purchases of used
Motorcycles, and (B) no Contract was originated after the Subsequent Cutoff
Date, as well as (ii) covenants to provide the certificate required by 
Section 2.02(h) (solely with respect to the Subsequent Contracts).

     (c)     Seller hereby represents and warrants that (a) the aggregate 
Principal Balance of the Subsequent Contracts listed on the Subsequent List of 
Contracts and conveyed to the Trust Depositor pursuant to this Agreement is 
$[       ] as of the Subsequent Cutoff Date, and (b) the conditions set forth in
Section 2.04(b) of the Transfer and Sale Agreement have been satisfied as of the
Subsequent Transfer Date.

     SECTION 5. RATIFICATION OF AGREEMENT.  As supplemented by this Agreement, 
the Transfer and Sale Agreement is in all respects ratified and confirmed and, 
as so supplemented by this Agreement, shall be read, taken and construed as one 
and the same instrument.  

     SECTION 6. COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts (and by different parties in separate counterparts), each of which
shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same
instrument.

     SECTION 7. GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be construed in accordance 
with the laws of the State of Illinois, without reference to its conflict of law
provisions, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder 
shall be determined in accordance with such laws.





                                      2

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date
first written above.


                         EAGLEMARK CUSTOMER FUNDING CORPORATION-[   ]


                         By:________________________________________________
                            Printed Name: Michael E. Sulentic
                            Title: Treasurer


                         EAGLEMARK, INC..


                         By:________________________________________________
                            Printed Name: Michael E. Sulentic
                            Title: Vice President







                                       3


<PAGE>
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549


                                    FORM T-1


                            Statement of Eligibility
                      Under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939
                      of a Corporation Designated to Act as
                                     Trustee


                      Check if an Application to Determine
                  Eligibility of a Trustee Pursuant to Section
                            305(b)(2) _______________


                          HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK
                                (Name of Trustee)

                  Illinois                                   36-1194448
          (State of Incorporation)         (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

                 111 West Monroe Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603
                    (Address of principal executive offices)


               Keith R. Richardson, Harris Trust and Savings Bank,
                111 West Monroe Street, Chicago, Illinois, 60603
                                  312-461-2647
           (Name, address and telephone number for agent for service)


                    Harley-Davidson Eaglemark Motorcycle Trusts
                                (Name of obligor)

                   Nevada                           88-0292891
          (State of Incorporation)    (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

                               4150 Technology Way
                              Carson City, NV 89706
                    (Address of principal executive offices)

                Harley-Davidson Motorcycle Contract Backed Notes
                         (Title of indenture securities)



<PAGE>

 1.      GENERAL INFORMATION.  Furnish the following information as to the 
         Trustee:

         (a)  Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to 
              which it is subject.

                  Commissioner of Banks and Trust Companies, State of Illinois,
                  Springfield, Illinois; Chicago Clearing House Association, 164
                  West Jackson Boulevard, Chicago, Illinois; Federal Deposit
                  Insurance Corporation, Washington, D.C.; The Board of
                  Governors of the Federal Reserve System,Washington, D.C.

         (b)  Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

                  Harris Trust and Savings Bank is authorized to exercise
                  corporate trust powers.

 2.      AFFILIATIONS WITH OBLIGOR.  If the Obligor is an affiliate of the 
         Trustee, describe each such affiliation.

                  The Obligor is not an affiliate of the Trustee.

 3. thru 15.

                  NO RESPONSE NECESSARY

16.      LIST OF EXHIBITS.

         1.   A copy of the articles of association of the Trustee is now in
              effect which includes the authority of the trustee to commence
              business and to exercise corporate trust powers.

              A copy of the Certificate of Merger dated April 1, 1972 between
              Harris Trust and Savings Bank, HTS Bank and Harris Bankcorp, Inc.
              which constitutes the articles of association of the Trustee as
              now in effect and includes the authority of the Trustee to
              commence business and to exercise corporate trust powers was filed
              in connection with the Registration Statement of Louisville Gas
              and Electric Company, File No. 2-44295, and is incorporated herein
              by reference.

         2.   A copy of the existing by-laws of the Trustee.

                  A copy of the existing by-laws of the Trustee was filed in
              connection with the Registration Statement of Commercial Federal
              Corporation; File No. 333-20711, and is incorporated herein by
              reference.

         3.   The consents of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act.

                  (included as Exhibit A on page 2 of this statement)

         4.   A copy of the latest report of condition of the Trustee published
              pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or 
              examining authority.

                  (included as Exhibit B on page 3 of this statement)

                                        2


<PAGE>


                                    SIGNATURE


Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the Trustee,
HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK, a corporation organized and existing under the
laws of the State of Illinois, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in
the City of Chicago, and State of Illinois, on the 26th day of March, 1997.

HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK


By:  /s/ Keith R. Richardson
   ---------------------------------
         Keith R. Richardson
         Assistant Vice President

EXHIBIT A

The consents of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act.

Harris Trust and Savings Bank, as the Trustee herein named, hereby consents that
reports of examinations of said trustee by Federal and State authorities may be
furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon
request therefor.

HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK


By:  /s/ Keith R. Richardson
   ---------------------------------
         Keith R. Richardson
         Assistant Vice President

                                        3


<PAGE>
                                                                      EXHIBIT B
Attached is a true and correct copy of the statement of condition of Harris
Trust and Savings Bank as of December 31, 1996, as published in accordance with
a call made by the State Banking Authority and by the Federal Reserve Bank of
the Seventh Reserve District.

                          [LOGO] HARRIS BANK

                          Harris Trust and Savings Bank
                             111 West Monroe Street
                             Chicago, Illinois 60603

of Chicago, Illinois, And Foreign and Domestic Subsidiaries, at the close of
business on December 31, 1996, a state banking institution organized and
operating under the banking laws of this State and a member of the Federal
Reserve System. Published in accordance with a call made by the Commissioner of
Banks and Trust Companies of the State of Illinois and by the Federal Reserve
Bank of this District.

                         Bank's Transit Number 71000288

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                             THOUSANDS
                                             ASSETS                                                          OF DOLLARS
<S>                                                                                                 <C>           <C>
Cash and balances due from depository institutions:
              Non-interest bearing balances and currency and coin..................................                $1,157,832
              Interest bearing balances............................................................                  $658,287

Securities:........................................................................................ 
a.  Held-to-maturity securities                                                                                            $0
b.  Available-for-sale securities                                                                                  $2,759,331
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell in
     domestic offices of the bank and of its Edge and Agreement subsidiaries,
     and in IBF's:
              Federal funds sold....................................................................                 $316,275
              Securities purchased under agreements to resell.......................................                       $0

Loans and lease financing receivables:
              Loans and leases, net of unearned income..............................................   $8,199,096
              LESS:  Allowance for loan and lease losses............................................     $108,408
                                                                                                      -----------

              Loans and leases, net of unearned income, allowance, and reserve
              (item 4.a minus 4.b)..................................................................               $8,090,688

Assets held in trading accounts.....................................................................                 $185,153
Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)............................................                 $180,043
Other real estate owned.............................................................................                     $582
Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies.................................                      $82
Customer's liability to this bank on acceptances outstanding........................................                  $78,983
Intangible assets...................................................................................                 $294,420
Other assets........................................................................................                 $542,257
                                                                                                                  -----------
TOTAL ASSETS                                                                                                      $14,263,933
                                                                                                                  ===========
</TABLE>


                            4


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          LIABILITIES
Deposits:
<S>                                                                                                 <C>           <C>
     In domestic offices............................................................................               $7,898,588
              Non-interest bearing..................................................................  $3,135,907
              Interest bearing......................................................................  $4,762,681
     In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBF's.................................               $1,839,922
              Non-interest bearing..................................................................     $35,116
              Interest bearing......................................................................  $1,804,806
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase in domestic offices
of the bank and of its Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and in IBF's:
     Federal funds purchased........................................................................               $1,615,797
     Securities sold under agreements to repurchase.................................................                 $376,270
                                                                
Trading Liabilities                                                                                                   $74,165
Other borrowed money:...............................................................................                 
a.  With remaining maturity of one year or less                                                                      $697,591
b.  With remaining maturity of more than one year                                                                      $9,265
Bank's liability on acceptances executed and outstanding                                                              $78,983
Subordinated notes and debentures...................................................................                 $310,000
Other liabilities...................................................................................                 $170,785
                                                                                                                  ===========

TOTAL LIABILITIES                                                                                                 $13,071,366
                                                                                                                  ===========

                                         EQUITY CAPITAL
Common stock........................................................................................                 $100,000
Surplus.............................................................................................                 $600,377
a.  Undivided profits and capital reserves..........................................................                 $506,301
b.  Net unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities                                           ($14,111)
                                                                                                                  -----------

TOTAL EQUITY CAPITAL                                                                                               $1,192,567
                                                                                                                  ===========

Total liabilities, limited-life preferred stock, and equity capital.................................              $14,263,933
                                                                                                                  ===========
</TABLE>

         I, Steve Neudecker, Vice President of the above-named bank, do hereby
declare that this Report of Condition has been prepared in conformance with the
instructions issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and
is true to the best of my knowledge and belief.

                                 STEVE NEUDECKER
                                     1/29/97

         We, the undersigned directors, attest to the correctness of this Report
of Condition and declare that it has been examined by us and, to the best of our
knowledge and belief, has been prepared in conformance with the instructions
issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the
Commissioner of Banks and Trust Companies of the State of Illinois and is true
and correct.

                  EDWARD W. LYMAN,
                  ALAN G. McNALLY,
                  MARIBETH S. RAHE
                                                                 Directors.

                                         5



<PAGE>




- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------




                             EAGLEMARK TRUST [___]

                        ------------------------------

                        AGREEMENT TO DEPOSIT CONTRACTS

                                    Between

                   EAGLEMARK CUSTOMER FUNDING CORPORATION-[   ]

                               AS TRUST DEPOSITOR

                                       AND

                          HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK

                      As Trustee for Eaglemark Trust 1996-[ ]

                                   dated as of

                                     [_____]

                        ------------------------------




- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                        AGREEMENT TO DEPOSIT CONTRACTS
                              TABLE OF CONTENTS


ARTICLE I      
          DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

ARTICLE II    
          AGREEMENT TO DEPOSIT CONTRACTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
          Section 2.01.  Deposit of Contracts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
          Section 2.02.  Remedy for Breach.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

ARTICLE III
          CARRYING CHARGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
          Section 3.01.  Payment of Carrying Charges.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
          Section 3.02.  Demand on Collateral Agent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

ARTICLE IV

          MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
          Section 4.01.  Amendments; Waivers.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
          Section 4.02.  Severability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
          Section 4.03.  Nonpetition Covenant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
          Section 4.04.  Notices.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
          Section 4.05.  Governing Law.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
          Section 4.06.  Limitation of Trustee Responsibility. . . . . . . . . 5
          Section 4.07.  Counterparts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
          Section 4.08.  Headings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5



                             --------------------




                                      -i-

<PAGE>

     AGREEMENT TO DEPOSIT CONTRACTS dated as of [_____], between EAGLEMARK 
CUSTOMER FUNDING CORPORATION-III, as Trust Depositor (the "TRUST DEPOSITOR"), 
and HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK, as Trustee (the "TRUSTEE").

     WITNESSETH that:

     WHEREAS, the Trust Depositor has acquired and, concurrently with the 
execution and delivery hereof and pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
dated as of [_____] (the "POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT"), has deposited, 
transferred, assigned and set over in trust to the Trustee certain Contract 
Assets in partial consideration of the Trust's issuance of the Certificates, 
which the Trust Depositor has sold to investor(s); and 

     WHEREAS, the Trust Depositor has applied certain of the proceeds of such 
sale to pay for its purchase of Contract Assets on the Closing Date from the 
Seller, but will retain the remainder of the proceeds pending their application 
for the purchase of Subsequent Contracts from the Seller; and

     WHEREAS, the Trustee for the benefit of the Trust and the 
Certificateholders has issued the Certificates to or upon the order of the Trust
Depositor, in consideration of the Trust Depositor's conveyance pursuant to the 
Pooling and Servicing Agreement of the Contract Assets and in consideration of 
the Trust Depositor's agreement hereunder to purchase and transfer the 
Subsequent Contracts and related assets to the Trust, and to pay certain 
Carrying Charges (as defined below); and 

     WHEREAS, the Trust Depositor has agreed pursuant to the Security Agreement 
to secure the payment and performance of its obligations hereunder in accordance
with the terms thereof;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual 
agreements herein contained, the Trust Depositor and the Trustee agree as 
follows:

                                  ARTICLE I

                                 DEFINITIONS

     SECTION 1.01.  Capitalized terms used in this Agreement (including in the 
recitals above) and not specifically defined shall have the meaning given such 
terms in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.  Whenever used in this Agreement,
the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

     "CARRYING CHARGES" means the amount which the Trust Depositor is obligated 
to pay to the Trust hereunder in accordance with Section 3.01 below.


                                       1

<PAGE>

     "LIQUIDATED DAMAGES" means the amount which is payable as liquidated 
damages to the Trust hereunder in the event of the Trust Depositor's failure to 
timely transfer Subsequent Contracts to the Trust in accordance with 
Section 2.02 below.

                                  ARTICLE II

                        AGREEMENT TO DEPOSIT CONTRACTS

     SECTION 2.01.  DEPOSIT OF CONTRACTS.  The Trust Depositor hereby undertakes
and agrees, not later than the end of the Funding Period, to acquire from the 
Seller by purchase for cash pursuant to one or more Subsequent Purchase 
Agreements, and thereupon transfer to the Trust pursuant to one or more 
Subsequent Transfer Agreements, Subsequent Contracts in an aggregate Principal 
Balance, as of the respective Subsequent Cutoff Dates, equal to $[____] which is
equal to the amount deposited with the Collateral Agent on the Closing Date in 
respect of the Pre-Funded Amount.  The Trust Depositor shall effect such 
purchases from the Seller using the funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account 
in accordance with the terms of the Security Agreement.  

     SECTION 2.02.  REMEDY FOR BREACH.  If the Trust Depositor fails to perform 
the obligation described in Section 2.01 in its entirety by the end of the 
Funding Period, the Trustee shall take remedial action upon the expiration of 
the Funding Period by giving written notice of non-performance to the Trust
Depositor, accompanied by written demand upon the Trust Depositor for the
payment of liquidated damages ("LIQUIDATED DAMAGES") hereunder in respect of
such non-performance.  Such Liquidated Damages shall be payable immediately upon
demand.  Liquidated Damages shall in all events equal the amount then on deposit
in the Pre-Funding Account, and such written demand shall concurrently be made
upon the Collateral Agent as provided in Section 3.03 of the Security Agreement.
The Trustee shall deposit all amounts received from the Collateral Agent in
respect of Liquidated Damages into the Special Distribution Subaccount
established under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.  The right to payment of
Liquidated Damages from the Pre-Funding Account shall be the sole remedy of the
Trustee for the Trust Depositor's failure to perform its obligations as
described above.

                                 ARTICLE III

                               CARRYING CHARGES

     SECTION 3.01.  PAYMENT OF CARRYING CHARGES.  The Trust Depositor hereby 
agrees to pay to the Trustee for the benefit of the Trust, immediately upon 
demand, Carrying Charges to the extent that the Trustee demands payment of such 
Carrying Charges in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of, 
Section 8.03(b) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.  No such Carrying 
Charges shall be payable on or after the second Payment Date succeeding the date
on which the Pre-Funded Amount shall be zero.  


                                       2

<PAGE>

     SECTION 3.02.  DEMAND ON COLLATERAL AGENT.  The Trust Depositor agrees that
the Trustee may effect demand for payment of Carrying Charges by making demand
directly upon the Collateral Agent instead of the Trust Depositor, and consents
to the Collateral Agent's payment of such Carrying Charges from amounts on
deposit in the Interest Reserve Account.

                                  ARTICLE IV

                           MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     SECTION 4.01.  AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS.  No amendment, modification, waiver or
supplement to this Agreement or any provision of this Agreement shall in any
event be effective unless the same shall have been made or consented to in
writing by each of the parties hereto and the Rating Agencies shall have
received written notification of such amendment modification, waiver or
supplement.

     SECTION 4.02.  SEVERABILITY.  In the event that any provision of this 
Agreement or the application thereof to any party hereto or to any circumstance 
or in any jurisdiction governing this Agreement shall, to any extent, be invalid
or unenforceable under any applicable statute, regulation or rule of law, then 
such provision shall be deemed inoperative to the extent that it is invalid or
unenforceable and the remainder of this Agreement, and the application of any
such invalid or unenforceable provision to the parties, jurisdictions or
circumstances other than to whom or to which it is held invalid or
unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby nor shall the same affect the
validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.  

     SECTION 4.03.  NONPETITION COVENANT.  Notwithstanding any prior termination
of this Agreement, each of the parties hereto agrees that it shall not, prior to
one year and one day after the Payment Date first occurring following the final
disbursement of funds under the Security Agreement, acquiesce, petition or
otherwise invoke or cause the Trust Depositor to invoke the process of the
United States of America, any State or other political subdivision thereof or
any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or
administrative functions of or pertaining to government for the purpose of
commencing or sustaining a case by or against the Trust Depositor or the Trust
under a Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a
receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other
similar official of the Trust Depositor or the Trust or all or any part of its
property or assets or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of
the Trust Depositor or the Trust.  The parties agree that damages will be an
inadequate remedy for breach of this covenant and that this covenant may be
specifically enforced.

     SECTION 4.04.  NOTICES.  All notices, demands, certificates, requests and
communications hereunder ("NOTICES") shall be in writing and shall be effective
(a) upon receipt when sent through the U.S. mails, registered or certified mail,
return receipt requested, postage prepaid, with such receipt to be effective the
date of delivery indicated on the return receipt, or (b) one Business Day after
delivery to an overnight courier, or (c) on the date personally delivered to the


                                       3

<PAGE>

party to which sent, or (d) on the date transmitted by legible telecopier
transmission with a confirmation of receipt, in all cases addressed to the
recipient as follows:

             (i)    If to the Trust Depositor:

                    Eaglemark Customer Funding Corporation - [   ]
                    1179 Fairview Drive, Suite G
                    Carson City, Nevada  89701
                    Attention: President

                    Telecopier No.: (702) 884-4469


             (ii)   If to the Trustee:

                    Harris Trust and Savings Bank
                    311 West Monroe Street
                    12th Floor
                    Chicago, Illinois 60606
                    Attention: Indenture Trust Administration

                    Telecopier No.: (312) 461-3525


             (iii)  If to the Collateral Agent:

                    Harris Trust and Savings Bank
                    311 West Monroe Street
                    12th Floor
                    Chicago, Illinois 60606
                    Attention: Indenture Trust Administration

                    Telecopier No.: (312) 461-3525


             (iv)   If to Moody's:

                    Moody's Investor's Service, Inc.
                    99 Church Street
                    New York New York 10007
                    Attention: ABS Monitoring Department

                    Telecopier No.: (212) 553-0344


                                       4

<PAGE>

             (v)    If to Standard & Poor's:

                    Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, a
                    division of The McGraw Hill Companies
                    26 Broadway - 15th Floor
                    New York, New York 10004
                    Attention: Asset-Backed Securities Surveillance

                    Telecopier No.: (212) 208-1582

A copy of each notice given hereunder to any party hereto shall also be given to
(without duplication),  the Trust Depositor, the Trustee and the Collateral
Agent.  Each party hereto may, by notice given in accordance herewith to each of
the other parties hereto, designate any further or different address to which
subsequent notices shall be sent.

     SECTION 4.05.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and 
construed, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder 
shall be determined, in accordance with, the laws of the State of Illinois.

     SECTION 4.06.  LIMITATION OF TRUSTEE RESPONSIBILITY.  It is expressly 
understood and agreed by the parties hereto that (a) Harris Trust and Savings 
Bank is executing this Agreement not in its individual capacity but solely in 
its capacity as Trustee of the Trust pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, and (b) in no case whatsoever shall Harris Trust and Savings Bank be
personally liable on, or for any loss in respect of, any of the statements,
representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or obligations of the Trust
(if any) hereunder, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the
parties hereto, except and to the extent such loss is caused by gross
negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Trustee.

     SECTION 4.07.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts by the parties hereto, and each such counterpart shall be 
considered an original and all such counterparts shall constitute one and the
same instrument.

     SECTION 4.08.  HEADINGS.  The headings of sections and paragraphs and the 
Table of Contents contained in this Agreement are provided for convenience only.
They form no part of this Agreement and shall not affect its construction or
interpretation.


                                       5

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of 
the date set forth on the first page hereof.

                                            EAGLEMARK CUSTOMER FUNDING 
                                            CORPORATION - [   ]


                                            By ________________________________
                                            Printed Name: Michael E. Sulentic  
                                            Title: Vice President


                                            HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK, as
                                              Trustee


                                            By ________________________________
                                            Printed Name: _____________________
                                            Title: ____________________________




                                       6


<PAGE>




                                                                    EXHIBIT 99.2
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------




                              SECURITY AGREEMENT



                              dated as of [_____]

                                    between

                 EAGLEMARK CUSTOMER FUNDING CORPORATION-[   ],


                                      and

                         HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK,

                       as Trustee and as Collateral Agent




- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                                

RECITALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

AGREEMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

ARTICLE I

          DEFINITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
          SECTION 1.01.  DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
          SECTION 1.02.  RULES OF INTERPRETATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

ARTICLE II

          THE COLLATERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
          SECTION 2.01.  GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST BY THE TRUST DEPOSITOR . . 4
          SECTION 2.02.  PRIORITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
          SECTION 2.03.  TRUST DEPOSITOR REMAINS LIABLE. . . . . . . . . . . . 5
          SECTION 2.04.  MAINTENANCE OF COLLATERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
          SECTION 2.05.  TERMINATION AND RELEASE OF RIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . 6
          SECTION 2.06.  NON-RECOURSE OBLIGATIONS OF TRUST DEPOSITOR . . . . . 6

ARTICLE III

          THE ACCOUNTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
          SECTION 3.01.  ESTABLISHMENT OF ACCOUNTS; INITIAL DEPOSITS INTO
                         ACCOUNTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
          SECTION 3.02.  INVESTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
          SECTION 3.03.  DISTRIBUTIONS FROM ACCOUNTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
          SECTION 3.04.  GENERAL PROVISIONS REGARDING ACCOUNTS . . . . . . . . 9
          SECTION 3.05.  REPORTS BY THE COLLATERAL AGENT . . . . . . . . . . .10

ARTICLE IV

          COLLATERAL AGENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
          SECTION 4.01.  APPOINTMENT AND POWERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
          SECTION 4.02.  PERFORMANCE OF DUTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
          SECTION 4.03.  LIMITATION ON LIABILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
          SECTION 4.04.  RELIANCE UPON DOCUMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
          SECTION 4.05.  SUCCESSOR COLLATERAL AGENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
          SECTION 4.06.  INDEMNIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14


                                      -1-

<PAGE>

          SECTION 4.07.  COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . .14
          SECTION 4.08.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COLLATERAL 
                         AGENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
          SECTION 4.09.  WAIVER OF SETOFFS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
          SECTION 4.10.  CONTROL BY THE SECURED PARTY. . . . . . . . . . . . .15

ARTICLE V

          COVENANTS OF THE TRUST DEPOSITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
          SECTION 5.01.  PRESERVATION OF COLLATERAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
          SECTION 5.02.  OPINIONS AS TO COLLATERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
          SECTION 5.03.  NOTICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
          SECTION 5.04.  WAIVER OF STAY OR EXTENSION LAWS; MARSHALLING OF
                         ASSETS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
          SECTION 5.05.  NONINTERFERENCE, ETC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
          SECTION 5.06.  TRUST DEPOSITOR CHANGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17

ARTICLE VI

          [RESERVED] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17

ARTICLE VII

          REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
          SECTION 7.01.  REMEDIES UPON A DEFAULT.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
          SECTION 7.02.  WAIVER OF DEFAULT.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
          SECTION 7.03.  RESTORATION OF RIGHTS AND REMEDIES. . . . . . . . . .18
          SECTION 7.04.  NO REMEDY EXCLUSIVE.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18

ARTICLE VIII

          MISCELLANEOUS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
          SECTION 8.01.  FURTHER ASSURANCES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
          SECTION 8.02.  WAIVER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
          SECTION 8.03.  AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS IN WRITING. . . . . . . . . . . .19
          SECTION 8.04.  SEVERABILITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
          SECTION 8.05.  NONPETITION COVENANT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
          SECTION 8.06.  NOTICES.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
          SECTION 8.07.  TERM OF THIS AGREEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
          SECTION 8.08.  ASSIGNMENTS:  THIRD-PARTY RIGHTS; REINSURANCE . . . .21


                                      -2-

<PAGE>

          SECTION 8.09.  CONSENT OF SECURED PARTY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
          SECTION 8.10.  TRIAL BY JURY WAIVED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
          SECTION 8.11.  GOVERNING LAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
          SECTION 8.12.  CONSENTS TO JURISDICTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
          SECTION 8.13.  LIMITATION OF TRUSTEE RESPONSIBILITY. . . . . . . . .23
          SECTION 8.14.  COUNTERPARTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
          SECTION 8.15.  HEADINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23


                                      -3-

<PAGE>

                              SECURITY AGREEMENT

     THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT,  dated as of [_____] (the "AGREEMENT"), is by and
between  EAGLEMARK CUSTOMER FUNDING CORPORATION-[ ], a Nevada corporation (the
"TRUST DEPOSITOR"), and HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK, an Illinois banking
corporation in its capacities as Trustee under the Series [_____] Pooling and
Servicing Agreement referred to below (the "TRUSTEE") and as Collateral Agent
(as defined below).

                                   RECITALS

     1.   Eaglemark Trust [    ] (the "          TRUST") is being formed
contemporaneously herewith pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated
as of [_____] (the "SERIES [   ] POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT"), by and
among the parent and sole shareholder of the Trust Depositor, Eaglemark, Inc.
("EAGLEMARK") (in its capacity as Servicer), the Trust Depositor and the
Trustee.

     2.   Pursuant to the Series         Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the
Trust Depositor is transferring to the      Trust all of its right, title and
interest in and to the Initial Contracts, certain related assets and certain
other assets including an Agreement to Deposit Contracts, dated as of [_____]
between the Trust Depositor and the Trustee for the benefit of the Trust (the
"DEPOSIT AGREEMENT") in exchange for the Series [   ] Certificates.   

     3.   Upon sale of the Series [   ] Certificates to investor(s), the Trust
Depositor is applying part of the proceeds thereof to the purchase of Contract
Assets relating to the Initial Contracts from Eaglemark (in an aggregate
Principal Balance of $[____] as of the related Cutoff Date) to be concurrently
transferred to the [   ] Trust on the Closing Date, but is retaining the
remainder of the proceeds of such sale (in the amount of $[____]) to use for
purchases of Subsequent Contracts from Eaglemark (or to pay Liquidated Damages)
in order to satisfy its obligations to the [   ] Trust under the Deposit
Agreement.

     4.   In order to secure the payment and performance of the Secured
Obligations (as defined below) of the Trust Depositor under the Deposit
Agreement, and in consideration of the [   ] Trust's issuance of the Class A
Certificates and the Class B Certificates (collectively, the "SERIES [   ]
CERTIFICATES")  to or upon the order of the Trust Depositor, the Trust Depositor
has agreed to pledge the Collateral (as defined below) to the Collateral Agent
for the benefit of the Secured Party (as defined below).

                                  AGREEMENTS

     In consideration of the premises, and for other good and valuable
consideration, the adequacy, receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:


                                      -1-

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE I

                                  DEFINITIONS

     SECTION 1.01.  DEFINITIONS.  Unless defined in this Agreement, capitalized
terms used in this Agreement (including in the recitals above) shall have the
meaning given such terms in the Series [   ] Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 
The following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

     "ACCOUNTS" means, collectively, the Pre-Funding Account and the Interest
Reserve Account, or either of them as the context requires.

     "AUTHORIZED OFFICER" means, (i) with respect to the Trustee or the
Collateral Agent, any Vice President or Trust Officer thereof, (ii) with respect
to Eaglemark, the President or any Vice President thereof, and (iii) with
respect to the Trust Depositor, the President or any Vice President thereof.

     "COLLATERAL" has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(a) hereof.

     "COLLATERAL AGENT" means, initially, Harris Trust and Savings Bank, in its
capacity as collateral agent on behalf of the Secured Party, including its
successors in interest, until a successor Person shall have become the
Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 4.05 hereof, and thereafter "COLLATERAL
AGENT" shall mean such successor Person.

     "DEFAULT" means, at any time, any failure by the Trust Depositor to make
payment or render performance when due hereunder or under the Deposit Agreement.

     "EAGLEMARK" means Eaglemark, Inc., a Nevada corporation.

     "ELIGIBLE INVESTMENTS" has the meaning given such term in the Series 1996-2
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, but with references, respectively, to the
Trustee and the Trust in the definition thereof contained therein being deemed,
for purposes of this Agreement, to be references to, respectively, the
Collateral Agent and (collectively) the Interest Reserve Account and Pre-Funding
Account.

     "INTEREST RESERVE ACCOUNT" has the meaning given such term in Section 3.01
below.

     "LIEN" means, as applied to the property or assets (or the income,
proceeds, products, rents or profits therefrom) of any Person, in each case
whether the same is consensual or nonconsensual or arises by contract, operation
of law, legal process or otherwise: (a) any 


                                      -2-

<PAGE>

mortgage, lien, pledge, attachment, charge, lease, conditional sale or other 
title retention agreement, or other security interest or encumbrance of any 
kind; or (b) any arrangement, express or implied, under which such property or 
assets (and/or such income, proceeds, products, rents or profits) are 
transferred, sequestered or otherwise identified for the purpose of subjecting 
or making available the same for payment of debt or performance of any other 
obligation in priority to the payment of the general, unsecured creditors of 
such Person.

     "PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT" has the meaning given such term in Section 3.01
below.

     "PRINCIPAL BALANCE" with respect to a Contract or Contracts in the
aggregate, has the meaning given such term in the Series [_____] Pooling and
Servicing Agreement.

     "SECURED OBLIGATIONS" means all obligations and amounts of the Trust
Depositor owed or owing at any time hereunder or under the Deposit Agreement.

     "SECURED PARTY" means the Trustee for the benefit of the [   ] Trust.

     "SECURITY INTERESTS" means the security interest and Lien in the Collateral
granted pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof.

     "QUALIFIED ELIGIBLE INVESTMENTS" means Eligible Investments acquired by the
Collateral Agent in its name and in the capacity of Collateral Agent hereunder,
which are held by the Collateral Agent in the Pre-Funding Account or the
Interest Reserve Account and with respect to which (a) the Collateral Agent has
noted the Secured Party's interest therein on its books and records, and (b) the
Collateral Agent has purchased such investments for value without notice of any
adverse claim thereto (and, if such investments are securities or other
financial assets or interests therein, within the meaning of Section 8-102 of
the UCC as enacted in Illinois, without acting in collusion with a securities
intermediary in violating such securities intermediary's obligations to
entitlement holders in such assets, under Section 8-504 of such UCC, to maintain
a sufficient quantity of such assets in favor of such entitlement holders), and
(c) either (i) such investments are in the possession of the Collateral Agent,
or (ii) such investments, (A) if certificated securities and in bearer form,
have been delivered to the Collateral Agent, or in registered form, have been
delivered to the Collateral Agent and either registered by the issuer in the
name of the Collateral Agent or endorsed by effective endorsement to the
Collateral Agent or in blank; (B) if uncertificated securities, the ownership of
which has been registered to the Collateral Agent on the books of the issuer
thereof (or another person, other than a securities intermediary, either becomes
the registered owner of the uncertified security on behalf of the Collateral
Agent or, having previously become the registered owner, acknowledges that it
holds for the Collateral Agent); or (C) if securities entitlements (within the
meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC as enacted in Illinois) representing
interests in securities or other financial assets (or interests therein) held by
a securities intermediary (within the meaning of said Section 8-102), a
securities intermediary indicates by book entry that a security or other
financial asset has been 


                                      -3-

<PAGE>

credited to the Collateral Agent's securities account with such securities 
intermediary.  Any such Qualified Eligible Investment may be purchased by or 
through the Collateral Agent or any of its affiliates.

     "TRUSTEE TERMINATION DATE" means the date on which the Trustee shall have
received, as Trustee for the holders of the Series [   ] Certificates, payment
and performance in full of all Secured Obligations hereunder.

     "UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE" or "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code in
effect in the relevant jurisdiction, as the same may be amended from time to
time.

     SECTION 1.02.  RULES OF INTERPRETATION.  The terms "HEREOF," "HEREIN" or
"HEREUNDER," unless otherwise modified by more specific reference, shall refer
to this Agreement in its entirety.  Unless otherwise indicated in context, the
terms "ARTICLE," "SECTION," "APPENDIX," "EXHIBIT" or "ANNEX" shall refer to an
Article or Section of, or Appendix, Exhibit or Annex to, this Agreement.  The
definition of a term shall include the singular, the plural, the past, the
present, the future, the active and the passive forms of such term.

                                  ARTICLE II

                                THE COLLATERAL

     SECTION 2.01.  GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST BY THE TRUST DEPOSITOR.  (a)  In
order to secure the performance of the Secured Obligations, the Trust Depositor
hereby pledges, assigns, grants, transfers and conveys to the Collateral Agent,
on behalf of and for the benefit of the Secured Party to secure such Secured
Obligations, a lien on and security interest in (which lien and security
interest is intended to be prior to all other Liens), all of its right, title
and interest in and to the following (all being collectively referred to herein
as the "COLLATERAL"):

          (i)     the Pre-Funding Account established pursuant to Section 3.01
     hereof (including, without limitation, the initial deposit of $[____]  (the
     "INITIAL PRE-FUNDED AMOUNT") therein on the Closing Date, and all
     additional monies, checks, securities, investments and other items or
     documents at any time held in or evidencing the Pre-Funding Account);

          (ii)    the Interest Reserve Account established pursuant to 
     Section 3.01 hereof (including, without limitation, the initial deposit of 
     $[____] therein by the Trust Depositor on the Closing Date, and all 
     additional monies, checks, securities, investments and other items or 
     documents at any time held in or evidencing the Interest Reserve Account);

          (iii)   all of the Trust Depositor's right, title and interest in
     and to investments made with proceeds of the property described in 
     clauses (i) and (ii) above; and


                                      -4-

<PAGE>

          (iv)    all distributions, revenues, products, substitutions, 
     benefits, profits and proceeds, in whatever form, of any of the foregoing.

     (b)  In order to effectuate the provisions and purposes of this Agreement,
including for the purpose of perfecting the security interests granted
hereunder, the Trust Depositor represents and warrants that it has, prior to (or
coterminously with) the execution of this Agreement, executed and filed (or
submitted for filing) an appropriate Uniform Commercial Code financing statement
in Nevada and Illinois sufficient to assure that the Collateral Agent, as agent
for the Secured Party, has a first priority perfected security interest in all
Collateral which can be perfected by the filing of a financing statement.  The
Trust Depositor agrees and acknowledges that the Collateral Agent is to have
"control" (within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC as enacted in
Illinois) of Collateral comprised of "Investment Property" (within the meaning
of Section 9-115 of the UCC as enacted in Illinois) for all purposes of this
Agreement.

     SECTION 2.02.  PRIORITY. The Trust Depositor intends the security interests
in favor of the Secured Party to be prior to all other Liens in respect of the
Collateral, and the Trust Depositor shall take all actions necessary to obtain
and maintain, in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured
Party's, a first lien on and a first priority, perfected security interest in
the Collateral.  Subject to the provisions hereof, the Collateral Agent for the
benefit of the Secured Party shall have all of the rights, remedies and recourse
with respect to the Collateral afforded a secured party under the Uniform
Commercial Code, and all other applicable law in addition to, and not in
limitation of, the other rights, remedies and recourse granted to the Collateral
Agent for the benefit of the Secured Party by this Agreement or any other law
relating to the creation and perfection of liens on, and security interests in,
the Collateral.

     SECTION 2.03.  TRUST DEPOSITOR REMAINS LIABLE.  The Security Interest is
granted as security only and shall not (i) transfer or in any way affect or
modify, or relieve the Trust Depositor from, any obligation to perform or
satisfy any term, covenant, condition or agreement to be performed or satisfied
by the Trust Depositor under or in connection with this Agreement or any other
Transaction Document to which it is a party or (ii) impose any obligation on any
of the Secured Party or the Collateral Agent to perform or observe any such
term, covenant, condition or agreement or impose any liability on any of the
Secured Party or the Collateral Agent for any act or omission on its part
relative thereto or for any breach of any representation or warranty on its part
contained therein or made in connection therewith, except, in each case, to the
extent provided herein and in the other Transaction Documents.

     SECTION 2.04.  MAINTENANCE OF COLLATERAL.  (a)  SAFEKEEPING.  The
Collateral Agent on behalf of and for the benefit of the Secured Party agrees to
maintain the Collateral received by it (or evidence thereof, in the case of
book-entry securities in the name of the Collateral Agent) and all records and
documents relating thereto at the office of the Collateral Agent specified in
Section 8.06 hereof or such other address within the State of Illinois  (unless
all filings have been made or other action taken to continue the perfection of
the security interest in the Collateral to the 


                                      -5-

<PAGE>

extent such security interest can be perfected by filing a financing statement 
or taking such other action, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel delivered to 
the Trustee).  The Collateral Agent shall keep all Collateral and related 
documentation in its possession separate and apart from all other property that 
it is holding in its possession and from its own general assets and shall 
maintain accurate records pertaining to the initial deposits to the Accounts, 
the Accounts themselves and the Qualified Eligible Investments therein included 
in the Collateral in such a manner as shall enable the Collateral Agent and the 
Secured Party to verify the accuracy of such record-keeping.  The Collateral 
Agent's books and records shall at all times show that the Collateral is held 
by the Collateral Agent as agent of the Secured Party and is not the property 
of the Collateral Agent.  The Collateral Agent will promptly report to the 
Secured Party and the Trust Depositor any failure on its part to hold the 
Collateral as provided in this Section 2.04(a) and will promptly take 
appropriate action to remedy any such failure.

     (b)  ACCESS.  The Collateral Agent shall permit the Secured Party, or its
duly authorized representatives, attorneys, auditors or designees, to inspect
the Collateral in the possession of or otherwise under the control of the
Collateral Agent pursuant hereto at such reasonable times during normal business
hours as any such Secured Party may reasonably request upon not less than one
Business Day's prior written notice.  The costs and expenses associated with any
such inspection will be paid by the party making such inspection.

     SECTION 2.05.  TERMINATION AND RELEASE OF RIGHTS.  Upon the occurrence of
both (i) the termination of the Funding Period and the payment (and receipt by
the Trust) of all associated Liquidated Damages or, if earlier, upon the
exhaustion of the Pre-Funding Account in its entirety for the purpose of
acquiring Subsequent Contracts from Eaglemark at or prior to the termination of
the Funding Period, (ii) the elapsing of a Payment Date following the event
described in clause (i), and (iii) the application of such funds as provided
under the Series 1996-2 Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the rights, remedies,
powers, duties, authority and obligations conferred upon the Collateral Agent
for the benefit of the Secured Party pursuant to this Agreement in respect of
the Collateral shall terminate and be of no further force and effect and all
rights, remedies, powers, duties, authority and obligations of the Collateral
Agent for the benefit of the Secured Party with respect to such Collateral shall
be automatically released.  The Secured Party in such event agrees, at the
expense of the Trust Depositor, to execute and deliver such instruments as the
Trust Depositor may reasonably request to effectuate such release, and any such
instruments so executed and delivered shall be fully binding on the Secured
Party.

     SECTION 2.06.  NON-RECOURSE OBLIGATIONS OF TRUST DEPOSITOR. 
Notwithstanding anything herein or in the other Transaction Documents to the
contrary, the parties hereto agree that the obligations of the Trust Depositor
hereunder (without limiting the obligation to apply distributions from the
respective Accounts hereunder in accordance with Section 3.03) shall be recourse
only to the extent of the Collateral available hereunder.  The Trust Depositor
agrees that it shall not declare or make payment of (i) any dividend or other
payment on or in respect of any shares of its capital stock or (ii) any payment
on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement or 


                                      -6-

<PAGE>

acquisition of (x) any shares of its capital stock or (y) any option, warrant or
other right to acquire shares of its capital stock, unless (in each case) at the
time of such declaration or payment (and after giving effect thereto) no amount 
payable by the Trust Depositor under any Transaction Document is then due and 
owing but unpaid.  Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit the rights 
of the Certificateholders under any other Transaction Document.




                                 ARTICLE III

                                 THE ACCOUNTS

     SECTION 3.01.  ESTABLISHMENT OF ACCOUNTS; INITIAL DEPOSITS INTO ACCOUNTS. 
(a)  On or prior to the Closing Date, the Trust Depositor shall direct the
Collateral Agent to establish, and the Collateral Agent shall establish, in its
name and at its office or at another depository institution or trust company,
separate Eligible Accounts, designated respectively the "Eaglemark Customer
Funding [ ] Pre-Funding Account - Series [   ] - Harris Trust and Savings Bank,
as Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Party" (such account being
the "PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT") and the "Eaglemark Customer Funding III Interest
Reserve Account -- Series [   ] -Harris Trust and Savings Bank, as Collateral
Agent for the Secured Party" (such account being the "INTEREST RESERVE
ACCOUNT").  All Accounts established under this Agreement shall be maintained at
the same depository institution (which depository institution may be changed by
the Collateral Agent from time to time in accordance with Section 3.04 of this
Agreement).

     (b)  No withdrawals may be made of funds in any Account except as provided
in Section 3.03 of this Agreement.  Except as specifically provided in this
Agreement, funds in any Account shall not be commingled with funds in any other
account or accounts established with respect to the Series [   ] Certificates,
another series of trust certificates, or with any other moneys.  All moneys
deposited from time to time in such Accounts and all investments made with such
moneys shall be held by the Collateral Agent as part of the Collateral
hereunder.

     (c)  On the Closing Date, the Collateral Agent shall deposit the initial
Pre-Funded Amount, if any, received from the Trust Depositor into the
Pre-Funding Account, and shall deposit any amounts received from the Trust
Depositor in respect of the Interest Reserve Amount in the Interest Reserve
Account.

     (d)  Each Account shall be separate from the [   ] Trust and amounts on
deposit therein will not constitute a part of the Trust Corpus.  The Accounts
shall be maintained by the Collateral Agent at all times separate and apart from
any other account of the Trust Depositor, 


                                      -7-

<PAGE>

Eaglemark, the Servicer or the [   ] Trust.  All income or loss on 
investments of funds in any Account shall be reported by the Trust Depositor 
as taxable income or loss of the Trust Depositor.

     SECTION 3.02.  INVESTMENTS.  (a) The Collateral Agent shall invest and
reinvest funds which may at any time be held in any Account established
hereunder, at the written direction (which may include, subject to the
provisions hereof, general standing instructions) of the Trust Depositor or its
designee received by the Collateral Agent by 1:00 P.M. New York City time on the
Business Day prior to the date on which such investment shall be made, in one or
more Qualified Eligible Investments.  If no written direction with respect to
any portion of such Account is received by the Collateral Agent, the Collateral
Agent shall invest such funds overnight in such Qualified Eligible Investments
as the Collateral Agent may select, provided that the Collateral Agent shall not
be liable for any loss or absence of income resulting from such investment.

     (b)  Each investment made pursuant to this Section 3.02 on any date shall
mature not later than (i) in the case of the Interest Reserve Account, the
Business Day immediately preceding the Payment Date next succeeding the day such
investment is made, and (ii) in the case of the Pre-Funding Account, the
Business Day immediately preceding a Subsequent Transfer Date or the end of the
Funding Period; PROVIDED that any investment of funds held in any Account
maintained with the Collateral Agent (which shall be qualified as a Qualified
Eligible Investment) in any investment as to which the Collateral Agent in its
individual capacity is the obligor (including any repurchase agreement on which
the Collateral Agent in its commercial capacity is liable as principal) may
mature upon the succeeding Payment Date, Subsequent Transfer Date or end of the
Funding Period, as the case may be, rather than on the Business Day immediately
preceding such dates.

     (c)  Subject to the other provisions hereof, the Collateral Agent shall
have sole control over each Qualified Eligible Investment and the income
thereon, and any certificate or other instrument evidencing any such investment,
if any, shall be delivered directly to the Collateral Agent or its agent,
together with each document of transfer, if any, necessary to transfer title to
such investment to the Collateral Agent in a manner which complies with 
Section 2.04 and the requirements of the definition of "Qualified Eligible 
Investments" herein.

     (d)  If amounts on deposit in any Account are at any time invested in a
Qualified Eligible Investment payable on demand, the Collateral Agent shall (i)
consistent with any notice required to be given thereunder, demand that payment
thereon be made on the last day such Qualified Eligible Investment is permitted
to mature under the provisions hereof and (ii) demand payment of all amounts due
thereunder promptly upon receipt of written notice from the Trustee to the
effect that such investment does not constitute a Qualified Eligible Investment.

     (e)  Subject to Section 4.03 hereof, the Collateral Agent shall not be
liable by reason of any insufficiency in any Account resulting from any loss on
any Qualified Eligible Investment included therein except for losses
attributable to the Collateral Agent's failure to make payments 


                                      -8-

<PAGE>

on Qualified Eligible Investments as to which the Collateral Agent, in its 
individual capacity, is obligated.

     SECTION 3.03.  DISTRIBUTIONS FROM ACCOUNTS.  All investment earnings
realized in respect of amounts in the Pre-Funding Account shall be deposited
when and as received in the Interest Reserve Account, such that the Pre-Funded
Amount shall never exceed the amount initially deposited into the Pre-Funding
Account on the Closing Date.  Following receipt from the Trust Depositor of an
Addition Notice, and upon further receipt of a written demand from the Trust
Depositor for a disbursement of funds from the Pre-Funding Account to be made on
or before the date on which the Funding Period terminates (which written demand
must be delivered not later than one Business Day prior to the requested date of
funding, and must be accompanied by the written consent of the Trustee), the
Collateral Agent will disburse the amount demanded from the Pre-Funding Account
to Eaglemark upon the order of the Trust Depositor for the purpose of purchasing
Subsequent Contracts from Eaglemark pursuant to a Subsequent Purchase Agreement.
With respect to amounts still remaining on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account on
the date upon which the Funding Period ends (and provided a timely written
demand for funding as described above has not been received requesting funding
on such date), and upon receipt from the Trustee of a written demand for payment
in respect of Liquidated Damages, the Collateral Agent shall immediately
disburse all funds remaining in the Pre-Funding Account to the Trustee for
deposit in the Special Distribution Account maintained by the Trustee.  With
respect to amounts on deposit in the Interest Reserve Account, the Collateral
Agent shall disburse from such funds to the Trustee immediately upon receipt of
the Trustee's written demand therefor, the amount specified in such demand in
respect of Carrying Charges in accordance with Section 8.03(b) of the 
Series [   ] Pooling and Servicing Agreement.  In addition, on the Payment Date
with respect to which such disbursement of Carrying Charges was made, and 
following such disbursement and the distribution thereof pursuant to the 
Series [_____] Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall 
release to the Trust Depositor, free and clear of the Lien and security
interest established hereunder, an amount equal to the excess (if any) of the 
Interest Reserve Amount at such time over the Requisite Interest Reserve Amount 
for such Payment Date.  In the event that (i) the Funding Period has terminated,
(ii) all amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account have been disbursed, 
(iii) a Payment Date has elapsed following the occurrence of both (i) and (ii), 
and (iv) all amounts referred to in clause (ii) have been applied in accordance 
with the Series 1996-2 Pooling and Servicing Agreement, then any amounts 
remaining in the Interest Reserve Account shall be distributed to the Trust 
Depositor free and clear of the Lien and security interest established 
hereunder.

     SECTION 3.04.  GENERAL PROVISIONS REGARDING ACCOUNTS.  (a)  Promptly upon
the establishment (initially or upon any relocation) of an Account hereunder,
the Collateral Agent shall advise the Trust Depositor and the Secured Party in
writing of the name and address of the depository institution or trust company
where such Account has been established (if not Harris Trust and Savings Bank or
any successor Collateral Agent in its commercial banking capacity), the name of
the officer of the depository institution who is responsible for overseeing such


                                      -9-

<PAGE>

Account, the account number and the individuals whose names appear on the
signature cards for such Account.  The Trust Depositor shall cause each such
depository institution or trust company to execute a written agreement, in form
and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, waiving, and the Collateral Agent by
its execution of this Agreement hereby waives (except to the extent expressly
provided herein), except for amounts or fees due the Collateral Agent hereunder
in each case to the extent permitted under applicable law, (i) any banker's or
other statutory or similar Lien, and (ii) any right of set-off or other similar
right under applicable law with respect to such Account and any other Account
and agreeing, and the Collateral Agent by its execution of this Agreement hereby
agrees, to notify the Trust Depositor, the Collateral Agent, and the Secured
Party of any charge or claim against or with respect to such Account.  The
Collateral Agent shall give the Trust Depositor and the Secured Party at least
ten Business Days' prior written notice of any change in the location of such
Account or in any related account information.  If the Collateral Agent changes
the location of any Account, it shall change the location of each other Account,
so that all Accounts shall at all times be located at the same depository
institution.  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, unless otherwise
consented (not to be unreasonably withheld) to by the Secured Party  in writing,
the Collateral Agent shall have no right to change the location of any Account.

     (b)  Upon the written request of the Secured Party or the Trust Depositor
and at the expense of the Trust Depositor, the Collateral Agent shall cause, at
the expense of the Trust Depositor, the depository institution at which any
Account is located to forward to the requesting party copies of all monthly
account statements for such Account.

     (c)  If at any time any Account ceases to be an Eligible Account, the
Collateral Agent shall, upon obtaining actual knowledge of such event, notify
the Secured Party of such fact and shall establish within ten Business Days of
such determination, in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section, a
successor Account thereto, which shall be an Eligible Account, at another
depository institution acceptable to the Secured Party and shall establish
successor Accounts with respect to all other Accounts, each of which shall be an
Eligible Account, at the same depository institution.

     (d)  No passbook, certificate of deposit or other similar instrument
evidencing an Account shall be issued, and all contracts, receipts and other
papers, if any, governing or evidencing an Account shall be held by the
Collateral Agent.

     SECTION 3.05.  REPORTS BY THE COLLATERAL AGENT.  The Collateral Agent shall
report to the Trust Depositor, the Trustee and the Servicer on a monthly basis
no later than each Payment Date with respect to the amount on deposit in each
Account and the identity of the investments included therein as of the last day
of the related Due Period.  The Collateral Agent shall provide accountings of
deposits into and withdrawals from the Accounts, and of the investments made
therein, upon the written request of the Trustee, Servicer and the Trust
Depositor.


                                     -10-

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE IV

                               COLLATERAL AGENT

     SECTION 4.01.  APPOINTMENT AND POWERS.  Subject to the terms and conditions
hereof, the Secured Party hereby appoints Harris Trust and Savings Bank as the
Collateral Agent with respect to the Collateral, and Harris Trust and Savings
Bank hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to act as Collateral Agent with
respect to the Collateral for the Secured Party, to maintain custody and
possession of such Collateral (except as otherwise provided hereunder) and to
perform the other duties of the Collateral Agent in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement, and the Collateral Agent in accepting such
appointment affirms that it is not acting as an agent for Eaglemark or the Trust
Depositor for such purposes.  The Secured Party hereby authorizes the Collateral
Agent to take such action on its behalf, and to exercise such rights, remedies,
powers and privileges hereunder, as the Secured Party may in writing direct and
as are specifically authorized to be exercised by the Collateral Agent by the
terms hereof, together with such actions, rights, remedies, powers and
privileges as are reasonably incidental thereto.  The Collateral Agent shall act
upon and in compliance with the written instructions of the Secured Party
delivered pursuant to this Agreement promptly following receipt of such written
instructions; provided that the Collateral Agent shall not act in accordance
with any instructions (i) which are not authorized by, or in violation of the
provisions of, this Agreement, (ii) which are in violation of any applicable
law, rule or regulation or (iii) for which the Collateral Agent has not received
reasonable indemnity.

     SECTION 4.02.  PERFORMANCE OF DUTIES.  The Collateral Agent shall have no
duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this Agreement
and the other Transaction Documents to which the Collateral Agent is a party or,
subject to Section 4.01 above, as directed in writing by the Secured Party in
accordance with this Agreement.  The Collateral Agent shall not be required to
take any discretionary actions hereunder except at the written direction and
with the indemnification of the Secured Party.

     SECTION 4.03.  LIMITATION ON LIABILITY.  Neither the Collateral Agent nor
any of its directors, officers or employees, shall be liable for any action
taken or omitted to be taken by it or them hereunder, or in connection herewith,
except that the Collateral Agent shall be liable for its negligence, bad faith
or willful misconduct; nor shall the Collateral Agent be responsible for the
validity, effectiveness, value, sufficiency or enforceability against the Trust
Depositor of this Agreement or any of the Collateral (or any part thereof). 
Notwithstanding any term or provision of this Agreement, the Collateral Agent
shall incur no liability to the Trust Depositor or the Secured Party for any
action taken or omitted by the Collateral Agent in connection with the
Collateral, except for the negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the
Collateral Agent, and, further, shall incur no liability to the Secured Party
except for negligence or willful misconduct in carrying out its duties to the
Secured Party.  Subject to Section 4.04, the Collateral Agent shall be protected
and shall incur no liability to any such party in relying upon the 


                                     -11-

<PAGE>

accuracy, acting in reliance upon the contents, and assuming the genuineness of 
any notice, demand, certificate, signature, instrument or other document 
reasonably believed by the Collateral Agent to be genuine and to have been duly 
executed by the appropriate signatory, and (absent actual knowledge to the 
contrary) the Collateral Agent shall not be required to make any independent 
investigation with respect thereto.  The Collateral Agent shall at all times be 
free independently to establish to its reasonable satisfaction, but shall have 
no duty to independently verify, the existence or nonexistence of facts that are
a condition to the exercise or enforcement of any right or remedy hereunder or
under any of the Transaction Documents.  The Collateral Agent may consult with
counsel, and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by
it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the written advice of such
counsel.  The Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to exercise any
of the remedial rights or powers vested in it by this Agreement or to follow any
direction from the Secured Party unless it shall have received reasonable
security or indemnity satisfactory to the Collateral Agent against the costs,
expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it.

     SECTION 4.04.  RELIANCE UPON DOCUMENTS.  In the absence of bad faith or
negligence on its part, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely on any
communication, instrument, paper or other document reasonably believed by it to
be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person or
Persons and shall have no liability in acting, or omitting to act, where such
action or omission to act is in reasonable reliance upon any statement or
opinion contained in any such document or instrument.

     SECTION 4.05.  SUCCESSOR COLLATERAL AGENT.  (a)  MERGER.  Any Person into
which the Collateral Agent may be converted or merged, or with which it may be
consolidated, or to which it may sell or transfer its trust business and assets
as a whole or substantially as a whole, or any Person resulting from any such
conversion, merger, consolidation, sale or transfer to which the Collateral
Agent is a party, shall (provided it is otherwise qualified to serve as the
Collateral Agent hereunder) be and become a successor Collateral Agent hereunder
and be vested with all of the title to and interest in the Collateral and all of
the trusts, powers, discretions, immunities, privileges and other matters as was
its predecessor without the execution or filing of any instrument or any further
act, deed or conveyance on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything
herein to the contrary notwithstanding, except to the extent, if any, that any
such action is necessary to perfect, or continue the perfection of, the security
interest of the Secured Party  in the Collateral.

     (b)  RESIGNATION.  The Collateral Agent and any successor Collateral Agent
may resign only (i) upon a determination that by reason of a change in legal
requirements the performance of its duties under this Agreement would cause it
to be in violation of such legal requirements in a manner which would result in
a material adverse effect on the Collateral Agent, and the Secured Party does
not elect to waive the Collateral Agent's obligation to perform those duties
which render it legally unable to act or elect to delegate those duties to
another Person, or (ii) with the prior written consent of the Secured Party not
to be unreasonably withheld.  The Collateral Agent 


                                     -12-

<PAGE>

shall give not less than 60 days' prior written notice of any such permitted 
resignation by registered or certified mail to the Secured Party and the Trust 
Depositor; PROVIDED, that such resignation shall take effect only upon the date 
which is the latest of (i) the effective date of the appointment of a successor 
Collateral Agent and the acceptance in writing by such successor Collateral 
Agent of such appointment and of its obligation to perform its duties hereunder 
in accordance with the provisions hereof, (ii) delivery of the Collateral to 
such successor to be held in accordance with the procedures specified in 
Article II hereof, and (iii) receipt by the Secured Party of an Opinion of 
Counsel to the effect described in Section 5.02. Notwithstanding the preceding 
sentence, if by the contemplated date of resignation specified in the written 
notice of resignation delivered as described above no successor Collateral Agent
or temporary successor Collateral Agent has been appointed Collateral Agent or 
becomes the Collateral Agent pursuant to subsection (d) hereof, the resigning 
Collateral Agent may petition a court of competent jurisdiction in New York, New
York for the appointment of a successor.

     (c)  REMOVAL.  The Collateral Agent may be removed by the Secured Party at
any time, with or without cause, by an instrument or concurrent instruments in
writing delivered to the Collateral Agent and the Trust Depositor.  A temporary
successor may be removed at any time to allow a successor Collateral Agent to be
appointed pursuant to subsection (d) below.  Any removal pursuant to the
provisions of this subsection (c) shall take effect only upon the date which is
the latest of (i) the effective date of the appointment of a successor
Collateral Agent and the acceptance in writing by such successor Collateral
Agent of such appointment and of its obligation to perform its duties hereunder
in accordance with the provisions hereof, (ii) delivery of the Collateral to
such successor to be held in accordance with the procedures specified in 
Article II hereof and (iii) receipt by the Secured Party of an Opinion of 
Counsel to the effect described in Section 5.02.

     (d)  ACCEPTANCE BY SUCCESSOR.  The Secured Party shall have the sole right
to appoint each successor Collateral Agent.  Every temporary or permanent
successor Collateral Agent appointed hereunder shall execute, acknowledge and
deliver to its predecessor and to the Secured Party and the Trust Depositor an
instrument in writing accepting such appointment hereunder and the relevant
predecessor shall execute, acknowledge and deliver such other documents and
instruments as will effectuate the delivery of all Collateral to the successor
Collateral Agent to be held in accordance with the procedures specified in
Article II hereof, whereupon such successor, without any further act, deed or
conveyance, shall become fully vested with all the estates, properties, rights,
powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor and such predecessor shall be
relieved and released of its obligations hereunder.  Such predecessor shall,
nevertheless, on the written request of either the Secured Party or the Trust
Depositor, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor all
the estates, properties, rights and powers of such predecessor hereunder.  In
the event that any instrument in writing from the Trust Depositor or the Secured
Party is reasonably required by a successor Collateral Agent to more fully and
certainly vest in such successor the estates, properties, rights, powers, duties
and obligations vested or intended to be vested hereunder in the Collateral
Agent, any and all such written 


                                     -13-

<PAGE>

instruments shall, at the request of the temporary or permanent successor 
Collateral Agent, be forthwith executed, acknowledged and delivered by the 
Trust Depositor.  The designation of any successor Collateral Agent and the 
instrument or instruments removing any Collateral Agent and appointing a 
successor hereunder, together with all other instruments provided for herein, 
shall be maintained with the records relating to the Collateral and, to the 
extent required by applicable law, filed or recorded by the successor Collateral
Agent in each place where such filing or recording is necessary to effect the 
transfer of the Collateral to the successor Collateral Agent or to protect or 
continue the perfection of the security interests granted hereunder.

     SECTION 4.06.  INDEMNIFICATION.  The Trust Depositor shall indemnify the
Collateral Agent, its directors, officers, employees and agents for, and hold
the Collateral Agent, its directors, officers, employees and agents harmless
against, any loss, liability or expense (including the costs and expenses of
defending against any claim of liability) arising out of or in connection with
the Collateral Agent's acting as Collateral Agent hereunder, except such loss,
liability or expense as shall result from the negligence, bad faith or willful
misconduct of the Collateral Agent or its officers or agents.  The obligation of
the Trust Depositor under this Section shall survive the termination of this
Agreement and the resignation or removal of the Collateral Agent.  The
Collateral Agent covenants and agrees that the obligations of the Trust
Depositor hereunder and under Section 4.07 shall be limited to the extent
provided in Section 2.06, and further covenants not to take any action to
enforce its rights to indemnification hereunder with respect to the Trust
Depositor and to payment under Section 4.07 except in accordance with the
provisions of Section 8.05, or otherwise to assert any Lien or take any other
action in respect of the Collateral or the Trust Corpus.

     SECTION 4.07.  COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT.  The Trust Depositor agrees
for the benefit of the Secured Party and as part of the Secured Obligations (a)
to pay to the Collateral Agent, from time to time, reasonable compensation for
all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited
by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a collateral trustee);
and (b) to reimburse the Collateral Agent upon its request for all reasonable
expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Collateral Agent in
accordance with any provision of, or carrying out its duties and obligations
under, this Agreement (including the reasonable compensation and fees and the
expenses and disbursements of its agents, any independent certified public
accountants and counsel), except any expense, disbursement or advances as may be
attributable to negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the
Collateral Agent.

     SECTION 4.08.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COLLATERAL AGENT.  The
Collateral Agent represents and warrants to the Trust Depositor and to the
Secured Party in its capacity as Collateral Agent as follows:

            (a)     DUE ORGANIZATION.  The Collateral Agent is an Illinois 
     banking corporation, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing 
     under the laws of the United States 


                                     -14-

<PAGE>

     and is duly authorized and licensed under applicable law to conduct its 
     business as presently conducted.

            (b)     CORPORATE POWER.  The Collateral Agent has all requisite 
     right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to 
     perform all of its duties as Collateral Agent hereunder.

            (c)     DUE AUTHORIZATION.  The execution and delivery by the 
     Collateral Agent of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to 
     which it is a party, and the performance by the Collateral Agent of its 
     duties hereunder and thereunder, have been duly authorized by all necessary
     corporate proceedings and no further approvals or filings, including any
     governmental approvals, are required for the valid execution and delivery
     by the Collateral Agent, or the performance by the Collateral Agent, of
     this Agreement and such other Transaction Documents.

            (d)     VALID AND BINDING AGREEMENT.  The Collateral Agent has duly
     executed and delivered this Agreement and each other Transaction Document
     to which it is a party, and each of this Agreement and each such other
     Transaction Document constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of
     the Collateral Agent, enforceable against the Collateral Agent in
     accordance with its terms, except as (i) such enforceability may be limited
     by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and similar laws relating to or
     affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and (ii) the
     availability of equitable remedies may be limited by equitable principles
     of general applicability.

     SECTION 4.09.  WAIVER OF SETOFFS.  The Collateral Agent hereby expressly
waives any and all rights of setoff that the Collateral Agent may otherwise at
any time have under applicable law with respect to any Account and agrees that
amounts in the Accounts shall at all times be held and applied solely in
accordance with the provisions hereof.

     SECTION 4.10.  CONTROL BY THE SECURED PARTY.  The Collateral Agent shall
comply with notices and instructions given by the Trust Depositor only if
accompanied by the written consent of the Secured Party, except that if any
Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent shall act
upon and comply with written notices and instructions given by the Secured Party
alone in the place and stead of the Trust Depositor.

                                  ARTICLE V

                       COVENANTS OF THE TRUST DEPOSITOR

     SECTION 5.01.  PRESERVATION OF COLLATERAL.  Subject to the rights, powers
and authorities granted to the Collateral Agent and the Secured Party in this
Agreement, the Trust Depositor shall take such action as is necessary and proper
with respect to the Collateral in order to preserve and 


                                     -15-

<PAGE>

maintain such Collateral and to cause (subject to the rights of the Secured 
Party) the Collateral Agent to perform its obligations with respect to such 
Collateral as provided herein.  The Trust Depositor will do, execute, 
acknowledge and deliver, or cause to be done, executed, acknowledged and 
delivered, such instruments of transfer or take such other steps or actions as 
may be necessary, or required by the Secured Party, to perfect the Security 
Interests granted hereunder in the Collateral, to ensure that such Security 
Interests rank prior to all other Liens and to preserve the priority of such 
Security Interests and the validity and enforceability thereof.  Upon any 
delivery or substitution of Collateral, the Trust Depositor shall be obligated 
to execute such documents and perform such actions as are necessary to create 
in the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Party a valid first Lien 
on, and valid and perfected, first priority security interest in, the Collateral
so delivered and to deliver such Collateral to the Collateral Agent, free and 
clear of any other Lien, together with satisfactory assurances thereof, and to 
pay any reasonable costs incurred by any of the Secured Party or the Collateral 
Agent (including its agents) or otherwise in connection with such delivery.

     SECTION 5.02.  OPINIONS AS TO COLLATERAL.  Not less than 10 days prior to
each date on which the Trust Depositor proposes to take any action contemplated
by Section 5.06, the Trust Depositor shall, at its own cost and expense, furnish
to the Secured Party and the Collateral Agent an Opinion of Counsel reasonably
acceptable to such parties stating either (a) that, in the opinion of such
counsel, such action has been taken with respect to the execution and filing of
any financing statements and continuation statements and other actions as are
necessary to perfect, maintain and protect the lien and security interest of the
Collateral Agent (and the priority thereof), on behalf of the Secured Party,
with respect to such Collateral against all creditors of and purchasers from the
Trust Depositor and reciting the details of such action, or (b) stating that, in
the opinion of such counsel, no such action is necessary to maintain such
perfected lien and security interest.  Such Opinion of Counsel shall further
describe each execution and filing of any financing statements and continuation
statements and such other actions as will, in the opinion of such counsel, be
required to perfect, maintain and protect the lien and security interest of the
Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Party, with respect to such
Collateral against all creditors of and purchasers from the Trust Depositor for
a period, specified in such Opinion, continuing until a date not earlier than
eighteen months from the date of such Opinion.

     SECTION 5.03.  NOTICES.  In the event that the Trust Depositor acquires
knowledge of the occurrence and continuance of  any event of default or like
event, howsoever described or called, under any of the Transaction Documents,
the Trust Depositor shall immediately give notice thereof to the Collateral
Agent and the Secured Party.

     SECTION 5.04.  WAIVER OF STAY OR EXTENSION LAWS; MARSHALLING OF ASSETS. 
The Trust Depositor covenants, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable
law, that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner
whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any appraisement,
valuation, stay, extension or redemption law wherever enacted, now or at any
time hereafter in force, in order to prevent or hinder the enforcement of this
Agreement or any absolute 


                                     -16-

<PAGE>

sale of the Collateral or any part thereof, or the possession thereof by any 
purchaser at any sale under Article VII of this Agreement; and the Trust 
Depositor, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, for itself and 
all who may claim under it, hereby waives the benefit of all such laws, and 
covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power 
herein granted to the Collateral Agent, but will suffer and permit the execution
of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.  The Trust 
Depositor, for itself and all who may claim under it, waives, to the fullest 
extent permitted by applicable law, all right to have the Collateral marshalled 
upon any foreclosure or other disposition thereof.

     SECTION 5.05.  NONINTERFERENCE, ETC.  The Trust Depositor shall not 
(i) waive or alter any of its rights under the Collateral (or any agreement or
instrument relating thereto) without the prior written consent of the Collateral
Agent and the Secured Party; or (ii) fail to pay any tax, assessment, charge or
fee levied or assessed against the Collateral, or to defend any action, if such
failure to pay or defend may adversely affect the priority or enforceability of
the Trust Depositor's right, title or interest in and to the Collateral or the
Collateral Agent's lien on, and security interest in, the Collateral for the
benefit of the Secured Party; or (iii) take any action, or fail to take any
action, if such action or failure to take action will interfere with the
enforcement of any rights under the Transaction Documents.

     SECTION 5.06.  TRUST DEPOSITOR CHANGES.

     (a)  CHANGE IN NAME, STRUCTURE, ETC.  The Trust Depositor shall not change
its name, identity or corporate structure unless it shall have given the Secured
Party and the Collateral Agent at least 10 days' prior written notice thereof,
shall have effected any necessary or appropriate assignments or amendments
thereto and filings of financing statements or amendments thereto, and shall
have delivered to the Collateral Agent and the Secured Party an Opinion of
Counsel of the type described in Section 5.02.

     (b)  RELOCATION OF THE TRUST DEPOSITOR.  The Trust Depositor shall not
change its principal executive office unless it gives the Secured Party and the
Collateral Agent at least 10 days' prior written notice of any relocation of its
principal executive office.  If the Trust Depositor relocates its principal
executive office or principal place of business from Nevada, the Trust Depositor
shall give prior notice thereof to the Secured Party and the Collateral Agent
and shall effect whatever appropriate recordations and filings are necessary and
shall provide an Opinion of Counsel to the Secured Party and the Collateral
Agent, to the effect that, upon the recording of any necessary assignments or
amendments to previously-recorded assignments and filing of any necessary
amendments to the previously filed financing or continuation statements or upon
the filing of one or more specified new financing statements, and the taking of
such other actions as may be specified in such opinion, the security interests
in the Collateral shall remain, after such relocation, valid and perfected.

                                  ARTICLE VI


                                     -17-

<PAGE>

                                  [RESERVED]


                                  ARTICLE VII

                             REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT

     SECTION 7.01.  REMEDIES UPON A DEFAULT. If a Default has occurred and is
continuing, the Collateral Agent shall, at the written direction of the Secured
Party, take whatever action at law or in equity as may appear necessary or
desirable in the judgment of the Secured Party to collect and satisfy all
outstanding Secured Obligations including, but not limited to, foreclosure upon
the Collateral and all other rights available to Secured Party under applicable
law or to enforce performance and observance of any obligation, agreement or
covenant under any of the Transaction Documents.

     SECTION 7.02.  WAIVER OF DEFAULT.  The Secured Party shall have the sole
right, to be exercised in its complete discretion, to waive any Default in
respect of a failure to pay Carrying Charges under the Deposit Agreement, but no
waiver is permitted with respect to the Trust Depositor's obligation, on or
prior to the end of the Funding Period, either to transfer to the 1996-2 Trust
Subsequent Contracts with an aggregate Principal Balance equal to the initial
Pre-Funded Amount or to pay Liquidated Damages in the event of a failure to do
so.  Any waiver permitted hereunder shall be binding upon the Collateral Agent. 
Unless such writing expressly provides to the contrary, any waiver so granted
shall extend only to the specific event or occurrence which gave rise to the
Default so waived and not to any other similar event or occurrence which occurs
subsequent to the date of such waiver.

     SECTION 7.03.  RESTORATION OF RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.  If the Collateral Agent
has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this
Agreement, and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any
reason, or has been determined adversely to such Collateral Agent, then and in
every such case the Trust Depositor, the Collateral Agent and the Secured Party
shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally
and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights
and remedies of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Party shall continue as
though no such proceeding had been instituted.

     SECTION 7.04.  NO REMEDY EXCLUSIVE.  No right or remedy herein conferred
upon or reserved to the Collateral Agent or the Secured Party is intended to be
exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right or remedy shall, to the
extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and
remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law, in equity or
otherwise (but, in each case, shall be subject to the provisions of this
Agreement limiting such remedies), and each and every right, power and remedy
whether specifically herein given or otherwise existing may be exercised from
time to time and as often and in such order as may 


                                     -18-

<PAGE>

be deemed expedient by the Secured Party, and the exercise of or the beginning 
of the exercise of any right or power or remedy shall not be construed to be a 
waiver of the right to exercise at the same time or thereafter any other right,
power or remedy.

                                 ARTICLE VIII

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

     SECTION 8.01.  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  Each party hereto shall take such
action and deliver such instruments to any other party hereto, in addition to
the actions and instruments specifically provided for herein, as may be
reasonably requested or required to effectuate the purpose or provisions of this
Agreement or to confirm or perfect any transaction described or contemplated
herein.

     SECTION 8.02.  WAIVER.  Any waiver by any party of any provision of this
Agreement or any right, remedy or option hereunder shall only prevent and stop
such party from thereafter enforcing such provision, right, remedy or option if
such waiver is given in writing and only as to the specific instance and for the
specific purpose for which such waiver was given.  The failure or refusal of any
party hereto to insist in any one or more instances, or in a course of dealing,
upon the strict performance of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement
by any party hereto or the partial exercise of any right, remedy or option
hereunder shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment of any such term
or provision, but the same shall continue in full force and effect.

     SECTION 8.03.  AMENDMENTS, WAIVERS in Writing.  No amendment, modification,
waiver or supplement to this Agreement or any provision of this Agreement shall
in any event be effective unless the same shall have been made or consented to
in writing by each of the parties hereto and each Rating Agency shall have
confirmed in writing that such amendment will not cause a reduction or
withdrawal of a rating on the Series 1996-2 Certificates.

     SECTION 8.04.  SEVERABILITY.  In the event that any provision of this
Agreement or the application thereof to any party hereto or to any circumstance
or in any jurisdiction governing this Agreement shall, to any extent, be invalid
or unenforceable under any applicable statute, regulation or rule of law, then
such provision shall be deemed inoperative to the extent that it is invalid or
unenforceable and the remainder of this Agreement, and the application of any
such invalid or unenforceable provision to the parties, jurisdictions or
circumstances other than to whom or to which it is held invalid or
unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby nor shall the same affect the
validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.  The
parties hereto further agree that the holding by any court of competent
jurisdiction that any remedy pursued by the Collateral Agent or  the Secured
Party, hereunder is unavailable or unenforceable shall not affect in any way the
ability of the Collateral Agent or the Secured Party to pursue any 


                                     -19-

<PAGE>

other remedy available to it or them (subject, however, to the provisions of 
this Agreement limiting such remedies).

     SECTION 8.05.  NONPETITION COVENANT.  Notwithstanding any prior termination
of this Agreement, each of the parties hereto agrees that it shall not, prior to
one year and one day after the Final Scheduled Payment Date with respect to the
Series 1996-2 Certificates, acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the
Trust Depositor to invoke the process of the United States of America, any State
or other political subdivision thereof or any entity exercising executive,
legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining
to government for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case by or against
the Trust Depositor or the Trust under a Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency
or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee,
custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Trust Depositor or the
Trust or all or any part of its property or assets or ordering the winding up or
liquidation of the affairs of the Trust Depositor or the Trust.  The parties
agree that damages will be an inadequate remedy for breach of this covenant and
that this covenant may be specifically enforced.

     SECTION 8.06.  NOTICES.  All notices, demands, certificates, requests and
communications hereunder ("NOTICES") shall be in writing and shall be effective
(a) upon receipt when sent through the U.S. mails, registered or certified mail,
return receipt requested, postage prepaid, with such receipt to be effective the
date of delivery indicated on the return receipt, or (b) one Business Day after
delivery to an overnight courier, or (c) on the date personally delivered to an
Authorized Officer of the party to which sent, or (d) on the date transmitted by
legible telecopier transmission with a confirmation of receipt, in all cases
addressed to the recipient as follows:

          (i)     If to the Trust Depositor:
     
                  Eaglemark Customer Funding Corporation - [ ]
                  1179 Fairview Drive, Suite G
                  Carson City, Nevada  89701
                  Attention: President
     
                  Telecopier No.: (702) 884-4469
     
          (iii)   If to the Trustee:

                  Harris Trust and Savings Bank
                  311 West Monroe Street
                  12th Floor
                  Chicago, Illinois 60606
                  Attention: Indenture Trust Administration
                  Telecopier No.: (312) 461-3525


                                     -20-

<PAGE>

          (iv)    If to the Collateral Agent:
     
                  Harris Trust and Savings Bank
                  311 West Monroe Street
                  12th Floor
                  Chicago, Illinois 60606
                  Attention: Indenture Trust Administration
                  Telecopier No.: (312) 461-3525

          (v)     If to Moody's:

                  Moody's Investor's Service, Inc.
                  99 Church Street
                  New York New York 10007
                  Attention: ABS Monitoring Department
                  Telecopier No.: (212) 553-0344

          (vi)    If to Standard & Poor's:

                  Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a
                   division of The McGraw Hill Companies
                  25 Broadway
                  New York, New York 10004

                  Telecopier No.: (212) 208-1582

A copy of each notice given hereunder to any party hereto shall also be given to
(without duplication), the Trust Depositor, the Trustee and the Collateral
Agent.  Each party hereto may, by notice given in accordance herewith to each of
the other parties hereto, designate any further or different address to which
subsequent notices shall be sent.

     SECTION 8.07.  TERM OF THIS AGREEMENT;.  This Agreement shall take effect
on the Closing Date of the Series [   ] Certificates and shall continue in
effect until the Trustee Termination Date.  On such date, this Agreement shall
terminate, all obligations of the parties hereunder shall cease and terminate
and the Collateral, if any, held hereunder and not to be used or applied in
discharge of any obligations of the Trust Depositor in respect of the Secured
Obligations or otherwise under this Agreement, shall be released to and in favor
of the Trust Depositor, PROVIDED that the provisions of Sections 4.06, 4.07 and
8.05 shall survive any termination of this Agreement and the release of any
Collateral upon such termination.

     SECTION 8.08.  ASSIGNMENTS.  This Agreement shall be a continuing
obligation of the parties hereto and shall (i) be binding upon the parties and
their respective successors and assigns, and 


                                     -21-

<PAGE>

(ii) inure to the benefit of the Secured Party and be enforceable by the Secured
Party and the Collateral Agent, and by their respective successors, transferees 
and assigns.  The Trust Depositor may not assign this Agreement, or delegate any
of its duties hereunder, without the prior written consent of the Secured Party.

     SECTION 8.09.  CONSENT OF SECURED PARTY.  In the event that the Secured
Party's consent is required under the terms hereof or under the terms of any
Transaction Document, it is understood and agreed that, except as otherwise
provided expressly herein, the determination whether to grant or withhold such
consent shall be made solely by the Secured Party in its sole discretion.

     SECTION 8.10.  TRIAL BY JURY WAIVED.  Each of the parties hereto waives, to
the fullest extent permitted by law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in
respect of any litigation arising directly or indirectly out of, under or in
connection with this Agreement, any of the other Transaction Documents or any of
the transactions contemplated hereunder or thereunder.  Each of the parties
hereto (a) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of any other
party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not,
in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver and (b)
acknowledges that it has been induced to enter into this Agreement and the other
Transaction Documents to which it is a party, by among other things, this
waiver.

     SECTION 8.11.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder
shall be determined, in accordance with, the laws of the State of Illinois.

     SECTION 8.12.  CONSENTS TO JURISDICTION.  Each of the parties hereto
irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court for
the Northern District of Illinois, any court in the state of Illinois located in
the city of Chicago, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action,
suit or proceeding brought against it and related to or in connection with this
Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated
hereunder or thereunder or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment and
each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all
claims in respect of any such suit or action or proceeding may be heard or
determined in such Illinois state court or, to the extent permitted by law, in
such federal court.  Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in
any such action, suit or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in
other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by
law.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, each of the parties hereby
waives and agrees not to assert by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise in
any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject
to the jurisdiction of such courts, that the suit, action or proceeding is
brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or
proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or any of the other Transaction
Documents or the subject matter hereof or thereof may be litigated in or by such
courts.  The Trust Depositor hereby irrevocably appoints and designates Harris
Trust and Savings Bank, as its true and lawful attorney and duly authorized
agent for acceptance of service of legal 


                                     -22-

<PAGE>

process.  The Trust Depositor agrees that service of such process upon such 
Person shall constitute personal service of such process upon it.  Subject to 
Section 8.05 hereof, nothing contained in this Agreement shall limit or affect 
the rights of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by
law or to start proceedings relating to any of the Transaction Documents against
the Trust Depositor or their respective property in the courts of any 
jurisdiction.

     SECTION 8.13.  LIMITATION OF TRUSTEE RESPONSIBILITY.  It is expressly
understood and agreed by the parties hereto that (a) Harris Trust and Savings
Bank is entering into and executing this Agreement solely in its capacity as
Trustee of the 1996-2 Trust pursuant to the Series 1996-2 Pooling and Servicing
Agreement and as Collateral Agent, and (b) in no case whatsoever shall Harris
Trust and Savings Bank be personally liable on, or for any loss in respect of,
any of the statements, representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or
obligations of the 1996-2 Trust (if any) hereunder, all such liability, if any,
being expressly waived by the parties hereto.

     SECTION 8.14.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts by the parties hereto, and each such counterpart shall be
considered an original and all such counterparts shall constitute one and the
same instrument.

     SECTION 8.15.  HEADINGS.  The headings of sections and paragraphs and the
Table of Contents contained in this Agreement are provided for convenience only.
They form no part of this Agreement and shall not affect its construction or
interpretation.




                                     -23-

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the date set forth on the first page hereof.

                                   EAGLEMARK CUSTOMER FUNDING 
                                   CORPORATION-[ ]


                                   By  ________________________________________
                                   Printed Name:   Michael E. Sulentic
                                   Title:   Vice President


                                   HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK, 
                                   as Trustee


                                   By  ________________________________________
                                   Printed Name:  _____________________________
                                   Title:  ____________________________________


                                   HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK,
                                   as Collateral Agent


                                   By  ________________________________________
                                   Printed Name:  _____________________________
                                   Title:  ____________________________________



                                     -24-


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission